grepcent / static financial knowledge base

JPMORGAN CHASE & CO (JPM)

CIK: 0000019617. SIC: 6021 National Commercial Banks. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-02-13.

SIC breadcrumb: Finance, Insurance, And Real Estate > Depository Institutions > SIC 6021 National Commercial Banks

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=19617. Latest filing source: 0001628280-26-008131.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue182,447,000,000USD20252026-02-13
Net income57,048,000,000USD20252026-02-13
Assets4,424,900,000,000USD20252026-02-13

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-13. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000019617.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue96,569,000,000100,705,000,000108,783,000,000115,720,000,000119,951,000,000121,649,000,000128,695,000,000158,104,000,000177,556,000,000182,447,000,000
Net income24,733,000,00024,441,000,00032,474,000,00036,431,000,00029,131,000,00048,334,000,00037,676,000,00049,552,000,00058,471,000,00057,048,000,000
Diluted EPS6.196.319.0010.728.8815.3612.0916.2319.7520.02
Operating cash flow21,884,000,000-10,827,000,00015,614,000,0004,092,000,000-79,910,000,00078,084,000,000107,119,000,00012,974,000,000-42,012,000,000-147,782,000,000
Dividends paid8,476,000,0008,993,000,00010,109,000,00012,343,000,00012,690,000,00012,858,000,00013,562,000,00013,463,000,00014,783,000,00016,625,000,000
Share buybacks9,082,000,00015,410,000,00019,983,000,00024,001,000,0006,517,000,00018,408,000,0003,162,000,0009,824,000,00018,830,000,00031,591,000,000
Assets2,490,972,000,0002,533,600,000,0002,622,532,000,0002,686,477,000,0003,384,757,000,0003,743,567,000,0003,665,743,000,0003,875,393,000,0004,002,814,000,0004,424,900,000,000
Liabilities2,236,782,000,0002,277,907,000,0002,366,017,000,0002,426,049,000,0003,105,403,000,0003,449,440,000,0003,373,411,000,0003,547,515,000,0003,658,056,000,0004,062,462,000,000
Stockholders' equity254,190,000,000255,693,000,000256,515,000,000261,330,000,000279,354,000,000294,127,000,000292,332,000,000327,878,000,000344,758,000,000362,438,000,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin25.61%24.27%29.85%31.48%24.29%39.73%29.28%31.34%32.93%31.27%
Return on equity9.73%9.56%12.66%13.94%10.43%16.43%12.89%15.11%16.96%15.74%
Return on assets0.99%0.96%1.24%1.36%0.86%1.29%1.03%1.28%1.46%1.29%
Liabilities / equity8.808.919.229.2811.1211.7311.5410.8210.6111.21

Financial Charts

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-01. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000019617.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2022-Q22022-06-302.76reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-09-303.12reported discrete quarter
2023-Q12023-03-314.10reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-06-3041,307,000,00014,472,000,0004.75reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-09-3039,874,000,00013,151,000,0004.33reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-12-3138,574,000,0009,307,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12024-03-3141,934,000,00013,419,000,0004.44reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-06-3050,200,000,00018,149,000,0006.12reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-09-3042,654,000,00012,898,000,0004.37reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-12-3142,768,000,00014,005,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12025-03-3145,310,000,00014,643,000,0005.07reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-06-3044,912,000,00014,987,000,0005.24reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-09-3046,427,000,00014,393,000,0005.07reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-12-3145,798,000,00013,025,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-03-3149,836,000,00016,494,000,0005.94reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0001628280-26-029344.

Extracted from a substantive MD&A body after the formal Item 2 span was a TOC or reference stub. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-05-01. Report date: 2026-03-31.

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

This executive overview of the MD&A highlights selected information and does not contain all of the information that is important to readers of this Form 10-Q. For a complete description of the trends and uncertainties, as well as the risks and critical accounting estimates affecting the Firm, this Form 10-Q and the 2025 Form 10-K should be read together and in their entirety.

Financial performance of JPMorganChase
(unaudited)As of or for the period ended,(in millions, except per share data and ratios)Three months ended March 31,
20262025Change
Selected income statement data
Noninterest revenue$24,470$22,03711%
Net interest income25,36623,2739
Total net revenue49,83645,31010
Total noninterest expense26,85023,59714
Pre-provision profit22,98621,7136
Provision for credit losses2,5073,305(24)
Net income16,49414,64313
Diluted earnings per share5.945.0717
Selected ratios and metrics
Return on common equity19%18%
Return on tangible common equity2321
Book value per share$128.38$119.248
Tangible book value per share108.87100.368
Capital ratios - Standardized(a)
CET1 capital14.3%15.4%
Tier 1 capital15.216.5
Total capital17.218.2
Memo:
NII excluding Markets(b)$23,280$22,5903
NIR excluding Markets(b)15,69713,76114
Markets(c)11,5599,66320
Total net revenue - managed basis$50,536$46,01410%

(a)At March 31, 2026, the Advanced risk-based ratios were more binding on the Firm than the Standardized risk-based ratios. Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 33-40 of this Form 10-Q and pages 89–99 of JPMorganChase’s 2025 Form 10-K for additional information.

(b)NII and NIR refer to net interest income and noninterest revenue, respectively.

(c)Markets consists of CIB's Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets businesses. The Firm assesses the performance of its Markets business on a total net revenue basis, as revenues in NII generally have offsets across other revenue lines, primarily Principal transactions revenue.

Comparisons noted in the sections below are for the first quarter of 2026 versus the first quarter of 2025, unless otherwise specified.

Firmwide overview

For the first quarter of 2026, JPMorganChase reported net income of $16.5 billion, up 13%, with earnings per share of $5.94, ROE of 19% and ROTCE of 23%.

•Total net revenue was $49.8 billion, up 10%, reflecting:

–Net interest income ("NII") was $25.4 billion, up 9%, driven by higher Markets net interest income, higher deposit balances, and higher revolving balances in Card Services, partially offset by the impact of lower rates. NII excluding Markets was $23.3 billion, up 3%.

–Noninterest revenue ("NIR") was $24.5 billion, up 11%, driven by higher asset management fees in AWM and CCB, higher investment banking fees, higher Markets noninterest revenue, higher auto operating lease income, and higher Payments fees. These increases were partially offset by the absence of the $588 million First Republic-related gain recorded in the prior year.

•Noninterest expense was $26.9 billion, up 14%, predominantly driven by higher compensation expense, including higher revenue-related compensation and growth in the number of employees, as well as higher brokerage expense and distribution fees, continued investments in marketing, and higher auto lease depreciation. The increase also reflected the absence of an FDIC special assessment accrual release recorded in the prior year.

•The provision for credit losses was $2.5 billion. Net charge-offs were $2.3 billion, down $16 million. The net addition to the allowance for credit losses was $191 million, which included a net addition of $327 million in wholesale and a net reduction of $139 million in consumer.

In the prior year, the provision was $3.3 billion, net charge-offs were $2.3 billion and the net addition to the allowance for credit losses was $973 million.

5

•The total allowance for credit losses was $31.4 billion at March 31, 2026. The Firm had an allowance for loan losses to retained loans coverage ratio of 1.82%, compared with 1.94% in the prior year.

Refer to Consolidated Results of Operations and Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis on pages 9-11 and pages 12-13, respectively, for a further discussion of the Firm's results, including the provision for credit losses.

Pre-provision profit, ROTCE, TCE, TBVPS, NII and NIR excluding Markets, and total net revenue on a managed basis are non-GAAP financial measures. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 15-16 for a further discussion of each of these measures.

•The Firm’s nonperforming assets totaled $10.0 billion at March 31, 2026, up 10%, driven by:

–higher consumer nonaccrual loans, predominantly due to the impact of the wildfires in California in January 2025, which resulted in forbearance activities starting in the second quarter of 2025, as well as higher loans at fair value in CIB, and

–higher wholesale nonaccrual loans, reflecting net downgrades, predominantly offset by net portfolio activity.

Refer to Consumer Credit Portfolio and Wholesale Credit Portfolio on pages 50-53 and pages 54-62, respectively, for additional information.

•Firmwide average loans of $1.5 trillion were up 11%, predominantly driven by higher loans in CIB and AWM.

•Firmwide average deposits of $2.6 trillion were up 7%, reflecting:

–net inflows related to client-driven activities in Payments and Securities Services,

–growth in new accounts in CCB,

–growth in new accounts related to the Firm's international consumer initiatives, and

–growth in both new accounts and balances in existing accounts in AWM.

Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 41-47 for additional information.

Selected capital and other metrics

•CET1 capital was $291 billion, and the Standardized and Advanced CET1 ratios were 14.3% and 14.1%, respectively.

•SLR was 5.6%.

•TBVPS grew 8%, ending the first quarter of 2026 at $108.87.

•As of March 31, 2026, the Firm had eligible end-of-period High Quality Liquid Assets (“HQLA”) of approximately $941 billion and unencumbered marketable securities with a fair value of approximately $565 billion, resulting in approximately $1.5 trillion of liquidity sources.

Refer to Capital Risk Management and Liquidity Risk Management on pages 33-40 and pages 41-47, respectively, for additional information.

6

Business segment highlights

Selected business metrics for each of the Firm’s lines of business ("LOB") are presented below for the first quarter of 2026.

CCBROE 32%•Average deposits up 2% year-over-year ("YoY") and quarter-over-quarter ("QoQ"); client investment assets up 18%•Average loans up 1% YoY and flat QoQ; Card Services net charge-off rate of 3.47% •Debit and credit card sales volume(a) up 9% •Active mobile customers up 7%
CIBROE 21%•Investment Banking fees up 28% YoY, up 23% QoQ; #1 ranking for Global Investment Banking fees with 9.8% wallet share in 1Q26•Markets revenue up 20%, with Fixed Income Markets up 21% and Equity Markets up 17%•Average Banking & Payments loans up 10% YoY, up 4% QoQ; average client deposits(b) up 13% YoY, up 1% QoQ
AWMROE 44%•Assets under management ("AUM") of $4.8 trillion, up 16%•Average loans up 15% YoY, up 3% QoQ; average deposits up 4% YoY, up 3% QoQ

(a)Excludes Commercial Card.

(b)Represents client deposits and other third-party liabilities pertaining to the Payments and Securities Services businesses.

Refer to the Business Segment & Corporate Results on pages 17-31 for a detailed discussion of results by business segment.

Credit provided and capital raised

JPMorganChase continues to support consumers, businesses and communities around the globe. The Firm provided new and renewed credit and raised capital for wholesale and consumer clients during the first three months of 2026, consisting of approximately:

$855 billionTotal credit provided and capital raised (including loans and commitments)
$72 billionCredit for consumers
$8billionCredit for U.S. small businesses
$750billionCredit and capital for corporations and non-U.S. government entities(a)
$25 billionCredit and capital for nonprofit and U.S. government entities(b)

(a)Includes Individuals and Individual Entities primarily consisting of Global Private Bank clients within AWM.

(b)Includes states, municipalities, hospitals and universities.

7

Recent events

•On April 13, 2026, Visa commenced an exchange offer expiring on May 8, 2026 for any and all outstanding shares of Visa Class B-1 common stock ("Visa B-1 shares") and Visa Class B-2 common stock ("Visa B-2 shares"). Holders participating in the exchange offer would receive a combination of Visa Class B-3 common stock ("Visa B-3 shares") and Visa Class C common stock ("Visa C shares") in exchange for Visa B-1 shares or Visa B-2 shares that are validly tendered and accepted for exchange by Visa. The Firm has tendered its 18.6 million Visa B-2 shares, and that tender is pending Visa’s acceptance. Upon acceptance by Visa of the Firm’s tender, the Visa C shares received by the Firm would be recognized at fair value, which is expected to result in a gain that may be recorded as early as the second quarter of 2026. Refer to Note 2 for additional information.

Outlook

The statements set forth below are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs and expectations of JPMorganChase’s management, speak only as of the date on which they were made, and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Refer to Forward-Looking Statements on page 79 of this Form 10-Q and Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors on pages 9–31 of the 2025 Form 10-K for a further discussion of certain of those risks and uncertainties and the other factors that could cause JPMorganChase’s actual results to differ materially because of those risks and uncertainties. There is no assurance that actual results in 2026 will be in line with the outlook information set forth below, and the Firm does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements.

JPMorganChase’s outlook for full year 2026 should be viewed against the backdrop of the global and U.S. economies, financial markets activity, the geopolitical environment, the competitive environment, client and customer activity levels, and regulatory and legislative developments in the U.S. and other countries where the Firm does business. Each of these factors will affect the performance of the Firm. The Firm will continue to make appropriate adjustments to its businesses and operations in response to ongoing developments in the business, economic, regulatory and legal environments in which it operates.

The Firm provided the following outlook information on April 14, 2026 in connection with announcing its results for the quarter ended March 31, 2026:

Full-year 2026

•Management expects net interest income to be approximately $103 billion and net interest income excluding Markets to be approximately $95 billion, market dependent.

•Management expects adjusted expense to be approximately $105 billion, market dependent.

•Management expects the net charge-off rate in Card Services to be approximately 3.4%.

Net interest income ex

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted from a later financial-section MD&A body after the formal Item 7 span was a short reference. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-02-13. Report date: 2025-12-31.

Management’s discussion and analysis

The following is Management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) of JPMorganChase for the year ended December 31, 2025. The MD&A is included in both JPMorganChase’s Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2025 (“Annual Report”) and its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025 (“2025 Form 10-K” or “Form 10-K”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Refer to the Glossary of terms and acronyms on pages 320–327 for definitions of terms and acronyms used throughout the Annual Report and the 2025 Form 10-K.

This Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on the current beliefs and expectations of JPMorganChase’s management, speak only as of the date of this Form 10-K and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Refer to Forward-looking Statements on page 160 and Part 1, Item 1A: Risk Factors in this Form 10-K on pages 9–31 for a discussion of certain of those risks and uncertainties and the factors that could cause JPMorganChase’s actual results to differ materially because of those risks and uncertainties. There is no assurance that actual results will be in line with any outlook information set forth herein, and the Firm does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements.

INTRODUCTION

JPMorgan Chase & Co. (NYSE: JPM), a financial holding company incorporated under Delaware law in 1968, is a leading financial services firm based in the United States of America (“U.S.”), with operations worldwide. JPMorganChase had $4.4 trillion in assets and $362.4 billion in stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2025. The Firm is a leader in investment banking, financial services for consumers and small businesses, commercial banking, financial transaction processing and asset management. Under the J.P. Morgan and Chase brands, the Firm serves millions of customers, predominantly in the U.S., and many of the world’s most prominent corporate, institutional and government clients globally.

JPMorganChase’s principal bank subsidiary is JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (“JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.”), a national banking association with U.S. branches in 48 states and Washington, D.C. JPMorganChase’s principal non-bank subsidiary is J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan Securities”), a U.S. broker-dealer. The bank and non-bank subsidiaries of JPMorganChase operate nationally as well as through overseas branches and subsidiaries, representative offices and subsidiary foreign banks. The Firm’s principal operating subsidiaries outside the U.S. are J.P. Morgan Securities plc and J.P. Morgan SE (“JPMSE”), which are subsidiaries of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and are based in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) and Germany, respectively.

For management reporting purposes, the Firm has three reportable business segments – Consumer & Community Banking (“CCB”), Commercial & Investment Bank (“CIB”) and Asset & Wealth Management (“AWM”) – with the remaining activities in Corporate. The Firm's consumer business segment is CCB, and the Firm's wholesale business segments are CIB and AWM. Refer to Business Segment & Corporate Results on pages 62–82 and Note 32 for a description of the Firm’s reportable business segments and the products and services that they provide to their respective client bases, as well as a description of Corporate activities.

The Firm’s website is www.jpmorganchase.com. JPMorganChase makes available on its website, free of charge, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files or furnishes such material to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) at www.sec.gov. JPMorganChase makes new and important information about the Firm available on its website at https://www.jpmorganchase.com, including on the Investor Relations section of its website at https://www.jpmorganchase.com/ir. Information on the Firm's website, including documents on the website that are referenced in this Form 10-K, is not incorporated by reference into this 2025 Form 10-K or the Firm’s other filings with the SEC.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
46JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

This executive overview of the MD&A highlights selected information and does not contain all of the information that is important to readers of the Firm’s 2025 Form 10-K. For a complete description of the trends and uncertainties, as well as the risks and critical accounting estimates affecting the Firm, the 2025 Form 10-K should be read in its entirety.

Financial performance of JPMorganChase
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except per share data and ratios)
20252024Change
Selected income statement data
Noninterest revenue$87,004$84,9732%
Net interest income95,44392,5833
Total net revenue182,447177,5563
Total noninterest expense95,64091,7974
Pre-provision profit86,80785,7591
Provision for credit losses14,21210,67833
Net income57,04858,471(2)
Diluted earnings per share20.0219.751
Selected ratios and metrics
Return on common equity17%18%
Return on tangible common equity2022
Book value per share$126.99$116.079
Tangible book value per share107.5697.311
Capital ratios - Standardized(a)(b)
CET1 capital14.6%15.7%
Tier 1 capital15.516.8
Total capital17.418.5
Memo:
NII excluding Markets(c)$92,591$92,419
NIR excluding Markets(c)57,20858,167(2)
Markets(d)35,78230,00719
Total net revenue - managed basis$185,581$180,5933%

(a)    As of January 1, 2025, the benefit from the CECL capital transition provision had been fully phased out. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the ratios reflected the CECL capital transition provisions. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

(b)    As of December 31, 2025, the Advanced risk-based ratios became more binding on the Firm than the Standardized risk-based ratios. Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 89–99 for additional information.

(c)    NII and NIR refer to net interest income and noninterest revenue, respectively.

(d)    Markets consists of CIB's Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets businesses.The Firm assesses the performance of its Markets business on a total net revenue basis, as revenues in NII generally have offsets across other revenue lines, primarily Principal transactions revenue.

Apple Card transaction: On January 7, 2026, JPMorganChase announced that Chase will become the new issuer of Apple Card. The Firm entered into a forward purchase commitment on December 30, 2025 to acquire the Apple credit card portfolio, with an expected closing in approximately 24 months (the “Apple Card transaction”).

Refer to CCB segment results on pages 65–68, Capital Risk Management on pages 89–99 and Notes 4, 13, 27 and 28 for additional information.

Comparisons noted in the sections below are for the full year of 2025 versus the full year of 2024, unless otherwise specified.

Firmwide overview

JPMorganChase reported net income of $57.0 billion for 2025, down 2%, earnings per share of $20.02, ROE of 17% and ROTCE of 20%.

•Total net revenue was $182.4 billion, up 3%, reflecting:

–Net interest income (“NII”) of $95.4 billion, up 3%, driven by higher Markets net interest income, higher revolving balances in Card Services, higher wholesale deposit balances, and the impact of investment securities activity. These factors were largely offset by deposit margin compression and the impact of lower rates. NII excluding Markets was $92.6 billion, flat when compared with the prior year.

–Noninterest revenue (“NIR”) was $87.0 billion, up 2%, reflecting higher Markets noninterest revenue, higher asset management fees in AWM and CCB, higher auto operating lease income, lower net investment securities losses in Treasury and CIO, higher Payments fees, higher investment banking fees, and a $588 million First Republic-related gain recorded in the first quarter of 2025. These increases were predominantly offset by the absence of the $7.9 billion net gain related to Visa shares recorded in the second quarter of 2024, as well as lower card income in the current year.

•Noninterest expense was $95.6 billion, up 4%, driven by higher compensation expense, including higher revenue-related compensation and growth in the number of employees. The increase in expense was also driven by higher brokerage expense and distribution fees, higher auto lease depreciation, and continued investments in technology and marketing, as well as higher occupancy expense. These factors were partially offset by FDIC special assessment accrual releases of $763 million compared with an increase of $725 million in the prior year, as well as the absence of a $1.0 billion contribution of Visa shares to the JPMorgan Chase Foundation recorded in the second quarter of 2024.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K47

•The provision for credit losses was $14.2 billion. Net charge-offs were $9.8 billion, up $1.2 billion, predominantly driven by Wholesale and Card Services. The net addition to the allowance for credit losses was $4.4 billion and consisted of $3.3 billion in consumer, which included $2.2 billion related to the Apple Card transaction, and $1.1 billion in wholesale.

In the prior year, the provision was $10.7 billion, net charge-offs were $8.6 billion and the net addition to the allowance for credit losses was $2.0 billion.

•The total allowance for credit losses was $31.2 billion at December 31, 2025. The Firm had an allowance for loan losses to retained loans coverage ratio of 1.83%, compared with 1.87% in the prior year.

Refer to Consolidated Results of Operations and Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis on pages 51–54 and pages 55–57, respectively, for a further discussion of the Firm's results, including the provision for credit losses.

Pre-provision profit, ROTCE, TCE, TBVPS, NII and NIR excluding Markets, and total net revenue on a managed basis, are non-GAAP financial measures. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 59–61 for a further discussion of each of these measures.

•The Firm’s nonperforming assets totaled $10.4 billion at December 31, 2025, up 11%, driven by:

–higher consumer nonaccrual loans, predominantly due to the impact of the wildfires in California in January 2025, as well as higher loans at fair value in CIB, and

–higher wholesale nonaccrual loans, reflecting downgrades to exposures in certain industries, predominantly offset by net portfolio activity and upgrades.

Refer to Wholesale Credit Portfolio and Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 118–128 and pages 112–117, respectively, for additional information.

•Firmwide average loans of $1.4 trillion were up 6%, predominantly driven by higher loans in CIB and AWM.

•Firmwide average deposits of $2.5 trillion were up 5%, reflecting:

–net inflows related to client-driven activities in Payments and Securities Services, and

–growth in both new accounts and balances in existing accounts in AWM,

partially offset by

–a decrease in CCB primarily driven by increased customer spending.

Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 100–107 for additional information.

Selected capital and other metrics

•CET1 capital was $288.5 billion, and the Standardized and Advanced CET1 ratios were 14.6% and 14.1%, respectively.

•SLR was 5.8%.

•TBVPS grew 10.5%, ending 2025 at $107.56.

•As of December 31, 2025, the Firm had eligible end-of-period High Quality Liquid Assets (“HQLA”) of approximately $915 billion and unencumbered marketable securities with a fair value of approximately $548 billion, resulting in approximately $1.5 trillion of liquidity sources.

Refer to Capital Risk Management and Liquidity Risk Management on pages 89–99 and pages 100–107, respectively, for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
48JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Business segment highlights

Selected business metrics for each of the Firm’s lines of business (“LOB”) are presented below for the full year of 2025.

CCBROE 32%•Average deposits down 1%; client investment assets up 17% •Average loans up 1%; Card Services net charge-off rate of 3.31% •Debit and credit card sales volume(a) up 7%•Active mobile customers(b) up 7%
CIBROE 18%•Investment Banking fees up 7%; #1 ranking for Global Investment Banking fees with 8.4% wallet share for the year•Markets revenue up 19%, with Fixed Income Markets up 12% and Equity Markets up 33%•Average Banking & Payments loans(c) flat; average client deposits(d) up 14%
AWMROE 40%•Assets under management ("AUM") of $4.8 trillion, up 18%•Average loans up 8%; average deposits up 4%

(a)Excludes Commercial Card.

(b)Users of all mobile platforms who have logged in within the past 90 days.

(c)On January 1, 2025, $5.6 billion of loans were realigned from Global Corporate Banking to Fixed Income Markets.

(d)Represents client deposits and other third-party liabilities pertaining to the Payments and Securities Services businesses.

Refer to the Business Segment & Corporate Results on pages 62–82 for a detailed discussion of results by business segment.

Credit provided and capital raised

JPMorganChase continues to support consumers, businesses and communities around the globe. The Firm provided new and renewed credit and raised capital for wholesale and consumer clients during 2025, consisting of approximately:

$3.3 trillionTotal credit provided and capital raised (including loans and commitments)
$280billionCredit for consumers
$33billionCredit for U.S. small businesses
$2.9 trillionCredit and capital for corporations and non-U.S. government entities(a)
$76 billionCredit and capital for nonprofit and U.S. government entities(b)

(a)Includes Individuals and Individual Entities primarily consisting of Global Private Bank clients within AWM.

(b)Includes states, municipalities, hospitals and universities.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K49

Recent events

•On December 8, 2025, JPMorganChase announced that Todd A. Combs had resigned from the Firm’s Board of Directors and would join the Firm as the head of the Strategic Investment Group within the Firm’s Security and Resiliency Initiative.

Outlook

The statements set forth below are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs and expectations of JPMorganChase’s management, speak only as of the date on which they were made, and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Refer to Forward-Looking Statements on page 160 and Part I, Item 1A: Risk Factors on pages 9–31 of this Form 10-K for a further discussion of certain of those risks and uncertainties and the other factors that could cause JPMorganChase’s actual results to differ materially because of those risks and uncertainties. There is no assurance that actual results in 2026 will be in line with the outlook information set forth below, and the Firm does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements.

JPMorganChase’s outlook for full-year 2026 should be viewed against the backdrop of the global and U.S. economies, financial markets activity, the geopolitical environment, the competitive environment, client and customer activity levels, and regulatory and legislative developments in the U.S. and other countries where the Firm does business. Each of these factors will affect the performance of the Firm. The Firm will continue to make appropriate adjustments to its businesses and operations in response to ongoing developments in the business, economic, regulatory and legal environments in which it operates.

The Firm provided the following outlook information on January 13, 2026 in connection with announcing its results for the year and quarter ended December 31, 2025:

Full-year 2026

•Management expects net interest income to be approximately $103 billion and net interest income excluding Markets to be approximately $95 billion, market dependent.

•Management expects adjusted expense to be approximately $105 billion, market dependent.

•Management expects the net charge-off rate in Card Services to be approximately 3.4%.

Net interest income excluding Markets and adjusted expense are non-GAAP financial measures. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 59–61.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
50JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This section provides a comparative discussion of JPMorganChase’s Consolidated Results of Operations on a reported basis for the two-year period ended December 31, 2025, unless otherwise specified. Refer to Consolidated Results of Operations on pages 59-62 of the Firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 (the “2024 Form 10-K”) for a discussion of the 2024 versus 2023 results. Factors that relate primarily to a single business segment or Corporate are discussed in more detail in the results of that segment or Corporate. Refer to pages 154–157 for a discussion of the Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm that affect the Consolidated Results of Operations.

Revenue
Year ended December 31, (in millions)
202520242023
Investment banking fees$9,615$8,910$6,519
Principal transactions27,21224,78724,460
Lending- and deposit-related fees9,0937,6067,413
Asset management fees20,32717,80115,220
Commissions and other fees8,5397,5306,836
Investment securities losses(57)(1,021)(3,180)
Mortgage fees and related income1,3811,4011,176
Card income4,7205,4974,784
Other income(a)6,17412,462(b) (c)5,609(d)
Noninterest revenue87,00484,97368,837
Net interest income95,44392,58389,267
Total net revenue$182,447$177,556$158,104

(a)Included operating lease income of $3.8 billion, $2.8 billion and $2.8 billion for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Refer to Note 6 for additional information.

(b)Effective January 1, 2024, as a result of adopting updates to the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures guidance, the amortization of certain of the Firm’s alternative energy tax-oriented investments that was previously recognized in other income is now recognized in income tax expense. Refer to Notes 1, 6, 14 and 25 for additional information.

(c)Included the net gain related to Visa shares of $7.9 billion recorded in the second quarter of 2024. Refer to Note 6 for additional information.

(d)Included the estimated bargain purchase gain of $2.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 associated with the First Republic acquisition. Refer to Notes 6 and 34 for additional information.

2025 compared with 2024

Investment banking fees increased, reflecting in CIB:

•higher debt underwriting fees predominantly driven by non-investment grade loans and investment grade bonds,

•higher advisory fees benefiting from higher fees from deals in the Financial Institutions and Technology sectors, partially offset by lower fees from deals in the Media & Telecommunications sector, and

•higher equity underwriting fees primarily driven by higher revenue from IPOs.

Refer to CIB segment results on pages 69–75 and Note 6 for additional information.

Principal transactions revenue increased, reflecting in CIB:

•higher Fixed Income Markets revenue primarily driven by higher revenue in Rates and Commodities, largely offset by lower revenue in Securitized Products, Fixed Income Financing and Currencies & Emerging Markets, and

•higher Equity Markets revenue, particularly in Equity Derivatives.

The increase in CIB was partially offset by lower revenue in Treasury and CIO.

Principal transactions revenue in CIB generally has offsets across other revenue lines, including net interest income. The Firm assesses the performance of its Markets business on a total net revenue basis.

Refer to CIB segment and Corporate results on pages 69–75 and pages 80–82, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Lending- and deposit-related fees increased, reflecting:

•in CIB, a reduction in client credits applied to deposit-related fees, as well as higher cash management fees in Payments as a result of higher volume, and

•in CCB, higher deposit-related fees as a result of higher transaction volume and new accounts.

Refer to CCB and CIB segment results on pages 65–68 and pages 69–75, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Asset management fees increased driven by higher average market levels in AWM and CCB, as well as net inflows in AWM and, to a lesser extent, in CCB. Refer to CCB and AWM segment results on pages 65–68 and pages 76–79, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Commissions and other fees increased in CIB and AWM, predominantly due to higher brokerage commissions on higher volume and, to a lesser extent, higher custody fees as a result of higher client activity and market levels. Refer to CIB and AWM segment results on pages 69–75 and pages 76–79, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K51

Investment securities losses decreased, reflecting lower losses on sales of securities associated with repositioning the investment securities portfolio in Treasury and CIO. The prior year net loss was primarily related to sales of U.S. GSE and government agency MBS and U.S. Treasuries. Refer to Corporate results on pages 80–82 and Note 10 for additional information.

Mortgage fees and related income: refer to Notes 6 and 15 for additional information.

Card income decreased driven by the net impact of:

•lower income in CCB, reflecting lower net interchange income, as well as an increase in amortization related to new account origination costs, partially offset by higher annual fees. Net interchange income decreased as the impact of increased debit and credit card sales volume was more than offset by higher rewards costs and partner payments, and

•higher card revenue in CIB Payments as a result of higher volume.

Refer to CCB and CIB segment results on pages 65–68 and pages 69–75, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Other income decreased, reflecting:

•the absence in Corporate of the $7.9 billion net gain related to Visa shares recorded in the second quarter of 2024,

partially offset by

•higher auto operating lease income in CCB due to growth in volume,

•the $588 million First Republic-related gain recorded in the first quarter of 2025 in Corporate, and

•lower losses related to certain equity investments in CIB.

Refer to CCB and CIB segment and Corporate results on pages 65–68, pages 69–75 and pages 80–82, respectively, for additional information; Note 6 for additional information on Visa shares; and Notes 6 and 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

Net interest income increased driven by higher Markets net interest income, higher revolving balances in Card Services, higher wholesale deposit balances, and the impact of investment securities activity. These factors were largely offset by deposit margin compression and the impact of lower rates.

The Firm’s average interest-earning assets were $3.8 trillion, up $297 billion, and the yield was 5.05%, down 45 bps. The net yield on these assets, on an FTE basis, was 2.50%, a decrease of 13 bps. The net yield excluding Markets was 3.75%, a decrease of 9 bps, when compared to the prior year.

Refer to the Consolidated average balance sheets, interest and rates schedule on pages 315–319 for additional information. Net yield excluding Markets is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 59–61 for an additional discussion of net yield excluding Markets.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
52JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K
Provision for credit losses
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)202520242023
Consumer, excluding credit card$693$631$935
Credit card10,8299,2926,048
Total consumer11,5229,9236,983
Wholesale2,7187312,299
Investment securities(28)2438
Total provision for credit losses$14,212$10,678$9,320

2025 compared with 2024

The provision for credit losses was $14.2 billion. Net charge-offs were $9.8 billion and the net addition to the allowance for credit losses was $4.4 billion.

The provision for credit losses included:

•$11.5 billion in consumer, consisting of net charge-offs of $8.3 billion, predominantly driven by Card Services, reflecting loan growth, and a net addition to the allowance for credit losses of $3.3 billion which was driven by $2.2 billion related to the Apple Card transaction, loan growth in Card Services and the impact of changes in the Firm's weighted-average macroeconomic outlook, partially offset by reduced borrower uncertainty, and

•$2.7 billion in wholesale, driven by net increases in the loan and lending-related commitment portfolios, net changes in credit quality of client-specific exposures, an update to loss assumptions on certain leveraged loans, and estimated losses related to borrower fraud in certain secured lending facilities, partially offset by the impact of changes in the Firm's weighted-average macroeconomic outlook. Net charge-offs were $1.6 billion and the net addition to the allowance for credit losses was $1.1 billion.

In the prior year, the provision was $10.7 billion, net charge-offs were $8.6 billion and the net addition to the allowance for credit losses was $2.0 billion.

Refer to CCB, CIB and AWM segment and Corporate results on pages 65–68, pages 69–75, pages 76–79, and pages 80–82, respectively; Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 129–131; Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 154–157; and Notes 12 and 13 for additional information on the credit portfolio and the allowance for credit losses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K53
Noninterest expense
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)202520242023
Compensation expense$54,487$51,357$46,465
Noncompensation expense:
Occupancy5,4615,0264,590
Technology, communications and equipment(a)11,0299,8319,246
Professional and outside services12,35611,05710,235
Marketing5,5314,9744,591
Other expense6,7769,552(c)12,045
Total noncompensation expense41,15340,44040,707
Total noninterest expense$95,640$91,797$87,172
Certain components of other expense(b)
Legal expense$361$740$1,436
FDIC-related expense5311,8934,203
Operating losses1,2921,4171,228

(a)Includes depreciation expense associated with auto operating lease assets. Refer to Note 18 for additional information.

(b)Refer to Note 6 for additional information.

(c)Included a $1.0 billion contribution of Visa shares to the JPMorgan Chase Foundation recorded in the second quarter of 2024. Refer to Note 6 for additional information.

2025 compared with 2024

Compensation expense increased driven by:

•growth in the number of employees, primarily front office employees, and

•higher revenue-related compensation, predominantly in CIB and AWM.

Noncompensation expense increased, primarily reflecting:

•higher brokerage expense in CIB and higher distribution fees in AWM,

•higher depreciation expense on higher auto operating lease assets in CCB,

•higher investments in technology across the LOBs and Corporate and in marketing in CCB, and

•higher occupancy expense, reflecting net additions and improvements to the Firm’s properties, including its new headquarters, bank branches and other corporate offices,

partially offset by

•lower FDIC-related expense driven by releases of FDIC special assessment accruals of $763 million in Corporate, compared with an accrual increase of $725 million in the first quarter of the prior year, and

•the absence in Corporate of the following items recorded in the prior year

–a $1.0 billion contribution of Visa shares to the JPMorgan Chase Foundation, and

–restructuring and integration costs associated with First Republic.

Refer to Note 6 for additional information on FDIC-related expense and Visa shares, and Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

Income tax expense
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except rate)
202520242023
Income before income tax expense$72,595$75,081$61,612
Income tax expense15,54716,610(a)12,060
Effective tax rate21.4%22.1%19.6%

(a)Effective January 1, 2024, as a result of adopting updates to the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures guidance, the amortization of certain of the Firm’s alternative energy tax-oriented investments is now recognized in income tax expense. Refer to Notes 1, 6, 14 and 25 for additional information.

2025 compared with 2024

The effective tax rate decreased driven by:

•a $774 million income tax benefit in Corporate recorded in the second quarter of 2025, driven by the resolution of certain tax audits and the impact of tax regulations related to foreign currency translation gains and losses finalized in 2024 and effective for 2025, and

•higher tax benefits related to the vesting of employee share-based awards,

partially offset by

•other changes in the level and mix of income and expenses subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes, and

•lower benefits associated with other tax audits.

Refer to Note 25 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
54JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AND CASH FLOWS ANALYSIS

Consolidated balance sheets analysis

The following is a discussion of the significant changes between December 31, 2025 and 2024. Refer to pages 154–157 for a discussion of the Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm that affect the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Selected Consolidated balance sheets data
December 31, (in millions)20252024Change
Assets
Cash and due from banks$21,742$23,372(7)%
Deposits with banks321,596445,945(28)
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements336,426295,00114
Securities borrowed286,191219,54630
Trading assets802,873637,78426
Available-for-sale securities507,198406,85225
Held-to-maturity securities270,134274,468(2)
Investment securities, net of allowance for credit losses777,332681,32014
Loans1,493,4291,347,98811
Allowance for loan losses(25,765)(24,345)6
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses1,467,6641,323,64311
Accrued interest and accounts receivable111,599101,22310
Premises and equipment36,24432,22312
Goodwill, MSRs and other intangible assets64,45864,560
Other assets198,775178,19712
Total assets$4,424,900$4,002,81411%

Cash and due from banks and deposits with banks decreased driven by Markets activities in CIB, higher investment securities, higher loans and cash deployment in Treasury and CIO, largely offset by the impact of higher deposits and higher long-term debt.

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements increased driven by Markets, reflecting the impact of lower levels of netting, higher collateral requirements and higher demand for securities to cover short positions.

Securities borrowed increased driven by Markets, reflecting higher client-driven activities and higher demand for securities to cover short positions.

Refer to Note 11 for additional information on securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

Trading assets increased predominantly driven by Markets, due to higher levels of debt instruments, partially offset by lower levels of equity instruments, both related to client-driven market-making activities. Refer to Notes 2 and 5 for additional information.

Investment securities increased. Excluding a non-cash transfer in the third quarter of 2025 of $44.1 billion of securities from available-for-sale ("AFS") to held-to-maturity (“HTM”) for asset-liability management purposes,

•AFS securities increased driven by net purchases, predominantly U.S. Treasuries and non-U.S. government debt securities, partially offset by maturities and paydowns; and

•HTM securities decreased driven by maturities and paydowns.

Refer to Corporate results on pages 80–82, Investment Portfolio Risk Management on page 132, and Notes 2 and 10 for additional information.

Loans increased, reflecting:

•higher wholesale loans, predominantly in Markets associated with higher client demand,

•higher securities-based lending in AWM due to higher client demand, and

•higher outstanding balances in Card Services driven by growth in new accounts and higher revolving balances,

partially offset by

•a decline in Home Lending as loan sales and paydowns outpaced originations.

The allowance for loan losses increased, reflecting a net addition to the allowance for loan losses of $1.4 billion, and consisted of:

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K55

•$1.1 billion in consumer, driven by loan growth in Card Services and the impact of changes in the Firm's weighted-average macroeconomic outlook, partially offset by reduced borrower uncertainty, and

•$350 million in wholesale, driven by a net increase in the loan portfolio, an update to loss assumptions on certain leveraged loans, and net changes in credit quality of client-specific exposures, partially offset by a reduction due to the impact of charge-offs and changes in the Firm's weighted-average macroeconomic outlook.

There was also a $3.0 billion net addition to the allowance for lending-related commitments recognized in other liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheets. The net addition was predominantly driven by $2.2 billion related to the Apple Card transaction and the impact of new lending-related commitments.

Refer to Consolidated Results of Operations and Credit and Investment Risk Management on pages 51–54 and pages 109–132, respectively, Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 154–157, and Notes 2, 3, 12 and 13 for additional information on loans and the total allowance for credit losses.

Accrued interest and accounts receivable increased predominantly due to higher client-driven activities in Markets.

Premises and equipment increased, reflecting the impact of net additions and improvements to the Firm’s properties, including its new headquarters, bank branches and other corporate offices. Refer to Notes 16 and 18 for additional information.

Goodwill, MSRs and other intangibles: Refer to Note 15 for additional information.

Other assets increased predominantly due to higher cash collateral placed with counterparties in Markets, and higher auto operating lease assets in CCB.

Selected Consolidated balance sheets data (continued)
December 31, (in millions)20252024Change
Liabilities
Deposits$2,559,320$2,406,0326%
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements442,396296,83549
Short-term borrowings64,77652,89322
Trading liabilities216,019192,88312
Accounts payable and other liabilities316,794280,67213
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”)27,95127,3232
Long-term debt435,206401,4188
Total liabilities4,062,4623,658,05611
Stockholders’ equity362,438344,7585
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$4,424,900$4,002,81411%

Deposits increased, reflecting:

•an increase in CIB due to net inflows related to client-driven activities in Payments and Securities Services,

•an increase in CCB primarily driven by new accounts, predominantly offset by increased customer spending, and

•an increase in AWM primarily driven by growth in both new accounts and balances in existing accounts, including the impact of higher-yielding product offerings, largely offset by migration into other investment products.

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements increased driven by Markets, primarily reflecting higher secured financing of trading assets.

Short-term borrowings increased driven by higher financing requirements in Markets.

Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 100–107 for additional information on deposits, federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements, and short-term borrowings; Notes 2 and 17 for deposits; and Note 11 for federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements.

Trading liabilities increased due to client-driven market-making activities, which resulted in higher levels of short positions, as well as higher derivative payables, primarily as a result of market movements. Refer to Notes 2 and 5 for additional information.

Accounts payable and other liabilities increased predominantly due to higher brokerage payables related to client-driven activities in Markets. Refer to Note 19 for additional information on accounts payable.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
56JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs: Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 100–107; and Notes 14 and 28 for additional information related to Firm-sponsored VIEs and loan securitization trusts.

Long-term debt increased driven by net issuances of structured notes in Markets due to client demand and an increase in the fair value of such instruments, as well as net issuances of long-term debt in Treasury and CIO, partially offset by a net reduction in Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") advances. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 100–107 for additional information.

Stockholders’ equity increased, reflecting:

•net income, and

•net unrealized gains in AOCI in Treasury and CIO, driven by the impact of lower interest rates on AFS securities and cash flow hedges, and spreads tightening on AFS securities,

largely offset by

•the impact of capital actions, including net repurchases of common shares and dividend payments on common and preferred stock.

Refer to Consolidated Statements of changes in stockholders’ equity on page 168, Capital Actions on page 97, and Note 24 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K57

Consolidated cash flows analysis

The following is a discussion of cash flow activities during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. Refer to Consolidated cash flows analysis on page 66 of the Firm’s 2024 Form 10-K for a discussion of the 2023 activities.

(in millions)Year ended December 31,
202520242023
Net cash provided by/(used in)
Operating activities$(147,782)$(42,012)$12,974
Investing activities(265,565)(163,403)67,643
Financing activities269,53363,447(25,571)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash17,835(12,866)1,871
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and due from banks and deposits with banks$(125,979)$(154,834)$56,917

Operating activities

JPMorganChase’s operating assets and liabilities primarily support the Firm’s lending and capital markets activities. These assets and liabilities can vary significantly in the normal course of business due to the amount and timing of cash flows, which are affected by client-driven and risk management activities and market conditions. The Firm believes that cash flows from operations, available cash and other liquidity sources, and its capacity to generate cash through secured and unsecured sources, are sufficient to meet its operating liquidity needs.

•In 2025, cash used resulted from higher trading assets, higher securities borrowed, net originations and purchases of loans held-for-sale, higher other assets and higher accrued interest and accounts receivable, partially offset by net income excluding non-cash adjustments, and higher trading liabilities.

•In 2024, cash used resulted from higher trading assets and higher securities borrowed, largely offset by net income excluding non-cash adjustments.

Investing activities

The Firm’s investing activities predominantly include originating held-for-investment loans, and investing in the investment securities portfolio and other short-term instruments.

•In 2025, cash used resulted from net loan originations, net purchases of investment securities and higher securities purchased under resale agreements.

•In 2024, cash used resulted from net purchases of investment securities, net loan originations and higher securities purchased under resale agreements, partially offset by proceeds from sales and securitizations of loans held-for-investment.

Financing activities

The Firm’s financing activities include acquiring customer deposits and issuing long-term debt and preferred stock.

•In 2025, cash provided primarily reflected higher deposits, higher securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements and net proceeds from long- and short-term borrowings,

•In 2024, cash provided primarily reflected higher securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements and net proceeds from long- and short-term borrowings, partially offset by net redemption of preferred stock.

•For both periods, cash was used for repurchases of common stock and cash dividends on common and preferred stock.

* * *

Refer to Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis on pages 55–57, Capital Risk Management on pages 89–99, and Liquidity Risk Management on pages 100–107, and the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows on page 169 for a further discussion of the activities affecting the Firm’s cash flows.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
58JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

EXPLANATION AND RECONCILIATION OF THE FIRM’S USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

Non-GAAP financial measures

The Firm prepares its Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP; these financial statements appear on pages 165–169. That presentation, which is referred to as “reported” basis, provides the reader with an understanding of the Firm’s results that can be tracked consistently from year-to-year and enables a comparison of the Firm’s performance with the U.S. GAAP financial statements of other companies.

In addition to analyzing the Firm’s results on a reported basis, management reviews Firmwide results, including the overhead ratio, on a “managed” basis; these Firmwide managed basis results are non-GAAP financial measures. The Firm also reviews the results of the lines of business on a managed basis. The Firm’s definition of managed basis starts, in each case, with the reported U.S. GAAP results and includes certain reclassifications to present total net revenue for the Firm as a whole, and for each of the reportable business segments and Corporate, on an FTE basis. Accordingly, revenue from investments that receive tax credits and tax-exempt securities is presented in the managed results on a basis comparable to taxable investments and securities. These financial measures

allow management to assess the comparability of revenue from year-to-year arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources. The corresponding income tax impact related to tax-exempt items is recorded within income tax expense. These adjustments have no impact on net income as reported by the Firm as a whole or by each of the lines of business and Corporate.

Management also uses certain non-GAAP financial measures at the Firm and business-segment levels because these other non-GAAP financial measures provide information to investors about the underlying operational performance and trends of the Firm or of the particular business segment, as the case may be, and therefore facilitate a comparison of the Firm or the business segment with the performance of its relevant competitors. Refer to Business Segment & Corporate Results on pages 62–82 for additional information on these non-GAAP measures. Non-GAAP financial measures used by the Firm may not be comparable to similarly named non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies.

The following summary table provides a reconciliation from the Firm’s reported U.S. GAAP results to managed basis.

202520242023
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)ReportedFully taxable-equivalent adjustments(a)Managed basisReportedFully taxable-equivalent adjustments(a)Managed basisReportedFully taxable-equivalent adjustments(a)Managed basis
Other income$6,174$2,709$8,883$12,462(b)$2,560(b)$15,022$5,609$3,782$9,391
Total noninterest revenue87,0042,70989,71384,9732,56087,53368,8373,78272,619
Net interest income95,44342595,86892,58347793,06089,26748089,747
Total net revenue182,4473,134185,581177,5563,037180,593158,1044,262162,366
Total noninterest expense95,640NA95,64091,797NA91,79787,172NA87,172
Pre-provision profit86,8073,13489,94185,7593,03788,79670,9324,26275,194
Provision for credit losses14,212NA14,21210,678NA10,6789,320NA9,320
Income before income tax expense72,5953,13475,72975,0813,03778,11861,6124,26265,874
Income tax expense15,5473,13418,68116,610(b)3,037(b)19,64712,0604,26216,322
Net income$57,048NA$57,048$58,471NA$58,471$49,552NA$49,552
Overhead ratio52%NM52%52%NM51%55%NM54%

(a)For other income, recognized in CIB, and for net interest income, predominantly recognized in CIB and Corporate.

(b)Effective January 1, 2024, the Firm adopted updates to the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures guidance, under the modified retrospective method. Refer to Notes 1, 6, 14 and 25 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K59

Net interest income, net yield, and noninterest revenue excluding Markets

In addition to reviewing net interest income, net yield, and noninterest revenue on a managed basis, management also reviews these metrics excluding Markets, as shown below. Markets consists of CIB’s Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets. These metrics, which exclude Markets, are non-GAAP financial measures. Management reviews these metrics to assess the performance of the Firm’s lending, investing (including asset-liability management) and deposit-raising activities, apart from any volatility associated with Markets activities. In addition, management also assesses Markets business performance on a total revenue basis as offsets may occur across revenue lines. Management believes that these measures provide investors and analysts with alternative measures to analyze the revenue trends of the Firm.

Year ended December 31, (in millions, except rates)202520242023
Net interest income – reported(a)$95,443$92,583$89,267
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments425477480
Net interest income – managed basis$95,868$93,060$89,747
Less: Markets net interest income(b)3,277641(294)
Net interest income excluding Markets$92,591$92,419$90,041
Average interest-earning assets(a)$3,834,359$3,537,567$3,325,708
Less: Average Markets interest-earning assets(b)1,363,1741,128,153985,777
Average interest-earning assets excluding Markets$2,471,185$2,409,414$2,339,931
Net yield on average interest-earning assets – managed basis2.50%2.63%2.70%
Net yield on average Markets interest-earning assets(b)0.240.06(0.03)
Net yield on average interest-earning assets excluding Markets3.75%3.84%3.85%
Noninterest revenue – reported$87,004$84,973(c)$68,837
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments2,7092,560(c)3,782
Noninterest revenue – managed basis$89,713$87,533$72,619
Less: Markets noninterest revenue(b)32,50529,36628,258
Noninterest revenue excluding Markets$57,208$58,167$44,361
Memo: Total Markets net revenue(b)$35,782$30,007$27,964

(a)Includes the effect of derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting. Taxable-equivalent amounts are used where applicable. Refer to Note 5 for additional information on hedge accounting.

(b)Refer to pages 73-74 for further information on Markets.

(c)Effective January 1, 2024, the Firm adopted updates to the Accounting for Investment in Tax Credit Stricture guidance, under the modified retrospective method. Refer to Notes 1, 6, 14 and 25 for additional information.

Calculation of certain U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures
Certain U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures are calculated as follows:
Book value per share (“BVPS”)Common stockholders’ equity at period-end /Common shares at period-end
Overhead ratioTotal noninterest expense / Total net revenue
ROAReported net income / Total average assets
ROENet income* / Average common stockholders’ equity
ROTCENet income* / Average tangible common equity
TBVPSTangible common equity at period-end / Common shares at period-end
* Represents net income applicable to common equity

In addition, the Firm reviews other non-GAAP measures such as:

•Adjusted expense, which represents noninterest expense excluding Firmwide legal expense, and

•Pre-provision profit, which represents total net revenue less total noninterest expense.

Management believes that these measures help investors to understand the effect of these items on reported results and provide an alternative presentation of the Firm’s performance.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
60JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

TCE, ROTCE and TBVPS

TCE, ROTCE and TBVPS are each non-GAAP financial measures. TCE represents the Firm’s common stockholders’ equity (i.e., total stockholders’ equity less preferred stock) less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs), net of related deferred tax liabilities. ROTCE measures the Firm’s net income applicable to common equity as a percentage of average TCE. TBVPS represents the Firm’s TCE at period-end divided by common shares at period-end. TCE, ROTCE and TBVPS are utilized by the Firm, as well as investors and analysts, in assessing the Firm’s use of equity.

The following summary table provides a reconciliation from the Firm’s common stockholders’ equity to TCE.

Period-endAverage
Dec 31, 2025Dec 31, 2024Year ended December 31,
(in millions, except per share and ratio data)202520242023
Common stockholders’ equity$342,393$324,708$332,754$312,370$282,056
Less: Goodwill52,73152,56552,67752,62752,258
Less: Other intangible assets2,5602,8742,7063,0422,572
Add: Certain deferred tax liabilities(a)2,9162,9432,9212,9702,883
Tangible common equity$290,018$272,212$280,292$259,671$230,109
Return on tangible common equityNANA20%22%21%
Tangible book value per share$107.56$97.30NANANA

(a)Represents deferred tax liabilities related to tax-deductible goodwill and to identifiable intangibles created in nontaxable transactions, which are netted against goodwill and other intangibles when calculating TCE.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K61

BUSINESS SEGMENT & CORPORATE RESULTS

The Firm is managed on an LOB basis. The Firm has three reportable business segments – Consumer & Community Banking, Commercial & Investment Bank, and Asset & Wealth Management – with the remaining activities in Corporate.

The business segments are determined based on the products and services provided, or the type of customers and clients served, and they reflect the manner in which financial information is evaluated by the Firm’s Operating Committee, whose members act collectively as the Firm’s chief operating decision maker. Segment results are presented on a managed basis. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures, on pages 59–61 for a definition of managed basis.

The following table depicts the Firm’s reportable business segments.

Description of business segment reporting methodology

Results of the reportable business segments are intended to present each segment as if it were a stand-alone business. The management reporting process that derives business segment results includes the allocation of certain income and expense items. The Firm periodically assesses the assumptions, methodologies and reporting classifications used for segment reporting, and therefore further refinements may be implemented in future periods. The Firm also assesses the level of capital required for each LOB on at least an annual basis. The Firm’s LOBs also provide various business metrics which are utilized by the Firm and its investors and analysts in assessing performance.

Revenue sharing

When business segments or businesses within each segment join efforts to sell products and services to the Firm’s clients and customers, the participating businesses may agree to share revenue from those transactions. Revenue is generally recognized in the segment responsible for the related product or service, with allocations to the other segments or businesses involved in the transaction. The segment and business results reflect these revenue-sharing agreements.

Expense allocation

Where business segments use services provided by Corporate support units, or another business segment, the costs of those services are allocated to the respective business segments. The expense is generally allocated based on the actual cost and use of services provided. In contrast, certain costs and investments related to Corporate that are not currently utilized by any LOB are not allocated to the business segments and are retained in Corporate. Expense retained in Corporate generally includes costs that would not be incurred if the segments were stand-alone businesses, and other items not solely aligned with a particular reportable business segment.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
62JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Funds transfer pricing

Funds transfer pricing (“FTP”) is the process by which the Firm allocates interest income and expense to the LOBs and Other Corporate and transfers the primary interest rate risk and liquidity risk to Treasury and CIO.

The funds transfer pricing process considers the interest rate and liquidity risk characteristics of assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet products. Periodically, the methodology and assumptions utilized in the FTP process are adjusted to reflect economic conditions and other factors, which may impact the allocation of net interest income to the segments. Effective in the fourth quarter of 2024, the Firm updated its FTP with respect to consumer deposits, which resulted in an increase in the funding benefit reflected within CCB’s net interest income that is fully offset in Corporate, with no effect on the Firm’s net interest income.

As a result of lower average interest rates in the current year, the cost of funding for assets and the funding benefit earned for liabilities generally decreased compared with the prior year. During the period ended December 31, 2025, this resulted in a lower cost of funds for loans and Markets activities. In addition, the FTP benefit for deposits generally decreased more than the decrease in rates paid to deposit holders during the year, resulting in an overall deposit margin compression.

Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk is transferred from the LOBs and Other Corporate to Treasury and CIO for certain revenues and expenses. Treasury and CIO manages these risks centrally and reports the impact of foreign exchange rate movements related to the transferred risk in its results. Refer to Market Risk Management on page 142 for additional information.

Debt expense and preferred stock dividend allocation

As part of the FTP process, almost all of the cost of the credit spread component of outstanding unsecured long-term debt and preferred stock dividends is allocated to the reportable business segments, while the balance of the cost is retained in Corporate. The methodology to allocate the cost of unsecured long-term debt and preferred stock dividends to the business segments is aligned with the relevant regulatory capital requirements and funding needs of the LOBs, as applicable. The allocated cost of unsecured long-term debt is included in a business segment’s net interest income, and net income is reduced by preferred stock dividends, to arrive at a business segment’s net income applicable to common equity. Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 89–99 for additional information.

Capital allocation

The amount of capital assigned to each LOB and Corporate is referred to as equity. The Firm’s current equity allocation methodology incorporates Basel III Standardized risk-weighted assets (“RWA”) and the global systemically important banks (“GSIB”) surcharge, both under rules currently in effect, as well as a simulation of capital depletion in a severe stress environment. At least annually, the assumptions, judgments and methodologies used to allocate capital are reassessed and, as a result, the capital allocated to the LOBs and Corporate may change. Refer to Line of business and Corporate equity on page 96 for additional information on capital allocation.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K63

Segment & Corporate Results – Managed Basis

The following tables summarize the Firm’s results by business segments and Corporate for the periods indicated.

Year ended December 31,Consumer & Community BankingCommercial & Investment BankAsset & Wealth Management
(in millions, except ratios)202520242023202520242023202520242023
Total net revenue$76,029$71,507$70,148$78,454$70,114$64,353$24,073$21,578$19,827
Total noninterest expense40,26738,03634,81938,21635,35333,97215,33214,41412,780
Pre-provision profit35,76233,47135,32940,23834,76130,3818,7417,1647,047
Provision for credit losses11,493(a)9,9746,8992,6157622,09197(68)159
Net income18,24517,60321,23227,76124,84620,2726,5225,4215,227
Return on equity (“ROE”)32%32%38%18%18%14%40%34%31%
Year ended December 31,CorporateTotal
(in millions, except ratios)202520242023202520242023
Total net revenue$7,025$17,394(b)$8,038$185,581$180,593(b)$162,366
Total noninterest expense1,8253,994(c)5,60195,64091,797(c)87,172
Pre-provision profit5,20013,4002,43789,94188,79675,194
Provision for credit losses71017114,21210,6789,320
Net income4,52010,6012,82157,04858,47149,552
Return on equity (“ROE”)NMNMNM17%18%17%

(a)Includes a provision for lending-related commitments of $2.2 billion related to the Apple Card transaction.

(b)Included the net gain related to Visa shares of $7.9 billion recorded in the second quarter of 2024. Refer to Note 6 for additional information.

(c)Included a $1.0 billion contribution of Visa shares to the JPMorgan Chase Foundation recorded in the second quarter of 2024. Refer to Note 6 for additional information.

Refer to Note 32 for further details on total net revenue and total noninterest expense.

The following sections provide a comparative discussion of the Firm’s results by business segments and Corporate as of or for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, unless otherwise specified.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
64JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

CONSUMER & COMMUNITY BANKING

Consumer & Community Banking offers products and services to consumers and small businesses through bank branches, ATMs, digital (including mobile and online) and telephone banking. CCB is organized into Banking & Wealth Management (including Consumer Banking, Business Banking and J.P. Morgan Wealth Management), Home Lending (including Home Lending Production, Home Lending Servicing and Real Estate Portfolios) and Card Services & Auto. Banking & Wealth Management offers deposit, investment and lending products, cash management, payments and services. Home Lending includes mortgage origination and servicing activities, as well as portfolios consisting of residential mortgages and home equity loans. Card Services issues credit cards and offers payment solutions, travel services, merchant offers and lifestyle benefits. Auto originates and services auto loans and leases.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)202520242023
Revenue
Lending- and deposit-related fees$3,669$3,387$3,356
Asset management fees4,6694,0143,282
Mortgage fees and related income1,3261,3781,175
Card income2,2303,1392,532
All other income(a)5,9014,7314,773
Noninterest revenue17,79516,64915,118
Net interest income58,23454,85855,030
Total net revenue76,02971,50770,148
Provision for credit losses11,493(d)9,9746,899
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense17,66917,04515,171
Noncompensation expense(b)22,59820,99119,648
Total noninterest expense40,26738,03634,819
Income before income tax expense24,26923,49728,430
Income tax expense6,0245,8947,198
Net income$18,245$17,603$21,232
Revenue by business
Banking & Wealth Management$42,862$40,943$43,199
Home Lending4,9665,0974,140
Card Services & Auto28,20125,46722,809
Mortgage fees and related income details:
Production revenue622627421
Net mortgage servicing revenue(c)704751754
Mortgage fees and related income$1,326$1,378$1,175
Financial ratios
Return on equity32%32%38%
Overhead ratio535350

(a)Primarily includes operating lease income and commissions and other fees. Operating lease income was $3.8 billion, $2.8 billion and $2.8 billion for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(b)Included depreciation expense on leased assets of $2.4 billion, $1.7 billion and $1.7 billion for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(c)Included MSR risk management results of $118 million, $159 million and $131 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(d)Includes a provision for lending-related commitments of $2.2 billion related to the Apple Card transaction.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K65

2025 compared with 2024

Net income was $18.2 billion, up 4%.

Net revenue was $76.0 billion, up 6%.

Net interest income was $58.2 billion, up 6%, reflecting:

•higher NII in Card Services, predominantly driven by higher revolving balances, and

•higher NII in Banking & Wealth Management (“BWM”), driven by higher deposit margin, reflecting the impact of changes in FTP, partially offset by lower average deposit balances.

Refer to Business Segment & Corporate Results on page 63 for additional information on FTP.

Noninterest revenue was $17.8 billion, up 7%, driven by:

•higher auto operating lease income as a result of growth in volume, and

•in BWM, higher asset management fees, reflecting higher average market levels and net inflows, as well as higher deposit-related fees as a result of higher transaction volume and new accounts,

partially offset by

•lower card income, reflecting lower net interchange, as well as an increase in amortization related to new account origination costs, partially offset by higher annual fees. Net interchange decreased as the impact of increased debit and credit card sales volume was more than offset by higher rewards costs and partner payments.

Refer to Note 6 for additional information on card income, asset management fees, and deposit-related fees; and Critical Accounting Estimates on pages 154–157 for additional information on the credit card rewards liability.

Noninterest expense was $40.3 billion, up 6%, reflecting:

•higher noncompensation expense, predominantly driven by higher auto lease depreciation on higher auto operating lease assets, and continued investments in marketing and technology, as well as

•higher compensation expense, predominantly for bankers and advisors, and employees in technology.

The provision for credit losses was $11.5 billion. Net charge-offs were $8.2 billion, up $319 million, primarily driven by Card Services, reflecting loan growth. The net addition to the allowance for credit losses of $3.2 billion which was driven by $2.2 billion related to the Apple Card transaction, loan growth in Card Services and the impact of changes in the Firm's weighted-average macroeconomic outlook, partially offset by reduced borrower uncertainty.

In the prior year, the provision was $10.0 billion, net charge-offs were $7.9 billion and the net addition to the allowance for credit losses was $2.0 billion.

Refer to Credit and Investment Risk Management on pages 109–132 and Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 129–131 for a further discussion of the credit portfolios and the allowance for credit losses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
66JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31,
(in millions, except employees)202520242023
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
Total assets$664,669$650,268$642,951
Loans:
Banking & Wealth Management33,00533,22131,142
Home Lending(a)240,724246,498259,181
Card Services247,753233,016211,175
Auto70,58573,61977,705
Total loans592,067586,354579,203
Deposits(b)1,072,7921,056,6521,094,738
Equity56,00054,50055,500
Selected balance sheet data (average)
Total assets$646,820$631,648$584,367
Loans:
Banking & Wealth Management33,24131,54430,142
Home Lending(b)242,595252,542232,115
Card Services231,720214,139191,424
Auto71,35975,00972,674
Total loans578,915573,234526,355
Deposits1,057,2321,064,2151,126,552
Equity56,00054,50054,349
Employees144,196(c)144,989141,640

(a)At December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, Home Lending loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were $11.0 billion, $8.1 billion and $3.4 billion, respectively.

(b)Average Home Lending loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were $9.5 billion, $7.1 billion and $4.8 billion for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(c)In the first quarter of 2025, 419 employees were transferred to Corporate as a result of the centralization of certain functions.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31,
(in millions, except ratio data)202520242023
Credit data and quality statistics
Nonaccrual loans(a)$3,484$3,366$3,740
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)
Banking & Wealth Management356442340
Home Lending(122)(106)(56)
Card Services7,6787,1484,699
Auto335444357
Total net charge-offs/(recoveries)$8,247$7,928$5,340
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate
Banking & Wealth Management1.07%1.40%1.13%
Home Lending(0.05)(0.04)(0.02)
Card Services3.313.342.45
Auto0.470.590.49
Total net charge-off/(recovery) rate1.45%1.40%1.02%
30+ day delinquency rate
Home Lending(b)0.86%0.78%0.66%
Card Services2.162.172.14
Auto1.331.431.19
90+ day delinquency rate - Card Services1.10%1.14%1.05%
Allowance for credit losses:
Allowance for loan losses
Banking & Wealth Management$765$764$685
Home Lending647447578
Card Services15,55814,60812,453
Auto587692742
Total allowance for loan losses$17,557$16,511$14,458
Allowance for lending-related commitments$2,290(c)$91$97
Total allowance for credit losses$19,847$16,602$14,555

(a)Excludes mortgage loans past due and insured by U.S. government agencies, which are primarily 90 or more days past due. These loans have been excluded based upon the government guarantee. At December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies were $70 million, $84 million and $123 million, respectively. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.

(b)At December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, excluded mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $102 million, $122 million and $176 million, respectively, that are 30 or more days past due. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee.

(c)Includes $2.2 billion related to the Apple Card transaction.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K67
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31,
(in billions, except ratios and where otherwise noted)202520242023
Business Metrics
CCB Consumer customers (in millions)86.684.482.1
CCB Small business customers (in millions)7.47.06.4
Number of branches5,0834,9664,897
Active digital customers (in thousands)(a)74,64670,81366,983
Active mobile customers (in thousands)(b)61,73657,82153,828
Debit and credit card sales volume$1,940.7$1,805.4$1,678.6
Total payments transaction volume (in trillions)(c)7.06.45.9
Banking & Wealth Management
Average deposits$1,040.8$1,049.3$1,111.7
Deposit margin2.74%2.66%2.84%
Business Banking average loans$19.1$19.5$19.6
Business Banking origination volume3.24.54.8
Client investment assets(d)1,269.91,087.6951.1
Number of client advisors6,0495,7555,456
Home Lending
Mortgage origination volume by channel
Retail$33.0$25.5$22.4
Correspondent19.815.312.7
Total mortgage origination volume(e)$52.8$40.8$35.1
Third-party mortgage loans serviced (period-end)$661.9$648.0$631.2
MSR carrying value (period-end)9.19.18.5
Card Services
Sales volume, excluding commercial card$1,354.7$1,259.3$1,163.6
Net revenue rate10.08%10.03%9.72%
Net yield on average loans10.269.739.61
New credit card accounts opened (in millions)10.410.010.0
Cards in force (in millions)(f)116.5111.7106.8
Auto
Loan and lease origination volume$44.8$40.3$41.3
Average auto operating lease assets16.211.110.9

(a)Users of all web and/or mobile platforms who have logged in within the past 90 days.

(b)Users of all mobile platforms who have logged in within the past 90 days.

(c)Total payments transaction volume includes debit and credit card sales volume and gross outflows of ACH, ATM, teller, wires, BillPay, PayChase, Zelle, person-to-person and checks.

(d)Includes assets invested in managed accounts and J.P. Morgan mutual funds where AWM is the investment manager. Refer to AWM segment results on pages 76–79 for additional information.

(e)Firmwide mortgage origination volume was $63.4 billion, $47.4 billion and $41.4 billion for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(f)Represents the total number of open credit cards, inclusive of primary cardholders and authorized users.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
68JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

COMMERCIAL & INVESTMENT BANK

The Commercial & Investment Bank is comprised of the Banking & Payments and Markets & Securities Services businesses. These businesses offer investment banking, lending, payments, market-making, financing, custody and securities products and services to a global base of corporate and institutional clients. Banking & Payments offers products and services in all major capital markets, including advising on corporate strategy and structure, capital-raising in equity and debt markets, and loan origination and syndication. Banking & Payments also provides services that enable clients to manage payments globally across liquidity and account solutions, commerce solutions, clearing, trade, and working capital. Markets & Securities Services includes Markets, which is a global market-maker across products, including cash and derivative instruments, and also offers sophisticated risk management solutions, lending, prime brokerage, clearing and research. Markets & Securities Services also includes Securities Services, a leading global custodian that provides custody, fund services, liquidity and trading services, and data solutions products.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Revenue
Investment banking fees$9,735$9,116$6,631
Principal transactions27,22624,38223,794
Lending- and deposit-related fees5,1773,9143,423
Commissions and other fees5,9855,2784,879
Card income2,4362,3102,213
All other income3,2073,2532,869
Noninterest revenue53,76648,25343,809
Net interest income24,68821,86120,544
Total net revenue(a)78,45470,11464,353
Provision for credit losses2,6157622,091
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense19,34518,19117,105
Noncompensation expense18,87117,16216,867
Total noninterest expense38,21635,35333,972
Income before income tax expense37,62333,99928,290
Income tax expense9,8629,1538,018
Net income$27,761$24,846$20,272

(a)Included taxable-equivalent adjustments primarily from income tax credits from investments in alternative energy, affordable housing and new markets, income from tax-exempt securities and loans, and the related amortization and other tax benefits of the investments in alternative energy and affordable housing of $2.9 billion, $2.8 billion and $4.0 billion for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Effective January 1, 2024, the Firm adopted updates to the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method guidance, under the modified retrospective method. Refer to Notes 1, 6, 14 and 25 for additional information.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)202520242023
Financial ratios
Return on equity18%18%14%
Overhead ratio495053
Compensation expense aspercentage of total net revenue252627
Revenue by business
Investment Banking$10,198$9,636$7,076
Payments19,33118,08517,818
Lending7,6017,4706,896
Other676107
Total Banking & Payments37,13635,26731,897
Fixed Income Markets22,53220,06619,180
Equity Markets13,2509,9418,784
Securities Services5,5995,0844,772
Credit Adjustments & Other(a)(63)(244)(280)
Total Markets & Securities Services41,31834,84732,456
Total net revenue$78,454$70,114$64,353

(a)Consists primarily of centrally-managed credit valuation adjustments (“CVA”), funding valuation adjustments (“FVA”) on derivatives, other valuation adjustments, and certain components of fair value option elected liabilities, which are primarily reported in principal transactions revenue. Results are presented net of associated hedging activities and net of CVA and FVA amounts allocated to Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets. Refer to Notes 2, 3 and 24 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K69

Banking & Payments Revenue by Client Coverage Segment: (a)Global Corporate Banking & Global Investment Banking provides banking products and services generally to large corporations, financial institutions and merchants. Commercial Banking provides banking products and services to clients, including start-ups, small and mid-sized companies, local governments, municipalities, and nonprofits, as well as commercial real estate clients. (a)Global Banking is a client coverage view within the Banking & Payments business and is comprised of the Global Corporate Banking, Global Investment Banking and Commercial Banking client coverage segments.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31,(in millions)202520242023
Banking & Payments revenue by client coverage segment
Global Corporate Banking & Global Investment Banking(a)$25,285$23,780$20,847
Commercial Banking11,85111,48711,050
Commercial & Specialized Industries(b)8,3067,7597,740
Commercial Real Estate Banking3,5453,7283,310
Total Banking & Payments revenue$37,136$35,267$31,897

(a)In the second quarter of 2025, amounts were reclassified from Other to Global Corporate Banking & Global Investment Banking reflecting the subsequent alignment of certain business activities after the Firm’s business segment reorganization in the second quarter of 2024. Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

(b)In the second quarter of 2025, the Middle Market Banking client coverage segment was renamed Commercial & Specialized Industries.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
70JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

2025 compared with 2024

Net income was $27.8 billion, up 12%.

Net revenue was $78.5 billion, up 12%.

Banking & Payments revenue was $37.1 billion, up 5%.

•Investment Banking revenue was $10.2 billion, up 6%. Investment Banking fees were up 7%, driven by higher fees across products. The Firm ranked #1 for Global Investment Banking fees, according to Dealogic.

–Debt underwriting fees were $4.5 billion, up 9%, predominantly driven by non-investment grade loans and investment grade bonds.

–Advisory fees were $3.5 billion, up 6%, driven by higher fees from deals in the Financial Institutions and Technology sectors, partially offset by lower fees from deals in the Media & Telecommunications sector.

–Equity underwriting fees were $1.7 billion, up 2%, primarily driven by higher revenue from IPOs.

•Payments revenue was $19.3 billion, up 7%. Excluding the net impact of equity investments, revenue was up 5%, driven by higher average deposits and fee growth, largely offset by deposit margin compression.

•Lending revenue was $7.6 billion, up 2%, driven by higher lending-related fees and lower fair value losses on credit protection purchased against certain retained loans and lending-related commitments.

Markets & Securities Services revenue was $41.3 billion, up 19%. Markets revenue was $35.8 billion, up 19%.

•Equity Markets revenue was $13.3 billion, up 33%, driven by higher revenue across products, particularly in Equity Derivatives.

•Fixed Income Markets revenue was $22.5 billion, up 12%, predominantly driven by higher revenue in Rates, Currencies & Emerging Markets, Commodities and Securitized Products, partially offset by lower revenue in Credit.

•Securities Services revenue was $5.6 billion, up 10%, driven by higher average deposits as well as fee growth related to higher client activity and market levels, partially offset by deposit margin compression.

•Credit Adjustments & Other was a loss of $63 million, compared with a loss of $244 million in the prior year.

Noninterest expense was $38.2 billion, up 8%, predominantly driven by higher compensation, including higher revenue-related compensation, as well as higher brokerage, technology and regulatory expense.

The provision for credit losses was $2.6 billion, driven by net increases in the loan and lending-related commitment portfolios, net changes in credit quality of client-specific exposures, an update to loss assumptions on certain leveraged loans, and estimated losses related to borrower fraud in certain secured lending facilities, partially offset by the impact of changes in the Firm's weighted-average macroeconomic outlook. Net charge-offs were $1.5 billion and the net addition to the allowance for credit losses was $1.1 billion.

In the prior year, the provision was $762 million, net charge-offs were $617 million and the net addition to the allowance for credit losses was $145 million.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K71
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except employees)202520242023
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
Total assets$2,142,534$1,773,194$1,638,493
Loans:
Loans retained558,528483,043475,186
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)73,50840,32439,464
Total loans632,036523,367514,650
Equity149,500132,000138,000
Banking & Payments loans by client coverage segment (period-end)(b)
Global Corporate Banking & Global Investment Banking(c)$146,079(e)$125,270$128,623
Commercial Banking222,139217,674221,550
Commercial & Specialized Industries(d)75,86572,81478,043
Commercial Real Estate Banking146,274144,860143,507
Total Banking & Payments loans368,218342,944350,173
Selected balance sheet data (average)
Total assets$2,195,248$1,912,466$1,716,755
Trading assets-debt and equity instruments764,098624,032508,792
Trading assets-derivative receivables58,38457,02863,862
Loans:
Loans retained$517,260$475,426$457,886
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)54,72543,62140,891
Total loans$571,985$519,047$498,777
Deposits1,174,5811,061,488996,295
Equity149,500132,000137,507
Banking & Payments loans by client coverage segment (average)(b)
Global Corporate Banking & Global Investment Banking(c)$129,437(e)$128,496$131,561
Commercial Banking220,562220,285209,244
Commercial & Specialized Industries(d)74,73375,60577,130
Commercial Real Estate Banking145,829144,680132,114
Total Banking & Payments loans$349,999$348,781$340,805
Employees94,563(f)93,23192,271

(a)Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value primarily reflect lending-related positions originated and purchased in Markets, including loans held for securitization.

(b)Refer to page 70 for a description of each of the client coverage segments.

(c)In the second quarter of 2025, amounts were reclassified from Other to Global Corporate Banking & Global Investment Banking reflecting the subsequent alignment of certain business activities after the Firm’s business segment reorganization in the second quarter of 2024. Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

(d)In the second quarter of 2025, the Middle Market Banking client coverage segment was renamed Commercial & Specialized Industries.

(e)On January 1, 2025, $5.6 billion of loans were realigned from Global Corporate Banking to Fixed Income Markets.

(f)In the first quarter of 2025, 219 employees were transferred to Corporate as a result of the centralization of certain functions.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)202520242023
Credit data and quality statistics
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$1,509$689(d)$588
Nonperforming assets:
Nonaccrual loans:
Nonaccrual loans retained(a)$3,641$3,258$1,675
Nonaccrual loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(b)1,5181,502828
Total nonaccrual loans5,1594,7602,503
Derivative receivables204145364
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions192213169
Total nonperforming assets$5,555$5,118$3,036
Allowance for credit losses:
Allowance for loan losses$7,632$7,294$7,326
Allowance for lending-related commitments2,7381,9761,849
Total allowance for credit losses$10,370$9,270$9,175
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate(c)0.29%0.14%0.13%
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained1.371.511.54
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans retained(a)210224437
Nonaccrual loans to total period-end loans0.820.910.49

(a)Allowance for loan losses of $597 million, $435 million and $251 million were held against these nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(b)Excludes mortgage loans past due and insured by U.S. government agencies, which are primarily 90 or more days past due. These loans have been excluded based upon the government guarantee. At December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies were $128 million, $37 million and $59 million, respectively.

(c)Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were excluded when calculating the net charge-off/(recovery) rate.

(d)Includes $72 million related to a purchased credit deteriorated (“PCD”) loan that was charged off in the fourth quarter of 2024.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
72JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K
Investment banking fees
Year ended December 31,(in millions)202520242023
Advisory$3,497$3,290$2,814
Equity underwriting1,7321,6921,151
Debt underwriting(a)4,5064,1342,666
Total investment banking fees$9,735$9,116$6,631

(a)Represents long-term debt and loan syndications.

League table results – wallet share
202520242023
Year ended December 31,RankShareRankShareRankShare
Based on fees(a)
M&A(b)
Global#28.3%#19.2%#28.9%
U.S.28.9211.1210.8
Equity and equity-related(c)
Global19.3110.917.7
U.S.112.6114.6114.4
Long-term debt(d)
Global17.117.517.0
U.S.110.2111.4110.8
Loan syndications
Global210.1110.2112.0
U.S.211.3111.7115.1
Global investment banking fees(e)#18.4%#19.1%#18.6%

(a)Source: Dealogic as of January 2, 2026. Reflects the ranking of revenue wallet and market share.

(b)Global M&A excludes any withdrawn transactions. U.S. M&A revenue wallet represents wallet from client parents based in the U.S.

(c)Global equity and equity-related ranking includes rights offerings and Chinese A-Shares.

(d)Long-term debt rankings include investment-grade, high-yield, supranationals, sovereigns, agencies, covered bonds, asset-backed securities ("ABS") and mortgage-backed securities ("MBS"); and exclude money market, short-term debt and U.S. municipal securities.

(e)Global investment banking fees exclude money market, short-term debt and shelf securities.

Markets revenue

The following table summarizes selected income statement data for the Markets businesses. Markets includes both Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets. Markets revenue consists of principal transactions, fees, commissions and other income, as well as net interest income. The Firm assesses its Markets business performance on a total revenue basis, as offsets generally occur across revenue line items. For example, securities that generate net interest income may be risk-managed by derivatives that are reflected at fair value in principal transactions revenue. Refer to Notes 6 and 7 for a description of the composition of these income statement line items.

Principal transactions reflects revenue on financial instruments and commodities transactions that arise from client-driven market-making activity. Principal transactions revenue includes amounts recognized upon executing new transactions with market participants, as well as “inventory-related revenue,” which is revenue recognized from gains and losses on derivatives and other instruments that the Firm has been holding in anticipation of, or in response to, client demand, and changes in the fair value of instruments

used by the Firm to actively manage the risk exposure arising from such inventory. Principal transactions revenue recognized upon executing new transactions with market participants is affected by many factors including the level of client activity, the bid-offer spread (which is the difference between the price at which a market participant is willing and able to sell an instrument to the Firm and the price at which another market participant is willing and able to buy it from the Firm, and vice versa), market liquidity and volatility. These factors are interrelated and sensitive to the same factors that drive inventory-related revenue, which include general market conditions, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and equity and commodity prices, as well as other macroeconomic conditions.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K73

For the periods presented below, the primary source of principal transactions revenue was the amount recognized upon executing new transactions.

202520242023
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except where otherwise noted)Fixed Income MarketsEquity MarketsTotal MarketsFixed Income MarketsEquity MarketsTotal MarketsFixed Income MarketsEquity MarketsTotal Markets
Principal transactions$12,327$14,771$27,098$10,603$13,526$24,129$13,198$10,380$23,578
Lending- and deposit-related fees45118263339110049130740347
Commissions and other fees6262,4883,1146052,0862,6915961,9082,504
All other income1,775(115)1,6602,120(65)2,0551,908(79)1,829
Noninterest revenue15,17917,32632,50513,71915,64729,36616,00912,24928,258
Net interest income7,353(4,076)3,2776,347(5,706)6413,171(3,465)(294)
Total net revenue$22,532$13,250$35,782$20,066$9,941$30,007$19,180$8,784$27,964
Loss days(a)212

(a)Markets consists of Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets. The year ended December 31, 2025 had two loss days, including one loss day on December 25, 2025 from limited activity primarily in one location. Loss days represent the number of days for which Markets recorded losses in total net revenue, which includes revenue related to both trading and non-trading positions. The loss days determined under this measure differ from the measure used to determine backtesting gains and losses. Daily backtesting gains and losses include positions in the Firm’s Risk Management value-at-risk ("VaR") measure and exclude certain components of total net revenue, which may more than offset backtesting gains or losses on a particular day. For more information on daily backtesting gains and losses, refer to the VaR discussion on pages 135–138.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except where otherwise noted)202520242023
Assets under custody ("AUC") by asset class (period-end) (in billions):
Fixed Income$18,322$16,409$15,543
Equity17,95414,84812,927
Other(a)4,8964,0233,922
Total AUC$41,172$35,280$32,392
Client deposits and other third-party liabilities (average)(b)$1,097,581$961,646$912,859

(a)Consists of mutual funds, unit investment trusts, currencies, annuities, insurance contracts, options and other contracts.

(b)Client deposits and other third-party liabilities pertain to the Payments and Securities Services businesses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
74JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K
International metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except where otherwise noted)202520242023
Total net revenue(a)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$17,189$15,191$14,418
Asia-Pacific10,6998,8677,891
Latin America/Caribbean2,6362,4272,161
Total international net revenue30,52426,48524,470
North America47,93043,62939,883
Total net revenue$78,454$70,114$64,353
Loans retained (period-end)(a)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$60,299$44,374$44,793
Asia-Pacific20,39016,10715,506
Latin America/Caribbean11,99310,3318,610
Total international loans92,68270,81268,909
North America465,846412,231406,277
Total loans retained$558,528$483,043$475,186
Client deposits and other third-party liabilities (average)(b)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$297,959$264,227$247,804
Asia-Pacific155,950141,042135,388
Latin America/Caribbean47,06442,71639,861
Total international$500,973$447,985$423,053
North America596,608513,661489,806
Total client deposits and other third-party liabilities$1,097,581$961,646$912,859
AUC (period-end)(b) (in billions)
North America$27,763$23,845$21,792
All other regions13,40911,43510,600
Total AUC$41,172$35,280$32,392

(a)Total net revenue and loans retained (excluding loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value) are based on the location of the trading desk, booking location, or domicile of the client, as applicable.

(b)Client deposits and other third-party liabilities pertaining to the Payments and Securities Services businesses, and AUC, are based on the domicile of the client or booking location, as applicable.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K75

ASSET & WEALTH MANAGEMENT

Asset & Wealth Management, with client assets of $7.1 trillion, is a global leader in investment and wealth management. Asset Management Offers multi-asset investment management solutions across equities, fixed income, alternatives and money market funds to institutional and retail investors providing for a broad range of clients’ investment needs.Global Private BankProvides retirement products and services, brokerage, custody, estate planning, lending, deposits and investment management to high net worth clients.The majority of AWM’s client assets are in actively managed portfolios.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)202520242023
Revenue
Asset management fees$15,494$13,693$11,826
Commissions and other fees1,184874697
All other income(a)5634561,037(b)
Noninterest revenue17,24115,02313,560
Net interest income6,8326,5556,267
Total net revenue24,07321,57819,827
Provision for credit losses97(68)159
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense8,6457,9847,115
Noncompensation expense6,6876,4305,665
Total noninterest expense15,33214,41412,780
Income before income tax expense8,6447,2326,888
Income tax expense2,1221,8111,661
Net income$6,522$5,421$5,227
Revenue by line of business
Asset Management$11,700$10,175$9,129
Global Private Bank12,37311,40310,698
Total net revenue$24,073$21,578$19,827
Financial ratios
Return on equity40%34%31%
Overhead ratio646764
Pre-tax margin ratio:
Asset Management353131
Global Private Bank373538
Asset & Wealth Management363435

(a)Includes the amortization of the fair value discount on certain acquired lending-related commitments associated with First Republic. The discount, which is deferred in other liabilities and recognized on a straight-line basis over the commitment period, continues to decline as commitments expire.

(b)Includes the gain on the original minority interest in China International Fund Management (“CIFM”) upon the Firm’s acquisition of the remaining 51% interest in the entity.

2025 compared with 2024

Net income was $6.5 billion, up 20%.

Net revenue was $24.1 billion, up 12%. Net interest income was $6.8 billion, up 4%. Noninterest revenue was $17.2 billion, up 15%.

Revenue from Asset Management was $11.7 billion, up 15%, predominantly driven by:

•higher asset management fees, reflecting strong net inflows and higher average market levels,

•higher investment valuation gains, and

•performance fees.

Revenue from Global Private Bank was $12.4 billion, up 9%, driven by:

•higher noninterest revenue, reflecting:

–higher management fees due to strong net inflows and higher average market levels, as well as higher brokerage commissions,

partially offset by

–a decline in the amortization of the fair value discount on certain acquired lending-related commitments associated with First Republic that have expired, and

•higher net interest income, driven by higher average loans and deposits, largely offset by narrower spreads on loans.

Noninterest expense was $15.3 billion, up 6%, driven by:

•higher compensation, primarily higher revenue-related compensation and continued growth in private banking advisor teams, as well as higher distribution fees,

partially offset by

• lower legal expense.

The provision for credit losses was $97 million, largely driven by the impact of a charge-off related to a client-specific exposure in the third quarter of 2025. Net charge-offs were $92 million and the net addition to the allowance for credit losses was $5 million.

In the prior year, the provision was a net benefit of $68 million.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
76JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K
Asset Management has two high-level measures of its overall fund performance.
• Percentage of active mutual fund and active ETF assets under management in funds rated 4- or 5-star: Mutual fund rating services rank funds based on their risk adjusted performance over various periods. A 5-star rating is the best rating and represents the top 10% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 4-star rating represents the next 22.5% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 3-star rating represents the next 35% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 2-star rating represents the next 22.5% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 1-star rating is the worst rating and represents the bottom 10% of industry-wide ranked funds. An overall Morningstar rating is derived from a weighted average of the performance associated with a fund’s three-, five and ten- year (if applicable) Morningstar Rating metrics. For U.S.-domiciled funds, separate star ratings are provided at the individual share class level. The Nomura “star rating” is based on three-year risk-adjusted performance only. Funds with fewer than three years of history are not rated and hence excluded from these rankings. All ratings, the assigned peer categories and the asset values used to derive these rankings are sourced from the applicable fund rating provider. Where applicable, the fund rating providers redenominate asset values into U.S. dollars. The percentage of AUM is based on star ratings at the share class level for U.S.-domiciled funds, and at a “primary share class” level to represent the star rating of all other funds, except for Japan, for which Nomura provides ratings at the fund level. The performance data may have been different if all share classes had been included. Past performance is not indicative of future results.
• Percentage of active mutual fund and active ETF assets under management in funds ranked in the 1st or 2nd quartile (one, three and five years): All quartile rankings, the assigned peer categories and the asset values used to derive these rankings are sourced from the fund rating providers. Quartile rankings are based on the net-of-fee absolute return of each fund. Where applicable, the fund rating providers redenominate asset values into U.S. dollars. The percentage of AUM is based on fund performance and associated peer rankings at the share class level for U.S.-domiciled funds, at a “primary share class” level to represent the quartile ranking for U.K., Luxembourg and Hong Kong SAR funds and at the fund level for all other funds. The performance data may have been different if all share classes had been included. Past performance is not indicative of future results.
“Primary share class” means the C share class for European funds and Acc share class for Hong Kong SAR and Taiwan funds. If these share classes are not available, the oldest share class is used as the primary share class.
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except ranking data, ratios and employees)202520242023
% of JPM mutual fund assets and ETFs rated as 4- or 5-star(a)60%69%69%
% of JPM mutual fund assets and ETFs ranked in 1st or 2nd quartile:(b)
1 year447340
3 years547567
5 years737771
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)(c)
Total assets$288,065$255,385$245,512
Loans266,385236,303227,929
Deposits257,316248,287233,232
Equity16,00015,50017,000
Selected balance sheet data (average)(c)
Total assets$267,986$246,254$240,222
Loans246,596227,676220,487
Deposits245,248235,146216,178
Equity16,00015,50016,671
Employees29,722(d)29,40328,485
Number of Global Private Bank client advisors4,1013,7753,515
Credit data and quality statistics(c)
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$92$21$13
Nonaccrual loans1,199700650
Allowance for credit losses:
Allowance for loan losses$536$539$633
Allowance for lending-related commitments433528
Total allowance for credit losses$579$574$661
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate0.04%0.01%0.01%
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans0.200.230.28
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans457797
Nonaccrual loans to period-end loans0.450.300.29

(a)Represents the Morningstar Rating for all domiciled funds except for Japan domiciled funds which use Nomura. Includes only Asset Management retail active open-ended mutual funds and active ETFs that have a rating. Excludes money market funds, Undiscovered Managers Fund, and Brazil domiciled funds.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K77

(b)Quartile ranking sourced from Morningstar, Lipper and Nomura based on country of domicile. Includes only Asset Management retail active open-ended mutual funds and active ETFs that are ranked by the aforementioned sources. Excludes money market funds, Undiscovered Managers Fund, and Brazil domiciled funds.

(c)Loans, deposits and related credit data and quality statistics relate to the Global Private Bank business.

(d)In the first quarter of 2025, 130 employees were transferred to Corporate as a result of the centralization of certain functions.

Client assets

2025 compared with 2024

Assets under management were $4.8 trillion, up 18%, and client assets were $7.1 trillion, up 20%. These increases were driven by higher market levels and continued net inflows.

Client assets
December 31, (in billions)202520242023
Assets by asset class
Liquidity$1,279$1,083$926
Fixed income998851751
Equity1,4001,128868
Multi-asset884764680
Alternatives230219197
Total assets under management4,7914,0453,422
Custody/brokerage/administration/deposits2,3271,8871,590
Total client assets(a)$7,118$5,932$5,012
Assets by client segment
Private Banking(b)$1,414$1,162$924
Global Institutional1,9531,6921,488
Global Funds(b)1,4241,1911,010
Total assets under management$4,791$4,045$3,422
Private Banking(b)$3,549$2,902$2,402
Global Institutional2,1211,8201,594
Global Funds(b)1,4481,2101,016
Total client assets(a)$7,118$5,932$5,012

(a)Includes CCB client investment assets invested in managed accounts and J.P. Morgan mutual funds where AWM is the investment manager.

(b)In the first quarter of 2025, the Firm realigned certain client assets from Private Banking to Global Funds to reflect them in the client segment where the assets are invested. Prior period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

Client assets (continued)
Year ended December 31, (in billions)202520242023
Assets under management rollforward
Beginning balance$4,045$3,422$2,766
Net asset flows:
Liquidity183140242
Fixed income949170
Equity9511470
Multi-asset16191
Alternatives410(1)
Market/performance/other impacts354249274
Ending balance, December 31$4,791$4,045$3,422
Client assets rollforward
Beginning balance$5,932$5,012$4,048
Net asset flows553486490
Market/performance/other impacts633434474
Ending balance, December 31$7,118$5,932$5,012
Selected Metrics
As of December 31,
20252024Change
Firmwide Wealth Management
Client assets (in billions)(a)$4,521$3,75620%
Number of client advisors10,1509,5307
Stock Plan Administration
Number of stock plan participants (in thousands)1,7941,32735
Client assets (in billions)$372$27038%

(a)Consists of Global Private Bank in AWM and client investment assets in J.P. Morgan Wealth Management in CCB.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
78JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K
International metrics
Year ended December 31, (in billions, except where otherwise noted)202520242023
Total net revenue (in millions)(a)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$4,049$3,563$3,377
Asia-Pacific2,4322,0231,876
Latin America/Caribbean1,2281,065985
Total international net revenue7,7096,6516,238
North America16,36414,92713,589
Total net revenue(a)$24,073$21,578$19,827
Assets under management
Europe/Middle East/Africa$709$604$539
Asia-Pacific374302263
Latin America/Caribbean12610686
Total international assets under management1,2091,012888
North America3,5823,0332,534
Total assets under management$4,791$4,045$3,422
Client assets
Europe/Middle East/Africa$1,035$841$740
Asia-Pacific620482406
Latin America/Caribbean310254232
Total international client assets1,9651,5771,378
North America5,1534,3553,634
Total client assets$7,118$5,932$5,012

(a)Regional revenue is based on the domicile of the client.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K79

CORPORATE

Column 1Column 2
Corporate consists of Treasury and Chief Investment Office (“CIO”) and Other Corporate. Treasury and CIO is predominantly responsible for measuring, monitoring, reporting and managing the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks. Other Corporate includes staff functions and expense that is centrally managed as well as certain Firm initiatives and activities not solely aligned to a specific LOB. The major Other Corporate functions include Real Estate, Technology, Legal, Corporate Finance, Human Resources, Internal Audit, Risk Management, Compliance, Control Management, Corporate Responsibility and various Other Corporate groups.
Selected income statement and balance sheet data
As of or for the year ended December 31,(in millions, except employees)202520242023
Revenue
Principal transactions$(339)$152$302
Investment securities losses(58)(1,020)(3,180)
All other income1,3088,476(f)3,010(h)
Noninterest revenue9117,608132
Net interest income6,1149,7867,906
Total net revenue(a)7,02517,3948,038
Provision for credit losses710171
Noninterest expense(b)1,8253,994(g)5,601
Income before income tax expense5,19313,3902,266
Income tax expense/(benefit)673(d)2,789(555)(i)
Net income$4,520$10,601$2,821
Total net revenue
Treasury and CIO6,5019,6386,072
Other Corporate5247,7561,966
Total net revenue$7,025$17,394$8,038
Net income/(loss)
Treasury and CIO4,5657,0134,206
Other Corporate(b)(45)3,588(1,385)
Total net income$4,520$10,601$2,821
Total assets (period-end)$1,329,632$1,323,967$1,348,437
Loans (period-end)2,9411,9641,924
Deposits(c)35,87427,58121,826
Employees50,031(e)49,61047,530

(a)Included taxable-equivalent adjustments, predominantly driven by tax-exempt income from municipal bonds, of $154 million,

$182 million and $211 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(b)Included FDIC special assessment accrual releases of $763 million and an accrual increase of $725 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, which are adjustments to the initial $2.9 billion estimate recorded in the fourth quarter of 2023.

(c)Predominantly relates to the Firm's international consumer initiatives.

(d)Included a $774 million income tax benefit recorded in the second quarter of 2025, driven by the resolution of certain tax audits and the impact of tax regulations related to foreign currency translation gains and losses finalized in 2024 and effective for 2025.

(e)In the first quarter of 2025, 768 employees were transferred from the LOBs to Corporate as a result of the centralization of certain functions.

(f)Included the net gain related to Visa shares of $7.9 billion recorded in the second quarter of 2024. Refer to Note 6 for additional information.

(g)Included a $1.0 billion contribution of Visa shares to the JPMorgan Chase Foundation recorded in the second quarter of 2024. Refer to Note 6 for additional information.

(h)Included the estimated bargain purchase gain of $2.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 associated with the First Republic acquisition. Refer to Notes 6 and 34 for additional information.

(i)Income taxes associated with the First Republic acquisition were reflected in the estimated bargain purchase gain.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
80JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

2025 compared with 2024

Net income was $4.5 billion, compared with $10.6 billion in the prior year.

Net revenue was $7.0 billion, compared with $17.4 billion in the prior year.

Net interest income was $6.1 billion, down $3.7 billion, driven by the impact of lower rates and changes in FTP for consumer deposits, partially offset by the impact of investment securities activity.

Refer to Business Segment & Corporate Results on page 63 for additional information on FTP.

Noninterest revenue was $911 million, compared with $7.6 billion in the prior year, driven by:

•the absence of the $7.9 billion net gain related to Visa shares recorded in the second quarter of 2024,

partially offset by

•lower net investment securities losses associated with repositioning the investment securities portfolio in Treasury and CIO. The prior year net loss was primarily related to sales of U.S. GSE and government agency MBS and U.S. Treasuries, and

•the $588 million First Republic-related gain recorded in the first quarter of 2025.

Noninterest expense was $1.8 billion, down 54%, primarily driven by:

•lower FDIC-related expense driven by releases of FDIC special assessment accruals of $763 million, compared with an accrual increase of $725 million in the first quarter of the prior year, and

•the absence of the following items recorded in the prior year

–a $1.0 billion contribution of Visa shares to the JPMorgan Chase Foundation, and

–restructuring and integration costs associated with First Republic.

Refer to Note 6 for additional information on Visa shares and FDIC-related expense, Note 10 and Note 13 for additional information on the investment securities portfolio and the allowance for credit losses, and Note 6 and Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

The current period income tax expense was driven by:

•changes in the level and mix of income and expenses subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes,

partially offset by

•a $774 million income tax benefit recorded in the second quarter of 2025, driven by the resolution of certain tax audits and the impact of tax regulations related to foreign currency translation gains and losses finalized in 2024 and effective for 2025.

Other Corporate includes the Strategic Investment Group within the Firm’s Security and Resiliency Initiative, as well as the Firm's international consumer initiatives, which primarily consist of Chase U.K., J.P. Morgan Personal Investing (formerly Nutmeg) and an ownership stake in C6 Bank.

The deposits within Corporate relate to the Firm’s international consumer initiatives and have increased as a result of growth in customer accounts.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K81

Treasury and CIO overview

Treasury and CIO is predominantly responsible for measuring, monitoring, reporting and managing the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks. The risks managed by Treasury and CIO arise from the activities undertaken by the Firm’s three reportable business segments to serve their respective customer and client bases, which generate both on- and off-balance sheet assets and liabilities.

Treasury and CIO seeks to achieve the Firm’s asset-liability management objectives generally by investing in high quality securities that are managed for the longer-term as part of the Firm’s investment securities portfolio. Treasury and CIO also uses derivatives to meet the Firm’s asset-liability management objectives. Refer to Note 5 for further information on derivatives. In addition, Treasury and CIO manages the Firm’s cash position primarily through deposits at central banks and investments in short-term instruments. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 100–107 for further information on liquidity and funding risk. Refer to Market Risk Management on pages 133-142 for information on interest rate and foreign exchange risks.

The investment securities portfolio predominantly consists of U.S. and non-U.S. government securities, U.S. GSE and government agency and nonagency mortgage-backed securities, collateralized loan obligations, obligations of U.S. states and municipalities and other ABS. At December 31, 2025, the Treasury and CIO investment securities portfolio, net of the allowance for credit losses, was $774.0 billion, and the average credit rating of the securities comprising the portfolio was AA+ (based upon external ratings where available and, where not available, based primarily upon internal risk ratings). Refer to Note 10 for further information on the Firm’s investment securities portfolio and internal risk ratings.

Selected income statement and balance sheet data
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Investment securities losses$(58)$(1,020)$(3,180)
Available-for-sale securities (average)$463,541(b)$287,260$200,708(c)
Held-to-maturity securities (average)271,309(b)321,384402,010(c)
Investment securities portfolio (average)$734,850$608,644$602,718
Available-for-sale securities (period-end)$503,896(b)$403,796$199,354(c)
Held-to-maturity securities (period–end)270,134(b)274,468369,848(c)
Investment securities portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses (period–end)(a)$774,030$678,264$569,202

(a)As of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the allowance for credit losses on investment securities was $73 million, $105 million and $94 million, respectively.

(b)During the third quarter of 2025, the Firm transferred $44.1 billion of investment securities from AFS to HTM for asset-liability management purposes.

(c)Effective January 1, 2023, the Firm adopted the portfolio layer method hedge accounting guidance. As permitted by the guidance, the Firm elected to transfer $7.1 billion of investment securities from HTM to AFS. Refer to Note 1 and Note 10 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
82JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

FIRMWIDE RISK MANAGEMENT

Risk is an inherent part of JPMorganChase’s business activities. When the Firm extends a consumer or wholesale loan, advises customers and clients on their investment decisions, makes markets in securities, or offers other products or services, the Firm takes on some degree of risk. The Firm’s overall objective is to manage its business, and the associated risks, in a manner that balances serving the interests of its clients, customers and investors, and protecting the safety and soundness of the Firm.

The Firm believes that effective risk management requires, among other things:

•Acceptance of responsibility, including identification and escalation of risks by all individuals within the Firm;

•Ownership of risk identification, assessment, data and management within each of the LOBs and Corporate; and

•A Firmwide risk governance and oversight structure.

The Firm follows a disciplined and balanced compensation framework with strong internal governance and independent oversight by the Board of Directors (the “Board”). The impact of risk and control issues is carefully considered in the Firm’s performance evaluation and incentive compensation processes.

Risk governance framework

The Firm’s risk governance framework involves understanding drivers of risks, types of risks and impacts of risks.

Drivers of risks are factors that cause a risk to exist. Drivers of risks include the economic environment, regulatory or government policy, competitor or market evolution, business decisions, process or judgment error, deliberate wrongdoing, dysfunctional markets and natural disasters.

Types of risks are categories by which risks manifest themselves. The Firm’s risks are generally categorized in the following four risk types:

•Strategic risk is the risk to earnings, capital, liquidity or reputation associated with poorly-designed or failed business plans or an inadequate response to changes in the operating environment.

•Credit and investment risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer; or loss of principal or a reduction in expected returns on investments, including consumer credit risk, wholesale credit risk and investment portfolio risk.

•Market risk is the risk associated with the effect of changes in market factors, such as interest and foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices, credit spreads or implied volatilities, on the value of assets and liabilities held for both the short and long term.

•Operational risk is the risk of an adverse outcome resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems; human factors; or external events impacting the Firm’s processes or systems. Operational risk includes cybersecurity, compliance, conduct, legal, and estimations and model risk.

Impacts of risks are consequences of risks, both quantitative and qualitative. There may be many consequences when risks manifest themselves, including quantitative impacts such as a reduction in earnings and capital, liquidity outflows, and fines or penalties, or qualitative impacts such as damage to the Firm’s reputation, loss of clients and customers, and regulatory and enforcement actions.

The Firm’s risk governance framework is managed on a Firmwide basis. The Firm has an Independent Risk Management (“IRM”) function, which is comprised of Risk Management and Compliance. The Firm’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) appoints, subject to approval by the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Board Risk Committee”), the Firm’s Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”) to lead the IRM function and maintain the risk governance framework of the Firm. The framework is subject to approval by the Board Risk Committee through its review and approval of the Risk Governance and Oversight Policy.

The Firm’s CRO oversees and delegates authority to the Firmwide Risk Executives (“FREs”), the Chief Risk Officers of the LOBs and Corporate (“LOB CROs”), and the Firm’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), who, in turn, establish Risk Management and Compliance organizations, develop the Firm’s risk governance policies and standards, and define and oversee the implementation of the Firm’s risk governance framework. The LOB CROs oversee risks that arise in their LOBs and Corporate, while FREs oversee risks that span across the LOBs and Corporate, as well as functions and regions. Each area of the Firm that gives rise to risk is expected to operate within the parameters identified by the IRM function, and within the risk and control standards established by its own management.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K83

Management’s discussion and analysis

Three lines of defense

The Firm’s “three lines of defense” are as follows:

The first line of defense consists of each LOB, Treasury and CIO, and certain Other Corporate initiatives, including their aligned Operations, Technology and Control Management. The first line of defense owns the risks, and identification of risks, associated with their respective activities and the design and execution of controls to manage those risks. Responsibilities also include adherence to applicable laws, rules and regulations and implementation of the risk governance framework established by IRM, which may include policies, standards, limits, thresholds and controls.

The second line of defense is the IRM function, which is separate from the first line of defense and is responsible for independently measuring risk, as well as assessing and challenging the risk management activities of the first line of defense. IRM is also responsible for the identification of risks within its organization, its own adherence to applicable laws, rules and regulations and for the development and implementation of policies and standards with respect to its own processes.

The third line of defense is Internal Audit, an independent function that provides objective assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of Firmwide processes, controls, governance and risk management. The Internal Audit function is led by the General Auditor, who reports to the Audit Committee and administratively to the CEO.

In addition, there are other functions that contribute to the Firmwide control environment but are not considered part of a particular line of defense, including Corporate Finance, Human Resources and Legal. These other functions are responsible for the identification of risks within their respective organizations, adherence to applicable laws, rules and regulations and implementation of the risk governance framework established by IRM.

Risk identification and ownership

The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for the identification of risks within their respective organizations, as well as the design and execution of controls, including IRM-specified controls, to manage those risks. The IRM function reviews and challenges the material risks identified by each LOB and Corporate, and maintains a risk identification framework and a central risk inventory.

Risk appetite

The Firm’s overall appetite for risk is governed by Risk Appetite frameworks for quantitative and qualitative risks. The Firm’s risk appetite is periodically set and approved by senior management (including the CEO and CRO) and approved by the Board Risk Committee. Quantitative and qualitative risks are assessed to monitor and measure the Firm’s capacity to take risk consistent with its stated risk appetite. Risk appetite results are reported to the Board Risk Committee.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
84JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Risk governance and oversight structure

The independent status of the IRM function is supported by a risk governance and oversight structure that provides channels for the escalation of risks and issues to senior management, the FRC and the Board of Directors, as appropriate.

The chart below illustrates the principal standing committees of the Board of Directors and key senior management-level committees in the Firm’s risk governance and oversight structure. In addition, there are other committees, forums and channels of escalation that support the oversight of risk that are not shown in the chart below or described in this Form 10-K.

(a)The Firm’s CEO is also the Chairman of the Board of Directors.

(b)The Firm’s CRO reports to the Firm’s CEO and the Board Risk Committee. The Firm’s CRO may escalate directly to the Board of Directors (including its committees), as appropriate.

(c)The Firm’s General Auditor reports to the Audit Committee and administratively to the Firm’s CEO.

(d)The Firmwide Risk Committee escalates to the Board Risk Committee, as appropriate.

(e)The Asset and Liability Committee escalates to the Firm’s CEO or the Board of Directors (including its committees), as appropriate.

The Firm’s Operating Committee, which consists of the Firm’s CEO, CRO, Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), General Counsel, CEOs of the LOBs and other senior executives, is accountable to and may refer matters to the Firm’s Board of Directors. The Operating Committee and certain other members of senior management are responsible for escalating to the Board the information necessary to facilitate the Board’s exercise of its duties.

Board oversight

The Firm’s Board of Directors actively oversees the business and affairs of the Firm. This includes monitoring the Firm’s financial performance and condition and reviewing the strategic objectives and plans of the Firm. The Board carries out a significant portion of its oversight responsibilities through its principal standing committees, each of which consists solely of independent members of the Board.

The JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Board of Directors is responsible for the oversight of management of the bank, which it discharges both acting directly and through the principal standing committees of the Firm’s Board of Directors. Risk and control oversight on behalf of JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. is primarily the responsibility of the Board Risk Committee and the

Audit Committee, respectively, and, with respect to compensation and other management-related matters, the Compensation & Management Development Committee.

The Board Risk Committee assists the Board in its oversight of management’s responsibility to implement a global risk management framework reasonably designed to identify, assess and manage the Firm’s risks. The Board Risk Committee’s responsibilities include approval of applicable primary risk policies and review of certain associated frameworks, analysis and reporting established by management. Breaches in risk appetite and parameters, issues that may have a material adverse impact on the Firm, including capital and liquidity issues, and other significant risk-related matters are escalated to the Board Risk Committee, as appropriate.

The Audit Committee assists the Board in its oversight of management’s responsibilities to ensure that there is an effective system of controls reasonably designed to safeguard the Firm’s assets and income, ensure the integrity of the Firm’s financial statements, and maintain compliance with the Firm’s ethical standards, policies, plans and procedures, and with laws and

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K85

Management’s discussion and analysis

regulations. It also assists the Board in its oversight of the qualifications, independence and performance of the Firm’s independent registered public accounting firm, and of the performance of the Firm’s Internal Audit function.

The Compensation & Management Development Committee (“CMDC”) assists the Board in its oversight of the Firm’s compensation principles and practices. The CMDC reviews and approves the Firm’s compensation and qualified benefits programs. The Committee reviews the performance of Operating Committee members against their goals, and approves their compensation awards. In addition, the CEO’s compensation award is subject to ratification by the independent directors of the Board. The CMDC also reviews the development of and succession for key executives. As part of the Board’s role of reinforcing, demonstrating and communicating the “tone at the top,” the CMDC oversees the Firm’s culture, including reviewing updates from management regarding significant conduct issues and any related actions with respect to employees, including compensation actions.

The Public Responsibility Committee oversees and reviews the Firm's positions and practices on public responsibility matters such as community investment, fair lending, sustainability, consumer practices and other public policy issues that reflect the Firm's values and character and could impact the Firm's reputation among its stakeholders. The Committee also provides guidance on these matters to management and the Board, as appropriate.

The Corporate Governance & Nominating Committee exercises general oversight with respect to the governance of the Board of Directors. It reviews the qualifications of and recommends to the Board proposed nominees for election to the Board. The Committee evaluates and recommends to the Board corporate governance practices applicable to the Firm. It also reviews the framework for assessing the Board’s performance and self-evaluation.

Management oversight

The Firm’s senior management-level committees that are primarily responsible for key risk-related functions include:

The Firmwide Risk Committee (“FRC”) is the Firm’s highest management-level risk committee. It oversees the risks inherent in the Firm’s business and provides a forum for discussion of risk-related and other topics and issues that are raised or escalated by its members and other committees.

The Firmwide Control Committee (“FCC”) is an escalation committee for senior management to review and discuss the Firmwide compliance and operational risk environment, including identified issues, compliance and operational risk metrics and significant events that have been escalated.

Line of Business and Regional Risk Committees are responsible for overseeing the governance, limits and controls that have been established within the scope of their respective activities. These committees review the ways in which the particular LOB or the businesses operating in a particular region could be exposed to adverse outcomes, with a focus on identifying, accepting, escalating and/or requiring remediation of matters brought to these committees.

The Control Committees for the LOBs and certain of the Corporate functions oversee the risk and control environment of their respective business or function, inclusive of Operational Risk, Compliance and Conduct Risks. As part of that mandate, they are responsible for reviewing indicators of elevated or emerging risks and other data that may impact the level of compliance and operational risk in a business or function, addressing key compliance and operational risk issues, with an emphasis on processes with control concerns, and overseeing control remediation.

The Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”) is responsible for overseeing the Firm’s asset and liability management (“ALM”), including the activities and frameworks supporting management of the balance sheet, liquidity risk, interest rate risk and capital risk.

The Firmwide Valuation Governance Forum (“VGF”) is composed of senior finance and risk executives and is responsible for overseeing the management of risks arising from valuation activities conducted across the Firm.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
86JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Risk governance and oversight functions

The Firm monitors and measures its risk through risk governance and oversight functions. The scope of a particular function or business activity may include one or more drivers, types and/or impacts of risk. For example, Country Risk Management oversees country risk which may be a driver of risk or an aggregation of exposures that could give rise to multiple risk types such as credit or market risk.

The following sections discuss the risk governance and oversight functions that have been established to oversee the risks inherent in the Firm’s business activities.

Risk governance and oversight functionsPage
Strategic Risk88
Capital Risk89-99
Liquidity Risk100-107
Reputation Risk108
Consumer Credit Risk112–117
Wholesale Credit Risk118-128
Investment Portfolio Risk132
Market Risk133-142
Country Risk143-144
Climate Risk145
Operational Risk146-149
Compliance Risk150
Conduct Risk151
Legal Risk152
Estimations and Model Risk153
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K87

Management’s discussion and analysis

STRATEGIC RISK MANAGEMENT

Strategic risk is the risk to earnings, capital, liquidity or reputation associated with poorly-designed or failed business plans or an inadequate response to changes in the operating environment.

Management and oversight

The Operating Committee, together with the senior leadership of each LOB and Corporate, are responsible for managing strategic risk. IRM engages regularly in strategic business discussions and decision-making, including participation in relevant business reviews and senior management meetings, risk and control committees and other relevant governance forums, and review of acquisitions and new business initiatives. The Board of Directors oversees management’s strategic decisions, and the Board Risk Committee oversees IRM and the Firm’s risk governance framework.

In addition, IRM conducts a qualitative assessment of the LOB and Corporate strategic initiatives to assess their impact on the risk profile of the Firm.

The Firm’s strategic planning process, which includes the development of the Firm’s strategic plan and other strategic initiatives, is one component of managing the Firm’s strategic risk. The strategic plan outlines the Firm’s strategic framework and initiatives, and includes components such as budget, risk appetite, capital, earnings and asset-liability management objectives. Guided by the Firm’s Business Principles, the Operating Committee and senior management teams in each LOB and Corporate review and update the strategic plan periodically, including evaluating the strategic framework and performance of strategic initiatives, assessing the operating environment, refining existing strategies and developing new strategies.

The Firm’s strategic plan, together with IRM’s assessment, are provided to the Board as part of its review and approval of the Firm’s strategic plan, and the plan is also reflected in the Firm's budget.

The Firm’s balance sheet strategy, which focuses on risk-adjusted returns, strong capital and robust liquidity, is also a component in the management of strategic risk. Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 89–99 for further information on capital risk. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 100–107 for further information on liquidity risk. Refer to Reputation Risk Management on page 108 for further information on reputation risk.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
88JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Capital risk is the risk that the Firm has an insufficient level or composition of capital to support the Firm’s business activities and associated risks during normal economic environments and under stressed conditions.

A strong capital position is essential to the Firm’s business strategy and competitive position. Maintaining a strong balance sheet to manage through economic volatility is a strategic imperative of the Firm’s Board of Directors, CEO and Operating Committee. The Firm’s “fortress balance sheet” philosophy focuses on risk-adjusted returns, strong capital and robust liquidity. The Firm’s capital risk management strategy focuses on maintaining long-term stability to enable the Firm to build and invest in market-leading businesses, including in highly stressed environments. Senior management considers the implications on the Firm’s capital prior to making significant decisions that could impact future business activities. In addition to considering the Firm’s earnings outlook, senior management evaluates all sources and uses of capital with a view to ensuring the Firm’s capital strength.

Capital risk management

The Firm has a Capital Risk Management function whose primary objective is to provide independent oversight of capital risk across the Firm.

Capital Risk Management’s responsibilities include:

•Defining, monitoring and reporting capital risk metrics;

•Establishing, calibrating and monitoring capital risk limits and indicators, including capital risk appetite;

•Developing processes to classify, monitor and report capital limit breaches;

•Performing assessments of the Firm’s capital management activities, including changes made to the Contingency Capital Plan described below; and

•Conducting independent review of the Firm's interpretation of and compliance with the applicable regulatory capital rules and guidance relating to the calculation of regulatory capital.

Capital management

Treasury and CIO is responsible for capital management.

The primary objectives of the Firm’s capital management are to:

•Maintain sufficient capital in order to continue to build and invest in the Firm’s businesses through normal economic cycles and in stressed environments;

•Retain flexibility to take advantage of future investment opportunities;

•Promote the Parent Company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiaries;

•Ensure the Firm operates above the minimum regulatory capital ratios as well as maintain “well-capitalized” status for the Firm and its principal insured depository institution (“IDI”) subsidiary, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., at all times under applicable regulatory capital requirements;

•Meet capital distribution objectives; and

•Maintain sufficient capital resources to operate throughout a resolution period in accordance with the Firm’s preferred resolution strategy.

The Firm addresses these objectives through:

•Establishing internal minimum capital requirements and maintaining a strong capital governance framework. The internal minimum capital levels consider the Firm’s regulatory capital requirements as well as an internal assessment of capital adequacy, in normal economic cycles and in stress events;

•Retaining flexibility in order to react to a range of potential events; and

•Regularly monitoring the Firm’s capital position and following prescribed escalation protocols, both at the Firm and material legal entity levels.

Governance

Committees responsible for overseeing the Firm’s capital management include the Capital Governance Committee, the Firmwide ALCO as well as regional ALCOs, and the CIO, Treasury and Corporate (“CTC”) Risk Committee. In addition, the Board Risk Committee periodically reviews the Firm’s capital risk tolerance. Refer to Firmwide Risk Management on pages 83–87 for additional discussion of the Firmwide ALCO and other risk-related committees.

Capital planning and stress testing

Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

The Federal Reserve requires the Firm, as a large Bank Holding Company (“BHC”), to submit at least annually a capital plan that has been reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors. The Federal Reserve uses Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) and other stress testing processes to assess whether large BHCs, such as the Firm, have sufficient capital during periods of economic and financial stress, and have robust, forward-looking capital assessment and planning processes in place that address each BHC’s unique risks to enable it to absorb losses under certain stress scenarios. Through CCAR, the Federal Reserve evaluates each BHC’s capital adequacy and internal capital adequacy assessment processes (“ICAAP”), as well as its plans to make capital distributions, such as dividend payments or stock repurchases. The Federal

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K89

Management’s discussion and analysis

Reserve uses results under the severely adverse scenario from its supervisory stress test to determine each firm’s Stress Capital Buffer (“SCB”) requirement for the coming year.

The Firm's current SCB requirement is 2.5% and will remain in effect through September 30, 2027, based on the current rules. The Firm’s Standardized CET1 capital ratio requirement, including regulatory buffers, was 11.5% as of December 31, 2025. Refer to Key Regulatory Developments on page 91 for information related to proposed changes to the SCB requirement and stress testing framework.

Refer to Capital actions on page 97 for information on actions taken by the Firm’s Board of Directors.

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process

Annually, the Firm prepares the ICAAP, which informs the Board of Directors of the ongoing assessment of the Firm’s processes for managing the sources and uses of capital as well as compliance with supervisory expectations for capital planning and capital adequacy. The Firm’s ICAAP integrates stress testing protocols with capital planning. The Firm’s Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving the capital planning framework.

Stress testing assesses the potential impact of alternative economic and business scenarios on the Firm’s earnings and capital. Economic scenarios, and the parameters underlying those scenarios, are defined centrally and applied uniformly across the businesses. These scenarios are articulated in terms of macroeconomic factors, which are key drivers of business results; global market shocks, which generate short-term but severe trading losses; and idiosyncratic operational risk events. The scenarios are intended to capture and stress key vulnerabilities and idiosyncratic risks facing the Firm. In addition to CCAR and other periodic stress testing, management also considers tailored stress scenarios and sensitivity analyses, as necessary.

Contingency Capital Plan

The Firm’s Contingency Capital Plan establishes the capital management framework for the Firm and specifies the principles underlying the Firm’s approach towards capital management in normal economic conditions and in stressed environments. The Contingency Capital Plan defines how the Firm calibrates its targeted capital levels and meets minimum capital requirements, monitors the ongoing appropriateness of planned capital distributions, and sets out the capital contingency actions that are expected to be taken or considered at various levels of capital depletion during a period of stress.

Regulatory capital

The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements, including well-capitalized standards, for the Firm as a consolidated financial holding company. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") establishes similar minimum capital requirements and standards for the Firm’s principal IDI subsidiary, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The U.S. capital requirements generally follow the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee, as amended from time to time.

Basel III Overview

The capital rules under Basel III establish minimum capital ratios and overall capital adequacy standards for large and internationally active U.S. BHCs and banks, including the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The minimum amount of regulatory capital that must be held by BHCs and banks is determined by calculating RWA, which are on-balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet exposures, weighted according to risk. Under the rules currently in effect, two comprehensive approaches are prescribed for calculating Basel III RWA: a standardized approach (“Standardized”), and an advanced approach (“Advanced”).

For each of these risk-based capital ratios, the capital adequacy of the Firm is evaluated against the lower of the Standardized or Advanced approaches compared to their respective regulatory capital ratio requirements.

The current Basel III rules establish capital requirements for calculating credit risk RWA and market risk RWA, and in the case of Advanced, operational risk RWA. Key differences in the calculation of credit risk RWA between the Standardized and Advanced approaches are that for Advanced, credit risk RWA is based on risk-sensitive approaches which largely rely on the use of internal credit models and parameters, whereas for Standardized, credit risk RWA is generally based on supervisory risk-weightings which vary primarily by counterparty type and asset class. The models used in Advanced are subject to periodic review and calibration, which can impact RWA results. Market risk RWA is generally calculated consistently between Standardized and Advanced. In addition to the RWA calculated under these approaches, the Firm may supplement such amounts to incorporate management judgment and feedback from its regulators.

As of December 31, 2025, the Advanced risk-based ratios became more binding on the Firm than the Standardized risk-based ratios, primarily reflecting the increase in Advanced RWA related to the Apple Card transaction and a reduction in the Firm’s SCB requirement which only applies to the Standardized risk-based ratios.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
90JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Additionally, Basel III requires that Advanced Approaches banking organizations, including the Firm, calculate their SLRs. Refer to page 96 for additional information on SLR.

Key Regulatory Developments

Enhanced SLR Final Rule

In November 2025, the Federal Reserve, the OCC and the FDIC issued the final rule amending the enhanced Supplementary Leverage Ratio (“eSLR”) requirements for Global Systemically Important Banks (“GSIB”) BHCs and their IDI subsidiaries by revising the current static leverage buffers at the BHC and IDI levels to 50% of the BHC’s U.S. Method 1 GSIB Surcharge, which is referred to as the “eSLR buffer.” For IDI subsidiaries, the eSLR buffer is capped at 1%. In addition, the rule made corresponding adjustments to the leverage-based total loss-absorbing capacity (“TLAC”) and eligible long-term debt (“eligible LTD”) requirements by replacing the former TLAC leverage buffer with the eSLR buffer and replacing the former static leverage-based eligible LTD requirement with a requirement of 2.5% plus the eSLR buffer. Further, the rule removes the eSLR threshold for an IDI subsidiary of a U.S. GSIB to be considered “well capitalized” under the prompt corrective action framework and instead applies the eSLR as a capital buffer requirement. The final rule, with an effective date of April 1, 2026, allows for early adoption, which the Firm has elected, effective January 1, 2026.

Refer to page 92 for information on the U.S. Method 1 GSIB Surcharge.

Enhanced Transparency and Public Accountability of the Supervisory Stress Test

In October 2025, the Federal Reserve issued proposals to enhance the transparency and public accountability of its annual stress test. The proposals would require the Federal Reserve to publish for public comment comprehensive documentation concerning the supervisory stress test models and annual stress test scenarios, including the scenarios for the upcoming 2026 stress test. The proposals also introduce an enhanced disclosure process under which material changes to stress test models and scenarios would be subject to public comment prior to implementation. Based on the Federal Reserve’s analysis, the proposed changes to the stress test models and scenarios are not expected to change materially the SCB for firms, such as JPMorganChase, that are subject to the supervisory stress test. In February 2026, the Federal Reserve released the final 2026 supervisory stress test scenarios, while announcing that SCB requirements for large banks, including the Firm, will remain at current levels through September 30, 2027 with new requirements to be calculated in 2027 based on revised models that incorporate public feedback.

SCB Volatility Reduction

In April 2025, the Federal Reserve proposed changes to the calculation of the SCB for large BHCs, including the Firm. The proposal aims to reduce SCB volatility by using the average of supervisory stress results from the previous two annual stress tests to calculate the SCB. The proposal would also modify the annual effective date of the SCB from October 1 to January 1 and make targeted changes to reporting requirements in order to streamline data collection.

U.S. Basel III Finalization

In July 2023, the Federal Reserve, the OCC and the FDIC released a proposal to amend the risk-based capital framework, entitled "Regulatory capital rule: Amendments applicable to large banking organizations and to banking organizations with significant trading activity", which is referred to in this Form 10-K as the "U.S. Basel III proposal." Under this proposal, changes to the framework would include replacement of the Advanced approach with an expanded risk-based approach for the calculation of RWA. In addition, the stress capital buffer requirement would be applicable to both the expanded risk-based approach and the Standardized approach.

GSIB Surcharge and TLAC and Eligible LTD Requirements

In July 2023, the Federal Reserve released a proposal to amend the calculation of the GSIB surcharge. Under the proposal, the annual GSIB surcharge would be based on an average of the quarterly surcharge calculations throughout the calendar year, with daily averaging required for certain measures. The proposal would also reduce surcharge increments from 50 bps to 10 bps and includes other technical amendments to the “Method 2” calculation. The proposed changes would revise risk-based capital requirements for the Firm and other U.S. GSIBs. Refer to Risk-based Capital Regulatory Requirements on page 92 for further information on the GSIB surcharge.

Additionally, in August 2023, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OCC released a proposal to expand the eligible long-term debt ("eligible LTD") and clean holding company requirements under the existing total loss-absorbing capacity ("TLAC") rule to apply to non-GSIB banks with $100 billion or more in total consolidated assets. The proposal would also reduce the amount of LTD with remaining maturities of less than two years that count towards a U.S. GSIB's TLAC requirement and expand the existing capital deduction framework for LTD issued by GSIBs to include LTD issued by non-GSIB banks subject to the LTD requirements.

Finalization of the above proposals, including the required implementation dates, is uncertain. The Firm continues to monitor developments and potential impacts.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K91

Management’s discussion and analysis

Risk-based Capital Regulatory Requirements

The following chart presents the CET1 capital regulatory ratio requirements for the Firm under the Basel III rules currently in effect.

All banking institutions are currently required to have a minimum CET1 capital ratio of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets.

Certain banking organizations, including the Firm, are required to hold additional levels of capital to serve as a “capital conservation buffer.” The capital conservation buffer incorporates a GSIB surcharge, a discretionary countercyclical capital buffer and a fixed capital conservation buffer of 2.5% for Advanced regulatory capital requirements, as well as a variable SCB requirement, floored at 2.5%, for Standardized regulatory capital requirements.

Under the Federal Reserve’s GSIB rule, the Firm is required to assess its GSIB surcharge on an annual basis under two separately prescribed methods based on data for the previous fiscal year-end, and is subject to the higher of the two. “Method 1” reflects the GSIB surcharge as prescribed by the Basel Committee’s assessment methodology, and is calculated across five criteria: size, cross-jurisdictional activity, interconnectedness, complexity and substitutability. “Method 2” modifies the Method 1 requirements to include a measure of short-term wholesale funding in place of substitutability, and introduces a GSIB score “multiplication factor.”

The following table presents the Firm’s effective GSIB surcharge for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. For 2026, the Firm’s effective regulatory minimum GSIB surcharge calculated under both Method 1 and Method 2 remains unchanged at 2.5% and 4.5%, respectively.

20252024
Method 12.5%2.5%
Method 24.5%4.5%

The U.S. federal regulatory capital standards include a framework for setting a discretionary countercyclical capital buffer taking into account the macro financial environment in which large, internationally active banks function. As of December 31, 2025, the U.S. countercyclical capital buffer remained at 0%. The Federal Reserve will continue to review the buffer at least annually. The buffer can be increased if the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OCC determine that systemic risks are meaningfully above normal and can be calibrated up to an additional 2.5% of RWA subject to a 12-month implementation period.

Failure to maintain regulatory capital equal to or in excess of the risk-based regulatory capital minimum plus the capital conservation buffer (inclusive of the GSIB surcharge) and any countercyclical buffer will result in limitations to the amount of capital that the Firm may distribute, such as through dividends and common share repurchases, as well as on discretionary bonus payments for certain executive officers.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
92JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity

The Federal Reserve’s TLAC rule requires the U.S. GSIB top-tier holding companies, including the Firm, to maintain minimum levels of external TLAC and eligible LTD. These requirements were updated in the eSLR final rule which the Firm has elected to early adopt effective January 1, 2026. Refer to Key Regulatory Developments on page 91 for additional information related to the eSLR final rule.

Refer to page 98 for additional information related to TLAC.

Leverage-based Capital Regulatory Requirements

Supplementary leverage ratio

Banking organizations subject to the Advanced approach are currently required to have a minimum SLR of 3.0%. Certain banking organizations, including the Firm, are also required to hold an additional 2.0% leverage buffer. The SLR is defined as Tier 1 capital under Basel III divided by the Firm’s total leverage exposure. Total leverage exposure is calculated by taking the Firm’s total average on-balance sheet assets, less amounts permitted to be deducted for Tier 1 capital, and adding certain off-balance sheet exposures, as defined in regulatory capital rules. These requirements were updated in the eSLR final rule which the Firm has elected to early adopt effective January 1, 2026. Refer to Key Regulatory Developments on page 91 for additional information related to the eSLR final rule.

Refer to page 96 for additional information related to SLR.

Failure to maintain an SLR equal to or greater than the regulatory requirement will result in limitations on the amount of capital that the Firm may distribute such as through dividends and common share repurchases, as well as on discretionary bonus payments for certain executive officers.

Other regulatory capital

In addition to meeting the capital ratio requirements of Basel III, the Firm and its principal IDI subsidiary, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., must also maintain minimum capital and leverage ratios in order to be “well-capitalized” under the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve and the Prompt Corrective Action requirements of the FDIC Improvement Act, respectively. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

Additional information regarding the Firm’s capital ratios, as well as the U.S. federal regulatory capital standards to which the Firm is subject, is presented in Note 27. Refer to the Firm’s Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for further information on the Firm’s current capital measures.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K93

Management’s discussion and analysis

Selected capital and RWA data

The following tables present the Firm’s risk-based capital metrics under both the Standardized and Advanced approaches and leverage-based capital metrics. Refer to Note 27 for JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s risk-based and leverage-based capital metrics. First Republic Bank was not subject to Advanced approach regulatory capital requirements. As a result, for certain exposures associated with the First Republic acquisition, Advanced RWA and any impact on Advanced Total capital is calculated under the Standardized approach as permitted by the transition provisions in the U.S. capital rules. Refer to Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

StandardizedAdvanced
(in millions, except ratios)December 31, 2025December 31, 2024Capital ratio requirements(d)December 31, 2025December 31, 2024Capital ratio requirements(d)
Risk-based capital metrics:(a)
CET1 capital$288,469$275,513$288,469$275,513
Tier 1 capital307,630294,881307,630294,881
Total capital343,843325,589328,962(e)311,898(e)
Risk-weighted assets1,981,692(b)1,757,4602,045,249(b)(e)1,740,429(e)
CET1 capital ratio14.6%(c)15.7%11.5%14.1%(c)15.8%11.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio15.5(c)16.813.015.0(c)16.913.0
Total capital ratio17.4(c)18.515.016.1(c)17.915.0

(a)As of January 1, 2025, the benefit from the CECL capital transition provision had been fully phased out. For the year ended December 31, 2024, CET1 capital reflected a $720 million benefit. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

(b)Includes approximately $23 billion under the Standardized approach and approximately $110 billion under the Advanced approach related to the Apple Card transaction. Advanced RWA is expected to reduce to approximately $30 billion once the necessary modeling steps are completed, which is expected in the near term.

(c)Includes decreases of approximately 25 basis points under the Standardized approach and approximately 90 basis points under the Advanced approach related to the Apple Card transaction. The impact under the Advanced approach is expected to reduce to approximately 30 basis points once the necessary modeling steps are completed, which is expected in the near term.

(d)Represents minimum requirements and regulatory buffers applicable to the Firm for the year ended December 31, 2025. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Standardized CET1, Tier 1, and Total capital ratio requirements applicable to the Firm were 12.3%, 13.8%, and 15.8%, respectively; the Advanced CET1, Tier 1, and Total capital ratio requirements applicable to the Firm were 11.5%, 13.0%, and 15.0%, respectively. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

(e)Includes the impacts of certain assets associated with First Republic to which the Standardized approach has been applied as permitted by the transition provisions in the U.S. capital rules.

Three months ended (in millions, except ratios)December 31, 2025December 31, 2024Capital ratio requirements(c)
Leverage-based capital metrics:(a)
Adjusted average assets(b)$4,472,394$4,070,499
Tier 1 leverage ratio6.9%7.2%4.0%
Total leverage exposure$5,302,001$4,837,568
SLR5.8%6.1%5.0%

(a)As of January 1, 2025, the benefit from the CECL capital transition provision had been fully phased out. The capital metrics for the year ended December 31, 2024 reflected the CECL capital transition provisions. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

(b)Adjusted average assets, for purposes of calculating the leverage ratios, includes quarterly average assets adjusted for on-balance sheet assets that are subject to deduction from Tier 1 capital, predominantly goodwill (inclusive of estimated equity method goodwill) and other intangible assets.

(c)Represents minimum requirements and regulatory buffers applicable to the Firm. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
94JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Capital components

The following table presents reconciliations of total stockholders’ equity to CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

(in millions)December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Total stockholders’ equity$362,438$344,758
Less: Preferred stock20,04520,050
Common stockholders’ equity342,393324,708
Add:
Certain deferred tax liabilities(a)2,9162,943
Other CET1 capital adjustments(b)(198)4,499
Less:
Goodwill(c)54,08253,763
Other intangible assets2,5602,874
Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital288,469275,513
Add: Preferred stock20,04520,050
Less: Other Tier 1 adjustments884682
Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital$307,630$294,881
Long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2 capital$13,539$10,312
Qualifying allowance for credit losses(d)23,73320,992
Other(1,059)(596)
Standardized Tier 2 capital$36,213$30,708
Standardized Total capital$343,843$325,589
Adjustment in qualifying allowance for credit losses for Advanced Tier 2 capital(e)(f)(14,881)(13,691)
Advanced Tier 2 capital$21,332$17,017
Advanced Total capital$328,962$311,898

(a)Represents deferred tax liabilities related to tax-deductible goodwill and to identifiable intangibles created in nontaxable transactions, which are netted against goodwill and other intangibles when calculating CET1 capital.

(b)As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, included a net reduction for certain deferred tax assets related to tax attribute carryforwards of $1.8 billion and $125 million, respectively, and a net benefit associated with cash flow hedges and debit valuation adjustments ("DVA") related to structured notes recorded in AOCI of $2.6 billion and $5.2 billion, respectively. As of January 1, 2025, the benefit from the CECL capital transition provision had been fully phased out. The year ended December 31, 2024 included benefit from the CECL capital transitions of $720 million.

(c)Goodwill deducted from capital includes goodwill associated with equity method investments in nonconsolidated financial institutions based on regulatory requirements. Refer to page 132 for additional information on principal investment risk.

(d)Represents the allowance for credit losses eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 capital up to 1.25% of credit risk RWA. As of January 1, 2025, the benefit from the CECL capital transition provision had been fully phased out. The year ended December 31, 2024 included the impact of the CECL capital transition provision with any excess deducted from RWA. Refer to Note 27 for additional information on the CECL capital transition.

(e)Represents an adjustment to qualifying allowance for credit losses for the excess of eligible credit reserves over expected credit losses up to 0.6% of credit risk RWA. As of January 1, 2025, the benefit from the CECL capital transition provision had been fully phased out. The year ended December 31, 2024 included the impact of the CECL capital transition provision with any excess deducted from RWA.

(f)As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, included an incremental $468 million and $541 million allowance for credit losses, respectively, on certain assets associated with First Republic to which the Standardized approach has been applied, as permitted by the transition provisions in the U.S. capital rules.

Capital rollforward

The following table presents the changes in CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital for the year ended December 31, 2025.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)2025
Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital at December 31, 2024$275,513
Net income applicable to common equity55,949
Dividends declared on common stock(16,060)
Net purchase of treasury stock(30,573)
Changes in additional paid-in capital203
Changes related to AOCI applicable to capital:
Unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities3,569
Translation adjustments, net of hedges(a)1,339
Fair value hedges64
Defined benefit pension and other postretirement employee benefit (“OPEB”) plans579
Changes related to other CET1 capital adjustments(b)(2,114)
Change in Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital12,956
Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital at December 31, 2025$288,469
Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2024$294,881
Change in CET1 capital(b)12,956
Net redemptions of noncumulative perpetual preferred stock(5)
Other(202)
Change in Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital12,749
Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2025$307,630
Standardized Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2024$30,708
Change in long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2(c)3,227
Change in qualifying allowance for credit losses(b)2,741
Other(463)
Change in Standardized Tier 2 capital5,505
Standardized Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2025$36,213
Standardized Total capital at December 31, 2025$343,843
Advanced Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2024$17,017
Change in long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2(c)3,227
Change in qualifying allowance for credit losses(b)(d)1,551
Other(463)
Change in Advanced Tier 2 capital4,315
Advanced Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2025$21,332
Advanced Total capital at December 31, 2025$328,962

(a)Includes foreign currency translation adjustments and the impact of related derivatives.

(b)Reflects the final phase out of the CECL benefit as well as deductions for certain deferred tax assets related to tax attribute carryforwards. Refer to Note 27 for additional information on the CECL capital transition.

(c)Includes issuance of $4.0 billion of subordinated notes due 2036. Refer to Long-term funding on page 106 and Note 20 for additional information on the Firm’s subordinated debt.

(d)As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, included an incremental $468 million and $541 million allowance for credit losses, respectively, on certain assets associated with First Republic to which the Standardized approach has been applied, as permitted by the transition provisions in the U.S. capital rules.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K95

Management’s discussion and analysis

RWA rollforward

The following table presents changes in the components of RWA under Standardized and Advanced approaches for the year ended December 31, 2025. The amounts in the rollforward categories are estimates, based on the predominant driver of the change.

StandardizedAdvanced
Year ended December 31, 2025 (in millions)Credit risk RWA(c)Market risk RWATotal RWACredit risk RWA(c)(d)Market risk RWAOperational risk RWATotal RWA
December 31, 2024$1,672,763$84,697$1,757,460$1,218,005$85,132$437,292$1,740,429
Model & data changes(a)(3,505)(4,128)(7,633)(2,862)(4,128)(6,990)
Movement in portfolio levels(b)220,15111,714231,865278,66211,99421,154311,810
Changes in RWA216,6467,586224,232275,8007,86621,154304,820
December 31, 2025$1,889,409$92,283$1,981,692$1,493,805$92,998$458,446$2,045,249

(a)Model & data changes refer to material movements in levels of RWA as a result of revised methodologies and/or treatment per regulatory guidance (exclusive of rule changes).

(b)Movement in portfolio levels (inclusive of rule changes) refers to: for Credit risk RWA, changes in book size, including the impact of the Apple Card transaction, changes in composition and credit quality, market movements, and deductions for excess eligible allowances for credit losses not eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 capital; for Market risk RWA, changes in position and market movements; and for Operational risk RWA, updates to cumulative losses, macroeconomic model inputs, and other model parameters.

(c)As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Standardized Credit risk RWA included wholesale and retail off balance-sheet RWA of $268.5 billion and $208.0 billion, respectively; and the Advanced Credit risk RWA included wholesale and retail off balance-sheet RWA of $223.0 billion and $192.1 billion, respectively.

(d)As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, Credit risk RWA reflected approximately $37.4 billion and $43.3 billion, respectively, of RWA calculated under the Standardized approach for certain assets associated with First Republic as permitted by the transition provisions in the U.S. capital rules.

Refer to the Firm’s Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for further information on Credit risk RWA, Market risk RWA and Operational risk RWA.

Supplementary leverage ratio

The following table presents the components of the Firm’s SLR.

Three months ended (in millions, except ratio)December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Tier 1 capital$307,630$294,881
Total average assets4,529,4184,125,167
Less: Regulatory capital adjustments(a)57,02454,668
Total adjusted average assets(b)4,472,3944,070,499
Add: Off-balance sheet exposures(c)829,607767,069
Total leverage exposure$5,302,001$4,837,568
SLR5.8%6.1%

(a)For purposes of calculating the SLR, includes quarterly average assets adjusted for on-balance sheet assets that are subject to deduction from Tier 1 capital, predominantly goodwill (inclusive of estimated equity method goodwill) and other intangible assets. As of January 1, 2025, the benefit from the CECL capital transition provision had been fully phased out. The year ended December 31, 2024 included adjustments for the CECL capital transition provisions. Refer to Note 27 for additional information on the CECL capital transition.

(b)Adjusted average assets used for the calculation of Tier 1 leverage ratio.

(c)Off-balance sheet exposures are calculated as the average of the three month-end spot balances on applicable regulatory exposures during the reporting quarter. Refer to the Firm’s Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports for additional information.

Line of business and Corporate equity

Each LOB and Corporate is allocated capital by taking into consideration a variety of factors including capital levels of similarly rated peers and applicable regulatory capital requirements. ROE is measured and

internal targets for expected returns are established as key measures of an LOB’s performance.

The Firm’s current equity allocation methodology incorporates Standardized RWA and the GSIB surcharge, both under rules currently in effect, as well as a simulation of capital depletion in a severe stress environment. At least annually, the assumptions, judgments and methodologies used to allocate capital are reassessed and, as a result, the capital allocated to the LOBs and Corporate may change. As of January 1, 2026, changes to the Firm’s capital allocations are primarily a result of updates to the Firm’s current capital requirements and changes in RWA for each LOB under rules currently in effect. Any capital that the Firm has accumulated in excess of these current requirements, including the capital required to meet the potential increased requirements of the U.S. Basel III proposal, has been retained in Corporate in addition to its allocated balance.

The following table presents the capital allocated to each LOB and Corporate.

December 31,
(in billions)January 1, 202620252024
Consumer & Community Banking$61.5$56.0$54.5
Commercial & Investment Bank166.5149.5132.0
Asset & Wealth Management16.016.015.5
Corporate98.4120.9122.7
Total common stockholders’ equity$342.4$342.4$324.7
Column 1Column 2Column 3
96JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Capital actions

Common stock dividends

The Firm’s common stock dividends are planned as part of the Capital Management governance framework in line with the Firm’s capital management objectives.

On December 9, 2025, the Firm announced that its Board of Directors had declared a quarterly common stock dividend of $1.50 per share, payable on January 31, 2026. The Firm’s dividends are subject to approval by the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.

Refer to Note 21 and Note 26 for information regarding dividend restrictions.

The following table shows the common dividend payout ratio based on net income applicable to common equity.

Year ended December 31,202520242023
Common dividend payout ratio29%24%25%

Common stock repurchases

On July 1, 2025, the Firm announced that its Board of Directors had authorized a new $50 billion common share repurchase program, effective July 1, 2025. Through June 30, 2025, the Firm was authorized to purchase up to $30 billion of common shares under its previously-approved common share repurchase program that was announced on June 28, 2024.

The following table sets forth the Firm’s repurchases of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Total number of shares of common stock repurchased114.491.769.5
Aggregate purchase price of common stock repurchases(a)$31,640$18,841$9,898

(a)Excludes excise tax and commissions.

The Board of Directors’ authorization to repurchase common shares is utilized at management’s discretion. The common share repurchase program approved by the Board of Directors does not establish specific price targets or timetables. Management determines the amount and timing of common share repurchases based on various factors, including market conditions; legal and regulatory considerations affecting the amount and timing of repurchase activity; the Firm’s capital position (taking into account goodwill and intangibles); organic capital generation; current and proposed future capital requirements; and other investment opportunities. The amount of common shares that the Firm repurchases in any period may be substantially more or less than the amounts estimated or actually repurchased in prior periods, reflecting the dynamic nature of the decision-making process. The Firm’s common share repurchases may be suspended by management at any time; and may be executed through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, or utilizing Rule 10b5-1 plans, which are written trading plans that the Firm may enter into from time to time under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which allow the Firm to repurchase its common shares during periods when it may otherwise not be repurchasing common shares — for example, during internal trading blackout periods.

Refer to Capital planning and stress testing on pages 89–90 for additional information.

Refer to Part II, Item 5: Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities on page 33 of this 2025 Form 10-K for additional information regarding repurchases of the Firm’s equity securities.

Preferred stock

Preferred stock dividends were $1.1 billion, $1.3 billion, and $1.5 billion for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Firm issued and redeemed certain series of non-cumulative preferred stock. Refer to Note 21 for additional information on the Firm’s preferred stock, including the issuance and redemption of preferred stock.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K97

Management’s discussion and analysis

Other capital requirements

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity

The Federal Reserve’s TLAC rule requires the U.S. GSIB top-tier holding companies, including the Firm, to maintain minimum levels of external TLAC and eligible long-term debt.

The external TLAC requirements and the minimum level of eligible long-term debt requirements for the year ended December 31, 2025 are shown below:

(a)RWA is the greater of Standardized and Advanced compared to their respective regulatory capital ratio requirements.

Failure to maintain TLAC equal to or in excess of the regulatory minimum plus applicable buffers will result in limitations on the amount of capital that the Firm may distribute, such as through dividends and common share repurchases, as well as on discretionary bonus payments for certain executive officers.

The following table presents the eligible external TLAC and eligible LTD amounts, as well as a representation of these amounts as a percentage of the Firm’s total RWA and total leverage exposure. As of January 1, 2025, the benefit from the CECL capital transition provision had been fully phased out. The year ended December 31, 2024 included the impact of the CECL capital transition provisions.

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
(in billions, except ratio)External TLACLTDExternal TLACLTD
Total eligible amount$563.7$246.0$546.6$236.8
% of RWA27.6%12.0%31.1%13.5%
Regulatory requirements23.010.523.010.5
Surplus/(shortfall)$93.3$31.2$142.3$52.3
% of total leverage exposure10.6%4.6%11.3%4.9%
Regulatory requirements9.54.59.54.5
Surplus/(shortfall)$60.1$7.4$87.0$19.2

Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 100–107 for further information on long-term debt issued by the Parent Company.

Refer to Part I, Item 1A: Risk Factors on pages 9–31 of this 2025 Form 10-K for information on the financial consequences to holders of the Firm’s debt and equity securities in a resolution scenario.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
98JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

U.S. broker-dealer regulatory capital

J.P. Morgan Securities

JPMorganChase’s principal U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary is J.P. Morgan Securities. J.P. Morgan Securities is subject to the regulatory capital requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Net Capital Rule”). J.P. Morgan Securities is also registered as a futures commission merchant and is subject to regulatory capital requirements, including those imposed by the SEC, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and the National Futures Association (“NFA”).

J.P. Morgan Securities has elected to compute its minimum net capital requirements in accordance with the “Alternative Net Capital Requirements” of the Net Capital Rule.

The following table presents J.P. Morgan Securities’ net capital.

December 31, 2025
(in millions)ActualMinimum
Net capital$27,196$6,559

J.P. Morgan Securities is registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer and with the CFTC as a swap dealer. As a result of additional SEC and CFTC capital and financial reporting requirements for security-based swap dealers and swap dealers, J.P. Morgan Securities is subject to alternative minimum net capital requirements and required to hold “tentative net capital” in excess of $5.0 billion. J.P. Morgan Securities is also required to notify the SEC and CFTC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $6.0 billion. Tentative net capital is net capital before deducting market and credit risk charges as defined by the Net Capital Rule. As of December 31, 2025, J.P. Morgan Securities maintained tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.

Non-U.S. subsidiary regulatory capital

J.P. Morgan Securities plc

J.P. Morgan Securities plc is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and has authority to engage in banking, investment banking and broker-dealer activities. J.P. Morgan Securities plc is jointly regulated in the U.K. by the Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”) and the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”). J.P. Morgan Securities plc is subject to the Capital Requirements Regulation (“CRR”), as adopted and amended in the U.K., and the capital rules in the PRA Rulebook. These requirements collectively represent the U.K.’s implementation of the Basel III standards. The PRA has announced that it intends to delay the U.K.’s implementation of the final Basel III

standards until January 1, 2027, with a three-year transitional period for certain aspects.

The Bank of England requires that U.K. banks, including U.K. regulated subsidiaries of overseas groups, maintain minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities (“MREL”). As of December 31, 2025, J.P. Morgan Securities plc was compliant with its MREL requirements.

The following table presents J.P. Morgan Securities plc’s risk-based and leverage-based capital metrics.

December 31, 2025Regulatory Minimum ratios(a)
(in millions, except ratios)Actual
Total capital$53,554
CET1 capital ratio15.4%4.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio19.86.0
Total capital ratio23.68.0
Tier 1 leverage ratio5.93.3(b)

(a)Represents minimum Pillar 1 requirements specified by the PRA. J.P. Morgan Securities plc's capital ratios as of December 31, 2025 exceeded the minimum requirements, including the additional capital requirements specified by the PRA.

(b)At least 75% of the Tier 1 leverage ratio minimum must be met with CET1 capital.

J.P. Morgan SE

JPMSE is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and has authority to engage in banking, investment banking and markets activities. JPMSE is regulated by the European Central Bank (“ECB”), the German Financial Supervisory Authority and the German Central Bank, as well as the local regulators in each of the countries in which it operates, and it is subject to EU capital requirements under Basel III. JPMSE is subject to the EU implementation of the final Basel III standards. Those standards became effective beginning on January 1, 2025, with the exception of market risk aspects for which the effective date is January 1, 2027.

JPMSE is required by the EU Single Resolution Board to maintain MREL. As of December 31, 2025, JPMSE was compliant with its MREL requirements.

The following table presents JPMSE’s risk-based and leverage-based capital metrics.

December 31, 2025Regulatory Minimum ratios(a)
(in millions, except ratios)Actual
Total capital$54,301
CET1 capital ratio20.9%4.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio20.96.0
Total capital ratio37.78.0
Tier 1 leverage ratio6.43.0

(a)Represents minimum Pillar 1 requirements specified by the EU CRR. J.P. Morgan SE’s capital and leverage ratios as of December 31, 2025 exceeded the minimum requirements, including the additional capital requirements specified by EU regulators.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K99

Management’s discussion and analysis

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Firm will be unable to meet its cash and collateral needs as they arise or that it does not have the appropriate amount, composition and tenor of funding and liquidity to support its assets and liabilities.

Liquidity risk management

The Firm has a Liquidity Risk Management (“LRM”) function whose primary objective is to provide independent oversight of liquidity risk across the Firm. Liquidity Risk Management’s responsibilities include:

•Defining, monitoring and reporting liquidity risk metrics;

•Independently establishing and monitoring limits and indicators, including liquidity risk appetite;

•Developing a process to classify, monitor and report limit breaches;

•Performing an independent review of liquidity risk management processes to evaluate their adequacy and effectiveness;

•Monitoring and reporting internal Firmwide and legal entity liquidity stress tests, regulatory defined metrics, as well as liquidity positions, balance sheet variances and funding activities; and

•Approving or escalating for review new or updated liquidity stress assumptions.

Liquidity management

Treasury and CIO is responsible for liquidity management.

The primary objectives of the Firm’s liquidity management are to:

•Ensure that the Firm’s core businesses and material legal entities are able to operate in support of client needs and meet contractual and contingent financial obligations through normal economic cycles as well as during stress events, and

•Manage an optimal funding mix and availability of liquidity sources.

The Firm addresses these objectives through:

•Analyzing and understanding the liquidity characteristics of the assets and liabilities of the Firm, LOBs, legal entities, as well as currencies, taking into account legal, regulatory, and operational restrictions;

•Developing and maintaining internal liquidity stress testing assumptions;

•Defining and monitoring Firmwide and legal entity-specific liquidity strategies, policies, reporting and contingency funding plans;

•Managing liquidity within the Firm’s approved limits and indicators, including liquidity risk appetite tolerances;

•Managing compliance with regulatory requirements related to funding and liquidity risk; and

•Setting FTP in accordance with underlying liquidity characteristics of balance sheet assets and liabilities as well as certain off-balance sheet items.

As part of the Firm’s overall liquidity management strategy, the Firm manages liquidity and funding using a centralized, global approach designed to:

•Optimize liquidity sources and uses;

•Monitor exposures;

•Identify constraints on the transfer of liquidity between the Firm’s legal entities; and

•Maintain the appropriate amount of surplus liquidity at a Firmwide and legal entity level, where relevant.

Governance

Committees responsible for liquidity governance include the Firmwide ALCO, as well as regional ALCOs, the Treasurer Committee, and the CTC Risk Committee. In addition, the Board Risk Committee reviews and recommends to the Board of Directors, for approval, the Firm’s liquidity risk tolerances, liquidity strategy, and liquidity policy. Refer to Firmwide Risk Management on pages 83–87 for further discussion of ALCO and other risk-related committees.

Internal stress testing

The Firm conducts internal liquidity stress testing to identify liquidity risks and monitor liquidity positions at the Firm and its material legal entities under a variety of adverse scenarios, including scenarios analyzed as part of the Firm’s resolution and recovery planning. Internal stress tests are produced on a daily basis, and other stress tests are performed in response to specific market events or concerns. Liquidity stress tests assume all of the Firm’s contractual financial obligations are met and take into consideration:

•Varying levels of access to unsecured and secured funding markets;

•Estimated non-contractual and contingent cash outflows;

•Credit rating downgrades;

•Collateral haircuts; and

•Potential impediments to the availability and transferability of liquidity between jurisdictions and material legal entities such as regulatory, legal or other restrictions.

Liquidity outflows are modeled across a range of time horizons and currency dimensions and contemplate both market and idiosyncratic stresses.

Results of stress tests are considered in the formulation of the Firm’s funding plan and assessment of its liquidity position. The Parent Company acts as a source of funding for the Firm through equity and

Column 1Column 2Column 3
100JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

long-term debt issuances, and its intermediate holding company, JPMorgan Chase Holdings LLC (the “IHC”), provides funding to support the ongoing operations of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries. The Firm manages liquidity at the Parent Company, the IHC, and operating subsidiaries at levels sufficient to comply with liquidity risk tolerances and minimum liquidity requirements, and to manage through periods of stress when access to normal funding sources may be disrupted.

Contingency funding plan

The Firm’s Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”) sets out the strategies for addressing and managing liquidity resource needs during a liquidity stress event and incorporates liquidity risk limits, indicators and risk appetite tolerances. The CFP also identifies the alternative contingent funding and liquidity resources available to the Firm and its legal entities in a period of stress.

LCR and HQLA

The LCR rule requires that the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. maintain an amount of eligible HQLA that is sufficient to meet their respective estimated total net cash outflows over a prospective 30 calendar-day period of significant stress. Eligible HQLA, for purposes of calculating the LCR, is the amount of unencumbered HQLA that satisfy certain operational considerations as defined in the LCR rule. HQLA primarily consist of cash and certain high-quality liquid securities as defined in the LCR rule.

Under the LCR rule, the amount of eligible HQLA held by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that is in excess of its stand-alone 100% minimum LCR requirement, and that is not transferable to non-bank affiliates, must be excluded from the Firm’s reported eligible HQLA.

Estimated net cash outflows are based on standardized stress outflow and inflow rates prescribed in the LCR rule, which are applied to the balances of the Firm’s assets, sources of funds, and obligations. The LCR for both the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. is required to be a minimum of 100%.

The following table summarizes the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s average LCR for the three months ended December 31, 2025, September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 based on the Firm’s interpretation of the LCR framework.

Three months ended
Average amount (in millions)December 31, 2025September 30, 2025December 31, 2024
JPMorgan Chase & Co.:
HQLA
Eligible cash(a)$281,117$308,298$396,123
Eligible securities(b)(c)680,862638,020464,877
Total HQLA(d)$961,979$946,318$861,000
Net cash outflows$868,500$858,157$763,648
LCR111%110%113%
Net excess eligible HQLA(d)$93,479$88,161$97,352
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.:
LCR115%117%124%
Net excess eligible HQLA$138,052$152,886$193,682

(a)Represents cash on deposit at central banks, including the Federal Reserve Banks.

(b)Eligible HQLA securities may be reported in securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements, trading assets, or investment securities on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets. For purposes of calculating the LCR, HQLA securities are included at fair value, which may differ from the accounting treatment under U.S. GAAP.

(c)Predominantly U.S. Treasuries, U.S. GSE and government agency MBS, and sovereign bonds net of regulatory haircuts under the LCR rule.

(d)Excludes average excess eligible HQLA at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that are not transferable to non-bank affiliates.

The Firm’s average LCR for the three months ended December 31, 2025 decreased, compared with the three months ended December 31, 2024, primarily driven by repurchases of and dividends on common stock, predominantly offset by dividend payments from JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. to the Parent Company and activities in CIB Markets.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s average LCR for the three months ended December 31, 2025 decreased, compared with the three months ended September 30, 2025, primarily due to higher lending levels, largely offset by higher deposits, higher market values of HQLA-eligible investment securities and long-term debt issuance.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s average LCR for the three months ended December 31, 2025 decreased, compared with the three months ended December 31, 2024, driven by higher lending levels and dividend payments to the Parent Company, largely offset by higher deposits and higher market values of HQLA-eligible investment securities.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K101

Management’s discussion and analysis

Each of the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.'s average LCR may fluctuate from period to period due to changes in their respective eligible HQLA and estimated net cash outflows as a result of ongoing business activity and from the impacts of Federal Reserve actions as well as other factors. For a further discussion of the Firm’s liquidity risk management, refer to the Firm’s U.S. LCR Disclosure reports, which are available on the Firm’s website.

Liquidity sources

In addition to the assets reported in the Firm’s eligible HQLA discussed above, the Firm had unencumbered marketable securities, such as equity and debt securities, that the Firm believes would be available to raise liquidity. This includes excess eligible HQLA securities at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that are not transferable to non-bank affiliates. The fair value of these securities was approximately $548 billion and $594 billion as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, although the amount of liquidity that could be raised at any particular time would be dependent on prevailing market conditions. The decrease compared to December 31, 2024 was driven by a decrease in excess eligible HQLA securities at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and reductions in unencumbered investment securities in Treasury and CIO.

The Firm had approximately $1.5 trillion and $1.4 trillion of available cash and securities as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. For each respective period, the amount was comprised of eligible end-of-period HQLA, excluding the impact of regulatory haircuts, of approximately $915 billion and $834 billion, and unencumbered marketable securities with a fair value of approximately $548 billion and $594 billion.

The Firm also had available borrowing capacity at the Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”) and the discount window at the Federal Reserve Banks as a result of collateral pledged by the Firm to such banks of approximately $449 billion and $413 billion as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. This borrowing capacity excludes the benefit of cash and securities reported in the Firm’s eligible HQLA or other unencumbered securities that are currently pledged at the Federal Reserve Banks discount window and other central banks. Available borrowing capacity increased, compared to December 31, 2024, due to a higher amount of commercial loans, credit card receivables, and mortgages pledged at Federal Reserve Banks and the FHLBs. Although available, the Firm does not view this borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Banks discount window and the other central banks as a primary source of liquidity.

NSFR

The net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”) is a liquidity requirement for large banking organizations that is intended to measure the adequacy of “available” stable funding that is sufficient to meet their “required” amounts of stable funding over a one-year horizon.

For the three months ended December 31, 2025, both the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. were compliant with the 100% minimum NSFR requirement, based on the Firm’s interpretation of the final NSFR rule. Refer to the Firm's U.S. NSFR Disclosure report on the Firm’s website for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
102JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Funding

Sources of funds

Management believes that the Firm’s unsecured and secured funding capacity is sufficient to meet its on- and off-balance sheet obligations, which includes both short- and long-term cash requirements.

The Firm funds its global balance sheet through diverse sources of funding including deposits, secured and unsecured funding in the capital markets and stockholders’ equity. Deposits are the primary funding source for JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Additionally, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. may access funding through short- or long-term secured borrowings, the issuance of unsecured long-term debt, or from

borrowings from the IHC. The Firm’s non-bank subsidiaries are primarily funded from long-term unsecured borrowings and short-term secured borrowings which are primarily securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements. Excess funding is invested by Treasury and CIO in the Firm’s investment securities portfolio or deployed in cash or other short-term liquid investments based on their interest rate and liquidity risk characteristics.

Refer to Note 28 for additional information on off–balance sheet obligations.

Deposits

The table below summarizes, by LOB and Corporate, the period-end and average deposit balances as of and for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

As of or for the year ended December 31,Average
(in millions)2025202420252024
Consumer & Community Banking$1,072,792$1,056,652$1,057,232$1,064,215
Commercial & Investment Bank1,193,3381,073,5121,174,5811,061,488
Asset & Wealth Management257,316248,287245,248235,146
Corporate35,87427,58129,50425,793
Total Firm$2,559,320$2,406,032$2,506,565$2,386,642

The Firm believes that deposits provide a stable source of funding and reduce the Firm’s reliance on the wholesale funding markets. A significant portion of the Firm’s deposits are consumer deposits and wholesale operating deposits, which are both considered to be stable sources of liquidity. Wholesale operating deposits are generally considered to be stable sources of liquidity because they are generated from clients that maintain operating service relationships with the Firm.

The Firm believes that average deposit balances are generally more representative of deposit trends than period-end deposit balances. However, during periods of market disruption, average deposit trends may be impacted.

Average deposits increased for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the year ended December 31, 2024, reflecting the net impact of:

•an increase in CIB due to net inflows related to client-driven activities in Payments and Securities Services, partially offset by net maturities of structured notes in Markets,

•an increase in AWM primarily driven by growth in both new accounts and balances in existing accounts, including the impact of higher-yielding product offerings, and

•a decrease in CCB primarily driven by increased customer spending, predominantly offset by new accounts.

Period-end deposits increased from December 31, 2024, reflecting:

•an increase in CIB due to net inflows related to client-driven activities in Payments and Securities Services,

•an increase in CCB primarily driven by new accounts, predominantly offset by increased customer spending, and

•an increase in AWM primarily driven by growth in both new accounts and balances in existing accounts, including the impact of higher-yielding product offerings, largely offset by migration into other investment products.

Refer to the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis and the Business Segment & Corporate Results on pages 55–57 and pages 62–82, respectively, for further information on deposit and liability balance trends. Refer to Note 3 for further information on structured notes.

Certain deposits are covered by insurance protection that provides additional funding stability and results in a benefit to the LCR. Deposit insurance protection may be available to depositors in the countries in which the deposits are placed. For example, the FDIC provides deposit insurance protection for deposits placed in a U.S. depository institution. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, Firmwide estimated uninsured deposits were $1,558.6 billion and $1,414.0 billion, respectively, primarily reflecting wholesale operating deposits.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K103

Management’s discussion and analysis

Total uninsured deposits include time deposits. The table below presents an estimate of uninsured U.S. and non-U.S. time deposits, and their remaining maturities. The Firm’s estimates of its uninsured U.S. time deposits are based on data that the Firm calculates periodically under applicable FDIC regulations. For purposes of this presentation, all non-U.S. time deposits are deemed to be uninsured.

(in millions)December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
U.S.Non-U.S.U.S.Non-U.S.
Three months or less$123,236$71,477$119,333$77,253
Over three months but within 6 months14,38114,18411,04012,229
Over six months but within 12 months4,0041,2567,0561,542
Over 12 months6642,3828231,924
Total$142,285$89,299$138,252$92,948

The table below shows the deposit and loan balances, deposits as a percentage of total liabilities, and the loans-to-deposits ratios, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

As of December 31, (in billions except ratios)
20252024
Deposits$2,559.3$2,406.0
Deposits as a % of total liabilities63%66%
Loans$1,493.4$1,348.0
Loans-to-deposits ratio58%56%

The following table provides a summary of the average balances and average interest rates of JPMorganChase’s deposits for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023.

Year ended December 31,Average balancesAverage interest rates
(in millions, except interest rates)202520242023202520242023
U.S. offices
Noninterest-bearing$572,014$611,734$635,791NANANA
Interest-bearing
Demand(a)321,145282,533279,7253.26%3.90%3.50%
Savings(b)875,519800,964864,5581.411.391.10
Time222,983223,503145,8273.964.934.74
Total interest-bearing deposits1,419,6471,307,0001,290,1102.232.542.03
Total deposits in U.S. offices1,991,6611,918,7341,925,9011.591.731.36
Non-U.S. offices
Noninterest-bearing32,16926,85824,747NANANA
Interest-bearing
Demand391,123346,179321,9762.343.132.71
Time91,61294,87186,4434.735.865.82
Total interest-bearing deposits482,735441,050408,4192.793.723.37
Total deposits in non-U.S. offices514,904467,908433,1662.623.503.18
Total deposits$2,506,565$2,386,642$2,359,0671.80%2.08%1.70%

(a)Includes Negotiable Order of Withdrawal accounts, and certain trust accounts.

(b)Includes Money Market Deposit Accounts.

Refer to Note 17 for additional information on deposits.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
104JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

The following table summarizes short-term and long-term funding, excluding deposits, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and average balances for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. Refer to the Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis on pages 55–57 and Note 11 for additional information.

Sources of funds (excluding deposits)
As of or for the year ended December 31,Average
(in millions)2025202420252024
Commercial paper$12,111$14,932$12,274$11,398
Other borrowed funds15,03113,01814,98112,040
Federal funds purchased1995671,4131,547
Total short-term unsecured funding$27,341$28,517$28,668$24,985
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(a)$433,161$291,500$516,262$357,144
Securities loaned(a)9,0364,7689,8345,129
Other borrowed funds37,63424,94338,63825,504
Obligations of Firm-administered multi-seller conduits(b)18,17418,22817,76418,620
Total short-term secured funding$498,005$339,439$582,498$406,397
Senior notes$210,571$203,639$209,346$199,908
Subordinated debt20,10116,06017,94318,614
Structured notes(c)130,62198,792113,36293,483
Total long-term unsecured funding$361,293$318,491$340,651$312,005
Credit card securitization(b)$5,884$5,312$5,723$5,138
FHLB advances18,15929,25722,92935,040
Purchase Money Note(d)49,43549,20749,31249,090
Other long-term secured funding(e)6,3194,4635,7564,676
Total long-term secured funding$79,797$88,239$83,720$93,944
Preferred stock(f)$20,045$20,050$20,037$24,054
Common stockholders’ equity(f)$342,393$324,708$332,754$312,370

(a)Primarily consists of short-term securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase.

(b)Included in beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets.

(c)Includes certain TLAC-eligible long-term unsecured debt issued by the Parent Company.

(d)Reflects the Purchase Money Note associated with the First Republic acquisition. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

(e)Includes long-term structured notes that are secured.

(f)Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 89–99, Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity on page 168, Note 21 and Note 22 for additional information on preferred stock and common stockholders’ equity.

Short-term funding

The Firm’s primary source of short-term secured funding is securities sold under agreements to repurchase. These instruments are secured predominantly by high-quality securities collateral, including government-issued debt and U.S. GSE and government agency MBS. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase increased at December 31, 2025, compared with December 31, 2024, driven by Markets, primarily reflecting higher secured financing of trading assets.

The increases in secured other borrowed funds at December 31, 2025 from December 31, 2024, and for the average year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the prior year, were primarily due to higher financing requirements in Markets.

The balances associated with securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase fluctuate over time due to investment and financing activities of clients, the Firm’s demand for financing, the ongoing management of the mix of the Firm’s liabilities, including with respect to liquidity and capital considerations, as well as other market and portfolio factors.

The Firm’s primary sources of short-term unsecured funding consist of issuances of wholesale commercial paper and other borrowed funds.

The decrease in commercial paper for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the prior year, was primarily driven by strategic short-term liquidity management.

The increase in unsecured other borrowed funds for the average year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the prior year, was primarily due to net issuances of structured notes in Markets due to client demand and an increase in the fair value of such instruments.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K105

Management’s discussion and analysis

Long-term funding

Long-term funding provides an additional source of stable funding and liquidity for the Firm. The Firm’s long-term funding plan is driven primarily by expected client activity, liquidity considerations and regulatory requirements. Long-term funding objectives include maintaining diversification, maximizing market access and optimizing funding costs through various funding markets, tenors and currencies.

Unsecured funding and issuance

The significant majority of the Firm’s total outstanding long-term debt has been issued by the Parent Company to provide flexibility in support of the funding needs of both bank and non-bank subsidiaries. The Parent Company advances substantially all net funding proceeds to its subsidiary, the IHC. The IHC does not issue debt to external counterparties. The increase in structured notes at December 31, 2025 from December 31, 2024, and for the average year ended December 31, 2025, compared to the prior year, was primarily driven by net issuances of structured notes in Markets due to client demand and an increase in the fair value of such instruments.

The following table summarizes long-term unsecured issuance and maturities or redemptions for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. Refer to Note 20 for additional information on the IHC and long-term debt.

Long-term unsecured funding
Year ended December 31,2025202420252024
(Notional in millions)Parent CompanySubsidiaries
Issuance
Senior notes issued in the U.S. market$19,000$37,000$$
Senior notes issued in non-U.S. markets2,0844,079
Total senior notes21,08441,079
Subordinated debt4,000
Structured notes(a)4,9753,94474,34654,993
Total long-term unsecured funding – issuance$30,059$45,023$74,346$54,993
Maturities/redemptions
Senior notes$22,457$25,765$65$65
Subordinated debt3173,097250
Structured notes2,92989256,04747,425
Total long-term unsecured funding – maturities/redemptions$25,703$29,754$56,112$47,740

(a)Includes certain TLAC-eligible long-term unsecured debt issued by the Parent Company.

Secured funding and issuance

The Firm can also raise secured long-term funding through securitization of consumer credit card loans and FHLB advances. The following table summarizes the credit card securitization and FHLB advances, as well as other long-term secured funding sources, with their respective maturities or redemptions, as applicable, for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Long-term secured funding
Year ended December 31,IssuanceMaturities/Redemptions
(in millions)2025202420252024
Credit card securitization$1,498$2,348$1,000$
FHLB advances12,5006,00023,64418,050
Other long-term secured funding(a)2,3761,5781,6321,049
Total long-term secured funding$16,374$9,926$26,276$19,099

(a)Includes long-term structured notes that are secured.

The Firm’s wholesale businesses also securitize loans for client-driven transactions which are not considered to be a source of funding for the Firm and are not included in the table above. Refer to Note 14 for a further description of client-driven loan securitizations.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
106JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Credit ratings

The cost and availability of financing are influenced by credit ratings. Reductions in these ratings could have an adverse effect on the Firm’s access to liquidity sources, increase the cost of funds, trigger additional collateral or funding requirements and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend to the Firm. The nature and magnitude of the impact of ratings downgrades depends on numerous contractual and behavioral factors, which the Firm

believes are incorporated in its liquidity risk and stress testing metrics. The Firm believes that it maintains sufficient liquidity to withstand a potential decrease in funding capacity due to ratings downgrades.

Additionally, the Firm’s funding requirements for VIEs and other third-party commitments may be adversely affected by a decline in credit ratings. Refer to Notes 5 and 14 for additional information.

The credit ratings of the Parent Company and certain of its principal subsidiaries as of December 31, 2025 were as follows:

JPMorgan Chase & Co.JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.J.P. Morgan SEJ.P. Morgan Securities LLC J.P. Morgan Securities plc
December 31, 2025Long-term issuerShort-term issuerOutlookLong-term issuerShort-term issuerOutlookLong-term issuerShort-term issuerOutlookLong-term issuerShort-term issuerOutlook
Moody’s Investors Service(a)A1P-1StableAa2P-1Stable(b)Aa2P-1StableAa3P-1Stable
Standard & Poor’sAA-1StableAA-A-1+StableAA-A-1+StableAA-A-1+Stable
Fitch RatingsAA-F1+StableAAF1+StableAAF1+StableAAF1+Stable

(a)On November 3, 2025, Moody’s revised the outlook for the Parent Company, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities plc and J.P. Morgan SE to stable from positive, and revised J.P. Morgan SE’s long-term issuer rating to Aa2 from Aa3.

(b)On May 19, 2025, Moody’s revised JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s outlook to stable from developing, and this change was related to Moody’s one-notch downgrade of the long-term issuer rating of the U.S. Government announced on May 16, 2025. Moody’s also affirmed JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s long-term issuer rating.

JPMorganChase’s unsecured debt does not contain requirements that would call for an acceleration of payments, maturities or changes in the structure of the existing debt, provide any limitations on future borrowings or require additional collateral, based on unfavorable changes in the Firm’s credit ratings, financial ratios, earnings, or stock price.

Critical factors in maintaining high credit ratings include a stable and diverse earnings stream, strong capital and liquidity ratios, strong credit quality and risk management controls, and diverse funding sources. Rating agencies continue to evaluate economic and geopolitical trends, regulatory developments, future profitability, risk management practices, and litigation matters, as well as their broader ratings methodologies. Changes in any of these factors could lead to changes in the Firm’s credit ratings.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K107

REPUTATION RISK MANAGEMENT

Reputation risk is the risk of damage to the trust, affinity or goodwill for the Firm held by clients, employees and investors that can result from the Firm’s decisions to engage or not engage with a client or in a business activity and which may lead to negative commercial impacts. The Firm’s decisions related to clients and business activities are made based on a range of commercial considerations, including operational capabilities and expertise, servicing costs, risk relative to opportunity, the prioritization of finite resources and, when relevant, reputation risk considerations. The Firm manages reputation risk through established policies, standards and procedures that are integrated across the LOBs and Corporate functions. Potential reputation risk matters may be escalated to governance forums, as appropriate, including LOB Reputation Risk Committees. The Board Risk Committee also regularly receives information on reputation risk matters, as appropriate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
108JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

CREDIT AND INVESTMENT RISK MANAGEMENT

Credit and investment risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer; or loss of principal or a reduction in expected returns on investments, including consumer credit risk, wholesale credit risk, and investment portfolio risk.

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer. The Firm provides credit to a variety of clients and customers, ranging from large corporate and institutional clients to individual consumers and small businesses. In its consumer businesses, the Firm is exposed to credit risk primarily through its home lending, credit card, auto, and business banking businesses. In its wholesale businesses, the Firm is exposed to credit risk through its underwriting, lending, market-making, and hedging activities with and for clients and counterparties, as well as through its operating services activities (such as cash management and clearing activities), and securities financing activities. The Firm is also exposed to credit risk through its investment securities portfolio and cash placed with banks.

Credit Risk Management monitors and measures credit risk throughout the Firm, and defines credit risk policies, procedures and limits. The Firm’s credit risk management governance includes the following activities:

•Maintaining a credit risk policy framework

•Monitoring and measuring credit risk across all portfolio segments, including transaction and exposure approval

•Setting industry and geographic concentration limits, as appropriate, and setting guidelines for credit review and analysis

•Assigning and maintaining credit approval authorities in connection with the approval of credit exposure

•Monitoring and independent assessment of criticized exposures and delinquent loans, and

•Estimating credit losses, including periodic review and refinement of underlying assumptions, and supporting appropriate credit risk-based capital management

Risk identification and measurement

To measure credit risk, the Firm employs several methodologies for estimating the likelihood of obligor or counterparty default. Methodologies for measuring credit risk vary depending on several factors, including type of asset (e.g., consumer versus wholesale), risk measurement parameters (e.g., delinquency status and borrower’s credit score versus wholesale risk-rating) and risk management and collection processes (e.g., retail collection center versus centrally managed workout groups). Credit risk measurement is based on the probability of default of an obligor or counterparty, the loss severity given a default event and the exposure at default.

Based on these factors and the methodology and estimates described in Note 13 and Note 10, the Firm estimates credit losses for its exposures. The allowance for loan losses reflects estimated credit losses related to the consumer and wholesale held-for-investment loan portfolios, the allowance for lending-related commitments reflects estimated credit losses related to the Firm’s lending-related commitments and the allowance for investment securities reflects estimated credit losses related to the investment securities portfolio. Refer to Note 13, Note 10 and Critical Accounting Estimates used by the Firm on pages 154–157 for further information.

In addition, potential and unexpected credit losses are reflected in the allocation of credit risk capital and represent the potential volatility of actual losses relative to the established allowances for loan losses and lending-related commitments. The analyses for these losses include stress testing that considers alternative economic scenarios as described below.

Stress testing

Stress testing is important in assessing, measuring and monitoring credit risk in the Firm’s credit portfolio. The stress testing process assesses the potential impact of alternative economic and business scenarios on estimated credit losses for the Firm. Economic scenarios and the underlying parameters are defined centrally, articulated in terms of macroeconomic factors and applied across the businesses. The stress test results may indicate credit migration, changes in delinquency trends and potential losses in the credit portfolio. In addition to the periodic stress testing processes, management also considers additional stresses outside these scenarios, including industry and country- specific stress scenarios, as appropriate. The Firm uses stress testing to inform decisions on setting risk appetite both at a Firm and LOB level, as well as to assess the impact of stress on individual counterparties.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K109

Management’s discussion and analysis

Risk monitoring and management

The Firm has developed policies and practices that are designed to preserve the independence and integrity of the approval and decision-making process for extending credit so that credit risks are assessed accurately, approved properly, and monitored regularly at both the transaction and portfolio levels. The policy framework establishes credit approval authorities, concentration limits, risk-rating methodologies, portfolio review parameters and guidelines for management of distressed exposures. In addition, certain models, assumptions and inputs used in evaluating and monitoring credit risk are independently validated by groups that are separate from the LOBs.

Consumer credit risk is monitored for delinquency and other trends, including any concentrations at the portfolio level, as certain of these trends can be addressed through changes in underwriting policies and portfolio guidelines. Consumer Risk Management evaluates delinquency and other trends against business expectations, current and forecasted economic conditions, and industry benchmarks. Historical and forecasted economic performance and trends are incorporated into the modeling of estimated consumer credit losses and are part of the monitoring of the credit risk profile of the portfolio.

Wholesale credit risk is monitored regularly at an aggregate portfolio, industry, and individual client and counterparty level with established concentration limits that are reviewed and revised periodically as deemed appropriate by management. Industry and counterparty limits, as measured in terms of exposure and risk appetite, are subject to stress-based loss constraints.

Management of the Firm’s wholesale credit risk exposure is accomplished through a number of means, including:

•Loan underwriting and credit approval processes

•Loan syndications and participations

•Loan sales and securitizations

•Credit derivatives

•Master netting agreements, and

•Collateral and other risk-reduction techniques

In addition to Credit Risk Management, an independent Credit Review function is responsible for:

•Independently assessing risk ratings assigned to exposures in the Firm’s wholesale credit portfolio and the timeliness of risk rating changes initiated by responsible business units; and

•Evaluating the effectiveness of the credit management processes of the LOBs and Corporate, including the adequacy of credit analyses and risk rating/loss given default (“LGD”) rationales, proper monitoring and management of credit exposures, and compliance with applicable grading policies and underwriting guidelines.

Refer to Note 12 for further discussion of consumer and wholesale loans.

Risk reporting

To enable monitoring of credit risk and effective decision-making, aggregate credit exposure, credit quality forecasts, concentration levels and risk profile changes are reported regularly to senior members of Credit Risk Management. Detailed portfolio reporting of industry, clients, counterparties and customers, product and geography are prepared, and the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses is reviewed by senior management at least on a quarterly basis. Through the risk reporting and governance structure, credit risk trends and limit exceptions are provided regularly to, and discussed with, risk committees, senior management and the Board of Directors.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
110JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

CREDIT PORTFOLIO

Credit risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer.

In the following tables, total loans include loans retained (i.e., held-for-investment); loans held-for-sale; and certain loans accounted for at fair value. The following tables do not include loans which the Firm accounts for at fair value and classifies as trading assets; refer to Notes 2 and 3 for further information regarding these loans. Refer to Notes 12, 28, and 5 for additional information on the Firm’s loans, lending-related commitments and derivative receivables, including the Firm’s related accounting policies.

Refer to Note 10 for information regarding the credit risk inherent in the Firm’s investment securities portfolio; and refer to Note 11 for information regarding credit risk inherent in the securities financing portfolio. Refer to Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 112–117 and Note 12 for further discussions of the consumer credit environment, consumer loans and nonperforming exposure. Refer to Wholesale Credit Portfolio on pages 118–128 and Note 12 for further discussions of the wholesale credit environment, wholesale loans and nonperforming exposure.

Total credit portfolio
December 31, (in millions)Credit exposureNonperforming(d)
2025202420252024
Loans retained$1,408,905$1,299,590$8,273$7,175
Loans held-for-sale13,8407,04867160
Loans at fair value70,68441,3501,5171,502
Total loans1,493,4291,347,9889,8578,837
Derivative receivables57,77760,967204145
Receivables from customers(a)47,33651,929
Total credit-related assets1,598,5421,460,88410,0618,982
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
Real estate ownedNANA267284
OtherNANA3134
Total assets acquired in loan satisfactionsNANA298318
Lending-related commitments1,817,307(c)1,577,622925737
Total credit portfolio$3,415,849$3,038,506$11,284$10,037
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)$(24,383)$(41,367)$$
Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(28,891)(28,160)NANA

(a)Receivables from customers reflect held-for-investment margin loans to brokerage clients in CIB, CCB and AWM; these are reported within accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated balance sheets.

(b)Represents the net notional amount of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage credit exposures.

(c)Includes estimated total credit exposure related to the Apple Card transaction at the time that the transaction is expected to close of approximately $104 billion, including approximately $23 billion of estimated drawn loans.

(d)Excludes mortgage loans past due and insured by U.S. government agencies, which are primarily 90 or more days past due. These loans have been excluded based upon the government guarantee. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies were $198 million and $121 million, respectively. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.

The following table provides information on Firmwide nonaccrual loans to total loans.

December 31, (in millions, except ratios)20252024
Total nonaccrual loans$9,857$8,837
Total loans1,493,4291,347,988
Firmwide nonaccrual loans to total loans outstanding0.66%0.66%

The following table provides information about the Firm’s net charge-offs.

December 31, (in millions, except ratios)20252024
Net charge-offs$9,849$8,638
Average retained loans1,335,6751,271,344
Net charge-off rate0.74%0.68%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K111

Management’s discussion and analysis

CONSUMER CREDIT PORTFOLIO

The Firm’s retained consumer portfolio consists primarily of loans and lending-related commitments for residential real estate, credit card, scored auto and business banking. The consumer credit portfolio also includes loans at fair value, predominantly in residential real estate. The Firm’s focus is on serving primarily the prime segment of the consumer credit market. Originated mortgage loans are retained in the residential real estate portfolio, securitized or sold to U.S. government agencies and U.S. government-sponsored enterprises; other types of consumer loans are typically retained on the balance sheet. Refer to Note 12 for further information on the consumer loan portfolio. Refer to Note 28 for further information on lending-related commitments.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
112JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

The following tables present consumer credit-related information with respect to the scored credit portfolio held in CCB, AWM, CIB and Corporate.

Consumer credit portfolio
December 31, (in millions)Credit exposureNonaccrual loans(j)
2025202420252024
Consumer, excluding credit card
Residential real estate(a)$303,531$309,513$3,632$2,984
Auto and other(b)(c)65,21066,821243249
Total loans - retained368,741376,3343,8753,233
Loans held-for-sale33494559155
Loans at fair value(d)33,18315,531739538
Total consumer, excluding credit card loans402,258392,8104,6733,926
Lending-related commitments(e)43,58744,844
Total consumer exposure, excluding credit card445,845437,654
Credit card
Loans retained(f)247,797232,860NANA
Total credit card loans247,797232,860NANA
Lending-related commitments(e)(g)1,177,766(i)1,001,311
Total credit card exposure1,425,5631,234,171
Total consumer credit portfolio$1,871,408$1,671,825$4,673$3,926
Credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(h)$(485)$(479)
Year ended December 31,
(in millions, except ratios)Net charge-offs/(recoveries)Average loans - retainedNet charge-off/(recovery) rate(k)
202520242025202420252024
Consumer, excluding credit card
Residential real estate$(115)$(101)$305,362$316,042(0.04)%(0.03)%
Auto and other69477565,87667,9591.051.14
Total consumer, excluding credit card - retained579674371,238384,0010.160.18
Credit card - retained7,6727,142231,644214,0333.313.34
Total consumer - retained$8,251$7,816$602,882$598,0341.37%1.31%

(a)Includes scored mortgage and home equity loans held in CCB and AWM.

(b)At December 31, 2025 and 2024, excluded operating lease assets of $20.0 billion and $12.8 billion, respectively. These operating lease assets are included in other assets on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 18 for further information.

(c)Includes scored auto and business banking loans, and overdrafts.

(d)Includes scored mortgage loans held in CCB and CIB, and other consumer unsecured loans in CIB.

(e)Credit card, home equity and certain business banking lending-related commitments represent the total available lines of credit for these products. The Firm has not experienced, and does not anticipate, that all available lines of credit would be used at the same time. Refer to Note 28 for further information.

(f)Includes billed interest and fees.

(g)Also includes commercial card lending-related commitments primarily in CIB.

(h)Represents the notional amount of protection obtained through the issuance of credit-related notes that reference certain pools of residential real estate and auto loans in the retained consumer portfolio.

(i)Includes estimated total credit exposure related to the Apple Card transaction at the time that the transaction is expected to close of approximately $104 billion, including approximately $23 billion of estimated drawn loans.

(j)Excludes mortgage loans past due and insured by U.S. government agencies, which are primarily 90 or more days past due. These loans have been excluded based upon the government guarantee. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies were $198 million and $121 million, respectively. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status, as permitted by regulatory guidance.

(k)Average consumer loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were $23.7 billion and $17.2 billion for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. These amounts were excluded when calculating net charge-off/(recovery) rates.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K113

Management’s discussion and analysis

Maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates

The table below sets forth loan maturities by scheduled repayments, by class of loan and the distribution between fixed and floating interest rates based on the stated terms of the loan agreements. The Firm estimated the principal repayment amounts for both the residential real estate and auto and other loan classes by calculating the weighted-average loan balance and interest rates for loan pools based on remaining loan term. Refer to Note 12 for further information on loan classes.

December 31, 2025 (in millions)Within1 year(a)1-5 years5-15 yearsAfter 15 yearsTotal
Consumer, excluding credit card
Residential real estate$35,842$26,960$110,981$159,365$333,148
Auto and other21,009(b)42,5185,579469,110
Total consumer, excluding credit card loans$56,851$69,478$116,560$159,369$402,258
Total credit card loans$245,850$1,932$15$$247,797
Total consumer loans$302,701$71,410$116,575$159,369$650,055
Loans due after one year at fixed interest rates
Residential real estate$19,270$56,134$69,232
Auto and other42,3583,1214
Credit card1,93215
Loans due after one year at variable interest rates
Residential real estate$7,690$54,847$90,133
Auto and other1602,458
Total consumer loans$71,410$116,575$159,369

(a)Includes loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value.

(b)Includes overdrafts.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
114JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Consumer, excluding credit card

Portfolio analysis

Loans increased compared to December 31, 2024, primarily driven by higher residential real estate loans at fair value.

The following discussions provide information concerning individual loan products. Refer to Note 12 for further information about this portfolio, including information about delinquencies, loan modifications and other credit quality indicators.

Residential real estate: The residential real estate portfolio, including loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value, predominantly consists of prime mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit.

Retained loans decreased compared to December 31, 2024, driven by paydowns, predominantly offset by originations. Retained nonaccrual loans increased compared to December 31, 2024, primarily driven by forbearances granted to certain borrowers impacted by the wildfires in Los Angeles County, California in January 2025. Net recoveries were higher for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the prior year, driven by loan sales.

Loans held-for-sale and nonaccrual loans held-for-sale decreased compared to December 31, 2024, reflecting loan sales.

Loans at fair value increased compared to December 31, 2024, as purchases outpaced sales in CIB and originations outpaced warehouse loan sales in Home Lending. Nonaccrual loans at fair value increased compared to December 31, 2024, driven by CIB.

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the carrying values of retained interest-only residential mortgage loans were $88.8 billion and $88.9 billion, respectively. These loans have an interest-only payment period generally followed by an adjustable-rate or fixed-rate fully amortizing payment period to maturity and are typically originated as higher-balance loans to higher-income borrowers. The credit performance of this portfolio is comparable to the performance of the broader prime mortgage portfolio.

The carrying value of retained home equity lines of credit outstanding was $13.2 billion at December 31, 2025, including $3.3 billion of HELOCs that have recast from interest-only to fully amortizing payments or have been modified, and $3.2 billion of interest-only balloon HELOCs, which primarily mature after 2030. The Firm manages the risk of HELOCs during their revolving period by reducing or canceling the undrawn line in accordance with the contract or to the extent otherwise permitted by law, including when there has been a demonstrable decline in the creditworthiness of the borrower or significant decrease in the value of the underlying property.

The following table provides a summary of the Firm’s

residential mortgage portfolio insured and/or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies, predominantly loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value. The Firm monitors its exposure to certain potential unrecoverable claim payments related to government-insured loans and considers this exposure in estimating the allowance for loan losses.

(in millions)December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Current$840$462
30-89 days past due12172
90 or more days past due198121
Total government guaranteed loans$1,159$655

Geographic composition and current estimated loan-to-value ratio of residential real estate loans

At December 31, 2025, $213.1 billion, or 70%, of the total retained residential real estate loan portfolio, was concentrated in California, New York, Florida, Texas and Massachusetts, compared to $217.7 billion, or 70%, at December 31, 2024.

Average current estimated loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios were relatively flat compared to December 31, 2024.

Refer to Note 12 for information on the geographic composition and current estimated LTVs of the Firm’s residential real estate loans.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K115

Management’s discussion and analysis

Auto and other: The auto and other loan portfolio, including loans at fair value, generally consists of prime-quality scored auto and business banking loans, other consumer unsecured loans, and overdrafts. The portfolio increased compared to December 31, 2024, primarily driven by an increase in loans at fair value due to net purchases of other consumer unsecured loans in CIB. Net charge-offs decreased compared to the prior year, primarily due to lower scored auto net charge-offs, reflecting improved used vehicle valuations. Refer to Note 14 for further information on securitization activity.

Nonperforming assets

The following table presents information as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, about consumer, excluding credit card, nonperforming assets.

Nonperforming assets(a)
December 31, (in millions)20252024
Nonaccrual loans
Residential real estate$4,381$3,665
Auto and other292261
Total nonaccrual loans4,6733,926
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
Real estate owned10378
Other3134
Total assets acquired in loan satisfactions134112
Total nonperforming assets$4,807$4,038

(a)Excludes mortgage loans past due and insured by U.S. government agencies, which are primarily 90 or more days past due. These loans have been excluded based upon the government guarantee. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies were $198 million and $121 million, respectively.

Nonaccrual loans

The following table presents changes in consumer, excluding credit card, nonaccrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Nonaccrual loan activity
Year ended December 31, (in millions)20252024
Beginning balance$3,926$4,203
Additions:4,5063,225
Reductions:
Principal payments and other962894
Sales760803
Charge-offs643665
Returned to performing status1,200963
Foreclosures and other liquidations194177
Total reductions3,7593,502
Net changes747(277)
Ending balance$4,673$3,926

Refer to Note 12 for further information about the consumer credit portfolio, including information about delinquencies, other credit quality indicators and loans that were in the process of active or suspended foreclosure.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
116JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Credit card

Total credit card loans increased compared to December 31, 2024, reflecting growth from new accounts and revolving balances. The December 31, 2025 30+ and 90+ day delinquency rates of 2.16% and 1.10%, respectively, decreased compared to the December 31, 2024 30+ and 90+ day delinquency rates of 2.17% and 1.14%, respectively, in line with the Firm’s expectations. Net charge-offs increased for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the prior year, reflecting loan growth.

Consistent with the Firm’s policy, all credit card loans typically remain on accrual status until charged off. However, the Firm’s allowance for loan losses includes the estimated uncollectible portion of accrued and billed interest and fee income.

Geographic and FICO composition of credit card loans

At December 31, 2025, $116.3 billion, or 47% of the total retained credit card loan portfolio, was concentrated in California, Texas, New York, Florida and Illinois, compared to $109.0 billion, or 47%, at December 31, 2024.

Refer to Note 12 for further information about this portfolio, including information about delinquencies, geographic and FICO composition.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K117

Management’s discussion and analysis

WHOLESALE CREDIT PORTFOLIO

In its wholesale businesses, the Firm is exposed to credit risk primarily through its underwriting, lending, market-making, and hedging activities with and for clients and counterparties, as well as through various operating services (such as cash management and clearing activities), securities financing activities and cash placed with banks. A portion of the loans originated or acquired by the Firm’s wholesale businesses is generally retained on the balance sheet. The Firm distributes a significant percentage of the loans that it originates into the market as part of its syndicated loan business and to manage portfolio concentrations and credit risk. The wholesale portfolio is actively managed, in part by conducting ongoing, in-depth reviews of client credit quality and transaction structure, inclusive of collateral where applicable, and of industry, product and client concentrations. Refer to the industry discussion on pages 120–123 for further information.

The Firm’s wholesale credit portfolio includes exposure held in CIB, AWM and Corporate, and risk-rated exposure held in CCB, for which the wholesale methodology is applied when determining the allowance for loan losses.

As of December 31, 2025, loans increased by $121.1 billion, predominantly driven by higher loans in CIB, primarily in Markets, and higher securities-based lending in AWM, both associated with higher client demand. Lending-related commitments increased by $64.5 billion, predominantly driven by higher commitments in CIB, including held-for-sale commitments.

As of December 31, 2025, nonperforming exposure increased by $478 million, driven by certain exposures in Technology, Media & Telecommunications, Oil & Gas and Utilities, in each case primarily resulting from downgrades, largely offset by certain exposures in Healthcare and Consumer & Retail, primarily due to charge-off activity, upgrades, and loan sales.

Wholesale credit portfolio
December 31, (in millions)Credit exposureNonperforming
2025202420252024
Loans retained$792,367$690,396$4,398$3,942
Loans held-for-sale13,5066,10385
Loans at fair value37,50125,819778964
Loans843,374722,3185,1844,911
Derivative receivables57,77760,967204145
Receivables from customers(a)47,33651,929
Total wholesale credit-related assets948,487835,2145,3885,056
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
Real estate ownedNANA164206
Total assets acquired in loan satisfactionsNANA164206
Lending-related commitments595,954531,467925737
Total wholesale credit portfolio$1,544,441$1,366,681$6,477$5,999
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)$(23,898)$(40,888)$$
Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(28,891)(28,160)NANA

(a)Receivables from customers reflect held-for-investment margin loans to brokerage clients in CIB, CCB and AWM; these are reported within accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated balance sheets.

(b)Represents the net notional amount of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage both performing and nonperforming wholesale credit exposures; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. Refer to Credit derivatives on page 128 and Note 5 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
118JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Wholesale credit exposure – maturity and ratings profile

The following tables present the maturity and internal risk ratings profiles of the wholesale credit portfolio as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. The Firm generally considers internal ratings with qualitative characteristics equivalent to BBB-/Baa3 or higher as investment grade, and takes into consideration collateral and structural support when determining the internal risk rating for each credit facility. Refer to Note 12 for further information on internal risk ratings.

Maturity profile(d)Ratings profile
December 31, 2025(in millions, except ratios)1 year or lessAfter 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 yearsTotalInvestment-gradeNoninvestment-gradeTotalTotal % of IG
Loans retained$271,648$330,900$189,819$792,367$541,364$251,003$792,36768%
Derivative receivables57,77757,777
Less: Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(28,891)(28,891)
Total derivative receivables, net of collateral7,9416,83614,10928,88619,7219,16528,88668
Lending-related commitments155,797412,59427,563595,954383,106212,848595,95464
Subtotal435,386750,330231,4911,417,207944,191473,0161,417,20767
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)51,00751,007
Receivables from customers47,33647,336
Total exposure – net of liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives$1,515,550$1,515,550
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)(c)$(5,356)$(17,424)$(1,118)$(23,898)$(17,831)$(6,067)$(23,898)75%
Maturity profile(d)Ratings profile
December 31, 2024 (in millions, except ratios)1 year or lessAfter 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 yearsTotalInvestment-gradeNoninvestment-gradeTotalTotal % of IG
Loans retained$225,982$289,199$175,215$690,396$471,670$218,726$690,39668%
Derivative receivables60,96760,967
Less: Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(28,160)(28,160)
Total derivative receivables, net of collateral11,5157,41813,87432,80724,7078,10032,80775
Lending-related commitments121,283384,52925,655531,467352,082179,385531,46766
Subtotal358,780681,146214,7441,254,670848,459406,2111,254,67068
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)31,92231,922
Receivables from customers51,92951,929
Total exposure – net of liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives$1,338,521$1,338,521
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)(c)$(5,442)$(33,751)$(1,695)$(40,888)$(31,691)$(9,197)$(40,888)78%

(a)Loans held-for-sale are primarily related to syndicated loans and loans transferred from the retained portfolio.

(b)These derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP.

(c)The notional amounts are presented on a net basis by underlying reference entity and the ratings profile shown is based on the ratings of the reference entity on which protection has been purchased. Predominantly all of the credit derivatives entered into by the Firm where it has purchased protection used in credit portfolio management activities are executed with investment-grade counterparties. In addition, the Firm obtains credit protection against certain loans in the retained loan portfolio through the issuance of credit-related notes.

(d)The maturity profile of retained loans, lending-related commitments and derivative receivables is generally based on remaining contractual maturity. Derivative contracts that are in a receivable position at December 31, 2025, may become payable prior to maturity based on their cash flow profile or changes in market conditions.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K119

Management’s discussion and analysis

Wholesale credit exposure – industry exposures

The Firm focuses on the management and diversification of its industry exposures, and pays particular attention to industries with actual or potential credit concerns.

Exposures that are deemed to be criticized align with the U.S. banking regulators’ definition of criticized exposures, which consist of the special mention, substandard and doubtful categories. Total criticized exposure, excluding loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value, was $48.5 billion and $44.7 billion as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, representing approximately 3.4% and 3.5% of total wholesale credit exposure, respectively; of the $48.5 billion, $42.9 billion was performing. The increase in criticized exposure was driven by SPEs, Consumer & Retail, Banks & Finance Companies, Healthcare, and Chemicals & Plastics, primarily resulting from downgrades and new lending-related commitments, partially offset by Real Estate and Industrials, primarily resulting from net portfolio activity and upgrades.

The table below summarizes by industry the Firm’s exposures as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. The industry of risk category is generally based on the client or counterparty’s primary business activity. Refer to Note 4 for additional information on industry concentrations.

Wholesale credit exposure – industries(a)
Selected metrics
Noninvestment-grade30 days or more past due and accruing loansNet charge-offs/ (recoveries)Credit derivative and credit-related notes(h)Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2025 (in millions)Creditexposure(f)(g)Investment- gradeNoncriticizedCriticized performingCriticized nonperforming
Real Estate$224,858$155,712$57,478$9,967$1,701$959$380$(99)$
Individuals and Individual Entities(b)167,700138,14228,6774604211,012(15)
Asset Managers152,848117,42635,11330451051(5)(10,626)
Consumer & Retail133,94563,52362,3827,425615115234(311)
Technology, Media & Telecommunications97,81644,37342,50710,13580137281(1,078)
Industrials80,60644,07833,1663,10126147018(68)
Banks & Finance Companies75,65341,90432,82690320168(574)(657)
Healthcare72,21848,88819,7133,05955812191(67)
Utilities39,00524,84012,5191,254392163(203)
Oil & Gas36,49721,82514,0763472495248(51)
Automotive35,98419,60215,397958271093(277)
State & Municipal Govt(c)32,48431,3721,1003930(3)
Insurance25,03117,5117,3521686(20)(8,310)
Chemicals & Plastics23,79011,25110,3552,09193282(239)
Transportation20,86111,4509,0972852911(3)(135)
Metals & Mining17,7677,4599,88340619224(39)(67)
Central Govt15,16414,666245442098(1,258)(1,273)
Securities Firms7,9664,3723,59311(13)(2,458)
Financial Markets Infrastructure5,7345,30635870
All other(d)180,171148,21429,8871,9531173303(19,458)(5,500)
Subtotal$1,446,098$971,914$425,724$42,933$5,527$2,971$1,598$(23,898)$(28,891)
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value51,007
Receivables from customers47,336
Total(e)$1,544,441
Column 1Column 2Column 3
120JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K
(continued from previous page)
Selected metrics
Noninvestment-grade30 days or more past due and accruing loansNet charge-offs/ (recoveries)Credit derivative and credit-related notes (h)Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2024 (in millions)Creditexposure(f)(g)Investment- gradeNoncriticizedCriticized performingCriticized nonperforming
Real Estate$207,050$143,803$50,865$10,858$1,524$913$345$(584)$
Individuals and Individual Entities(b)144,145118,65024,831217447831122
Asset Managers135,541101,15034,148206373752(9,194)
Consumer & Retail129,81562,80060,1416,055819252123(4,320)
Technology, Media & Telecommunications84,71645,02128,62910,5924747994(4,800)
Industrials72,53037,57230,9123,80723918591(2,312)
Banks & Finance Companies61,28736,88424,1192572736(702)(729)
Healthcare64,22444,13517,0622,21980824556(3,286)(34)
Utilities35,87124,20510,2561,2731371(2,700)
Oil & Gas31,72419,05312,47918849(3)(1,711)(2)
Automotive34,33622,01511,353931371211(997)
State & Municipal Govt(c)35,03933,3031,71191690(2)(1)
Insurance24,26717,8476,1982222(1,077)(9,184)
Chemicals & Plastics20,78211,0138,1521,521963114(1,164)
Transportation17,0199,4627,1353913117(20)(658)
Metals & Mining15,8607,3737,860590379(246)(2)
Central Govt13,86213,5801571254(1,490)(2,051)
Securities Firms9,4435,4244,0145(13)(2,635)
Financial Markets Infrastructure4,4464,201245(1)
All other(d)140,873117,98622,3983989110(3)(14,825)(4,328)
Subtotal$1,282,830$875,477$362,665$39,864$4,824$3,210$822$(40,888)$(28,160)
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value31,922
Receivables from customers51,929
Total(e)$1,366,681

(a)The industry rankings presented in the table as of December 31, 2024, are based on the industry rankings of the corresponding exposures as of December 31, 2025, not actual rankings of such exposures as of December 31, 2024.

(b)Individuals and Individual Entities predominantly consists of Global Private Bank clients within AWM and J.P. Morgan Wealth Management within CCB, and includes exposure to personal investment companies and personal and testamentary trusts.

(c)In addition to the credit risk exposure to states and municipal governments (both U.S. and non-U.S.) at December 31, 2025 and 2024, noted above, the Firm held: $6.1 billion of trading assets at both periods; $20.2 billion and $17.9 billion, respectively, of AFS securities; and $8.6 billion and $9.3 billion, respectively, of HTM securities, issued by U.S. state and municipal governments. Refer to Notes 2 and 10 for further information.

(d)All other includes: SPEs and Private education and civic organizations, representing approximately 95% and 5%, respectively, at December 31, 2025, and 94% and 6%, respectively, at December 31, 2024. Refer to Note 14 for more information on exposures to SPEs.

(e)Excludes cash placed with banks of $333.8 billion and $459.2 billion, at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, which is predominantly placed with various central banks, primarily Federal Reserve Banks.

(f)Credit exposure is net of risk participations and excludes the benefit of credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities held against derivative receivables or loans and liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables.

(g)Credit exposure includes held-for-sale and fair value option elected lending-related commitments.

(h)Represents the net notional amounts of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage the credit exposures; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. The All other category includes purchased credit protection on certain credit indices.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K121

Management’s discussion and analysis

Presented below is additional detail on certain of the Firm’s industry exposures.

Real Estate

Real Estate exposure was $224.9 billion as of December 31, 2025. Criticized exposure decreased by $714 million from $12.4 billion at December 31, 2024 to $11.7 billion at December 31, 2025, driven by net portfolio activity, predominantly offset by net downgrades.

December 31, 2025(in millions, except ratios)Loans and lending-related commitmentsDerivative receivablesCredit exposure% Investment-grade% Drawn(d)
Multifamily(a)$128,864$25$128,88978%91%
Other Income Producing Properties(b)23,39022923,6194653
Services and Non Income Producing20,32513020,4556335
Industrial19,5411319,5546769
Office15,0163915,0554780
Retail12,8793312,9127974
Lodging4,36684,3742648
Total Real Estate Exposure(c)$224,381$477$224,85869%77%
December 31, 2024(in millions, except ratios)Loans and lending-related commitmentsDerivative receivablesCredit exposure% Investment-grade% Drawn(d)
Multifamily(a)$124,074$7$124,08177%92%
Other Income Producing Properties(b)16,41115816,5695063
Services and Non Income Producing14,0475714,1046246
Industrial19,0921719,1096572
Office16,3312916,3604781
Retail12,2302312,2537775
Lodging4,555194,5743153
Total Real Estate Exposure$206,740$310$207,05069%82%

(a)Total Multifamily exposure is approximately 99% performing. Multifamily exposure is largely in California.

(b)Other Income Producing Properties consists of clients with diversified property types or other property types, including data centers, outside of categories listed in the table above.

(c)Real Estate exposure is approximately 83% secured; unsecured exposure is largely investment-grade primarily to Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”) and Real Estate Operating Companies (“REOCs”) whose underlying assets are generally diversified.

(d)Represents drawn exposure as a percentage of credit exposure.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
122JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Consumer & Retail

Consumer & Retail exposure was $133.9 billion as of December 31, 2025. Criticized exposure increased by $1.2 billion from $6.9 billion at December 31, 2024 to $8.0 billion at December 31, 2025, driven by net downgrades and new lending-related commitments, largely offset by net portfolio activity.

December 31, 2025(in millions, except ratios)Loans and lending-related commitmentsDerivative receivablesCredit exposure% Investment-grade% Drawn(d)
Business and Consumer Services$38,160$501$38,66141%43%
Retail(a)36,49243436,9265529
Food and Beverage31,51385532,3685336
Consumer Hard Goods14,82430915,1334333
Leisure(b)10,72113610,8573345
Total Consumer & Retail(c)$131,710$2,235$133,94547%37%
December 31, 2024(in millions, except ratios)Loans and lending-related commitmentsDerivative receivablesCredit exposure% Investment-grade% Drawn(d)
Business and Consumer Services$34,534$412$34,94642%41%
Retail(a)34,91726135,1785131
Food and Beverage34,77468335,4576134
Consumer Hard Goods13,79620814,0044335
Leisure(b)10,1864410,2302643
Total Consumer & Retail$128,207$1,608$129,81548%36%

(a)Retail consists of Home Improvement & Specialty Retailers, Discount & Drug Stores, Restaurants, Specialty Apparel, Supermarkets, and Department Stores.

(b)Leisure consists of Arts & Culture, Travel Services, Gaming, and Sports & Recreation. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 88% of the noninvestment-grade Leisure portfolio is secured.

(c)Consumer & Retail exposure is approximately 57% secured; unsecured exposure is approximately 77% investment-grade.

(d)Represents drawn exposure as a percentage of credit exposure.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K123

Management’s discussion and analysis

Loans

In its wholesale businesses, the Firm provides loans to a variety of clients, ranging from large corporate and institutional clients to high-net-worth individuals. Refer to Note 12 for a further discussion on loans, including information about delinquencies, loan modifications and other credit quality indicators.

The following table presents the change in the nonaccrual loan portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. Since December 31, 2024, nonaccrual loan exposure increased by $273 million, driven by certain exposures in Technology, Media & Telecommunications, Utilities, Central Government, and Oil & Gas, in each case primarily resulting from downgrades, largely offset by certain exposures in Healthcare and Consumer & Retail, in each case primarily resulting from charge-off activity, upgrades, and loan sales.

Wholesale nonaccrual loan activity
Year ended December 31, (in millions)20252024
Beginning balance$4,911$2,714
Additions5,3435,841
Reductions:
Paydowns and other1,8902,387
Gross charge-offs1,481780
Returned to performing status1,538392
Sales16185
Total reductions5,0703,644
Net changes2732,197
Ending balance$5,184$4,911

The following table presents net charge-offs/recoveries, which are defined as gross charge-offs less recoveries, for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. The amounts in the table below do not include gains or losses from sales of nonaccrual loans recognized in noninterest revenue.

Wholesale net charge-offs increased for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to the prior year, primarily due to increases in Commercial and industrial, including in Technology, Media & Telecommunications and Healthcare, as well as estimated losses related to borrower fraud in certain secured lending facilities.

Wholesale net charge-offs/(recoveries)
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)20252024
Loans
Average loans retained$732,793$673,310
Gross charge-offs1,7871,022
Gross recoveries collected(189)(200)
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)1,598822
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate0.22%0.12%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
124JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates

The table below sets forth wholesale loan maturities and the distribution between fixed and floating interest rates based on the stated terms of the loan agreements by loan class. Refer to Note 12 for further information on loan classes.

December 31, 2025(in millions)1 year or less(b)After 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 years through 15 yearsAfter 15 yearsTotal
Wholesale loans:
Secured by real estate$13,998$66,811$60,499$38,638$179,946
Commercial and industrial52,480118,19018,486156189,312
Other217,587203,19745,1698,163474,116
Total wholesale loans$284,065$388,198$124,154$46,957$843,374
Loans due after one year at fixed interest rates
Secured by real estate$14,737$14,356$915
Commercial and industrial5,7282,1097
Other28,11615,4594,797
Loans due after one year at variable interest rates(a)
Secured by real estate$52,074$46,143$37,722
Commercial and industrial112,46316,377148
Other175,08029,7103,368
Total wholesale loans$388,198$124,154$46,957

(a)Includes loans that have an initial fixed interest rate that resets to a variable rate as the variable rate will be the prevailing rate over the life of the loan.

(b)Includes loans held-for-sale, demand loans and overdrafts.

The following table presents net charge-offs/recoveries, average retained loans and net charge-off/recovery rate by loan class for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)Secured by real estateCommercial and industrialOtherTotal
20252024202520242025202420252024
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$390$313$882$381$326$128$1,598$822
Average retained loans162,567162,653169,149169,363401,077341,294732,793673,310
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate0.24%0.19%0.52%0.22%0.08%0.04%0.22%0.12%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K125

Management’s discussion and analysis

Lending-related commitments

The Firm uses lending-related financial instruments, such as commitments (including revolving credit facilities) and guarantees, to address the financing needs of its clients. The contractual amounts of these financial instruments represent the maximum possible credit risk should the clients draw down on these commitments or when the Firm fulfills its obligations under these guarantees, and the clients subsequently fail to perform according to the terms of these contracts. Most of these commitments and guarantees have historically been refinanced, extended, cancelled, or expired without being drawn upon or a default occurring. As a result, the Firm does not believe that the total contractual amount of these wholesale lending-related commitments is representative of the Firm’s expected future credit exposure or funding requirements. Refer to Note 28 for further information on wholesale lending-related commitments.

Receivables from customers

Receivables from customers reflect held-for-investment margin loans to brokerage clients in CIB, CCB and AWM that are collateralized by assets maintained in the clients’ brokerage accounts (including cash on deposit, and primarily liquid and readily marketable debt or equity securities). To manage its credit risk, the Firm establishes margin requirements and monitors the required margin levels on an ongoing basis, and requires clients to deposit additional cash or other collateral, or to reduce positions, when appropriate. Credit risk arising from lending activities subject to collateral maintenance requirements is generally mitigated by factors such as the short-term nature of the activity, the fair value of collateral held and the Firm’s right to call for, and the borrower’s obligation to provide, additional margin when the fair value of the collateral declines. Because of these mitigating factors, these receivables generally do not require an allowance for credit losses. However, if in management’s judgment, an allowance for credit losses is required, the Firm estimates expected credit losses based on the value of the collateral and probability of borrower default. These receivables are reported within accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets.

Refer to Note 13 for further information on the Firm’s accounting policies for the allowance for credit losses.

Derivative contracts

Derivatives enable clients and counterparties to manage risk, including credit risk and risks arising from fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange and equities and commodities prices. The Firm makes markets in derivatives in order to meet these needs and uses derivatives to manage certain risks associated with net open risk positions from its market-making activities, including the counterparty credit risk arising from derivative receivables. The Firm also uses derivative instruments to manage its own credit risk and other market risk exposure. The nature of the counterparty and the settlement mechanism of the

derivative affect the credit risk to which the Firm is exposed. For over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, the Firm is exposed to the credit risk of the derivative counterparty. For exchange-traded derivatives (“ETD”), such as futures and options, and cleared over-the-counter (“OTC-cleared”) derivatives, the Firm can also be exposed to the credit risk of the relevant CCP. Where possible, the Firm seeks to mitigate its credit risk exposures arising from derivative contracts through the use of legally enforceable master netting arrangements and collateral agreements. The percentage of the Firm’s OTC derivative transactions subject to collateral agreements — excluding foreign exchange spot trades, which are not typically covered by collateral agreements due to their short maturity and centrally cleared trades that are settled daily — was approximately 86% at both December 31, 2025 and 2024. Refer to Note 5 for additional information on the Firm’s use of collateral agreements and for a further discussion of derivative contracts, counterparties and settlement types.

The fair value of derivative receivables reported on the Consolidated balance sheets was $57.8 billion and $61.0 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The decrease was primarily as a result of market movements. Derivative receivables represent the fair value of the derivative contracts after giving effect to legally enforceable master netting agreements and the related cash collateral held by the Firm.

In addition, the Firm holds liquid securities and other cash collateral that may be used as security when the fair value of the client’s exposure is in the Firm’s favor. For these purposes, the definition of liquid securities is consistent with the definition of high quality liquid assets as defined in the LCR rule.

In management’s view, the appropriate measure of current credit risk should also take into consideration other collateral, which generally represents securities that do not qualify as high quality liquid assets under the LCR rule. The benefits of these additional collateral amounts for each counterparty are subject to a legally enforceable master netting agreement and limited to the net amount of the derivative receivables for each counterparty.

The Firm also holds additional collateral (primarily cash, G7 government securities, other liquid government agency and guaranteed securities, and corporate debt and equity securities) delivered by clients at the initiation of transactions, as well as collateral related to contracts that have a non-daily call frequency and collateral that the Firm has agreed to return but has not yet settled as of the reporting date. Although this collateral does not reduce the receivables balances and is not included in the tables below, it is available as security against potential exposure that could arise should the fair value of the client’s derivative contracts move in the Firm’s favor. Refer to Note 5 for additional information on the Firm’s use of collateral agreements for derivative transactions.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
126JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

The following tables summarize the net derivative receivables and the internal ratings profile for the periods presented.

Derivative receivables
December 31, (in millions)20252024
Total, net of cash collateral$57,777$60,967
Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables(28,891)(28,160)
Total, net of liquid securities and other cash collateral$28,886$32,807
Other collateral held against derivative receivables(949)(1,021)
Total, net of collateral$27,937$31,786
Ratings profile of derivative receivables
20252024
December 31, (in millions, except ratios)Exposure net of collateral% of exposure net of collateralExposure net of collateral% of exposure net of collateral
Investment-grade$18,87768%$23,78375%
Noninvestment-grade9,060328,00325
Total$27,937100%$31,786100%

While useful as a current view of credit exposure, the net fair value of the derivative receivables does not capture the potential future variability of that credit exposure. To capture this variability, the Firm calculates, on a client-by-client basis, three measures of potential derivatives-related credit loss: Peak, Derivative Risk Equivalent (“DRE”), and Average exposure (“AVG”). These measures all incorporate netting and collateral benefits, where applicable.

Peak represents a conservative measure of potential derivative exposure, including the benefit of collateral, to a counterparty calculated in a manner that is broadly equivalent to a 97.5% confidence level over the life of the transaction. Peak is the primary measure used by the Firm for setting credit limits for derivative contracts, senior management reporting and derivatives exposure management.

DRE exposure is a measure that expresses the risk of derivative exposure, including the benefit of collateral, on a basis intended to be equivalent to the risk of loan exposures. DRE is a less extreme measure of potential credit loss than Peak.

Finally, AVG is a measure of the expected fair value of the Firm’s derivative exposures, including the benefit of collateral, at future time periods. AVG over the total life of the derivative contract is used as the primary metric for pricing purposes and is used to calculate credit risk capital and CVA, as further described below.

The fair value of the Firm’s derivative receivables incorporates CVA to reflect the credit quality of counterparties. CVA is based on the Firm’s AVG to a counterparty and the counterparty’s credit spread in the credit derivatives market. The Firm believes that active risk management is essential to controlling the dynamic credit risk in the derivatives portfolio. In addition, the Firm’s risk management process for derivatives exposures takes into consideration the

potential impact of wrong-way risk, which is broadly defined as the risk that exposure to a counterparty is positively correlated with the impact of a default by the same counterparty, which could cause exposure to increase at the same time as the counterparty’s capacity to meet its obligations is decreasing. Many factors may influence the nature and magnitude of these correlations over time. To the extent that these correlations are identified, the Firm may adjust the CVA associated with a particular counterparty’s AVG. The Firm risk manages exposure to changes in CVA by entering into credit derivative contracts, as well as interest rate, foreign exchange, equity and commodity derivative contracts.

The below graph shows exposure profiles to the Firm’s current derivatives portfolio over the next 10 years as calculated by the Peak, DRE and AVG metrics. The three measures generally show that exposure will decline after the first year, if no new trades are added to the portfolio.

Exposure profile of derivatives measures

December 31, 2025

(in billions)

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K127

Management’s discussion and analysis

Credit derivatives

The Firm uses credit derivatives for two primary purposes: first, in its capacity as a market-maker, and second, as an end-user to manage the Firm’s own credit risk associated with various exposures.

Credit portfolio management activities

Included in the Firm’s end-user activities are credit derivatives used to mitigate the credit risk associated with traditional lending activities (loans and lending-related commitments) and derivatives counterparty exposure in the Firm’s wholesale businesses (collectively, “credit portfolio management activities”). Information on credit portfolio management activities is provided in the table below.

The Firm also uses credit derivatives as an end-user to manage other exposures, including credit risk arising from certain securities held in the Firm’s market-making businesses. These credit derivatives are not included in credit portfolio management activities.

Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities
December 31, (in millions)Notional amount of protection purchased and sold(a)
20252024
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage:
Loans and lending-related commitments$9,899$25,216
Derivative receivables13,99915,672
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities$23,898$40,888

(a)Amounts are presented net, considering the Firm’s net protection purchased or sold with respect to each underlying reference entity or index.

The credit derivatives used in credit portfolio management activities do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP; these derivatives are reported at fair value, with gains and losses recognized in principal transactions revenue. In contrast, the loans and lending-related commitments being risk-managed are accounted for on an accrual basis. This asymmetry in accounting treatment, between loans and lending-related commitments and the credit derivatives used in credit portfolio management activities, causes earnings volatility that is not representative, in the Firm’s view, of the true changes in value of the Firm’s overall credit exposure.

The effectiveness of credit default swaps (“CDS”) as a hedge against the Firm’s exposures may vary depending on a number of factors, including the named reference entity (i.e., the Firm may experience losses on specific exposures that are different than the named reference entities in the purchased CDS); the contractual terms of the CDS (which may have a defined credit event that does not align with an actual loss realized by the Firm); and the maturity of the Firm’s CDS protection (which in some cases may be shorter than the Firm’s exposures). However, the Firm generally seeks to purchase credit protection with a maturity date that is the same or similar to the maturity date of the exposure for which the protection was purchased, and remaining differences in maturity are actively monitored and managed by the Firm. Refer to Credit derivatives in Note 5 for further information on credit derivatives and derivatives used in credit portfolio management activities.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
128JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The Firm’s allowance for credit losses represents management's estimate of expected credit losses over the remaining expected life of the Firm's financial assets measured at amortized cost and certain off-balance sheet lending-related commitments. The Firm's allowance for credit losses generally consists of:

•the allowance for loan losses, which covers the Firm’s retained loan portfolios (scored and risk-rated) and is presented separately on the Consolidated balance sheets,

•the allowance for lending-related commitments, which is reflected in accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheets, and

•the allowance for credit losses on investment securities, which is reflected in investment securities on the Consolidated balance sheets.

Discussion of changes in the allowance

The allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2025 was $31.2 billion, reflecting a net addition of $4.4 billion from December 31, 2024.

The net addition to the allowance for credit losses included:

•$3.3 billion in consumer, driven by $2.2 billion related to the Apple Card transaction, loan growth in Card Services and the impact of changes in the Firm's weighted-average macroeconomic outlook, partially offset by reduced borrower uncertainty, and

•$1.1 billion in wholesale, driven by net increases in the loan and lending-related commitment portfolios, an update to loss assumptions on certain leveraged loans, and net changes in credit quality of client-specific exposures, partially offset by the impact of changes in the Firm's weighted-average macroeconomic outlook and a reduction due to the impact of charge-offs.

The Firm's qualitative adjustments and its weighted-average macroeconomic outlook continued to include additional weight placed on the adverse scenarios to reflect ongoing uncertainties and downside risks related to the geopolitical and macroeconomic environment. During 2025, the Firm further increased the weight placed on the adverse scenarios.

The Firm's allowance for credit losses is estimated using a weighted average of five internally developed macroeconomic scenarios. The adverse scenarios incorporate more punitive macroeconomic factors than the central case assumptions provided in the following table, resulting in:

•a weighted average U.S. unemployment rate peaking at 5.8% in the fourth quarter of 2026, and

•a weighted average U.S. real GDP level that is 2.1% lower than the central case at the end of the second quarter of 2027.

The following table presents the Firm’s central case assumptions for the periods presented:

Central case assumptions at December 31, 2025
2Q264Q262Q27
U.S. unemployment rate(a)4.6%4.4%4.2%
YoY growth in U.S. real GDP(b)2.0%1.8%1.9%
Central case assumptions at December 31, 2024
2Q254Q252Q26
U.S. unemployment rate(a)4.5%4.3%4.3%
YoY growth in U.S. real GDP(b)2.0%1.9%1.8%

(a)Reflects quarterly average of forecasted U.S. unemployment rate.

(b)The year over year growth in U.S. real GDP in the forecast horizon of the central scenario is calculated as the percentage change in U.S. real GDP levels from the prior year.

Subsequent changes to this forecast and related estimates will be reflected in the provision for credit losses in future periods.

Refer to Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 112–117, Wholesale Credit Portfolio on pages 118–128 and Note 12 for additional information on the consumer and wholesale credit portfolios.

Refer to Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 154–157 for further information on the allowance for credit losses and related management judgments.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K129

Management’s discussion and analysis

Allowance for credit losses and related information
20252024
Year ended December 31,Consumer, excluding credit cardCredit cardWholesaleTotalConsumer, excluding credit cardCredit cardWholesaleTotal
(in millions, except ratios)
Allowance for loan losses
Beginning balance at January 1,$1,807$14,600$7,938$24,345$1,856$12,450$8,114$22,420
Gross charge-offs1,0899,1641,78712,0401,2998,1981,02210,519
Gross recoveries collected(510)(1,492)(189)(2,191)(625)(1,056)(200)(1,881)
Net charge-offs5797,6721,5989,8496747,1428228,638
Provision for loan losses6928,6291,94311,2646249,29257810,494
Other5516869
Ending balance at December 31,$1,920$15,557$8,288$25,765$1,807$14,600$7,938$24,345
Allowance for lending-related commitments
Beginning balance at January 1,$82$$2,019$2,101$75$$1,899$1,974
Provision for lending-related commitments12,200(d)7682,9697121128
Other11(1)(1)
Ending balance at December 31,$83$2,200$2,788$5,071$82$$2,019$2,101
Impairment methodology
Asset-specific(a)$(647)$$707$60$(728)$$526$(202)
Portfolio-based2,56715,5577,58125,7052,53514,6007,41224,547
Total allowance for loan losses$1,920$15,557$8,288$25,765$1,807$14,600$7,938$24,345
Impairment methodology
Asset-specific$$$119$119$$$109$109
Portfolio-based832,200(d)2,6694,952821,9101,992
Total allowance for lending-related commitments$83$2,200$2,788$5,071$82$$2,019$2,101
Total allowance for investment securitiesNANANA$106NANANA$152
Total allowance for credit losses(b)$2,003$17,757$11,076$30,942$1,889$14,600$9,957$26,598
Memo:
Retained loans, end of period$368,741$247,797$792,367$1,408,905$376,334$232,860$690,396$1,299,590
Retained loans, average371,238231,644732,7931,335,675384,001214,033673,3101,271,344
Credit ratios
Allowance for loan losses to retained loans0.52%6.28%1.05%1.83%0.48%6.27%1.15%1.87%
Allowance for loan losses to retained nonaccrual loans(c)50NA18831156NA201339
Allowance for loan losses to retained nonaccrual loans excluding credit card50NA18812356NA201136
Net charge-off rates0.163.310.220.740.183.340.120.68

(a)Includes collateral-dependent loans, including those for which foreclosure is deemed probable, and nonaccrual risk-rated loans.

(b)At December 31, 2025 and 2024, in addition to the allowance for credit losses in the table above, the Firm also had an allowance for credit losses of $288 million and $268 million, respectively, associated with certain accounts receivable in CIB.

(c)The Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.

(d)Represents the impact of the Apple Card transaction.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
130JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Allocation of allowance for loan losses

The table below presents a breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by loan class. Refer to Note 12 for further information on loan classes.

20252024
December 31, (in millions, except ratios)Allowance for loan losses% of retained loans to total retained loansAllowance for loan losses% of retained loans to total retained loans
Residential real estate$86921%$66624%
Auto and other1,05151,1415
Consumer, excluding credit card1,920261,80729
Credit card15,5571814,60018
Total consumer17,4774416,40747
Secured by real estate2,226122,97812
Commercial and industrial4,240123,35013
Other1,822321,61028
Total wholesale8,288567,93853
Total$25,765100%$24,345100%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K131

Management’s discussion and analysis

INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO RISK MANAGEMENT

Investment portfolio risk is the risk associated with the loss of principal or a reduction in expected returns on investments arising from the investment securities portfolio or from principal investments. The investment securities portfolio is predominantly held by Treasury and CIO in connection with the Firm's balance sheet and asset-liability management objectives. Principal investments are predominantly privately-held financial instruments and are managed in the LOBs and Corporate. Investments are typically intended to be held over extended periods and, accordingly, the Firm has no expectation for short-term realized gains with respect to these investments.

Investment securities risk

Investment securities risk includes the exposure associated with a default in the payment of principal and interest. This risk is mitigated given that the investment securities portfolio held by Treasury and CIO predominantly consists of high-quality securities. At December 31, 2025, the size of the Treasury and CIO investment securities portfolio, net of the allowance for credit losses, was $774.0 billion, and the average credit rating of the securities comprising the portfolio was AA+ (based upon external ratings where available, and where not available, based primarily upon internal risk ratings). Refer to Corporate results on pages 80–82 and Note 10 for further information on the investment securities portfolio and internal risk ratings. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 100–107 for further information on related liquidity risk. Refer to Market Risk Management on pages 133-142 for further information on the market risk inherent in the portfolio.

Governance and oversight

Investment securities risks are governed by the Firm’s Risk Appetite framework, and reviewed at the CTC Risk Committee with regular updates provided to the Board Risk Committee.

The Firm’s independent control functions are responsible for reviewing the appropriateness of the carrying value of investment securities in accordance with relevant policies. Approved levels for investment securities are established for each risk category, including capital and credit risks.

Principal investment risk

Principal investments are typically privately-held financial instruments representing ownership interests or other forms of junior capital. In general, principal investments include tax-oriented investments and investments made to enhance or accelerate the Firm’s business strategies and exclude those that are consolidated on the Firm's balance sheets. These investments are made by dedicated investing businesses or as part of a broader business strategy. The Firm’s principal investments are managed by the LOBs and Corporate and are reflected within their respective financial results. The Firm’s investments will continue to evolve based on market circumstances and in line with its strategic initiatives.

The table below presents the aggregate carrying values of the principal investment portfolios as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

(in billions)December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Tax-oriented investments, primarily in alternative energy and affordable housing$35.7$33.3
Private equity, various debt and equity instruments, and real assets11.39.1
Total carrying value$47.0$42.4

Governance and oversight

The Firm’s approach to managing principal investment risk is consistent with the Firm’s risk governance structure. The Firm has established a Firmwide risk policy framework for all principal investing activities that includes approval by executives who are independent from the investing businesses, as appropriate.

The Firm’s independent control functions are responsible for reviewing the appropriateness of the carrying value of investments in accordance with relevant policies. As part of the risk governance structure, approved levels for investments are established and monitored for each relevant business or segment in order to manage the overall size of the portfolios. The Firm also conducts stress testing on these portfolios using specific scenarios that estimate losses based on significant market moves and/or other risk events.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
132JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

Market risk is the risk associated with the effect of changes in market factors such as interest and foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices, credit spreads or implied volatilities, on the value of assets and liabilities held for both the short and long term.

Market Risk Management

Market Risk Management monitors market risks throughout the Firm and defines market risk policies and procedures.

Market Risk Management seeks to measure risk, facilitate efficient risk/return decisions, reduce volatility in operating performance and provide transparency into the Firm’s market risk profile for senior management, the Board of Directors and regulators. Market Risk Management is responsible for the following functions:

•Maintaining a market risk policy framework

•Independently measuring and monitoring LOB, Corporate, and Firmwide market risk

•Defining, approving and monitoring limits

•Performing stress testing and qualitative risk assessments

Risk measurement

Measures used to capture market risk

There is no single measure to capture market risk and therefore Market Risk Management uses various metrics, both statistical and nonstatistical, to assess risk including:

•Value-at-risk

•Stress testing

•Profit and loss drawdowns

•Earnings-at-risk

•Economic value sensitivity

•Other sensitivity-based measures

Risk monitoring and control

Market risk exposure is managed primarily through a series of limits set in the context of the market environment and business strategy. In setting limits, Market Risk Management takes into consideration factors such as market volatility, product liquidity, accommodation of client business, and management judgment. Market Risk Management maintains different levels of limits. Firm level limits include VaR and stress limits. Similarly, LOB and Corporate limits include VaR and stress limits and may be supplemented by certain nonstatistical risk measures such as profit and loss drawdowns. Limits may also be set within the LOBs and Corporate, as well as at the legal entity level.

Market Risk Management sets limits and regularly reviews and updates them as appropriate. Senior management is responsible for reviewing and approving certain of these risk limits on an ongoing basis. Limits that have not been reviewed within specified time periods by Market Risk Management are reported to senior management. The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for adhering to established limits against which exposures are monitored and reported.

Limit breaches are required to be reported in a timely manner to limit approvers, which include Market Risk Management and senior management. In the event of a breach, Market Risk Management consults with senior members of appropriate groups within the Firm to determine the suitable course of action required to return the applicable positions to compliance, which may include a reduction in risk in order to remedy the breach or granting a temporary increase in limits to accommodate an expected increase in client activity and/or market volatility. Firm, Corporate or LOB-level limit breaches are escalated as appropriate.

Models used to measure market risk are inherently imprecise and are limited in their ability to measure certain risks or to predict losses. This imprecision may be heightened when sudden or severe shifts in market conditions occur. For additional discussion on model uncertainty refer to Estimations and Model Risk Management on page 153.

Market Risk Management periodically reviews the Firm’s existing market risk measures to identify opportunities for enhancement, and to the extent appropriate, will calibrate those measures accordingly over time.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K133

Management’s discussion and analysis

The following table summarizes the predominant business activities and related market risks, as well as positions which give rise to market risk and certain measures used to capture those risks, for each LOB and Corporate.

In addition to the predominant business activities, each LOB and Corporate may engage in principal investing activities. To the extent principal investments are deemed market risk sensitive, they are reflected in relevant risk measures and captured in the table below. Refer to Investment Portfolio Risk Management on page 132 for additional discussion on principal investments.

LOBs and CorporatePredominant business activitiesRelated market risksPositions included in Risk Management VaRPositions included in earnings-at-riskPositions included in other sensitivity-based measures
CCB•Originates and services mortgage loans •Originates loans and takes deposits•Risk from changes in the probability of newly originated mortgage commitments closing•Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Mortgage commitments, classified as derivatives•Warehouse loans that are fair value option elected, classified as loans – debt instruments•MSRs•Hedges of mortgage commitments, warehouse loans and MSRs, classified as derivatives•Interest-only and mortgage-backed securities, classified as trading assets-debt instruments, and related hedges, classified as derivatives•Fair value option elected liabilities(a)•Retained and held-for-sale loan portfolios•Deposits•Fair value option elected liabilities DVA(a)
CIB•Makes markets and services clients across fixed income, foreign exchange, equities and commodities•Originates loans and takes deposits•Risk of loss from adverse movements in market prices and implied volatilities across interest rate, foreign exchange, credit, commodity and equity instruments•Basis and correlation risk from changes in the way asset values move relative to one another •Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Trading assets/liabilities-debt and marketable equity instruments, and derivatives, including hedges of the retained loan portfolio•Certain securities purchased, loaned or sold under resale agreements and securities borrowed•Fair value option elected liabilities(a)•Certain fair value option elected loans•Derivative CVA and associated hedges•Marketable equity investments•Retained and held-for-sale loan portfolios•Deposits•Privately held equity and other investments measured at fair value; and certain real estate-related fair value option elected loans•Derivatives FVA and fair value option elected liabilities DVA(a)
AWM•Provides initial capital investments in products such as mutual funds and capital invested alongside third-party investors•Originates loans and takes deposits•Risk from adverse movements in market factors (e.g., market prices, rates and credit spreads)•Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Debt securities held in advance of distribution to clients, classified as trading assets-debt instruments•Trading assets/liabilities-derivatives that hedge the retained loan portfolio•Retained and held-for-sale loan portfolios•Deposits•Initial seed capital investments and related hedges, classified as derivatives•Certain deferred compensation and related hedges, classified as derivatives•Capital invested alongside third-party investors, typically in privately distributed collective vehicles managed by AWM (i.e., co-investments), as well as in third-party funds
Corporate•Manages the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks•Structural interest rate risk from the Firm’s traditional banking activities•Structural non-USD foreign exchange risks•Derivative positions measured through noninterest revenue in earnings•Marketable equity investments•Deposits with banks and financing activities•Investment securities portfolio and related interest rate hedges•Cash flow hedges on retained loan portfolios in the LOBs•Long-term and short-term funding and related interest rate hedges•Deposits•Foreign exchange hedges of non-U.S. dollar capital investments•Privately held equity and other investments measured at fair value•Foreign exchange exposure related to Firm-issued non-USD long-term debt (“LTD”) and related hedges

(a)Reflects structured notes in Risk Management VaR and the DVA on structured notes in other sensitivity-based measures.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
134JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Value-at-risk

JPMorganChase utilizes value-at-risk (“VaR”), a statistical risk measure, to estimate the potential loss from adverse market moves in the current market environment. The Firm has a single VaR framework used as a basis for calculating Risk Management VaR and Regulatory VaR.

The framework is employed across the Firm using historical simulation based on data for the previous 12 months. The framework’s approach assumes that historical changes in market values are representative of the distribution of potential outcomes in the immediate future. The Firm believes the use of Risk Management VaR provides a daily measure of risk that is closely aligned to risk management decisions made by the LOBs and Corporate and, along with other market risk measures, provides the appropriate information needed to respond to risk events.

The Firm’s Risk Management VaR is calculated assuming a one-day holding period and an expected tail-loss methodology which approximates a 95% confidence level. Risk Management VaR provides a consistent framework to measure risk profiles and levels of diversification across product types and is used for aggregating risks and monitoring limits across businesses. VaR results are reported as appropriate to various groups including senior management, the Board Risk Committee and regulators.

Underlying the overall VaR model framework are individual VaR models that simulate historical market returns for individual risk factors and/or product types. To capture material market risks as part of the Firm’s risk management framework, comprehensive VaR model calculations are performed daily for businesses whose activities give rise to market risk. These VaR models are granular and incorporate numerous risk factors and inputs to simulate daily changes in market values over the historical period; inputs are selected based on the risk profile of each portfolio, as sensitivities and historical time series used to generate daily market values may be different across product types or risk management systems. The VaR model results across all portfolios are aggregated at the Firm level.

As VaR is based on historical data, it is an imperfect measure of market risk exposure and potential future losses. In addition, based on their reliance on available historical data, limited time horizons, and other factors, VaR measures are inherently limited in their ability to measure certain risks and to predict losses, particularly those associated with market illiquidity and sudden or severe shifts in market conditions.

For certain products, specific risk parameters are not captured in VaR due to the lack of liquidity and availability of appropriate historical data. The Firm uses proxies to estimate the VaR for these and other products when daily time series are not available. It is likely that using an actual price-based time series for these products, if available, would affect the VaR results presented. The Firm therefore considers other nonstatistical measures such as stress testing, in addition to VaR, to capture and manage its market risk positions.

As VaR model calculations require daily data and a consistent source for valuation, the daily market data used may be different than the independent third-party data collected for VCG price testing in its monthly valuation process. For example, in cases where market prices are not observable, or where proxies are used in VaR historical time series, the data sources may differ. Refer to Valuation process in Note 2 for further information on the Firm’s valuation process.

The Firm’s VaR model calculations are periodically evaluated and enhanced in response to changes in the composition of the Firm’s portfolios, changes in market conditions, improvements in the Firm’s modeling techniques and measurements, and other factors. Such changes may affect historical comparisons of VaR results. Refer to Estimations and Model Risk Management on page 153 for information regarding model reviews and approvals.

The Firm calculates separately a daily aggregated VaR in accordance with regulatory rules (“Regulatory VaR”), which is used to derive the Firm’s regulatory VaR-based capital requirements under Basel III capital rules. This Regulatory VaR model framework currently assumes a ten business-day holding period and an expected tail-loss methodology which approximates a 99% confidence level. Regulatory VaR is applied to “covered” positions as defined by Basel III capital rules, which may be different than the positions included in the Firm’s Risk Management VaR. For example, credit derivative hedges of accrual loans are included in the Firm’s Risk Management VaR, while Regulatory VaR excludes these credit derivative hedges. In addition, in contrast to the Firm’s Risk Management VaR, Regulatory VaR currently excludes the diversification benefit for certain VaR models.

Refer to JPMorganChase’s Basel III Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for additional information on Regulatory VaR and the other components of market risk regulatory capital for the Firm (e.g., VaR-based measure, stressed VaR-based measure and the respective backtesting).

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K135

Management’s discussion and analysis

The table below shows the results of the Firm’s Risk Management VaR measure using a 95% confidence level. VaR can vary significantly as positions change, market volatility fluctuates, and diversification benefits change.

Total VaR
As of or for the year ended December 31,20252024
(in millions)Avg.MinMaxAvg.MinMax
CIB trading VaR by risk type
Fixed income$35$27$51$34$26$53
Foreign exchange961515723
Equities177138(e)8415
Commodities and other2410488613
Diversification benefit to CIB trading VaR (a)(51)NMNM(32)NMNM
CIB trading VaR3421142332742
Credit Portfolio VaR(b)211627221828
Diversification benefit to CIB VaR(a)(18)NMNM(16)NMNM
CIB VaR3723133392752
CCB VaR427316
AWM VaR(c)98129510
Corporate VaR(d)10912237102
Diversification benefit to other VaR(a)(11)NMNM(10)NMNM
Other VaR1210142510101
Diversification benefit to CIB and other VaR(a)(9)NMNM(17)NMNM
Total VaR$40$25$136$47$30$91

(a)Diversification benefit represents the difference between the portfolio VaR and the sum of its individual components. This reflects the non-additive nature of VaR due to imperfect correlation across LOBs, Corporate, and risk types. For maximum and minimum VaR, diversification benefit is not meaningful as the maximum and minimum VaR for each portfolio may have occurred on different trading days than the components.

(b)Includes the derivative CVA, hedges of the CVA and credit protection purchased against certain retained loans and lending-related commitments, which are reported in principal transactions revenue. This VaR does not include the retained loan portfolio, which is not reported at fair value.

(c)Includes credit protection purchased against certain retained loans and lending-related commitments. This VaR does not include the retained loan portfolio, which is not reported at fair value.

(d)Includes Visa Class C common shares which the Firm disposed of in the second and third quarters of 2024 that resulted in elevated average and maximum Corporate VaR, Other VaR and Total VaR.

(e)The elevated maximum VaR was due to a client-driven equity position that has since matured.

Effective April 1, 2025, the Firm refined the historical proxy time series inputs to one of its VaR models to more appropriately reflect the risk exposure from certain securitization warehousing loan positions. If this refined time series was effective at the beginning of each year presented, the average Total VaR and each of the components would have been lower by the amounts reported in the following table:

(In millions)Amounts by which reported average VaR would have been lower for the years ended:
December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
CIB trading VaR by risk type: Fixed income$(1)$(3)
CIB trading VaR(2)(3)
CIB VaR(1)(3)
Total VaR(1)(2)

2025 compared with 2024

Average Total VaR decreased by $7 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 when compared with the prior year driven by decreased exposure to Visa Class C common shares in Corporate VaR and market volatility rolling out of the one-year historical look-back period in the foreign exchange and fixed income risk types. This decrease was predominantly offset by increased risk exposure in the commodities and equities risk types.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
136JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

The following graph presents daily Risk Management VaR for the four trailing quarters. The movements in the first quarter of 2025 were due to a client-driven equity position that has since matured.

Daily Risk Management VaR

Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4Column 5
First Quarter 2025Second Quarter 2025Third Quarter 2025Fourth Quarter 2025
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K137

Management’s discussion and analysis

VaR backtesting

The Firm performs daily VaR model backtesting, which compares the daily Risk Management VaR results with the daily gains and losses that are utilized for VaR backtesting purposes. The gains and losses depicted in the chart below do not reflect the Firm’s reported revenue as they exclude certain components of total net revenue, such as those associated with the execution of new transactions (i.e., intraday client-driven trading and intraday risk management activities), fees, commissions, other valuation adjustments and net interest income. These excluded components of total net revenue may more than offset the backtesting gain or loss on a particular day. The definition of backtesting gains and losses above is consistent with the requirements for backtesting under Basel III capital rules.

A backtesting exception occurs when the daily backtesting loss exceeds the daily Risk Management VaR for the prior day. Under the Firm’s Risk Management VaR methodology, assuming current changes in market values are consistent with the historical changes used in the simulation, the Firm would expect to incur VaR backtesting exceptions five times every 100 trading days on average. The number of VaR backtesting exceptions observed can differ from the statistically expected number of backtesting exceptions if the current level of market volatility is materially different from the level of market volatility during the 12 months of historical data used in the VaR calculation.

For the 12 months ended December 31, 2025, the Firm posted backtesting gains on 174 of the 259 days, and observed 12 VaR backtesting exceptions, of which four were in the three months ended December 31, 2025. Firmwide backtesting loss days can differ from the loss days for which Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets posted losses, as disclosed in CIB Markets revenue, as the population of positions which comprise each metric are different and due to the exclusion of certain components of total net revenue in backtesting gains and losses as described above.

The following chart presents the distribution of Firmwide daily backtesting gains and losses for the trailing 12 months and three months ended December 31, 2025. The daily backtesting losses are displayed as a percentage of the corresponding daily Risk Management VaR. The count of days with backtesting losses are shown in aggregate, in fifty percentage point intervals. Backtesting exceptions are displayed within the intervals that are greater than one hundred percent. The results in the chart below differ from the results of backtesting disclosed in the Market Risk section of the Firm’s Basel III Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are based on Regulatory VaR applied to the Firm’s covered positions.

Distribution of Daily Backtesting Gains and Losses

Column 1Column 2Column 3
138JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

Other risk measures

Stress testing

Along with VaR, stress testing is an important tool used to assess risk. While VaR reflects the risk of loss due to adverse changes in markets using recent historical market behavior, stress testing reflects the risk of loss from hypothetical changes in the value of market risk sensitive positions applied simultaneously. Stress testing measures the Firm’s vulnerability to losses under a range of stressed but possible economic and market scenarios. The results are used to understand the exposures responsible for those potential losses and are measured against limits.

The Firm’s stress framework covers market risk sensitive positions in the LOBs and Corporate. The framework is used to calculate multiple magnitudes of potential stress for both market rallies and market sell-offs, assuming significant changes in market factors such as credit spreads, equity prices, interest rates, currency rates and commodity prices, and combines them in multiple ways to capture an array of hypothetical economic and market scenarios.

The Firm generates a number of scenarios that focus on tail events in specific asset classes and geographies, including how the event may impact multiple market factors simultaneously. Scenarios also incorporate specific idiosyncratic risks and stress basis risk between different products. The flexibility in the stress framework allows the Firm to construct new scenarios that can test the outcomes against possible future stress events. Stress testing results are reported periodically to senior management of the Firm, as appropriate.

Stress methodologies are governed by the overall stress framework, under the oversight of Market Risk Management. The Firmwide Market Risk Stress Methodology Committee reviews and approves changes to stress testing methodology and scenarios across the Firm. Significant changes to the framework are escalated to senior management, as appropriate. In addition, stress methodology and the models to calculate the stress results are subject to the Firm’s Estimations and Model Risk Management Policy

The Firm’s stress testing framework is utilized in calculating the Firm’s CCAR and other stress test results, which are reported periodically to the Board of Directors. In addition, stress testing results are incorporated into the Firm’s Risk Appetite framework, and are reported periodically to the Board Risk Committee.

Profit and loss drawdowns

Profit and loss drawdowns are used to highlight trading losses above certain levels of risk tolerance. A profit and loss drawdown is a decline in revenue from its year-to-date peak level.

Structural interest rate risk management

The effect of interest rate exposure on the Firm’s reported net income is important as interest rate risk represents one of the Firm’s significant market risks. Interest rate risk arises not only from trading activities which are included in VaR, but also from the Firm’s traditional banking activities, which include extension of loans and credit facilities, taking deposits, issuing debt, as well as the investment securities portfolio, and associated derivative instruments. Refer to the table on page 134 for a summary by LOB and Corporate identifying positions included in earnings-at-risk.

Governance

The CTC Risk Committee establishes the Firm’s interest rate risk management policy and related limits, which are subject to approval by the Board Risk Committee. Treasury and CIO, working in partnership with the LOBs, calculates the Firm’s structural interest rate risk profile and reviews it with senior management, including the CTC Risk Committee. In addition, oversight of structural interest rate risk is managed through a dedicated risk function reporting to the CTC CRO. This risk function is responsible for providing independent oversight and governance around assumptions and establishing and monitoring limits for structural interest rate risk, including limits related to earnings-at-risk and economic value sensitivity. The Firm manages structural interest rate risk generally through its investment securities portfolio and interest rate derivatives.

Key risk drivers and risk management process

Structural interest rate risk can arise due to a variety of factors, including:

•Differences in timing among the maturity or repricing of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments

•Differences in the amounts of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments that are maturing or repricing at the same time

•Differences in the amounts by which short-term and long-term market interest rates change (for example, changes in the slope of the yield curve)

•The impact of changes in the maturity of various assets, liabilities or off-balance sheet instruments as interest rates change

The Firm manages interest rate exposure related to its assets and liabilities on a consolidated, Firmwide basis. Business units transfer their interest rate risk to Treasury and CIO through funds transfer pricing, which takes into account the elements of interest rate exposure that can be risk-managed in financial markets. These elements include asset and liability balances and contractual rates of interest, contractual principal payment schedules, expected prepayment

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K139

Management’s discussion and analysis

experience, interest rate reset dates and maturities, rate indices used for repricing, and any interest rate ceilings or floors for adjustable rate products.

Earnings-at-risk

One way that the Firm evaluates its structural interest rate risk is through earnings-at-risk. Earnings-at-risk estimates the Firm’s interest rate exposure for a given interest rate scenario. It is presented as a sensitivity to a baseline, which includes net interest income and certain interest rate sensitive fees. The baseline uses market interest rates and, in the case of deposits, pricing assumptions. The Firm conducts simulations of changes to this baseline for interest rate-sensitive assets and liabilities denominated in U.S. dollars and other currencies (“non-U.S. dollar” currencies). These simulations primarily include retained and held-for-sale loans, deposits, deposits with banks and financing activities, investment securities, long-term debt, related interest rate hedges, and funds transfer pricing of other positions in risk management VaR and other sensitivity-based measures as described on page 134. These simulations also include hedges of non-U.S. dollar foreign exchange exposures arising from capital investments. Refer to non-U.S. dollar foreign exchange risk on page 142 for more information.

Earnings-at-risk scenarios estimate the potential change to a baseline over the following 12 months utilizing multiple assumptions. These scenarios include a parallel shift involving changes to both short-term and long-term rates by an equal amount; a steeper yield curve involving holding short-term rates constant and increasing long-term rates; and a flatter yield curve involving increasing short-term rates and holding long-term rates constant or holding short-term rates constant and decreasing long-term rates. These scenarios consider many different factors, including:

•The impact on exposures as a result of instantaneous changes in interest rates from baseline rates.

•Forecasted balance sheet, as well as modeled prepayment and reinvestment behavior, but excluding assumptions about actions that could be taken by the Firm or its clients and customers in response to instantaneous rate changes. Mortgage prepayment assumptions are based on the interest rates used in the scenarios compared with underlying contractual rates, the time since origination, and other factors which are updated periodically based on historical experience. Deposit forecasts are a key assumption in the Firm’s earnings-at-risk. The baseline reflects certain assumptions relating to the Federal Reserve’s balance sheet policy (e.g., quantitative tightening and usage at the Reverse Repurchase Facility) that require management judgment. The amount of

deposits that the Firm holds at any given time may be influenced by Federal Reserve actions, as well as broader monetary conditions and competition for deposits.

•The pricing sensitivity of deposits, known as deposit betas, represent the amount by which deposit rates paid could change upon a given change in market interest rates. Actual deposit rates paid may differ from the modeled assumptions, primarily due to customer behavior and competition for deposits.

The Firm performs sensitivity analyses of the assumptions used in earnings-at-risk scenarios, including with respect to deposit betas and forecasts of deposit balances, both of which are especially significant in the case of consumer deposits. The results of these sensitivity analyses are reported to the CTC Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee.

The Firm’s earnings-at-risk scenarios are periodically evaluated and enhanced in response to changes in the composition of the Firm’s balance sheet, changes in market conditions, improvements in the Firm’s simulation and other factors.

The Firm’s earnings-at-risk sensitivities are measures of the Firm’s interest rate exposure. The Firm’s actual net interest income for the rate changes presented may differ as the earnings-at-risk scenarios are modelled as instantaneous changes and exclude any actions that could be taken by the Firm or its clients or customers in response to rate changes. Other significant assumptions in the earnings-at-risk scenarios, including mortgage prepayments and deposit rates paid, may also differ from actual results. The Firm’s forecast for net interest income is included in the Firm’s outlook on page 50.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
140JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

The Firm’s sensitivities are presented in the table below.

December 31, (in billions)2025(a)2024(a)
Parallel shift:
+100 bps shift in rates$2.1$2.3
-100 bps shift in rates(2.4)(2.5)
+200 bps shift in rates3.74.6
-200 bps shift in rates(6.0)(4.9)
Steeper yield curve:
+100 bps shift in long-term rates1.41.0
-100 bps shift in short-term rates(1.0)(1.4)
Flatter yield curve:
+100 bps shift in short-term rates0.71.2
-100 bps shift in long-term rates(1.4)(1.1)

(a)Reflects the simultaneous shift of U.S. dollar and non-U.S. dollar rates, including hedges of non-U.S. dollar capital investments. Non-U.S. dollar sensitivities were insignificant.

The change in the Firm’s sensitivities as of December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024, was primarily driven by the net impact of Treasury and CIO actual and forecasted actions, including an increase in cash flow hedges of floating rate loans and in investment securities, both of which add duration. The net impact of these actions was largely offset, and more than offset for the -200 bps parallel shift in rates, by the effects from changes in Firmwide deposits.

Economic value sensitivity

In addition to earnings-at-risk, which is measured as a sensitivity to a baseline of earnings over the next 12 months, the Firm also measures economic value sensitivity (“EVS”). EVS stress tests the longer-term economic value of equity by measuring the sensitivity of the Firm’s current balance sheet, primarily retained loans, deposits, debt and investment securities as well as related hedges, under various interest rate scenarios. The Firm's pricing and cash flow assumptions associated with deposits, as well as prepayment assumptions for loans and securities, are significant factors in the EVS measure. In accordance with the CTC interest rate risk management policy, the Firm has established limits on EVS as a percentage of TCE.

Certain assumptions used in the EVS measure may differ from those required in the fair value measurement note to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For example, certain assets and liabilities with no stated maturity, such as credit card receivables and deposits, have longer assumed durations in the EVS measure. Additional information on long-term debt and held to maturity investment securities is disclosed on page 194 in Note 2.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K141

Management’s discussion and analysis

Non-U.S. dollar foreign exchange risk

Non-U.S. dollar FX risk is the risk that changes in foreign exchange rates affect the value of the Firm’s assets or liabilities or future results. The Firm has structural non-U.S. dollar FX exposures arising from capital investments, forecasted expense and revenue, the investment securities portfolio and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt issuance. Treasury and CIO, working in partnership with the LOBs, primarily manage these risks on behalf of the Firm. Treasury and CIO may hedge certain of these risks using derivatives. Refer to Business Segment & Corporate Results on page 63 for additional information.

Other sensitivity-based measures

The Firm quantifies the market risk of certain debt and equity and funding-related exposures by assessing the potential impact on net revenue, other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and noninterest expense due to changes in relevant market variables. Refer to the predominant business activities that give rise to market risk on page 134 for additional information on the positions captured in other sensitivity-based measures.

The table below represents the potential impact to net revenue, OCI or noninterest expense for market risk sensitive instruments that are not included in VaR or earnings-at-risk. Where appropriate, instruments used for hedging purposes are reported net of the positions being hedged. The sensitivities disclosed in the table below may not be representative of the actual gain or loss that would have been realized at December 31, 2025 and 2024, as the movement in market parameters across maturities may vary and are not intended to imply management’s expectation of future changes in these sensitivities.

Gain/(loss) (in millions)
ActivityDescriptionSensitivity measureDecember 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Debt and equity(a)
Asset Management activitiesConsists of seed capital and related hedges; fund co-investments(b); and certain deferred compensation and related hedges(c)10% decline in market value$(60)$(53)
Other debt and equityConsists of certain real estate-related fair value option elected loans, privately held equity and other investments held at fair value(b)10% decline in market value(1,549)(1,030)
Funding-related exposures
Non-USD LTD cross-currency basisRepresents the basis risk on derivatives used to hedge the foreign exchange risk on the non-USD LTD(d)1 basis point parallel tightening of cross currency basis(11)(10)
Non-USD LTD hedges foreign currency (“FX”) exposurePrimarily represents the foreign exchange revaluation on the fair value of the derivative hedges(d)10% depreciation of currency1928
Derivatives – funding spread riskImpact of changes in the spread related to derivatives FVA(b)1 basis point parallel increase in spread(2)(2)
Fair value option elected liabilities - funding spread riskImpact of changes in the spread related to fair value option elected liabilities DVA(d)1 basis point parallel increase in spread5547

(a)Excludes equity securities without readily determinable fair values that are measured under the measurement alternative. Refer to Note 2 for additional information.

(b)Impact recognized through net revenue.

(c)Impact recognized through noninterest expense.

(d)Impact recognized through OCI.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
142JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

COUNTRY RISK MANAGEMENT

The Firm, through its LOBs and Corporate, may be exposed to country risk resulting from financial, economic, political or other significant developments which adversely affect the value of the Firm’s exposures related to a particular country or set of countries. The Country Risk Management group actively monitors the various portfolios which may be impacted by these developments and measures the extent to which the Firm’s exposures are diversified given the Firm’s strategy and risk tolerance relative to a country.

Organization and management

Country Risk Management is an independent risk management function that assesses, measures and monitors exposure to country risk across the Firm.

The Firm’s country risk management function includes the following activities:

•Maintaining policies, procedures and standards consistent with a comprehensive country risk framework

•Assigning sovereign ratings, assessing country risks and establishing risk tolerance relative to a country

•Measuring and monitoring country risk exposure and stress across the Firm

•Managing and approving country limits and reporting trends and limit breaches to senior management

•Developing surveillance tools, such as signaling models and ratings indicators, for early identification of potential country risk concerns

•Providing country risk scenario analysis

Sources and measurement

The Firm is exposed to country risk through its lending and deposits, investing, and market-making activities, whether cross-border or locally funded. Country exposure includes activity with both government and private-sector entities in a country.

Under the Firm’s internal country risk management approach, attribution of exposure to an individual country is based on the country where the largest proportion of the assets of the counterparty, issuer, obligor or guarantor are located or where the largest proportion of its revenue is derived, which may be different than the domicile (i.e. legal residence) or country of incorporation.

Individual country exposures reflect an aggregation of the Firm’s risk to an immediate default, with zero recovery, of the counterparties, issuers, obligors or guarantors attributed to that country. Activities which result in contingent or indirect exposure to a country are not included in the country exposure measure (for example, providing clearing services or secondary exposure to collateral on securities financing receivables).

Assumptions are sometimes required in determining the measurement and allocation of country exposure, particularly in the case of certain non-linear or index products, or where the nature of the counterparty, issuer, obligor or guarantor is not suitable for attribution to an individual country. The use of different measurement approaches or assumptions could affect the amount of reported country exposure.

Under the Firm’s internal country risk measurement framework:

•Deposits with banks are measured as the cash balances placed with central banks, commercial banks, and other financial institutions

•Lending exposures are measured at the total committed amount (funded and unfunded), net of the allowance for credit losses and eligible cash and marketable securities collateral received

•Securities financing exposures are measured at their receivable balance, net of eligible collateral received

•Debt and equity securities are measured at the fair value of all positions, including both long and short positions

•Counterparty exposure on derivative receivables is measured at the derivative’s fair value, net of the fair value of the eligible collateral received

•Credit derivatives exposure is measured at the net notional amount of protection purchased or sold for the same underlying reference entity, inclusive of the fair value of the derivative receivable or payable, reflecting the manner in which the Firm manages these exposures

The Firm’s internal country risk reporting differs from the reporting provided under the FFIEC bank regulatory requirements.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K143

Management’s discussion and analysis

Stress testing

Stress testing is an important component of the Firm’s country risk management framework, which aims to estimate and limit losses arising from a country crisis by measuring the impact of adverse asset price movements to a country based on market shocks combined with counterparty specific assumptions. Country Risk Management periodically designs and runs tailored stress scenarios to test vulnerabilities to individual countries or sets of countries in response to specific or potential market events, sector performance concerns, sovereign actions and geopolitical risks. These tailored stress results are used to inform potential risk reduction across the Firm, as necessary.

Risk reporting

Country exposure and stress are measured and reported regularly, and used by Country Risk Management to identify trends and monitor high usages and breaches against limits.

For country risk management purposes, the Firm may report exposure to jurisdictions that are not fully autonomous, including dependent territories and Special Administrative Regions (“SAR”) such as Hong Kong SAR, separately from the independent sovereign states with which they are associated.

The following table presents the Firm’s top 20 exposures by country (excluding the U.S.) as of December 31, 2025, and their comparative exposures as of December 31, 2024. The top 20 country exposures represent the Firm’s largest total exposures by individual country. Country exposures may fluctuate from period to period due to a variety of factors, including client activity, market flows and liquidity management activities undertaken by the Firm.

The increase in exposure to the United Kingdom when compared to December 31, 2024 was predominantly driven by higher holdings of government debt securities due to increased investment and market-making securities activities, as well as an increase in wholesale lending exposures.

The Firm continues to monitor its exposure to Russia, which corresponds to cash placed with the central bank, but which excludes deposits placed on behalf of clients at the Deposit Insurance Agency of Russia. The Firm currently believes that its remaining exposure to Russia is not material. Refer to Note 30 on page 303 for information concerning Russian litigation.

Top 20 country exposures (excluding the U.S.)(a)
December 31, (in billions)20252024(f)
Deposits with banks(b)Lending(c)Trading and investing(d)Other(e)Total exposureTotal exposure
Germany$83.9$15.7$$0.7$100.3$103.9
United Kingdom26.127.036.93.293.276.1
Japan64.44.28.40.377.363.1
France0.714.68.31.324.918.0
Brazil10.05.05.920.914.7
Australia5.69.12.80.117.614.3
Canada2.011.92.10.216.215.1
Switzerland4.55.22.33.015.013.6
Mexico1.78.93.013.67.2
South Korea1.13.38.50.513.410.3
Mainland China2.76.63.913.213.4
India1.26.74.70.413.011.3
Saudi Arabia0.98.92.612.49.4
Italy0.18.52.70.311.610.4
Singapore2.02.54.40.49.37.4
Belgium4.51.60.56.65.4
Netherlands0.26.10.10.16.55.9
United Arab Emirates0.14.70.95.72.6
Chile3.01.60.55.11.7
Spain0.14.40.14.66.1

(a)Country exposures presented in the table reflect 87% and 88% of total Firmwide non-U.S. exposure, where exposure is attributed to an individual country based on the Firm’s internal country risk management approach, at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

(b)Predominantly represents cash placed with central banks.

(c)Includes loans and accrued interest receivable, lending-related commitments (net of eligible collateral and the allowance for credit losses). Excludes intra-day and operating exposures, such as those from settlement and clearing activities.

(d)Includes market-making positions and hedging, investment securities, and counterparty exposure on derivative and securities financings net of eligible collateral. Market-making positions and hedging includes exposure from single reference entity (“single-name”), index and other multiple reference entity transactions for which one or more of the underlying reference entities is in a country listed in the above table.

(e)Includes physical commodities inventory and clearing house guarantee funds.

(f)The country rankings presented in the table as of December 31, 2024, are based on the country rankings of the corresponding exposures at December 31, 2025, not actual rankings of such exposures at December 31, 2024.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
144JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

CLIMATE RISK MANAGEMENT

Climate risk refers to the potential threats posed by climate change to the Firm and its clients, customers, operations and business strategy. Climate change is viewed as a driver of risk that may impact existing types of risks managed by the Firm. Climate risk is categorized into physical risk and transition risk.

Physical risk involves economic costs and financial losses due to a changing climate. Acute physical risk drivers include the increased frequency or severity of climate and weather events, such as floods, wildfires and tropical cyclones. Chronic physical risk drivers include more gradual shifts in the climate, such as sea level rise, persistent changes in precipitation levels and increases in average ambient temperatures. Indirect physical risk drivers include the second-order effects of these acute and chronic risks, such as supply chain disruptions or changes to property valuations.

Transition risk involves the financial and economic consequences of society’s shift toward a lower-carbon economy. Transition risk drivers include possible changes in public policy, adoption of new technologies and shifts in consumer preferences. Transition risks may also be influenced by changes in the physical climate.

Organization and management

The Firm’s Climate, Nature and Social Risk Management function is responsible for establishing and maintaining the Firmwide framework and strategy for managing climate risk.

Other responsibilities of that function include:

•Establishing and maintaining policies, standards, procedures and processes to support identification, escalation, monitoring and management of climate risk across the Firm

•Developing metrics, scenarios and stress testing mechanisms designed to assess the range of potential climate-related financial and economic impacts to the Firm

•Establishing a Firmwide climate risk data strategy and the supporting climate risk technology infrastructure

The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for the identification, assessment and management of climate risks present in their business activities and for the adherence to applicable climate-related laws, rules and regulations.

Governance and oversight

The Firm’s framework and strategy for identifying, monitoring and managing climate risk is integrated into the Firm’s risk governance framework. This framework allows for the escalation of significant climate risk-related issues to LOB Risk Committees. The Board Risk Committee also receives information on significant climate risks and climate-related initiatives, as appropriate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K145

Management’s discussion and analysis

OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Operational risk is the risk of an adverse outcome resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems; human factors; or external events impacting the Firm’s processes or systems. Operational risk includes compliance, conduct, legal, and estimations and model risk. Operational risk is inherent in the Firm’s activities and can manifest itself in various ways, including fraudulent acts, business disruptions (including those caused by extraordinary events beyond the Firm's control), cyber attacks, inappropriate employee behavior, failure to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations or failure of vendors or other third party providers to perform in accordance with their agreements. Operational Risk Management attempts to manage operational risk at appropriate levels in light of the Firm’s financial position, the characteristics of its businesses, and the markets and regulatory environments in which it operates.

Operational Risk Management Framework

The Firm’s Compliance, Conduct, and Operational Risk (“CCOR”) Management Framework is designed to enable the Firm to govern, identify, measure, monitor and test, manage and report on the Firm’s operational risk.

Operational Risk Governance

The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for the management of operational risk. The Control Management Organization, which consists of control managers within each LOB and Corporate, is responsible for the day-to-day execution of the CCOR Management Framework.

The Firm’s Global Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite is responsible for defining the CCOR Management Framework and establishing the minimum standards for its execution. The LOB and Corporate aligned officers of the CCOR organization oversee activity performed by their aligned LOB and Corporate. These officers report to the Global CCO and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite and are independent of the respective businesses or functions that they oversee. The CCOR Management Framework is included in the Risk Governance and Oversight Policy that is reviewed and approved by the Board Risk Committee periodically.

Operational Risk Identification

The Firm utilizes a structured risk and control self-assessment process that is executed by the LOBs and Corporate. As part of this process, the LOBs and Corporate evaluate the effectiveness of their respective control environment to assess circumstances in which controls have failed, and to determine where remediation efforts may be required. The Firm’s Operational Risk and Compliance organization

(“Operational Risk and Compliance”) provides oversight of and challenge to these evaluations and may also perform independent assessments of significant operational risk events and areas of concentrated or emerging risk.

Operational Risk Measurement

The CCOR organization is responsible for providing independent, risk-based review and oversight of assessments conducted by the LOBs and Corporate with respect to compliance, conduct and operational risks. This includes oversight of the LOBs’ and Corporate’s assessments of the design, execution, and evaluation of associated controls, against standards established by the CCOR organization.

In addition, Operational Risk and Compliance assesses operational risks through quantitative means, including operational risk-based capital and estimation of operational risk losses under both baseline and stressed conditions.

The primary component of the operational risk-based capital estimate is the Loss Distribution Approach (“LDA”) statistical model, which simulates the projected frequency and severity of operational risk losses based on historical data. The LDA model is used to estimate an aggregate operational risk loss over a one-year time horizon, at a 99.9% confidence level. The LDA model incorporates actual internal operational risk losses in the quarter following the period in which those losses were realized, and the calculation generally continues to reflect such losses even after the issues or business activities giving rise to the losses have been remediated or reduced.

As required under the Basel III capital framework, the Firm’s operational risk capital methodology, which uses the Advanced Measurement Approach (“AMA”), incorporates internal and external losses as well as management’s view of tail risk captured through operational risk scenario analysis, and evaluation of key business environment and internal control metrics. The Firm does not reflect the impact of insurance in its AMA estimate of operational risk capital.

The Firm considers the impact of stressed economic conditions on operational risk losses and develops a forward looking view of material operational risk events that may occur in a stressed environment. The Firm’s operational risk stress testing framework is utilized in calculating results for the Firm’s CCAR and other stress testing processes.

Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 89–99 for information related to operational risk RWA, and CCAR.

Operational Risk Monitoring and Testing

Independent testing and monitoring of controls are integral components of the CCOR Management Framework. These testing and monitoring activities are

Column 1Column 2Column 3
146JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

conducted under the CCOR organization’s Monitoring and Testing Program (“M&T Program”) and:

•are based upon the Firm’s compliance, conduct and operational risk assessments;

•are designed to identify control gaps or deficiencies, including potential non-compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations; and

•assess whether the procedures, processes and controls used by the Firm to mitigate compliance, conduct and operational risk are well-designed and functioning as intended.

The Testing Center of Excellence (“TCoE”), reporting to the Control Management Organization, is responsible for executing testing activities outlined under the M&T Program, and the CCOR organization Testing Program Governance and Oversight team provides independent governance and oversight of both the M&T Program and the TCoE testing activities through defined processes and responsibilities.

The results of risk assessments performed by Operational Risk and Compliance are used in connection with their independent monitoring and testing compliance of the LOBs and Corporate with laws, rules and regulations. Through monitoring and testing, Operational Risk and Compliance independently identify areas of heightened operational risk and tests the effectiveness of controls within the LOBs and Corporate.

Management of Operational Risk

The operational risk areas or issues identified through monitoring and testing are escalated to the LOBs and Corporate to be remediated through action plans, as needed, to mitigate operational risk. Operational Risk and Compliance may advise the LOBs and Corporate in the development and implementation of action plans.

Operational Risk Reporting

All employees of the Firm are expected to escalate risks appropriately. Risks identified by Operational Risk and Compliance are escalated to the appropriate LOB and Corporate Control Committees, as needed. Operational Risk and Compliance has established standards designed to ensure that consistent operational risk reporting and operational risk reports are produced on a Firmwide basis as well as by the LOBs and Corporate. Reporting includes the evaluation of key risk and performance indicators against established thresholds as well as the assessment of different types of operational risk against stated risk appetite. The standards establish escalation protocols to senior management and to the Board of Directors.

Insurance

One of the ways in which operational risk may be mitigated is through insurance maintained by the Firm. The Firm purchases insurance from commercial insurers and maintains a wholly-owned captive insurer, Park Assurance Company. Insurance may also be

required by third parties with whom the Firm does business.

Subcategories and examples of operational risks

Operational risk can manifest itself in various ways. Operational risk subcategories include Compliance risk, Conduct risk, Legal risk, and Estimations and Model risk. Refer to pages 150, 151, 152 and 153, respectively for more information on Compliance, Conduct, Legal, and Estimations and Model risk. Details on other select examples of operational risks such as firmwide resiliency, payment fraud and third-party outsourcing, as well as cybersecurity, are provided below.

Firmwide resiliency risk

Disruptions of the Firm’s business and operations can occur due to forces beyond the Firm’s control such as health emergencies, severe weather, natural disasters, the effects of climate change, utility or telecommunications failures, interruption of service from third-party service providers, cyberattacks, civil unrest or terrorism. The Firm’s resiliency framework is intended to enable the Firm to prepare for and adapt to changing conditions and withstand and recover from, and address adverse effects on its operations caused by, disruptions that may impact critical business functions and supporting assets, including its staff, technology, data and facilities, as well as those of third-party service providers. The framework includes governance, awareness training, planning and testing of recovery strategies, as well as strategic and tactical initiatives to identify, assess, and manage resiliency risks. The framework operates in accordance with the Firm’s overall approach to Operational Risk Management, including alignment with technology, cybersecurity, data, physical security, crisis management, real estate and outsourcing programs.

Payment fraud risk

Payment fraud risk is the risk of external and internal parties unlawfully obtaining personal monetary benefit through misdirected or otherwise improper payment. The Firm employs various controls for managing payment fraud risk as well as providing employee and client education and awareness trainings.

Third-party outsourcing risk

The Firm‘s Third-Party Oversight (“TPO”) and Inter-affiliates Oversight (“IAO”) frameworks assist the LOBs and Corporate in selecting, documenting, onboarding, monitoring and managing their supplier relationships including services provided by affiliates. The objectives of the TPO framework are to hold suppliers and other third parties to an appropriate standard of operational performance and to mitigate key risks, including data loss and business disruptions. The Corporate Third-Party Oversight group is responsible for Firmwide training, monitoring, reporting and standards with respect to third-party outsourcing risks.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K147

Management’s discussion and analysis

Cybersecurity risk

Cybersecurity risk is the risk of harm or loss resulting from misuse or abuse of technology or the unauthorized disclosure of data.

Overview

Cybersecurity risk is an important and continuously evolving focus for the Firm. Significant resources are devoted to protecting and enhancing the security of computer systems, software, networks, storage devices, and other technology. The Firm’s security efforts are designed to protect against, among other things, cybersecurity attacks that can result in unauthorized access to confidential information, the destruction of data, disruptions to or degradations of service, the sabotaging of systems or other damage.

The Firm has experienced, and expects that it will continue to experience, a higher volume and complexity of cyber attacks against the backdrop of heightened geopolitical tensions and emerging technologies that can be leveraged by attackers, including artificial intelligence. The Firm has implemented measures and controls reasonably designed to address this evolving environment, including enhanced threat monitoring. In addition, the Firm continues to review and enhance its capabilities to address associated risks, such as those relating to the management of administrative access to systems.

Third parties with which the Firm does business, that facilitate the Firm’s business activities (e.g., vendors, supply chain, exchanges, clearing houses, central depositories, and financial intermediaries) or that the Firm has acquired are also sources of cybersecurity risk to the Firm. Third party incidents such as system breakdowns or failures, misconduct by the employees of such parties, or cyber attacks, including ransomware and supply-chain compromises, could have a material adverse effect on the Firm, including in circumstances in which an affected third party is unable to deliver a product or service to the Firm or where the incident delivers compromised software to the Firm or results in lost or compromised information of the Firm or its clients or customers.

Clients and customers are also sources of cybersecurity risk to the Firm and its information assets, particularly when their activities and systems are beyond the Firm’s own security and control systems. The Firm engages in periodic discussions with its clients, customers and other external parties concerning cybersecurity risks including opportunities to improve cybersecurity.

Risks from cybersecurity threats, including any previous cybersecurity events, have not materially affected the Firm or its business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. Notwithstanding the comprehensive approach that the Firm takes to address cybersecurity risk, the Firm may not be

successful in preventing or mitigating a future cybersecurity incident that could have a material adverse effect on the Firm or its business strategy, results of operations or financial condition.

Organization and management

The Global Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO”) reports to the Global Chief Information Officer, and is a member of key cybersecurity governance forums. The CISO leads the Global Cybersecurity and Technology Controls organization, which is responsible for identifying technology and cybersecurity risks and for implementing and maintaining controls to manage cybersecurity threats. The CISO and the members of senior management within Global Technology and the Cybersecurity and Technology Controls organizations all have relevant expertise and experience in cybersecurity and information technology risk management, including relevant experience at the Firm, at other financial services companies or in other highly-regulated industries.

The CISO is responsible for the Firm’s Information Security Program, which is designed to prevent, detect and respond to cyber attacks in order to help safeguard the confidentiality, integrity and availability of the Firm's infrastructure, resources and information. The program includes managing the Firm’s global cybersecurity operations centers, providing training, conducting cybersecurity event simulation exercises, implementing the Firm’s policies and standards relating to technology risk and cybersecurity management, and enhancing, as needed, the Firm’s cybersecurity capabilities.

The Firm’s Information Security Program includes the following functions:

Cyber Operations, which is responsible for implementing and maintaining controls designed to detect and defend the Firm against cyber attacks, and includes a dedicated function for incident response and ongoing monitoring for cybersecurity threats and vulnerabilities, including those among the Firm’s third-party suppliers.

Technology Governance, Risk & Controls, which is responsible for operationalizing technology risk and control frameworks, analyzing regulatory developments that may impact the Firm, and developing control catalogs and assessments of controls, as well as overseeing governance and reporting of technology and cybersecurity risk.

Security Awareness, which provides awareness and training that reinforces information risk and security management practices and compliance with the Firm's policies, standards and practices. The training is mandatory for all employees globally on a periodic basis, and it is supplemented by Firmwide testing initiatives, including periodic phishing tests. The Firm

Column 1Column 2Column 3
148JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

also provides specialized security training to employees in specific roles, such as application developers. The Firm’s Global Privacy Program requires all employees to take periodic training on data privacy that focuses on confidentiality and security, as well as responding to unauthorized access to or use of information.

Technology Resiliency, which establishes control requirements for planning and testing the prioritized recovery of technology services in the event of degradation or outage, including incident response planning, data backup and retention, and recovery readiness in support of the Firmwide Business Resiliency Program and operational risk management practices.

The Firm has a cybersecurity incident response plan designed to enable the Firm to respond to attempted cybersecurity incidents, coordinate as appropriate with law enforcement and other government agencies, notify clients and customers, as applicable, and recover from such incidents. In addition, the Firm actively partners with appropriate government and law enforcement agencies and peer industry forums, participating in discussions and simulations to assist in understanding the full spectrum of cybersecurity risks and in enhancing defenses and improving resiliency in the Firm’s operating environment.

Governance and oversight

The governance structure for the Global Cybersecurity and Technology Controls organization is designed to appropriately identify, escalate and mitigate cybersecurity risks. Cybersecurity risk management and its governance and oversight are integrated into the Firm’s operational risk management framework, including through the escalation of key risk and control issues to management and the development of risk mitigation plans for heightened risk and control issues. IRM independently assesses and challenges the activities and risk management practices of the Global Cybersecurity and Technology Controls organization related to the identification, assessment, measurement and mitigation of cybersecurity risk. As needed, the Firm engages third-party assessors or auditing firms with industry-recognized expertise on cybersecurity matters to review specific aspects of the Firm’s cybersecurity risk management framework, processes and controls.

The governance and oversight for cybersecurity risk management includes governance forums that inform management of key areas of concern regarding the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity risks.

The Cybersecurity and Technology Controls Operating Committee (“CTOC”) is the principal management committee that oversees the Firm’s assessment and management of cybersecurity risk, including oversight of the implementation and maintenance of appropriate controls in support of the Firm’s Information Security Program. The membership of the CTOC includes senior representatives from the Global Cybersecurity and Technology Controls organization and relevant corporate functions, including IRM and Internal Audit.

The CTOC escalates key operational risk and control issues, as appropriate, to the Global Technology Operating Committee (“GTOC”) or its business control committee or to the appropriate LOB and Corporate Control Committees. The GTOC is responsible for the governance of the Firmwide Global Technology organization, including oversight of Firmwide technology strategies, the delivery of technology and technology operations, the effective use of information technology resources, and monitoring and resolving key operational risk and control matters arising in the Global Technology organization.

As part of its oversight of management’s implementation and maintenance of the Firm’s risk management framework, the Firm’s Board of Directors receives periodic updates from the CIO, the CISO and senior members of the CTOC concerning cybersecurity matters. These updates generally include information regarding cybersecurity and technology developments, the Firm’s Information Security Program and recommended changes to that program, cybersecurity policies and practices, and ongoing initiatives to improve information security, as well as any significant cybersecurity incidents and the Firm's efforts to address those incidents. The Audit Committee and the Risk Committee assist the Board in this oversight.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K149

Management’s discussion and analysis

COMPLIANCE RISK MANAGEMENT

Compliance risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the risk of failing to comply with laws, rules, regulations or codes of conduct and standards of self-regulatory organizations.

Overview

Each of the LOBs and Corporate hold primary ownership of and accountability for managing their compliance risk. The Firm’s Operational Risk and Compliance Organization (“Operational Risk and Compliance”), which is independent of the LOBs and Corporate, provides independent review, monitoring and oversight of business operations with a focus on compliance with the laws, rules, and regulations applicable to the delivery of the Firm’s products and services to clients and customers.

These compliance risks relate to a wide variety of laws, rules and regulations across the LOBs and Corporate, and jurisdictions, and include risks related to financial products and services, relationships and interactions with clients and customers, and employee activities. For example, compliance risks include those associated with anti-money laundering compliance, trading activities, market conduct, and complying with the laws, rules, and regulations related to the offering of products and services across jurisdictional borders. Compliance risk is also inherent in the Firm’s fiduciary activities, including the failure to exercise the applicable standard of care to act in the best interest of fiduciary clients and customers or to treat fiduciary clients and customers fairly.

Other functions provide oversight of significant regulatory obligations that are specific to their respective areas of responsibility.

Operational Risk and Compliance implements policies and standards designed to govern, identify, measure, monitor and test, manage, and report on compliance risk.

Governance and oversight

Operational Risk and Compliance is led by the Firm’s Global CCO and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite.

The Firm maintains oversight and coordination of its compliance risk through the CCOR Management Framework. The Firm’s Global CCO and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite also provides regular updates to the Board Risk Committee and the Audit Committee on significant compliance risk issues, as appropriate.

Code of Conduct

The Firm has a Code of Conduct (the “Code”) that sets forth the Firm’s expectation that employees will conduct themselves with integrity, at all times. The Code provides the principles that help govern employee conduct with clients, customers, suppliers, vendors, shareholders, regulators, other employees, as well as with the markets and communities in which the Firm operates. The Code requires employees to promptly report any potential or actual violation of the Code, Firm policies, or laws, rules or regulations applicable to the Firm’s business. It also requires employees to report any illegal or unethical conduct, or conduct that violates the underlying principles of the Code, by any of the Firm’s employees, consultants, clients, customers, suppliers, contract or temporary workers, or business partners or agents. Conduct training is assigned to newly-hired employees after joining the Firm, and to current employees periodically thereafter. Employees are required to affirm their compliance with the Code annually.

Employees can report any potential or actual violations of the Code through the Firm’s Conduct Hotline (the “Hotline”) by phone, mobile device or the internet. The Hotline is anonymous, where permitted by law, is available at all times globally, has translation services, and is administered by an outside service provider. The Code prohibits retaliation against anyone who raises an issue or concern in good faith or assists with an inquiry or investigation. Periodically, the Audit Committee receives reports on the Code of Conduct program.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
150JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

CONDUCT RISK MANAGEMENT

Conduct risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the risk that any action or misconduct by an employee could lead to unfair client or customer outcomes, impact the integrity of the markets in which the Firm operates, harm employees or the Firm, or compromise the Firm’s reputation.

Overview

Each LOB and Corporate is accountable for identifying and managing its conduct risk to provide appropriate engagement, ownership and sustainability of a culture consistent with the Firm’s Business Principles. The Business Principles serve as a guide for how employees are expected to conduct themselves. With the Business Principles serving as a guide, the Firm’s Code sets out the Firm’s expectations for each employee and provides information and resources to help employees conduct business ethically and in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations everywhere the Firm operates. Refer to Compliance Risk Management on page 150 for further discussion of the Code.

Governance and oversight

The Firm’s oversight and coordination of conduct risk is managed in the same manner as Compliance risk. Refer to Compliance Risk Management on page 150 for further information.

Conduct risk management encompasses various aspects of people management practices throughout the employee life cycle, including recruiting, onboarding, training and development, performance management, promotion and compensation processes. Each LOB, Treasury and CIO, and each designated corporate function completes an assessment of conduct risk periodically, reviews metrics and issues which may involve conduct risk, and provides conduct education as appropriate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K151

Management’s discussion and analysis

LEGAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Legal risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the risk of loss primarily caused by the actual or alleged failure to meet legal obligations that arise from the rule of law in jurisdictions in which the Firm operates, agreements with clients and customers, and products and services offered by the Firm.

Overview

The global Legal function (“Legal”) provides legal services and advice to the Firm. Legal is responsible for managing the Firm’s exposure to legal risk by:

•managing actual and potential litigation and enforcement matters, including internal reviews and investigations related to such matters

•advising on products and services, including contract negotiation and documentation

•advising on offering and marketing documents and new business initiatives

•managing dispute resolution

•interpreting existing laws, rules and regulations, and advising on changes to them

•advising on advocacy in connection with contemplated and proposed laws, rules and regulations, and

•providing legal advice to the LOBs, Corporate and the Board.

Legal selects, engages and manages outside counsel for the Firm on all matters in which outside counsel is engaged. In addition, Legal advises the Firm’s Conflicts Office which reviews the Firm’s wholesale transactions that may have the potential to create conflicts of interest for the Firm.

Governance and oversight

The Firm’s General Counsel reports to the CEO and is a member of the Operating Committee, the Firmwide Risk Committee and the Firmwide Control Committee. The Firm’s General Counsel and other members of Legal report on significant legal matters to the Firm’s Board of Directors and to the Audit Committee.

Legal serves on and advises various committees and advises the Firm’s LOBs and Corporate on potential reputation risk issues.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
152JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

ESTIMATIONS AND MODEL RISK MANAGEMENT

Estimations and Model risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused estimation outputs.

The Firm uses models and other analytical and judgment-based estimations, including those based upon machine learning or artificial intelligence techniques, across various businesses and functions. The estimation methods are of varying levels of sophistication and are used for many purposes, such as the valuation of positions and measurement of risk, assessing regulatory capital requirements, conducting stress testing, evaluating the allowance for credit losses and making business decisions. A dedicated independent function, Model Risk Governance and Review (“MRGR”), defines and governs the Firm’s policies relating to the management of model risk and risks associated with certain analytical and judgment-based estimations, such as those used in risk management, budget forecasting and capital planning and analysis.

Model risks are owned by the users of the models within the LOBs and Corporate based on the specific purposes of such models. Users and developers of models are responsible for developing, implementing and testing their models, as well as referring models to MRGR for review and approval. Once models have been approved, model users and developers are responsible for maintaining a robust operating environment, and must monitor and evaluate the performance of the models on an ongoing basis. Model users and developers may seek to enhance models in response to changes in the relevant portfolios and in product and market developments, as well as to capture improvements in available modeling techniques and systems capabilities.

Models are tiered based on an internal standard according to their complexity, the exposure associated with the model and the Firm’s reliance on the model. This tiering is subject to the approval of MRGR. In its review of a model, MRGR considers whether the model is suitable for the specific purposes for which it will be used. When reviewing a model, MRGR analyzes and challenges the model methodology and the reasonableness of model assumptions, and may perform or require additional testing, including back-testing of model outcomes. Model reviews are approved by the appropriate level of management within MRGR based on the relevant model tier.

Under the Firm’s Estimations and Model Risk Management Policy, MRGR reviews and approves new models, as well as material changes to existing models, prior to their use. In certain circumstances, exceptions may be granted to the Firm’s policy to allow a model to be used prior to review or approval. MRGR may also require the user to take appropriate actions to mitigate the model risk if it is to be used in the interim. These actions will depend on the model and may include, for example, limitation of trading activity.

While models are inherently imprecise, the degree of imprecision or uncertainty can be heightened by the market or economic environment. This is particularly true when the current and forecasted environments are significantly different from the historical environments upon which the models were developed. This increased uncertainty may necessitate a greater degree of judgment and analytics to inform any adjustments that the Firm may make to model outputs than would otherwise be the case. In addition, the Firm may experience increased uncertainty in its estimates if assets acquired differ from those used to develop the models.

Refer to Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 154–157 and Note 2 for a summary of model-based valuations and other valuation techniques.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K153

Management’s discussion and analysis

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES USED BY THE FIRM

JPMorganChase’s accounting policies and use of estimates are integral to understanding its reported results. The Firm’s most complex accounting estimates require management’s judgment to ascertain the appropriate carrying value of assets and liabilities. The Firm has established policies and control procedures intended to ensure that estimation methods, including any judgments made as part of such methods, are well-controlled, independently reviewed and applied consistently from period to period. The methods used and judgments made reflect, among other factors, the nature of the assets or liabilities and the related business and risk management strategies, which may vary across the Firm’s businesses and portfolios. In addition, the policies and procedures are intended to ensure that the process for changing methodologies occurs in an appropriate manner. The Firm believes its estimates for determining the carrying value of its assets and liabilities are appropriate. The following is a brief description of the Firm’s critical accounting estimates involving significant judgments.

Allowance for credit losses

The Firm’s allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of expected credit losses over the remaining expected life of the Firm’s financial assets measured at amortized cost and certain off-balance sheet lending-related commitments. The allowance for credit losses generally comprises:

•The allowance for loan losses, which covers the Firm’s retained loan portfolios (scored and risk-rated),

•The allowance for lending-related commitments, and

•The allowance for credit losses on investment securities.

The allowance for credit losses involves significant judgment on a number of matters including development and weighting of macroeconomic forecasts, incorporation of historical loss experience, assessment of risk characteristics, assignment of risk ratings, valuation of collateral, and the determination of remaining expected life. Refer to Notes 10 and 13 for further information on these judgments as well as the Firm’s policies and methodologies used to determine the Firm’s allowance for credit losses.

One of the most significant judgments involved in estimating the Firm’s allowance for credit losses relates to the macroeconomic forecasts used to estimate credit losses over the eight-quarter forecast period within the Firm’s methodology. The eight-quarter forecast incorporates hundreds of macroeconomic variables (“MEVs”) that are relevant for exposures across the Firm, with modeled credit

losses being driven primarily by a subset of less than twenty variables. The specific variables that have the greatest effect on the modeled losses vary by portfolio and geography.

•Key MEVs for the consumer portfolio include regional U.S. unemployment rates and U.S. HPI.

•Key MEVs for the wholesale portfolio include U.S. unemployment, U.S. real GDP growth rate, U.S. equity prices, U.S. interest rates, U.S. corporate credit spreads, oil prices, U.S. commercial real estate prices and U.S. HPI.

Changes in the Firm’s assumptions and forecasts of economic conditions could significantly affect its estimate of expected credit losses in the portfolio at the balance sheet date or lead to significant changes in the estimate from one reporting period to the next.

It is difficult to estimate how potential changes in any one factor or input might affect the overall allowance for credit losses because management considers a wide variety of factors and inputs in estimating the allowance for credit losses. Changes in the factors and inputs considered may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across all geographies or product types, and changes in factors and inputs may be directionally inconsistent, such that improvement in one factor or input may offset deterioration in others.

To consider the impact of a hypothetical alternate macroeconomic forecast, the Firm compared the modeled credit losses determined using its central and relative adverse macroeconomic scenarios, which are two of the five scenarios considered in estimating the allowances for loan losses and lending-related commitments. The central and relative adverse scenarios each included a full suite of MEVs, but differed in the levels, paths and peaks/troughs of those variables over the eight-quarter forecast period.

For example, compared to the Firm’s central scenario shown on page 129 and in Note 13, the Firm’s relative adverse scenario assumes an elevated U.S. unemployment rate, averaging approximately 2.0% higher over the eight-quarter forecast, with a peak difference of approximately 2.8% in the fourth quarter of 2026.

This analysis is not intended to estimate expected future changes in the allowance for credit losses, for a number of reasons, including:

•The allowance as of December 31, 2025, reflects credit losses beyond those estimated under the central scenario due to the weight placed on the adverse scenarios.

•The impacts of changes in many MEVs are both interrelated and nonlinear, so the results of this

Column 1Column 2Column 3
154JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

analysis cannot be simply extrapolated for more severe changes in macroeconomic variables.

•Expectations of future changes in portfolio composition and borrower behavior can significantly affect the allowance for credit losses.

To demonstrate the sensitivity of credit loss estimates to macroeconomic forecasts as of December 31, 2025, the Firm compared the modeled estimates under its relative adverse scenario to its central scenario. Without considering offsetting or correlated effects in other qualitative components of the Firm’s allowance for credit losses, the comparison between these two scenarios for the exposures below reflect the following differences:

•An increase of approximately $1.2 billion for residential real estate loans and lending-related commitments

•An increase of approximately $4.4 billion for credit card loans

•An increase of approximately $5.1 billion for wholesale loans and lending-related commitments

This analysis relates only to the modeled credit loss estimates and is not intended to estimate changes in the overall allowance for credit losses as it does not reflect any potential changes in other adjustments to the quantitative calculation, which would also be influenced by the judgment management applies to the modeled lifetime loss estimates to reflect the uncertainty and imprecision of these modeled lifetime loss estimates based on then-current circumstances and conditions.

In the fourth quarter of 2025, the Firm recorded an allowance related to the Apple Card transaction, estimated based on certain forward-looking assumptions of the portfolio’s risk characteristics and expected credit losses at the time of closing. The forecasted Apple credit card portfolio is excluded from the modeled estimates sensitivity analysis above while the Firm integrates the Apple Card transaction into its allowance model.

Recognizing that forecasts of macroeconomic conditions are inherently uncertain, the Firm believes that its process to consider the available information and associated risks and uncertainties is appropriately governed and that its estimates of expected credit losses were reasonable and appropriate for the year ended December 31, 2025.

Fair value

JPMorganChase carries a portion of its assets and liabilities at fair value. The majority of such assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including trading assets and liabilities, AFS securities, structured note products and certain securities financing agreements. Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, including certain mortgage, home equity and other loans, where the carrying value is based on the fair value of the underlying collateral.

Assets measured at fair value

The following table includes the Firm’s assets measured at fair value and the portion of such assets that are classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 2 for further information.

December 31, 2025(in millions, except ratios)Total assets at fair valueTotal level 3 assets
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements$327,018$
Securities borrowed98,111
Trading assets:
Trading-debt and equity instruments745,0962,794
Derivative receivables(a)57,7778,926
Total trading assets802,87311,720
AFS securities507,198111
Loans70,6843,062
MSRs9,1679,167
Other14,8011,047
Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis1,829,85225,107
Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis2,0181,392
Total assets measured at fair value$1,831,870$26,499
Total Firm assets$4,424,900
Level 3 assets at fair value as a percentage of total Firm assets(a)1%
Level 3 assets at fair value as a percentage of total Firm assets at fair value(a)1%

(a)For purposes of the table above, the derivative receivables total reflects the impact of netting adjustments; however, the $8.9 billion of derivative receivables classified as level 3 does not reflect the netting adjustment as such netting is not relevant to a presentation based on the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset. The level 3 balances would be reduced if netting were applied, including the netting benefit associated with cash collateral.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K155

Management’s discussion and analysis

Valuation

Details of the Firm’s processes for determining fair value are set out in Note 2. Estimating fair value requires the application of judgment. The type and level of judgment required is largely dependent on the amount of observable market information available to the Firm. For instruments valued using internally developed valuation models and other valuation techniques that use significant unobservable inputs and are therefore classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, judgments used to estimate fair value are more significant than those required when estimating the fair value of instruments classified within levels 1 and 2.

In arriving at an estimate of fair value for an instrument within level 3, management must first determine the appropriate valuation model or other valuation technique to use. Second, the lack of observability of certain significant inputs requires management to assess relevant empirical data in deriving valuation inputs including, for example, transaction details, yield curves, interest rates, prepayment speeds, default rates, volatilities, correlations, prices (such as commodity, equity or debt prices), valuations of comparable instruments, foreign exchange rates and credit curves. Refer to Note 2 for a further discussion of the valuation of level 3 instruments, including unobservable inputs used.

For instruments classified in levels 2 and 3, management judgment must be applied to assess the appropriate level of valuation adjustments to reflect counterparty credit quality, the Firm’s creditworthiness, market funding rates, liquidity considerations, unobservable parameters, and for portfolios that meet specified criteria, the size of the net open risk position. The judgments made are typically affected by the type of product and its specific contractual terms, and the level of liquidity for the product or within the market as a whole. In periods of heightened market volatility and uncertainty judgments are further affected by the wider variation of reasonable valuation estimates, particularly for positions that are less liquid. Refer to Note 2 for a further discussion of valuation adjustments applied by the Firm.

Imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs or other factors can affect the amount of gain or loss recorded for a particular position. Furthermore, while the Firm believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those of other market participants, the methods and assumptions used reflect management judgment and may vary across the Firm’s businesses and portfolios.

The Firm uses various methodologies and assumptions in the determination of fair value. The use of methodologies or assumptions different than those used by the Firm could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Refer to Note 2 for a detailed discussion of the Firm’s valuation process and

hierarchy, and its determination of fair value for individual financial instruments.

Goodwill impairment

Under U.S. GAAP, goodwill must be allocated to reporting units and tested for impairment at least annually. The Firm’s process and methodology used to conduct goodwill impairment testing is described in Note 15.

Management applies significant judgment when testing goodwill for impairment. The goodwill associated with each business combination is allocated to the related reporting units for goodwill impairment testing.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Firm reviewed current economic conditions, estimated market cost of equity, as well as actual business results and projections of business performance. Based on such reviews, the Firm has concluded that goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2025. For each of the reporting units, fair value exceeded carrying value by at least 20% and there was no indication of a significant risk of goodwill impairment based on current projections and valuations.

The projections for the Firm’s reporting units are consistent with management’s current business outlook assumptions in the short term, and the Firm’s best estimates of long-term growth and return on equity in the longer term. Where possible, the Firm uses third-party and peer data to benchmark its assumptions and estimates.

Refer to Note 15 for additional information on goodwill, including the goodwill impairment assessment as of December 31, 2025.

Credit card rewards liability

JPMorganChase offers credit cards with various rewards programs which allow cardholders to earn rewards points based on their account activity and the terms and conditions of the rewards program. Generally, there are no limits on the points that an eligible cardholder can earn, nor do the points expire, and the points can be redeemed for a variety of rewards, including cash (predominantly in the form of account credits), gift cards and travel. The Firm maintains a rewards liability which represents the estimated cost of rewards points earned and expected to be redeemed by cardholders. The liability is accrued as the cardholder earns the benefit and is reduced when the cardholder redeems points. This liability was $16.0 billion and $14.4 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and is recorded in accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheets. The increase in the liability was driven by continued growth in rewards points earned on higher spend and promotional offers that has outpaced redemptions throughout 2025.

The rewards liability is sensitive to redemption rate (“RR”) and cost per point (“CPP”) assumptions. The RR

Column 1Column 2Column 3
156JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

assumption is used to estimate the number of points earned by customers that will be redeemed over the life of the account. The CPP assumption is used to estimate the cost of future point redemptions. These assumptions are evaluated periodically considering historical actuals, cardholder redemption behavior and management judgment. Updates to these assumptions will impact the rewards liability. As of December 31, 2025, a combined increase of 25 basis points in RR and 1 basis point in CPP would increase the rewards liability by approximately $512 million.

Income taxes

JPMorganChase is subject to the income tax laws of the various jurisdictions in which it operates, including U.S. federal, state and local, and non-U.S. jurisdictions. These laws are often complex and may be subject to different interpretations. To determine the financial statement impact of accounting for income taxes, including the provision for income tax expense and unrecognized tax benefits, JPMorganChase must make assumptions and judgments about how to interpret and apply these complex tax laws to numerous transactions and business events, as well as make judgments regarding the timing of when certain items may affect taxable income in the U.S. and non-U.S. tax jurisdictions.

JPMorganChase’s interpretations of tax laws around the world are subject to review and examination by the various taxing authorities in the jurisdictions where the Firm operates, and disputes may occur regarding its view on a tax position. These disputes over interpretations with the various taxing authorities may be settled by audit, administrative appeals or adjudication in the court systems of the tax jurisdictions in which the Firm operates. JPMorganChase regularly reviews whether it may be assessed additional income taxes as a result of the resolution of these matters, and the Firm records additional unrecognized tax benefits, as appropriate. In addition, the Firm may revise its estimate of income taxes due to changes in income tax laws, legal interpretations, and business strategies. It is possible that revisions in the Firm’s estimate of income taxes may materially affect the Firm’s results of operations in any reporting period.

Deferred taxes arise from differences between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting versus income tax return purposes. Deferred tax assets are recognized if, in management’s judgment, their realizability is determined to be more likely than not. Deferred taxes are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized within the provision for income taxes in the period enacted.

The Firm has also recognized deferred tax assets in connection with certain tax attributes, including net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards, foreign tax credit (“FTC”) carryforwards, and general business tax credit

(“GBC”) carryforwards. The Firm performs regular reviews to ascertain whether its deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income, including foreign source income, and may incorporate various tax planning strategies, including strategies that may be available to utilize NOLs and FTCs before they expire. In connection with these reviews, if it is determined that a deferred tax asset is not realizable, a valuation allowance is established. The valuation allowance may be reversed in a subsequent reporting period if the Firm determines that, based on revised estimates of future taxable income or changes in tax planning strategies, it is more likely than not that all or part of the deferred tax asset will become realizable. As of December 31, 2025, management has determined it is more likely than not that the Firm will realize its deferred tax assets, net of the existing valuation allowance.

The Firm adjusts its unrecognized tax benefits as necessary when new information becomes available, including changes in tax law and regulations, and interactions with taxing authorities. Uncertain tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize. An uncertain tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that management believes is more likely than not to be realized upon settlement. It is possible that the reassessment of JPMorganChase’s unrecognized tax benefits may have a material impact on its effective income tax rate in the period in which the reassessment occurs. Although the Firm believes that its estimates are reasonable, the final tax amount could be different from the amounts reflected in the Firm’s income tax provisions and accruals. To the extent that the final outcome of these amounts is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will generally impact the Firm’s provision for income taxes in the period in which such a determination is made.

The Firm’s provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. The current and deferred tax provisions are calculated based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed during the subsequent year. Adjustments based on filed returns are generally recorded in the period when the tax returns are filed and the global tax implications are known, which could impact the Firm’s effective tax rate.

Refer to Note 25 for additional information on income taxes.

Litigation reserves

Refer to Note 30 for a description of the significant estimates and judgments associated with establishing litigation reserves.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K157

Management’s discussion and analysis

ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING DEVELOPMENTS

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Standards Adopted since January 1, 2025
StandardSummary of guidanceEffects on financial statements
Income Taxes: Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures Issued December 2023•Requires disclosure of income taxes paid disaggregated by 1) federal, state, and foreign taxes and 2) individual jurisdiction on the basis of a quantitative threshold of equal to or greater than 5 percent of total income taxes paid (net of refunds received).•Requires disclosure of the effective tax rate reconciliation by specific categories, at a minimum, with accompanying qualitative disclosures, and separate disclosure of reconciling items based on quantitative thresholds. •Requires categories within the effective tax rate reconciliation to be further disaggregated if quantitative thresholds are met.•Adopted retrospectively for the Firm’s annual Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2025.•The adoption of this guidance resulted in expanded income tax disclosures, including more detailed information about the Firm’s effective tax rate and income tax expense reconciliation by specific categories, as well as disclosure of income taxes paid, disaggregated by jurisdiction. Refer to Note 25 for further information.
Column 1Column 2Column 3
158JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K
FASB Standards Issued but not yet Adopted as of December 31, 2025
StandardSummary of guidanceEffects on financial statements
Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures: Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses Issued November 2024•Requires additional disaggregation of specific types of expenses within the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements on an annual and interim basis.•Required effective date: Annual financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2027.(a)•The guidance may be applied on a prospective or retrospective basis.•The Firm is evaluating the potential impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements disclosures, as well as the Firm’s planned date of adoption.
Derivatives and Hedging and Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Derivatives Scope Refinements and Scope Clarification for Share-Based Noncash Consideration from a Customer in a Revenue Contract Issued September 2025•No longer requires derivative accounting treatment for certain contracts where the underlying variable is solely based on the specific operations or activities of one of the contracting parties. The new guidance also clarifies the applicability of derivative accounting treatment to contracts with both in scope and out of scope terms.•Clarifies the accounting for share-based payments from a customer in exchange for goods or services.•Required effective date: January 1, 2027.(a)•The guidance may be applied on a prospective or modified retrospective basis.•The Firm is evaluating the potential impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as the Firm's planned date of adoption.
Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software: Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software Issued September 2025•Amends the cost capitalization guidance by removing all references to software development project stages to better align with current software development methods.•Requires software cost capitalization to begin when 1) management has authorized and committed to funding the software project, and 2) it is probable that the software will be completed and used to perform its intended function.•Required effective date: January 1, 2028.(a)•The guidance may be applied on a prospective, modified, or retrospective transition basis.•The Firm is evaluating the potential impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as the Firm’s planned date of adoption.
Financial Instruments - Credit Losses: Purchased Loans Issued November 2025•Establishes an additional allowance framework for purchased, seasoned held-for-investment loans, excluding credit cards.•Requires that management’s initial estimate of expected credit losses be recognized as an increase to the allowance for credit losses with a corresponding increase to the loan’s amortized cost.•Required effective date: January 1, 2027.(a)•The guidance is required to be applied on a prospective basis.•The Firm is evaluating the potential impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as the Firm’s planned date of adoption.
Derivatives and Hedging: Hedge Accounting Improvements Issued November 2025•Amends the hedge accounting guidance to allow different risks to be pooled in the same portfolio for cash flow hedging, if the hedging instrument is highly effective against each hedged risk in the portfolio.•Provides greater flexibility and expands eligibility for hedge accounting, including hedges of nonfinancial transactions, variable rate borrowings, net investment hedges, and hedges involving the use of written options.•Required effective date: January 1, 2027.(a)•The guidance is required to be applied on a prospective basis.•The Firm is evaluating the potential impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements, as well as the Firm’s planned date of adoption.

(a)Early adoption is permitted.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K159

Management’s discussion and analysis

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

From time to time, the Firm has made and will make forward-looking statements. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often use words such as “anticipate,” “target,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “goal,” “believe,” or other words of similar meaning. Forward-looking statements provide JPMorganChase’s current expectations or forecasts of future events, circumstances, results or aspirations. JPMorganChase’s disclosures in this 2025 Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The Firm also may make forward-looking statements in its other documents filed or furnished with the SEC. In addition, the Firm’s senior management may make forward-looking statements orally to investors, analysts, representatives of the media and others.

All forward-looking statements are, by their nature, subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Firm’s control. JPMorganChase’s actual future results may differ materially from those set forth in its forward-looking statements. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, below are certain factors which could cause actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements:

•Local, regional and global business, economic and political conditions and geopolitical events, including geopolitical tensions and hostilities;

•Changes in laws, rules and regulatory requirements, including capital and liquidity requirements affecting the Firm’s businesses, and the ability of the Firm to address those requirements;

•Heightened regulatory and governmental oversight and scrutiny of JPMorganChase’s business practices, including dealings with retail customers;

•Changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws;

•Changes in the level of inflation;

•Changes in income tax laws, rules, and regulations;

•Securities and capital markets behavior, including changes in market liquidity and volatility;

•Changes in investor sentiment or consumer spending or savings behavior;

•Ability of the Firm to manage effectively its capital and liquidity;

•Changes in credit ratings assigned to the Firm or its subsidiaries;

•Damage to the Firm’s reputation;

•Ability of the Firm to appropriately address public criticism of its business activities;

•Ability of the Firm to deal effectively with an economic slowdown or other economic or market disruption, including in the interest rate environment;

•Technology changes instituted by the Firm, its counterparties or competitors, including AI;

•The effectiveness of the Firm’s control agenda;

•Ability of the Firm to develop or discontinue products and services, and the extent to which products or services previously sold by the Firm require the Firm to incur liabilities or absorb losses not contemplated at their initiation or origination;

•Acceptance of the Firm’s new and existing products and services by the marketplace and the ability of the Firm to innovate and to increase market share;

•Ability of the Firm to attract and retain qualified employees;

•Ability of the Firm to control expenses;

•Competitive pressures;

•Changes in the credit quality of the Firm’s clients, customers and counterparties;

•Adequacy of the Firm’s risk management framework, disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

•Adverse judicial or regulatory proceedings;

•Ability of the Firm to determine accurate values of certain assets and liabilities;

•Occurrence of natural or man-made disasters or calamities, including health emergencies, an outbreak or escalation of hostilities or other geopolitical instabilities, the effects of climate change or extraordinary events beyond the Firm’s control, and the Firm’s ability to deal effectively with disruptions caused by the foregoing;

•Ability of the Firm to maintain the security of its financial, accounting, technology, data processing and other operational systems and facilities;

•Ability of the Firm to withstand disruptions that may be caused by any failure of its operational systems or those of third parties;

•Ability of the Firm to effectively defend itself against cyber attacks and other attempts by unauthorized parties to access information of the Firm or its customers and clients or to disrupt the Firm’s systems; and

•The other risks and uncertainties detailed in Part I, Item 1A: Risk Factors in JPMorganChase’s 2025 Form 10-K.

Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Firm speak only as of the date they are made, and JPMorganChase does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements. The reader should, however, consult any further disclosures of a forward-looking nature the Firm may make in any subsequent Annual Reports on Form 10-Ks, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Qs, or Current Reports on Form 8-K.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
160JPMorgan Chase & Co./2025 Form 10-K

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000019617-25-000270.

Extracted from a later financial-section MD&A body after the formal Item 7 span was a short reference. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-02-14. Report date: 2024-12-31.

Management’s discussion and analysis

The following is Management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) of JPMorganChase for the year ended December 31, 2024. The MD&A is included in both JPMorganChase’s Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2024 (“Annual Report”) and its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 (“2024 Form 10-K” or “Form 10-K”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Refer to the Glossary of terms and acronyms on pages 327–333 for definitions of terms and acronyms used throughout the Annual Report and the 2024 Form 10-K.

This Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on the current beliefs and expectations of JPMorganChase’s management, speak only as of the date of this Form 10-K and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Refer to Forward-looking Statements on page 167 and Part 1, Item 1A: Risk Factors in this Form 10-K on pages 10-37 for a discussion of certain of those risks and uncertainties and the factors that could cause JPMorganChase’s actual results to differ materially because of those risks and uncertainties. There is no assurance that actual results will be in line with any outlook information set forth herein, and the Firm does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements.

INTRODUCTION

JPMorgan Chase & Co. (NYSE: JPM), a financial holding company incorporated under Delaware law in 1968, is a leading financial services firm based in the United States of America (“U.S.”), with operations worldwide. JPMorganChase had $4.0 trillion in assets and $344.8 billion in stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2024. The Firm is a leader in investment banking, financial services for consumers and small businesses, commercial banking, financial transaction processing and asset management. Under the J.P. Morgan and Chase brands, the Firm serves millions of customers, predominantly in the U.S., and many of the world’s most prominent corporate, institutional and government clients globally.

JPMorganChase’s principal bank subsidiary is JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (“JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.”), a national banking association with U.S. branches in 48 states and Washington, D.C. JPMorganChase’s principal non-bank subsidiary is J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan Securities”), a U.S. broker-dealer. The bank and non-bank subsidiaries of JPMorganChase operate nationally as well as through overseas branches and subsidiaries, representative offices and subsidiary foreign banks. The Firm’s principal operating subsidiaries outside the U.S. are J.P. Morgan Securities plc and J.P. Morgan SE (“JPMSE”), which are subsidiaries of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and are based in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) and Germany, respectively.

Business segments & Corporate: Effective in the second quarter of 2024, the Firm reorganized its reportable business segments by combining the former Corporate & Investment Bank and Commercial Banking business segments to form one reportable segment, the Commercial & Investment Bank. As a result of the reorganization, the Firm has three reportable business segments – Consumer & Community Banking (“CCB”), Commercial & Investment Bank (“CIB”) and Asset & Wealth Management (“AWM”) – with the remaining activities in Corporate. The Firm’s consumer business segment is CCB, and the Firm’s wholesale business segments are CIB and AWM.

A description of each of the Firm’s reportable business segments, and the products and services that they provide to their respective client bases, as well as a description of Corporate activities, is provided in the Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations section of this Form 10-K (“Management’s discussion and analysis” or “MD&A”) under the heading “Business Segment & Corporate Results,” which begins on page 70, and in Note 32.

First Republic: On May 1, 2023, JPMorganChase acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of First Republic Bank (the “First Republic acquisition”) from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). References in this Form 10-K to “associated with First Republic,” “impact of First Republic” or similar expressions refer to the relevant effects of the First Republic acquisition, as well as subsequent related business and activities, as applicable. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
52JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

The Firm’s website is www.jpmorganchase.com. JPMorganChase makes available on its website, free of charge, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files or furnishes such material to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) at www.sec.gov. JPMorganChase makes new and important information about the Firm available on its website at https://www.jpmorganchase.com, including on the Investor Relations section of its website at https://www.jpmorganchase.com/ir. Information on the Firm's website, including documents on the website that are referenced in this Form 10-K, is not incorporated by reference into this 2024 Form 10-K or the Firm’s other filings with the SEC.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K53

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

This executive overview of the MD&A highlights selected information and does not contain all of the information that is important to readers of the Firm’s 2024 Form 10-K. For a complete description of the trends and uncertainties, as well as the risks and critical accounting estimates affecting the Firm, the 2024 Form 10-K should be read in its entirety.

Financial performance of JPMorganChase
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except per share data and ratios)
20242023Change
Selected income statement data
Noninterest revenue$84,973$68,83723%
Net interest income92,58389,2674
Total net revenue177,556158,10412
Total noninterest expense91,79787,1725
Pre-provision profit85,75970,93221
Provision for credit losses10,6789,32015
Net income58,47149,55218
Diluted earnings per share19.7516.2322
Selected ratios and metrics
Return on common equity18%17%
Return on tangible common equity2221
Book value per share$116.07$104.4511
Tangible book value per share97.386.0813
Capital ratios(a)(b)
CET1 capital15.7%15.0%
Tier 1 capital16.816.6
Total capital18.518.5
Memo:
NII excluding Markets(c)$92,419$90,0413
NIR excluding Markets(c)58,16744,36131
Markets(c)30,00727,9647
Total net revenue - managed basis$180,593$162,36611

(a)    The ratios reflect the CECL capital transition provisions. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

(b)    Reflects the Firm’s ratios under the Basel III Standardized approach. Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 97–107 for additional information.

(c)    NII and NIR refer to net interest income and noninterest revenue, respectively. Markets consists of CIB's Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets businesses.

Visa shares: On April 8, 2024, Visa Inc. commenced an initial exchange offer for its Class B-1 common shares. On May 6, 2024, the Firm announced that Visa had accepted the Firm’s tender of its 37.2 million Visa Class B-1 common shares in exchange for a combination of Visa Class B-2 common shares and Visa Class C common shares (“Visa C shares”), resulting in a $7.9 billion net gain related to Visa shares recorded in the second quarter of 2024. As of September 30, 2024, the Firm had disposed of all of its Visa C shares through sales and through a contribution to the Firm’s Foundation. Refer to Market Risk Management on pages 141–149, and Notes 2 and 6 for additional information.

First Republic: JPMorganChase acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of First Republic Bank from the FDIC on May 1, 2023. As a result, the year-to-date results include the twelve-month impact of First Republic compared with eight months in the prior-year period. Where meaningful to the results, this is referred to in this Form 10-K as the "timing impact" of First Republic. Refer to Notes 6 and 34 for additional information.

Comparisons noted in the sections below are for the full year of 2024 versus the full year of 2023, unless otherwise specified.

Firmwide overview

JPMorganChase reported net income of $58.5 billion for 2024, up 18%, earnings per share of $19.75, ROE of 18% and ROTCE of 22%.

•Total net revenue was $177.6 billion, up 12%, reflecting:

–Net interest income (“NII”) of $92.6 billion, up 4%, driven by the impact of balance sheet actions, primarily reinvestments in the investment securities portfolio, higher revolving balances in Card Services, the timing impact of First Republic, higher wholesale deposit balances, and higher Markets net interest income, largely offset by deposit margin compression across the lines of business and lower average deposit balances in CCB. NII excluding Markets was $92.4 billion, up 3%.

–Noninterest revenue (“NIR”) was $85.0 billion, up 23%, predominantly driven by a $7.9 billion net gain related to Visa shares recorded in the second quarter of 2024, higher asset management fees in AWM and CCB, higher investment banking fees, and lower net investment securities losses in Treasury and CIO.

The prior year included the estimated bargain purchase gain of $2.8 billion associated with First Republic.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
54JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

•Noninterest expense was $91.8 billion, up 5%, driven by higher compensation expense, including higher revenue-related compensation and growth in the number of employees, as well as a $1.0 billion contribution of Visa shares to the JPMorgan Chase Foundation recorded in the second quarter of 2024, partially offset by lower FDIC-related expense, reflecting a $2.9 billion special assessment recognized in the fourth quarter of 2023, compared with a $725 million increase to the FDIC special assessment recognized in the first quarter of 2024.

•The provision for credit losses was $10.7 billion, reflecting $8.6 billion of net charge-offs and a net addition to the allowance for credit losses of $2.0 billion. Net charge-offs increased by $2.4 billion, driven by Card Services, reflecting the seasoning of vintages originated in recent years, credit normalization, and balance growth. The net addition to the allowance for credit losses included a net addition of $2.1 billion in consumer, driven by Card Services, and a net reduction of $19 million in wholesale.

The provision in the prior year was $9.3 billion, reflecting $6.2 billion of net charge-offs and a $3.1 billion net addition to the allowance for credit losses.

•The total allowance for credit losses was $26.9 billion at December 31, 2024. The Firm had an allowance for loan losses to retained loans coverage ratio of 1.87%, compared with 1.75% in the prior year.

•The Firm’s nonperforming assets totaled $9.3 billion at December 31, 2024, up 22%, driven by higher wholesale nonaccrual loans, which reflected downgrades in Real Estate, concentrated in Office, partially offset by lower consumer nonaccrual loans, which included loan sales. Refer to Wholesale Credit Portfolio and Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 126–136 and pages 120–125, respectively, for additional information.

•Firmwide average loans of $1.3 trillion were up 6%, driven by higher loans across the lines of business.

•Firmwide average deposits of $2.4 trillion were up 1%, reflecting:

–net inflows in Payments and net issuances of structured notes in Markets,

–the timing impact of First Republic, and

–growth in balances in new and existing client accounts in AWM,

predominantly offset by

–a decline in CCB primarily driven by a decrease in balances in existing accounts due to increased customer spending.

Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 108–115 for additional information.

Selected capital and other metrics

•CET1 capital was $275.5 billion, and the Standardized and Advanced CET1 ratios were 15.7% and 15.8%, respectively.

•SLR was 6.1%.

•TBVPS grew 13.0%, ending 2024 at $97.30.

•As of December 31, 2024, the Firm had eligible end-of-period High Quality Liquid Assets (“HQLA”) of approximately $834 billion and unencumbered marketable securities with a fair value of approximately $594 billion, resulting in approximately $1.4 trillion of liquidity sources. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 108–115 for additional information.

Refer to Consolidated Results of Operations and Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis on pages 59–62 and pages 63–65, respectively, for a further discussion of the Firm's results, including the provision for credit losses, and Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

Pre-provision profit, ROTCE, TCE, TBVPS, NII and NIR excluding Markets, and total net revenue on a managed basis are non-GAAP financial measures. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 67–69 for a further discussion of each of these measures.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K55

Business segment highlights

Selected business metrics for each of the Firm’s lines of business (“LOB”) are presented below for the full year of 2024.

CCBROE 32%•Average deposits down 6%; client investment assets up 14% •Average loans up 9%; Card Services net charge-off rate of 3.34% •Debit and credit card sales volume(a) up 8%•Active mobile customers(b) up 7%
CIB(c)ROE 18%•Investment Banking fees up 37%; #1 ranking for Global Investment Banking fees with 9.3% wallet share for the year•Markets revenue up 7%, with Fixed Income Markets up 5% and Equity Markets up 13%•Average Banking & Payments loans up 2%; average client deposits(d) up 5%
AWMROE 34%•Assets under management ("AUM") of $4.0 trillion, up 18%•Average loans up 3%; average deposits up 9% including the transfer of First Republic deposits to AWM in 4Q23(e)

(a) Excludes Commercial Card.

(b)    Users of all mobile platforms who have logged in within the past 90 days.

(c) Reflects the reorganization of the Firm's business segments. Refer to Business Segment & Corporate Results on pages 70–90 for additional information.

(d) Represents client deposits and other third-party liabilities pertaining to the Payments and Securities Services businesses.

(e) In the fourth quarter of 2023, CCB transferred certain deposits associated with First Republic to AWM and CIB.

Refer to the Business Segment & Corporate Results on pages 70–90 for a detailed discussion of results by business segment.

Credit provided and capital raised

JPMorganChase continues to support consumers, businesses and communities around the globe. The Firm provided new and renewed credit and raised capital for wholesale and consumer clients during 2024, consisting of approximately:

$2.8 trillionTotal credit provided and capital raised (including loans and commitments)
$250billionCredit for consumers
$40billionCredit for U.S. small businesses
$2.4 trillionCredit and capital for corporations and non-U.S. government entities(a)
$65 billionCredit and capital for nonprofit and U.S. government entities(b)

(a)    Includes Individuals and Individual Entities primarily consisting of Global Private Bank clients within AWM.

(b) Includes states, municipalities, hospitals and universities.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
56JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Recent events

•On January 14, 2025, JPMorganChase announced new responsibilities for several of its senior executives:

–Daniel Pinto, President and Chief Operating Officer (“COO”), will retire at the end of 2026. Mr. Pinto will relinquish his responsibilities as President and COO as of June 30, 2025. He will continue to serve the Firm as Vice Chairman through the end of 2026.

–Jennifer Piepszak, Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Commercial & Investment Bank (“CIB”), was named a COO of the Firm, effective January 14, 2025.

–Doug Petno, Co-head of Global Banking, succeeded Ms. Piepszak as Co-Chief Executive Officer of CIB.

•On December 12, 2024, the Firm announced that Michele G. Buck, 63, had been elected as a director of the Firm, effective March 17, 2025. Ms. Buck is Chairman of the Board, President and CEO of The Hershey Company.

Outlook

These current expectations are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements are based on the current beliefs and expectations of JPMorganChase’s management, speak only as of the date of this Form 10-K, and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Refer to Forward-Looking Statements on page 167 and Part I, Item 1A: Risk Factors on pages 10-37 of this Form 10-K for a further discussion of certain of those risks and uncertainties and the other factors that could cause JPMorganChase’s actual results to differ materially because of those risks and uncertainties. There is no assurance that actual results in 2025 will be in line with the outlook information set forth below, and the Firm does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements.

JPMorganChase’s current outlook for full-year 2025 should be viewed against the backdrop of the global and U.S. economies, financial markets activity, the geopolitical environment, the competitive environment, client and customer activity levels, and regulatory and legislative developments in the U.S. and other countries where the Firm does business. Each of these factors will affect the performance of the Firm. The Firm will continue to make appropriate adjustments to its businesses and operations in response to ongoing developments in the business, economic, regulatory and legal environments in which it operates.

Full-year 2025

•Management expects net interest income to be approximately $94.0 billion and net interest income excluding Markets to be approximately $90.0 billion, market dependent.

•Management expects adjusted expense to be approximately $95.0 billion, market dependent.

•Management expects the net charge-off rate in Card Services to be approximately 3.60%.

Net interest income excluding Markets and adjusted expense are non-GAAP financial measures. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 67–69.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K57

Business Developments

First Republic acquisition

On May 1, 2023, JPMorganChase acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of First Republic Bank (the "First Republic acquisition") from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as receiver.

As of December 31, 2024, the Firm had substantially completed the conversion of operations, and the integration of clients, products and services, associated with the First Republic acquisition to align with the Firm’s businesses and operations.

Refer to Note 34 for additional information on First Republic.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
58JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This section provides a comparative discussion of JPMorganChase’s Consolidated Results of Operations on a reported basis for the two-year period ended December 31, 2024, unless otherwise specified. Refer to Consolidated Results of Operations on pages 54-57 of the Firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 (the “2023 Form 10-K”) for a discussion of the 2023 versus 2022 results. Factors that relate primarily to a single business segment or Corporate are discussed in more detail in the results of that segment or Corporate. Refer to pages 161–164 for a discussion of the Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm that affect the Consolidated Results of Operations.

Revenue
Year ended December 31, (in millions)
202420232022
Investment banking fees$8,910$6,519$6,686
Principal transactions24,78724,46019,912
Lending- and deposit-related fees7,6067,4137,098
Asset management fees17,80115,22014,096
Commissions and other fees7,5306,8366,581
Investment securities losses(1,021)(3,180)(2,380)
Mortgage fees and related income1,4011,1761,250
Card income5,4974,7844,420
Other income(a)(b)12,462(c)5,609(d)4,322
Noninterest revenue84,97368,83761,985
Net interest income92,58389,26766,710
Total net revenue$177,556$158,104$128,695

(a)Included operating lease income of $2.8 billion, $2.8 billion and $3.7 billion for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Refer to Note 6 for additional information.

(b)Effective January 1, 2024, as a result of adopting updates to the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures guidance, the amortization of certain of the Firm’s alternative energy tax-oriented investments that was previously recognized in other income is now recognized in income tax expense. Refer to Notes 1, 6, 14 and 25 for additional information.

(c)Included the net gain related to Visa shares of $7.9 billion recorded in the second quarter of 2024. Refer to Notes 2 and 6 for additional information.

(d)Included the estimated bargain purchase gain of $2.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 associated with the First Republic acquisition. Refer to Notes 6 and 34 for additional information.

2024 compared with 2023

Investment banking fees increased, reflecting in CIB the benefit of favorable market conditions, which resulted in:

•higher debt underwriting fees predominantly driven by higher industry-wide issuances in leveraged loans, and in high-grade and high-yield bonds,

•higher equity underwriting fees driven by higher industry-wide fees and wallet share gains in IPOs, and in follow-on and convertible securities offerings, and

•higher advisory fees driven by higher industry-wide mergers and acquisitions (“M&A”) activity and wallet share gains.

Refer to CIB segment results on pages 77–83 and Note 6 for additional information.

Principal transactions revenue increased driven by CIB, reflecting:

•higher Equity Markets revenue in Prime Finance and Equity Derivatives,

predominantly offset by

•lower Fixed Income Markets revenue, reflecting the net impact of declines in revenue across macro businesses and higher revenue in Securitized Products.

Principal transactions revenue in CIB generally has offsets across other revenue lines, including net interest income. The Firm assesses the performance of its Markets business on a total net revenue basis.

The increase in CIB was partially offset by a net decrease in Corporate, reflecting lower revenue in Treasury and CIO, and gains compared with a net loss on certain legacy private equity investments in the prior year.

Refer to CIB segment and Corporate results on pages 77–83 and pages 88–90, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Lending- and deposit-related fees increased, reflecting, in CIB, higher deposit-related fees, including cash management fees in Payments, on higher volume; and higher lending-related fees, including loan commitment fees. These factors were largely offset by a decline in the amortization of the fair value discount on certain acquired lending-related commitments associated with First Republic, primarily in AWM, as certain of the commitments have expired.

Refer to CIB and AWM segment results on pages 77–83 and pages 84–87, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Asset management fees increased, reflecting, in AWM and CCB, higher average market levels and net inflows, as well as higher performance fees in AWM; and in CCB, the timing impact of First Republic. Refer to CCB and AWM segment results on pages 73–76 and pages 84–87, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K59

Commissions and other fees increased, predominantly due to higher brokerage commissions and fees on higher volume, and higher custody fees, in both CIB and AWM, as well as higher annuity sales commissions in CCB. Refer to CCB, CIB and AWM segment results on pages 73–76, pages 77–83 and pages 84–87, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Investment securities losses decreased, reflecting lower losses on sales of securities, primarily U.S. Treasuries and U.S. GSE and government agency MBS, associated with repositioning the investment securities portfolio in Treasury and CIO. Refer to Corporate results on pages 88–90 and Note 10 for additional information.

Mortgage fees and related income increased in Home Lending, reflecting higher production revenue, which included the timing impact of First Republic. Refer to CCB segment results on pages 73–76, and Note 6 and 15 for additional information.

Card income increased, reflecting higher net interchange on increased debit and credit card sales volume, as well as higher annual fees in CCB, partially offset by an increase in amortization related to new account origination costs. Refer to CCB segment results on pages 73–76 and Note 6 for additional information.

Other income increased, reflecting:

•in Corporate:

–the $7.9 billion net gain related to Visa shares recorded in the second quarter of 2024,

partially offset by

–the absence of the prior-year $2.8 billion estimated bargain purchase gain associated with the First Republic acquisition, and

•in CIB:

–the impact of the adoption of updates to the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures guidance effective January 1, 2024, resulting in the amortization of certain of the Firm's alternative energy tax-oriented investments previously recognized in other income which is now recognized in income tax expense.

Both periods included impairment losses related to certain equity investments.

The prior year included a gain of $339 million on the original minority interest in China International Fund Management ("CIFM"), partially offset by net investment valuation losses, both in AWM.

Refer to AWM segment results on pages 84–87 for additional information on CIFM; Notes 1, 6, 14 and 25 for additional information on the adoption of updates to the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures guidance; Notes 2 and 6 for additional information on Visa shares; and Notes 6 and 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

Net interest income increased driven by the impact of balance sheet actions, primarily reinvestments in the investment securities portfolio, higher revolving balances in Card Services, the timing impact of First Republic, higher wholesale deposit balances and higher Markets net interest income. These factors were largely offset by deposit margin compression across the lines of business and lower average deposit balances in CCB.

The Firm’s average interest-earning assets were $3.5 trillion, up $212 billion, and the yield was 5.50%, up 36 bps. The net yield on these assets, on an FTE basis, was 2.63%, a decrease of 7 bps. The net yield excluding Markets was 3.84%, relatively flat when compared to the prior year.

Refer to the Consolidated average balance sheets, interest and rates schedule on pages 322–326 for additional information. Net yield excluding Markets is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 67–69 for an additional discussion of net yield excluding Markets.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
60JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K
Provision for credit losses
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)202420232022
Consumer, excluding credit card$631$935$506
Credit card9,2926,0483,353
Total consumer9,9236,9833,859
Wholesale7312,2992,476
Investment securities243854
Total provision for credit losses$10,678$9,320$6,389

2024 compared with 2023

The provision for credit losses was $10.7 billion, reflecting $8.6 billion of net charge-offs and a $2.0 billion net addition to the allowance for credit losses.

Net charge-offs included $7.8 billion in consumer, predominantly driven by Card Services, reflecting the seasoning of vintages originated in recent years, credit normalization and balance growth, and $0.8 billion in wholesale, primarily in Real Estate, largely concentrated in Office.

The net addition to the allowance for credit losses consisted of:

•$2.1 billion in consumer, reflecting:

–a $2.2 billion net addition in Card Services, predominantly driven by loan growth, reflecting higher revolving balances, including the seasoning of vintages originated in recent years,

partially offset by

–a $125 million net reduction in Home Lending in the first quarter of 2024, and

•a net reduction of $19 million in wholesale, reflecting:

–changes in certain macroeconomic variables, an update to loss assumptions on certain loans in Markets, and a reduction due to charge-offs largely from collateral-dependent loans,

predominantly offset by

–net downgrade activity, primarily in Real Estate, and the impact of incorporating the First Republic portfolio into the Firm’s modeled credit loss estimates in the second quarter of 2024.

The provision in the prior year was $9.3 billion, reflecting net charge-offs of $6.2 billion and a $3.1 billion net addition to the allowance for credit losses, which included $1.2 billion to establish the allowance for the First Republic loans and lending-related commitments in the second quarter of 2023.

Refer to CCB, CIB and AWM segment and Corporate results on pages 73–76, pages 77–83, pages 84–87, and pages 88–90, respectively; Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 137–139; Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 161–164; and Notes 12 and 13 for additional information on the credit portfolio and the allowance for credit losses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K61
Noninterest expense
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)202420232022
Compensation expense$51,357$46,465$41,636
Noncompensation expense:
Occupancy5,0264,5904,696
Technology, communications and equipment(a)9,8319,2469,358
Professional and outside services11,05710,23510,174
Marketing4,9744,5913,911
Other expense9,552(c)12,0456,365
Total noncompensation expense40,44040,70734,504
Total noninterest expense$91,797$87,172$76,140
Certain components of other expense(b)
Legal expense$740$1,436$266
FDIC-related expense1,8934,203860
Operating losses1,4171,2281,101

(a)Includes depreciation expense associated with auto operating lease assets. Refer to Note 18 for additional information.

(b)Refer to Note 6 for additional information.

(c)Included a $1.0 billion contribution of Visa shares to the JPMorgan Chase Foundation recorded in the second quarter of 2024. Refer to Notes 2 and 6 for additional information.

2024 compared with 2023

Compensation expense increased driven by:

•higher revenue-related compensation across the LOBs,

•growth in the number of employees across the LOBs and Corporate, primarily in front office and technology, and

•the impact of First Republic, predominantly in CCB, reflecting timing and the classification of the prior-year expense, which was recognized in other expense in Corporate in the second quarter of 2023 as the individuals associated with First Republic were not employees of the Firm until July 2023.

Noncompensation expense decreased as a result of:

•lower FDIC-related expense recognized in Corporate, which included the impact of a $2.9 billion special assessment recognized in the fourth quarter of 2023, compared with a $725 million increase to the FDIC special assessment recognized in the first quarter of 2024, and

•lower legal expense, reflecting the net impact of declines in CCB, CIB and Corporate, and an increase in AWM,

predominantly offset by

•a $1.0 billion contribution of Visa shares to the JPMorgan Chase Foundation recorded in the second quarter of 2024 in Corporate,

•higher investments in technology in the businesses, as well as marketing, predominantly in CCB,

•higher occupancy expense, which included the impact of net additions to the Firm's properties,

•higher distribution fees in AWM and brokerage expense in CIB, and

•the timing impact associated with First Republic, offset by the alignment of expense to compensation expense, as noted above.

Refer to Notes 2 and 6 for additional information on Visa shares; Note 6 for additional information on other expense; and Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

Income tax expense
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except rate)
202420232022
Income before income tax expense$75,081$61,612$46,166
Income tax expense16,610(a)12,0608,490
Effective tax rate22.1%19.6%18.4%

(a)Effective January 1, 2024, as a result of adopting updates to the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures guidance, the amortization of certain of the Firm’s alternative energy tax-oriented investments is now recognized in income tax expense. Refer to Notes 1, 6, 14 and 25 for additional information.

2024 compared with 2023

The effective tax rate increased predominantly driven by:

•the adoption of updates to the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures guidance on January 1, 2024, and

•a higher level of pretax income and changes in the mix of income and expenses subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes, including the impact of the net gain on Visa shares and the contribution of Visa shares to the JPMorgan Chase Foundation recorded in the second quarter of 2024.

The prior year included the impact to income tax expense associated with the First Republic acquisition that was reflected in the estimated bargain purchase gain, and an income tax benefit related to the finalization of certain income tax regulations, both of which resulted in a reduction in the Firm's effective tax rate.

Refer to Note 25 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
62JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AND CASH FLOWS ANALYSIS

Consolidated balance sheets analysis

The following is a discussion of the significant changes between December 31, 2024 and 2023. Refer to pages 161–164 for a discussion of the Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm that affect the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Selected Consolidated balance sheets data
December 31, (in millions)20242023Change
Assets
Cash and due from banks$23,372$29,066(20)%
Deposits with banks445,945595,085(25)
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements295,001276,1527
Securities borrowed219,546200,43610
Trading assets637,784540,60718
Available-for-sale securities406,852201,704102
Held-to-maturity securities274,468369,848(26)
Investment securities, net of allowance for credit losses681,320571,55219
Loans1,347,9881,323,7062
Allowance for loan losses(24,345)(22,420)9
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses1,323,6431,301,2862
Accrued interest and accounts receivable101,223107,363(6)
Premises and equipment32,22330,1577
Goodwill, MSRs and other intangible assets64,56064,381
Other assets178,197159,30812
Total assets$4,002,814$3,875,3933%

Cash and due from banks and deposits with banks decreased driven by higher investment securities in Treasury and CIO, and Markets activities in CIB.

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements increased driven by Markets, reflecting higher client-driven market-making activities.

Securities borrowed increased driven by Markets, reflecting a higher demand for securities to cover short positions.

Refer to Note 11 for additional information on securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

Trading assets increased predominantly due to higher levels of debt and equity instruments in Markets related to client-driven market-making activities. Refer to Notes 2 and 5 for additional information.

Investment securities increased due to:

•higher available-for-sale ("AFS") securities, reflecting net purchases, primarily U.S. Treasuries and non-U.S. government debt securities, partially offset by maturities and paydowns, and

•lower held to-maturity (“HTM”) securities driven by maturities and paydowns.

Refer to Corporate results on pages 88–90,

Investment Portfolio Risk Management on page 140, and Notes 2 and 10 for additional information.

Loans increased, reflecting:

•higher outstanding balances in Card Services driven by growth in new accounts and normalization of revolving balances,

•higher wholesale loans in CIB, and

•higher securities-based lending in AWM due to higher client demand,

partially offset by

•a decline in Home Lending as paydowns and loan sales outpaced originations.

The allowance for loan losses increased, reflecting a net addition to the allowance for loan losses of $1.9 billion, consisting of:

•$2.1 billion net addition in consumer, primarily in Card Services, predominantly driven by loan growth, reflecting higher revolving balances, including the seasoning of vintages originated in recent years, partially offset by a net reduction in Home Lending in the first quarter of 2024, and

•a net reduction of $176 million in wholesale, reflecting:

–changes in certain macroeconomic variables, an update to loss assumptions on certain loans in

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K63

Markets, and a reduction due to charge-offs largely from collateral-dependent loans,

predominantly offset by

–net downgrade activity, primarily in Real Estate, and the impact of incorporating the First Republic portfolio into the Firm’s modeled credit loss estimates in the second quarter of 2024.

There was also a $128 million net addition to the allowance for lending-related commitments recognized in other liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheets.

Refer to Consolidated Results of Operations and Credit and Investment Risk Management on pages 59–62 and pages 117–140, respectively, Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 161–164, and Notes 2, 3, 12 and 13 for additional information on loans and the total allowance for credit losses.

Accrued interest and accounts receivable decreased primarily driven by lower receivables in Payments related to the timing of processing payment activities, due to December 31, 2023 falling on a weekend, as well as lower client receivables related to client-driven activities in Markets.

Premises and equipment increased primarily as a result of the construction-in-process associated with the Firm's headquarters, and purchases of properties. Refer to Notes 16 and 18 for additional information.

Goodwill, MSRs and other intangibles: Refer to Note 15 for additional information.

Other assets increased primarily due to higher cash collateral placed with central counterparties ("CCP") in Markets, the impact of the adoption of updates to the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures guidance effective January 1, 2024, and higher auto operating lease assets in CCB. Refer to Notes 1, 6, 14 and 25 for additional information on updates to the accounting guidance.

Selected Consolidated balance sheets data (continued)
December 31, (in millions)20242023Change
Liabilities
Deposits$2,406,032$2,400,688
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements296,835216,53537
Short-term borrowings52,89344,71218
Trading liabilities192,883180,4287
Accounts payable and other liabilities280,672290,307(3)
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”)27,32323,02019
Long-term debt401,418391,8252
Total liabilities3,658,0563,547,5153
Stockholders’ equity344,758327,8785
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$4,002,814$3,875,3933%

Deposits increased, reflecting:

•an increase in CIB due to net inflows predominantly in Payments, largely offset by net maturities of structured notes in Markets,

•an increase in AWM as a result of growth in balances in new and existing client accounts, reflecting the impact of higher-yielding product offerings, largely offset by continued migration into other investments, and

•a decline in CCB primarily driven by a decrease in balances in existing accounts due to increased customer spending and migration into higher-yielding investments, predominantly offset by new accounts.

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements increased driven by Markets, reflecting higher client-driven market-making activities and higher secured financing of trading assets.

Short-term borrowings increased driven by Markets, reflecting net issuance of structured notes due to client demand, and higher financing requirements.

Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 108–115 for additional information on deposits, federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements, and short-term borrowings; Notes 2 and 17 for deposits; and Note 11 for federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements.

Trading liabilities increased due to client-driven market-making activities primarily in Fixed Income Markets, which resulted in higher levels of short positions in debt instruments. Refer to Notes 2 and 5 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
64JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Accounts payable and other liabilities decreased primarily driven by lower payables in Payments related to the timing of processing payment activities, due to December 31, 2023 falling on a weekend, as well as lower client payables related to client-driven activities in Markets, partially offset by the impact of the adoption of updates to the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures guidance effective January 1, 2024. Refer to Note 19 for additional information on accounts payable; and Notes 1, 6, 14 and 25 for additional information on updates to the accounting guidance.

Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs increased driven by the issuance of credit card securitizations in Treasury and CIO, and activity in municipal bond vehicles in CIB.

Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 108–115; and Notes 14 and 28 for additional information on Firm-sponsored VIEs and loan securitization trusts.

Long-term debt increased, primarily driven by:

•net issuances of structured notes in Markets due to client demand,

partially offset by

•a decline in Treasury and CIO, reflecting the net impact of lower FHLB advances and higher long-term debt from net issuances.

Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 108–115 and Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

Stockholders’ equity increased, reflecting:

•net income,

largely offset by

•the impact of capital actions, including repurchases of common shares, the declaration of common and preferred stock dividends, and net redemption of preferred stock, and

•net unrealized losses in AOCI, including the impact of higher interest rates on cash flow hedges in Treasury and CIO.

Refer to Consolidated Statements of changes in stockholders’ equity on page 175, Capital Actions on page 105, and Note 24 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K65

Consolidated cash flows analysis

The following is a discussion of cash flow activities during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Refer to Consolidated cash flows analysis on page 61 of the Firm’s 2023 Form 10-K for a discussion of the 2022 activities.

(in millions)Year ended December 31,
202420232022
Net cash provided by/(used in)
Operating activities$(42,012)$12,974$107,119
Investing activities(163,403)67,643(137,819)
Financing activities63,447(25,571)(126,257)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash(12,866)1,871(16,643)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and due from banks and deposits with banks$(154,834)$56,917$(173,600)

Operating activities

JPMorganChase’s operating assets and liabilities primarily support the Firm’s lending and capital markets activities. These assets and liabilities can vary significantly in the normal course of business due to the amount and timing of cash flows, which are affected by client-driven and risk management activities and market conditions. The Firm believes that cash flows from operations, available cash and other liquidity sources, and its capacity to generate cash through secured and unsecured sources, are sufficient to meet its operating liquidity needs.

•In 2024, cash used resulted from higher trading assets and higher securities borrowed, largely offset by net income.

•In 2023, cash provided primarily reflected net income, lower other assets, and accrued interest and accounts receivable, predominantly offset by higher trading assets, lower accounts payable and other liabilities, and higher securities borrowed.

Investing activities

The Firm’s investing activities predominantly include originating held-for-investment loans, investing in the investment securities portfolio and other short-term instruments.

•In 2024, cash used resulted from net purchases of investment securities, net loan originations and higher securities purchased under resale agreements, partially offset by proceeds from sales and securitizations of loans held-for-investment.

•In 2023, cash provided resulted from net proceeds from investment securities, proceeds from sales and securitizations of loans held-for-investment, and lower securities purchased under resale agreements, largely offset by net originations of loans and net cash used in the First Republic Bank acquisition.

Financing activities

The Firm’s financing activities include acquiring customer deposits and issuing long-term debt and preferred stock.

•In 2024, cash provided primarily reflected higher securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements and net proceeds from long- and short-term borrowings, partially offset by net redemption of preferred stock.

•In 2023, cash used reflected lower deposits, which included the impact of the repayment of the deposits provided to First Republic Bank by the consortium of large U.S. banks that the Firm assumed as part of the First Republic acquisition, partially offset by higher securities loaned under repurchase agreements and net proceeds from long- and short-term borrowings.

•For both periods, cash was used for repurchases of common stock and cash dividends on common and preferred stock.

* * *

Refer to Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis on pages 63–65, Capital Risk Management on pages 97–107, and Liquidity Risk Management on pages 108–115, and the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows on page 176 for a further discussion of the activities affecting the Firm’s cash flows.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
66JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

EXPLANATION AND RECONCILIATION OF THE FIRM’S USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

Non-GAAP financial measures

The Firm prepares its Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP; these financial statements appear on pages 172–176. That presentation, which is referred to as “reported” basis, provides the reader with an understanding of the Firm’s results that can be tracked consistently from year-to-year and enables a comparison of the Firm’s performance with the U.S. GAAP financial statements of other companies.

In addition to analyzing the Firm’s results on a reported basis, management reviews Firmwide results, including the overhead ratio, on a “managed” basis; these Firmwide managed basis results are non-GAAP financial measures. The Firm also reviews the results of the lines of business on a managed basis. The Firm’s definition of managed basis starts, in each case, with the reported U.S. GAAP results and includes certain reclassifications to present total net revenue for the Firm as a whole, and for each of the reportable business segments and Corporate, on an FTE basis. Accordingly, revenue from investments that receive tax credits and tax-exempt securities is presented in the managed results on a basis comparable to taxable investments and securities. These financial measures

allow management to assess the comparability of revenue from year-to-year arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources. The corresponding income tax impact related to tax-exempt items is recorded within income tax expense. These adjustments have no impact on net income as reported by the Firm as a whole or by each of the lines of business and Corporate.

Management also uses certain non-GAAP financial measures at the Firm and business-segment levels because these other non-GAAP financial measures provide information to investors about the underlying operational performance and trends of the Firm or of the particular business segment, as the case may be, and therefore facilitate a comparison of the Firm or the business segment with the performance of its relevant competitors. Refer to Business Segment & Corporate Results on pages 70–90 for additional information on these non-GAAP measures. Non-GAAP financial measures used by the Firm may not be comparable to similarly named non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies.

The following summary table provides a reconciliation from the Firm’s reported U.S. GAAP results to managed basis.

202420232022
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)ReportedFully taxable-equivalent adjustments(b)Managed basisReportedFully taxable-equivalent adjustments(b)Managed basisReportedFully taxable-equivalent adjustments(b)Managed basis
Other income$12,462(a)$2,560(a)$15,022$5,609$3,782$9,391$4,322$3,148$7,470
Total noninterest revenue84,9732,56087,53368,8373,78272,61961,9853,14865,133
Net interest income92,58347793,06089,26748089,74766,71043467,144
Total net revenue177,5563,037180,593158,1044,262162,366128,6953,582132,277
Total noninterest expense91,797NA91,79787,172NA87,17276,140NA76,140
Pre-provision profit85,7593,03788,79670,9324,26275,19452,5553,58256,137
Provision for credit losses10,678NA10,6789,320NA9,3206,389NA6,389
Income before income tax expense75,0813,03778,11861,6124,26265,87446,1663,58249,748
Income tax expense16,610(a)3,037(a)19,64712,0604,26216,3228,4903,58212,072
Net income$58,471NA$58,471$49,552NA$49,552$37,676NA$37,676
Overhead ratio52%NM51%55%NM54%59%NM58%

(a)Effective January 1, 2024, the Firm adopted updates to the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures guidance, under the modified retrospective method. Refer to Notes 1, 6, 14 and 25 for additional information.

(b)Predominantly recognized in CIB and Corporate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K67

Net interest income, net yield, and noninterest revenue excluding Markets

In addition to reviewing net interest income, net yield, and noninterest revenue on a managed basis, management also reviews these metrics excluding Markets, as shown below. Markets consists of CIB’s Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets. These metrics, which exclude Markets, are non-GAAP financial measures. Management reviews these metrics to assess the performance of the Firm’s lending, investing (including asset-liability management) and deposit-raising activities, apart from any volatility associated with Markets activities. In addition, management also assesses Markets business performance on a total revenue basis as offsets may occur across revenue lines. Management believes that these measures provide investors and analysts with alternative measures to analyze the revenue trends of the Firm.

Year ended December 31, (in millions, except rates)202420232022
Net interest income – reported(a)$92,583$89,267$66,710
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments477480434
Net interest income – managed basis$93,060$89,747$67,144
Less: Markets net interest income(b)641(294)4,789
Net interest income excluding Markets$92,419$90,041$62,355
Average interest-earning assets(a)$3,537,567$3,325,708$3,349,079
Less: Average Markets interest-earning assets(b)1,128,153985,777953,195
Average interest-earning assets excluding Markets$2,409,414$2,339,931$2,395,884
Net yield on average interest-earning assets – managed basis2.63%2.70%2.00%
Net yield on average Markets interest-earning assets(b)0.06(0.03)0.50
Net yield on average interest-earning assets excluding Markets3.84%3.85%2.60%
Noninterest revenue – reported(c)$84,973$68,837$61,985
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments(c)2,5603,7823,148
Noninterest revenue – managed basis$87,533$72,619$65,133
Less: Markets noninterest revenue(b)(d)29,36628,25824,373
Noninterest revenue excluding Markets$58,167$44,361$40,760
Memo: Total Markets net revenue(b)$30,007$27,964$29,162

(a)Includes the effect of derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting. Taxable-equivalent amounts are used, also where applicable. Refer to Note 5 for additional information on hedge accounting.

(b)Refer to pages 81–82 for further information on Markets.

(c)Effective January 1, 2024, the Firm adopted updates to the Accounting for Investment in Tax Credit Stricture guidance, under the modified retrospective method. Refer to Notes 1, 6, 14 and 25 for additional information.

(d)Includes the market-related revenues of the former Commercial Banking business segment. Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

Calculation of certain U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures
Certain U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures are calculated as follows:
Book value per share (“BVPS”)Common stockholders’ equity at period-end /Common shares at period-end
Overhead ratioTotal noninterest expense / Total net revenue
ROAReported net income / Total average assets
ROENet income* / Average common stockholders’ equity
ROTCENet income* / Average tangible common equity
TBVPSTangible common equity at period-end / Common shares at period-end
* Represents net income applicable to common equity

In addition, the Firm reviews other non-GAAP measures such as:

•Adjusted expense, which represents noninterest expense excluding Firmwide legal expense, and

•Pre-provision profit, which represents total net revenue less total noninterest expense.

Management believes that these measures help investors to understand the effect of these items on reported results and provide an alternative presentation of the Firm’s performance.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
68JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

TCE, ROTCE and TBVPS

TCE, ROTCE and TBVPS are each non-GAAP financial measures. TCE represents the Firm’s common stockholders’ equity (i.e., total stockholders’ equity less preferred stock) less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs), net of related deferred tax liabilities. ROTCE measures the Firm’s net income applicable to common equity as a percentage of average TCE. TBVPS represents the Firm’s TCE at period-end divided by common shares at period-end. TCE, ROTCE and TBVPS are utilized by the Firm, as well as investors and analysts, in assessing the Firm’s use of equity.

The following summary table provides a reconciliation from the Firm’s common stockholders’ equity to TCE.

Period-endAverage
Dec 31, 2024Dec 31, 2023Year ended December 31,
(in millions, except per share and ratio data)202420232022
Common stockholders’ equity$324,708$300,474$312,370$282,056$253,068
Less: Goodwill52,56552,63452,62752,25850,952
Less: Other intangible assets2,8743,2253,0422,5721,112
Add: Certain deferred tax liabilities(a)2,9432,9962,9702,8832,505
Tangible common equity$272,212$247,611$259,671$230,109$203,509
Return on tangible common equityNANA22%21%18%
Tangible book value per share$97.30$86.08NANANA

(a)Represents deferred tax liabilities related to tax-deductible goodwill and to identifiable intangibles created in nontaxable transactions, which are netted against goodwill and other intangibles when calculating TCE.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K69

BUSINESS SEGMENT & CORPORATE RESULTS

The Firm is managed on an LOB basis. Effective in the second quarter of 2024, the Firm reorganized its reportable business segments by combining the former Corporate & Investment Bank and Commercial Banking business segments to form one reportable segment, the Commercial & Investment Bank (“CIB”). As a result of the reorganization, the Firm has three reportable business segments – Consumer & Community Banking, Commercial & Investment Bank, and Asset & Wealth Management – with the remaining activities in Corporate.

The business segments are determined based on the products and services provided, or the type of customer served, and they reflect the manner in which financial information is evaluated by the Firm’s Operating Committee, whose members act collectively as the Firm’s chief operating decision maker. Segment results are presented on a managed basis. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures, on pages 67–69 for a definition of managed basis.

The following table depicts the Firm’s reportable business segments.

Description of business segment reporting methodology

Results of the reportable business segments are intended to present each segment as if it were a stand-alone business. The management reporting process that derives business segment results includes the allocation of certain income and expense items. The Firm periodically assesses the assumptions, methodologies and reporting classifications used for segment reporting, and therefore further refinements may be implemented in future periods. The Firm also assesses the level of capital required for each LOB on at least an annual basis. The Firm’s LOBs also provide various business metrics which are utilized by the Firm and its investors and analysts in assessing performance.

Revenue sharing

When business segments or businesses within each segment join efforts to sell products and services to the Firm’s clients and customers, the participating businesses may agree to share revenue from those transactions. Revenue is generally recognized in the segment responsible for the related product or service, with allocations to the other segments or businesses involved in the transaction. The segment and business results reflect these revenue-sharing agreements.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
70JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Expense allocation

Where business segments use services provided by Corporate support units, or another business segment, the costs of those services are allocated to the respective business segments. The expense is generally allocated based on the actual cost and use of services provided. In contrast, certain costs and investments related to Corporate that are not currently utilized by any LOB are not allocated to the business segments and are retained in Corporate. Expense retained in Corporate generally includes costs that would not be incurred if the segments were stand-alone businesses, and other items not solely aligned with a particular reportable business segment.

Funds transfer pricing

Funds transfer pricing (“FTP”) is the process by which the Firm allocates interest income and expense to the LOBs and Other Corporate and transfers the primary interest rate risk and liquidity risk to Treasury and CIO.

The funds transfer pricing process considers the interest rate and liquidity risk characteristics of assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet products. Periodically, the methodology and assumptions utilized in the FTP process are adjusted to reflect economic conditions and other factors, which may impact the allocation of net interest income to the segments. Effective in the fourth quarter of 2024, the Firm updated its FTP with respect to consumer deposits, which resulted in an increase in the funding benefit reflected within CCB’s net interest income that is fully offset in Corporate, with no effect on the Firm’s net interest income.

As a result of higher average interest rates, the cost of funds for assets and the FTP benefit earned for liabilities have generally increased in the current year, impacting the net interest income of the business segments. During the period ended December 31, 2024, this has resulted in a higher cost of funds for loans and Markets activities. In addition, rates paid to deposit holders increased more than the FTP benefit increase during the year, resulting in deposit margin compression.

Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk is transferred from the LOBs and Other Corporate to Treasury and CIO for certain revenues and expenses. Treasury and CIO manages these risks centrally and reports the impact of foreign exchange rate movements related to the transferred risk in its results. Refer to Market Risk Management on page 149 for additional information.

Debt expense and preferred stock dividend allocation

As part of the FTP process, almost all of the cost of the credit spread component of outstanding unsecured long-term debt and preferred stock dividends is allocated to the reportable business segments, while the balance of the cost is retained in Corporate. The methodology to allocate the cost of unsecured long-term debt and preferred stock dividends to the business segments is aligned with the relevant regulatory capital requirements and funding needs of the LOBs, as applicable. The allocated cost of unsecured long-term debt is included in a business segment’s net interest income, and net income is reduced by preferred stock dividends, to arrive at a business segment’s net income applicable to common equity. Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 97–107 for additional information.

Capital allocation

The amount of capital assigned to each LOB and Corporate is referred to as equity. The Firm’s current equity allocation methodology incorporates Basel III Standardized risk-weighted assets (“RWA”) and the global systemically important banks (“GSIB”) surcharge, both under rules currently in effect, as well as a simulation of capital depletion in a severe stress environment. At least annually, the assumptions, judgments and methodologies used to allocate capital are reassessed and, as a result, the capital allocated to the LOBs and Corporate may change. Refer to Line of business and Corporate equity on page 104 for additional information on capital allocation.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K71

Segment & Corporate Results – Managed Basis

The following tables summarize the Firm’s results by business segments and Corporate for the periods indicated.

Year ended December 31,Consumer & Community BankingCommercial & Investment BankAsset & Wealth Management
(in millions, except ratios)202420232022202420232022202420232022
Total net revenue$71,507$70,148$54,814(a)$70,114$64,353$59,635(a)$21,578$19,827$17,748
Total noninterest expense38,03634,81931,208(a)35,35333,97232,069(a)14,41412,78011,829
Pre-provision profit/(loss)33,47135,32923,60634,76130,38127,5667,1647,0475,919
Provision for credit losses9,9746,8993,8137622,0912,426(68)159128
Net income/(loss)17,60321,23214,916(a)24,84620,27219,138(a)5,4215,2274,365
Return on equity (“ROE”)32%38%29%18%14%14%34%31%25%
Year ended December 31,CorporateTotal
(in millions, except ratios)202420232022202420232022
Total net revenue$17,394(b)$8,038$80$180,593(b)$162,366$132,277
Total noninterest expense3,994(c)5,6011,03491,797(c)87,17276,140
Pre-provision profit/(loss)13,4002,437(954)88,79675,19456,137
Provision for credit losses101712210,6789,3206,389
Net income/(loss)10,6012,821(743)58,47149,55237,676
Return on equity (“ROE”)NMNMNM18%17%14%

(a)In the first quarter of 2023, the allocations of revenue and expense to CCB associated with a Merchant Services revenue sharing agreement were discontinued and are now retained in Payments in CIB. Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

(b)Included a $7.9 billion net gain related to Visa shares recorded in the second quarter of 2024. Refer to Notes 2 and 6 for additional information.

(c)Included a $1.0 billion contribution of Visa shares to the JPMorgan Chase Foundation recorded in the second quarter of 2024. Refer to Notes 2 and 6 for additional information.

Refer to Note 32 for further details on total net revenue and total noninterest expense.

The following sections provide a comparative discussion of the Firm’s results by business segments and Corporate as of or for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, unless otherwise specified.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
72JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

CONSUMER & COMMUNITY BANKING

Consumer & Community Banking offers products and services to consumers and small businesses through bank branches, ATMs, digital (including mobile and online) and telephone banking. CCB is organized into Banking & Wealth Management (including Consumer Banking, Business Banking and J.P. Morgan Wealth Management), Home Lending (including Home Lending Production, Home Lending Servicing and Real Estate Portfolios) and Card Services & Auto. Banking & Wealth Management offers deposit, investment and lending products, cash management, payments and services. Home Lending includes mortgage origination and servicing activities, as well as portfolios consisting of residential mortgages and home equity loans. Card Services issues credit cards and offers travel services. Auto originates and services auto loans and leases.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31,
(in millions, except ratios)202420232022
Revenue
Lending- and deposit-related fees$3,387$3,356$3,316
Asset management fees4,0143,2822,734
Mortgage fees and related income1,3781,1751,236
Card income3,1392,5322,469
All other income(a)4,7314,7735,131
Noninterest revenue16,64915,11814,886
Net interest income54,85855,03039,928
Total net revenue71,50770,14854,814
Provision for credit losses9,9746,8993,813
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense17,04515,17113,092
Noncompensation expense(b)20,99119,64818,116
Total noninterest expense38,03634,819(d)31,208
Income before income tax expense23,49728,43019,793
Income tax expense5,8947,1984,877
Net income$17,603$21,232$14,916
Revenue by business
Banking & Wealth Management$40,943$43,199$30,059
Home Lending5,0974,1403,674
Card Services & Auto25,46722,80921,081
Mortgage fees and related income details:
Production revenue627421497
Net mortgage servicing revenue(c)751754739
Mortgage fees and related income$1,378$1,175$1,236
Financial ratios
Return on equity32%38%29%
Overhead ratio535057

(a)Primarily includes operating lease income and commissions and other fees. Operating lease income was $2.8 billion, $2.8 billion and $3.6 billion for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(b)Included depreciation expense on leased assets of $1.7 billion, $1.7 billion and $2.4 billion for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(c)Included MSR risk management results of $159 million, $131 million and $93 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(d)In the second quarter of 2023, substantially all of the expense associated with First Republic was reported in Corporate. Commencing in the third quarter of 2023, the expense was aligned to the appropriate LOB.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K73

2024 compared with 2023

Net income was $17.6 billion, down 17%.

Net revenue was $71.5 billion, up 2%.

Net interest income was $54.9 billion, flat when compared with the prior year, reflecting:

•lower NII in Banking & Wealth Management ("BWM"), predominantly driven by deposit margin compression and lower average deposits,

offset by

•higher Card Services NII, predominantly driven by higher revolving balances, and

•the timing impact of First Republic in Home Lending.

Noninterest revenue was $16.6 billion, up 10%, predominantly driven by:

•higher asset management fees reflecting higher average market levels, including the timing impact of First Republic and, to a lesser extent, net inflows, as well as higher commissions from annuity sales in BWM,

•higher card income, driven by higher net interchange reflecting increased debit and credit card sales volume, and higher annual fees, partially offset by an increase in amortization related to new account origination costs, as well as

•higher production revenue in Home Lending, including the timing impact of First Republic.

Refer to Note 6 for additional information on card income, asset management fees, and commissions and other fees; and Critical Accounting Estimates on pages 161–164 for additional information on the credit card rewards liability.

Refer to Executive Overview on page 54 and Note 34 for additional information on First Republic.

Noninterest expense was $38.0 billion, up 9%, reflecting First Republic-related expense that was aligned to CCB from Corporate starting in the third quarter of 2023, impacting both compensation and noncompensation expense.

The increase in expense also reflected:

•higher compensation expense, largely driven by higher revenue-related compensation predominantly for advisors and bankers, and an increase in the number of employees, including in technology, and

•higher noncompensation expense, largely driven by continued investments in technology and marketing, as well as higher operating losses, partially offset by lower legal expense.

The provision for credit losses was $10.0 billion, reflecting:

•net charge-offs of $7.9 billion, up $2.6 billion, including $2.4 billion in Card Services, reflecting the seasoning of vintages originated in recent years, credit normalization and balance growth, and

•a $2.0 billion net addition to the allowance for credit losses, consisting of:

–$2.2 billion in Card Services, predominantly driven by loan growth, reflecting higher revolving balances, including the seasoning of vintages originated in recent years,

partially offset by

–a $125 million net reduction in Home Lending, primarily due to improvements in the outlook for home prices in the first quarter of 2024.

The provision in the prior year was $6.9 billion, reflecting net charge-offs of $5.3 billion, a $1.2 billion net addition to the allowance for credit losses, predominantly driven by Card Services, and a $408 million net addition to the allowance for credit losses to establish the allowance for the First Republic loans and lending-related commitments in the second quarter of 2023.

Refer to Credit and Investment Risk Management on pages 117–140 and Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 137–139 for a further discussion of the credit portfolios and the allowance for credit losses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
74JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31,
(in millions, except employees)202420232022
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
Total assets$650,268$642,951$514,085
Loans:
Banking & Wealth Management33,22131,14229,008
Home Lending(a)246,498259,181172,554
Card Services233,016211,175185,175
Auto73,61977,70568,191
Total loans586,354579,203454,928
Deposits(b)1,056,6521,094,7381,131,611
Equity54,50055,50050,000
Selected balance sheet data (average)
Total assets$631,648$584,367$497,263
Loans:
Banking & Wealth Management31,54430,14231,545
Home Lending(c)252,542232,115176,285
Card Services214,139191,424163,335
Auto75,00972,67468,098
Total loans573,234526,355439,263
Deposits(b)1,064,2151,126,5521,162,680
Equity54,50054,34950,000
Employees144,989141,640135,347

(a)At December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, Home Lending loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were $8.1 billion, $3.4 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively.

(b)In the fourth quarter of 2023, CCB transferred approximately $18.8 billion of deposits associated with First Republic to AWM and CIB.

(c)Average Home Lending loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were $7.1 billion, $4.8 billion and $7.3 billion for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31,
(in millions, except ratio data)202420232022
Credit data and quality statistics
Nonaccrual loans(a)$3,366$3,740$3,899
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)
Banking & Wealth Management442340370
Home Lending(106)(56)(229)
Card Services7,1484,6992,403
Auto444357144
Total net charge-offs/(recoveries)$7,928$5,340$2,688
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate
Banking & Wealth Management1.40%1.13%1.17%
Home Lending(0.04)(0.02)(0.14)
Card Services3.342.451.47
Auto0.590.490.21
Total net charge-off/(recovery) rate1.40%1.02%0.62%
30+ day delinquency rate
Home Lending(b)0.78%0.66%0.83%
Card Services2.172.141.45
Auto1.431.191.01
90+ day delinquency rate - Card Services1.14%1.05%0.68%
Allowance for loan losses
Banking & Wealth Management$764$685$722
Home Lending447578867
Card Services14,60812,45311,200
Auto692742715
Total allowance for loan losses$16,511$14,458$13,504

(a)Excludes mortgage loans past due and insured by U.S. government agencies, which are primarily 90 or more days past due. These loans have been excluded based upon the government guarantee. At December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies were $84 million, $123 million and $187 million, respectively. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance

(b)At December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, excluded mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $122 million, $176 million and $258 million, respectively, that are 30 or more days past due. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K75
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31,
(in billions, except ratios and where otherwise noted)202420232022
Business Metrics
CCB Consumer customers (in millions)84.482.179.2
CCB Small business customers (in millions)7.06.45.7
Number of branches4,9664,8974,787
Active digital customers (in thousands)(a)70,81366,98363,136
Active mobile customers (in thousands)(b)57,82153,82849,710
Debit and credit card sales volume$1,805.4$1,678.6$1,555.4
Total payments transaction volume (in trillions)(c)6.45.95.6
Banking & Wealth Management
Average deposits$1,049.3$1,111.7$1,145.7
Deposit margin2.66%2.84%1.71%
Business Banking average loans$19.5$19.6$22.3
Business Banking origination volume4.54.84.3
Client investment assets(d)1,087.6951.1647.1
Number of client advisors5,7555,4565,029
Home Lending
Mortgage origination volume by channel
Retail$25.5$22.4$38.5
Correspondent15.312.726.9
Total mortgage origination volume(e)$40.8$35.1$65.4
Third-party mortgage loans serviced (period-end)$648.0$631.2$584.3
MSR carrying value (period-end)9.18.58.0
Card Services
Sales volume, excluding commercial card$1,259.3$1,163.6$1,064.7
Net revenue rate10.03%9.72%9.87%
Net yield on average loans9.739.619.77
New credit card accounts opened (in millions)10.010.09.6
Auto
Loan and lease origination volume$40.3$41.3$30.4
Average auto operating lease assets11.110.914.3

(a)Users of all web and/or mobile platforms who have logged in within the past 90 days.

(b)Users of all mobile platforms who have logged in within the past 90 days.

(c)Total payments transaction volume includes debit and credit card sales volume and gross outflows of ACH, ATM, teller, wires, BillPay, PayChase, Zelle, person-to-person and checks.

(d)Includes assets invested in managed accounts and J.P. Morgan mutual funds where AWM is the investment manager. Refer to AWM segment results on pages 84–87 for additional information.

(e)Firmwide mortgage origination volume was $47.4 billion, $41.4 billion and $81.8 billion for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
76JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

COMMERCIAL & INVESTMENT BANK(a)

The Commercial & Investment Bank is comprised of the Banking & Payments and Markets & Securities Services businesses. These businesses offer investment banking, lending, payments, market-making, financing, custody and securities products and services to a global base of corporate and institutional clients. Banking & Payments offers products and services in all major capital markets, including advising on corporate strategy and structure, capital-raising in equity and debt markets, and loan origination and syndication. Banking & Payments also provides services that enable clients to manage payments globally across liquidity and account solutions, commerce solutions, clearing, trade, and working capital. Markets & Securities Services includes Markets, which is a global market-maker across products, including cash and derivative instruments, and also offers sophisticated risk management solutions, lending, prime brokerage, clearing and research. Markets & Securities Services also includes Securities Services, a leading global custodian that provides custody, fund services, liquidity and trading services, and data solutions products.

(a)Reflects the reorganization of the Firm's business segments in the second quarter of 2024. Refer to Business Segment & Corporate Results on pages 70–90 for additional information.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31, (in millions)202420232022
Revenue
Investment banking fees$9,116$6,631$6,977
Principal transactions24,38223,79419,792
Lending- and deposit-related fees3,9143,4233,662
Commissions and other fees5,2784,8795,113
Card income2,3102,2131,934
All other income3,2532,8692,060
Noninterest revenue48,25343,80939,538
Net interest income21,86120,54420,097
Total net revenue(a)70,11464,35359,635
Provision for credit losses7622,0912,426
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense18,19117,10516,214
Noncompensation expense17,16216,86715,855
Total noninterest expense35,35333,97232,069
Income before income tax expense33,99928,29025,140
Income tax expense9,1538,0186,002
Net income$24,846$20,272$19,138

(a)Included tax equivalent adjustments primarily from income tax credits from investments in alternative energy, affordable housing and new markets, income from tax-exempt securities and loans, and the related amortization and other tax benefits of the investments in alternative energy and affordable housing of $2.8 billion, $4.0 billion and $3.3 billion for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Effective January 1, 2024, the Firm adopted updates to the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method guidance, under the modified retrospective method. Refer to Notes 1, 6, 14 and 25 for additional information.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)202420232022
Financial ratios
Return on equity18%14%14%
Overhead ratio505354
Compensation expense aspercentage of total net revenue262727
Revenue by business
Investment Banking$9,636$7,076$7,205
Payments18,08517,81813,490
Lending7,4706,8965,882
Other76107244
Total Banking & Payments35,26731,89726,821
Fixed Income Markets(a)20,06619,18019,074
Equity Markets(a)9,9418,78410,088
Securities Services5,0844,7724,488
Credit Adjustments & Other(b)(244)(280)(836)
Total Markets & Securities Services34,84732,45632,814
Total net revenue$70,114$64,353$59,635

(a)In the fourth quarter of 2024, certain net funding costs that were previously allocated to Fixed Income Markets were reclassified to Equity Markets. Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

(b)Consists primarily of centrally-managed credit valuation adjustments (“CVA”), funding valuation adjustments (“FVA”) on derivatives, other valuation adjustments, and certain components of fair value option elected liabilities, which are primarily reported in principal transactions revenue. Results are presented net of associated hedging activities and net of CVA and FVA amounts allocated to Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets. Refer to Notes 2, 3 and 24 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K77

Banking & Payments Revenue by Client Coverage Segment: (a)Global Corporate Banking & Global Investment Banking provides banking products and services generally to large corporations, financial institutions and merchants. Commercial Banking provides banking products and services generally to middle market clients, including start-ups, small and mid-sized companies, local governments, municipalities, and nonprofits, as well as to commercial real estate clients. Other includes amounts related to credit protection purchased against certain retained loans and lending-related commitments in Lending, the impact of equity investments in Payments and revenues not aligned with a primary client coverage segment.(a)Global Banking is a client coverage view within the Banking & Payments business and is comprised of the Global Corporate Banking, Global Investment Banking and Commercial Banking client coverage segments.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31,(in millions)202420232022
Banking & Payments revenue by client coverage segment
Global Corporate Banking & Global Investment Banking$24,549$21,700$19,325
Commercial Banking11,48711,0507,906
Middle Market Banking7,7597,7405,443
Commercial Real Estate Banking3,7283,3102,463
Other(769)(853)(410)
Total Banking & Payments revenue$35,267$31,897$26,821
Column 1Column 2Column 3
78JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

2024 compared with 2023

Net income was $24.8 billion, up 23%.

Net revenue was $70.1 billion, up 9%.

Banking & Payments revenue was $35.3 billion, up 11%.

•Investment Banking revenue was $9.6 billion, up 36%. Investment Banking fees were up 37%, driven by higher fees across products. The Firm ranked #1 for Global Investment Banking fees, according to Dealogic.

–Debt underwriting fees were $4.1 billion, up 55%, predominantly driven by higher industry-wide issuances in leveraged loans, and in high-grade and high-yield bonds.

–Equity underwriting fees were $1.7 billion, up 47%, driven by increased industry-wide fees and wallet share gains in IPOs, and in follow-on and convertible securities offerings.

–Advisory fees were $3.3 billion, up 17%, driven by increased industry-wide M&A activity and wallet share gains.

•Payments revenue was $18.1 billion, up 1%, driven by fee growth on higher volumes as well as higher average deposits, predominantly offset by deposit margin compression, reflecting higher rates paid, and higher deposit-related client credits.

•Lending revenue was $7.5 billion, up 8%, predominantly driven by the impacts of higher rates and the First Republic acquisition.

Markets & Securities Services revenue was $34.8 billion, up 7%. Markets revenue was $30.0 billion, up 7%.

•Equity Markets revenue was $9.9 billion, up 13%, driven by higher revenue in Equity Derivatives and Prime Finance.

•Fixed Income Markets revenue was $20.1 billion, up 5%, driven by higher revenue in the Securitized Products Group, Currencies & Emerging Markets, and Credit, largely offset by lower revenue in Rates and Commodities.

•Securities Services revenue was $5.1 billion, up 7%, predominantly driven by fee growth on higher client activity and market levels.

•Credit Adjustments & Other was a loss of $244 million, compared with a loss of $280 million in the prior year.

Noninterest expense was $35.4 billion, up 4%, driven by higher compensation expense, including revenue-related compensation and an increase in the number of employees, as well as higher technology and brokerage expense partially offset by lower legal expense.

The provision for credit losses was $762 million, reflecting:

•net charge-offs of $617 million, primarily in Real Estate, largely concentrated in Office, and

•a $145 million net addition to the allowance for credit losses, driven by

–net downgrade activity, primarily in Real Estate, and the impact of incorporating the First Republic portfolio into the Firm's modeled credit loss estimates in the second quarter of 2024,

predominantly offset by

–changes in certain macroeconomic variables, an update to loss assumptions on certain loans in Markets, and a reduction due to charge-offs predominantly from collateral-dependent loans.

The provision in the prior year was $2.1 billion, reflecting a $1.5 billion net addition to the allowance for credit losses, which included $608 million to establish the allowance for the First Republic loans and lending-related commitments in the second quarter of 2023, and net charge-offs of $588 million.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K79
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except employees)202420232022
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
Total assets$1,773,194$1,638,493$1,591,402
Loans:
Loans retained483,043475,186421,521
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)40,32439,46443,011
Total loans523,367514,650464,532
Equity132,000138,000128,000
Banking & Payments loans by client coverage segment (period-end)(b)
Global Corporate Banking & Global Investment Banking$125,083$128,097$128,165
Commercial Banking217,674221,550180,624
Middle Market Banking72,81478,04372,625
Commercial Real Estate Banking144,860143,507107,999
Other187526122
Total Banking & Payments loans342,944350,173308,911
Selected balance sheet data (average)
Total assets$1,912,466$1,716,755$1,649,358
Trading assets-debt and equity instruments624,032508,792405,948
Trading assets-derivative receivables57,02863,86277,822
Loans:
Loans retained$475,426$457,886$395,015
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)43,62140,89148,196
Total loans$519,047$498,777$443,211
Deposits(c)1,061,488996,2951,033,880
Equity132,000137,507128,000
Banking & Payments loans by client coverage segment (average)(b)
Global Corporate Banking & Global Investment Banking$128,142$131,230$122,174
Commercial Banking220,285209,244173,289
Middle Market Banking75,60577,13067,830
Commercial Real Estate Banking144,680132,114105,459
Other354331168
Total Banking & Payments loans$348,781$340,805$295,631
Employees93,23192,27188,139

(a)Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value primarily reflect lending-related positions originated and purchased in Markets, including loans held for securitization.

(b)Refer to page 78 for a description of each of the client coverage segments.

(c)In the fourth quarter of 2023, certain deposits associated with First Republic were transferred to CIB from CCB.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)202420232022
Credit data and quality statistics
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$689(d)$588$166
Nonperforming assets:
Nonaccrual loans:
Nonaccrual loans retained(a)$3,258$1,675$1,484
Nonaccrual loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(b)1,502828848
Total nonaccrual loans4,7602,5032,332
Derivative receivables145364296
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions21316987
Total nonperforming assets$5,118$3,036$2,715
Allowance for credit losses:
Allowance for loan losses$7,294$7,326$5,616
Allowance for lending-related commitments1,9761,8492,278
Total allowance for credit losses$9,270$9,175$7,894
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate(c)0.14%0.13%0.04%
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained1.511.541.33
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans retained(a)224437378
Nonaccrual loans to total period-end loans0.910.490.50

(a)Allowance for loan losses of $435 million, $251 million and $257 million were held against these nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(b)Excludes mortgage loans past due and insured by U.S. government agencies, which are primarily 90 or more days past due. These loans have been excluded based upon the government guarantee. At December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies were $37 million, $59 million and $115 million, respectively.

(c)Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were excluded when calculating the net charge-off/(recovery) rate.

(d)Includes $72 million related to a purchased credit deteriorated (“PCD”) loan that was charged off in the fourth quarter of 2024.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
80JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K
Investment banking fees
Year ended December 31,(in millions)202420232022
Advisory$3,290$2,814$3,051
Equity underwriting1,6921,1511,034
Debt underwriting(a)4,1342,6662,892
Total investment banking fees$9,116$6,631$6,977

(a)Represents long-term debt and loan syndications.

League table results – wallet share
202420232022
Year ended December 31,RankShareRankShareRankShare
Based on fees(a)
M&A(b)
Global#19.6%#29.0%#27.9%
U.S.111.4210.928.9
Equity and equity-related(c)
Global111.017.725.7
U.S.114.7114.4114.0
Long-term debt(d)
Global17.617.016.9
U.S.111.4110.9112.1
Loan syndications
Global110.2111.9111.0
U.S.111.8115.1112.9
Global investment banking fees(e)#19.3%#18.6%#17.8%

(a)Source: Dealogic as of January 2, 2025. Reflects the ranking of revenue wallet and market share.

(b)Global M&A excludes any withdrawn transactions. U.S. M&A revenue wallet represents wallet from client parents based in the U.S.

(c)Global equity and equity-related ranking includes rights offerings and Chinese A-Shares.

(d)Long-term debt rankings include investment-grade, high-yield, supranationals, sovereigns, agencies, covered bonds, asset-backed securities ("ABS") and mortgage-backed securities ("MBS"); and exclude money market, short-term debt and U.S. municipal securities.

(e)Global investment banking fees exclude money market, short-term debt and shelf securities.

Markets revenue

The following table summarizes selected income statement data for the Markets businesses. Markets includes both Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets. Markets revenue consists of principal transactions, fees, commissions and other income, as well as net interest income. The Firm assesses its Markets business performance on a total revenue basis, as offsets generally occur across revenue line items. For example, securities that generate net interest income may be risk-managed by derivatives that are reflected at fair value in principal transactions revenue. Refer to Notes 6 and 7 for a description of the composition of these income statement line items.

Principal transactions reflects revenue on financial instruments and commodities transactions that arise from client-driven market-making activity. Principal transactions revenue includes amounts recognized upon executing new transactions with market participants, as well as “inventory-related revenue,” which is revenue recognized from gains and losses on derivatives and other instruments that the Firm has been holding in anticipation of, or in response to, client demand, and changes in the fair value of instruments

used by the Firm to actively manage the risk exposure arising from such inventory. Principal transactions revenue recognized upon executing new transactions with market participants is affected by many factors including the level of client activity, the bid-offer spread (which is the difference between the price at which a market participant is willing and able to sell an instrument to the Firm and the price at which another market participant is willing and able to buy it from the Firm, and vice versa), market liquidity and volatility. These factors are interrelated and sensitive to the same factors that drive inventory-related revenue, which include general market conditions, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and equity and commodity prices, as well as other macroeconomic conditions.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K81

For the periods presented below, the primary source of principal transactions revenue was the amount recognized upon executing new transactions.

202420232022
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except where otherwise noted)Fixed Income MarketsEquity MarketsTotal MarketsFixed Income Markets(c)Equity Markets(c)Total MarketsFixed Income Markets(c)Equity Markets(c)Total Markets
Principal transactions$10,603$13,526$24,129$13,198$10,380$23,578$12,244$8,284$20,528
Lending- and deposit-related fees3911004913074034730322325
Commissions and other fees6052,0862,6915961,9082,5045501,9752,525
All other income2,120(65)2,0551,908(79)1,8291,083(88)995
Noninterest revenue13,71915,64729,36616,00912,24928,25814,18010,19324,373
Net interest income(a)6,347(5,706)6413,171(3,465)(294)4,894(105)4,789
Total net revenue$20,066$9,941$30,007$19,180$8,784$27,964$19,074$10,088$29,162
Loss days(b)127

(a)The decline in Equity Markets net interest income was driven by higher funding costs.

(b)Markets consists of Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets. Loss days represent the number of days for which Markets recorded losses in total net revenue, which includes revenue related to both trading and non-trading positions. The loss days determined under this measure differ from the measure used to determine backtesting gains and losses. Daily backtesting gains and losses include positions in the Firm’s Risk Management value-at-risk ("VaR") measure and exclude certain components of total net revenue, which may more than offset backtesting gains or losses on a particular day. For more information on daily backtesting gains and losses, refer to the VaR discussion on pages 143–145.

(c)In the fourth quarter of 2024, certain net funding costs that were previously allocated to Fixed Income Markets were reclassified to Equity Markets. Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except where otherwise noted)202420232022
Assets under custody ("AUC") by asset class (period-end) (in billions):
Fixed Income$16,409$15,543$14,361
Equity14,84812,92710,748
Other(a)4,0233,9223,526
Total AUC$35,280$32,392$28,635
Client deposits and other third-party liabilities (average)(b)$961,646$912,859$981,653

(a)Consists of mutual funds, unit investment trusts, currencies, annuities, insurance contracts, options and other contracts.

(b)Client deposits and other third-party liabilities pertain to the Payments and Securities Services businesses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
82JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K
International metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except where otherwise noted)202420232022
Total net revenue(a)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$15,191$14,418$15,716
Asia-Pacific8,8677,8918,043
Latin America/Caribbean2,4272,1612,288
Total international net revenue26,48524,47026,047
North America43,62939,88333,588
Total net revenue$70,114$64,353$59,635
Loans retained (period-end)(a)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$44,374$44,793$40,715
Asia-Pacific16,10715,50616,764
Latin America/Caribbean10,3318,6108,866
Total international loans70,81268,90966,345
North America412,231406,277355,176
Total loans retained$483,043$475,186$421,521
Client deposits and other third-party liabilities (average)(b)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$264,227$247,804$265,061
Asia-Pacific141,042135,388136,539
Latin America/Caribbean42,71639,86140,531
Total international$447,985$423,053$442,131
North America513,661489,806539,522
Total client deposits and other third-party liabilities$961,646$912,859$981,653
AUC (period-end)(b) (in billions)
North America$23,845$21,792$19,219
All other regions11,43510,6009,416
Total AUC$35,280$32,392$28,635

(a)Total net revenue and loans retained (excluding loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value) are based on the location of the trading desk, booking location, or domicile of the client, as applicable.

(b)Client deposits and other third-party liabilities pertaining to the Payments and Securities Services businesses, and AUC, are based on the domicile of the client or booking location, as applicable.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K83

ASSET & WEALTH MANAGEMENT

Asset & Wealth Management, with client assets of $5.9 trillion, is a global leader in investment and wealth management. Asset Management Offers multi-asset investment management solutions across equities, fixed income, alternatives and money market funds to institutional and retail investors providing for a broad range of clients’ investment needs.Global Private BankProvides retirement products and services, brokerage, custody, estate planning, lending, deposits and investment management to high net worth clients.The majority of AWM’s client assets are in actively managed portfolios.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)202420232022
Revenue
Asset management fees$13,693$11,826$11,510
Commissions and other fees874697$662
All other income456(a)1,037(a)(b)335
Noninterest revenue15,02313,56012,507
Net interest income6,5556,2675,241
Total net revenue21,57819,82717,748
Provision for credit losses(68)159128
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense7,9847,1156,336
Noncompensation expense6,4305,6655,493
Total noninterest expense14,41412,78011,829
Income before income tax expense7,2326,8885,791
Income tax expense1,8111,6611,426
Net income$5,421$5,227$4,365
Revenue by line of business
Asset Management$10,175$9,129$8,818
Global Private Bank11,40310,6988,930
Total net revenue$21,578$19,827$17,748
Financial ratios
Return on equity34%31%25%
Overhead ratio676467
Pre-tax margin ratio:
Asset Management313130
Global Private Bank353835
Asset & Wealth Management343533

(a)Includes the amortization of the fair value discount on certain acquired lending-related commitments associated with First Republic. The discount is deferred in other liabilities and recognized on a straight-line basis over the commitment period and was largely recognized in 2023 as the commitments were generally short term. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

(b)Includes the gain on the original minority interest in CIFM upon the Firm’s acquisition of the remaining 51% interest in the entity.

2024 compared with 2023

Net income was $5.4 billion, up 4%.

Net revenue was $21.6 billion, up 9%. Net interest income was $6.6 billion, up 5%. Noninterest revenue was $15.0 billion, up 11%.

Revenue from Asset Management was $10.2 billion, up 11%, driven by:

•higher asset management fees, reflecting higher average market levels and strong net inflows, as well as

•higher performance fees.

The prior year included a gain of $339 million on the original minority interest in CIFM upon the Firm’s acquisition of the remaining 51% interest in the entity.

Revenue from Global Private Bank was $11.4 billion, up 7%, driven by:

•higher noninterest revenue, reflecting:

–higher management fees on strong net inflows and higher average market levels, as well as higher brokerage fees,

partially offset by

–a decline in the amortization of the fair value discount on certain acquired lending-related commitments associated with First Republic that have expired, and

•higher net interest income driven by:

–higher average deposits associated with First Republic, which were transferred to AWM from CCB in the fourth quarter of 2023, as well as wider spreads on loans and higher average loans,

largely offset by

–deposit margin compression reflecting higher rates paid.

The prior year included net investment valuation losses.

Noninterest expense was $14.4 billion, up 13%, predominantly driven by:

•higher compensation, including revenue-related compensation, and continued growth in private banking advisor teams, and

•higher distribution fees and legal expense,

The provision for credit losses was a net benefit of $68 million.

The provision in the prior year was $159 million, reflecting a $146 million addition to the allowance for credit losses to establish the allowance for the First Republic loans and lending-related commitments in the second quarter of 2023.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
84JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K
Asset Management has two high-level measures of its overall fund performance.
• Percentage of active mutual fund and active ETF assets under management in funds rated 4- or 5-star: Mutual fund rating services rank funds based on their risk adjusted performance over various periods. A 5-star rating is the best rating and represents the top 10% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 4-star rating represents the next 22.5% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 3-star rating represents the next 35% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 2-star rating represents the next 22.5% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 1-star rating is the worst rating and represents the bottom 10% of industry-wide ranked funds. An overall Morningstar rating is derived from a weighted average of the performance associated with a fund’s three-, five and ten- year (if applicable) Morningstar Rating metrics. For U.S.-domiciled funds, separate star ratings are provided at the individual share class level. The Nomura “star rating” is based on three-year risk-adjusted performance only. Funds with fewer than three years of history are not rated and hence excluded from these rankings. All ratings, the assigned peer categories and the asset values used to derive these rankings are sourced from the applicable fund rating provider. Where applicable, the fund rating providers redenominate asset values into U.S. dollars. The percentage of AUM is based on star ratings at the share class level for U.S.-domiciled funds, and at a “primary share class” level to represent the star rating of all other funds, except for Japan, for which Nomura provides ratings at the fund level. The performance data may have been different if all share classes had been included. Past performance is not indicative of future results.
• Percentage of active mutual fund and active ETF assets under management in funds ranked in the 1st or 2nd quartile (one, three and five years):All quartile rankings, the assigned peer categories and the asset values used to derive these rankings are sourced from the fund rating providers. Quartile rankings are based on the net-of-fee absolute return of each fund. Where applicable, the fund rating providers redenominate asset values into U.S. dollars. The percentage of AUM is based on fund performance and associated peer rankings at the share class level for U.S.-domiciled funds, at a “primary share class” level to represent the quartile ranking for U.K., Luxembourg and Hong Kong SAR funds and at the fund level for all other funds. The performance data may have been different if all share classes had been included. Past performance is not indicative of future results.
“Primary share class” means the C share class for European funds and Acc share class for Hong Kong SAR and Taiwan funds. If these share classes are not available, the oldest share class is used as the primary share class.
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except ranking data, ratios and employees)202420232022
% of JPM mutual fund assets and ETFs rated as 4- or 5-star(a)69%69%73%
% of JPM mutual fund assets and ETFs ranked in 1st or 2nd quartile:(b)
1 year734068
3 years756776
5 years777181
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)(c)
Total assets$255,385$245,512$232,037
Loans236,303227,929214,006
Deposits248,287233,232(d)233,130
Equity15,50017,00017,000
Selected balance sheet data (average)(c)
Total assets$246,254$240,222$232,438
Loans227,676220,487215,582
Deposits235,146216,178(d)261,489
Equity15,50016,67117,000
Employees29,40328,48526,041
Number of Global Private Bank client advisors3,7753,5153,137
Credit data and quality statistics(c)
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$21$13$(7)
Nonaccrual loans700650459
Allowance for credit losses:
Allowance for loan losses$539$633$494
Allowance for lending-related commitments352820
Total allowance for credit losses$574$661$514
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate0.01%0.01%%
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans0.230.280.23
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans7797108
Nonaccrual loans to period-end loans0.300.290.21

(a)Represents the Morningstar Rating for all domiciled funds except for Japan domiciled funds which use Nomura. Includes only Asset Management retail active open-ended mutual funds and active ETFs that have a rating. Excludes money market funds, Undiscovered Managers Fund, and Brazil domiciled funds.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K85

(b)Quartile ranking sourced from Morningstar, Lipper and Nomura based on country of domicile. Includes only Asset Management retail active open-ended mutual funds and active ETFs that are ranked by the aforementioned sources. Excludes money market funds, Undiscovered Managers Fund, and Brazil domiciled funds.

(c)Loans, deposits and related credit data and quality statistics relate to the Global Private Bank business.

(d)In the fourth quarter of 2023, certain deposits associated with First Republic were transferred to AWM from CCB.

Client assets

2024 compared with 2023

Assets under management were $4.0 trillion and client assets were $5.9 trillion, each up 18%, driven by continued net inflows and higher market levels.

Client assets
December 31, (in billions)202420232022
Assets by asset class
Liquidity$1,083$926$654
Fixed income851751638
Equity1,128868670
Multi-asset764680603
Alternatives219197201
Total assets under management4,0453,4222,766
Custody/brokerage/administration/deposits1,8871,5901,282
Total client assets(a)$5,932$5,012$4,048
Assets by client segment
Private Banking$1,234$974$751
Global Institutional1,6921,4881,252
Global Funds1,119960763
Total assets under management$4,045$3,422$2,766
Private Banking$2,974$2,452$1,964
Global Institutional1,8201,5941,314
Global Funds1,138966770
Total client assets(a)$5,932$5,012$4,048

(a)Includes CCB client investment assets invested in managed accounts and J.P. Morgan mutual funds where AWM is the investment manager.

Client assets (continued)
Year ended December 31, (in billions)202420232022
Assets under management rollforward
Beginning balance$3,422$2,766$3,113
Net asset flows:
Liquidity140242(55)
Fixed income917013
Equity1147035
Multi-asset191(9)
Alternatives10(1)8
Market/performance/other impacts249274(339)
Ending balance, December 31$4,045$3,422$2,766
Client assets rollforward
Beginning balance$5,012$4,048$4,295
Net asset flows48649049
Market/performance/other impacts434474(296)
Ending balance, December 31$5,932$5,012$4,048
Selected Metrics
As of December 31,
20242023Change
Firmwide Wealth Management
Client assets (in billions)(a)$3,756$3,17718%
Number of client advisors9,5308,9716
Stock Plan Administration(b)
Number of stock plan participants (in thousands)1,32797436
Client assets (in billions)$270$23017%

(a)    Consists of Global Private Bank in AWM and client investment assets in J.P. Morgan Wealth Management in CCB.

(b)Relates to an equity plan administration business which was acquired in 2022 with the Firm’s purchase of Global Shares. The increase in 2024 includes the impact of onboarding participants in the Firm’s employee stock plans during the fourth quarter of 2024.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
86JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K
International metrics
Year ended December 31, (in billions, except where otherwise noted)202420232022
Total net revenue (in millions)(a)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$3,563$3,377$3,240
Asia-Pacific2,0231,8761,836
Latin America/Caribbean1,065985967
Total international net revenue6,6516,2386,043
North America14,92713,58911,705
Total net revenue$21,578$19,827$17,748
Assets under management
Europe/Middle East/Africa$604$539$487
Asia-Pacific302263218
Latin America/Caribbean1068669
Total international assets under management1,012888774
North America3,0332,5341,992
Total assets under management$4,045$3,422$2,766
Client assets
Europe/Middle East/Africa$841$740$610
Asia-Pacific482406331
Latin America/Caribbean254232189
Total international client assets1,5771,3781,130
North America4,3553,6342,918
Total client assets$5,932$5,012$4,048

(a)Regional revenue is based on the domicile of the client.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K87

CORPORATE

Column 1Column 2
Corporate consists of Treasury and Chief Investment Office (“CIO”) and Other Corporate. Treasury and CIO is predominantly responsible for measuring, monitoring, reporting and managing the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks. Other Corporate includes staff functions and expense that is centrally managed as well as certain Firm initiatives and activities not solely aligned to a specific LOB. The major Other Corporate functions include Real Estate, Technology, Legal, Corporate Finance, Human Resources, Internal Audit, Risk Management, Compliance, Control Management, Corporate Responsibility and various Other Corporate groups.
Selected income statement and balance sheet data
Year ended December 31,(in millions, except employees)202420232022
Revenue
Principal transactions$152$302$(227)
Investment securities losses(1,020)(3,180)(2,380)
All other income8,476(c)3,010(f)809
Noninterest revenue7,608132(1,798)
Net interest income9,7867,9061,878
Total net revenue(a)17,3948,03880
Provision for credit losses1017122
Noninterest expense3,994(d)(e)5,601(e)(g)1,034
Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit)13,3902,266(976)
Income tax expense/(benefit)2,789(555)(h)(233)
Net income/(loss)$10,601$2,821$(743)
Total net revenue
Treasury and CIO9,6386,072(439)
Other Corporate7,7561,966519
Total net revenue$17,394$8,038$80
Net income/(loss)
Treasury and CIO7,0134,206(197)
Other Corporate3,588(e)(1,385)(e)(546)
Total net income/(loss)$10,601$2,821$(743)
Total assets (period-end)$1,323,967$1,348,437$1,328,219
Loans (period-end)1,9641,9242,181
Deposits(b)27,58121,82614,203
Employees49,61047,53044,196

(a)Included tax-equivalent adjustments, predominantly driven by tax-exempt income from municipal bonds, of $182 million, $211

million and $235 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

(b)Predominantly relates to the Firm's international consumer initiatives.

(c)Included the net gain related to Visa shares of $7.9 billion recorded in the second quarter of 2024. Refer to Notes 2 and 6 for additional information.

(d)Included a $1.0 billion contribution of Visa shares to the JPMorgan Chase Foundation recorded in the second quarter of 2024. Refer to Notes 2 and 6 for additional information.

(e)The first quarter of 2024 included an increase of $725 million to the FDIC special assessment reflecting the FDIC's revised estimate of Deposit Insurance Fund losses. The fourth quarter of 2023 included the $2.9 billion FDIC special assessment.

(f)Included the estimated bargain purchase gain of $2.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 associated with the First Republic acquisition. Refer to Notes 6 and 34 for additional information.

(g)In the second quarter of 2023, substantially all of the expense associated with First Republic was reported in Corporate. Commencing in the third quarter of 2023, the expense was aligned to the appropriate LOBs.

(h)Income taxes associated with the First Republic acquisition were reflected in the estimated bargain purchase gain.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
88JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

2024 compared with 2023

Net income was $10.6 billion, compared with $2.8 billion in the prior year.

Net revenue was $17.4 billion, compared with $8.0 billion in the prior year.

Net interest income was $9.8 billion, up 24%, driven by the impact of balance sheet actions, primarily reinvestments in the investment securities portfolio, partially offset by the net impact of rates.

Noninterest revenue was $7.6 billion, compared with $132 million in the prior year. Excluding the $7.9 billion net gain related to Visa shares recorded in the second quarter of 2024 and the prior-year $2.8 billion estimated bargain purchase gain associated with the First Republic acquisition, revenue was up $2.4 billion, predominantly driven by lower investment securities losses, primarily on sales of U.S. Treasuries and U.S. GSE and government agency MBS, associated with repositioning the investment securities portfolio in Treasury and CIO.

Noninterest expense was $4.0 billion, down 29%, driven by:

•a lower FDIC special assessment,

•lower expense associated with the First Republic acquisition as the prior year expense in Corporate included individuals associated with First Republic who were not employees of the Firm until July 2023, and this expense was subsequently aligned to the appropriate LOBs starting in the third quarter of 2023, and

•lower legal expense,

partially offset by

•a $1.0 billion contribution of Visa shares to the JPMorgan Chase Foundation recorded in the second quarter of 2024, and

•higher costs associated with the Firm's international consumer initiatives.

The provision for credit losses was $10 million.

The provision in the prior year was $171 million, reflecting a net addition to the allowance for credit losses related to a single name exposure, which was subsequently charged off upon the restructuring of a loan.

Refer to Note 10 and Note 13 for additional information on the investment securities portfolio and the allowance for credit losses.

The current period income tax expense was driven by changes in the level and mix of income and expenses subject to U.S. federal and state and local taxes, including the impact of the net gain on Visa shares and the contribution of Visa shares to the JPMorgan Chase Foundation recorded in the second quarter of 2024, partially offset by benefits related to tax audit settlements.

Other Corporate includes the Firm's international consumer initiatives, which primarily consists of Chase U.K., Nutmeg, and an ownership stake in C6 Bank.

The deposits within Corporate relate to the Firm’s international consumer initiatives and have increased as a result of growth in client accounts, reflecting the impact of additional product offerings.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K89

Treasury and CIO overview

Treasury and CIO is predominantly responsible for measuring, monitoring, reporting and managing the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks. The risks managed by Treasury and CIO arise from the activities undertaken by the Firm’s three reportable business segments to serve their respective client bases, which generate both on- and off-balance sheet assets and liabilities.

Treasury and CIO seeks to achieve the Firm’s asset-liability management objectives generally by investing in high quality securities that are managed for the longer-term as part of the Firm’s investment securities portfolio. Treasury and CIO also uses derivatives to meet the Firm’s asset-liability management objectives. Refer to Note 5 for further information on derivatives. In addition, Treasury and CIO manages the Firm’s cash position primarily through deposits at central banks and investments in short-term instruments. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 108–115 for further information on liquidity and funding risk. Refer to Market Risk Management on pages 141–149 for information on interest rate and foreign exchange risks.

The investment securities portfolio predominantly consists of U.S. and non-U.S. government securities, U.S. GSE and government agency and nonagency mortgage-backed securities, collateralized loan obligations, obligations of U.S. states and municipalities and other ABS. At December 31, 2024, the Treasury and CIO investment securities portfolio, net of the allowance for credit losses, was $678.3 billion, and the average credit rating of the securities comprising the portfolio was AA+ (based upon external ratings where available and, where not available, based primarily upon internal risk ratings). Refer to Note 10 for further information on the Firm’s investment securities portfolio and internal risk ratings.

Selected income statement and balance sheet data
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions)202420232022
Investment securities losses$(1,020)$(3,180)$(2,380)
Available-for-sale securities (average)$287,260$200,708$239,924
Held-to-maturity securities (average)(a)321,384402,010412,180
Investment securities portfolio (average)$608,644$602,718$652,104
Available-for-sale securities (period-end)$403,796$199,354$203,981
Held-to-maturity securities (period–end)(a)274,468369,848425,305
Investment securities portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses (period–end)(b)$678,264$569,202$629,286

(a)Effective January 1, 2023, the Firm adopted the portfolio layer method hedge accounting guidance. As permitted by the guidance, the Firm elected to transfer $7.1 billion of investment securities from HTM to AFS. During 2022, the Firm transferred $78.3 billion of investment securities from AFS to HTM for capital management purposes. Refer to Note 1 and Note 10 for additional information on the portfolio layer method hedge accounting guidance.

(b)As of December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, the allowance for credit losses on investment securities was $105 million, $94 million and $67 million, respectively.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
90JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

FIRMWIDE RISK MANAGEMENT

Risk is an inherent part of JPMorganChase’s business activities. When the Firm extends a consumer or wholesale loan, advises customers and clients on their investment decisions, makes markets in securities, or offers other products or services, the Firm takes on some degree of risk. The Firm’s overall objective is to manage its business, and the associated risks, in a manner that balances serving the interests of its clients, customers and investors, and protecting the safety and soundness of the Firm.

The Firm believes that effective risk management requires, among other things:

•Acceptance of responsibility, including identification and escalation of risks by all individuals within the Firm;

•Ownership of risk identification, assessment, data and management within each of the LOBs and Corporate; and

•A Firmwide risk governance and oversight structure.

The Firm follows a disciplined and balanced compensation framework with strong internal governance and independent oversight by the Board of Directors (the “Board”). The impact of risk and control issues is carefully considered in the Firm’s performance evaluation and incentive compensation processes.

Risk governance framework

The Firm’s risk governance framework involves understanding drivers of risks, types of risks and impacts of risks.

Drivers of risks are factors that cause a risk to exist. Drivers of risks include the economic environment, regulatory or government policy, competitor or market evolution, business decisions, process or judgment error, deliberate wrongdoing, dysfunctional markets and natural disasters.

Types of risks are categories by which risks manifest themselves. The Firm’s risks are generally categorized in the following four risk types:

•Strategic risk is the risk to earnings, capital, liquidity or reputation associated with poorly-designed or failed business plans or an inadequate response to changes in the operating environment.

•Credit and investment risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer; or loss of principal or a reduction in expected returns on investments, including consumer credit risk, wholesale credit risk and investment portfolio risk.

•Market risk is the risk associated with the effect of changes in market factors, such as interest and foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices, credit spreads or implied volatilities, on the value of assets and liabilities held for both the short and long term.

•Operational risk is the risk of an adverse outcome resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems; human factors; or external events impacting the Firm’s processes or systems. Operational risk includes cybersecurity, compliance, conduct, legal, and estimations and model risk.

Impacts of risks are consequences of risks, both quantitative and qualitative. There may be many consequences when risks manifest themselves, including quantitative impacts such as a reduction in earnings and capital, liquidity outflows, and fines or penalties, or qualitative impacts such as damage to the Firm’s reputation, loss of clients and customers, and regulatory and enforcement actions.

The Firm’s risk governance framework is managed on a Firmwide basis. The Firm has an Independent Risk Management (“IRM”) function, which is comprised of Risk Management and Compliance. The Firm’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) appoints, subject to approval by the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Board Risk Committee”), the Firm’s Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”) to lead the IRM function and maintain the risk governance framework of the Firm. The framework is subject to approval by the Board Risk Committee through its review and approval of the Risk Governance and Oversight Policy.

The Firm’s CRO oversees and delegates authority to the Firmwide Risk Executives (“FREs”), the Chief Risk Officers of the LOBs and Corporate (“LOB CROs”), and the Firm’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), who, in turn, establish Risk Management and Compliance organizations, develop the Firm’s risk governance policies and standards, and define and oversee the implementation of the Firm’s risk governance framework. The LOB CROs oversee risks that arise in their LOBs and Corporate, while FREs oversee risks that span across the LOBs and Corporate, as well as functions and regions. Each area of the Firm that gives rise to risk is expected to operate within the parameters identified by the IRM function, and within the risk and control standards established by its own management.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K91

Management’s discussion and analysis

Three lines of defense

The Firm’s “three lines of defense” are as follows:

The first line of defense consists of each LOB, Treasury and CIO, and certain Other Corporate initiatives, including their aligned Operations, Technology and Control Management. The first line of defense owns the risks, and identification of risks, associated with their respective activities and the design and execution of controls to manage those risks. Responsibilities also include adherence to applicable laws, rules and regulations and implementation of the risk governance framework established by IRM, which may include policies, standards, limits, thresholds and controls.

The second line of defense is the IRM function, which is separate from the first line of defense and is responsible for independently measuring risk, as well as assessing and challenging the risk management activities of the first line of defense. IRM is also responsible for the identification of risks within its organization, its own adherence to applicable laws, rules and regulations and for the development and implementation of policies and standards with respect to its own processes.

The third line of defense is Internal Audit, an independent function that provides objective assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of Firmwide processes, controls, governance and risk management. The Internal Audit function is led by the General Auditor, who reports to the Audit Committee and administratively to the CEO.

In addition, there are other functions that contribute to the Firmwide control environment but are not considered part of a particular line of defense, including Corporate Finance, Human Resources and Legal. These other functions are responsible for the identification of risks within their respective organizations, adherence to applicable laws, rules and regulations and implementation of the risk governance framework established by IRM.

Risk identification and ownership

The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for the identification of risks within their respective organizations, as well as the design and execution of controls, including IRM-specified controls, to manage those risks. To support this activity, the Firm has a risk identification framework designed to facilitate the responsibility of each LOB and Corporate to identify material risks inherent to the Firm’s businesses and operational activities, catalog them in a central repository and review material risks on a regular basis. The IRM function reviews and challenges the risks identified by each LOB and Corporate, maintains the central repository and provides the consolidated Firmwide results to the Firmwide Risk Committee (“FRC”) and the Board Risk Committee.

Risk appetite

The Firm’s overall appetite for risk is governed by Risk Appetite frameworks for quantitative and qualitative risks. The Firm’s risk appetite is periodically set and approved by senior management (including the CEO and CRO) and approved by the Board Risk Committee. Quantitative and qualitative risks are assessed to monitor and measure the Firm’s capacity to take risk consistent with its stated risk appetite. Risk appetite results are reported to the Board Risk Committee.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
92JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Risk governance and oversight structure

The independent status of the IRM function is supported by a risk governance and oversight structure that provides channels for the escalation of risks and issues to senior management, the FRC and the Board of Directors, as appropriate.

The chart below illustrates the principal standing committees of the Board of Directors and key senior management-level committees in the Firm’s risk governance and oversight structure. In addition, there are other committees, forums and channels of escalation that support the oversight of risk that are not shown in the chart below or described in this Form 10-K.

The Firm’s Operating Committee, which consists of the Firm’s CEO, CRO, Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), General Counsel, CEOs of the LOBs and other senior executives, is accountable to and may refer matters to the Firm’s Board of Directors. The Operating Committee and certain other members of senior management are responsible for escalating to the Board the information necessary to facilitate the Board’s exercise of its duties.

Board oversight

The Firm’s Board of Directors actively oversees the business and affairs of the Firm. This includes monitoring the Firm’s financial performance and condition and reviewing the strategic objectives and plans of the Firm. The Board carries out a significant portion of its oversight responsibilities through its principal standing committees, each of which consists solely of independent members of the Board. The Board Risk Committee is the principal committee that oversees risk matters. The Audit Committee oversees the control environment, and the Compensation & Management Development Committee oversees compensation and other management-related

matters. Each committee of the Board oversees reputation risks, conduct risks, and environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) matters within its scope of responsibility.

The JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Board of Directors is responsible for the oversight of management of the bank, which it discharges both acting directly and through the principal standing committees of the Firm’s Board of Directors. Risk and control oversight on behalf of JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. is primarily the responsibility of the Board Risk Committee and the Audit Committee, respectively, and, with respect to compensation and other management-related matters, the Compensation & Management Development Committee.

The Board Risk Committee assists the Board in its oversight of management’s responsibility to implement a global risk management framework reasonably designed to identify, assess and manage the Firm’s risks. The Board Risk Committee’s responsibilities include approval of applicable primary risk policies and review of certain associated frameworks, analysis and reporting established by

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K93

Management’s discussion and analysis

management. Breaches in risk appetite and parameters, issues that may have a material adverse impact on the Firm, including capital and liquidity issues, and other significant risk-related matters are escalated to the Board Risk Committee, as appropriate.

The Audit Committee assists the Board in its oversight of management’s responsibilities to ensure that there is an effective system of controls reasonably designed to safeguard the Firm’s assets and income, ensure the integrity of the Firm’s financial statements, and maintain compliance with the Firm’s ethical standards, policies, plans and procedures, and with laws and regulations. It also assists the Board in its oversight of the qualifications, independence and performance of the Firm’s independent registered public accounting firm, and of the performance of the Firm’s Internal Audit function.

The Compensation & Management Development Committee (“CMDC”) assists the Board in its oversight of the Firm’s compensation principles and practices. The CMDC reviews and approves the Firm’s compensation and qualified benefits programs. The Committee reviews the performance of Operating Committee members against their goals, and approves their compensation awards. In addition, the CEO’s compensation award is subject to ratification by the independent directors of the Board. The CMDC also reviews the development of and succession for key executives. As part of the Board’s role of reinforcing, demonstrating and communicating the “tone at the top,” the CMDC oversees the Firm’s culture, including reviewing updates from management regarding significant conduct issues and any related actions with respect to employees, including compensation actions.

The Public Responsibility Committee oversees and reviews the Firm's positions and practices on public responsibility matters such as community investment, fair lending, sustainability, consumer practices and other public policy issues that reflect the Firm's values and character and could impact the Firm's reputation among its stakeholders. The Committee also provides guidance on these matters to management and the Board, as appropriate.

The Corporate Governance & Nominating Committee exercises general oversight with respect to the governance of the Board of Directors. It reviews the qualifications of and recommends to the Board proposed nominees for election to the Board. The Committee evaluates and recommends to the Board corporate governance practices applicable to the Firm. It also reviews the framework for assessing the Board’s performance and self-evaluation.

Management oversight

The Firm’s senior management-level committees that are primarily responsible for key risk-related functions include:

The Firmwide Risk Committee (“FRC”) is the Firm’s highest management-level risk committee. It oversees the risks inherent in the Firm’s business and provides a forum for discussion of risk-related and other topics and issues that are raised or escalated by its members and other committees.

The Firmwide Control Committee (“FCC”) is an escalation committee for senior management to review and discuss the Firmwide compliance and operational risk environment, including identified issues, compliance and operational risk metrics and significant events that have been escalated.

Line of Business and Regional Risk Committees are responsible for overseeing the governance, limits and controls that have been established within the scope of their respective activities. These committees review the ways in which the particular LOB or the businesses operating in a particular region could be exposed to adverse outcomes, with a focus on identifying, accepting, escalating and/or requiring remediation of matters brought to these committees.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
94JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Line of Business and Corporate Function Control Committees oversee the risk and control environment of their respective business or function, inclusive of Operational Risk, Compliance and Conduct Risks. As part of that mandate, they are responsible for reviewing indicators of elevated or emerging risks and other data that may impact the level of compliance and operational risk in a business or function, addressing key compliance and operational risk issues, with an emphasis on processes with control concerns, and overseeing control remediation.

The Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”) is responsible for overseeing the Firm’s asset and liability management (“ALM”), including the activities and frameworks supporting management of the balance sheet, liquidity risk, interest rate risk and capital risk.

The Firmwide Valuation Governance Forum (“VGF”) is composed of senior finance and risk executives and is responsible for overseeing the management of risks arising from valuation activities conducted across the Firm.

Risk governance and oversight functions

The Firm monitors and measures its risk through risk governance and oversight functions. The scope of a particular function or business activity may include one or more drivers, types and/or impacts of risk. For example, Country Risk Management oversees country risk which may be a driver of risk or an aggregation of exposures that could give rise to multiple risk types such as credit or market risk.

The following sections discuss the risk governance and oversight functions that have been established to oversee the risks inherent in the Firm’s business activities.

Risk governance and oversight functionsPage
Strategic Risk96
Capital Risk97–107
Liquidity Risk108-115
Reputation Risk116
Consumer Credit Risk120-125
Wholesale Credit Risk126-136
Investment Portfolio Risk140
Market Risk141-149
Country Risk150-151
Climate Risk152
Operational Risk153-156
Compliance Risk157
Conduct Risk158
Legal Risk159
Estimations and Model Risk160
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K95

Management’s discussion and analysis

STRATEGIC RISK MANAGEMENT

Strategic risk is the risk to earnings, capital, liquidity or reputation associated with poorly-designed or failed business plans or an inadequate response to changes in the operating environment.

Management and oversight

The Operating Committee, together with the senior leadership of each LOB and Corporate, are responsible for managing the Firm’s most significant strategic risks. IRM engages regularly in strategic business discussions and decision-making, including participation in relevant business reviews and senior management meetings, risk and control committees and other relevant governance forums, and review of acquisitions and new business initiatives. The Board of Directors oversees management’s strategic decisions, and the Board Risk Committee oversees IRM and the Firm’s risk governance framework.

In the process of developing business plans and strategic initiatives, LOB and Corporate senior management identify the associated risks that are incorporated into the Firmwide Risk Identification framework and their impact on risk appetite.

In addition, IRM conducts a qualitative assessment of the LOB and Corporate strategic initiatives to assess their impact on the risk profile of the Firm.

The Firm’s strategic planning process, which includes the development of the Firm’s strategic plan and other strategic initiatives, is one component of managing the Firm’s strategic risk. The strategic plan outlines the Firm’s strategic framework and initiatives, and includes components such as budget, risk appetite, capital, earnings and asset-liability management objectives. Guided by the Firm’s Business Principles, the Operating Committee and senior management teams in each LOB and Corporate review and update the strategic plan periodically, including evaluating the strategic framework and performance of strategic initiatives, assessing the operating environment, refining existing strategies and developing new strategies.

The Firm’s strategic plan, together with IRM’s assessment, are provided to the Board as part of its review and approval of the Firm’s strategic plan, and the plan is also reflected in the Firm's budget.

The Firm’s balance sheet strategy, which focuses on risk-adjusted returns, strong capital and robust liquidity, is also a component in the management of strategic risk. Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 97–107 for further information on capital risk. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 108–115 for further information on liquidity risk. Refer to Reputation Risk Management on page 116 for further information on reputation risk.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
96JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Capital risk is the risk that the Firm has an insufficient level or composition of capital to support the Firm’s business activities and associated risks during normal economic environments and under stressed conditions.

A strong capital position is essential to the Firm’s business strategy and competitive position. Maintaining a strong balance sheet to manage through economic volatility is a strategic imperative of the Firm’s Board of Directors, CEO and Operating Committee. The Firm’s “fortress balance sheet” philosophy focuses on risk-adjusted returns, strong capital and robust liquidity. The Firm’s capital risk management strategy focuses on maintaining long-term stability to enable the Firm to build and invest in market-leading businesses, including in highly stressed environments. Senior management considers the implications on the Firm’s capital prior to making significant decisions that could impact future business activities. In addition to considering the Firm’s earnings outlook, senior management evaluates all sources and uses of capital with a view to ensuring the Firm’s capital strength.

Capital risk management

The Firm has a Capital Risk Management function whose primary objective is to provide independent oversight of capital risk across the Firm.

Capital Risk Management’s responsibilities include:

•Defining, monitoring and reporting capital risk metrics;

•Establishing, calibrating and monitoring capital risk limits and indicators, including capital risk appetite;

•Developing processes to classify, monitor and report capital limit breaches;

•Performing assessments of the Firm’s capital management activities, including changes made to the Contingency Capital Plan described below; and

•Conducting assessments of the Firm's regulatory capital framework intended to ensure compliance with applicable regulatory capital rules.

Capital management

Treasury and CIO is responsible for capital management.

The primary objectives of the Firm’s capital management are to:

•Maintain sufficient capital in order to continue to build and invest in the Firm’s businesses through normal economic cycles and in stressed environments;

•Retain flexibility to take advantage of future investment opportunities;

•Promote the Parent Company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiaries;

•Ensure the Firm operates above the minimum regulatory capital ratios as well as maintain “well-capitalized” status for the Firm and its principal insured depository institution (“IDI”) subsidiary, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., at all times under applicable regulatory capital requirements;

•Meet capital distribution objectives; and

•Maintain sufficient capital resources to operate throughout a resolution period in accordance with the Firm’s preferred resolution strategy.

The Firm addresses these objectives through:

•Establishing internal minimum capital requirements and maintaining a strong capital governance framework. The internal minimum capital levels consider the Firm’s regulatory capital requirements as well as an internal assessment of capital adequacy, in normal economic cycles and in stress events;

•Retaining flexibility in order to react to a range of potential events; and

•Regularly monitoring the Firm’s capital position and following prescribed escalation protocols, both at the Firm and material legal entity levels.

Governance

Committees responsible for overseeing the Firm’s capital management include the Capital Governance Committee, the Firmwide ALCO as well as regional ALCOs, and the CIO, Treasury and Corporate (“CTC”) Risk Committee. In addition, the Board Risk Committee periodically reviews the Firm’s capital risk tolerance. Refer to Firmwide Risk Management on pages 91–95 for additional discussion of the Firmwide ALCO and other risk-related committees.

Capital planning and stress testing

Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

The Federal Reserve requires the Firm, as a large Bank Holding Company (“BHC”), to submit at least annually a capital plan that has been reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors. The Federal Reserve uses Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) and other stress testing processes to assess whether large BHCs, such as the Firm, have sufficient capital during periods of economic and financial stress, and have robust, forward-looking capital assessment and planning processes in place that address each BHC’s unique risks to enable it to absorb losses under certain stress scenarios. Through CCAR, the Federal Reserve evaluates each BHC’s capital adequacy and internal capital adequacy assessment processes (“ICAAP”), as well as its plans to make capital distributions, such as dividend payments or stock repurchases. The Federal

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K97

Management’s discussion and analysis

Reserve uses results under the severely adverse scenario from its supervisory stress test to determine each firm’s Stress Capital Buffer (“SCB”) requirement for the coming year.

The Firm's current SCB requirement is 3.3% and will remain in effect until September 30, 2025. The Firm’s Standardized CET1 capital ratio requirement, including regulatory buffers, was 12.3% as of December 31, 2024.

Refer to Capital actions on page 105 for information on actions taken by the Firm’s Board of Directors.

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process

Annually, the Firm prepares the ICAAP, which informs the Board of Directors of the ongoing assessment of the Firm’s processes for managing the sources and uses of capital as well as compliance with supervisory expectations for capital planning and capital adequacy. The Firm’s ICAAP integrates stress testing protocols with capital planning. The Firm’s Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving the capital planning framework.

Stress testing assesses the potential impact of alternative economic and business scenarios on the Firm’s earnings and capital. Economic scenarios, and the parameters underlying those scenarios, are defined centrally and applied uniformly across the businesses. These scenarios are articulated in terms of macroeconomic factors, which are key drivers of business results; global market shocks, which generate short-term but severe trading losses; and idiosyncratic operational risk events. The scenarios are intended to capture and stress key vulnerabilities and idiosyncratic risks facing the Firm. In addition to CCAR and other periodic stress testing, management also considers tailored stress scenarios and sensitivity analyses, as necessary.

Contingency Capital Plan

The Firm’s Contingency Capital Plan establishes the capital management framework for the Firm and specifies the principles underlying the Firm’s approach towards capital management in normal economic conditions and in stressed environments. The Contingency Capital Plan defines how the Firm calibrates its targeted capital levels and meets minimum capital requirements, monitors the ongoing appropriateness of planned capital distributions, and sets out the capital contingency actions that are expected to be taken or considered at various levels of capital depletion during a period of stress.

Regulatory capital

The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements, including well-capitalized standards, for the Firm as a consolidated financial holding company. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") establishes similar minimum capital requirements and standards for the Firm’s principal IDI subsidiary, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The U.S. capital requirements generally follow the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee, as amended from time to time.

Basel III Overview

The capital rules under Basel III establish minimum capital ratios and overall capital adequacy standards for large and internationally active U.S. BHCs and banks, including the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The minimum amount of regulatory capital that must be held by BHCs and banks is determined by calculating RWA, which are on-balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet exposures, weighted according to risk. Under the rules currently in effect, two comprehensive approaches are prescribed for calculating RWA: a standardized approach (“Basel III Standardized”), and an advanced approach (“Basel III Advanced”).

For each of these risk-based capital ratios, the capital adequacy of the Firm is evaluated against the lower of the Standardized or Advanced approaches compared to their respective regulatory capital ratio requirements.

The current Basel III rules establish capital requirements for calculating credit risk RWA and market risk RWA, and in the case of Basel III Advanced, operational risk RWA. Key differences in the calculation of credit risk RWA between the Standardized and Advanced approaches are that for Basel III Advanced, credit risk RWA is based on risk-sensitive approaches which largely rely on the use of internal credit models and parameters, whereas for Basel III Standardized, credit risk RWA is generally based on supervisory risk-weightings which vary primarily by counterparty type and asset class. Market risk RWA is generally calculated consistently between Basel III Standardized and Basel III Advanced. In addition to the RWA calculated under these approaches, the Firm may supplement such amounts to incorporate management judgment and feedback from its regulators.

As of December 31, 2024, the Firm’s Basel III Standardized ratios risk-based ratios were more binding than the Basel III Advanced risk-based ratios.

Additionally, Basel III requires that Advanced Approaches banking organizations, including the Firm, calculate their SLRs.

Refer to page 104 for additional information on SLR.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
98JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Key Regulatory Developments

U.S. Basel III Finalization

In July 2023, the Federal Reserve, the OCC and the FDIC released a proposal to amend the risk-based capital framework, entitled "Regulatory capital rule: Amendments applicable to large banking organizations and to banking organizations with significant trading activity", which is referred to in this Form 10-K as the "U.S. Basel III proposal". Under this proposal, changes to the framework would include replacement of the Advanced approach with an expanded risk-based approach for the calculation of RWA. In addition, the stress capital buffer requirement would be applicable to both the expanded risk-based approach and the Standardized approach.

GSIB Surcharge and TLAC and Eligible LTD Requirements

In July 2023, the Federal Reserve released a proposal to amend the calculation of the GSIB surcharge. Under the proposal, the annual GSIB surcharge would be based on an average of the quarterly surcharge calculations throughout the calendar year, with daily averaging required for certain measures. The proposal would also reduce surcharge increments from 50 bps to 10 bps and includes other technical amendments to the “Method 2” calculation. The proposed changes would revise risk-based capital requirements for the Firm and other U.S. GSIBs. Refer to Risk-based Capital Regulatory Requirements on page 100 for further information on the GSIB surcharge.

Additionally, in August 2023, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OCC released a proposal to expand the eligible long-term debt ("eligible LTD") and clean holding company requirements under the existing total loss-absorbing capacity ("TLAC") rule to apply to non-GSIB banks with $100 billion or more in total consolidated assets. The proposal would also reduce the amount of LTD with remaining maturities of less than two years that count towards a U.S. GSIB's TLAC requirement and expand the existing capital deduction framework for LTD issued by GSIBs to include LTD issued by non-GSIB banks subject to the LTD requirements.

Finalization of the above proposals, including the required implementation dates, is uncertain. The Firm continues to monitor developments and potential impacts.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K99

Management’s discussion and analysis

Risk-based Capital Regulatory Requirements

The following chart presents the Firm’s Basel III CET1 capital ratio requirements under the Basel III rules currently in effect.

All banking institutions are currently required to have a minimum CET1 capital ratio of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets.

Certain banking organizations, including the Firm, are required to hold additional levels of capital to serve as a “capital conservation buffer”. The capital conservation buffer incorporates a GSIB surcharge, a discretionary countercyclical capital buffer and a fixed capital conservation buffer of 2.5% for Advanced regulatory capital requirements, as well as a variable SCB requirement, floored at 2.5%, for Standardized regulatory capital requirements.

Under the Federal Reserve’s GSIB rule, the Firm is required to assess its GSIB surcharge on an annual basis under two separately prescribed methods based on data for the previous fiscal year-end, and is subject to the higher of the two. “Method 1” reflects the GSIB surcharge as prescribed by the Basel Committee’s assessment methodology, and is calculated across five criteria: size, cross-jurisdictional activity, interconnectedness, complexity and substitutability. “Method 2” modifies the Method 1 requirements to include a measure of short-term wholesale funding in place of substitutability, and introduces a GSIB score “multiplication factor”.

The following table presents the Firm’s effective GSIB surcharge for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. For 2025, the Firm’s effective regulatory minimum GSIB surcharge calculated under both

Method 1 and Method 2 remains unchanged at 2.5% and 4.5%, respectively.

20242023
Method 12.5%2.5%
Method 24.5%4.0%

The U.S. federal regulatory capital standards include a framework for setting a discretionary countercyclical capital buffer taking into account the macro financial environment in which large, internationally active banks function. As of December 31, 2024, the U.S. countercyclical capital buffer remained at 0%. The Federal Reserve will continue to review the buffer at least annually. The buffer can be increased if the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OCC determine that systemic risks are meaningfully above normal and can be calibrated up to an additional 2.5% of RWA subject to a 12-month implementation period.

Failure to maintain regulatory capital equal to or in excess of the risk-based regulatory capital minimum plus the capital conservation buffer (inclusive of the GSIB surcharge) and any countercyclical buffer will result in limitations to the amount of capital that the Firm may distribute, such as through dividends and common share repurchases, as well as on discretionary bonus payments for certain executive officers.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
100JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity

The Federal Reserve’s TLAC rule requires the U.S. GSIB top-tier holding companies, including the Firm, to maintain minimum levels of external TLAC and eligible LTD. Refer to TLAC on page 106 for additional information.

Leverage-based Capital Regulatory Requirements

Supplementary leverage ratio

Banking organizations subject to the Basel III Advanced approach are currently required to have a minimum SLR of 3.0%. Certain banking organizations, including the Firm, are also required to hold an additional 2.0% leverage buffer. The SLR is defined as Tier 1 capital under Basel III divided by the Firm’s total leverage exposure. Total leverage exposure is calculated by taking the Firm’s total average on-balance sheet assets, less amounts permitted to be deducted for Tier 1 capital, and adding certain off-balance sheet exposures, as defined in regulatory capital rules. Refer to SLR on page 104 for additional information.

Failure to maintain an SLR equal to or greater than the regulatory requirement will result in limitations on the amount of capital that the Firm may distribute such as through dividends and common share repurchases, as well as on discretionary bonus payments for certain executive officers.

Other regulatory capital

In addition to meeting the capital ratio requirements of Basel III, the Firm and its principal IDI subsidiary, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., must also maintain minimum capital and leverage ratios in order to be “well-capitalized” under the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve and the Prompt Corrective Action requirements of the FDIC Improvement Act, respectively. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

Additional information regarding the Firm’s capital ratios, as well as the U.S. federal regulatory capital standards to which the Firm is subject, is presented in Note 27. Refer to the Firm’s Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for further information on the Firm’s current capital measures.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K101

Management’s discussion and analysis

Selected capital and RWA data

The following tables present the Firm’s risk-based capital metrics under both the Basel III Standardized and Advanced approaches and leverage-based capital metrics. Refer to Note 27 for JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s risk-based and leverage-based capital metrics. First Republic Bank was not subject to Advanced approach regulatory capital requirements. As a result, for certain exposures associated with the First Republic acquisition, Advanced RWA and any impact on Advanced Total capital is calculated under the Standardized approach as permitted by the transition provisions in the U.S. capital rules. Refer to Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

StandardizedAdvanced
(in millions, except ratios)December 31, 2024December 31, 2023Capital ratio requirements(b)December 31, 2024December 31, 2023Capital ratio requirements(b)
Risk-based capital metrics:(a)
CET1 capital$275,513$250,585$275,513$250,585
Tier 1 capital294,881277,306294,881277,306
Total capital325,589308,497311,898(c)295,417(c)
Risk-weighted assets1,757,4601,671,9951,740,429(c)1,669,156(c)
CET1 capital ratio15.7%15.0%12.3%15.8%15.0%11.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio16.816.613.816.916.613.0
Total capital ratio18.518.515.817.917.715.0

(a)The capital metrics reflect the CECL capital transition provisions. As of December 31, 2024, CET1 capital reflected the remaining $720 million CECL benefit and were fully phased in as of January 1, 2025; as of December 31, 2023, CET1 capital reflected a $1.4 billion benefit. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

(b)Represents minimum requirements and regulatory buffers applicable to the Firm for the period ended December 31, 2024. For the period ended December 31, 2023, the Basel III Standardized CET1, Tier 1, and Total capital ratio requirements applicable to the Firm were 11.4%, 12.9%, and 14.9%, respectively; the Basel III Advanced CET1, Tier 1, and Total capital ratio requirements applicable to the Firm were 11.0%, 12.5%, and 14.5%, respectively. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

(c)Includes the impacts of certain assets associated with First Republic to which the Standardized approach has been applied as permitted by the transition provisions in the U.S. capital rules.

Three months ended (in millions, except ratios)December 31, 2024December 31, 2023Capital ratio requirements(c)
Leverage-based capital metrics:(a)
Adjusted average assets(b)$4,070,499$3,831,200
Tier 1 leverage ratio7.2%7.2%4.0%
Total leverage exposure$4,837,568$4,540,465
SLR6.1%6.1%5.0%

(a)The capital metrics reflect the CECL capital transition provisions. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

(b)Adjusted average assets, for purposes of calculating the leverage ratios, includes quarterly average assets adjusted for on-balance sheet assets that are subject to deduction from Tier 1 capital, predominantly goodwill, inclusive of estimated equity method goodwill, and other intangible assets.

(c)Represents minimum requirements and regulatory buffers applicable to the Firm. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
102JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Capital components

The following table presents reconciliations of total stockholders’ equity to Basel III CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.

(in millions)December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Total stockholders’ equity$344,758$327,878
Less: Preferred stock20,05027,404
Common stockholders’ equity324,708300,474
Add:
Certain deferred tax liabilities(a)2,9432,996
Other CET1 capital adjustments(b)4,4994,717
Less:
Goodwill(c)53,76354,377
Other intangible assets2,8743,225
Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital275,513250,585
Add: Preferred stock20,05027,404
Less: Other Tier 1 adjustments682683
Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital$294,881$277,306
Long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2 capital$10,312$11,779
Qualifying allowance for credit losses(d)20,99220,102
Other(596)(690)
Standardized Tier 2 capital$30,708$31,191
Standardized Total capital$325,589$308,497
Adjustment in qualifying allowance for credit losses for Advanced Tier 2 capital(e)(f)(13,691)(13,080)
Advanced Tier 2 capital$17,017$18,111
Advanced Total capital$311,898$295,417

(a)Represents deferred tax liabilities related to tax-deductible goodwill and to identifiable intangibles created in nontaxable transactions, which are netted against goodwill and other intangibles when calculating CET1 capital.

(b)As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, included a net benefit associated with cash flow hedges and debit valuation adjustments ("DVA") related to structured notes recorded in AOCI of $5.2 billion and $4.3 billion and the benefit from the CECL capital transition provisions of $720 million and $1.4 billion, respectively.

(c)Goodwill deducted from capital includes goodwill associated with equity method investments in nonconsolidated financial institutions based on regulatory requirements. Refer to page 140 for additional information on principal investment risk.

(d)Represents the allowance for credit losses eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 capital up to 1.25% of credit risk RWA, including the impact of the CECL capital transition provision with any excess deducted from RWA. Refer to Note 27 for additional information on the CECL capital transition.

(e)Represents an adjustment to qualifying allowance for credit losses for the excess of eligible credit reserves over expected credit losses up to 0.6% of credit risk RWA, including the impact of the CECL capital transition provision with any excess deducted from RWA.

(f)As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, included an incremental $541 million and $655 million allowance for credit losses, respectively, on certain assets associated with First Republic to which the Standardized approach has been applied, as permitted by the transition provisions in the U.S. capital rules.

Capital rollforward

The following table presents the changes in Basel III CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital for the year ended December 31, 2024.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)2024
Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital at December 31, 2023$250,585
Net income applicable to common equity57,212
Dividends declared on common stock(13,786)
Net purchase of treasury stock(17,801)
Changes in additional paid-in capital783
Changes related to AOCI applicable to capital:
Unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities(87)
Translation adjustments, net of hedges(a)(858)
Fair value hedges(87)
Defined benefit pension and other postretirement employee benefit (“OPEB”) plans(63)
Changes related to other CET1 capital adjustments(b)(385)
Change in Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital24,928
Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital at December 31, 2024$275,513
Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2023$277,306
Change in CET1 capital(b)24,928
Net redemptions of noncumulative perpetual preferred stock(7,354)
Other1
Change in Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital17,575
Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2024$294,881
Standardized Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2023$31,191
Change in long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2(1,467)
Change in qualifying allowance for credit losses(b)890
Other94
Change in Standardized Tier 2 capital(483)
Standardized Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2024$30,708
Standardized Total capital at December 31, 2024$325,589
Advanced Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2023$18,111
Change in long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2(1,467)
Change in qualifying allowance for credit losses(b)(c)279
Other94
Change in Advanced Tier 2 capital(1,094)
Advanced Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2024$17,017
Advanced Total capital at December 31, 2024$311,898

(a)Includes foreign currency translation adjustments and the impact of related derivatives.

(b)Includes the impact of the CECL capital transition provisions and the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles. Refer to Note 1 for additional information on changes in accounting principles and Note 27 for additional information on the CECL capital transition provisions.

(c)As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, included an incremental $541 million and $655 million allowance for credit losses, respectively, on certain assets associated with First Republic to which the Standardized approach has been applied, as permitted by the transition provisions in the U.S. capital rules.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K103

Management’s discussion and analysis

RWA rollforward

The following table presents changes in the components of RWA under Basel III Standardized and Advanced approaches for the year ended December 31, 2024. The amounts in the rollforward categories are estimates, based on the predominant driver of the change.

StandardizedAdvanced
Year ended December 31, 2024 (in millions)Credit risk RWA(c)Market risk RWATotal RWACredit risk RWA(c)(d)Market risk RWAOperational risk RWATotal RWA
December 31, 2023$1,603,851$68,144$1,671,995$1,155,261$68,603$445,292$1,669,156
Model & data changes(a)4,743(366)4,3774,811(366)4,445
Movement in portfolio levels(b)64,16916,91981,08857,93316,895(8,000)66,828
Changes in RWA68,91216,55385,46562,74416,529(8,000)71,273
December 31, 2024$1,672,763$84,697$1,757,460$1,218,005$85,132$437,292$1,740,429

(a)Model & data changes refer to material movements in levels of RWA as a result of revised methodologies and/or treatment per regulatory guidance (exclusive of rule changes).

(b)Movement in portfolio levels (inclusive of rule changes) refers to: for Credit risk RWA, changes in book size, changes in composition and credit quality, market movements, and deductions for excess eligible allowances for credit losses not eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 capital; for Market risk RWA, changes in position and market movements; and for Operational risk RWA, updates to cumulative losses and macroeconomic model inputs.

(c)As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Basel III Standardized Credit risk RWA included wholesale and retail off balance-sheet RWA of $208.0 billion and $208.5 billion, respectively; and the Basel III Advanced Credit risk RWA included wholesale and retail off balance-sheet RWA of $192.1 billion and $188.5 billion, respectively.

(d)As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, Credit risk RWA reflected approximately $43.3 billion and $52.4 billion, respectively, of RWA calculated under the Standardized approach for certain assets associated with First Republic as permitted by the transition provisions in the U.S. capital rules.

Refer to the Firm’s Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for further information on Credit risk RWA, Market risk RWA and Operational risk RWA.

Supplementary leverage ratio

The following table presents the components of the Firm’s SLR.

Three months ended(in millions, except ratio)December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Tier 1 capital$294,881$277,306
Total average assets4,125,1673,885,632
Less: Regulatory capital adjustments(a)54,66854,432
Total adjusted average assets(b)4,070,4993,831,200
Add: Off-balance sheet exposures(c)767,069709,265
Total leverage exposure$4,837,568$4,540,465
SLR6.1%6.1%

(a)For purposes of calculating the SLR, includes quarterly average assets adjusted for on-balance sheet assets that are subject to deduction from Tier 1 capital, predominantly goodwill, inclusive of estimated equity method goodwill, other intangible assets and adjustments for the CECL capital transition provisions. Refer to Note 27 for additional information on the CECL capital transition.

(b)Adjusted average assets used for the calculation of Tier 1 leverage ratio.

(c)Off-balance sheet exposures are calculated as the average of the three month-end spot balances on applicable regulatory exposures during the reporting quarter. Refer to the Firm’s Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports for additional information.

Line of business and Corporate equity

Each LOB and Corporate is allocated capital by taking into consideration a variety of factors including capital levels of similarly rated peers and applicable regulatory capital requirements. ROE is measured and internal targets for expected returns are established as key measures of an LOB’s performance.

The Firm’s current equity allocation methodology incorporates Basel III Standardized RWA and the GSIB surcharge, both under rules currently in effect, as well as a simulation of capital depletion in a severe stress environment. At least annually, the assumptions, judgments and methodologies used to allocate capital are reassessed and, as a result, the capital allocated to the LOBs and Corporate may change. As of January 1, 2025, changes to the Firm’s capital allocations are primarily a result of updates to the Firm’s current capital requirements and changes in RWA for each LOB under rules currently in effect. Any capital that the Firm has accumulated in excess of these current requirements, including the capital required to meet the potential increased requirements of the U.S. Basel III proposal, has been retained in Corporate in addition to its allocated balance.

The following table presents the capital allocated to each LOB and Corporate.

December 31,
(in billions)January 1, 202520242023
Consumer & Community Banking$56.0$54.5$55.5
Commercial & Investment Bank149.5132.0138.0
Asset & Wealth Management16.015.517.0
Corporate103.2122.790.0
Total common stockholders’ equity$324.7$324.7$300.5
Column 1Column 2Column 3
104JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Capital actions

Common stock dividends

The Firm’s common stock dividends are planned as part of the Capital Management governance framework in line with the Firm’s capital management objectives.

On December 9, 2024, the Firm announced that its Board of Directors had declared a quarterly common stock dividend of $1.25 per share, payable on January 31, 2025. The Firm’s dividends are subject to approval by the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.

Refer to Note 21 and Note 26 for information regarding dividend restrictions.

The following table shows the common dividend payout ratio based on net income applicable to common equity.

Year ended December 31,202420232022
Common dividend payout ratio24%25%33%

Common stock

On June 28, 2024, the Firm announced that its Board of Directors had authorized a new $30 billion common share repurchase program, effective July 1, 2024. Through June 30, 2024, the Firm was authorized to purchase up to $30 billion of common shares under its previously-approved common share repurchase program that was announced on April 13, 2022.

The following table sets forth the Firm’s repurchases of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202420232022(b)
Total number of shares of common stock repurchased91.769.523.1
Aggregate purchase price of common stock repurchases(a)$18,841$9,898$3,122

(a)Excludes excise tax and commissions. As part of the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, a 1% excise tax is imposed on net share repurchases commencing January 1, 2023.

(b)In the second half of 2022, the Firm temporarily suspended share repurchases, which it resumed in the first quarter of 2023 under its common share repurchase program.

The Board of Directors’ authorization to repurchase common shares is utilized at management’s discretion. The $30 billion common share repurchase program approved by the Board of Directors does not establish specific price targets or timetables. Management determines the amount and timing of common share repurchases based on various factors, including market conditions; legal and regulatory considerations affecting the amount and timing of repurchase activity; the Firm’s capital position (taking into account goodwill and intangibles); organic capital generation; current and proposed future capital requirements; and other investment opportunities. The amount of common shares that the Firm repurchases in any period may be substantially more or less than the amounts estimated or actually repurchased in prior periods, reflecting the dynamic nature of the decision-making process. The Firm’s common share repurchases may be suspended by management at any time; and may be executed through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, or utilizing Rule 10b5-1 plans, which are written trading plans that the Firm may enter into from time to time under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which allow the Firm to repurchase its common shares during periods when it may otherwise not be repurchasing common shares — for example, during internal trading blackout periods.

Refer to capital planning and stress testing on pages 97–98 for additional information.

Refer to Part II, Item 5: Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities on page 39 of this 2024 Form 10-K for additional information regarding repurchases of the Firm’s equity securities.

Preferred stock

Preferred stock dividends were $1.3 billion, $1.5 billion, and $1.6 billion for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, respectively.

During the year ended and subsequent to December 31, 2024, the Firm issued and redeemed certain series of non-cumulative preferred stock. Refer to Note 21 for additional information on the Firm’s preferred stock, including the issuance and redemption of preferred stock.

Subordinated Debt

Refer to Long-term funding on page 114 and Note 20 for additional information on the Firm’s subordinated debt.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K105

Management’s discussion and analysis

Other capital requirements

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity

The Federal Reserve’s TLAC rule requires the U.S. GSIB top-tier holding companies, including the Firm, to maintain minimum levels of external TLAC and eligible long-term debt.

The external TLAC requirements and the minimum level of eligible long-term debt requirements are shown below:

(a)RWA is the greater of Standardized and Advanced compared to their respective regulatory capital ratio requirements.

Failure to maintain TLAC equal to or in excess of the regulatory minimum plus applicable buffers will result in limitations on the amount of capital that the Firm may distribute, such as through dividends and common share repurchases, as well as on discretionary bonus payments for certain executive officers.

The following table presents the eligible external TLAC and eligible LTD amounts, as well as a representation of these amounts as a percentage of the Firm’s total RWA and total leverage exposure applying the impact of the CECL capital transition provisions as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.

December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
(in billions, except ratio)External TLACLTDExternal TLACLTD
Total eligible amount$546.6$236.8$513.8$222.6
% of RWA31.1%13.5%30.7%13.3%
Regulatory requirements23.010.523.010.0
Surplus/(shortfall)$142.3$52.3$129.2$55.4
% of total leverage exposure11.3%4.9%11.3%4.9%
Regulatory requirements9.54.59.54.5
Surplus/(shortfall)$87.0$19.2$82.5$18.3

Effective January 1, 2024, the Firm's regulatory requirement for its eligible LTD to RWA ratio increased by 50 bps to 10.5%, due to the increase in the Firm’s GSIB Method 2 requirements. The Firm's regulatory requirement for its TLAC to RWA ratio remained at 23.0%. Refer to Risk-based Capital Regulatory Requirements on pages 100–101 for further information on the GSIB surcharge.

Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 108–115 for further information on long-term debt issued by the Parent Company.

Refer to Part I, Item 1A: Risk Factors on pages 10-37 of this 2024 Form 10-K for information on the financial consequences to holders of the Firm’s debt and equity securities in a resolution scenario.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
106JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

U.S. broker-dealer regulatory capital

J.P. Morgan Securities

JPMorganChase’s principal U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary is J.P. Morgan Securities. J.P. Morgan Securities is subject to the regulatory capital requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Net Capital Rule”). J.P. Morgan Securities is also registered as a futures commission merchant and is subject to regulatory capital requirements, including those imposed by the SEC, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and the National Futures Association (“NFA”).

J.P. Morgan Securities has elected to compute its minimum net capital requirements in accordance with the “Alternative Net Capital Requirements” of the Net Capital Rule.

The following table presents J.P. Morgan Securities’ net capital.

December 31, 2024
(in millions)ActualMinimum
Net Capital$24,980$5,999

J.P. Morgan Securities is registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer and with the CFTC as a swap dealer. As a result of additional SEC and CFTC capital and financial reporting requirements for security-based swap dealers and swap dealers, J.P. Morgan Securities is subject to alternative minimum net capital requirements and required to hold “tentative net capital” in excess of $5.0 billion. J.P. Morgan Securities is also required to notify the SEC and CFTC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $6.0 billion. Tentative net capital is net capital before deducting market and credit risk charges as defined by the Net Capital Rule. As of December 31, 2024, J.P. Morgan Securities maintained tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.

Non-U.S. subsidiary regulatory capital

J.P. Morgan Securities plc

J.P. Morgan Securities plc is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and has authority to engage in banking, investment banking and broker-dealer activities. J.P. Morgan Securities plc is jointly regulated in the U.K. by the Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”) and the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”). J.P. Morgan Securities plc is subject to the Capital Requirements Regulation (“CRR”), as adopted and amended in the U.K., and the capital rules in the PRA Rulebook. These requirements collectively represent the U.K.’s implementation of the Basel III standards. The PRA announced that it intends to delay the U.K.’s implementation of the final Basel III

standards until January 1, 2027, with a three-year transitional period for certain aspects.

The Bank of England requires that U.K. banks, including U.K. regulated subsidiaries of overseas groups, maintain minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities (“MREL”). As of December 31, 2024, J.P. Morgan Securities plc was compliant with its MREL requirements.

The following table presents J.P. Morgan Securities plc’s risk-based and leverage-based capital metrics.

December 31, 2024Regulatory Minimum ratios(a)
(in millions, except ratios)Actual
Total capital$53,120
CET1 capital ratio17.0%4.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio22.16.0
Total capital ratio27.18.0
Tier 1 leverage ratio7.13.3(b)

(a)Represents minimum Pillar 1 requirements specified by the PRA. J.P. Morgan Securities plc's capital ratios as of December 31, 2024 exceeded the minimum requirements, including the additional capital requirements specified by the PRA.

(b)At least 75% of the Tier 1 leverage ratio minimum must be met with CET1 capital.

J.P. Morgan SE

JPMSE is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and has authority to engage in banking, investment banking and markets activities. JPMSE is regulated by the European Central Bank (“ECB”), the German Financial Supervisory Authority and the German Central Bank, as well as the local regulators in each of the countries in which it operates, and it is subject to EU capital requirements under Basel III. JPMSE is subject to the EU implementation of the final Basel III standards. Those standards became effective beginning on January 1, 2025, with the exception of market risk aspects for which the effective date is January 1, 2026.

JPMSE is required by the EU Single Resolution Board to maintain MREL. As of December 31, 2024, JPMSE was compliant with its MREL requirements.

The following table presents JPMSE’s risk-based and leverage-based capital metrics.

December 31, 2024Regulatory Minimum ratios(a)
(in millions, except ratios)Actual
Total capital$43,298
CET1 capital ratio20.0%4.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio20.06.0
Total capital ratio34.88.0
Tier 1 leverage ratio6.13.0

(a)Represents minimum Pillar 1 requirements specified by the EU CRR. J.P. Morgan SE’s capital and leverage ratios as of December 31, 2024 exceeded the minimum requirements, including the additional capital requirements specified by EU regulators.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K107

Management’s discussion and analysis

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Firm will be unable to meet its cash and collateral needs as they arise or that it does not have the appropriate amount, composition and tenor of funding and liquidity to support its assets and liabilities.

Liquidity risk management

The Firm has a Liquidity Risk Management (“LRM”) function whose primary objective is to provide independent oversight of liquidity risk across the Firm. Liquidity Risk Management’s responsibilities include:

•Defining, monitoring and reporting liquidity risk metrics;

•Independently establishing and monitoring limits and indicators, including liquidity risk appetite;

•Developing a process to classify, monitor and report limit breaches;

•Performing an independent review of liquidity risk management processes to evaluate their adequacy and effectiveness;

•Monitoring and reporting internal Firmwide and legal entity liquidity stress tests, regulatory defined metrics, as well as liquidity positions, balance sheet variances and funding activities; and

•Approving or escalating for review new or updated liquidity stress assumptions.

Liquidity management

Treasury and CIO is responsible for liquidity management.

The primary objectives of the Firm’s liquidity management are to:

•Ensure that the Firm’s core businesses and material legal entities are able to operate in support of client needs and meet contractual and contingent financial obligations through normal economic cycles as well as during stress events, and

•Manage an optimal funding mix and availability of liquidity sources.

The Firm addresses these objectives through:

•Analyzing and understanding the liquidity characteristics of the assets and liabilities of the Firm, LOBs, legal entities, as well as currencies, taking into account legal, regulatory, and operational restrictions;

•Developing and maintaining internal liquidity stress testing assumptions;

•Defining and monitoring Firmwide and legal entity-specific liquidity strategies, policies, reporting and contingency funding plans;

•Managing liquidity within the Firm’s approved limits and indicators, including liquidity risk appetite tolerances;

•Managing compliance with regulatory requirements related to funding and liquidity risk; and

•Setting FTP in accordance with underlying liquidity characteristics of balance sheet assets and liabilities as well as certain off-balance sheet items.

As part of the Firm’s overall liquidity management strategy, the Firm manages liquidity and funding using a centralized, global approach designed to:

•Optimize liquidity sources and uses;

•Monitor exposures;

•Identify constraints on the transfer of liquidity between the Firm’s legal entities; and

•Maintain the appropriate amount of surplus liquidity at a Firmwide and legal entity level, where relevant.

Governance

Committees responsible for liquidity governance include the Firmwide ALCO, as well as regional ALCOs, the Treasurer Committee, and the CTC Risk Committee. In addition, the Board Risk Committee reviews and recommends to the Board of Directors, for approval, the Firm’s liquidity risk tolerances, liquidity strategy, and liquidity policy. Refer to Firmwide Risk Management on pages 91–95 for further discussion of ALCO and other risk-related committees.

Internal stress testing

The Firm conducts internal liquidity stress testing to monitor liquidity positions at the Firm and its material legal entities under a variety of adverse scenarios, including scenarios analyzed as part of the Firm’s resolution and recovery planning. Internal stress tests are produced on a daily basis, and other stress tests are performed in response to specific market events or concerns. Liquidity stress tests assume all of the Firm’s contractual financial obligations are met and take into consideration:

•Varying levels of access to unsecured and secured funding markets;

•Estimated non-contractual and contingent cash outflows;

•Credit rating downgrades;

•Collateral haircuts; and

•Potential impediments to the availability and transferability of liquidity between jurisdictions and material legal entities such as regulatory, legal or other restrictions.

Liquidity outflows are modeled across a range of time horizons and currency dimensions and contemplate both market and idiosyncratic stresses.

Results of stress tests are considered in the formulation of the Firm’s funding plan and assessment of its liquidity position. The Parent Company acts as a source of funding for the Firm through equity and

Column 1Column 2Column 3
108JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

long-term debt issuances, and its intermediate holding company, JPMorgan Chase Holdings LLC (the “IHC”), provides funding to support the ongoing operations of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries. The Firm manages liquidity at the Parent Company, the IHC, and operating subsidiaries at levels sufficient to comply with liquidity risk tolerances and minimum liquidity requirements, and to manage through periods of stress when access to normal funding sources may be disrupted.

Contingency funding plan

The Firm’s Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”) sets out the strategies for addressing and managing liquidity resource needs during a liquidity stress event and incorporates liquidity risk limits, indicators and risk appetite tolerances. The CFP also identifies the alternative contingent funding and liquidity resources available to the Firm and its legal entities in a period of stress.

LCR and HQLA

The LCR rule requires that the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. maintain an amount of eligible HQLA that is sufficient to meet their respective estimated total net cash outflows over a prospective 30 calendar-day period of significant stress. Eligible HQLA, for purposes of calculating the LCR, is the amount of unencumbered HQLA that satisfy certain operational considerations as defined in the LCR rule. HQLA primarily consist of cash and certain high-quality liquid securities as defined in the LCR rule.

Under the LCR rule, the amount of eligible HQLA held by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that is in excess of its stand-alone 100% minimum LCR requirement, and that is not transferable to non-bank affiliates, must be excluded from the Firm’s reported eligible HQLA.

Estimated net cash outflows are based on standardized stress outflow and inflow rates prescribed in the LCR rule, which are applied to the balances of the Firm’s assets, sources of funds, and obligations. The LCR for both the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. is required to be a minimum of 100%.

The following table summarizes the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s average LCR for the three months ended December 31, 2024, September 30, 2024 and December 31, 2023 based on the Firm’s interpretation of the LCR framework.

Three months ended
Average amount (in millions)December 31, 2024September 30, 2024December 31, 2023
JPMorgan Chase & Co.:
HQLA
Eligible cash(a)$396,123$412,389$485,263
Eligible securities(b)(c)464,877453,899313,365
Total HQLA(d)$861,000$866,288$798,628
Net cash outflows$763,648$762,072$704,857
LCR113%114%113%
Net excess eligible HQLA(d)$97,352$104,216$93,771
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.:
LCR124%121%129%
Net excess eligible HQLA$193,682$168,137$215,190

(a)Represents cash on deposit at central banks, primarily the Federal Reserve Banks.

(b)Eligible HQLA securities may be reported in securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements, trading assets, or investment securities on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets. For purposes of calculating the LCR, HQLA securities are included at fair value, which may differ from the accounting treatment under U.S. GAAP.

(c)Predominantly U.S. Treasuries, U.S. GSE and government agency MBS, and sovereign bonds net of regulatory haircuts under the LCR rule.

(d)Excludes average excess eligible HQLA at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that are not transferable to non-bank affiliates.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.'s average LCR increased during the three months ended December 31, 2024, compared with the three months ended September 30, 2024, driven by activities in CIB Markets, partially offset by lower market values of HQLA-eligible investment securities and funding maturities.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s average LCR for the three months ended December 31, 2024 decreased compared with the three months ended December 31, 2023, driven by dividend payments to the Parent Company and lending activity, largely offset by higher market values of HQLA-eligible investment securities, a reduction in unencumbered non-HQLA AFS securities, activities in CIB Markets, and long-term debt issuances.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K109

Management’s discussion and analysis

Each of the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.'s average LCR may fluctuate from period to period due to changes in their respective eligible HQLA and estimated net cash outflows as a result of ongoing business activity and from the impacts of Federal Reserve actions as well as other factors. Refer to the Firm’s U.S. LCR Disclosure reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for a further discussion of the Firm’s LCR.

Liquidity sources

In addition to the assets reported in the Firm’s eligible HQLA discussed above, the Firm had unencumbered marketable securities, such as equity and debt securities, that the Firm believes would be available to raise liquidity. This includes excess eligible HQLA securities at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that are not transferable to non-bank affiliates. The fair value of these securities was approximately $594 billion and $649 billion as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, although the amount of liquidity that could be raised at any particular time would be dependent on prevailing market conditions. The decrease compared to December 31, 2023, was driven by reductions in unencumbered AFS securities in Treasury and CIO, excess eligible HQLA securities at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and unencumbered CIB trading assets.

The Firm had approximately $1.4 trillion of available cash and securities as of both December 31, 2024 and 2023. For each respective period, the amount was comprised of eligible end-of-period HQLA, excluding the impact of regulatory haircuts, of approximately $834 billion and $798 billion, and unencumbered marketable securities with a fair value of approximately $594 billion and $649 billion.

The Firm also had available borrowing capacity at the Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”) and the discount window at the Federal Reserve Banks as a result of collateral pledged by the Firm to such banks of approximately $413 billion and $340 billion as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. This borrowing capacity excludes the benefit of cash and securities reported in the Firm’s eligible HQLA or other unencumbered securities that are currently pledged at the Federal Reserve Banks discount window and other central banks. Available borrowing capacity increased from December 31, 2023 primarily due to a higher amount of commercial loans and credit card receivables pledged at the Federal Reserve Banks. Although available, the Firm does not view this borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Banks discount window and the other central banks as a primary source of liquidity.

NSFR

The net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”) is a liquidity requirement for large banking organizations that is intended to measure the adequacy of “available” stable funding that is sufficient to meet their “required” amounts of stable funding over a one-year horizon.

For the three months ended December 31, 2024, both the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. were compliant with the 100% minimum NSFR requirement, based on the Firm’s interpretation of the final NSFR rule. Refer to the Firm's U.S. NSFR Disclosure report on the Firm’s website for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
110JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Funding

Sources of funds

Management believes that the Firm’s unsecured and secured funding capacity is sufficient to meet its on- and off-balance sheet obligations, which includes both short- and long-term cash requirements.

The Firm funds its global balance sheet through diverse sources of funding including deposits, secured and unsecured funding in the capital markets and stockholders’ equity. Deposits are the primary funding source for JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Additionally, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. may access funding through short- or long-term secured borrowings, the issuance of unsecured long-term debt, or from

borrowings from the IHC. The Firm’s non-bank subsidiaries are primarily funded from long-term unsecured borrowings and short-term secured borrowings which are primarily securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements. Excess funding is invested by Treasury and CIO in the Firm’s investment securities portfolio or deployed in cash or other short-term liquid investments based on their interest rate and liquidity risk characteristics.

Refer to Note 28 for additional information on off–balance sheet obligations.

Deposits

The table below summarizes, by LOB and Corporate, the period-end and average deposit balances as of and for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

As of or for the year ended December 31,Average
(in millions)2024202320242023
Consumer & Community Banking(a)$1,056,652$1,094,738$1,064,215$1,126,552
Commercial & Investment Bank(a)1,073,5121,050,8921,061,488996,295
Asset & Wealth Management(a)248,287233,232235,146216,178
Corporate27,58121,82625,79320,042
Total Firm$2,406,032$2,400,688$2,386,642$2,359,067

(a)In the fourth quarter of 2023, CCB transferred certain deposits associated with First Republic to AWM and CIB.

The Firm believes that deposits provide a stable source of funding and reduce the Firm’s reliance on the wholesale funding markets. A significant portion of the Firm’s deposits are consumer deposits and wholesale operating deposits, which are both considered to be stable sources of liquidity. Wholesale operating deposits are generally considered to be stable sources of liquidity because they are generated from customers that maintain operating service relationships with the Firm.

The Firm believes that average deposit balances are generally more representative of deposit trends than period-end deposit balances. However, during periods of market disruption, average deposit trends may be impacted.

The following discussion excludes the impact of the transfer of certain First Republic deposits in the fourth quarter of 2023 from CCB to the other LOBs as the transfers had no net impact on Firmwide deposits.

Average deposits increased for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, reflecting:

•an increase in CIB due to net inflows predominantly in Payments and net issuances of structured notes as a result of client demand in Markets, partially offset by deposit attrition, which included actions taken to reduce certain deposits,

•the timing impact of First Republic,

•an increase in AWM as a result of growth in balances in new and existing client accounts, reflecting the impact of higher-yielding product offerings, largely offset by continued migration into other investments, and

•a decline in CCB primarily driven by a decrease in balances in existing accounts due to increased customer spending, largely offset by new accounts.

Period-end deposits increased from December 31, 2023, reflecting:

•an increase in CIB due to net inflows predominantly in Payments, largely offset by net maturities of structured notes in Markets,

•an increase in AWM as a result of growth in balances in new and existing client accounts, reflecting the impact of higher-yielding product offerings, largely offset by continued migration into other investments, and

•a decline in CCB primarily driven by a decrease in balances in existing accounts due to increased customer spending and migration into higher-yielding investments, predominantly offset by new accounts.

Refer to the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis and the Business Segment & Corporate Results on pages 63–65 and pages 70–90, respectively, for further information on deposit and liability balance trends, as well as Executive Overview

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K111

Management’s discussion and analysis

on pages 54–58 and Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition. Refer to Note 3 for further information on structured notes.

Certain deposits are covered by insurance protection that provides additional funding stability and results in a benefit to the LCR. Deposit insurance protection may be available to depositors in the countries in which the deposits are placed. For example, the FDIC provides deposit insurance protection for deposits placed in a U.S. depository institution. At December 31, 2024 and 2023(a), the Firmwide estimated uninsured deposits were $1,414.0 billion and $1,347.8 billion, respectively, primarily reflecting wholesale operating deposits.

Total uninsured deposits include time deposits. The table below presents an estimate of uninsured U.S. and non-U.S. time deposits, and their remaining maturities. The Firm’s estimates of its uninsured U.S. time deposits are based on data that the Firm calculates periodically under applicable FDIC regulations. For purposes of this presentation, all non-U.S. time deposits are deemed to be uninsured.

(in millions)December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
U.S.Non-U.S.U.S.Non-U.S.
Three months or less$119,333$77,253$98,606(a)$77,466
Over three months but within 6 months11,04012,22917,7365,358
Over six months but within 12 months7,0561,54210,2944,820
Over 12 months8231,9247102,543
Total$138,252$92,948$127,346(a)$90,187

(a)Prior-period amounts have been revised to include cash collateral for certain derivatives to align with a change in the methodology for calculating uninsured U.S. time deposits.

The table below shows the loan and deposit balances, the loans-to-deposits ratios, and deposits as a percentage of total liabilities, as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.

As of December 31, (in billions except ratios)
20242023
Deposits$2,406.0$2,400.7
Deposits as a % of total liabilities66%68%
Loans$1,348.0$1,323.7
Loans-to-deposits ratio56%55%

The following table provides a summary of the average balances and average interest rates of JPMorganChase’s deposits for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.

Year ended December 31,Average balancesAverage interest rates
(in millions, except interest rates)202420232022202420232022
U.S. offices
Noninterest-bearing$611,734$635,791$691,206NANANA
Interest-bearing
Demand(a)282,533279,725324,5123.90%3.50%0.92%
Savings(b)800,964864,558971,7881.391.100.28
Time223,503145,82762,0224.934.742.07
Total interest-bearing deposits1,307,0001,290,1101,358,3222.542.030.52
Total deposits in U.S. offices1,918,7341,925,9012,049,5281.731.360.34
Non-U.S. offices
Noninterest-bearing26,85824,74728,043NANANA
Interest-bearing
Demand346,179321,976324,7403.132.710.57
Time94,87186,44365,6045.865.821.85
Total interest-bearing deposits441,050408,419390,3443.723.370.78
Total deposits in non-U.S. offices467,908433,166418,3873.503.180.73
Total deposits$2,386,642$2,359,067$2,467,9152.08%1.70%0.41%

(a)Includes Negotiable Order of Withdrawal accounts, and certain trust accounts.

(b)Includes Money Market Deposit Accounts.

Refer to Note 17 for additional information on deposits.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
112JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

The following table summarizes short-term and long-term funding, excluding deposits, as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and average balances for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Refer to the Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis on pages 63–65 and Note 11 for additional information.

Sources of funds (excluding deposits)
As of or for the year ended December 31,Average
(in millions)2024202320242023
Commercial paper$14,932$14,737$11,398$12,675
Other borrowed funds13,0188,20012,0409,712
Federal funds purchased5677871,5471,754
Total short-term unsecured funding$28,517$23,724$24,985$24,141
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(a)$291,500$212,804$357,144$249,661
Securities loaned(a)4,7682,9445,1294,671
Other borrowed funds24,94321,77525,50422,010
Obligations of Firm-administered multi-seller conduits(b)18,22817,78118,62014,918
Total short-term secured funding$339,439$255,304$406,397$291,260
Senior notes$203,639$191,202$199,908$181,803
Subordinated debt16,06019,70818,61420,374
Structured notes(c)98,79286,05693,48376,574
Total long-term unsecured funding$318,491$296,966$312,005$278,751
Credit card securitization(b)$5,312$2,998$5,138$1,634
FHLB advances29,25741,24635,040(g)28,865
Purchase Money Note(d)49,207$48,989$49,090$32,829
Other long-term secured funding(e)4,4634,6244,6764,513
Total long-term secured funding$88,239$97,857$93,944$67,841
Preferred stock(f)$20,050$27,404$24,054$27,404
Common stockholders’ equity(f)$324,708$300,474$312,370$282,056

(a)Primarily consists of short-term securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase.

(b)Included in beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets.

(c)Includes certain TLAC-eligible long-term unsecured debt issued by the Parent Company.

(d)Reflects the Purchase Money Note associated with the First Republic acquisition on May 1, 2023. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

(e)Includes long-term structured notes that are secured.

(f)Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 97–107, Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity on page 175, Note 21 and Note 22 for additional information on preferred stock and common stockholders’ equity.

(g)Includes the timing impact of First Republic. Refer to the Executive Overview on pages 54–58 and Note 34 for additional information.

Short-term funding

The Firm’s primary source of short-term secured funding is securities sold under agreements to repurchase. These instruments are secured predominantly by high-quality securities collateral, including government-issued debt and U.S. GSE and government agency MBS. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase increased at December 31, 2024, compared with December 31, 2023, driven by Markets, reflecting higher client-driven market-making activities and higher secured financing of trading assets.

The increase in secured other borrowed funds at December 31, 2024 from December 31, 2023, as well as the increase for the average year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the prior year period, were both due to higher financing requirements in Markets, partially offset by FHLB maturities in Treasury and CIO.

The balances associated with securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase fluctuate over time due to investment and financing activities of clients,

the Firm’s demand for financing, the ongoing management of the mix of the Firm’s liabilities, including its secured and unsecured financing (for both the investment securities and market-making portfolios), and other market and portfolio factors.

The Firm’s primary sources of short-term unsecured funding consist of issuances of wholesale commercial paper and other borrowed funds.

The decrease in average commercial paper for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the prior year period was due to lower issuances primarily as a result of short-term liquidity management.

The increase in unsecured other borrowed funds at December 31, 2024 from December 31, 2023, was predominantly driven by net issuances of structured notes in Markets.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K113

Management’s discussion and analysis

Long-term funding

Long-term funding provides an additional source of stable funding and liquidity for the Firm. The Firm’s long-term funding plan is driven primarily by expected client activity, liquidity considerations and regulatory requirements, including TLAC. Long-term funding objectives include maintaining diversification, maximizing market access and optimizing funding costs. The Firm evaluates various funding markets, tenors and currencies in creating its optimal long-term funding plan.

Unsecured funding and issuance

The significant majority of the Firm’s total outstanding long-term debt has been issued by the Parent Company to provide flexibility in support of the funding needs of both bank and non-bank subsidiaries. The Parent Company advances substantially all net funding proceeds to its subsidiary, the IHC. The IHC does not issue debt to external counterparties. The increase in structured notes at December 31, 2024 from December 31, 2023, and for the average year ended December 31, 2024, compared to the prior year period, was primarily driven by net issuances of structured notes in Markets due to client demand.

The following table summarizes long-term unsecured issuance and maturities or redemptions for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Refer to Note 20 for additional information on the IHC and long-term debt.

Long-term unsecured funding
Year ended December 31,2024202320242023
(Notional in millions)Parent CompanySubsidiaries
Issuance
Senior notes issued in the U.S. market$37,000$14,256$$3,750
Senior notes issued in non-U.S. markets4,0792,141
Total senior notes41,07916,3973,750
Structured notes(a)3,9443,01354,99335,281
Total long-term unsecured funding – issuance$45,023$19,410$54,993$39,031
Maturities/redemptions
Senior notes$25,765$21,483$65$67
Subordinated debt3,0972,090250
Structured notes8921,53247,42528,777
Total long-term unsecured funding – maturities/redemptions$29,754$25,105$47,740$28,844

(a)Includes certain TLAC-eligible long-term unsecured debt issued by the Parent Company.

Secured funding and issuance

The Firm can also raise secured long-term funding through securitization of consumer credit card loans and FHLB advances. The following table summarizes the securitization issuance, the FHLB advances and their respective maturities or redemptions, as applicable for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

Long-term secured funding
Year ended December 31,IssuanceMaturities/Redemptions
(in millions)2024202320242023
Credit card securitization$2,348$1,998$$1,000
FHLB advances6,00039,775(c)18,0509,485
Purchase Money Note(a)50,000$
Other long-term secured funding(b)1,5789911,049432
Total long-term secured funding$9,926$92,764$19,099$10,917

(a)Reflects the Purchase Money Note associated with the First Republic acquisition. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

(b)Includes long-term structured notes that are secured.

(c)Includes FHLB advances associated with the First Republic acquisition on May 1, 2023. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

The Firm’s wholesale businesses also securitize loans for client-driven transactions; those client-driven loan securitizations are not considered to be a source of funding for the Firm and are not included in the table above. Refer to Note 14 for a further description of client-driven loan securitizations.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
114JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Credit ratings

The cost and availability of financing are influenced by credit ratings. Reductions in these ratings could have an adverse effect on the Firm’s access to liquidity sources, increase the cost of funds, trigger additional collateral or funding requirements and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend to the Firm. The nature and magnitude of the impact of ratings downgrades depends on numerous contractual and behavioral factors, which the Firm

believes are incorporated in its liquidity risk and stress testing metrics. The Firm believes that it maintains sufficient liquidity to withstand a potential decrease in funding capacity due to ratings downgrades.

Additionally, the Firm’s funding requirements for VIEs and other third-party commitments may be adversely affected by a decline in credit ratings. Refer to Notes 5 and 14 for additional information.

The credit ratings of the Parent Company and certain of its principal subsidiaries as of December 31, 2024 were as follows:

JPMorgan Chase & Co.JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.J.P. Morgan Securities LLC J.P. Morgan Securities plc J.P. Morgan SE(a)
December 31, 2024Long-term issuerShort-term issuerOutlookLong-term issuerShort-term issuerOutlookLong-term issuerShort-term issuerOutlook
Moody’s Investors Service(a)A1P-1PositiveAa2P-1DevelopingAa3P-1Positive
Standard & Poor’s(b)AA-1StableAA-A-1+StableAA-A-1+Stable
Fitch RatingsAA-F1+StableAAF1+StableAAF1+Stable

(a)On November 11, 2024, Moody’s (i) affirmed the credit ratings of the Parent Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the other subsidiaries listed above; (ii) revised its outlook for the Parent Company, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities plc from stable to positive; (iii) revised its outlook for JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. from negative to developing, reflecting its view with respect to possible support from the U.S. government; and (iv) assessed its outlook for J.P. Morgan SE as negative with an “(m)” modifier, reflecting a negative outlook for long-term bank deposits and a positive outlook for the long-term issuer rating.

(b)The credit ratings of the Parent Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the other subsidiaries presented in the table reflect ratings upgrades by Standard & Poor’s on November 15, 2024. Standard & Poor’s also revised its outlook for the Parent Company and such subsidiaries from positive to stable.

JPMorganChase’s unsecured debt does not contain requirements that would call for an acceleration of payments, maturities or changes in the structure of the existing debt, provide any limitations on future borrowings or require additional collateral, based on unfavorable changes in the Firm’s credit ratings, financial ratios, earnings, or stock price.

Critical factors in maintaining high credit ratings include a stable and diverse earnings stream, strong capital and liquidity ratios, strong credit quality and risk management controls, and diverse funding sources. Rating agencies continue to evaluate economic and geopolitical trends, regulatory developments, future profitability, risk management practices, and litigation matters, as well as their broader ratings methodologies. Changes in any of these factors could lead to changes in the Firm’s credit ratings.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K115

REPUTATION RISK MANAGEMENT

Reputation risk is the risk that an action or inaction may negatively impact perception of the Firm’s integrity and reduce confidence in the Firm’s competence by various stakeholders, including clients, counterparties, customers, communities, investors, regulators, or employees.

The types of events that may result in reputation risk are wide-ranging and can be introduced by the Firm’s employees, business strategies and activities, clients, customers and counterparties with which the Firm does business. These events could contribute to financial losses, litigation, regulatory enforcement actions, fines, penalties or other sanctions, as well as other harm to the Firm.

Organization and management

Reputation Risk Management is an independent risk management function that establishes the governance framework for managing reputation risk across the Firm’s LOBs and Corporate. Reputation risk is inherently challenging to identify, manage, and quantify.

The Firm’s reputation risk management function includes the following activities:

•Maintaining a Firmwide Reputation Risk Governance policy and a standard consistent with the reputation risk framework

•Providing oversight of the governance framework through processes and infrastructure to support consistent identification, escalation and monitoring of reputation risk issues Firmwide

Governance and oversight

The Reputation Risk Governance policy establishes the principles for managing reputation risk for the Firm. It is the responsibility of each LOB and Corporate, and the Firm’s employees, to consider the reputation of the Firm when deciding whether to offer a new product, engage in a transaction or client relationship, enter a new jurisdiction, initiate a business process or consider any other activity. Environmental impacts and social concerns are important considerations in assessing the Firm’s reputation risk, and are a component of the Firm’s reputation risk governance.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
116JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

CREDIT AND INVESTMENT RISK MANAGEMENT

Credit and investment risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer; or loss of principal or a reduction in expected returns on investments, including consumer credit risk, wholesale credit risk, and investment portfolio risk.

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer. The Firm provides credit to a variety of clients and customers, ranging from large corporate and institutional clients to individual consumers and small businesses. In its consumer businesses, the Firm is exposed to credit risk primarily through its home lending, credit card, auto, and business banking businesses. In its wholesale businesses, the Firm is exposed to credit risk through its underwriting, lending, market-making, and hedging activities with and for clients and counterparties, as well as through its operating services activities (such as cash management and clearing activities), and securities financing activities. The Firm is also exposed to credit risk through its investment securities portfolio and cash placed with banks.

Credit Risk Management monitors and measures credit risk throughout the Firm, and defines credit risk policies, procedures and limits. The Firm’s credit risk management governance includes the following activities:

•Maintaining a credit risk policy framework

•Monitoring and measuring credit risk across all portfolio segments, including transaction and exposure approval

•Setting industry and geographic concentration limits, as appropriate, and setting guidelines for credit review and analysis

•Assigning and maintaining credit approval authorities in connection with the approval of credit exposure

•Monitoring and independent assessment of criticized exposures and delinquent loans, and

•Estimating credit losses and supporting appropriate credit risk-based capital management

Risk identification and measurement

To measure credit risk, the Firm employs several methodologies for estimating the likelihood of obligor or counterparty default. Methodologies for measuring credit risk vary depending on several factors, including type of asset (e.g., consumer versus wholesale), risk measurement parameters (e.g., delinquency status and borrower’s credit score versus wholesale risk-rating) and risk management and collection processes (e.g., retail collection center versus centrally managed workout groups). Credit risk measurement is based on the probability of default of an obligor or counterparty, the loss severity given a default event and the exposure at default.

Based on these factors and the methodology and estimates described in Note 13 and Note 10, the Firm estimates credit losses for its exposures. The allowance for loan losses reflects estimated credit losses related to the consumer and wholesale held-for-investment loan portfolios, the allowance for lending-related commitments reflects estimated credit losses related to the Firm’s lending-related commitments and the allowance for investment securities reflects estimated credit losses related to the investment securities portfolio. Refer to Note 13, Note 10 and Critical Accounting Estimates used by the Firm on pages 161–164 for further information.

In addition, potential and unexpected credit losses are reflected in the allocation of credit risk capital and represent the potential volatility of actual losses relative to the established allowances for loan losses and lending-related commitments. The analyses for these losses include stress testing that considers alternative economic scenarios as described below.

Stress testing

Stress testing is important in measuring and managing credit risk in the Firm’s credit portfolio. The stress testing process assesses the potential impact of alternative economic and business scenarios on estimated credit losses for the Firm. Economic scenarios and the underlying parameters are defined centrally, articulated in terms of macroeconomic factors and applied across the businesses. The stress test results may indicate credit migration, changes in delinquency trends and potential losses in the credit portfolio. In addition to the periodic stress testing processes, management also considers additional stresses outside these scenarios, including industry and country- specific stress scenarios, as appropriate. The Firm uses stress testing to inform decisions on setting risk appetite both at a Firm and LOB level, as well as to assess the impact of stress on individual counterparties.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K117

Management’s discussion and analysis

Risk monitoring and management

The Firm has developed policies and practices that are designed to preserve the independence and integrity of the approval and decision-making process for extending credit so that credit risks are assessed accurately, approved properly, monitored regularly and managed actively at both the transaction and portfolio levels. The policy framework establishes credit approval authorities, concentration limits, risk-rating methodologies, portfolio review parameters and guidelines for management of distressed exposures. In addition, certain models, assumptions and inputs used in evaluating and monitoring credit risk are independently validated by groups that are separate from the LOBs.

Consumer credit risk is monitored for delinquency and other trends, including any concentrations at the portfolio level, as certain of these trends can be addressed through changes in underwriting policies and portfolio guidelines. Consumer Risk Management evaluates delinquency and other trends against business expectations, current and forecasted economic conditions, and industry benchmarks. Historical and forecasted economic performance and trends are incorporated into the modeling of estimated consumer credit losses and are part of the monitoring of the credit risk profile of the portfolio.

Wholesale credit risk is monitored regularly at an aggregate portfolio, industry, and individual client and counterparty level with established concentration limits that are reviewed and revised periodically as deemed appropriate by management. Industry and counterparty limits, as measured in terms of exposure and economic risk appetite, are subject to stress-based loss constraints.

Management of the Firm’s wholesale credit risk exposure is accomplished through a number of means, including:

•Loan underwriting and credit approval processes

•Loan syndications and participations

•Loan sales and securitizations

•Credit derivatives

•Master netting agreements, and

•Collateral and other risk-reduction techniques

In addition to Credit Risk Management, an independent Credit Review function is responsible for:

•Independently assessing risk grades assigned to exposures in the Firm’s wholesale credit portfolio and the timeliness of risk grade changes initiated by responsible business units; and

•Evaluating the effectiveness of the credit management processes of the LOBs and Corporate, including the adequacy of credit analyses and risk grading/loss given default (“LGD”) rationales, proper monitoring and management of credit exposures, and compliance with applicable grading policies and underwriting guidelines.

Refer to Note 12 for further discussion of consumer and wholesale loans.

Risk reporting

To enable monitoring of credit risk and effective decision-making, aggregate credit exposure, credit quality forecasts, concentration levels and risk profile changes are reported regularly to senior members of Credit Risk Management. Detailed portfolio reporting of industry, clients, counterparties and customers, product and geography are prepared, and the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses is reviewed by senior management at least on a quarterly basis. Through the risk reporting and governance structure, credit risk trends and limit exceptions are provided regularly to, and discussed with, risk committees, senior management and the Board of Directors.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
118JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

CREDIT PORTFOLIO

Credit risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer.

In the following tables, total loans include loans retained (i.e., held-for-investment); loans held-for-sale; and certain loans accounted for at fair value. The following tables do not include loans which the Firm accounts for at fair value and classifies as trading assets; refer to Notes 2 and 3 for further information regarding these loans. Refer to Notes 12, 28, and 5 for additional information on the Firm’s loans, lending-related commitments and derivative receivables, including the Firm’s related accounting policies.

Refer to Note 10 for information regarding the credit risk inherent in the Firm’s investment securities portfolio; and refer to Note 11 for information regarding credit risk inherent in the securities financing portfolio. Refer to Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 120–125 and Note 12 for further discussions of the consumer credit environment, consumer loans and nonperforming exposure. Refer to Wholesale Credit Portfolio on pages 126–136 and Note 12 for further discussions of the wholesale credit environment and wholesale loans.

Total credit portfolio
December 31, (in millions)Credit exposureNonperforming(c)
2024202320242023
Loans retained$1,299,590$1,280,870$7,175$5,989
Loans held-for-sale7,0483,985160184
Loans at fair value41,35038,8511,502744
Total loans1,347,9881,323,7068,8376,917
Derivative receivables60,96754,864145364
Receivables from customers(a)51,92947,625
Total credit-related assets1,460,8841,426,1958,9827,281
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
Real estate ownedNANA284274
OtherNANA3442
Total assets acquired in loan satisfactionsNANA318316
Lending-related commitments1,577,6221,497,847737464
Total credit portfolio$3,038,506$2,924,042$10,037$8,061
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)$(41,367)$(37,779)$$
Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(28,160)(22,461)NANA

(a)    Receivables from customers reflect held-for-investment margin loans to brokerage clients in CIB, CCB and AWM; these are reported within accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated balance sheets.

(b)    Represents the net notional amount of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage credit exposures.

(c)    Excludes mortgage loans past due and insured by U.S. government agencies, which are primarily 90 or more days past due. These loans have been excluded based upon the government guarantee. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies were $121 million and $182 million, respectively. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.

The following table provides information on Firmwide nonaccrual loans to total loans.

December 31, (in millions, except ratios)20242023
Total nonaccrual loans$8,837$6,917
Total loans1,347,9881,323,706
Firmwide nonaccrual loans to total loans outstanding0.66%0.52%

The following table provides information about the Firm’s net charge-offs and recoveries.

December 31, (in millions, except ratios)20242023
Net charge-offs$8,638$6,209
Average retained loans1,271,3441,202,348
Net charge-off rates0.68%0.52%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K119

Management’s discussion and analysis

CONSUMER CREDIT PORTFOLIO

The Firm’s retained consumer portfolio consists primarily of loans and lending-related commitments for residential real estate, credit card, scored auto and business banking. The consumer credit portfolio also includes loans at fair value, predominantly in residential real estate. The Firm’s focus is on serving primarily the prime segment of the consumer credit market. Originated mortgage loans are retained in the residential real estate portfolio, securitized or sold to U.S. government agencies and U.S. government-sponsored enterprises; other types of consumer loans are typically retained on the balance sheet. Refer to Note 12 for further information on the consumer loan portfolio. Refer to Note 28 for further information on lending-related commitments.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
120JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

The following tables present consumer credit-related information with respect to the scored credit portfolio held in CCB, AWM, CIB and Corporate.

Consumer credit portfolio
December 31, (in millions)Credit exposureNonaccrual loans(i)
2024202320242023
Consumer, excluding credit card
Residential real estate(a)$309,513$326,409$2,984$3,466
Auto and other(b)(c)66,82170,866249177
Total loans - retained376,334397,2753,2333,643
Loans held-for-sale94548715595
Loans at fair value(d)15,53112,331538465
Total consumer, excluding credit card loans392,810410,0933,9264,203
Lending-related commitments(e)44,84445,403
Total consumer exposure, excluding credit card437,654455,496
Credit card
Loans retained(f)232,860211,123NANA
Total credit card loans232,860211,123NANA
Lending-related commitments(e)(g)1,001,311915,658
Total credit card exposure1,234,1711,126,781
Total consumer credit portfolio$1,671,825$1,582,277$3,926$4,203
Credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(h)$(479)$(790)
Year ended December 31,
(in millions, except ratios)Net charge-offs/(recoveries)Average loans - retainedNet charge-off/(recovery) rate(j)
202420232024202320242023
Consumer, excluding credit card
Residential real estate$(101)$(52)$316,042$296,515(0.03)%(0.02)%
Auto and other77568467,95967,5461.141.01
Total consumer, excluding credit card - retained674632384,001364,0610.180.17
Credit card - retained7,1424,698214,033191,4123.342.45
Total consumer - retained$7,816$5,330$598,034$555,4731.31%0.96%

(a)Includes scored mortgage and home equity loans held in CCB and AWM.

(b)At December 31, 2024 and 2023, excluded operating lease assets of $12.8 billion and $10.4 billion, respectively. These operating lease assets are included in other assets on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 18 for further information.

(c)Includes scored auto and business banking loans, and overdrafts.

(d)Includes scored mortgage loans held in CCB and CIB, and other consumer unsecured loans in CIB.

(e)Credit card, home equity and certain business banking lending-related commitments represent the total available lines of credit for these products. The Firm has not experienced, and does not anticipate, that all available lines of credit would be used at the same time. Refer to Note 28 for further information.

(f)Includes billed interest and fees.

(g)Also includes commercial card lending-related commitments primarily in CIB.

(h)Represents the notional amount of protection obtained through the issuance of credit-related notes that reference certain pools of residential real estate and auto loans in the retained consumer portfolio.

(i)Excludes mortgage loans past due and insured by U.S. government agencies, which are primarily 90 or more days past due. These loans have been excluded based upon the government guarantee. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies were $121 million and $182 million, respectively. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status, as permitted by regulatory guidance.

(j)Average consumer loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were $17.2 billion and $12.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. These amounts were excluded when calculating net charge-off/(recovery) rates.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K121

Management’s discussion and analysis

Maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates

The table below sets forth loan maturities by scheduled repayments, by class of loan and the distribution between fixed and floating interest rates based on the stated terms of the loan agreements. The Firm estimated the principal repayment amounts for both the residential real estate and auto and other loan classes by calculating the weighted-average loan balance and interest rates for loan pools based on remaining loan term. Refer to Note 12 for further information on loan classes.

December 31, 2024 (in millions)Within1 year(a)1-5 years5-15 yearsAfter 15 yearsTotal
Consumer, excluding credit card
Residential real estate$21,442$26,712$109,608$166,715$324,477
Auto and other19,404(b)43,7015,224468,333
Total consumer, excluding credit card loans$40,846$70,413$114,832$166,719$392,810
Total credit card loans$231,799$1,048$13$$232,860
Total consumer loans$272,645$71,461$114,845$166,719$625,670
Loans due after one year at fixed interest rates
Residential real estate$19,639$57,351$77,865
Auto and other43,5652,9574
Credit card1,04813
Loans due after one year at variable interest rates
Residential real estate$7,073$52,257$88,850
Auto and other1362,267
Total consumer loans$71,461$114,845$166,719

(a)Includes loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value.

(b)Includes overdrafts.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
122JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Consumer, excluding credit card

Portfolio analysis

Loans decreased from December 31, 2023 driven by residential real estate loans and scored auto loans.

The following discussions provide information concerning individual loan products. Refer to Note 12 for further information about this portfolio, including information about delinquencies, loan modifications and other credit quality indicators.

Residential real estate: The residential real estate portfolio, including loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value, predominantly consists of prime mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit.

Retained loans decreased compared to December 31, 2023, predominantly driven by paydowns and loan sales, net of originations. Retained nonaccrual loans decreased compared to December 31, 2023, predominantly driven by loan sales. Net recoveries were higher for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the prior year, driven by loan sales.

Loans held-for-sale and nonaccrual loans held-for-sale increased from December 31, 2023, predominantly driven by transfers of certain retained loans in anticipation of securitization and loan sales, respectively.

Loans at fair value increased from December 31, 2023, predominantly driven by higher Home Lending loans, as originations outpaced warehouse loan sales. Nonaccrual loans at fair value increased compared to December 31, 2023, driven by CIB.

At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the carrying values of retained interest-only residential mortgage loans were $88.9 billion and $90.6 billion, respectively. These loans have an interest-only payment period generally followed by an adjustable-rate or fixed-rate fully amortizing payment period to maturity and are typically originated as higher-balance loans to higher-income borrowers. The credit performance of this portfolio is comparable to the performance of the broader prime mortgage portfolio.

The carrying value of retained home equity lines of credit outstanding was $14.5 billion at December 31, 2024, including $3.8 billion of HELOCs that have recast from interest-only to fully amortizing payments or have been modified, and $3.6 billion of interest-only balloon HELOCs, which primarily mature after 2030. The Firm manages the risk of HELOCs during their revolving period by reducing or canceling the undrawn line in accordance with the contract or to the extent otherwise permitted by law, including when there has been a demonstrable decline in the creditworthiness of the borrower or significant decrease in the value of the underlying property.

The following table provides a summary of the Firm’s

residential mortgage portfolio insured and/or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies, predominantly loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value. The Firm monitors its exposure to certain potential unrecoverable claim payments related to government-insured loans and considers this exposure in estimating the allowance for loan losses.

(in millions)December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Current$462$446
30-89 days past due72102
90 or more days past due121182
Total government guaranteed loans$655$730

Geographic composition and current estimated loan-to-value ratio of residential real estate loans

At December 31, 2024, $217.7 billion, or 70% of the total retained residential real estate loan portfolio, was concentrated in California, New York, Florida, Texas and Massachusetts, compared to $228.4 billion, or 70% at December 31, 2023.

Average current estimated loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios have improved, reflecting an increase in home prices.

Refer to Note 12 for information on the geographic composition and current estimated LTVs of the Firm’s residential real estate loans.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K123

Management’s discussion and analysis

Auto and other: The auto and other loan portfolio, including loans at fair value, generally consists of prime-quality scored auto and business banking loans, other consumer unsecured loans, and overdrafts. The portfolio decreased when compared to December 31, 2023, predominantly due to loan securitizations. Net charge-offs increased compared to the prior year, predominantly due to net charge-offs of scored auto loans of $445 million compared to $357 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, reflecting a decline in used vehicle valuations. Refer to Note 14 for further information on securitization activity.

Nonperforming assets

The following table presents information as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, about consumer, excluding credit card, nonperforming assets.

Nonperforming assets(a)
December 31, (in millions)20242023
Nonaccrual loans
Residential real estate$3,665$4,015
Auto and other261188
Total nonaccrual loans3,9264,203
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
Real estate owned78120
Other3442
Total assets acquired in loan satisfactions112162
Total nonperforming assets$4,038$4,365

(a)Excludes mortgage loans past due and insured by U.S. government agencies, which are primarily 90 or more days past due. These loans have been excluded based upon the government guarantee. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies were $121 million and $182 million, respectively.

Nonaccrual loans

The following table presents changes in consumer, excluding credit card, nonaccrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

Nonaccrual loan activity
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)20242023
Beginning balance$4,203$4,325
Additions:3,2252,894
Reductions:
Principal payments and other8941,030
Sales803276
Charge-offs665472
Returned to performing status9631,052
Foreclosures and other liquidations177186
Total reductions3,5023,016
Net changes(277)(122)
Ending balance$3,926$4,203

Refer to Note 12 for further information about the consumer credit portfolio, including information about delinquencies, other credit quality indicators and loans that were in the process of active or suspended foreclosure.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
124JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Credit card

Total credit card loans increased from December 31, 2023 reflecting growth from new accounts and revolving balances. The December 31, 2024 30+ and 90+ day delinquency rates of 2.17% and 1.14%, respectively, increased compared to the December 31, 2023 30+ and 90+ day delinquency rates of 2.14% and 1.05%, respectively, in line with the Firm’s expectations. Net charge-offs increased for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the prior year reflecting the seasoning of vintages originated in recent years, credit normalization and balance growth.

Consistent with the Firm’s policy, all credit card loans typically remain on accrual status until charged off. However, the Firm’s allowance for loan losses includes the estimated uncollectible portion of accrued and billed interest and fee income.

Geographic and FICO composition of credit card loans

At December 31, 2024, $109.0 billion, or 47% of the total retained credit card loan portfolio, was concentrated in California, Texas, New York, Florida and Illinois, compared to $98.1 billion, or 46%, at December 31, 2023.

Refer to Note 12 for further information about this portfolio, including information about delinquencies, geographic and FICO composition.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K125

Management’s discussion and analysis

WHOLESALE CREDIT PORTFOLIO

In its wholesale businesses, the Firm is exposed to credit risk primarily through its underwriting, lending, market-making, and hedging activities with and for clients and counterparties, as well as through various operating services (such as cash management and clearing activities), securities financing activities and cash placed with banks. A portion of the loans originated or acquired by the Firm’s wholesale businesses is generally retained on the balance sheet. The Firm distributes a significant percentage of the loans that it originates into the market as part of its syndicated loan business and to manage portfolio concentrations and credit risk. The wholesale portfolio is actively managed, in part by conducting ongoing, in-depth reviews of client credit quality and transaction structure, inclusive of collateral where applicable, and of industry, product and client concentrations. Refer to the industry discussion on pages 128–131 for further information.

The Firm’s wholesale credit portfolio includes exposure held in CIB, AWM and Corporate, and risk-rated exposure held in CCB, for which the wholesale methodology is applied when determining the allowance for loan losses.

As of December 31, 2024, loans increased $19.8 billion, driven by higher loans in CIB and higher securities-based lending in AWM. Lending-related commitments decreased $5.3 billion, with decreases in AWM and CCB, largely offset by higher commitments in CIB.

As of December 31, 2024, nonperforming exposure increased by $2.3 billion, predominantly driven by Real Estate, concentrated in Office, Healthcare and Consumer & Retail, in each case resulting from downgrades.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, wholesale net charge-offs were $822 million, largely driven by Real Estate, concentrated in Office, and client-specific charge-offs across multiple industries including Consumer & Retail and Individuals.

Wholesale credit portfolio
December 31, (in millions)Credit exposureNonperforming
2024202320242023
Loans retained$690,396$672,472$3,942$2,346
Loans held-for-sale6,1033,498589
Loans at fair value25,81926,520964279
Loans722,318702,4904,9112,714
Derivative receivables60,96754,864145364
Receivables from customers(a)51,92947,625
Total wholesale credit-related assets835,214804,9795,0563,078
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
Real estate ownedNANA206154
OtherNANA
Total assets acquired in loan satisfactionsNANA206154
Lending-related commitments531,467536,786737464
Total wholesale credit portfolio$1,366,681$1,341,765$5,999$3,696
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)$(40,888)$(36,989)$$
Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(28,160)(22,461)NANA

(a)Receivables from customers reflect held-for-investment margin loans to brokerage clients in CIB, CCB and AWM; these are reported within accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated balance sheets.

(b)Represents the net notional amount of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage both performing and nonperforming wholesale credit exposures; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. Refer to Credit derivatives on page 136 and Note 5 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
126JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Wholesale credit exposure – maturity and ratings profile

The following tables present the maturity and internal risk ratings profiles of the wholesale credit portfolio as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. The Firm generally considers internal ratings with qualitative characteristics equivalent to BBB-/Baa3 or higher as investment grade, and takes into consideration collateral and structural support when determining the internal risk rating for each credit facility. Refer to Note 12 for further information on internal risk ratings.

Maturity profile(d)Ratings profile
December 31, 2024(in millions, except ratios)1 year or lessAfter 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 yearsTotalInvestment-gradeNoninvestment-gradeTotalTotal % of IG
Loans retained$225,982$289,199$175,215$690,396$471,670$218,726$690,39668%
Derivative receivables60,96760,967
Less: Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(28,160)(28,160)
Total derivative receivables, net of collateral11,5157,41813,87432,80724,7078,10032,80775
Lending-related commitments121,283384,52925,655531,467352,082179,385531,46766
Subtotal358,780681,146214,7441,254,670848,459406,2111,254,67068
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)31,92231,922
Receivables from customers51,92951,929
Total exposure – net of liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives$1,338,521$1,338,521
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)(c)$(5,442)$(33,751)$(1,695)$(40,888)$(31,691)$(9,197)$(40,888)78%
Maturity profile(d)Ratings profile
December 31, 2023 (in millions, except ratios)1 year or lessAfter 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 yearsTotalInvestment-gradeNoninvestment-gradeTotalTotal % of IG
Loans retained$211,104$280,821$180,547$672,472$458,838$213,634$672,47268%
Derivative receivables54,86454,864
Less: Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(22,461)(22,461)
Total derivative receivables, net of collateral8,0078,97015,42632,40324,9197,48432,40377
Lending-related commitments143,337368,64624,803536,786341,611195,175536,78664
Subtotal362,448658,437220,7761,241,661825,368416,2931,241,66166
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)30,01830,018
Receivables from customers47,62547,625
Total exposure – net of liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives$1,319,304$1,319,304
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)(c)$(3,311)$(28,353)$(5,325)$(36,989)$(28,869)$(8,120)$(36,989)78%

(a)Loans held-for-sale are primarily related to syndicated loans and loans transferred from the retained portfolio.

(b)These derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP.

(c)The notional amounts are presented on a net basis by underlying reference entity and the ratings profile shown is based on the ratings of the reference entity on which protection has been purchased. Predominantly all of the credit derivatives entered into by the Firm where it has purchased protection used in credit portfolio management activities are executed with investment-grade counterparties. In addition, the Firm obtains credit protection against certain loans in the retained loan portfolio through the issuance of credit-related notes.

(d)The maturity profile of retained loans, lending-related commitments and derivative receivables is generally based on remaining contractual maturity. Derivative contracts that are in a receivable position at December 31, 2024, may become payable prior to maturity based on their cash flow profile or changes in market conditions.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K127

Management’s discussion and analysis

Wholesale credit exposure – industry exposures

The Firm focuses on the management and diversification of its industry exposures, and pays particular attention to industries with actual or potential credit concerns.

Exposures that are deemed to be criticized align with the U.S. banking regulators’ definition of criticized exposures, which consist of the special mention, substandard and doubtful categories. Total criticized exposure, excluding loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value, was $44.7 billion and $41.4 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, representing approximately 3.5% and 3.3% of total wholesale credit exposure, respectively; of the $44.7 billion, $39.9 billion was performing. The increase in criticized exposure was driven by Real Estate resulting from downgrades, primarily in Multifamily and Office, and new commitments in Technology and Media, partially offset by Consumer & Retail resulting from net portfolio activity and upgrades.

The table below summarizes by industry the Firm’s exposures as of December 31, 2024 and 2023. The industry of risk category is generally based on the client or counterparty’s primary business activity. Refer to Note 4 for additional information on industry concentrations.

Wholesale credit exposure – industries(a)
Selected metrics
Noninvestment-grade30 days or more past due and accruing loansNet charge-offs/ (recoveries)Credit derivative and credit-related notes(h)Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2024(in millions)Creditexposure(f)(g)Investment- gradeNoncriticizedCriticized performingCriticized nonperforming
Real Estate$207,050$143,803$50,865$10,858$1,524$913$345$(584)$
Individuals and Individual Entities(b)144,145118,65024,831217447831122
Asset Managers135,541101,15034,148206373752(9,194)
Consumer & Retail129,81562,80060,1416,055819252123(4,320)
Technology, Media & Telecommunications84,71645,02128,62910,5924747994(4,800)
Industrials72,53037,57230,9123,80723918591(2,312)
Healthcare64,22444,13517,0622,21980824556(3,286)(34)
Banks & Finance Companies61,28736,88424,1192572736(702)(729)
Utilities35,87124,20510,2561,2731371(2,700)
State & Municipal Govt(c)35,03933,3031,71191690(2)(1)
Automotive34,33622,01511,353931371211(997)
Oil & Gas31,72419,05312,47918849(3)(1,711)(2)
Insurance24,26717,8476,1982222(1,077)(9,184)
Chemicals & Plastics20,78211,0138,1521,521963114(1,164)
Transportation17,0199,4627,1353913117(20)(658)
Metals & Mining15,8607,3737,860590379(246)(2)
Central Govt13,86213,5801571254(1,490)(2,051)
Securities Firms9,4435,4244,0145(13)(2,635)
Financial Markets Infrastructure4,4464,201245(1)
All other(d)140,873117,98622,3983989110(3)(14,825)(4,328)
Subtotal$1,282,830$875,477$362,665$39,864$4,824$3,210$822$(40,888)$(28,160)
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value31,922
Receivables from customers51,929
Total(e)$1,366,681
Column 1Column 2Column 3
128JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K
Selected metrics
Noninvestment-grade30 days or more past due and accruing loansNet charge-offs/ (recoveries)Credit derivative and credit-related notes (h)Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2023 (in millions)Creditexposure(f)(g)Investment- gradeNoncriticizedCriticized performingCriticized nonperforming
Real Estate$208,261$148,866$50,190$8,558$647$717$275$(574)$
Individuals and Individual Entities(b)145,849110,67334,26133458186110
Asset Managers129,57483,85745,6239042011(7,209)
Consumer & Retail127,08660,16858,6067,863449318161(4,204)
Technology, Media & Telecommunications77,29640,46827,0949,3883463681(4,287)
Industrials75,09240,95130,5863,41913621331(2,949)
Healthcare65,02543,16318,3963,00546113017(3,070)
Banks & Finance Companies57,17733,88122,74454579277(511)(412)
Utilities36,06125,2429,9297651251(3)(2,373)
State & Municipal Govt(c)35,98633,5612,39027831(4)
Automotive33,97723,15210,06064012559(653)
Oil & Gas34,47518,27616,076111124511(1,927)(5)
Insurance20,50114,5035,7002982(961)(6,898)
Chemicals & Plastics20,77311,3538,3529161521062(1,045)
Transportation16,0608,8655,9431,1965623(26)(574)
Metals & Mining15,5088,4036,514536551244(229)
Central Govt17,70417,2643121271(3,490)(2,085)
Securities Firms8,6894,5704,1181(14)(2,765)
Financial Markets Infrastructure4,2514,052199
All other(d)134,777115,71118,618439921(2)(10,124)(3,087)
Subtotal$1,264,122$846,979$375,711$38,258$3,174$2,785$879$(36,989)$(22,461)
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value30,018
Receivables from customers47,625
Total(e)$1,341,765

(a)The industry rankings presented in the table as of December 31, 2023, are based on the industry rankings of the corresponding exposures at December 31, 2024, not actual rankings of such exposures at December 31, 2023.

(b)Individuals and Individual Entities predominantly consists of Global Private Bank clients within AWM and J.P. Morgan Wealth Management within CCB, and includes exposure to personal investment companies and personal and testamentary trusts.

(c)In addition to the credit risk exposure to states and municipal governments (both U.S. and non-U.S.) at December 31, 2024 and 2023, noted above, the Firm held: $6.1 billion and $5.9 billion, respectively, of trading assets; $17.9 billion and $21.4 billion, respectively, of AFS securities; and $9.3 billion and $9.9 billion, respectively, of HTM securities, issued by U.S. state and municipal governments. Refer to Note 2 and Note 10 for further information.

(d)All other includes: SPEs and Private education and civic organizations, representing approximately 94% and 6%, respectively, at both December 31, 2024 and 2023.

(e)Excludes cash placed with banks of $459.2 billion and $614.1 billion, at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which is predominantly placed with various central banks, primarily Federal Reserve Banks.

(f)Credit exposure is net of risk participations and excludes the benefit of credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities held against derivative receivables or loans and liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables.

(g)Credit exposure includes held-for-sale and fair value option elected lending-related commitments.

(h)Represents the net notional amounts of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage the credit exposures; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. The All other category includes purchased credit protection on certain credit indices.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K129

Management’s discussion and analysis

Presented below is additional detail on certain of the Firm’s industry exposures.

Real Estate

Real Estate exposure was $207.1 billion as of December 31, 2024. Criticized exposure increased by $3.2 billion from $9.2 billion at December 31, 2023 to $12.4 billion at December 31, 2024, predominantly driven by downgrades, primarily in Multifamily and Office.

December 31, 2024
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment-grade% Drawn(d)
Multifamily(a)$124,074$7$124,08177%92%
Industrial19,0921719,1096572
Other Income Producing Properties(b)16,41115816,5695063
Office16,3312916,3604781
Services and Non Income Producing14,0475714,1046246
Retail12,2302312,2537775
Lodging4,555194,5743153
Total Real Estate Exposure(c)$206,740$310$207,05069%82%
December 31, 2023
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment- grade% Drawn(d)
Multifamily(a)$121,946$21$121,96779%90%
Industrial20,2541820,2727072
Other Income Producing Properties(b)15,54220815,7505563
Office16,4623216,4945181
Services and Non Income Producing16,1457416,2196246
Retail12,7634812,8117573
Lodging4,729194,7483048
Total Real Estate Exposure$207,841$420$208,26171%80%

(a)Total Multifamily exposure is approximately 99% performing. Multifamily exposure is largely in California.

(b)Other Income Producing Properties consists of clients with diversified property types or other property types outside of categories listed in the table above.

(c)Real Estate exposure is approximately 84% secured; unsecured exposure is largely investment-grade primarily to Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”) and Real Estate Operating Companies (“REOCs”) whose underlying assets are generally diversified.

(d)Represents drawn exposure as a percentage of credit exposure.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
130JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Consumer & Retail

Consumer & Retail exposure was $129.8 billion as of December 31, 2024. Criticized exposure decreased by $1.4 billion from $8.3 billion at December 31, 2023 to $6.9 billion at December 31, 2024, driven by net portfolio activity and upgrades, largely offset by downgrades.

December 31, 2024
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment-grade% Drawn(d)
Food and Beverage$34,774$683$35,45761%34%
Retail34,91726135,1785131
Business and Consumer Services(a)34,53441234,9464241
Consumer Hard Goods13,79620814,0044335
Leisure(b)10,1864410,2302643
Total Consumer & Retail(c)$128,207$1,608$129,81548%36%
December 31, 2023
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment- grade% Drawn(d)
Food and Beverage$32,256$930$33,18657%36%
Retail36,04233436,3765130
Business and Consumer Services(a)34,82239235,2144242
Consumer Hard Goods13,16919713,3664333
Leisure(b)8,7841608,9442547
Total Consumer & Retail$125,073$2,013$127,08647%36%

(a)Retail consists of Home Improvement & Specialty Retailers, Restaurants, Discount & Drug Stores, Specialty Apparel, Department Stores and Supermarkets.

(b)Leisure consists of Arts & Culture, Travel Services, Gaming and Sports & Recreation. As of December 31, 2024, approximately 90% of the noninvestment-grade Leisure portfolio is secured.

(c)Consumer & Retail exposure is approximately 57% secured; unsecured exposure is approximately 80% investment-grade.

(d)Represents drawn exposure as a percent of credit exposure.

Oil & Gas

Oil & Gas exposure was $31.7 billion as of December 31, 2024. Criticized exposure was $192 million and $123 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

December 31, 2024
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment-grade% Drawn(c)
Exploration & Production ("E&P") and Oil field Services$14,265$848$15,11355%27%
Other Oil & Gas(a)16,30630516,6116519
Total Oil & Gas(b)$30,571$1,153$31,72460%23%
December 31, 2023
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment- grade% Drawn(c)
Exploration & Production ("E&P") and Oil field Services$18,121$536$18,65751%26%
Other Oil & Gas(a)15,64916915,8185522
Total Oil & Gas$33,770$705$34,47553%25%

(a)Other Oil & Gas includes Integrated Oil & Gas companies, Midstream/Oil Pipeline companies and refineries.

(b)Oil & Gas exposure is approximately 33% secured, and includes reserve-based lending to the Exploration & Production sub-sector; unsecured exposure is approximately 69% investment-grade.

(c)Represents drawn exposure as a percent of credit exposure.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K131

Management’s discussion and analysis

Loans

In its wholesale businesses, the Firm provides loans to a variety of clients, ranging from large corporate and institutional clients to high-net-worth individuals. Refer to Note 12 for a further discussion on loans, including information about delinquencies, loan modifications and other credit quality indicators.

The following table presents the change in the nonaccrual loan portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. Since December 31, 2023, nonaccrual loan exposure increased by $2.2 billion, predominantly driven by Real Estate, concentrated in Office, Healthcare and Consumer & Retail, in each case resulting from downgrades.

Wholesale nonaccrual loan activity
Year ended December 31, (in millions)20242023
Beginning balance$2,714$2,395
Additions5,8413,543
Reductions:
Paydowns and other2,3871,336
Gross charge-offs780965
Returned to performing status392616
Sales85307
Total reductions3,6443,224
Net changes2,197319
Ending balance$4,911$2,714

The following table presents net charge-offs/recoveries, which are defined as gross charge-offs less recoveries, for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. The amounts in the table below do not include gains or losses from sales of nonaccrual loans recognized in noninterest revenue.

Wholesale net charge-offs/(recoveries)
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)20242023
Loans
Average loans retained$673,310$646,875
Gross charge-offs1,0221,011
Gross recoveries collected(200)(132)
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)822879
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate0.12%0.14%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
132JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates

The table below sets forth wholesale loan maturities and the distribution between fixed and floating interest rates based on the stated terms of the loan agreements by loan class. Refer to Note 12 for further information on loan classes.

December 31, 2024(in millions, except ratios)1 year or less(b)After 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 years through 15 yearsAfter 15 yearsTotal
Wholesale loans:
Secured by real estate$12,474$57,125$57,967$42,597$170,163
Commercial and industrial55,731109,8398,58794174,251
Other182,722150,34636,2818,555377,904
Total wholesale loans$250,927$317,310$102,835$51,246$722,318
Loans due after one year at fixed interest rates
Secured by real estate$13,119$17,943$935
Commercial and industrial3,9641,2317
Other26,92915,5425,824
Loans due after one year at variable interest rates(a)
Secured by real estate$44,006$40,024$41,662
Commercial and industrial105,8757,35687
Other123,41720,7392,731
Total wholesale loans$317,310$102,835$51,246

(a)Includes loans that have an initial fixed interest rate that resets to a variable rate as the variable rate will be the prevailing rate over the life of the loan.

(b)Includes loans held-for-sale, demand loans and overdrafts.

The following table presents net charge-offs/recoveries, average retained loans and net charge-off/recovery rate by loan class for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.

Year ended December 31,
Secured by real estateCommercial and industrialOtherTotal
(in millions, except ratios)20242023202420232024202320242023
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$313$178$381$370$128$331$822$879
Average retained loans162,653151,214169,363170,503341,294325,158673,310646,875
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate0.19%0.12%0.22%0.22%0.04%0.10%0.12%0.14%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K133

Management’s discussion and analysis

Lending-related commitments

The Firm uses lending-related financial instruments, such as commitments (including revolving credit facilities) and guarantees, to address the financing needs of its clients. The contractual amounts of these financial instruments represent the maximum possible credit risk should the clients draw down on these commitments or when the Firm fulfills its obligations under these guarantees, and the clients subsequently fail to perform according to the terms of these contracts. Most of these commitments and guarantees have historically been refinanced, extended, cancelled, or expired without being drawn upon or a default occurring. As a result, the Firm does not believe that the total contractual amount of these wholesale lending-related commitments is representative of the Firm’s expected future credit exposure or funding requirements. Refer to Note 28 for further information on wholesale lending-related commitments.

Receivables from customers

Receivables from customers reflect held-for-investment margin loans to brokerage clients in CIB, CCB and AWM that are collateralized by assets maintained in the clients’ brokerage accounts (including cash on deposit, and primarily liquid and readily marketable debt or equity securities). To manage its credit risk, the Firm establishes margin requirements and monitors the required margin levels on an ongoing basis, and requires clients to deposit additional cash or other collateral, or to reduce positions, when appropriate. Credit risk arising from lending activities subject to collateral maintenance requirements is generally mitigated by factors such as the short-term nature of the activity, the fair value of collateral held and the Firm’s right to call for, and the borrower’s obligation to provide, additional margin when the fair value of the collateral declines. Because of these mitigating factors, these receivables generally do not require an allowance for credit losses. However, if in management’s judgment, an allowance for credit losses is required, the Firm estimates expected credit losses based on the value of the collateral and probability of borrower default. These receivables are reported within accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets.

Refer to Note 13 for further information on the Firm’s accounting policies for the allowance for credit losses.

Derivative contracts

Derivatives enable clients and counterparties to manage risk, including credit risk and risks arising from fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange and equities and commodities prices. The Firm makes markets in derivatives in order to meet these needs and uses derivatives to manage certain risks associated with net open risk positions from its market-making activities, including the counterparty credit risk arising from derivative receivables. The Firm also uses derivative instruments to manage its own credit risk and other market risk exposure. The nature of the counterparty and the settlement mechanism of the

derivative affect the credit risk to which the Firm is exposed. For over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, the Firm is exposed to the credit risk of the derivative counterparty. For exchange-traded derivatives (“ETD”), such as futures and options, and cleared over-the-counter (“OTC-cleared”) derivatives, the Firm can also be exposed to the credit risk of the relevant CCP. Where possible, the Firm seeks to mitigate its credit risk exposures arising from derivative contracts through the use of legally enforceable master netting arrangements and collateral agreements. The percentage of the Firm’s OTC derivative transactions subject to collateral agreements — excluding foreign exchange spot trades, which are not typically covered by collateral agreements due to their short maturity and centrally cleared trades that are settled daily — was approximately 86% and 87% at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Refer to Note 5 for additional information on the Firm’s use of collateral agreements and for a further discussion of derivative contracts, counterparties and settlement types.

The fair value of derivative receivables reported on the Consolidated balance sheets was $61.0 billion and $54.9 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The increase was primarily as a result of market movements. Derivative receivables represent the fair value of the derivative contracts after giving effect to legally enforceable master netting agreements and the related cash collateral held by the Firm.

In addition, the Firm holds liquid securities and other cash collateral that may be used as security when the fair value of the client’s exposure is in the Firm’s favor. For these purposes, the definition of liquid securities is consistent with the definition of high quality liquid assets as defined in the LCR rule.

In management’s view, the appropriate measure of current credit risk should also take into consideration other collateral, which generally represents securities that do not qualify as high quality liquid assets under the LCR rule. The benefits of these additional collateral amounts for each counterparty are subject to a legally enforceable master netting agreement and limited to the net amount of the derivative receivables for each counterparty.

The Firm also holds additional collateral (primarily cash, G7 government securities, other liquid government agency and guaranteed securities, and corporate debt and equity securities) delivered by clients at the initiation of transactions, as well as collateral related to contracts that have a non-daily call frequency and collateral that the Firm has agreed to return but has not yet settled as of the reporting date. Although this collateral does not reduce the receivables balances and is not included in the tables below, it is available as security against potential exposure that could arise should the fair value of the client’s derivative contracts move in the Firm’s favor. Refer to Note 5 for additional information on the Firm’s use of collateral agreements for derivative transactions.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
134JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

The following tables summarize the net derivative receivables and the internal ratings profile for the periods presented.

Derivative receivables
December 31, (in millions)20242023
Total, net of cash collateral$60,967$54,864
Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables(28,160)(22,461)
Total, net of liquid securities and other cash collateral$32,807$32,403
Other collateral held against derivative receivables(1,021)(993)
Total, net of collateral$31,786$31,410
Ratings profile of derivative receivables
20242023
December 31, (in millions, except ratios)Exposure net of collateral% of exposure net of collateralExposure net of collateral% of exposure net of collateral
Investment-grade$23,78375%$24,00476%
Noninvestment-grade8,003257,40624
Total$31,786100%$31,410100%

While useful as a current view of credit exposure, the net fair value of the derivative receivables does not capture the potential future variability of that credit exposure. To capture this variability, the Firm calculates, on a client-by-client basis, three measures of potential derivatives-related credit loss: Peak, Derivative Risk Equivalent (“DRE”), and Average exposure (“AVG”). These measures all incorporate netting and collateral benefits, where applicable.

Peak represents a conservative measure of potential derivative exposure, including the benefit of collateral, to a counterparty calculated in a manner that is broadly equivalent to a 97.5% confidence level over the life of the transaction. Peak is the primary measure used by the Firm for setting credit limits for derivative contracts, senior management reporting and derivatives exposure management.

DRE exposure is a measure that expresses the risk of derivative exposure, including the benefit of collateral, on a basis intended to be equivalent to the risk of loan exposures. DRE is a less extreme measure of potential credit loss than Peak.

Finally, AVG is a measure of the expected fair value of the Firm’s derivative exposures, including the benefit of collateral, at future time periods. AVG over the total life of the derivative contract is used as the primary metric for pricing purposes and is used to calculate credit risk capital and CVA, as further described below.

The fair value of the Firm’s derivative receivables incorporates CVA to reflect the credit quality of counterparties. CVA is based on the Firm’s AVG to a counterparty and the counterparty’s credit spread in the credit derivatives market. The Firm believes that active risk management is essential to controlling the dynamic credit risk in the derivatives portfolio. In addition, the Firm’s risk management process for derivatives exposures takes into consideration the potential impact of wrong-way risk, which is broadly

defined as the risk that exposure to a counterparty is positively correlated with the impact of a default by the same counterparty, which could cause exposure to increase at the same time as the counterparty’s capacity to meet its obligations is decreasing. Many factors may influence the nature and magnitude of these correlations over time. To the extent that these correlations are identified, the Firm may adjust the CVA associated with a particular counterparty’s AVG. The Firm risk manages exposure to changes in CVA by entering into credit derivative contracts, as well as interest rate, foreign exchange, equity and commodity derivative contracts.

The below graph shows exposure profiles to the Firm’s current derivatives portfolio over the next 10 years as calculated by the Peak, DRE and AVG metrics. The three measures generally show that exposure will decline after the first year, if no new trades are added to the portfolio.

Exposure profile of derivatives measures

December 31, 2024

(in billions)

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K135

Management’s discussion and analysis

Credit derivatives

The Firm uses credit derivatives for two primary purposes: first, in its capacity as a market-maker, and second, as an end-user to manage the Firm’s own credit risk associated with various exposures.

Credit portfolio management activities

Included in the Firm’s end-user activities are credit derivatives used to mitigate the credit risk associated with traditional lending activities (loans and lending-related commitments) and derivatives counterparty exposure in the Firm’s wholesale businesses (collectively, “credit portfolio management activities”). Information on credit portfolio management activities is provided in the table below.

The Firm also uses credit derivatives as an end-user to manage other exposures, including credit risk arising from certain securities held in the Firm’s market-making businesses. These credit derivatives are not included in credit portfolio management activities.

Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities
Notional amount of protection purchased and sold(a)
December 31, (in millions)20242023
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage:
Loans and lending-related commitments$25,216$24,157
Derivative receivables15,67212,832
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities$40,888$36,989

(a)Amounts are presented net, considering the Firm’s net protection purchased or sold with respect to each underlying reference entity or index.

The credit derivatives used in credit portfolio management activities do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP; these derivatives are reported at fair value, with gains and losses recognized in principal transactions revenue. In contrast, the loans and lending-related commitments being risk-managed are accounted for on an accrual basis. This asymmetry in accounting treatment, between loans and lending-related commitments and the credit derivatives used in credit portfolio management activities, causes earnings volatility that is not representative, in the Firm’s view, of the true changes in value of the Firm’s overall credit exposure.

The effectiveness of credit default swaps (“CDS”) as a hedge against the Firm’s exposures may vary depending on a number of factors, including the named reference entity (i.e., the Firm may experience losses on specific exposures that are different than the named reference entities in the purchased CDS); the contractual terms of the CDS (which may have a defined credit event that does not align with an actual loss realized by the Firm); and the maturity of the Firm’s CDS protection (which in some cases may be shorter than the Firm’s exposures). However, the Firm generally seeks to purchase credit protection with a maturity date that is the same or similar to the maturity date of the exposure for which the protection was purchased, and remaining differences in maturity are actively monitored and managed by the Firm. Refer to Credit derivatives in Note 5 for further information on credit derivatives and derivatives used in credit portfolio management activities.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
136JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The Firm’s allowance for credit losses represents management's estimate of expected credit losses over the remaining expected life of the Firm's financial assets measured at amortized cost and certain off-balance sheet lending-related commitments. The Firm's allowance for credit losses generally consists of:

•the allowance for loan losses, which covers the Firm’s retained loan portfolios (scored and risk-rated) and is presented separately on the Consolidated balance sheets,

•the allowance for lending-related commitments, which is reflected in accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheets, and

•the allowance for credit losses on investment securities, which is reflected in investment securities on the Consolidated balance sheets.

Discussion of changes in the allowance

The allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2024 was $26.9 billion, reflecting a net addition of $2.1 billion from December 31, 2023.

The net addition to the allowance for credit losses included:

•$2.1 billion in consumer, reflecting:

–a $2.2 billion net addition in Card Services, predominantly driven by loan growth, reflecting higher revolving balances, including the seasoning of vintages originated in recent years,

partially offset by

–a $125 million net reduction in Home Lending in the first quarter of 2024, and

•a net reduction of $30 million in wholesale, reflecting:

–changes in certain macroeconomic variables, an update to loss assumptions on certain loans in Markets, and a reduction due to charge-offs largely from collateral-dependent loans,

predominantly offset by

–net downgrade activity, primarily in Real Estate, and the impact of incorporating the First Republic portfolio into the Firm’s modeled credit loss estimates in the second quarter of 2024.

The Firm’s qualitative adjustments continued to include additional weight placed on the adverse scenarios to reflect ongoing uncertainties and downside risks related to the geopolitical and macroeconomic environment.

The Firm's allowance for credit losses is estimated using a weighted average of five internally developed macroeconomic scenarios. The adverse scenarios incorporate more punitive macroeconomic factors than the central case assumptions provided in the table below, resulting in:

•a weighted average U.S. unemployment rate peaking at 5.5% in the fourth quarter of 2025, and

•a weighted average U.S. real GDP level that is 1.9% lower than the central case at the end of the second quarter of 2026.

The following table presents the Firm’s central case assumptions for the periods presented:

Central case assumptions at December 31, 2024
2Q254Q252Q26
U.S. unemployment rate(a)4.5%4.3%4.3%
YoY growth in U.S. real GDP(b)2.0%1.9%1.8%
Central case assumptions at December 31, 2023
2Q244Q242Q25
U.S. unemployment rate(a)4.1%4.4%4.1%
YoY growth in U.S. real GDP(b)1.8%0.7%1.0%

(a)Reflects quarterly average of forecasted U.S. unemployment rate.

(b)The year over year growth in U.S. real GDP in the forecast horizon of the central scenario is calculated as the percentage change in U.S. real GDP levels from the prior year.

Subsequent changes to this forecast and related estimates will be reflected in the provision for credit losses in future periods.

Refer to Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 120–125, Wholesale Credit Portfolio on pages 126–136 and Note 12 for additional information on the consumer and wholesale credit portfolios.

Refer to Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 161–164 for further information on the allowance for credit losses and related management judgments.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K137

Management’s discussion and analysis

Allowance for credit losses and related information
20242023
Year ended December 31,Consumer, excluding credit cardCredit cardWholesaleTotalConsumer, excluding credit cardCredit cardWholesaleTotal
(in millions, except ratios)
Allowance for loan losses
Beginning balance at January 1,$1,856$12,450$8,114$22,420$2,040$11,200$6,486$19,726
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(a)NANANANA(489)(100)2(587)
Gross charge-offs1,2998,1981,02210,5191,1515,4911,0117,653
Gross recoveries collected(625)(1,056)(200)(1,881)(519)(793)(132)(1,444)
Net charge-offs6747,1428228,6386324,6988796,209
Provision for loan losses6249,29257810,4949366,0482,4849,468
Other1686912122
Ending balance at December 31,$1,807$14,600$7,938$24,345$1,856$12,450$8,114$22,420
Allowance for lending-related commitments
Beginning balance at January 1,$75$$1,899$1,974$76$$2,306$2,382
Provision for lending-related commitments7121128(1)(407)(408)
Other(1)(1)
Ending balance at December 31,$82$$2,019$2,101$75$$1,899$1,974
Impairment methodology
Asset-specific(b)$(728)$$526$(202)$(876)$$392$(484)
Portfolio-based2,53514,6007,41224,5472,73212,4507,72222,904
Total allowance for loan losses$1,807$14,600$7,938$24,345$1,856$12,450$8,114$22,420
Impairment methodology
Asset-specific$$$109$109$$$89$89
Portfolio-based821,9101,992751,8101,885
Total allowance for lending-related commitments$82$$2,019$2,101$75$$1,899$1,974
Total allowance for investment securitiesNANANA$152NANANA$128
Total allowance for credit losses(c)$1,889$14,600$9,957$26,598$1,931$12,450$10,013$24,522
Memo:
Retained loans, end of period$376,334$232,860$690,396$1,299,590$397,275$211,123$672,472$1,280,870
Retained loans, average384,001214,033673,3101,271,344364,061191,412646,8751,202,348
Credit ratios
Allowance for loan losses to retained loans0.48%6.27%1.15%1.87%0.47%5.90%1.21%1.75%
Allowance for loan losses to retained nonaccrual loans(d)56NA20133951NA346374
Allowance for loan losses to retained nonaccrual loans excluding credit card56NA20113651NA346166
Net charge-off rates0.183.340.120.680.172.450.140.52

(a)Represents the impact to the allowance for loan losses upon the adoption of the Financial Instruments - Credit Losses: Troubled Debt Restructurings accounting guidance. Refer to Note 1 for further information.

(b)Includes collateral-dependent loans, including those for which foreclosure is deemed probable, and nonaccrual risk-rated loans.

(c)At December 31, 2024 and 2023, in addition to the allowance for credit losses in the table above, the Firm also had an allowance for credit losses of $268 million and $243 million, respectively, associated with certain accounts receivable in CIB.

(d)The Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
138JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Allocation of allowance for loan losses

The table below presents a breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by loan class. Refer to Note 12 for further information on loan classes.

20242023
December 31, (in millions, except ratios)Allowance for loan lossesPercent of retained loans to total retained loansAllowance for loan lossesPercent of retained loans to total retained loans
Residential real estate$66624%$81725%
Auto and other1,14151,0396
Consumer, excluding credit card1,807291,85631
Credit card14,6001812,45016
Total consumer16,4074714,30647
Secured by real estate2,978122,99713
Commercial and industrial3,350133,51913
Other1,610281,59827
Total wholesale7,938538,11453
Total$24,345100%$22,420100%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K139

Management’s discussion and analysis

INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO RISK MANAGEMENT

Investment portfolio risk is the risk associated with the loss of principal or a reduction in expected returns on investments arising from the investment securities portfolio or from principal investments. The investment securities portfolio is predominantly held by Treasury and CIO in connection with the Firm's balance sheet and asset-liability management objectives. Principal investments are predominantly privately-held financial instruments and are managed in the LOBs and Corporate. Investments are typically intended to be held over extended periods and, accordingly, the Firm has no expectation for short-term realized gains with respect to these investments.

Investment securities risk

Investment securities risk includes the exposure associated with a default in the payment of principal and interest. This risk is mitigated given that the investment securities portfolio held by Treasury and CIO predominantly consists of high-quality securities. At December 31, 2024, the Treasury and CIO investment securities portfolio, net of the allowance for credit losses, was $678.3 billion, and the average credit rating of the securities comprising the portfolio was AA+ (based upon external ratings where available, and where not available, based primarily upon internal risk ratings). Refer to Corporate results on pages 88–90 and Note 10 for further information on the investment securities portfolio and internal risk ratings. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 108–115 for further information on related liquidity risk. Refer to Market Risk Management on pages 141–149 for further information on the market risk inherent in the portfolio.

Governance and oversight

Investment securities risks are governed by the Firm’s Risk Appetite framework, and reviewed at the CTC Risk Committee with regular updates provided to the Board Risk Committee.

The Firm’s independent control functions are responsible for reviewing the appropriateness of the carrying value of investment securities in accordance with relevant policies. Approved levels for investment securities are established for each risk category, including capital and credit risks.

Principal investment risk

Principal investments are typically privately-held financial instruments representing ownership interests or other forms of junior capital. In general, principal investments include tax-oriented investments and investments made to enhance or accelerate the Firm’s business strategies and exclude those that are consolidated on the Firm's balance sheets. These investments are made by dedicated investing businesses or as part of a broader business strategy. The Firm’s principal investments are managed by the LOBs and Corporate and are reflected within their respective financial results. The Firm’s investments will continue to evolve based on market circumstances and in line with its strategic initiatives.

The table below presents the aggregate carrying values of the principal investment portfolios as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.

(in billions)December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Tax-oriented investments, primarily in alternative energy and affordable housing(a)$33.3$28.8
Private equity, various debt and equity instruments, and real assets9.110.5
Total carrying value$42.4$39.3

(a)Effective January 1, 2024, the Firm adopted updates to the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures guidance. Refer to Notes 1, 6, 14 and 25 for additional information.

Governance and oversight

The Firm’s approach to managing principal investment risk is consistent with the Firm’s risk governance structure. The Firm has established a Firmwide risk policy framework for all principal investing activities that includes approval by executives who are independent from the investing businesses, as appropriate.

The Firm’s independent control functions are responsible for reviewing the appropriateness of the carrying value of investments in accordance with relevant policies. As part of the risk governance structure, approved levels for investments are established and monitored for each relevant business or segment in order to manage the overall size of the portfolios. The Firm also conducts stress testing on these portfolios using specific scenarios that estimate losses based on significant market moves and/or other risk events.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
140JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

Market risk is the risk associated with the effect of changes in market factors such as interest and foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices, credit spreads or implied volatilities, on the value of assets and liabilities held for both the short and long term.

Market Risk Management

Market Risk Management monitors market risks throughout the Firm and defines market risk policies and procedures.

Market Risk Management seeks to facilitate efficient risk/return decisions, reduce volatility in operating performance and provide transparency into the Firm’s market risk profile for senior management, the Board of Directors and regulators. Market Risk Management is responsible for the following functions:

•Maintaining a market risk policy framework

•Independently measuring and monitoring LOB, Corporate, and Firmwide market risk

•Defining, approving and monitoring limits

•Performing stress testing and qualitative risk assessments

Risk measurement

Measures used to capture market risk

There is no single measure to capture market risk and therefore Market Risk Management uses various metrics, both statistical and nonstatistical, to assess risk including:

•Value-at-risk

•Stress testing

•Profit and loss drawdowns

•Earnings-at-risk

•Economic Value Sensitivity

•Other sensitivity-based measures

Risk monitoring and control

Market risk exposure is managed primarily through a series of limits set in the context of the market environment and business strategy. In setting limits, Market Risk Management takes into consideration factors such as market volatility, product liquidity, accommodation of client business, and management judgment. Market Risk Management maintains different levels of limits. Firm level limits include VaR and stress limits. Similarly, LOB and Corporate limits include VaR and stress limits and may be supplemented by certain nonstatistical risk measures such as profit and loss drawdowns. Limits may also be set within the LOBs and Corporate, as well as at the legal entity level.

Market Risk Management sets limits and regularly reviews and updates them as appropriate. Senior management is responsible for reviewing and approving certain of these risk limits on an ongoing basis. Limits that have not been reviewed within specified time periods by Market Risk Management are reported to senior management. The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for adhering to established limits against which exposures are monitored and reported.

Limit breaches are required to be reported in a timely manner to limit approvers, which include Market Risk Management and senior management. In the event of a breach, Market Risk Management consults with senior members of appropriate groups within the Firm to determine the suitable course of action required to return the applicable positions to compliance, which may include a reduction in risk in order to remedy the breach or granting a temporary increase in limits to accommodate an expected increase in client activity and/or market volatility. Firm, Corporate or LOB-level limit breaches are escalated as appropriate.

Models used to measure market risk are inherently imprecise and are limited in their ability to measure certain risks or to predict losses. This imprecision may be heightened when sudden or severe shifts in market conditions occur. For additional discussion on model uncertainty refer to Estimations and Model Risk Management on page 160.

Market Risk Management periodically reviews the Firm’s existing market risk measures to identify opportunities for enhancement, and to the extent appropriate, will calibrate those measures accordingly over time.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K141

Management’s discussion and analysis

The following table summarizes the predominant business activities and related market risks, as well as positions which give rise to market risk and certain measures used to capture those risks, for each LOB and Corporate.

In addition to the predominant business activities, each LOB and Corporate may engage in principal investing activities. To the extent principal investments are deemed market risk sensitive, they are reflected in relevant risk measures and captured in the table below. Refer to Investment Portfolio Risk Management on page 140 for additional discussion on principal investments.

LOBs and CorporatePredominant business activitiesRelated market risksPositions included in Risk Management VaRPositions included in earnings-at-riskPositions included in other sensitivity-based measures
CCB•Originates and services mortgage loans •Originates loans and takes deposits•Risk from changes in the probability of newly originated mortgage commitments closing•Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Mortgage commitments, classified as derivatives•Warehouse loans that are fair value option elected, classified as loans – debt instruments•MSRs•Hedges of mortgage commitments, warehouse loans and MSRs, classified as derivatives•Interest-only and mortgage-backed securities, classified as trading assets debt instruments, and related hedges, classified as derivatives•Fair value option elected liabilities(b)•Retained and held-for-sale loan portfolios•Deposits•Fair value option elected liabilities DVA(b)
CIB(a)•Makes markets and services clients across fixed income, foreign exchange, equities and commodities•Originates loans and takes deposits•Risk of loss from adverse movements in market prices and implied volatilities across interest rate, foreign exchange, credit, commodity and equity instruments•Basis and correlation risk from changes in the way asset values move relative to one another •Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Trading assets/liabilities – debt and marketable equity instruments, and derivatives, including hedges of the retained loan portfolio•Certain securities purchased, loaned or sold under resale agreements and securities borrowed•Fair value option elected liabilities(b)•Certain fair value option elected loans•Derivative CVA and associated hedges•Marketable equity investments•Retained and held-for-sale loan portfolios•Deposits•Privately held equity and other investments measured at fair value; and certain real estate-related fair value option elected loans•Derivatives FVA and fair value option elected liabilities DVA(b)•Credit risk component of CVA and associated hedges for counterparties with credit spreads that have widened to elevated levels C
AWM•Provides initial capital investments in products such as mutual funds and capital invested alongside third-party investors•Originates loans and takes deposits•Risk from adverse movements in market factors (e.g., market prices, rates and credit spreads)•Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Debt securities held in advance of distribution to clients, classified as trading assets - debt instruments•Trading assets/liabilities - derivatives that hedge the retained loan portfolio•Retained and held-for-sale loan portfolios•Deposits•Initial seed capital investments and related hedges, classified as derivatives•Certain deferred compensation and related hedges, classified as derivatives•Capital invested alongside third-party investors, typically in privately distributed collective vehicles managed by AWM (i.e., co-investments), as well as in third-party funds
Corporate•Manages the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks•Structural interest rate risk from the Firm’s traditional banking activities•Structural non-USD foreign exchange risks•Derivative positions measured through noninterest revenue in earnings•Marketable equity investments•Deposits with banks and financing activities•Investment securities portfolio and related interest rate hedges•Cash flow hedges on retained loan portfolios in the LOBs•Long-term and short-term funding and related interest rate hedges•Deposits•Foreign exchange hedges of non-U.S. dollar capital investments•Privately held equity and other investments measured at fair value•Foreign exchange exposure related to Firm-issued non-USD long-term debt (“LTD”) and related hedges

(a)Effective in the second quarter of 2024, the Firm reorganized its reportable business segments by combining the former Corporate & Investment Bank and Commercial Banking business segments to form one reportable segment, the Commercial & Investment Bank (“CIB”). Refer to Business Segment & Corporate Results on pages 70–90 for additional information.

(b)Reflects structured notes in Risk Management VaR and the DVA on structured notes in other sensitivity-based measures.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
142JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Value-at-risk

JPMorganChase utilizes value-at-risk (“VaR”), a statistical risk measure, to estimate the potential loss from adverse market moves in the current market environment. The Firm has a single VaR framework used as a basis for calculating Risk Management VaR and Regulatory VaR.

The framework is employed across the Firm using historical simulation based on data for the previous 12 months. The framework’s approach assumes that historical changes in market values are representative of the distribution of potential outcomes in the immediate future. The Firm believes the use of Risk Management VaR provides a daily measure of risk that is closely aligned to risk management decisions made by the LOBs and Corporate and, along with other market risk measures, provides the appropriate information needed to respond to risk events.

The Firm’s Risk Management VaR is calculated assuming a one-day holding period and an expected tail-loss methodology which approximates a 95% confidence level. Risk Management VaR provides a consistent framework to measure risk profiles and levels of diversification across product types and is used for aggregating risks and monitoring limits across businesses. VaR results are reported as appropriate to various groups including senior management, the Board Risk Committee and regulators.

Underlying the overall VaR model framework are individual VaR models that simulate historical market returns for individual risk factors and/or product types. To capture material market risks as part of the Firm’s risk management framework, comprehensive VaR model calculations are performed daily for businesses whose activities give rise to market risk. These VaR models are granular and incorporate numerous risk factors and inputs to simulate daily changes in market values over the historical period; inputs are selected based on the risk profile of each portfolio, as sensitivities and historical time series used to generate daily market values may be different across product types or risk management systems. The VaR model results across all portfolios are aggregated at the Firm level.

As VaR is based on historical data, it is an imperfect measure of market risk exposure and potential future losses. In addition, based on their reliance on available historical data, limited time horizons, and other factors, VaR measures are inherently limited in their ability to measure certain risks and to predict losses, particularly those associated with market illiquidity and sudden or severe shifts in market conditions.

For certain products, specific risk parameters are not captured in VaR due to the lack of liquidity and availability of appropriate historical data. The Firm uses proxies to estimate the VaR for these and other products when daily time series are not available. It is likely that using an actual price-based time series for these products, if available, would affect the VaR results presented. The Firm therefore considers other nonstatistical measures such as stress testing, in addition to VaR, to capture and manage its market risk positions.

As VaR model calculations require daily data and a consistent source for valuation, the daily market data used may be different than the independent third-party data collected for VCG price testing in its monthly valuation process. For example, in cases where market prices are not observable, or where proxies are used in VaR historical time series, the data sources may differ. Refer to Valuation process in Note 2 for further information on the Firm’s valuation process.

The Firm’s VaR model calculations are periodically evaluated and enhanced in response to changes in the composition of the Firm’s portfolios, changes in market conditions, improvements in the Firm’s modeling techniques and measurements, and other factors. Such changes may affect historical comparisons of VaR results. Refer to Estimations and Model Risk Management on page 160 for information regarding model reviews and approvals.

The Firm calculates separately a daily aggregated VaR in accordance with regulatory rules (“Regulatory VaR”), which is used to derive the Firm’s regulatory VaR-based capital requirements under Basel III capital rules. This Regulatory VaR model framework currently assumes a ten business-day holding period and an expected tail-loss methodology which approximates a 99% confidence level. Regulatory VaR is applied to “covered” positions as defined by Basel III capital rules, which may be different than the positions included in the Firm’s Risk Management VaR. For example, credit derivative hedges of accrual loans are included in the Firm’s Risk Management VaR, while Regulatory VaR excludes these credit derivative hedges. In addition, in contrast to the Firm’s Risk Management VaR, Regulatory VaR currently excludes the diversification benefit for certain VaR models.

Refer to JPMorganChase’s Basel III Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for additional information on Regulatory VaR and the other components of market risk regulatory capital for the Firm (e.g., VaR-based measure, stressed VaR-based measure and the respective backtesting).

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K143

Management’s discussion and analysis

The table below shows the results of the Firm’s Risk Management VaR measure using a 95% confidence level. VaR can vary significantly as positions change, market volatility fluctuates, and diversification benefits change.

Total VaR
As of or for the year ended December 31,20242023
(in millions)Avg.MinMaxAvg.MinMax
CIB trading VaR by risk type(a)
Fixed income$34$26$53$49$31$71
Foreign exchange1572312626
Equities84157311
Commodities and other861311619
Diversification benefit to CIB trading VaR (b)(32)NMNM(42)NMNM
CIB trading VaR332742372455
Credit Portfolio VaR(c)22182814826
Diversification benefit to CIB VaR(b)(16)NMNM(11)NMNM
CIB VaR392752402358
CCB VaR3167115
AWM VaR(d)9510110
Corporate VaR(d)(e)23710212917
Diversification benefit to other VaR(b)(10)NMNM(6)NMNM
Other VaR251010114922
Diversification benefit to CIB and other VaR(b)(17)NMNM(11)NMNM
Total VaR$47$30$91$43$26$57

(a)The impact of the business segment reorganization in the second quarter of 2024 was not material to Total CIB VaR. Prior periods have not been revised. Refer to Business Segment & Corporate Results on pages 70–90 for additional information.

(b)Diversification benefit represents the difference between the portfolio VaR and the sum of its individual components. This reflects the non-additive nature of VaR due to imperfect correlation across LOBs, Corporate, and risk types. For maximum and minimum VaR, diversification benefit is not meaningful as the maximum and minimum VaR for each portfolio may have occurred on different trading days than the components.

(c)Includes the derivative CVA, hedges of the CVA and credit protection purchased against certain retained loans and lending-related commitments, which are reported in principal transactions revenue. This VaR does not include the retained loan portfolio, which is not reported at fair value. In line with the Firm's internal model governance, the credit risk component of CVA related to certain counterparties was removed from Credit Portfolio VaR due to the widening of the credit spreads for those counterparties to elevated levels. The related hedges were also removed to maintain consistency. This exposure is now reflected in other sensitivity-based measures.

(d)In the second quarter of 2024, the presentation of Corporate and other LOB VaR was updated to disaggregate AWM VaR due to the increase associated with credit protection purchased against certain retained loans and lending-related commitments. The VaR does not include the retained loan portfolio, which is not reported at fair value.

(e)Includes a legacy private equity position which is publicly traded, as well as Visa C shares which the Firm disposed of in the second and third quarters of 2024. The impact of Visa C shares resulted in elevated average and maximum Corporate VaR, Other VaR and Total VaR. Refer to Executive Overview on pages 54–58 for additional information.

2024 compared with 2023

Average Total VaR increased by $4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 when compared with the prior year. The increase was predominantly driven by the impact of the Firm’s receipt of Visa C shares on Corporate VaR and increases associated with credit

protection purchased against certain retained loans and lending-related commitments within Credit Portfolio VaR and AWM VaR, largely offset by market volatility rolling out of the one-year historical look-back period impacting the Fixed income risk type.

The following graph presents daily Risk Management VaR for the four trailing quarters. The increase in VaR and subsequent decline observed in the second quarter of 2024 was primarily driven by changes in Visa C share exposure in the Firm's Corporate VaR.

Daily Risk Management VaR

Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4Column 5
First Quarter 2024Second Quarter 2024Third Quarter 2024Fourth Quarter 2024
Column 1Column 2Column 3
144JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

VaR backtesting

The Firm performs daily VaR model backtesting, which compares the daily Risk Management VaR results with the daily gains and losses that are utilized for VaR backtesting purposes. The gains and losses depicted in the chart below do not reflect the Firm’s reported revenue as they exclude certain components of total net revenue, such as those associated with the execution of new transactions (i.e., intraday client-driven trading and intraday risk management activities), fees, commissions, other valuation adjustments and net interest income. These excluded components of total net revenue may more than offset the backtesting gain or loss on a particular day. The definition of backtesting gains and losses above is consistent with the requirements for backtesting under Basel III capital rules.

A backtesting exception occurs when the daily backtesting loss exceeds the daily Risk Management VaR for the prior day. Under the Firm’s Risk Management VaR methodology, assuming current changes in market values are consistent with the historical changes used in the simulation, the Firm would expect to incur VaR backtesting exceptions five times every 100 trading days on average. The number of VaR backtesting exceptions observed can differ from the statistically expected number of backtesting exceptions if the current level of market volatility is materially different from the level of market volatility during the 12 months of historical data used in the VaR calculation.

For the 12 months ended December 31, 2024, the Firm posted backtesting gains on 179 of the 260 days, and observed eight VaR backtesting exceptions, of which three were in the three months ended December 31, 2024. Firmwide backtesting loss days can differ from the loss days for which Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets posted losses, as disclosed in CIB Markets revenue, as the population of positions which comprise each metric are different and due to the exclusion of certain components of total net revenue in backtesting gains and losses as described above.

The following chart presents the distribution of Firmwide daily backtesting gains and losses for the trailing 12 months and three months ended December 31, 2024. The daily backtesting losses are displayed as a percentage of the corresponding daily Risk Management VaR. The count of days with backtesting losses are shown in aggregate, in fifty percentage point intervals. Backtesting exceptions are displayed within the intervals that are greater than one hundred percent. The results in the chart below differ from the results of backtesting disclosed in the Market Risk section of the Firm’s Basel III Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are based on Regulatory VaR applied to the Firm’s covered positions.

Distribution of Daily Backtesting Gains and Losses

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K145

Management’s discussion and analysis

Other risk measures

Stress testing

Along with VaR, stress testing is an important tool used to assess risk. While VaR reflects the risk of loss due to adverse changes in markets using recent historical market behavior, stress testing reflects the risk of loss from hypothetical changes in the value of market risk sensitive positions applied simultaneously. Stress testing measures the Firm’s vulnerability to losses under a range of stressed but possible economic and market scenarios. The results are used to understand the exposures responsible for those potential losses and are measured against limits.

The Firm’s stress framework covers market risk sensitive positions in the LOBs and Corporate. The framework is used to calculate multiple magnitudes of potential stress for both market rallies and market sell-offs, assuming significant changes in market factors such as credit spreads, equity prices, interest rates, currency rates and commodity prices, and combines them in multiple ways to capture an array of hypothetical economic and market scenarios.

The Firm generates a number of scenarios that focus on tail events in specific asset classes and geographies, including how the event may impact multiple market factors simultaneously. Scenarios also incorporate specific idiosyncratic risks and stress basis risk between different products. The flexibility in the stress framework allows the Firm to construct new scenarios that can test the outcomes against possible future stress events. Stress testing results are reported periodically to senior management of the Firm, as appropriate.

Stress methodologies are governed by the overall stress framework, under the oversight of Market Risk Management. The Firmwide Market Risk Stress Methodology Committee reviews and approves changes to stress testing methodology and scenarios across the Firm. Significant changes to the framework are escalated to senior management, as appropriate. In addition, stress methodology and the models to calculate the stress results are subject to the Firm’s Estimations and Model Risk Management Policy

The Firm’s stress testing framework is utilized in calculating the Firm’s CCAR and other stress test results, which are reported periodically to the Board of Directors. In addition, stress testing results are incorporated into the Firm’s Risk Appetite framework, and are reported periodically to the Board Risk Committee.

Profit and loss drawdowns

Profit and loss drawdowns are used to highlight trading losses above certain levels of risk tolerance. A profit and loss drawdown is a decline in revenue from its year-to-date peak level.

Structural interest rate risk management

The effect of interest rate exposure on the Firm’s reported net income is important as interest rate risk represents one of the Firm’s significant market risks. Interest rate risk arises not only from trading activities which are included in VaR, but also from the Firm’s traditional banking activities, which include extension of loans and credit facilities, taking deposits, issuing debt, as well as the investment securities portfolio, and associated derivative instruments. Refer to the table on page 142 for a summary by LOB and Corporate identifying positions included in earnings-at-risk.

Governance

The CTC Risk Committee establishes the Firm’s interest rate risk management policy and related limits, which are subject to approval by the Board Risk Committee. Treasury and CIO, working in partnership with the LOBs, calculates the Firm’s structural interest rate risk profile and reviews it with senior management, including the CTC Risk Committee. In addition, oversight of structural interest rate risk is managed through a dedicated risk function reporting to the CTC CRO. This risk function is responsible for providing independent oversight and governance around assumptions and establishing and monitoring limits for structural interest rate risk, including limits related to Earnings-at-Risk and Economic Value Sensitivity. The Firm manages structural interest rate risk generally through its investment securities portfolio and interest rate derivatives.

Key risk drivers and risk management process

Structural interest rate risk can arise due to a variety of factors, including:

•Differences in timing among the maturity or repricing of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments

•Differences in the amounts of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments that are maturing or repricing at the same time

•Differences in the amounts by which short-term and long-term market interest rates change (for example, changes in the slope of the yield curve)

•The impact of changes in the maturity of various assets, liabilities or off-balance sheet instruments as interest rates change

The Firm manages interest rate exposure related to its assets and liabilities on a consolidated, Firmwide basis. Business units transfer their interest rate risk to Treasury and CIO through funds transfer pricing, which takes into account the elements of interest rate exposure that can be risk-managed in financial markets. These elements include asset and liability balances and contractual rates of interest, contractual principal payment schedules, expected prepayment

Column 1Column 2Column 3
146JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

experience, interest rate reset dates and maturities, rate indices used for repricing, and any interest rate ceilings or floors for adjustable rate products.

Earnings-at-Risk

One way that the Firm evaluates its structural interest rate risk is through earnings-at-risk. Earnings-at-risk estimates the Firm’s interest rate exposure for a given interest rate scenario. It is presented as a sensitivity to a baseline, which includes net interest income and certain interest rate sensitive fees. The baseline uses market interest rates and, in the case of deposits, pricing assumptions. The Firm conducts simulations of changes to this baseline for interest rate-sensitive assets and liabilities denominated in U.S. dollars and other currencies (“non-U.S. dollar” currencies). These simulations primarily include retained and held-for-sale loans, deposits, deposits with banks and financing activities, investment securities, long-term debt, related interest rate hedges, and funds transfer pricing of other positions in risk management VaR and other sensitivity-based measures as described on page 142. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2024, these simulations also include hedges of non-U.S. dollar foreign exchange exposures arising from capital investments. Refer to non-U.S. dollar foreign exchange risk on page 149 for more information.

Earnings-at-risk scenarios estimate the potential change to a baseline over the following 12 months utilizing multiple assumptions. These scenarios include a parallel shift involving changes to both short-term and long-term rates by an equal amount; a steeper yield curve involving holding short-term rates constant and increasing long-term rates; and a flatter yield curve involving increasing short-term rates and holding long-term rates constant or holding short-term rates constant and decreasing long-term rates. These scenarios consider many different factors, including:

•The impact on exposures as a result of instantaneous changes in interest rates from baseline rates.

•Forecasted balance sheet, as well as modeled prepayment and reinvestment behavior, but excluding assumptions about actions that could be taken by the Firm or its clients and customers in response to instantaneous rate changes. Mortgage prepayment assumptions are based on the interest rates used in the scenarios compared with underlying contractual rates, the time since origination, and other factors which are updated periodically based on historical experience. Deposit forecasts are a key assumption in the Firm’s earnings-at-risk. The baseline reflects certain assumptions relating to the Federal Reserve’s balance sheet policy (e.g., quantitative tightening and usage at the Reverse Repurchase Facility) that

require management judgment. The amount of deposits that the Firm holds at any given time may be influenced by Federal Reserve actions, as well as broader monetary conditions and competition for deposits.

•The pricing sensitivity of deposits, known as deposit betas, represent the amount by which deposit rates paid could change upon a given change in market interest rates. Actual deposit rates paid may differ from the modeled assumptions, primarily due to customer behavior and competition for deposits.

The Firm performs sensitivity analyses of the assumptions used in earnings-at-risk scenarios, including with respect to deposit betas and forecasts of deposit balances, both of which are especially significant in the case of consumer deposits. The results of these sensitivity analyses are reported to the CTC Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee.

The Firm’s earnings-at-risk scenarios are periodically evaluated and enhanced in response to changes in the composition of the Firm’s balance sheet, changes in market conditions, improvements in the Firm’s simulation and other factors. In the second quarter of 2024, the Firm updated certain deposit rates paid assumptions which take into account observed pricing and client and customer behavior during the most recent economic cycle. These updated deposit rates paid assumptions impacted the U.S. dollar scenarios, resulting in an increase in positive sensitivity in higher interest rate scenarios, and an increase in negative sensitivity in lower interest rate scenarios.

The Firm’s earnings-at-risk sensitivities are measures of the Firm’s interest rate exposure. The Firm’s actual net interest income for the rate changes presented may differ as the earnings-at-risk scenarios are modelled as instantaneous changes and exclude any actions that could be taken by the Firm or its clients or customers in response to rate changes. Other significant assumptions in the earnings-at-risk scenarios, including mortgage prepayments and deposit rates paid, may also differ from actual results. The Firm’s forecast for net interest income is included in the Firm’s outlook on page 57.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K147

Management’s discussion and analysis

The Firm’s sensitivities are presented in the table below.

December 31, (in billions)2024(a)2023(b)
Parallel shift:
+100 bps shift in rates$2.3$3.1
-100 bps shift in rates(2.5)(2.8)
+200 bps shift in rates4.66.2
-200 bps shift in rates(4.9)(6.1)
Steeper yield curve:
+100 bps shift in long-term rates1.00.6
-100 bps shift in short-term rates(1.4)(2.2)
Flatter yield curve:
+100 bps shift in short-term rates1.22.5
-100 bps shift in long-term rates(1.1)(0.6)

(a)Reflects the simultaneous shift of U.S. dollar and non-U.S. dollar rates, and the inclusion of the hedges of non-U.S. dollar capital investments. This inclusion had no impact on total sensitivities but increased U.S. dollar and decreased non-U.S. dollar sensitivities. Subsequent to this change, non-U.S. dollar sensitivities were insignificant.

(b)At December 31, 2023, represents the total of the Firm’s U.S. dollar and non-U.S. dollar sensitivities as previously reported.

The change in the Firm’s sensitivities as of December 31, 2024, compared to December 31, 2023, were primarily driven by Treasury and CIO balance sheet actions where the Firm added duration through investment securities activity, cash flow hedges of retained loans and fair value hedges of Firm debt. The impact on the sensitivities of the Treasury and CIO balance sheet actions were largely offset by the impact of deposits, primarily from the second quarter of 2024 update of the deposit rates paid assumptions for certain consumer and wholesale deposit products. Additionally, the results as of December 31, 2024 reflected the update to include hedges of the Firm’s non-U.S. dollar capital investments. Although total results were not impacted, these hedges increase U.S. dollar sensitivities and decrease non-U.S. dollar sensitivities. In the absence of these updates the Firm’s sensitivities as of December 31, 2024, would have been different by the amounts reported in the following table:

Amounts by which reported sensitivities would have been different
December 31, 2024 (in billions)Impact from update in the second quarter of 2024Impact from update in the fourth quarter of 2024
U.S. dollar:
Parallel shift:
+100 bps shift in rates$(1.0)$(0.6)
-100 bps shift in rates0.90.6
+200 bps shift in rates(1.9)(1.3)
-200 bps shift in rates1.51.3
Steeper yield curve:
+100 bps shift in long-term rates
-100 bps shift in short-term rates0.90.6
Flatter yield curve:
+100 bps shift in short-term rates(1.0)(0.6)
-100 bps shift in long-term rates
Non-U.S. dollar:
Parallel shift:
+100 bps shift in rates0.6
-100 bps shift in rates(0.6)

Economic Value Sensitivity

In addition to earnings-at-risk, which is measured as a sensitivity to a baseline of earnings over the next 12 months, the Firm also measures Economic Value Sensitivity (“EVS”). EVS stress tests the longer-term economic value of equity by measuring the sensitivity of the Firm’s current balance sheet, primarily retained loans, deposits, debt and investment securities as well as related hedges, under various interest rate scenarios. The Firm's pricing and cash flow assumptions associated with deposits, as well as prepayment assumptions for loans and securities, are significant factors in the EVS measure. In accordance with the CTC interest rate risk management policy, the Firm has established limits on EVS as a percentage of TCE.

Certain assumptions used in the EVS measure may differ from those required in the fair value measurement note to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For example, certain assets and liabilities with no stated maturity, such as credit card receivables and deposits, have longer assumed durations in the EVS measure. Additional information on long-term debt and held to maturity investment securities is disclosed on page 201 in Note 2.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
148JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Non-U.S. dollar foreign exchange risk

Non-U.S. dollar FX risk is the risk that changes in foreign exchange rates affect the value of the Firm’s assets or liabilities or future results. The Firm has structural non-U.S. dollar FX exposures arising from capital investments, forecasted expense and revenue, the investment securities portfolio and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt issuance. Treasury and CIO, working in partnership with the LOBs, primarily manage these risks on behalf of the Firm. Treasury and CIO may hedge certain of these risks using derivatives. Refer to Business Segment & Corporate Results on page 71 for additional information.

Other sensitivity-based measures

The Firm quantifies the market risk of certain debt and equity and credit and funding-related exposures by assessing the potential impact on net revenue, other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and noninterest expense due to changes in relevant market variables. Refer to the predominant business activities that give rise to market risk on page 142 for additional information on the positions captured in other sensitivity-based measures.

The table below represents the potential impact to net revenue, OCI or noninterest expense for market risk sensitive instruments that are not included in VaR or earnings-at-risk. Where appropriate, instruments used for hedging purposes are reported net of the positions being hedged. The sensitivities disclosed in the table below may not be representative of the actual gain or loss that would have been realized at December 31, 2024 and 2023, as the movement in market parameters across maturities may vary and are not intended to imply management’s expectation of future changes in these sensitivities.

Gain/(loss) (in millions)
ActivityDescriptionSensitivity measureDecember 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Debt and equity(a)
Asset Management activitiesConsists of seed capital and related hedges; fund co-investments(c); and certain deferred compensation and related hedges(d)10% decline in market value$(53)$(61)
Other debt and equityConsists of certain real estate-related fair value option elected loans, privately held equity and other investments held at fair value(c)10% decline in market value(1,030)(1,044)
Credit- and funding-related exposures
Non-USD LTD cross-currency basisRepresents the basis risk on derivatives used to hedge the foreign exchange risk on the non-USD LTD(e)1 basis point parallel tightening of cross currency basis(10)(12)
Non-USD LTD hedges foreign currency (“FX”) exposurePrimarily represents the foreign exchange revaluation on the fair value of the derivative hedges(e)10% depreciation of currency2816
Derivatives – funding spread riskImpact of changes in the spread related to derivatives FVA(c)1 basis point parallel increase in spread(2)(3)
CVA - counterparty credit risk(b)Credit risk component of CVA and associated hedges10% credit spread widening
Fair value option elected liabilities - funding spread riskImpact of changes in the spread related to fair value option elected liabilities DVA(e)1 basis point parallel increase in spread4746

(a)Excludes equity securities without readily determinable fair values that are measured under the measurement alternative. Refer to Note 2 for additional information.

(b)In line with the Firm's internal model governance, the credit risk component of CVA related to certain counterparties was removed from Credit Portfolio VaR due to the widening of the credit spreads for those counterparties to elevated levels. The related hedges were also removed to maintain consistency. This exposure is now reflected in the table above.

(c)Impact recognized through net revenue.

(d)Impact recognized through noninterest expense.

(e)Impact recognized through OCI.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K149

Management’s discussion and analysis

COUNTRY RISK MANAGEMENT

The Firm, through its LOBs and Corporate, may be exposed to country risk resulting from financial, economic, political or other significant developments which adversely affect the value of the Firm’s exposures related to a particular country or set of countries. The Country Risk Management group actively monitors the various portfolios which may be impacted by these developments and measures the extent to which the Firm’s exposures are diversified given the Firm’s strategy and risk tolerance relative to a country.

Organization and management

Country Risk Management is an independent risk management function that assesses and monitors exposure to country risk across the Firm.

The Firm’s country risk management function includes the following activities:

•Maintaining policies, procedures and standards consistent with a comprehensive country risk framework

•Assigning sovereign ratings, assessing country risks and establishing risk tolerance relative to a country

•Measuring and monitoring country risk exposure and stress across the Firm

•Managing and approving country limits and reporting trends and limit breaches to senior management

•Developing surveillance tools, such as signaling models and ratings indicators, for early identification of potential country risk concerns

•Providing country risk scenario analysis

Sources and measurement

The Firm is exposed to country risk through its lending and deposits, investing, and market-making activities, whether cross-border or locally funded. Country exposure includes activity with both government and private-sector entities in a country.

Under the Firm’s internal country risk management approach, attribution of exposure to an individual country is based on the country where the largest proportion of the assets of the counterparty, issuer, obligor or guarantor are located or where the largest proportion of its revenue is derived, which may be different than the domicile (i.e. legal residence) or country of incorporation.

Individual country exposures reflect an aggregation of the Firm’s risk to an immediate default, with zero recovery, of the counterparties, issuers, obligors or guarantors attributed to that country. Activities which result in contingent or indirect exposure to a country are not included in the country exposure measure (for example, providing clearing services or secondary exposure to collateral on securities financing receivables).

Assumptions are sometimes required in determining the measurement and allocation of country exposure, particularly in the case of certain non-linear or index products, or where the nature of the counterparty, issuer, obligor or guarantor is not suitable for attribution to an individual country. The use of different measurement approaches or assumptions could affect the amount of reported country exposure.

Under the Firm’s internal country risk measurement framework:

•Deposits with banks are measured as the cash balances placed with central banks, commercial banks, and other financial institutions

•Lending exposures are measured at the total committed amount (funded and unfunded), net of the allowance for credit losses and eligible cash and marketable securities collateral received

•Securities financing exposures are measured at their receivable balance, net of eligible collateral received

•Debt and equity securities are measured at the fair value of all positions, including both long and short positions

•Counterparty exposure on derivative receivables is measured at the derivative’s fair value, net of the fair value of the eligible collateral received

•Credit derivatives exposure is measured at the net notional amount of protection purchased or sold for the same underlying reference entity, inclusive of the fair value of the derivative receivable or payable, reflecting the manner in which the Firm manages these exposures

The Firm’s internal country risk reporting differs from the reporting provided under the FFIEC bank regulatory requirements.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
150JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Stress testing

Stress testing is an important component of the Firm’s country risk management framework, which aims to estimate and limit losses arising from a country crisis by measuring the impact of adverse asset price movements to a country based on market shocks combined with counterparty specific assumptions. Country Risk Management periodically designs and runs tailored stress scenarios to test vulnerabilities to individual countries or sets of countries in response to specific or potential market events, sector performance concerns, sovereign actions and geopolitical risks. These tailored stress results are used to inform potential risk reduction across the Firm, as necessary.

Risk reporting

Country exposure and stress are measured and reported regularly, and used by Country Risk Management to identify trends and monitor high usages and breaches against limits.

For country risk management purposes, the Firm may report exposure to jurisdictions that are not fully autonomous, including dependent territories and Special Administrative Regions (“SAR”) such as Hong Kong SAR, separately from the independent sovereign states with which they are associated.

The following table presents the Firm’s top 20 exposures by country (excluding the U.S.) as of December 31, 2024, and their comparative exposures as of December 31, 2023. The top 20 country exposures represent the Firm’s largest total exposures by individual country. Country exposures may fluctuate from period to period due to a variety of factors, including client activity, market flows and liquidity management activities undertaken by the Firm.

The increase in exposure to Germany when compared to December 31, 2023, was driven by an increase in cash placed with the central bank of Germany, predominantly due to client-driven market-making activities and higher client deposits.

The increase in exposure to Japan when compared to December 31, 2023, was driven by an increase in cash placed with the central bank of Japan as a result of client-driven market-making activities.

The Firm continues to monitor its exposure to Russia, which corresponds to cash placed with the central bank, but which excludes deposits placed on behalf of clients at the Deposit Insurance Agency of Russia. The Firm currently believes that its remaining exposure to Russia is not material. Refer to Note 30 on pages 310–311 for information concerning Russian litigation.

Top 20 country exposures (excluding the U.S.)(a)
December 31, (in billions)20242023(f)
Deposits with banks(b)Lending(c)Trading and investing(d)Other(e)Total exposureTotal exposure
Germany$89.7$12.6$0.9$0.7$103.9$84.8
United Kingdom24.622.427.71.476.177.1
Japan55.13.14.50.463.136.0
France0.612.34.20.918.010.1
Canada1.610.62.70.215.116.0
Brazil3.54.27.014.716.7
Australia5.07.41.914.318.3
Switzerland4.74.21.43.313.610.9
Mainland China3.16.24.113.414.0
India1.15.24.10.911.39.7
Italy0.18.21.80.310.46.0
South Korea0.62.96.30.510.37.8
Saudi Arabia0.85.72.99.47.7
Singapore1.52.03.50.47.49.8
Mexico1.34.41.57.28.2
Spain0.24.61.20.16.16.3
Netherlands6.6(0.9)0.25.95.6
Belgium4.01.30.15.48.0
Malaysia2.10.21.00.33.64.2
Luxembourg0.91.71.03.64.0

(a)Country exposures presented in the table reflect 89% and 88% of total Firmwide non-U.S. exposure, where exposure is attributed to an individual country based on the Firm’s internal country risk management approach, at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(b)Predominantly represents cash placed with central banks.

(c)Includes loans and accrued interest receivable, lending-related commitments (net of eligible collateral and the allowance for credit losses). Excludes intra-day and operating exposures, such as those from settlement and clearing activities.

(d)Includes market-making positions and hedging, investment securities, and counterparty exposure on derivative and securities financings net of eligible collateral. Market-making positions and hedging includes exposure from single reference entity (“single-name”), index and other multiple reference entity transactions for which one or more of the underlying reference entities is in a country listed in the above table.

(e)Includes physical commodities inventory and clearing house guarantee funds.

(f)The country rankings presented in the table as of December 31, 2023, are based on the country rankings of the corresponding exposures at December 31, 2024, not actual rankings of such exposures at December 31, 2023.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K151

Management’s discussion and analysis

CLIMATE RISK MANAGEMENT

Climate risk refers to the potential threats posed by climate change to the Firm and its clients, customers, operations and business strategy. Climate change is viewed as a driver of risk that may impact existing types of risks managed by the Firm. Climate risk is categorized into physical risk and transition risk.

Physical risk involves economic costs and financial losses due to a changing climate. Acute physical risk drivers include the increased frequency or severity of climate and weather events, such as floods, wildfires and tropical cyclones. Chronic physical risk drivers include more gradual shifts in the climate, such as sea level rise, persistent changes in precipitation levels and increases in average ambient temperatures.

Transition risk involves the financial and economic consequences of society’s shift toward a lower-carbon economy. Transition risk drivers include possible changes in public policy, adoption of new technologies and shifts in consumer preferences. Transition risks may also be influenced by changes in the physical climate.

Organization and management

The Firm has a Climate Risk Management function that is responsible for establishing and maintaining the Firmwide framework and strategy for managing climate risks that may impact the Firm.

Other responsibilities of Climate Risk Management include:

•Setting policies, standards, procedures and processes to support identification, escalation, monitoring and management of climate risk across the Firm

•Developing metrics, scenarios and stress testing mechanisms designed to assess the range of potential climate-related financial and economic impacts to the Firm

•Establishing a Firmwide climate risk data strategy and the supporting climate risk technology infrastructure

The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for the identification, assessment and management of climate risks present in their business activities and for the adherence to applicable climate-related laws, rules and regulations.

Governance and oversight

The Firm’s framework and strategy for managing climate risk is integrated into the Firm’s risk governance structure. This framework allows for the escalation of significant climate risk-related issues to LOB Risk Committees. The Board Risk Committee also receives information on significant climate risks and climate-related initiatives, as appropriate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
152JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Operational risk is the risk of an adverse outcome resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems; human factors; or external events impacting the Firm’s processes or systems. Operational Risk includes compliance, conduct, legal, and estimations and model risk. Operational risk is inherent in the Firm’s activities and can manifest itself in various ways, including fraudulent acts, business disruptions (including those caused by extraordinary events beyond the Firm's control), cyber attacks, inappropriate employee behavior, failure to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations or failure of vendors or other third party providers to perform in accordance with their agreements. Operational Risk Management attempts to manage operational risk at appropriate levels in light of the Firm’s financial position, the characteristics of its businesses, and the markets and regulatory environments in which it operates.

Operational Risk Management Framework

The Firm’s Compliance, Conduct, and Operational Risk (“CCOR”) Management Framework is designed to enable the Firm to govern, identify, measure, monitor and test, manage and report on the Firm’s operational risk.

Operational Risk Governance

The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for the management of operational risk. The Control Management Organization, which consists of control managers within each LOB and Corporate, is responsible for the day-to-day execution of the CCOR Framework.

The Firm’s Global Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite is responsible for defining the CCOR Management Framework and establishing the minimum standards for its execution. The LOB and Corporate aligned CCOR Lead Officers report to the Global CCO and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite and are independent of the respective businesses or functions they oversee. The CCOR Management Framework is included in the Risk Governance and Oversight Policy that is reviewed and approved by the Board Risk Committee periodically.

Operational Risk Identification

The Firm utilizes a structured risk and control self-assessment process that is executed by the LOBs and Corporate. As part of this process, the LOBs and Corporate evaluate the effectiveness of their respective control environment to assess circumstances in which controls have failed, and to determine where remediation efforts may be required. The Firm’s Operational Risk and Compliance organization (“Operational Risk and Compliance”)

provides oversight of and challenge to these evaluations and may also perform independent assessments of significant operational risk events and areas of concentrated or emerging risk.

Operational Risk Measurement

Operational Risk and Compliance performs an independent assessment of the operational risks inherent within the LOBs and Corporate, which includes evaluating the effectiveness of the control environments and reporting the results to senior management.

In addition, Operational Risk and Compliance assesses operational risks through quantitative means, including operational risk-based capital and estimation of operational risk losses under both baseline and stressed conditions.

The primary component of the operational risk-based capital estimate is the Loss Distribution Approach (“LDA”) statistical model, which simulates the projected frequency and severity of operational risk losses based on historical data. The LDA model is used to estimate an aggregate operational risk loss over a one-year time horizon, at a 99.9% confidence level. The LDA model incorporates actual internal operational risk losses in the quarter following the period in which those losses were realized, and the calculation generally continues to reflect such losses even after the issues or business activities giving rise to the losses have been remediated or reduced.

As required under the Basel III capital framework, the Firm’s operational risk capital methodology, which uses the Advanced Measurement Approach (“AMA”), incorporates internal and external losses as well as management’s view of tail risk captured through operational risk scenario analysis, and evaluation of key business environment and internal control metrics. The Firm does not reflect the impact of insurance in its AMA estimate of operational risk capital.

The Firm considers the impact of stressed economic conditions on operational risk losses and develops a forward looking view of material operational risk events that may occur in a stressed environment. The Firm’s operational risk stress testing framework is utilized in calculating results for the Firm’s CCAR and other stress testing processes.

Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 97–107 for information related to operational risk RWA, and CCAR.

Operational Risk Monitoring and Testing

The results of risk assessments performed by Operational Risk and Compliance are used in connection with their independent monitoring and testing compliance of the LOBs and Corporate with

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K153

Management’s discussion and analysis

laws, rules and regulations. Through monitoring and testing, Operational Risk and Compliance independently identify areas of heightened operational risk and tests the effectiveness of controls within the LOBs and Corporate.

Management of Operational Risk

The operational risk areas or issues identified through monitoring and testing are escalated to the LOBs and Corporate to be remediated through action plans, as needed, to mitigate operational risk. Operational Risk and Compliance may advise the LOBs and Corporate in the development and implementation of action plans.

Operational Risk Reporting

All employees of the Firm are expected to escalate risks appropriately. Risks identified by Operational Risk and Compliance are escalated to the appropriate LOB and Corporate Control Committees, as needed. Operational Risk and Compliance has established standards designed to ensure that consistent operational risk reporting and operational risk reports are produced on a Firmwide basis as well as by the LOBs and Corporate. Reporting includes the evaluation of key risk and performance indicators against established thresholds as well as the assessment of different types of operational risk against stated risk appetite. The standards establish escalation protocols to senior management and to the Board of Directors.

Insurance

One of the ways in which operational risk may be mitigated is through insurance maintained by the Firm. The Firm purchases insurance from commercial insurers and maintains a wholly-owned captive insurer, Park Assurance Company. Insurance may also be required by third parties with whom the Firm does business.

Subcategories and examples of operational risks

Operational risk can manifest itself in various ways. Operational risk subcategories include Compliance risk, Conduct risk, Legal risk, and Estimations and Model risk. Refer to pages 157, 158, 159 and 160, respectively for more information on Compliance, Conduct, Legal, and Estimations and Model risk. Details on other select examples of operational risks such as business and technology resiliency, payment fraud and third-party outsourcing, as well as cybersecurity, are provided below.

Firmwide resiliency risk

Disruptions of the Firm’s business and operations can occur due to forces beyond the Firm’s control such as the spread of infectious diseases or pandemics, severe weather, natural disasters, the effects of climate change, power or telecommunications loss, failure of a third party to provide expected services, cyberattacks, civil or political unrest or terrorism. The Firm’s resiliency framework is intended to enable the Firm to prepare for and adapt to changing conditions and withstand and recover from, and address adverse effects on its operations caused by, disruptions that may impact critical business functions and supporting assets, including its staff, technology, data and facilities, as well as those of third-party service providers. The framework includes governance, awareness training, planning and testing of recovery strategies, as well as strategic and tactical initiatives to identify, assess, and manage resiliency risks. The framework operates in accordance with the Firm’s overall approach to Operational Risk Management, including alignment with technology, cybersecurity, data, physical security, crisis management, real estate and outsourcing programs.

Payment fraud risk

Payment fraud risk is the risk of external and internal parties unlawfully obtaining personal monetary benefit through misdirected or otherwise improper payment. The Firm employs various controls for managing payment fraud risk as well as providing employee and client education and awareness trainings.

Third-party outsourcing risk

The Firm‘s Third-Party Oversight (“TPO”) and Inter-affiliates Oversight (“IAO”) frameworks assist the LOBs and Corporate in selecting, documenting, onboarding, monitoring and managing their supplier relationships including services provided by affiliates. The objectives of the TPO framework are to hold suppliers and other third parties to an appropriate standard of operational performance and to mitigate key risks, including data loss and business disruptions. The Corporate Third-Party Oversight group is responsible for Firmwide training, monitoring, reporting and standards with respect to third-party outsourcing risks.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
154JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Cybersecurity risk

Cybersecurity risk is the risk of harm or loss resulting from misuse or abuse of technology or the unauthorized disclosure of data.

Overview

Cybersecurity risk is an important and continuously evolving focus for the Firm. Significant resources are devoted to protecting and enhancing the security of computer systems, software, networks, storage devices, and other technology. The Firm’s security efforts are designed to protect against, among other things, cybersecurity attacks that can result in unauthorized access to confidential information, the destruction of data, disruptions to or degradations of service, the sabotaging of systems or other damage.

The Firm has experienced, and expects that it will continue to experience, a higher volume and complexity of cyber attacks against the backdrop of heightened geopolitical tensions. The Firm has implemented measures and controls reasonably designed to address this evolving environment, including enhanced threat monitoring. In addition, the Firm continues to review and enhance its capabilities to address associated risks, such as those relating to the management of administrative access to systems.

Third parties with which the Firm does business, that facilitate the Firm’s business activities (e.g., vendors, supply chain, exchanges, clearing houses, central depositories, and financial intermediaries) or that the Firm has acquired are also sources of cybersecurity risk to the Firm. Third party incidents such as system breakdowns or failures, misconduct by the employees of such parties, or cyber attacks, including ransomware and supply-chain compromises, could have a material adverse effect on the Firm, including in circumstances in which an affected third party is unable to deliver a product or service to the Firm or where the incident delivers compromised software to the Firm or results in lost or compromised information of the Firm or its clients or customers.

Clients and customers are also sources of cybersecurity risk to the Firm and its information assets, particularly when their activities and systems are beyond the Firm’s own security and control systems. The Firm engages in periodic discussions with its clients, customers and other external parties concerning cybersecurity risks including opportunities to improve cybersecurity.

Risks from cybersecurity threats, including any previous cybersecurity events, have not materially affected the Firm or its business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. Notwithstanding the comprehensive approach that the Firm takes to address cybersecurity risk, the Firm may not be successful in preventing or mitigating a future

cybersecurity incident that could have a material adverse effect on the Firm or its business strategy, results of operations or financial condition.

Organization and management

The Global Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO”) reports to the Global Chief Information Officer, and is a member of key cybersecurity governance forums. The CISO leads the Global Cybersecurity and Technology Controls organization, which is responsible for identifying technology and cybersecurity risks and for implementing and maintaining controls to manage cybersecurity threats. The CISO and the members of senior management within Global Technology and the Cybersecurity and Technology Controls organizations all have relevant expertise and experience in cybersecurity and information technology risk management, including relevant experience at the Firm, at other financial services companies or in other highly-regulated industries.

The CISO is responsible for the Firm’s Information Security Program, which is designed to prevent, detect and respond to cyber attacks in order to help safeguard the confidentiality, integrity and availability of the Firm's infrastructure, resources and information. The program includes managing the Firm’s global cybersecurity operations centers, providing training, conducting cybersecurity event simulation exercises, implementing the Firm’s policies and standards relating to technology risk and cybersecurity management, and enhancing, as needed, the Firm’s cybersecurity capabilities.

The Firm’s Information Security Program includes the following functions:

Cyber Operations, which is responsible for implementing and maintaining controls designed to detect and defend the Firm against cyber attacks, and includes a dedicated function for incident response and ongoing monitoring for cybersecurity threats and vulnerabilities, including those among the Firm’s third-party suppliers.

Technology Governance, Risk & Controls, which is responsible for operationalizing technology risk and control frameworks, analyzing regulatory developments that may impact the Firm, and developing control catalogs and assessments of controls, as well as overseeing governance and reporting of technology and cybersecurity risk.

Security Awareness, which provides awareness and training that reinforces information risk and security management practices and compliance with the Firm's policies, standards and practices. The training is mandatory for all employees globally on a periodic basis, and it is supplemented by Firmwide testing initiatives, including periodic phishing tests. The Firm also provides specialized security training to

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K155

Management’s discussion and analysis

employees in specific roles, such as application developers. The Firm’s Global Privacy Program requires all employees to take periodic training on data privacy that focuses on confidentiality and security, as well as responding to unauthorized access to or use of information.

Technology Resiliency, which establishes control requirements for planning and testing the prioritized recovery of technology services in the event of degradation or outage, including incident response planning, data backup and retention, and recovery readiness in support of the Firmwide Business Resiliency Program and operational risk management practices.

The Firm has a cybersecurity incident response plan designed to enable the Firm to respond to attempted cybersecurity incidents, coordinate as appropriate with law enforcement and other government agencies, notify clients and customers, as applicable, and recover from such incidents. In addition, the Firm actively partners with appropriate government and law enforcement agencies and peer industry forums, participating in discussions and simulations to assist in understanding the full spectrum of cybersecurity risks and in enhancing defenses and improving resiliency in the Firm’s operating environment.

Governance and oversight

The governance structure for the Global Cybersecurity and Technology Controls organization is designed to appropriately identify, escalate and mitigate cybersecurity risks. Cybersecurity risk management and its governance and oversight are integrated into the Firm’s operational risk management framework, including through the escalation of key risk and control issues to management and the development of risk mitigation plans for heightened risk and control issues. IRM independently assesses and challenges the activities and risk management practices of the Global Cybersecurity and Technology Controls organization related to the identification, assessment, measurement and mitigation of cybersecurity risk. As needed, the Firm engages third-party assessors or auditing firms with industry-recognized expertise on cybersecurity matters to review specific aspects of the Firm’s cybersecurity risk management framework, processes and controls.

The governance and oversight for cybersecurity risk management includes governance forums that inform management of key areas of concern regarding the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity risks.

The Cybersecurity and Technology Controls Operating Committee (“CTOC”) is the principal management committee that oversees the Firm’s assessment and management of cybersecurity risk, including oversight of the implementation and maintenance of appropriate controls in support of the Firm’s Information Security Program. The membership of the CTOC includes senior representatives from the Global Cybersecurity and Technology Controls organization and relevant corporate functions, including IRM and Internal Audit.

The CTOC escalates key operational risk and control issues, as appropriate, to the Global Technology Operating Committee (“GTOC”) or its business control committee or to the appropriate LOB and Corporate Control Committees. The GTOC is responsible for the governance of the Firmwide Global Technology organization, including oversight of Firmwide technology strategies, the delivery of technology and technology operations, the effective use of information technology resources, and monitoring and resolving key operational risk and control matters arising in the Global Technology organization.

As part of its oversight of management’s implementation and maintenance of the Firm’s risk management framework, the Firm’s Board of Directors receives periodic updates from the CIO, the CISO and senior members of the CTOC concerning cybersecurity matters. These updates generally include information regarding cybersecurity and technology developments, the Firm’s Information Security Program and recommended changes to that program, cybersecurity policies and practices, and ongoing initiatives to improve information security, as well as any significant cybersecurity incidents and the Firm's efforts to address those incidents. The Audit Committee and the Risk Committee assist the Board in this oversight.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
156JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

COMPLIANCE RISK MANAGEMENT

Compliance risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the risk of failing to comply with laws, rules, regulations or codes of conduct and standards of self-regulatory organizations.

Overview

Each of the LOBs and Corporate hold primary ownership of and accountability for managing their compliance risk. The Firm’s Operational Risk and Compliance Organization (“Operational Risk and Compliance”), which is independent of the LOBs and Corporate, provides independent review, monitoring and oversight of business operations with a focus on compliance with the laws, rules, and regulations applicable to the delivery of the Firm’s products and services to clients and customers.

These compliance risks relate to a wide variety of laws, rules and regulations across the LOBs and Corporate, and jurisdictions, and include risks related to financial products and services, relationships and interactions with clients and customers, and employee activities. For example, compliance risks include those associated with anti-money laundering compliance, trading activities, market conduct, and complying with the laws, rules, and regulations related to the offering of products and services across jurisdictional borders. Compliance risk is also inherent in the Firm’s fiduciary activities, including the failure to exercise the applicable standard of care to act in the best interest of fiduciary clients and customers or to treat fiduciary clients and customers fairly.

Other functions provide oversight of significant regulatory obligations that are specific to their respective areas of responsibility.

Operational Risk and Compliance implements policies and standards designed to govern, identify, measure, monitor and test, manage, and report on compliance risk.

Governance and oversight

Operational Risk and Compliance is led by the Firm’s Global CCO and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite.

The Firm maintains oversight and coordination of its compliance risk through the CCOR Management Framework. The Firm’s Global CCO and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite also provides regular updates to the Board Risk Committee and the Audit Committee on significant compliance risk issues, as appropriate.

Code of Conduct

The Firm has a Code of Conduct (the “Code”) that sets forth the Firm’s expectation that employees will conduct themselves with integrity, at all times. The Code provides the principles that help govern employee conduct with clients, customers, suppliers, vendors, shareholders, regulators, other employees, as well as with the markets and communities in which the Firm operates. The Code requires employees to promptly report any potential or actual violation of the Code, Firm policies, or laws, rules or regulations applicable to the Firm’s business. It also requires employees to report any illegal or unethical conduct, or conduct that violates the underlying principles of the Code, by any of the Firm’s employees, consultants, clients, customers, suppliers, contract or temporary workers, or business partners or agents. Training is assigned to newly hired employees after joining the Firm, and to current employees periodically thereafter. Employees are required to affirm their compliance with the Code annually.

Employees can report any potential or actual violations of the Code through the Firm’s Conduct Hotline (the “Hotline”) by phone, mobile device or the internet. The Hotline is anonymous, where permitted by law, is available at all times globally, has translation services, and is administered by an outside service provider. The Code prohibits retaliation against anyone who raises an issue or concern in good faith or assists with an inquiry or investigation. Periodically, the Audit Committee receives reports on the Code of Conduct program.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K157

Management’s discussion and analysis

CONDUCT RISK MANAGEMENT

Conduct risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the risk that any action or misconduct by an employee could lead to unfair client or customer outcomes, impact the integrity of the markets in which the Firm operates, harm employees or the Firm, or compromise the Firm’s reputation.

Overview

Each LOB and Corporate is accountable for identifying and managing its conduct risk to provide appropriate engagement, ownership and sustainability of a culture consistent with the Firm’s Business Principles. The Business Principles serve as a guide for how employees are expected to conduct themselves. With the Business Principles serving as a guide, the Firm’s Code sets out the Firm’s expectations for each employee and provides information and resources to help employees conduct business ethically and in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations everywhere the Firm operates. Refer to Compliance Risk Management on page 157 for further discussion of the Code.

Governance and oversight

The Firm’s oversight and coordination of conduct risk is managed in the same manner as Compliance risk. Refer to Compliance Risk Management on page 157 for further information.

Conduct risk management encompasses various aspects of people management practices throughout the employee life cycle, including recruiting, onboarding, training and development, performance management, promotion and compensation processes. Each LOB, Treasury and CIO, and each designated corporate function completes an assessment of conduct risk periodically, reviews metrics and issues which may involve conduct risk, and provides conduct education as appropriate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
158JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

LEGAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Legal risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the risk of loss primarily caused by the actual or alleged failure to meet legal obligations that arise from the rule of law in jurisdictions in which the Firm operates, agreements with clients and customers, and products and services offered by the Firm.

Overview

The global Legal function (“Legal”) provides legal services and advice to the Firm. Legal is responsible for managing the Firm’s exposure to legal risk by:

•managing actual and potential litigation and enforcement matters, including internal reviews and investigations related to such matters

•advising on products and services, including contract negotiation and documentation

•advising on offering and marketing documents and new business initiatives

•managing dispute resolution

•interpreting existing laws, rules and regulations, and advising on changes to them

•advising on advocacy in connection with contemplated and proposed laws, rules and regulations, and

•providing legal advice to the LOBs, Corporate and the Board.

Legal selects, engages and manages outside counsel for the Firm on all matters in which outside counsel is engaged. In addition, Legal advises the Firm’s Conflicts Office which reviews the Firm’s wholesale transactions that may have the potential to create conflicts of interest for the Firm.

Governance and oversight

The Firm’s General Counsel reports to the CEO and is a member of the Operating Committee, the Firmwide Risk Committee and the Firmwide Control Committee. The Firm’s General Counsel and other members of Legal report on significant legal matters to the Firm’s Board of Directors and to the Audit Committee.

Legal serves on and advises various committees and advises the Firm’s LOBs and Corporate on potential reputation risk issues.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K159

Management’s discussion and analysis

ESTIMATIONS AND MODEL RISK MANAGEMENT

Estimations and Model risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused estimation outputs.

The Firm uses models and other analytical and judgment-based estimations, including those based upon machine learning or artificial intelligence techniques, across various businesses and functions. The estimation methods are of varying levels of sophistication and are used for many purposes, such as the valuation of positions and measurement of risk, assessing regulatory capital requirements, conducting stress testing, evaluating the allowance for credit losses and making business decisions. A dedicated independent function, Model Risk Governance and Review (“MRGR”), defines and governs the Firm’s policies relating to the management of model risk and risks associated with certain analytical and judgment-based estimations, such as those used in risk management, budget forecasting and capital planning and analysis.

Model risks are owned by the users of the models within the LOBs and Corporate based on the specific purposes of such models. Users and developers of models are responsible for developing, implementing and testing their models, as well as referring models to MRGR for review and approval. Once models have been approved, model users and developers are responsible for maintaining a robust operating environment, and must monitor and evaluate the performance of the models on an ongoing basis. Model users and developers may seek to enhance models in response to changes in the relevant portfolios and in product and market developments, as well as to capture improvements in available modeling techniques and systems capabilities.

Models are tiered based on an internal standard according to their complexity, the exposure associated with the model and the Firm’s reliance on the model. This tiering is subject to the approval of MRGR. In its review of a model, MRGR considers whether the model is suitable for the specific purposes for which it will be used. When reviewing a model, MRGR analyzes and challenges the model methodology and the reasonableness of model assumptions, and may perform or require additional testing, including back-testing of model outcomes. Model reviews are approved by the appropriate level of management within MRGR based on the relevant model tier.

Under the Firm’s Estimations and Model Risk Management Policy, MRGR reviews and approves new models, as well as material changes to existing models, prior to their use. In certain circumstances, exceptions may be granted to the Firm’s policy to allow a model to be used prior to review or approval. MRGR may also require the user to take appropriate actions to mitigate the model risk if it is to be used in the interim. These actions will depend on the model and may include, for example, limitation of trading activity.

While models are inherently imprecise, the degree of imprecision or uncertainty can be heightened by the market or economic environment. This is particularly true when the current and forecasted environments are significantly different from the historical environments upon which the models were developed. This increased uncertainty may necessitate a greater degree of judgment and analytics to inform any adjustments that the Firm may make to model outputs than would otherwise be the case. In addition, the Firm may experience increased uncertainty in its estimates if assets acquired differ from those used to develop the models.

Refer to Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 161–164 and Note 2 for a summary of model-based valuations and other valuation techniques.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
160JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES USED BY THE FIRM

JPMorganChase’s accounting policies and use of estimates are integral to understanding its reported results. The Firm’s most complex accounting estimates require management’s judgment to ascertain the appropriate carrying value of assets and liabilities. The Firm has established policies and control procedures intended to ensure that estimation methods, including any judgments made as part of such methods, are well-controlled, independently reviewed and applied consistently from period to period. The methods used and judgments made reflect, among other factors, the nature of the assets or liabilities and the related business and risk management strategies, which may vary across the Firm’s businesses and portfolios. In addition, the policies and procedures are intended to ensure that the process for changing methodologies occurs in an appropriate manner. The Firm believes its estimates for determining the carrying value of its assets and liabilities are appropriate. The following is a brief description of the Firm’s critical accounting estimates involving significant judgments.

Allowance for credit losses

The Firm’s allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of expected credit losses over the remaining expected life of the Firm’s financial assets measured at amortized cost and certain off-balance sheet lending-related commitments. The allowance for credit losses generally comprises:

•The allowance for loan losses, which covers the Firm’s retained loan portfolios (scored and risk-rated),

•The allowance for lending-related commitments, and

•The allowance for credit losses on investment securities.

The allowance for credit losses involves significant judgment on a number of matters including development and weighting of macroeconomic forecasts, incorporation of historical loss experience, assessment of risk characteristics, assignment of risk ratings, valuation of collateral, and the determination of remaining expected life. Refer to Note 10 and Note 13 for further information on these judgments as well as the Firm’s policies and methodologies used to determine the Firm’s allowance for credit losses.

One of the most significant judgments involved in estimating the Firm’s allowance for credit losses relates to the macroeconomic forecasts used to estimate credit losses over the eight-quarter forecast period within the Firm’s methodology. The eight-quarter forecast incorporates hundreds of macroeconomic variables (“MEVs”) that are relevant for exposures across the Firm, with modeled credit

losses being driven primarily by a subset of less than twenty variables. The specific variables that have the greatest effect on the modeled losses vary by portfolio and geography.

•Key MEVs for the consumer portfolio include regional U.S. unemployment rates and U.S. HPI.

•Key MEVs for the wholesale portfolio include U.S. unemployment, U.S. real GDP, U.S. equity prices, U.S. interest rates, U.S. corporate credit spreads, oil prices, U.S. commercial real estate prices and U.S. HPI.

Changes in the Firm’s assumptions and forecasts of economic conditions could significantly affect its estimate of expected credit losses in the portfolio at the balance sheet date or lead to significant changes in the estimate from one reporting period to the next.

As a result of the First Republic acquisition, the Firm recorded an allowance for credit losses for the loans acquired and lending-related commitments assumed as of May 1, 2023. Due to differences in risk rating methodologies for the First Republic portfolio and the ongoing integration of products and systems, the allowance for credit losses for the acquired wholesale portfolio was initially measured based on similar risk characteristics from other facilities underwritten by the Firm. Starting in the second quarter of 2024, the acquired portfolio was incorporated into the Firm's modeled credit loss estimates and is now reflected in the wholesale sensitivity analysis below. Refer to Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

It is difficult to estimate how potential changes in any one factor or input might affect the overall allowance for credit losses because management considers a wide variety of factors and inputs in estimating the allowance for credit losses. Changes in the factors and inputs considered may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across all geographies or product types, and changes in factors and inputs may be directionally inconsistent, such that improvement in one factor or input may offset deterioration in others.

To consider the impact of a hypothetical alternate macroeconomic forecast, the Firm compared the modeled credit losses determined using its central and relative adverse macroeconomic scenarios, which are two of the five scenarios considered in estimating the allowances for loan losses and lending-related commitments. The central and relative adverse scenarios each included a full suite of MEVs, but differed in the levels, paths and peaks/troughs of those variables over the eight-quarter forecast period.

For example, compared to the Firm’s central scenario shown on page 137 and in Note 13, the Firm’s relative adverse scenario assumes an elevated U.S.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K161

Management’s discussion and analysis

unemployment rate, averaging approximately 2.1% higher over the eight-quarter forecast, with a peak difference of approximately 3.0% in the fourth quarter of 2025.

This analysis is not intended to estimate expected future changes in the allowance for credit losses, for a number of reasons, including:

•The allowance as of December 31, 2024, reflects credit losses beyond those estimated under the central scenario due to the weight placed on the adverse scenarios.

•The impacts of changes in many MEVs are both interrelated and nonlinear, so the results of this analysis cannot be simply extrapolated for more severe changes in macroeconomic variables.

•Expectations of future changes in portfolio composition and borrower behavior can significantly affect the allowance for credit losses.

To demonstrate the sensitivity of credit loss estimates to macroeconomic forecasts as of December 31, 2024, the Firm compared the modeled estimates under its relative adverse scenario to its central scenario. Without considering offsetting or correlated effects in other qualitative components of the Firm’s allowance for credit losses, the comparison between these two scenarios for the exposures below reflect the following differences:

•An increase of approximately $850 million for residential real estate loans and lending-related commitments

•An increase of approximately $3.7 billion for credit card loans

•An increase of approximately $4.1 billion for wholesale loans and lending-related commitments

This analysis relates only to the modeled credit loss estimates and is not intended to estimate changes in the overall allowance for credit losses as it does not reflect any potential changes in other adjustments to the quantitative calculation, which would also be influenced by the judgment management applies to the modeled lifetime loss estimates to reflect the uncertainty and imprecision of these modeled lifetime loss estimates based on then-current circumstances and conditions.

Recognizing that forecasts of macroeconomic conditions are inherently uncertain, the Firm believes that its process to consider the available information and associated risks and uncertainties is appropriately governed and that its estimates of expected credit losses were reasonable and appropriate for the period ended December 31, 2024.

Fair value

JPMorganChase carries a portion of its assets and liabilities at fair value. The majority of such assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including derivatives, structured note products and certain securities financing agreements. Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, including certain mortgage, home equity and other loans, where the carrying value is based on the fair value of the underlying collateral.

Assets measured at fair value

The following table includes the Firm’s assets measured at fair value and the portion of such assets that are classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 2 for further information.

December 31, 2024 (in millions, except ratios)Total assets at fair valueTotal level 3 assets
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements$286,771$
Securities borrowed83,962
Trading assets:
Trading-debt and equity instruments576,8172,442
Derivative receivables(a)60,9678,452
Total trading assets637,78410,894
AFS securities406,8528
Loans41,3502,416
MSRs9,1219,121
Other14,0731,344
Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis1,479,91323,783
Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis2,4891,742
Total assets measured at fair value$1,482,402$25,525
Total Firm assets$4,002,814
Level 3 assets at fair value as a percentage of total Firm assets(a)1%
Level 3 assets at fair value as a percentage of total Firm assets at fair value(a)2%

(a)For purposes of the table above, the derivative receivables total reflects the impact of netting adjustments; however, the $8.5 billion of derivative receivables classified as level 3 does not reflect the netting adjustment as such netting is not relevant to a presentation based on the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset. The level 3 balances would be reduced if netting were applied, including the netting benefit associated with cash collateral.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
162JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

Valuation

Details of the Firm’s processes for determining fair value are set out in Note 2. Estimating fair value requires the application of judgment. The type and level of judgment required is largely dependent on the amount of observable market information available to the Firm. For instruments valued using internally developed valuation models and other valuation techniques that use significant unobservable inputs and are therefore classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, judgments used to estimate fair value are more significant than those required when estimating the fair value of instruments classified within levels 1 and 2.

In arriving at an estimate of fair value for an instrument within level 3, management must first determine the appropriate valuation model or other valuation technique to use. Second, the lack of observability of certain significant inputs requires management to assess relevant empirical data in deriving valuation inputs including, for example, transaction details, yield curves, interest rates, prepayment speeds, default rates, volatilities, correlations, prices (such as commodity, equity or debt prices), valuations of comparable instruments, foreign exchange rates and credit curves. Refer to Note 2 for a further discussion of the valuation of level 3 instruments, including unobservable inputs used.

For instruments classified in levels 2 and 3, management judgment must be applied to assess the appropriate level of valuation adjustments to reflect counterparty credit quality, the Firm’s creditworthiness, market funding rates, liquidity considerations, unobservable parameters, and for portfolios that meet specified criteria, the size of the net open risk position. The judgments made are typically affected by the type of product and its specific contractual terms, and the level of liquidity for the product or within the market as a whole. In periods of heightened market volatility and uncertainty judgments are further affected by the wider variation of reasonable valuation estimates, particularly for positions that are less liquid. Refer to Note 2 for a further discussion of valuation adjustments applied by the Firm.

Imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs or other factors can affect the amount of gain or loss recorded for a particular position. Furthermore, while the Firm believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those of other market participants, the methods and assumptions used reflect management judgment and may vary across the Firm’s businesses and portfolios.

The Firm uses various methodologies and assumptions in the determination of fair value. The use of methodologies or assumptions different than those used by the Firm could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Refer to Note 2 for a detailed discussion of the Firm’s valuation process and

hierarchy, and its determination of fair value for individual financial instruments.

Goodwill impairment

Under U.S. GAAP, goodwill must be allocated to reporting units and tested for impairment at least annually. The Firm’s process and methodology used to conduct goodwill impairment testing is described in Note 15.

Management applies significant judgment when testing goodwill for impairment. The goodwill associated with each business combination is allocated to the related reporting units for goodwill impairment testing.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Firm reviewed current economic conditions, estimated market cost of equity, as well as actual business results and projections of business performance. Based on such reviews, the Firm has concluded that goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2024. For each of the reporting units, fair value exceeded carrying value by at least 10% and there was no indication of a significant risk of goodwill impairment based on current projections and valuations.

The projections for the Firm’s reporting units are consistent with management’s current business outlook assumptions in the short term, and the Firm’s best estimates of long-term growth and return on equity in the longer term. Where possible, the Firm uses third-party and peer data to benchmark its assumptions and estimates.

Refer to Note 15 for additional information on goodwill, including the goodwill impairment assessment as of December 31, 2024.

Credit card rewards liability

JPMorganChase offers credit cards with various rewards programs which allow cardholders to earn rewards points based on their account activity and the terms and conditions of the rewards program. Generally, there are no limits on the points that an eligible cardholder can earn, nor do the points expire, and the points can be redeemed for a variety of rewards, including cash (predominantly in the form of account credits), gift cards and travel. The Firm maintains a rewards liability which represents the estimated cost of rewards points earned and expected to be redeemed by cardholders. The liability is accrued as the cardholder earns the benefit and is reduced when the cardholder redeems points. This liability was $14.4 billion and $13.2 billion at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, and is recorded in accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheets. The increase in the liability was driven by continued growth in rewards points earned on higher spend and promotional offers outpacing redemptions throughout 2024.

The rewards liability is sensitive to redemption rate (“RR”) and cost per point (“CPP”) assumptions. The RR

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K163

Management’s discussion and analysis

assumption is used to estimate the number of points earned by customers that will be redeemed over the life of the account. The CPP assumption is used to estimate the cost of future point redemptions. These assumptions are evaluated periodically considering historical actuals, cardholder redemption behavior and management judgment. Updates to these assumptions will impact the rewards liability. As of December 31, 2024, a combined increase of 25 basis points in RR and 1 basis point in CPP would increase the rewards liability by approximately $442 million.

Income taxes

JPMorganChase is subject to the income tax laws of the various jurisdictions in which it operates, including U.S. federal, state and local, and non-U.S. jurisdictions. These laws are often complex and may be subject to different interpretations. To determine the financial statement impact of accounting for income taxes, including the provision for income tax expense and unrecognized tax benefits, JPMorganChase must make assumptions and judgments about how to interpret and apply these complex tax laws to numerous transactions and business events, as well as make judgments regarding the timing of when certain items may affect taxable income in the U.S. and non-U.S. tax jurisdictions.

JPMorganChase’s interpretations of tax laws around the world are subject to review and examination by the various taxing authorities in the jurisdictions where the Firm operates, and disputes may occur regarding its view on a tax position. These disputes over interpretations with the various taxing authorities may be settled by audit, administrative appeals or adjudication in the court systems of the tax jurisdictions in which the Firm operates. JPMorganChase regularly reviews whether it may be assessed additional income taxes as a result of the resolution of these matters, and the Firm records additional unrecognized tax benefits, as appropriate. In addition, the Firm may revise its estimate of income taxes due to changes in income tax laws, legal interpretations, and business strategies. It is possible that revisions in the Firm’s estimate of income taxes may materially affect the Firm’s results of operations in any reporting period.

Deferred taxes arise from differences between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting versus income tax return purposes. Deferred tax assets are recognized if, in management’s judgment, their realizability is determined to be more likely than not. Deferred taxes are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized within the provision for income taxes in the period enacted.

The Firm has also recognized deferred tax assets in connection with certain tax attributes, including net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and foreign tax

credit (“FTC”) carryforwards. The Firm performs regular reviews to ascertain whether its deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income, including foreign source income, and may incorporate various tax planning strategies, including strategies that may be available to utilize NOLs and FTCs before they expire. In connection with these reviews, if it is determined that a deferred tax asset is not realizable, a valuation allowance is established. The valuation allowance may be reversed in a subsequent reporting period if the Firm determines that, based on revised estimates of future taxable income or changes in tax planning strategies, it is more likely than not that all or part of the deferred tax asset will become realizable. As of December 31, 2024, management has determined it is more likely than not that the Firm will realize its deferred tax assets, net of the existing valuation allowance.

The Firm adjusts its unrecognized tax benefits as necessary when new information becomes available, including changes in tax law and regulations, and interactions with taxing authorities. Uncertain tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize. An uncertain tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that management believes is more likely than not to be realized upon settlement. It is possible that the reassessment of JPMorganChase’s unrecognized tax benefits may have a material impact on its effective income tax rate in the period in which the reassessment occurs. Although the Firm believes that its estimates are reasonable, the final tax amount could be different from the amounts reflected in the Firm’s income tax provisions and accruals. To the extent that the final outcome of these amounts is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will generally impact the Firm’s provision for income taxes in the period in which such a determination is made.

The Firm’s provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. The current and deferred tax provisions are calculated based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed during the subsequent year. Adjustments based on filed returns are generally recorded in the period when the tax returns are filed and the global tax implications are known, which could impact the Firm’s effective tax rate.

Refer to Note 25 for additional information on income taxes.

Litigation reserves

Refer to Note 30 for a description of the significant estimates and judgments associated with establishing litigation reserves.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
164JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING DEVELOPMENTS

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Standards Adopted since January 1, 2024
StandardSummary of guidanceEffects on financial statements
Fair Value Measurement: Fair Value Measurement of Equity Securities Subject to Contractual Sale Restrictions Issued June 2022•Clarifies that a contractual sale restriction is not considered part of the unit of account of the equity security and, therefore, is not considered in measuring fair value.•Requires disclosure for investments in equity securities subject to contractual sale restrictions, including: 1) fair value of these investments, 2) nature and remaining duration of the restriction(s) and 3) circumstances that could cause a lapse in the restriction(s).•Adopted prospectively on January 1, 2024, with no impact to the Firm’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures: Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method Issued March 2023•Expands the ability to elect proportional amortization on a program-by-program basis, for additional types of tax-oriented investments (beyond affordable housing tax credit investments).•May be adopted using a full retrospective method, or a modified retrospective method wherein the effect of adoption is reflected as an adjustment to retained earnings at the effective date.•Adopted under the modified retrospective method on January 1, 2024.•Refer to Note 1 for further information.
Segment Reporting: Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures Issued November 2023•Requires disclosure of significant segment expenses that are readily provided to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) and included in segment profit or loss.•Requires disclosure of the composition and aggregate amount of other segment items, which represent the difference between profit or loss and segment revenues less significant segment expenses.•Requires disclosure of the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported segment measures in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources.•Adopted retrospectively for the Firm’s annual Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2024.(a)•The adoption of this guidance resulted in additional reportable segment disclosures, primarily relating to significant segment expenses and the CODM. Refer to Note 32 for further information.

(a)The accounting standards update applies to the Firm’s annual Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2024, and interim financial statements thereafter.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K165

Management’s discussion and analysis

FASB Standards Issued but not yet Adopted as of December 31, 2024
StandardSummary of guidanceEffects on financial statements
Income Taxes: Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures Issued December 2023•Requires disclosure of income taxes paid disaggregated by 1) federal, state, and foreign taxes and 2) individual jurisdiction on the basis of a quantitative threshold of equal to or greater than 5 percent of total income taxes paid (net of refunds received).•Requires disclosure of the effective tax rate reconciliation by specific categories, at a minimum, with accompanying qualitative disclosures, and separate disclosure of reconciling items based on quantitative thresholds. •Requires categories within the effective tax rate reconciliation to be further disaggregated if quantitative thresholds are met.•Required effective date: Annual financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2025.•The guidance can be applied on a prospective basis with the option to apply the standard retrospectively.•The Firm is evaluating the potential impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements disclosures.
Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures: Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses Issued November 2024•Requires additional annual and interim disclosures about specific types of expenses presented in the Consolidated statements of income.•Required effective date: Annual financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2027, and interim financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2028. (a)•The guidance can be applied on a prospective basis with the option to apply the standard retrospectively.•The Firm is evaluating the potential impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements disclosures, as well as the Firm’s planned date of adoption.

(a)Early adoption is permitted.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
166JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

From time to time, the Firm has made and will make forward-looking statements. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often use words such as “anticipate,” “target,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “goal,” “believe,” or other words of similar meaning. Forward-looking statements provide JPMorganChase’s current expectations or forecasts of future events, circumstances, results or aspirations. JPMorganChase’s disclosures in this 2024 Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The Firm also may make forward-looking statements in its other documents filed or furnished with the SEC. In addition, the Firm’s senior management may make forward-looking statements orally to investors, analysts, representatives of the media and others.

All forward-looking statements are, by their nature, subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Firm’s control. JPMorganChase’s actual future results may differ materially from those set forth in its forward-looking statements. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, below are certain factors which could cause actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements:

•Local, regional and global business, economic and political conditions and geopolitical events, including geopolitical tensions and hostilities;

•Changes in laws, rules and regulatory requirements, including capital and liquidity requirements affecting the Firm’s businesses, and the ability of the Firm to address those requirements;

•Heightened regulatory and governmental oversight and scrutiny of JPMorganChase’s business practices, including dealings with retail customers;

•Changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws;

•Changes in the level of inflation;

•Changes in income tax laws, rules, and regulations;

•Changes in FDIC assessments;

•Securities and capital markets behavior, including changes in market liquidity and volatility;

•Changes in investor sentiment or consumer spending or savings behavior;

•Ability of the Firm to manage effectively its capital and liquidity;

•Changes in credit ratings assigned to the Firm or its subsidiaries;

•Damage to the Firm’s reputation;

•Ability of the Firm to appropriately address social, environmental and sustainability concerns that may arise, including from its business activities;

•Ability of the Firm to deal effectively with an economic slowdown or other economic or market disruption,

including, but not limited to, in the interest rate environment;

•Technology changes instituted by the Firm, its counterparties or competitors;

•The effectiveness of the Firm’s control agenda;

•Ability of the Firm to develop or discontinue products and services, and the extent to which products or services previously sold by the Firm require the Firm to incur liabilities or absorb losses not contemplated at their initiation or origination;

•Acceptance of the Firm’s new and existing products and services by the marketplace and the ability of the Firm to innovate and to increase market share;

•Ability of the Firm to attract and retain qualified employees;

•Ability of the Firm to control expenses;

•Competitive pressures;

•Changes in the credit quality of the Firm’s clients, customers and counterparties;

•Adequacy of the Firm’s risk management framework, disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

•Adverse judicial or regulatory proceedings;

•Ability of the Firm to determine accurate values of certain assets and liabilities;

•Occurrence of natural or man-made disasters or calamities, including health emergencies, the spread of infectious diseases, epidemics or pandemics, an outbreak or escalation of hostilities or other geopolitical instabilities, the effects of climate change or extraordinary events beyond the Firm’s control, and the Firm’s ability to deal effectively with disruptions caused by the foregoing;

•Ability of the Firm to maintain the security of its financial, accounting, technology, data processing and other operational systems and facilities;

•Ability of the Firm to withstand disruptions that may be caused by any failure of its operational systems or those of third parties;

•Ability of the Firm to effectively defend itself against cyber attacks and other attempts by unauthorized parties to access information of the Firm or its customers or to disrupt the Firm’s systems; and

•The other risks and uncertainties detailed in Part I, Item 1A: Risk Factors in JPMorganChase’s 2024 Form 10-K.

Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Firm speak only as of the date they are made, and JPMorganChase does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements. The reader should, however, consult any further disclosures of a forward-looking nature the Firm may make in any subsequent Annual Reports on Form 10-Ks, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Qs, or Current Reports on Form 8-K.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2024 Form 10-K167

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000019617-24-000225.

Extracted from a later financial-section MD&A body after the formal Item 7 span was a short reference. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-02-16. Report date: 2023-12-31.

Management’s discussion and analysis

The following is Management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) of JPMorgan Chase for the year ended December 31, 2023. The MD&A is included in both JPMorgan Chase’s Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2023 (“Annual Report”) and its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 (“2023 Form 10-K” or “Form 10-K”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Refer to the Glossary of terms and acronyms on pages 315-321 for definitions of terms and acronyms used throughout the Annual Report and the 2023 Form 10-K.

This Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on the current beliefs and expectations of JPMorgan Chase’s management, speak only as of the date of this Form 10-K and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Refer to Forward-looking Statements on page 161 and Part 1, Item 1A: Risk factors in this Form 10-K on pages 9-33 for a discussion of certain of those risks and uncertainties and the factors that could cause JPMorgan Chase’s actual results to differ materially because of those risks and uncertainties. There is no assurance that actual results will be in line with any outlook information set forth herein, and the Firm does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements.

INTRODUCTION

JPMorgan Chase & Co. (NYSE: JPM), a financial holding company incorporated under Delaware law in 1968, is a leading financial services firm based in the United States of America (“U.S.”), with operations worldwide. JPMorgan Chase had $3.9 trillion in assets and $327.9 billion in stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2023. The Firm is a leader in investment banking, financial services for consumers and small businesses, commercial banking, financial transaction processing and asset management. Under the J.P. Morgan and Chase brands, the Firm serves millions of customers, predominantly in the U.S., and many of the world’s most prominent corporate, institutional and government clients globally.

JPMorgan Chase’s principal bank subsidiary is JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (“JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.”), a national banking association with U.S. branches in 48 states and Washington, D.C. JPMorgan Chase’s principal non-bank subsidiary is J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan Securities”), a U.S. broker-dealer. The bank and non-bank subsidiaries of JPMorgan Chase operate nationally as well as through overseas branches and subsidiaries, representative offices and subsidiary foreign banks. The Firm’s principal operating subsidiaries outside the U.S. are J.P. Morgan Securities plc and J.P. Morgan SE (“JPMSE”), which are subsidiaries of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and are based in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) and Germany, respectively.

For management reporting purposes, the Firm’s activities are organized into four major reportable business segments, as well as a Corporate segment. The Firm’s consumer business is the Consumer & Community Banking (“CCB”) segment. The Firm’s wholesale businesses are the Corporate & Investment Bank (“CIB”), Commercial Banking (“CB”), and Asset & Wealth Management (“AWM”) segments. Refer to Business Segment Results on pages 65–85, and Note 32 for a description of the Firm’s business segments, and the products and services they provide to their respective client bases. On May 1, 2023, JPMorgan Chase acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of First Republic Bank (the “First Republic acquisition”) from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). All references in this Form 10-K to “excluding First Republic,” “including First Republic,” “associated with First Republic” or “attributable to First Republic” refer to excluding or including the relevant effects of the First Republic acquisition, as well as subsequent related business and activities, as applicable. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

The Firm’s website is www.jpmorganchase.com. JPMorgan Chase makes available on its website, free of charge, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files or furnishes such material to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) at www.sec.gov. JPMorgan Chase makes new and important information about the Firm available on its website at https://www.jpmorganchase.com, including on the Investor Relations section of its website at https://www.jpmorganchase.com/ir. Information on the Firm's website, including documents on the website that are referenced in this Form 10-K, is not incorporated by reference into this 2023 Form 10-K or the Firm’s other filings with the SEC.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
48JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

This executive overview of the MD&A highlights selected information and does not contain all of the information that is important to readers of the Firm’s 2023 Form 10-K. For a complete description of the trends and uncertainties, as well as the risks and critical accounting estimates affecting the Firm, the 2023 Form 10-K should be read in its entirety.

Financial performance of JPMorgan Chase
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except per share data and ratios)
20232022Change
Selected income statement data
Noninterest revenue$68,837$61,98511%
Net interest income89,26766,71034
Total net revenue158,104128,69523
Total noninterest expense87,17276,14014
Pre-provision profit70,93252,55535
Provision for credit losses9,3206,38946
Net income49,55237,67632
Diluted earnings per share16.2312.0934
Selected ratios and metrics
Return on common equity17%14%
Return on tangible common equity2118
Book value per share$104.45$90.2916
Tangible book value per share86.0873.1218
Capital ratios(a)(b)
CET1 capital15.0%13.2%
Tier 1 capital16.614.9
Total capital18.516.8
Memo:
NII excluding Markets(c)$90,041$62,35544
NIR excluding Markets(c)44,53340,9389
Markets(c)27,79228,984(4)
Total net revenue - managed basis$162,366$132,27723

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2023, the results of the Firm include the impact of First Republic. Refer to page 67 and Note 34 for additional information.

(a)    The ratios reflect the CECL capital transition provisions. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

(b)    Reflects the Firm’s ratios under the Basel III Standardized approach. Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 91-101 for additional information.

(c)    NII and NIR refer to net interest income and noninterest revenue, respectively. Markets consists of CIB's Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets businesses.

Comparisons noted in the sections below are for the full year of 2023 versus the full year of 2022, unless otherwise specified.

Firmwide overview

JPMorgan Chase reported net income of $49.6 billion for 2023, up 32%, earnings per share of $16.23, ROE of 17% and ROTCE of 21%.

•Total net revenue was $158.1 billion, up 23%, reflecting:

–Net interest income (“NII”) of $89.3 billion, up 34%, driven by higher rates, the impact of First Republic, and higher revolving balances in Card Services, partially offset by lower Markets net interest income and lower average deposit balances. NII excluding Markets was $90.0 billion, up 44%.

–Noninterest revenue (“NIR”) was $68.8 billion, up 11%, driven by the impact of First Republic, including the $2.8 billion estimated bargain purchase gain, higher Markets noninterest revenue, and higher asset management fees, partially offset by the absence of the gain on the sale of Visa B shares in the prior year, higher net securities losses in Treasury and CIO, and lower auto operating lease income.

•Noninterest expense was $87.2 billion, up 14%, predominantly driven by higher compensation expense, reflecting an increase in employees, primarily in technology and front office, as well as wage inflation. The increase in expense also includes the $2.9 billion FDIC special assessment and costs associated with the First Republic acquisition.

•The provision for credit losses was $9.3 billion, reflecting $6.2 billion of net charge-offs and a net addition to the allowance for credit losses of $3.1 billion. Net charge-offs increased $3.3 billion, predominantly driven by Card Services, and to a lesser extent single name exposures in wholesale. The net addition to the allowance for credit losses included:

–a net addition of $1.3 billion in consumer, predominantly driven by CCB, reflecting $1.4 billion in Card Services driven by loan growth, including an increase in revolving balances, partially offset by a net reduction of $200 million in Home Lending, and

–a net addition of $657 million in wholesale, driven by net downgrade activity and a deterioration in the outlook for commercial real estate in CB.

The net addition also included $1.2 billion to establish the allowance for First Republic loans and lending-related commitments in the second quarter of 2023.

The provision in the prior year included a $3.5 billion net addition to the allowance for credit losses and net charge-offs of $2.9 billion.

•The total allowance for credit losses was $24.8 billion at December 31, 2023. The Firm had an allowance for loan losses to retained loans coverage ratio of 1.75%, compared with 1.81% in the prior year.

•The Firm’s nonperforming assets totaled $7.6 billion at December 31, 2023, up 5%, predominantly driven by wholesale nonaccrual loans, which reflected the impact of downgrades. Refer to Wholesale Credit Portfolio and Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 120–130 and pages 114–119, respectively, for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K49

•Firmwide average loans of $1.2 trillion were up 13%, predominantly driven by higher loans in CCB and CB, primarily as a result of First Republic.

•Firmwide average deposits of $2.4 trillion were down 4%, driven by

–continued migration into higher-yielding investments in AWM, the impact of higher customer spending in CCB, continued deposit attrition in CB, and a net decline in CIB, which included actions taken to reduce certain deposits,

partially offset by

–the increase in deposits associated with First Republic, and growth related to the Firm’s international consumer initiatives in Corporate.

Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 102–109 for additional information.

Selected capital and other metrics

•CET1 capital was $251 billion, and the Standardized and Advanced CET1 ratios were both 15.0%.

•SLR was 6.1%.

•TBVPS grew 18%, ending 2023 at $86.08.

•As of December 31, 2023, the Firm had eligible end-of-period High Quality Liquid Assets (“HQLA”) of approximately $798 billion and unencumbered marketable securities with a fair value of approximately $649 billion, resulting in approximately $1.4 trillion of liquidity sources. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 102–109 for additional information.

Refer to Consolidated Results of Operations and Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis on pages 54–57 and pages 58–60, respectively, for a further discussion of the Firm's results, including the provision for credit losses; and Business Segment Results on page 67 and Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

Pre-provision profit, ROTCE, TCE, TBVPS, NII and NIR excluding Markets, and total net revenue on a managed basis are non-GAAP financial measures. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 62–64 for a further discussion of each of these measures.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
50JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Business segment highlights

Selected business metrics for each of the Firm’s four lines of business (“LOB”) are presented below for the full year of 2023, and include the impact of First Republic, unless otherwise specified.

CCBROE 38%•Average deposits down 3%; client investment assets up 47%, or up 25% excluding First Republic•Average loans up 20%, or up 6% excluding First Republic; Card Services net charge-off rate of 2.45% •Debit and credit card sales volume(a) up 8%•Active mobile customers(b) up 8%
CIBROE 13%•#1 ranking for Global Investment Banking fees with 8.8% wallet share for the year•Total Markets revenue of $27.8 billion, down 4%, with Fixed Income Markets up 1% and Equity Markets down 13%
CBROE 20%•Gross Investment Banking and Markets revenue of $3.4 billion, up 14%•Average loans up 20%, or up 8% excluding First Republic; average deposits down 9%
AWMROE 31%•Assets under management (“AUM”) of $3.4 trillion, up 24%•Average loans up 2%, or down 2% excluding First Republic; average deposits down 17%

(a)    Excludes Commercial Card.

(b)    Users of all mobile platforms who have logged in within the past 90 days. As of December 31, 2023, excludes First Republic.

Refer to the Business Segment Results on pages 65–85 for a detailed discussion of results by business segment.

Credit provided and capital raised

JPMorgan Chase continues to support consumers, businesses and communities around the globe. The Firm provided new and renewed credit and raised capital for wholesale and consumer clients during 2023, consisting of:

$2.3 trillionTotal credit provided and capital raised (including loans and commitments)
$239billionCredit for consumers
$36billionCredit for U.S. small businesses
$1.0 trillionCredit for corporations
$915 billionCapital for corporate clients and non-U.S. government entities
$47 billionCredit and capital for nonprofit and U.S. government entities(a)

(a)    Includes states, municipalities, hospitals and universities.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K51

Recent events

•On February 6, 2024, JPMorgan Chase announced that it plans to open more than 500 new branches, renovate approximately 1,700 locations and hire 3,500 employees over the next three years.

•On January 25, 2024, JPMorgan Chase announced new responsibilities for several key executives:

–Jennifer Piepszak, formerly the Co-Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of CCB, and Troy Rohrbaugh, formerly the Co-head of Markets and Securities Services, became Co-CEOs of the expanded Commercial & Investment Bank, which brings together the Firm’s major wholesale businesses consisting of Global Investment Banking, Commercial Banking and Corporate Banking, as well as Markets, Securities Services and Global Payments.

–Marianne Lake, the former Co-CEO of CCB, became the sole CEO of that business.

–James Dimon, Chairman and CEO, and Daniel Pinto, President and Chief Operating Officer, will continue to jointly manage the company, with Mr. Pinto focusing on the execution of the Firm’s LOB priorities.

As a result of these organizational changes, the Firm will be reorganizing its business segments to reflect the manner in which the segments will be managed. The reorganization of the business segments is expected to be effective in the second quarter of 2024.

•On January 16, 2024, JPMorgan Chase announced that Mark Weinberger, 62, had been elected to its Board of Directors, effective immediately. He will also serve as a member of the Board’s Audit Committee. Mr. Weinberger served as the Global Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Ernst & Young from 2013 to 2019.

Outlook

These current expectations are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements are based on the current beliefs and expectations of JPMorgan Chase’s management, speak only as of the date of this Form 10-K, and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Refer to Forward-Looking Statements on page 161 and Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors section on pages 9-33 of this Form 10-K for a further discussion of certain of those risks and uncertainties and the other factors that could cause JPMorgan Chase’s actual results to differ materially because of those risks and uncertainties. There is no assurance that actual results in 2024 will be in line with the outlook information set forth below, and the Firm does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements.

JPMorgan Chase’s current outlook for full-year 2024 should be viewed against the backdrop of the global and U.S. economies, financial markets activity, the geopolitical environment, the competitive environment, client and customer activity levels, and regulatory and legislative developments in the U.S. and other countries where the Firm does business. Each of these factors will affect the performance of the Firm. The Firm will continue to make appropriate adjustments to its businesses and operations in response to ongoing developments in the business, economic, regulatory and legal environments in which it operates.

Full-year 2024

•Management expects net interest income to be approximately $90 billion, market dependent.

•Management expects net interest income excluding Markets to be approximately $88 billion, market dependent.

•Management expects adjusted expense to be approximately $90 billion, market dependent.

•Management expects the net charge-off rate in Card Services to be less than 3.50%.

Net interest income excluding Markets and adjusted expense are non-GAAP financial measures. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 62–64.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
52JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Business Developments

First Republic acquisition

On May 1, 2023, JPMorgan Chase acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of First Republic Bank (the "First Republic acquisition") from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as receiver.

JPMorgan Chase’s Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the period ended December 31, 2023 reflect the impact of First Republic. Where meaningful to the disclosure, the impact of the First Republic acquisition, as well as subsequent related business and activities, are disclosed in various sections of this Form 10-K. The Firm continues to convert certain operations, and to integrate clients, products and services, associated with the First Republic acquisition to align with the Firm’s businesses and operations.

Refer to Note 34 and page 67 for additional information related to First Republic.

Interbank Offered Rate (“IBOR”) transition

The publication of the remaining principal tenors of U.S. dollar LIBOR (i.e., overnight, one-month, three-month, six-month and 12-month LIBOR) ceased on June 30, 2023 (“LIBOR Cessation”). The one-month, three-month and six-month tenors of U.S. dollar LIBOR will continue to be published on a "synthetic" basis, which will allow market participants to use such rates for certain legacy LIBOR-linked contracts through September 30, 2024.

As part of the Firm’s overall transition efforts which culminated in the second quarter of 2023, the Firm successfully completed the conversion of predominantly all of its remaining cleared derivatives contracts linked to U.S. dollar LIBOR to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as part of initiatives by the principal central counterparties (“CCPs”) to convert cleared derivatives prior to LIBOR Cessation. Nearly all of the Firm’s other U.S. dollar LIBOR-linked products that remained outstanding at LIBOR Cessation have been remediated through contractual fallback provisions or through the framework provided by the Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act (“LIBOR Act”). The Firm expects that the limited number of contracts remaining that reference “synthetic” U.S. dollar LIBOR will be remediated by September 30, 2024.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K53

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This section provides a comparative discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s Consolidated Results of Operations on a reported basis for the two-year period ended December 31, 2023, unless otherwise specified. Refer to Consolidated Results of Operations on pages 51-54 of the Firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (the “2022 Form 10-K”) for a discussion of the 2022 versus 2021 results. Factors that relate primarily to a single business segment are discussed in more detail within that business segment’s results. Refer to pages 155–158 for a discussion of the Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm that affect the Consolidated Results of Operations.

Revenue
Year ended December 31, (in millions)
202320222021
Investment banking fees$6,519$6,686$13,216
Principal transactions24,46019,91216,304
Lending- and deposit-related fees7,4137,0987,032
Asset management fees15,22014,09614,405
Commissions and other fees6,8366,5816,624
Investment securities losses(3,180)(2,380)(345)
Mortgage fees and related income1,1761,2502,170
Card income4,7844,4205,102
Other income(a)5,609(b)4,3224,830
Noninterest revenue68,83761,98569,338
Net interest income89,26766,71052,311
Total net revenue$158,104$128,695$121,649

(a)Included operating lease income of $2.8 billion, $3.7 billion and $4.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Also includes losses on tax-oriented investments. Refer to Note 6 for additional information.

(b)Included the estimated bargain purchase gain of $2.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023, in Corporate associated with the First Republic acquisition. Refer to Business Segment Results on page 67, and Notes 6 and 34 for additional information.

2023 compared with 2022

Investment banking fees decreased, reflecting in CIB:

•lower advisory fees due to a lower number of completed transactions, reflecting the lower level of announced deals in the current and the prior year amid a challenging environment, and

•lower debt underwriting fees as challenging market conditions, primarily in the first half of the year, resulted in lower issuance activity across leveraged loans, investment-grade loans and high-grade bonds. This was largely offset by higher issuance activity in high-yield bonds driven by higher industry-wide issuance,

partially offset by

•higher equity underwriting fees driven by a higher level of follow-on offerings due to lower equity market volatility and a higher level of convertible securities offerings, which benefited from higher rates, partially offset by lower activity in private placements amid a challenging environment.

Refer to CIB segment results on pages 72–77 and Note 6 for additional information.

Principal transactions revenue increased, reflecting in CIB:

•higher Equity Markets principal transactions revenue in Prime Finance and Equity Derivatives,

•higher Fixed Income Markets principal transactions revenue in Securitized Products and Fixed Income

Financing, largely offset by lower revenue in Rates and Currencies & Emerging Markets;

–the net increase in Markets principal transactions revenue was more than offset by a decline in Markets net interest income, primarily due to higher funding costs; and

•losses of $280 million in Credit Adjustments & Other compared with $836 million in the prior year.

The prior year included net markdowns on held-for-sale positions, primarily unfunded commitments, in the bridge financing portfolio in CIB and CB.

The increase in principal transactions revenue also included the impact of higher short-term cash deployment activities in Treasury and CIO, reflective of the current interest rate environment.

Principal transactions revenue in CIB generally has offsets across other revenue lines, including net interest income. The Firm assesses the performance of its Markets business on a total net revenue basis.

Refer to CIB and Corporate segment results on pages 72–77 and pages 84–85, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Lending- and deposit-related fees increased, reflecting:

•higher lending-related revenue driven by the amortization of the purchase discount on certain acquired lending-related commitments associated with First Republic, primarily in AWM and CB,

predominantly offset by

•lower deposit-related fees in CB and CIB driven by the higher level of client credits that reduce such fees.

Refer to CIB, CB and AWM segment results on pages 72–77, pages 78–80 and pages 81–83, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Asset management fees increased driven by strong net inflows and the removal of most money market fund fee waivers in the prior year in AWM, and in CCB the impact of First Republic, as well as higher average market levels and strong net inflows. Refer to CCB and AWM segment results on pages 68–71 and pages 81–83, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
54JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Commissions and other fees increased due to higher commissions on annuity sales and travel-related services in CCB. Refer to CCB segment results on pages 68–71 and Note 6 for additional information.

Investment securities losses reflected higher net losses on higher sales of U.S. Treasuries and U.S. GSE and government agency MBS, associated with repositioning the investment securities portfolio in both periods in Treasury and CIO. Refer to Corporate segment results on pages 84–85 and Note 10 for additional information.

Mortgage fees and related income: refer to CCB segment results on pages 68–71, Note 6 and 15 for further information.

Card income increased in CIB and CB, reflecting growth in merchant processing volume and Commercial Card transactions in J.P. Morgan Payments; and in CCB, driven by higher net interchange income on increased debit and credit card sales volume. Refer to Business Segment Results, CCB, CIB and CB segment results on pages 65–85, pages 68–71, pages 72–77 and pages 78–80, respectively, and Note 6 for further information.

Other income increased, reflecting:

•the $2.8 billion estimated bargain purchase gain in Corporate associated with the First Republic acquisition,

•the impact of net investment hedges in Treasury and CIO, and

•a gain of $339 million recognized in the first quarter of 2023 in AWM on the original minority interest in China International Fund Management (“CIFM”) upon the Firm's acquisition of the remaining 51% interest in the entity,

partially offset by

•lower auto operating lease income in CCB due to a decline in volume,

•lower net gains related to certain other Corporate investments, and

•the net impact of equity investments in CIB, including impairment losses in the second half of 2023,

The prior year included:

•a gain of $914 million on the sale of Visa B shares and proceeds from an insurance settlement in Corporate, and

•a gain on an equity-method investment received in partial satisfaction of a loan in CB.

Refer to Business Segment Results on page 67 and Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition; Note 5 for additional information on net investment hedges; and Note 6 for further information.

Net interest income increased driven by higher rates, the impact of First Republic, and higher revolving balances in Card Services, partially offset by lower Markets net interest income and lower average deposit balances.

The Firm’s average interest-earning assets were $3.3 trillion, down $23 billion, and the yield was 5.14%, up 236 basis points (“bps”). The net yield on these assets, on an FTE basis, was 2.70%, an increase of 70 bps. The net yield excluding Markets was 3.85%, up 125 bps.

Refer to the Consolidated average balance sheets, interest and rates schedule on pages 310-314 for further information. Net yield excluding Markets is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 62–64 for a further discussion of Net yield excluding Markets.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K55
Provision for credit losses
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
Consumer, excluding credit card$935$506$(1,933)
Credit card6,0483,353(4,838)
Total consumer6,9833,859(6,771)
Wholesale2,2992,476(2,449)
Investment securities3854(36)
Total provision for credit losses$9,320$6,389$(9,256)

2023 compared with 2022

The provision for credit losses was $9.3 billion, reflecting $6.2 billion of net charge-offs and a net addition of $3.1 billion to the allowance for credit losses.

Net charge-offs increased $3.3 billion, consisting of $2.6 billion in consumer, predominantly driven by Card Services, as the portfolio continued to normalize to pre-pandemic levels, and $698 million in wholesale.

The net addition to the allowance for credit losses included $1.9 billion, consisting of:

•$1.3 billion in consumer, predominantly driven by CCB, reflecting a $1.4 billion net addition in Card Services, partially offset by a net reduction of $200 million in Home Lending. The net addition in Card Services was driven by loan growth, including an increase in revolving balances, partially offset by reduced borrower uncertainty. The net reduction in Home Lending was driven by improvements in the outlook for home prices; and

•$657 million in wholesale, driven by net downgrade activity and the net effect of changes in the Firm's weighted average macroeconomic outlook, including a deterioration in the outlook for commercial real estate in CB, partially offset by the impact of changes in the loan and lending-related commitment portfolios.

The net addition also included $1.2 billion to establish the allowance for the First Republic loans and lending-related commitments in the second quarter of 2023.

The provision in the prior year included a $3.5 billion net addition to the allowance for credit losses, consisting of $2.3 billion in wholesale and $1.2 billion in consumer, driven by loan growth and deterioration in the Firm’s macroeconomic outlook, partially offset by a reduction in the allowance related to a decrease in uncertainty associated with borrower behavior as the effects of the pandemic gradually receded, and net charge-offs of $2.9 billion.

Refer to the segment discussions of CCB on pages 68–71, CIB on pages 72–77, CB on pages 78–80, AWM on pages 81–83, the Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 131–133, and Notes 1, 10 and 13 for further discussion of the credit portfolio and the allowance for credit losses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
56JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K
Noninterest expense
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
Compensation expense$46,465$41,636$38,567
Noncompensation expense:
Occupancy4,5904,6964,516
Technology, communications and equipment(a)9,2469,3589,941
Professional and outside services10,23510,1749,814
Marketing4,5913,9113,036
Other(b)12,0456,3655,469
Total noncompensation expense(c)40,70734,50432,776
Total noninterest expense$87,172$76,140$71,343

(a)Includes depreciation expense associated with auto operating lease assets.

(b)Included Firmwide legal expense of $1.4 billion, $266 million and $426 million, as well as FDIC-related expense of $4.2 billion, $860 million and $730 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Refer to Note 6 for additional information.

(c)Reflected the impact of First Republic of $1.5 billion, which included expenses recorded in the second quarter of 2023 with respect to individuals associated with First Republic who did not become employees of the Firm until July 2, 2023. Refer to Business Segment Results on page 67 for additional information.

2023 compared with 2022

Compensation expense increased driven by:

•an increase in employees, primarily in technology and front office, as well as wage inflation,

•the impact of First Republic in the second half of 2023, predominantly in CCB and Corporate, and

•higher volume- and revenue-related compensation predominantly in AWM and CCB.

Noncompensation expense increased as a result of:

•higher FDIC-related expense, which included the $2.9 billion special assessment recognized in Corporate,

•the impact of First Republic in Corporate and CCB,

•higher legal expense in CIB, Corporate and CCB,

•higher investments in the business, including marketing and technology, and

•higher other expenses, including higher indirect tax expense in CIB, and higher travel and entertainment expense across the segments,

partially offset by

•lower depreciation expense on lower auto lease assets.

Refer to Business Segment Results on page 67 and Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition; Note 6 for further information;

Income tax expense
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except rate)
202320222021
Income before income tax expense$61,612$46,166$59,562
Income tax expense12,0608,49011,228
Effective tax rate19.6%18.4%18.9%

2023 compared with 2022

The effective tax rate increased predominantly driven by:

•the higher level of pre-tax income and changes in the mix of income and expenses subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes,

•lower benefits associated with tax audit settlements, and

• vesting of employee stock based awards,

largely offset by

•the impact of the income tax expense associated with the First Republic acquisition that was reflected in the estimated bargain purchase gain, which resulted in a reduction in the Firm’s effective tax rate, and

•an income tax benefit related to the finalization of certain income tax regulations.

Refer to Note 25 for further information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K57

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AND CASH FLOWS ANALYSIS

Consolidated balance sheets analysis

The following is a discussion of the significant changes between December 31, 2023 and 2022. Refer to pages 155–158 for a discussion of the Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm that affect the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Selected Consolidated balance sheets data
December 31, (in millions)20232022Change
Assets
Cash and due from banks$29,066$27,6975%
Deposits with banks595,085539,53710
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements276,152315,592(12)
Securities borrowed200,436185,3698
Trading assets540,607453,79919
Available-for-sale securities201,704205,857(2)
Held-to-maturity securities369,848425,305(13)
Investment securities, net of allowance for credit losses571,552631,162(9)
Loans1,323,7061,135,64717
Allowance for loan losses(22,420)(19,726)14
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses1,301,2861,115,92117
Accrued interest and accounts receivable107,363125,189(14)
Premises and equipment30,15727,7349
Goodwill, MSRs and other intangible assets64,38160,8596
Other assets159,308182,884(13)
Total assets$3,875,393$3,665,7436%

Cash and due from banks and deposits with banks increased reflecting the higher level of excess cash placed with the Federal Reserve Banks. The Firm’s excess cash primarily resulted from:

•the net issuance of long-term debt, and

•the impact of maturities and paydowns of investment securities in Treasury and CIO,

partially offset by

•the impacts associated with the First Republic acquisition in the first half of 2023.

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements decreased, reflecting a reduction in client-driven market-making activities, partially offset by higher cash deployment in Treasury and CIO.

Securities borrowed increased driven by Markets, reflecting a higher demand for securities to cover short positions and client-driven activities.

Refer to Note 11 for additional information on securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

Trading assets increased, reflecting in Markets higher debt and equity instruments on client-driven market-making activities, partially offset by lower derivative receivables, primarily as a result of market movements. Refer to Notes 2 and 5 for additional information.

Investment securities decreased due to:

•lower available-for-sale ("AFS") securities driven by maturities and paydowns, predominantly offset by the impact of First Republic, net purchases, and the transfer of securities from held-to-maturity (“HTM”) in the first

quarter of 2023, and

•lower HTM securities driven by maturities and paydowns, and the transfer of securities to AFS.

Refer to Corporate segment results on pages 84–85, Investment Portfolio Risk Management on page 134 and Notes 2 and 10 for additional information on investment securities.

Loans increased, reflecting:

•$146 billion of loans associated with First Republic,

•growth in new accounts in Card Services, as well as higher revolving balances, which continued to normalize to pre-pandemic levels, and

•growth in Auto loans due to net originations.

The allowance for loan losses increased, reflecting:

•a net addition to the allowance for loan losses of $2.2 billion, consisting of:

–$1.3 billion in consumer, predominantly driven by CCB, reflecting $1.4 billion in Card Services driven by loan growth, including an increase in revolving balances, partially offset by a net reduction of $176 million in Home Lending, and

–$930 million in wholesale, driven by net downgrade activity and the net effect of changes in the Firm's weighted average macroeconomic outlook, and

•$1.1 billion to establish the allowance for the First Republic loans in the second quarter of 2023.

The allowance for loan losses also reflected a reduction of $587 million, on January 1, 2023, as a result of the adoption of the Financial Instruments - Credit Losses: Troubled Debt Restructurings accounting guidance.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
58JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

References in this Form 10-K to "changes to the TDR accounting guidance" pertain to the Firm's adoption of this guidance.

There was also a $408 million net reduction in the allowance for lending-related commitments recognized in other liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheets.

Refer to Consolidated Results of Operations and Credit and Investment Risk Management on pages 54–57 and pages 111–134, respectively, and Notes 2, 3, 12 and 13 for additional information on loans and the total allowance for credit losses; and Business Segment Results on page 67 and Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

Accrued interest and accounts receivable decreased due to lower client receivables related to client-driven activities in Markets.

Premises and equipment increased as a result of the construction-in-process associated with the Firm's headquarters, the First Republic acquisition, largely lease right-of-use assets, and higher capitalized software. Refer to Note 16 and 18 for additional information.

Goodwill, MSRs and other intangibles increased predominantly due to:

•other intangibles and goodwill related to the acquisition of the remaining 51% interest in CIFM,

•core deposit intangibles associated with the First Republic acquisition, and

•higher MSRs as a result of net additions primarily from purchases, and the impact of higher interest rates, partially offset by the realization of expected cash flows.

Refer to Note 15 and 34 for additional information.

Other assets decreased reflecting the impact of the change in the type of collateral placed with CCPs from cash to securities.

Selected Consolidated balance sheets data
December 31, (in millions)20232022Change
Liabilities
Deposits$2,400,688$2,340,1793
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements216,535202,6137
Short-term borrowings44,71244,0272
Trading liabilities180,428177,9761
Accounts payable and other liabilities290,307300,141(3)
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”)23,02012,61083
Long-term debt391,825295,86532
Total liabilities3,547,5153,373,4115
Stockholders’ equity327,878292,33212
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$3,875,393$3,665,7436%

Deposits increased, reflecting the net impact of:

•higher balances in CIB due to net issuances of structured notes as a result of client demand, as well as deposit inflows from client-driven activities in Payments and Securities Services, partially offset by deposit attrition, including actions taken to reduce certain deposits,

•growth in Corporate related to the Firm's international consumer initiatives,

•lower balances in CCB reflecting higher customer spending,

•a decline in AWM due to continued migration into higher-yielding investments driven by the higher interest rate environment, predominantly offset by growth from new and existing customers as a result of new product offerings, and

•a decrease in CB due to continued deposit attrition as clients seek higher-yielding investments, predominantly offset by the retention of inflows associated with disruptions in the market in the first quarter of 2023.

The net increase also included $61 billion of deposits associated with First Republic, primarily reflected in CCB, AWM and CB.

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements increased, reflecting the impact of a lower level of netting on reduced repurchase activity.

Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 102–109 for additional information on deposits, federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements, and short-term borrowings; Notes 2 and 17 for deposits and Note 11 for federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements; Business Segment Results on page 67 and Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

Trading liabilities increased due to client-driven market-making activities in Fixed Income Markets, which resulted in higher levels of short positions in debt instruments, partially offset by lower derivative payables primarily as a result of market movements. Refer to Notes 2 and 5 for additional information.

Accounts payable and other liabilities decreased primarily due to lower client payables related to client-driven activities in Markets, partially offset by higher accounts payable and accrued liabilities, including the $2.9 billion payable related to the FDIC special assessment. Refer to Note 19 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K59

Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs increased in CIB primarily driven by higher levels of Firm-administered multi-seller conduit commercial paper held by third parties, reflecting changes in the Firm’s short-term liquidity management. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 102–109; and Notes 14 and 28 for additional information on Firm-sponsored VIEs and loan securitization trusts.

Long-term debt increased, reflecting the impact of First Republic, which included the Purchase Money Note issued to the FDIC and additional FHLB advances, as well as net issuance consistent with the Firm’s long-term funding plans. The increase was also attributable to net issuances of structured notes in Markets due to client demand and an increase in fair value. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 102–109 and Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

Stockholders’ equity: refer to Consolidated Statements of changes in stockholders’ equity on page 169, Capital Actions on page 99, and Note 24 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
60JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Consolidated cash flows analysis

The following is a discussion of cash flow activities during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. Refer to Consolidated cash flows analysis on page 57 of the Firm’s 2022 Form 10-K for a discussion of the 2021 activities.

(in millions)Year ended December 31,
202320222021
Net cash provided by/(used in)
Operating activities$12,974$107,119$78,084
Investing activities67,643(137,819)(129,344)
Financing activities(25,571)(126,257)275,993
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash1,871(16,643)(11,508)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and due from banks and deposits with banks$56,917$(173,600)$213,225

Operating activities

JPMorgan Chase’s operating assets and liabilities primarily support the Firm’s lending and capital markets activities. These assets and liabilities can vary significantly in the normal course of business due to the amount and timing of cash flows, which are affected by client-driven and risk management activities and market conditions. The Firm believes that cash flows from operations, available cash and other liquidity sources, and its capacity to generate cash through secured and unsecured sources, are sufficient to meet its operating liquidity needs.

•In 2023, cash provided primarily reflected net income, lower other assets, and accrued interest and accounts receivable, predominantly offset by higher trading assets, lower accounts payable and other liabilities, and higher securities borrowed.

•In 2022, cash provided resulted from higher accounts payable and other liabilities, lower securities borrowed, and net proceeds from sales, securitizations, and paydowns of loans held-for-sale, partially offset by higher trading assets.

Investing activities

The Firm’s investing activities predominantly include originating held-for-investment loans, investing in the investment securities portfolio and other short-term instruments.

•In 2023, cash provided resulted from net proceeds from investment securities, proceeds from sales and securitizations of loans held-for-investment and lower securities purchased under resale agreements, largely offset by net originations of loans and net cash used in the First Republic Bank acquisition.

•In 2022, cash used resulted from net originations of loans and higher securities purchased under resale agreements, partially offset by net proceeds from investment securities.

Financing activities

The Firm’s financing activities include acquiring customer deposits and issuing long-term debt and preferred stock.

•In 2023, cash used reflected lower deposits, which included the impact of the repayment of the deposits provided to First Republic Bank by the consortium of large U.S. banks that the Firm assumed as part of the First Republic acquisition, partially offset by higher securities loaned under repurchase agreements and net proceeds from long- and short-term borrowings.

•In 2022, cash used reflected lower deposits, partially offset by net proceeds from long- and short-term borrowings.

•For both periods, cash was used for repurchases of common stock and cash dividends on common and preferred stock.

* * *

Refer to Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis on pages 58–60, Capital Risk Management on pages 91-101, and Liquidity Risk Management on pages 102–109, and the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows on page 170 for a further discussion of the activities affecting the Firm’s cash flows.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K61

EXPLANATION AND RECONCILIATION OF THE FIRM’S USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

Non-GAAP financial measures

The Firm prepares its Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP; these financial statements appear on pages 166–170. That presentation, which is referred to as “reported” basis, provides the reader with an understanding of the Firm’s results that can be tracked consistently from year-to-year and enables a comparison of the Firm’s performance with the U.S. GAAP financial statements of other companies.

In addition to analyzing the Firm’s results on a reported basis, management reviews Firmwide results, including the overhead ratio, on a “managed” basis; these Firmwide managed basis results are non-GAAP financial measures. The Firm also reviews the results of the LOBs on a managed basis. The Firm’s definition of managed basis starts, in each case, with the reported U.S. GAAP results and includes certain reclassifications to present total net revenue for the Firm (and each of the reportable business segments) on an FTE basis. Accordingly, revenue from investments that receive tax credits and tax-exempt securities is presented in the managed results on a basis comparable to taxable investments and securities. These financial measures allow

management to assess the comparability of revenue from year-to-year arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources. The corresponding income tax impact related to tax-exempt items is recorded within income tax expense. These adjustments have no impact on net income as reported by the Firm as a whole or by the LOBs.

Management also uses certain non-GAAP financial measures at the Firm and business-segment level because these other non-GAAP financial measures provide information to investors about the underlying operational performance and trends of the Firm or of the particular business segment, as the case may be, and therefore facilitate a comparison of the Firm or the business segment with the performance of its relevant competitors. Refer to Business Segment Results on pages 65–85 for additional information on these non-GAAP measures. Non-GAAP financial measures used by the Firm may not be comparable to similarly named non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies.

The following summary table provides a reconciliation from the Firm’s reported U.S. GAAP results to managed basis.

202320222021
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)ReportedFully taxable-equivalent adjustments(a)Managed basisReportedFully taxable-equivalent adjustments(a)Managed basisReportedFully taxable-equivalent adjustments(a)Managed basis
Other income$5,609$3,782$9,391$4,322$3,148$7,470$4,830$3,225$8,055
Total noninterest revenue68,8373,78272,61961,9853,14865,13369,3383,22572,563
Net interest income89,26748089,74766,71043467,14452,31143052,741
Total net revenue158,1044,262162,366128,6953,582132,277121,6493,655125,304
Total noninterest expense87,172NA87,17276,140NA76,14071,343NA71,343
Pre-provision profit70,9324,26275,19452,5553,58256,13750,3063,65553,961
Provision for credit losses9,320NA9,3206,389NA6,389(9,256)NA(9,256)
Income before income tax expense61,6124,26265,87446,1663,58249,74859,5623,65563,217
Income tax expense12,0604,26216,3228,4903,58212,07211,2283,65514,883
Net income$49,552NA$49,552$37,676NA$37,676$48,334NA$48,334
Overhead ratio55%NM54%59%NM58%59%NM57%

(a)Predominantly recognized in CIB, CB and Corporate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
62JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Net interest income, net yield, and noninterest revenue excluding Markets

In addition to reviewing net interest income, net yield, and noninterest revenue on a managed basis, management also reviews these metrics excluding Markets, as shown below. Markets consists of CIB’s Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets. These metrics, which exclude Markets, are non-GAAP financial measures. Management reviews these metrics to assess the performance of the Firm’s lending, investing (including asset-liability management) and deposit-raising activities, apart from any volatility associated with Markets activities. In addition, management also assesses Markets business performance on a total revenue basis as offsets may occur across revenue lines. Management believes that these measures provide investors and analysts with alternative measures to analyze the revenue trends of the Firm.

Year ended December 31, (in millions, except rates)202320222021
Net interest income – reported$89,267$66,710$52,311
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments480434430
Net interest income – managed basis(a)$89,747$67,144$52,741
Less: Markets net interest income(b)(294)4,7898,243
Net interest income excluding Markets(a)$90,041$62,355$44,498
Average interest-earning assets$3,325,708$3,349,079$3,215,942
Less: Average Markets interest-earning assets(b)985,777953,195888,238
Average interest-earning assets excluding Markets$2,339,931$2,395,884$2,327,704
Net yield on average interest-earning assets – managed basis2.70%2.00%1.64%
Net yield on average Markets interest-earning assets(b)(0.03)0.500.93
Net yield on average interest-earning assets excluding Markets3.85%2.60%1.91%
Noninterest revenue – reported$68,837$61,985$69,338
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments3,7823,1483,225
Noninterest revenue – managed basis$72,619$65,133$72,563
Less: Markets noninterest revenue(b)28,08624,19519,151
Noninterest revenue excluding Markets$44,533$40,938$53,412
Memo: Total Markets net revenue(b)$27,792$28,984$27,394

(a)Interest includes the effect of related hedges. Taxable-equivalent amounts are used where applicable.

(b)Refer to pages 75-76 for further information on Markets.

Calculation of certain U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures
Certain U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures are calculated as follows:
Book value per share (“BVPS”)Common stockholders’ equity at period-end /Common shares at period-end
Overhead ratioTotal noninterest expense / Total net revenue
ROAReported net income / Total average assets
ROENet income* / Average common stockholders’ equity
ROTCENet income* / Average tangible common equity
TBVPSTangible common equity at period-end / Common shares at period-end
* Represents net income applicable to common equity

In addition, the Firm reviews other non-GAAP measures such as:

•Adjusted expense, which represents noninterest expense excluding Firmwide legal expense, and

•Pre-provision profit, which represents total net revenue less total noninterest expense.

Management believes that these measures help investors understand the effect of these items on reported results and provide an alternative presentation of the Firm’s performance.

The Firm also reviews the allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained excluding trade finance and conduits, a non-GAAP financial measure, to provide a more meaningful assessment of CIB’s allowance coverage ratio.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K63

TCE, ROTCE and TBVPS

TCE, ROTCE and TBVPS are each non-GAAP financial measures. TCE represents the Firm’s common stockholders’ equity (i.e., total stockholders’ equity less preferred stock) less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs), net of related deferred tax liabilities. ROTCE measures the Firm’s net income applicable to common equity as a percentage of average TCE. TBVPS represents the Firm’s TCE at period-end divided by common shares at period-end. TCE, ROTCE and TBVPS are utilized by the Firm, as well as investors and analysts, in assessing the Firm’s use of equity.

The following summary table provides a reconciliation from the Firm’s common stockholders’ equity to TCE.

Period-endAverage
Dec 31, 2023Dec 31, 2022Year ended December 31,
(in millions, except per share and ratio data)202320222021
Common stockholders’ equity$300,474$264,928$282,056$253,068$250,968
Less: Goodwill52,63451,66252,25850,95249,584
Less: Other intangible assets3,2251,2242,5721,112876
Add: Certain deferred tax liabilities(a)2,9962,5102,8832,5052,474
Tangible common equity$247,611$214,552$230,109$203,509$202,982
Return on tangible common equityNANA21%18%23%
Tangible book value per share$86.08$73.12NANANA

(a)Represents deferred tax liabilities related to tax-deductible goodwill and to identifiable intangibles created in nontaxable transactions, which are netted against goodwill and other intangibles when calculating TCE.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
64JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

BUSINESS SEGMENT RESULTS

The Firm is managed on an LOB basis. There are four major reportable business segments – Consumer & Community Banking, Corporate & Investment Bank, Commercial Banking and Asset & Wealth Management. In addition, there is a Corporate segment.

The business segments are determined based on the products and services provided, or the type of customer served, and they reflect the manner in which financial information is evaluated by the Firm’s Operating Committee. Segment results are presented on a managed basis. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures, on pages 62–64 for a definition of managed basis.

JPMorgan Chase (a)
Consumer BusinessesWholesale Businesses
Consumer & Community BankingCorporate & Investment BankCommercial BankingAsset & Wealth Management
Banking & Wealth ManagementHome LendingCard Services & AutoBankingMarkets & Securities Services• Middle Market Banking• Asset Management
• Consumer Banking • J.P. Morgan Wealth Management • Business Banking• Home Lending Production • Home Lending Servicing • Real Estate Portfolios• Card Services• Auto• Investment Banking • Payments • Lending• Fixed Income Markets• Corporate Client Banking• Global Private Bank
• Equity Markets • Securities Services • Credit Adjustments & Other• Commercial Real Estate Banking

(a)As a result of the organizational changes that were announced on January 25, 2024, the Firm will be reorganizing its business segments to reflect the manner in which the segments will be managed. The reorganization of the business segments is expected to be effective in the second quarter of 2024. Refer to Recent events on page 52 for additional information.

Description of business segment reporting methodology

Results of the business segments are intended to present each segment as if it were a stand-alone business. The management reporting process that derives business segment results includes the allocation of certain income and expense items. The Firm periodically assesses the assumptions, methodologies and reporting classifications used for segment reporting, and therefore further refinements may be implemented in future periods. The Firm also assesses the level of capital required for each LOB on at least an annual basis. The Firm’s LOBs also provide various business metrics which are utilized by the Firm and its investors and analysts in assessing performance.

Revenue sharing

When business segments join efforts to sell products and services to the Firm’s clients and customers, the participating business segments may agree to share revenue from those transactions. Revenue is generally recognized in the segment responsible for the related product or service, with allocations to the other segment(s) involved in the transaction. The segment results reflect these revenue-sharing agreements.

Expense allocation

Where business segments use services provided by corporate support units, or another business segment, the costs of those services are allocated to the respective business segments. The expense is generally

allocated based on the actual cost and use of services provided. In contrast, certain costs and investments related to corporate support units, technology and operations that are not currently utilized by any LOB are not allocated to the business segments and are retained in Corporate. Expense retained in Corporate generally includes costs that would not be incurred if the segments were stand-alone businesses, and other items not solely aligned with a particular business segment.

Funds transfer pricing

Funds transfer pricing (“FTP”) is the process by which the Firm allocates interest income and expense to the LOBs and Other Corporate and transfers the primary interest rate risk and liquidity risk to Treasury and CIO.

The funds transfer pricing process considers the interest rate and liquidity risk characteristics of assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet products. Periodically, the methodology and assumptions utilized in the FTP process are adjusted to reflect economic conditions and other factors, which may impact the allocation of net interest income to the segments.

As a result of the higher interest rate environment, the cost of funds for assets and the credits earned for liabilities have generally increased, impacting the business segments’ net interest income. During the period ended December 31, 2023, this has resulted in higher cost of funds for loans and

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K65

Markets activities, and contributed to margin expansion on deposits.

Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk is transferred from the LOBs and Other Corporate to Treasury and CIO for certain revenues and expenses. Treasury and CIO manages these risks centrally and reports the impact of foreign exchange rate movements related to the transferred risk in its results. Refer to Market Risk Management on page 143 for additional information.

Debt expense and preferred stock dividend allocation

As part of the funds transfer pricing process, almost all of the cost of the credit spread component of outstanding unsecured long-term debt and preferred stock dividends is allocated to the reportable business segments, while the balance of the cost is retained in Corporate. The methodology to allocate the cost of unsecured long-term debt and preferred stock dividends to the business segments is aligned with the relevant regulatory capital requirements and funding needs of the LOBs, as applicable.

The allocated cost of unsecured long-term debt is included in a business segment’s net interest income, and net income is reduced by preferred stock dividends, to arrive at a business segment’s net income applicable to common equity.

Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 91-101 for additional information.

Capital allocation

The amount of capital assigned to each business segment is referred to as equity. The Firm’s current allocation methodology incorporates Basel III Standardized risk-weighted assets (“RWA”) and the global systemically important banks (“GSIB”) surcharge, both under rules currently in effect, as well as a simulation of capital in a severe stress environment. At least annually, the assumptions, judgments and methodologies used to allocate capital are reassessed and, as a result, the capital allocated to the LOBs may change.

Refer to Line of business equity on page 98 for additional information on capital allocation.

Segment Results – Managed Basis

The following tables summarize the Firm’s results by segment for the periods indicated.

Year ended December 31,Consumer & Community BankingCorporate & Investment BankCommercial Banking
(in millions, except ratios)202320222021202320222021202320222021
Total net revenue$70,148$54,814(a)$49,879(a)$48,807$48,102(a)$51,943(a)$15,546$11,533$10,008
Total noninterest expense34,81931,208(a)29,028(a)28,59427,350(a)25,553(a)5,3784,7194,041
Pre-provision profit/(loss)35,32923,60620,85120,21320,75226,39010,1686,8145,967
Provision for credit losses6,8993,813(6,989)1211,158(1,174)1,9701,268(947)
Net income/(loss)21,23214,916(a)20,957(a)14,12914,925(a)21,107(a)6,1434,2135,246
Return on equity (“ROE”)38%29%41%13%14%25%20%16%21%
Year ended December 31,Asset & Wealth ManagementCorporateTotal
(in millions, except ratios)202320222021202320222021202320222021
Total net revenue$19,827$17,748$16,957$8,038$80$(3,483)$162,366$132,277$125,304
Total noninterest expense12,78011,82910,9195,6011,0341,80287,17276,14071,343
Pre-provision profit/(loss)7,0475,9196,0382,437(954)(5,285)75,19456,13753,961
Provision for credit losses159128(227)17122819,3206,389(9,256)
Net income/(loss)5,2274,3654,7372,821(743)(3,713)49,55237,67648,334
Return on equity (“ROE”)31%25%33%NMNMNM17%14%19%

(a)In the first quarter of 2023, the allocations of revenue and expense to CCB associated with a Merchant Services revenue sharing agreement were discontinued and are now retained in Payments in CIB. Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
66JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Selected Firmwide Metrics

The following tables present key metrics for Wealth Management, which consists of the Global Private Bank in AWM and J.P. Morgan Wealth Management in CCB; and total revenue and key metrics for J.P. Morgan Payments, which consists of payments activities in CIB and CB. This presentation is intended to provide investors with additional information concerning Wealth Management and J.P. Morgan Payments, each of which consists of similar business activities conducted across LOBs to serve different types of clients and customers.

Selected metrics - Wealth Management

Year ended December 31,202320222021
Client assets (in billions)(a)$3,177(b)$2,438$2,456
Number of client advisors8,9718,1667,463

(a) Consists of Global Private Bank in AWM and client investment assets in J.P. Morgan Wealth Management in CCB.

(b)At December 31, 2023, included $144.6 billion of client investment assets associated with First Republic.

Selected metrics - J.P. Morgan Payments

(in millions, except where otherwise noted)
Year ended December 31,202320222021
Total net revenue(a)$18,248$13,909$9,861
Merchant processing volume (in billions)2,4082,1581,887
Average deposits (in billions)715779800

(a)Includes certain revenues that are reported as investment banking product revenue in CB, and excludes the net impact of equity investments.

Segment information related to First Republic

The following table presents selected impacts to CCB, CB, AWM and Corporate associated with First Republic from the acquisition date of May 1, 2023.

As of or for the year ended December 31, 2023
(in millions)Consumer & Community BankingCommercial BankingAsset & Wealth ManagementCorporateTotal
Selected Income Statement Data
Revenue
Asset management fees$387$$$$387
All other income4892015032,862(b)4,055
Noninterest revenue8762015032,8624,442
Net interest income2,401704668(55)3,718
Total net revenue3,2779051,1712,8078,160
Provision for credit losses4217311281,280
Noninterest expense1,21945501,033(c)2,347
Net income1,244987532,0154,110
Selected Balance Sheet Data (period-end)
Loans$94,671$38,495$11,436$$144,602(d)
Deposits (a)42,7106,16312,09860,971(d)

(a)In the fourth quarter of 2023, CCB transferred certain deposits associated with First Republic to AWM, CB and CIB.

(b)Included the preliminary estimated bargain purchase gain of $2.7 billion recorded in other income. For the year ended December 31, 2023, reflects measurement period adjustments of $63 million, resulting in an estimated bargain purchase gain of $2.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

(c)Included $360 million of restructuring and integration costs.

(d)Excluded $1.9 billion of loans and $508 million of deposits allocated to CIB.

The following sections provide a comparative discussion of the Firm’s results by segment as of or for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, unless otherwise specified.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K67

CONSUMER & COMMUNITY BANKING

Consumer & Community Banking offers products and services to consumers and small businesses through bank branches, ATMs, digital (including mobile and online) and telephone banking. CCB is organized into Banking & Wealth Management (including Consumer Banking, J.P. Morgan Wealth Management and Business Banking), Home Lending (including Home Lending Production, Home Lending Servicing and Real Estate Portfolios) and Card Services & Auto. Banking & Wealth Management offers deposit, investment and lending products, cash management, payments and services. Home Lending includes mortgage origination and servicing activities, as well as portfolios consisting of residential mortgages and home equity loans. Card Services issues credit cards and offers travel services. Auto originates and services auto loans and leases.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31,
(in millions, except ratios)202320222021
Revenue
Lending- and deposit-related fees$3,356$3,316$3,034
Asset management fees3,282(d)2,7342,794
Mortgage fees and related income1,1751,2362,159
Card income2,5322,469(f)3,364(f)
All other income(a)4,773(d)5,131(f)5,741(f)
Noninterest revenue15,11814,88617,092
Net interest income55,030(d)39,92832,787
Total net revenue70,14854,81449,879
Provision for credit losses6,899(d)3,813(6,989)
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense15,17113,09212,142
Noncompensation expense(b)19,64818,116(f)16,886(f)
Total noninterest expense34,819(d)31,20829,028
Income before income tax expense28,43019,79327,840
Income tax expense7,1984,877(f)6,883(f)
Net income$21,232$14,916$20,957
Revenue by line of business
Banking & Wealth Management$43,199(e)$30,059(f)$23,786(f)
Home Lending4,140(e)3,6745,291
Card Services & Auto22,80921,08120,802
Mortgage fees and related income details:
Production revenue4214972,215
Net mortgage servicing revenue(c)754739(56)
Mortgage fees and related income$1,175$1,236$2,159
Financial ratios
Return on equity38%29%41%
Overhead ratio505758

(a)Primarily includes operating lease income and commissions and other fees. Operating lease income was $2.8 billion, $3.6 billion and $4.8 billion for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(b)Included depreciation expense on leased assets of $1.7 billion, $2.4 billion and $3.3 billion for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(c)Included MSR risk management results of $131 million, $93 million and $(525) million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(d)Includes First Republic. Refer to page 67 for additional information.

(e)Banking & Wealth Management and Home Lending included revenue associated with First Republic of $2.3 billion and $932 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2023.

(f)In the first quarter of 2023, the allocations of revenue and expense to CCB associated with a Merchant Services revenue sharing agreement were discontinued and are now retained in Payments in CIB. Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
68JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

2023 compared with 2022

Net income was $21.2 billion, up 42%.

Net revenue was $70.1 billion, up 28%.

Net interest income was $55.0 billion, up 38%, driven by:

•deposit margin expansion on higher rates, partially offset by lower average deposits and the impact of lower PPP loan forgiveness in Banking & Wealth Management (“BWM”),

•higher Card Services NII, reflecting an increase in revolving balances, and

•the impact of First Republic in Home Lending.

Noninterest revenue was $15.1 billion, up 2%, driven by:

•higher asset management fees due to the impact of First Republic as well as higher market levels and strong net inflows, higher commissions on annuity sales in BWM and higher other service fees associated with First Republic,

•higher net interchange income on increased debit and credit card sales volume, and

–In Card Services, higher annual fees and the higher net interchange income were more than offset by an increase in amortization related to new account origination costs, reflecting continued growth. Net interchange income in Card Services also reflected the impact of a reduction in rewards costs and partner payments in the first quarter of 2023 related to a periodic tax refund on airline miles redeemed and an increase to the rewards liability due to adjustments to certain reward program terms in the second quarter of 2023;

•higher travel-related commissions in Card Services,

predominantly offset by

•lower auto operating lease income as a result of a decline in volume, and

•lower mortgage fees and related income in Home Lending.

Refer to Note 6 for additional information on card income,

asset management fees, and commissions and other fees; and Critical Accounting Estimates on pages 155–158 for credit card rewards liability.

Refer to Note 15 for further information regarding changes in the value of the MSR asset and related hedges, and mortgage fees and related income.

Refer to Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

Noninterest expense was $34.8 billion, up 12%, reflecting:

•higher compensation expense, driven by an increase in employees, including the impact of First Republic in the second half of 2023 and additions primarily in bankers, advisors and technology, wage inflation and higher revenue-related compensation, as well as

•higher noncompensation expense, driven by the impact of First Republic, investments in marketing and technology, the increase in the FDIC assessment announced in the prior year as well as higher legal expense, partially offset by lower auto lease depreciation on lower auto lease assets.

The provision for credit losses was $6.9 billion, reflecting:

•net charge-offs of $5.3 billion, up $2.6 billion, predominantly driven by Card Services, as the portfolio continued to normalize to pre-pandemic levels,

•a $1.2 billion net addition to the allowance for credit losses, which included $1.4 billion in Card Services, partially offset by a net reduction of $200 million in Home Lending. The net addition in Card Services was driven by loan growth, including an increase in revolving balances, partially offset by reduced borrower uncertainty. The net reduction in Home Lending was driven by improvements in the outlook for home prices; and

•$408 million to establish the allowance for the First Republic loans and lending-related commitments in the second quarter of 2023.

The provision in the prior year was $3.8 billion, driven by net charge-offs of $2.7 billion and a $1.1 billion net addition to the allowance for credit losses across CCB.

Refer to Credit and Investment Risk Management on pages 111–134 and Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 131–133 for a further discussion of the credit portfolios and the allowance for credit losses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K69
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31,
(in millions, except employees)202320222021
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
Total assets$642,951$514,085$500,370
Loans:
Banking & Wealth Management(a)31,142(d)29,00835,095
Home Lending(b)259,181(d)172,554180,529
Card Services211,175185,175154,296
Auto77,70568,19169,138
Total loans579,203454,928439,058
Deposits1,094,738(e)1,131,6111,148,110
Equity55,50050,00050,000
Selected balance sheet data (average)
Total assets$584,367$497,263$489,771
Loans:
Banking & Wealth Management30,142(f)31,54544,906
Home Lending(c)232,115(f)176,285181,049
Card Services191,424163,335140,405
Auto72,67468,09867,624
Total loans526,355439,263433,984
Deposits1,126,552(g)1,162,6801,054,956
Equity54,34950,00050,000
Employees141,640135,347128,863

(a)At December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, included $94 million, $350 million and $5.4 billion of loans, respectively, in Business Banking under the PPP.

(b)At December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, Home Lending loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were $3.4 billion, $3.0 billion and $14.9 billion, respectively.

(c)Average Home Lending loans held-for sale and loans at fair value were $4.8 billion, $7.3 billion and $15.4 billion for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(d)At December 31, 2023, included $4.0 billion and $90.7 billion for Banking & Wealth Management and Home Lending, respectively, associated with First Republic.

(e)Includes First Republic. In the fourth quarter of 2023, CCB transferred certain deposits associated with First Republic to AWM, CB, and CIB. Refer to page 67 for additional information.

(f)Average Banking & Wealth Management and Home Lending loans associated with First Republic were $2.4 billion and $60.2 billion, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2023.

(g)Included $39.4 billion associated with First Republic for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31,
(in millions, except ratio data)202320222021
Credit data and quality statistics
Nonaccrual loans(a)(b)$3,740$3,899$4,875
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)
Banking & Wealth Management340370289
Home Lending(56)(229)(275)
Card Services4,6992,4032,712
Auto35714435
Total net charge-offs/(recoveries)$5,340$2,688$2,761
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate
Banking & Wealth Management(c)1.13%1.17%0.64%
Home Lending(0.02)(0.14)(0.17)
Card Services2.451.471.94
Auto0.490.210.05
Total net charge-off/(recovery) rate1.02%0.62%0.66%
30+ day delinquency rate
Home Lending(d)(e)0.66%0.83%1.25%
Card Services2.141.451.04
Auto1.191.010.64
90+ day delinquency rate - Card Services1.05%0.68%0.50%
Allowance for loan losses
Banking & Wealth Management$685$722$697
Home Lending578(f)867660
Card Services12,45311,20010,250
Auto742715733
Total allowance for loan losses$14,458(g)$13,504$12,340

(a)At December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, nonaccrual loans excluded mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies of $123 million, $187 million and $342 million, respectively. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.

(b)At December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, generally excludes loans that were under payment deferral programs offered in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

(c)At December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, included $94 million, $350 million and $5.4 billion of loans, respectively, in Business Banking under the PPP. The Firm does not expect to realize material credit losses on PPP loans because the loans are guaranteed by the SBA.

(d)At December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, the principal balance of loans under payment deferral programs offered in response to the COVID-19 pandemic was $29 million, $449 million and $1.1 billion in Home Lending, respectively. Loans that are performing according to their modified terms are generally not considered delinquent.

(e)At December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, excluded mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $176 million, $258 million and $405 million, respectively, that are 30 or more days past due. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee.

(f)Includes First Republic.

(g)On January 1, 2023, the Firm adopted changes to the TDR accounting guidance. The adoption of this guidance resulted in a net decrease in the allowance for loan losses of $591 million, driven by residential real estate and credit card. Refer to Note 1 for further information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
70JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31,
(in billions, except ratios and where otherwise noted)202320222021
Business Metrics
CCB Consumer customers (in millions)(a)82.1(g)79.276.5
CCB Small business customers (in millions)(a)6.4(g)5.75.3
Number of branches4,8974,7874,790
Active digital customers (in thousands)(b)66,983(g)63,13658,857
Active mobile customers (in thousands)(c)53,828(g)49,71045,452
Debit and credit card sales volume$1,678.6$1,555.4$1,360.7
Total payments transaction volume (in trillions)(d)5.9(g)5.65.0
Banking & Wealth Management
Average deposits$1,111.7(h)$1,145.7$1,035.4
Deposit margin2.84%1.71%1.27%
Business Banking average loans$19.6$22.3$37.5
Business Bankingorigination volume4.84.313.9(j)
Client investment assets(e)951.1647.1718.1
Number of client advisors5,4565,0294,725
Home Lending
Mortgage origination volume by channel
Retail$22.4(i)$38.5$91.8
Correspondent12.726.970.9
Total mortgage origination volume(f)$35.1$65.4$162.7
Third-party mortgage loans serviced (period-end)$631.2$584.3$519.2
MSR carrying value(period-end)8.58.05.5
Card Services
Sales volume, excluding commercial card$1,163.6$1,064.7$893.5
Net revenue rate9.72%9.87%10.51%
Net yield on average loans9.619.779.88
New credit card accounts opened (in millions)10.09.68.0
Auto
Loan and lease origination volume$41.3$30.4$43.6
Average auto operating lease assets10.914.319.1

(a)The Consumer and Small business customers metrics include unique individuals, and businesses and legal entities, respectively, that have financial ownership or decision-making power with respect to accounts; these metrics exclude customers under the age of 18. Where a customer uses the same unique identifier as both a Consumer and a Small business, the customer is included in both metrics. For information concerning the Households metric previously disclosed, refer to the Glossary of terms and acronyms on pages 315-321.

(b)Users of all web and/or mobile platforms who have logged in within the past 90 days.

(c)Users of all mobile platforms who have logged in within the past 90 days.

(d)Total payments transaction volume includes debit and credit card sales volume and gross outflows of ACH, ATM, teller, wires, BillPay, PayChase, Zelle, person-to-person and checks.

(e)Includes assets invested in managed accounts and J.P. Morgan mutual funds where AWM is the investment manager. Refer to AWM segment results on pages 81–83 for additional information. At December 31, 2023, included $144.6 billion of client investment assets associated with First Republic.

(f)Firmwide mortgage origination volume was $41.4 billion, $81.8 billion and $182.4 billion for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(g)Excludes First Republic.

(h)Included $39.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023, associated with First Republic.

(i)Included $2.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023, associated with First Republic.

(j)Included origination volume under the PPP of $10.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021. The program ended on May 31, 2021 for new applications.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K71

CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANK

The Corporate & Investment Bank, which consists of Banking and Markets & Securities Services, offers a broad suite of investment banking, market-making, prime brokerage, lending, and treasury and securities products and services to a global client base of corporations, investors, financial institutions, merchants, government and municipal entities. Banking offers a full range of investment banking products and services in all major capital markets, including advising on corporate strategy and structure, capital-raising in equity and debt markets, as well as loan origination and syndication. Banking also includes Payments, which provides services, that enable clients to manage payments globally across liquidity and account solutions, commerce solutions, clearing, trade and working capital. Markets & Securities Services includes Markets, a global market-maker across products, including cash and derivative instruments, which also offers sophisticated risk management solutions, prime brokerage, clearing and research. Markets & Securities Services also includes Securities Services, a leading global custodian which provides custody, fund accounting and administration, and securities lending products principally for asset managers, insurance companies and public and private investment funds.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
Revenue
Investment banking fees(a)$6,582$6,929$13,359
Principal transactions23,67119,92615,764
Lending- and deposit-related fees2,2132,4192,514
Commissions and other fees4,8215,0584,995
Card income1,4501,249(c)1,108(c)
All other income1,578621(c)663(c)
Noninterest revenue40,31536,20238,403
Net interest income8,49211,90013,540
Total net revenue(b)48,80748,10251,943
Provision for credit losses1211,158(1,174)
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense14,34513,91813,096
Noncompensation expense14,24913,432(c)12,457(c)
Total noninterest expense28,59427,35025,553
Income before income tax expense20,09219,59427,564
Income tax expense5,9634,669(c)6,457(c)
Net income$14,129$14,925$21,107

(a)Includes CB's share of revenue from investment banking products sold to CB clients through the CIB that is subject to a revenue sharing arrangement which is reported as a reduction in All other income.

(b)Includes tax-equivalent adjustments, predominantly due to income tax credits and other tax benefits related to alternative energy investments; income tax credits and amortization of the cost of investments in affordable housing projects; and tax-exempt income

from municipal bonds of $3.6 billion, $3.0 billion and $3.0 billion for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(c)In the first quarter of 2023, the allocations of revenue and expense to CCB associated with a Merchant Services revenue sharing agreement were discontinued and are now retained in Payments in CIB. Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31,
(in millions, except ratios)202320222021
Financial ratios
Return on equity13%14%25%
Overhead ratio595749
Compensation expense aspercentage of total net revenue292925
Revenue by business
Investment Banking$6,243$6,510$12,506
Payments9,2737,579(b)6,464(b)
Lending1,0071,3771,001
Total Banking16,52315,46619,971
Fixed Income Markets18,81318,61716,865
Equity Markets8,97910,36710,529
Securities Services4,7724,4884,328
Credit Adjustments & Other(a)(280)(836)250
Total Markets & Securities Services32,28432,63631,972
Total net revenue$48,807$48,102$51,943

(a)Consists primarily of centrally managed credit valuation adjustments ("CVA"), funding valuation adjustments ("FVA") on derivatives, other valuation adjustments, and certain components of fair value option elected liabilities, which are primarily reported in principal transactions revenue. Results are presented net of associated hedging activities and net of CVA and FVA amounts allocated to Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets. Refer to Notes 2, 3 and 24 for additional information.

(b)In the first quarter of 2023, the allocations of revenue and expense to CCB associated with a Merchant Services revenue sharing agreement were discontinued and are now retained in Payments in CIB. Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
72JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

2023 compared with 2022

Net income was $14.1 billion, down 5%.

Net revenue was $48.8 billion, up 1%.

Banking revenue was $16.5 billion, up 7%.

•Investment Banking revenue was $6.2 billion, down 4%. Excluding $257 million of markdowns on held-for-sale positions, primarily unfunded commitments, in the bridge financing portfolio recorded in the second quarter of 2022, Investment Banking revenue was down 8%. Investment Banking fees were down 5%, driven by lower advisory and debt underwriting fees, partially offset by higher equity underwriting fees. The Firm ranked #1 for Global Investment Banking fees, according to Dealogic.

–Advisory fees were $2.8 billion, down 8%, due to a lower number of completed transactions, reflecting the lower level of announced deals in the current and the prior year amid a challenging environment.

–Debt underwriting fees were $2.6 billion, down 8%, as challenging market conditions, primarily in the first half of the year, resulted in lower issuance activity across leveraged loans, investment-grade loans, and high-grade bonds. This was largely offset by higher issuance activity in high-yield bonds driven by higher industry-wide issuance.

–Equity underwriting fees were $1.2 billion, up 11%, driven by a higher level of follow-on offerings due to lower equity market volatility and a higher level of convertible securities offerings which benefited from higher rates, partially offset by lower activity in private placements amid a challenging environment.

•Payments revenue was $9.3 billion, up 22%, driven by deposit margin expansion on higher rates and fees, partially offset by the higher level of client credits that reduce such fees and lower average deposits. The net impact of equity investments was flat reflecting net markdowns in both periods, including the impact of an impairment in the current year.

•Lending revenue was $1.0 billion, down 27%, driven by $494 million of fair value losses on hedges of retained loans which included an increase in hedging activity, compared to $27 million of gains in the prior year, partially offset by higher net interest income.

Markets & Securities Services revenue was $32.3 billion, down 1%. Markets revenue was $27.8 billion, down 4%.

•Fixed Income Markets revenue was $18.8 billion, up 1%, driven by an increase in finance and trading activity in the Securitized Products Group and improved performance in Credit Trading, predominantly offset by lower revenue in Currencies & Emerging Markets as the business substantially normalized from the prior year’s elevated levels of volatility and client activity.

•Equity Markets revenue was $9.0 billion, down 13%, driven by lower revenue in Equity Derivatives and Cash Equities, compared with a stronger performance in the prior year.

•Securities Services revenue was $4.8 billion, up 6%, driven by deposit margin expansion on higher rates, largely offset by lower average deposits and fees.

•Credit Adjustments & Other was a loss of $280 million, compared with a loss of $836 million in the prior year.

Noninterest expense was $28.6 billion, up 5%, driven by higher legal expense, compensation expense, including the impact of wage inflation, and higher indirect tax expense.

The provision for credit losses was $121 million, driven by net charge-offs of $272 million, up $190 million, driven by single name exposures, largely offset by a $151 million net reduction in the allowance for credit losses.

The net reduction in the allowance was driven by the impact of changes in the loan and lending-related commitment portfolios and the net effect of changes in the Firm’s weighted average macroeconomic outlook, predominantly offset by an addition for certain accounts receivable and net downgrade activity.

The provision in the prior year was $1.2 billion, predominantly driven by a net addition to the allowance for credit losses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K73
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except employees)
202320222021
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
Total assets$1,338,168$1,334,296$1,259,896
Loans:
Loans retained(a)197,523187,642159,786
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(b)38,91942,30450,386
Total loans236,442229,946210,172
Equity108,000103,00083,000
Selected balance sheet data (average)
Total assets$1,428,904$1,406,250$1,334,518
Trading assets-debt and equity instruments508,799405,916448,099
Trading assets-derivative receivables63,83677,80268,203
Loans:
Loans retained(a)190,601172,627145,137
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(b)39,83146,84651,072
Total loans230,432219,473196,209
Deposits728,537739,700760,048
Equity108,000103,00083,000
Employees74,40473,45267,546

(a)Loans retained includes credit portfolio loans, loans held by consolidated Firm-administered multi-seller conduits, trade finance loans, other held-for-investment loans and overdrafts.

(b)Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value primarily reflect lending related positions originated and purchased in CIB Markets, including loans held for securitization.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)
202320222021
Credit data and quality statistics
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$272$82$6
Nonperforming assets:
Nonaccrual loans:
Nonaccrual loans retained(a)866718584
Nonaccrual loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(b)828848844
Total nonaccrual loans1,6941,5661,428
Derivative receivables364296316
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions1158791
Total nonperforming assets2,1731,9491,835
Allowance for credit losses:
Allowance for loan losses2,3212,2921,348
Allowance for lending-related commitments1,0481,4481,372
Total allowance for credit losses3,3693,7402,720
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate(c)0.14%0.05%%
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained1.181.220.84
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained, excluding trade finance and conduits(d)1.641.671.12
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans retained(a)268319231
Nonaccrual loans to total period-end loans0.720.680.68

(a)Allowance for loan losses of $95 million, $104 million and $58 million were held against these nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(b)At December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, nonaccrual loans excluded mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies of $59 million, $115 million and $281 million, respectively. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee.

(c)Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were excluded when calculating the net charge-off/(recovery) rate.

(d)Management uses allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained, excluding trade finance and conduits, a non-GAAP financial measure, to provide a more meaningful assessment of CIB’s allowance coverage ratio. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 62–64.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
74JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K
Investment banking fees
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)202320222021
Advisory$2,814$3,051$4,381
Equity underwriting1,1511,0343,953
Debt underwriting(a)2,6172,8445,025
Total investment banking fees$6,582$6,929$13,359

(a)Represents long-term debt and loan syndications.

League table results – wallet share
202320222021
Year ended December 31,RankShareRankShareRankShare
Based on fees(a)
M&A(b)
Global#29.3%#27.9%#29.6%
U.S.211.229.0210.7
Equity and equity-related(c)
Global17.825.738.8
U.S.114.1113.9211.8
Long-term debt(d)
Global17.216.918.4
U.S.110.9112.2112.1
Loan syndications
Global112.1111.0110.9
U.S.115.1112.8112.6
Global investment banking fees(e)#18.8%#17.8%#19.3%

(a)Source: Dealogic as of January 2, 2024. Reflects the ranking of revenue wallet and market share.

(b)Global M&A excludes any withdrawn transactions. U.S. M&A revenue wallet represents wallet from client parents based in the U.S.

(c)Global equity and equity-related ranking includes rights offerings and Chinese A-Shares.

(d)Long-term debt rankings include investment-grade, high-yield, supranationals, sovereigns, agencies, covered bonds, asset-backed securities ("ABS") and mortgage-backed securities ("MBS"); and exclude money market, short-term debt, and U.S. municipal securities.

(e)Global investment banking fees exclude money market, short-term debt and shelf securities.

Markets revenue

The following table summarizes selected income statement data for the Markets businesses. Markets includes both Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets. Markets revenue consists of principal transactions, fees, commissions and other income, as well as net interest income. The Firm assesses its Markets business performance on a total revenue basis, as offsets generally occur across revenue line items. For example, securities that generate net interest income may be risk-managed by derivatives that are reflected at fair value in principal transactions revenue. Refer to Notes 6 and 7 for a description of the composition of these income statement line items.

Principal transactions reflects revenue on financial instruments and commodities transactions that arise from client-driven market-making activity. Principal transactions revenue includes amounts recognized upon executing new transactions with market participants, as well as “inventory-related revenue”, which is revenue recognized from gains and losses on derivatives and other instruments that the Firm has been holding in anticipation of, or in response to, client demand, and changes in the fair value of instruments used by the Firm to actively manage the risk exposure arising from such inventory. Principal transactions revenue recognized upon executing new transactions with market participants is affected by many factors including the level of client activity, the bid-offer spread (which is the

difference between the price at which a market participant is willing and able to sell an instrument to the Firm and the price at which another market participant is willing and able to buy it from the Firm, and vice versa), market liquidity and volatility. These factors are interrelated and sensitive to the same factors that drive inventory-related revenue, which include general market conditions, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and equity and commodity prices, as well as other macroeconomic conditions.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K75

For the periods presented below, the primary source of principal transactions revenue was the amount recognized upon executing new transactions.

202320222021
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except where otherwise noted)Fixed Income MarketsEquity MarketsTotal MarketsFixed Income MarketsEquity MarketsTotal MarketsFixed Income MarketsEquity MarketsTotal Markets
Principal transactions$12,064$11,514$23,578$11,682$8,846$20,528$7,911$7,519$15,430
Lending- and deposit-related fees307403473032232532117338
Commissions and other fees5961,9082,5045501,9752,5255451,9482,493
All other income1,744(87)1,657916(99)817972(82)890
Noninterest revenue14,71113,37528,08613,45110,74424,1959,7499,40219,151
Net interest income(a)4,102(4,396)(294)5,166(377)4,7897,1161,1278,243
Total net revenue$18,813$8,979$27,792$18,617$10,367$28,984$16,865$10,529$27,394
Loss days(b)374

(a)The decline in Markets net interest income was driven by higher funding costs.

(b)Loss days represent the number of days for which Markets, which consists of Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets, posted losses to total net revenue. The loss days determined under this measure differ from the measure used to determine backtesting gains and losses. Daily backtesting gains and losses include positions in the Firm’s Risk Management value-at-risk ("VaR") measure and exclude certain components of total net revenue, which may more than offset backtesting gains or losses on a particular day. For more information on daily backtesting gains and losses, refer to the VaR discussion on pages 137–139.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except where otherwise noted)202320222021
Assets under custody ("AUC") by asset class (period-end) (in billions):
Fixed Income$15,543$14,361$16,098
Equity12,92710,74812,962
Other(a)3,9223,5264,161
Total AUC$32,392$28,635$33,221
Merchant processing volume (in billions)(b)$2,408$2,158$1,887
Client deposits and other third party liabilities (average)(c)$645,074$687,391$714,910

(a)Consists of mutual funds, unit investment trusts, currencies, annuities, insurance contracts, options and other contracts.

(b)Represents Firmwide merchant processing volume.

(c)Client deposits and other third-party liabilities pertain to the Payments and Securities Services businesses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
76JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K
International metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except where otherwise noted)202320222021
Total net revenue(a)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$13,725$15,303$13,954
Asia-Pacific7,6077,8467,555
Latin America/Caribbean2,0942,2391,833
Total international net revenue23,42625,38823,342
North America25,38122,714(c)28,601(c)
Total net revenue$48,807$48,102$51,943
Loans retained (period-end)(a)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$42,792$39,424$33,084
Asia-Pacific14,33315,57114,471
Latin America/Caribbean8,3418,5997,006
Total international loans65,46663,59454,561
North America132,057124,048105,225
Total loans retained$197,523$187,642$159,786
Client deposits and other third-party liabilities (average)(b)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$230,225$247,203$243,867
Asia-Pacific126,918129,134132,241
Latin America/Caribbean39,13439,91746,045
Total international$396,277$416,254$422,153
North America248,797271,137292,757
Total client deposits and other third-party liabilities$645,074$687,391$714,910
AUC (period-end)(b) (in billions)
North America$21,792$19,219$21,655
All other regions10,6009,41611,566
Total AUC$32,392$28,635$33,221

(a)Total net revenue and loans retained (excluding loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value) are based on the location of the trading desk, booking location, or domicile of the client, as applicable.

(b)Client deposits and other third-party liabilities pertaining to the Payments and Securities Services businesses, and AUC, are based on the domicile of the client.

(c)In the first quarter of 2023, the allocations of revenue and expense to CCB associated with a Merchant Services revenue sharing agreement were discontinued and are now retained in Payments in CIB. Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K77

COMMERCIAL BANKING

Commercial Banking provides comprehensive financial solutions, including lending, payments, investment banking and asset management products across three primary client segments: Middle Market Banking, Corporate Client Banking and Commercial Real Estate Banking. Other includes amounts not aligned with a primary client segment.Middle Market Banking covers small and midsized companies, local governments and nonprofit clients.Corporate Client Banking covers large corporations. Commercial Real Estate Banking covers investors, developers, and owners of multifamily, office, retail, industrial and affordable housing properties.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31, (in millions)202320222021
Revenue
Lending- and deposit-related fees$1,210(b)$1,243$1,392
Card income763685624
All other income1,5211,4081,913
Noninterest revenue3,4943,3363,929
Net interest income12,052(b)8,1976,079
Total net revenue(a)15,54611,53310,008
Provision for credit losses1,970(b)1,268(947)
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense2,760(b)2,2961,973
Noncompensation expense2,6182,4232,068
Total noninterest expense5,3784,7194,041
Income before income tax expense8,1985,5466,914
Income tax expense2,0551,3331,668
Net income$6,143$4,213$5,246

(a)Total net revenue included tax-equivalent adjustments from income tax credits related to equity investments in designated community development entities and in entities established for rehabilitation of historic properties, as well as tax-exempt income related to municipal financing activities of $382 million, $322 million and $330 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(b)Includes First Republic. Refer to page 67 for additional information.

2023 compared with 2022

Net income was $6.1 billion, up 46%.

Net revenue was $15.5 billion, up 35%.

Net interest income was $12.1 billion, up 47%, driven by:

•deposit margin expansion on higher rates, partially offset by lower average deposits, and

•higher average loans, including the impact from First Republic.

Noninterest revenue was $3.5 billion, up 5%, driven by:

•higher lending-related revenue predominantly driven by the amortization of the purchase discount on certain acquired lending-related commitments associated with First Republic,

•net markups on held-for-sale positions, primarily unfunded commitments, in the bridge financing portfolio, compared with net markdowns in the prior year, and

•higher investment banking revenue and card income,

predominantly offset by

•lower deposit-related fees due to the higher level of client credits that reduce such fees, and

•the absence of a gain on an equity-method investment received in partial satisfaction of a loan.

Noninterest expense was $5.4 billion, up 14%, driven by higher compensation expense, reflecting an increase in employees including front office and technology, as well as higher volume-related expense, including the impact of new client acquisitions.

The provision for credit losses was $2.0 billion, reflecting:

•a $1.0 billion net addition to the allowance for credit losses, driven by the net effect of changes in the Firm’s weighted average macroeconomic outlook, including a deterioration in the outlook for commercial real estate and net downgrade activity, partially offset by the impact of changes in the loan and lending-related commitment portfolios,

•$608 million to establish the allowance for the First Republic loans and lending-related commitments in the second quarter of 2023; and

•net charge-offs of $316 million, up $232 million, primarily driven by Real Estate, predominantly concentrated in Office.

The provision in the prior year was $1.3 billion, reflecting a net addition to the allowance for credit losses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
78JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

CB product revenue consists of the following:Lending includes a variety of financing alternatives, which are primarily provided on a secured basis; collateral includes receivables, inventory, equipment, real estate or other assets. Products include term loans, revolving lines of credit, bridge financing, asset-based structures, leases, and standby letters of credit.Payments includes services that enable CB clients to manage payments globally across liquidity and account solutions, commerce solutions, clearing, trade and working capital.Investment banking includes revenue from a range of products providing CB clients with sophisticated capital-raising alternatives, as well as balance sheet and risk management tools through advisory, equity underwriting, and loan syndications. Revenue from fixed income and equity markets products used by CB clients is also included.Other revenue primarily includes tax-equivalent adjustments generated from Community Development Banking and activity derived from principal transactions.

Selected income statement data (continued)
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)202320222021
Revenue by product
Lending$5,993(d)$4,524$4,629
Payments(a)8,2505,6913,653
Investment banking(a)(b)1,1671,0641,611
Other136254115
Total net revenue$15,546$11,533$10,008
Investment Banking and Markets revenue, gross(c)$3,393$2,978$5,092
Revenue by client segment
Middle Market Banking$7,371(e)$5,134$4,004
Corporate Client Banking4,7773,9183,508
Commercial Real Estate Banking3,308(e)2,4612,419
Other902077
Total net revenue$15,546$11,533$10,008
Financial ratios
Return on equity20%16%21%
Overhead ratio354140

(a)In the third quarter of 2023, certain revenue from CIB Markets products was reclassified from payments to investment banking. Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

(b)Includes CB’s share of revenue from Investment Banking and Markets' products sold to CB clients through the CIB which is reported in All other income.

(c)Includes gross revenues earned by the Firm that are subject to a revenue sharing arrangement between CB and the CIB for Investment Banking and Markets' products sold to CB clients. This includes revenues related to fixed income and equity markets products. Refer to Business Segment Results on page 65 for a discussion of revenue sharing.

(d)Includes First Republic. Refer to page 67 for additional information.

(e)Middle Market Banking and Commercial Real Estate Banking included $216 million and $687 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2023, associated with First Republic.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except employees)202320222021
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
Total assets$300,325$257,106$230,776
Loans:
Loans retained277,663(b)233,879206,220
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value5457072,223
Total loans$278,208$234,586$208,443
Equity30,00025,00024,000
Period-end loans by client segment
Middle Market Banking(a)$78,043(c)$72,625$61,159
Corporate Client Banking56,13253,84045,315
Commercial Real Estate Banking143,507(c)107,999101,751
Other526122218
Total loans(a)$278,208$234,586$208,443
Selected balance sheet data (average)
Total assets$287,851$243,108$225,548
Loans:
Loans retained267,285(d)222,388201,920
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value1,0601,3503,122
Total loans$268,345$223,738$205,042
Deposits267,758(e)294,180301,343
Equity29,50725,00024,000
Average loans by client segment
Middle Market Banking$77,130(f)$67,830$60,128
Corporate Client Banking58,77050,28144,361
Commercial Real Estate Banking132,114(f)105,459100,331
Other331168222
Total loans$268,345$223,738$205,042
Employees17,86714,68712,902

(a)As of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, total loans included $36 million, $132 million, and $1.2 billion of loans, respectively, under the PPP, of which $32 million, $123 million and $1.1 billion were in Middle Market Banking, respectively.

(b)Includes First Republic. Refer to page 67 for additional information.

(c)As of December 31, 2023, included $5.9 billion and $32.6 billion for Middle Market Banking and Commercial Real Estate Banking, respectively, associated with First Republic.

(d)Average loans retained associated with First Republic were $26.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023.

(e)In the fourth quarter of 2023, certain deposits associated with First Republic were transferred from CCB. Refer to page 67 for additional information.

(f)Average Middle Market Banking and Commercial Real Estate Banking loans associated with First Republic were $4.2 billion and $22.5 billion, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K79
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)202320222021
Credit data and quality statistics
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$316$84$71
Nonperforming assets
Nonaccrual loans:
Nonaccrual loans retained(a)$809$766$740
Nonaccrual loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value
Total nonaccrual loans$809$766$740
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions5417
Total nonperforming assets$863$766$757
Allowance for credit losses:
Allowance for loan losses$5,005$3,324$2,219
Allowance for lending-related commitments801830749
Total allowance for credit losses$5,806(c)$4,154$2,968
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate(b)0.12%0.04%0.04%
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained1.801.421.08
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans retained(a)619434300
Nonaccrual loans to period-end total loans0.290.330.36

(a)Allowance for loan losses of $156 million, $153 million and $124 million was held against nonaccrual loans retained at December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(b)Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were excluded when calculating the net charge-off/(recovery) rate.

(c)As of December 31, 2023, included a $729 million allowance for First Republic.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
80JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

ASSET & WEALTH MANAGEMENT

Asset & Wealth Management, with client assets of $5.0 trillion, is a global leader in investment and wealth management. Asset Management Offers multi-asset investment management solutions across equities, fixed income, alternatives and money market funds to institutional and retail investors providing for a broad range of clients’ investment needs. Global Private BankProvides retirement products and services, brokerage, custody, estate planning, lending, deposits and investment management to high net worth clients. The majority of AWM’s client assets are in actively managed portfolios.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)202320222021
Revenue
Asset management fees$11,826$11,510$11,518
Commissions and other fees697662$815
All other income1,037(a)(b)335738
Noninterest revenue13,56012,50713,071
Net interest income6,2675,2413,886
Total net revenue19,82717,74816,957
Provision for credit losses159128(227)
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense7,1156,3365,692
Noncompensation expense5,6655,4935,227
Total noninterest expense12,78011,82910,919
Income before income tax expense6,8885,7916,265
Income tax expense1,6611,4261,528
Net income$5,227$4,365$4,737
Revenue by line of business
Asset Management$9,129$8,818$9,246
Global Private Bank10,6988,9307,711
Total net revenue$19,827$17,748$16,957
Financial ratios
Return on equity31%25%33%
Overhead ratio646764
Pre-tax margin ratio:
Asset Management313035
Global Private Bank383539
Asset & Wealth Management353337

(a)Includes the amortization of the purchase discount on certain acquired lending-related commitments associated with First Republic. The discount is deferred in other liabilities and recognized on a straight-line basis over the commitment period and was largely recognized in the current year as the commitments are generally short term. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

(b)Includes the gain on the original minority interest in CIFM upon the Firm’s acquisition of the remaining 51% interest in the entity.

2023 compared with 2022

Net income was $5.2 billion, up 20%.

Net revenue was $19.8 billion, up 12%. Net interest income was $6.3 billion, up 20%. Noninterest revenue was $13.6 billion, up 8%.

Revenue from Asset Management was $9.1 billion, up 4%, driven by:

•a gain of $339 million on the original minority interest in CIFM upon the Firm's acquisition of the remaining 51% interest in the entity, and

•higher asset management fees driven by strong net inflows largely offset by the net impact of foreign exchange rate movements, as well as the removal of most money market fund fee waivers in the prior year,

largely offset by

•lower performance fees, and

•lower NII due to higher funding costs.

Revenue from Global Private Bank was $10.7 billion, up 20%, driven by:

•higher net interest income on higher average loans associated with First Republic, and from deposit margin expansion on higher rates, largely offset by lower average deposits, and

•higher noninterest revenue, predominantly driven by the amortization of the purchase discount on certain acquired lending-related commitments associated with First Republic, partially offset by net investment valuation losses.

Noninterest expense was $12.8 billion, up 8%, predominantly driven by higher compensation, including continued growth in private banking advisor teams, revenue-related compensation and the impacts of closing the Global Shares and J.P. Morgan Asset Management China acquisitions.

The provision for credit losses was $159 million, predominantly driven by a $146 million addition to the allowance for credit losses to establish the allowance for the First Republic loans and lending-related commitments in the second quarter of 2023.

The provision in the prior year was $128 million driven by a net addition to the allowance for credit losses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K81
Asset Management has two high-level measures of its overall fund performance.
• Percentage of active mutual fund and active ETF assets under management in funds rated 4- or 5-star: Mutual fund rating services rank funds based on their risk adjusted performance over various periods. A 5-star rating is the best rating and represents the top 10% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 4-star rating represents the next 22.5% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 3-star rating represents the next 35% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 2-star rating represents the next 22.5% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 1-star rating is the worst rating and represents the bottom 10% of industrywide ranked funds. An overall Morningstar rating is derived from a weighted average of the performance associated with a fund’s three-, five and ten- year (if applicable) Morningstar Rating metrics. For U.S.-domiciled funds, separate star ratings are provided at the individual share class level. The Nomura “star rating” is based on three-year risk-adjusted performance only. Funds with fewer than three years of history are not rated and hence excluded from these rankings. All ratings, the assigned peer categories and the asset values used to derive these rankings are sourced from the applicable fund rating provider. Where applicable, the fund rating providers redenominate asset values into U.S. dollars. The percentage of AUM is based on star ratings at the share class level for U.S.-domiciled funds, and at a “primary share class” level to represent the star rating of all other funds, except for Japan, for which Nomura provides ratings at the fund level. The performance data may have been different if all share classes had been included. Past performance is not indicative of future results.
• Percentage of active mutual fund and active ETF assets under management in funds ranked in the 1st or 2nd quartile (one, three and five years):All quartile rankings, the assigned peer categories and the asset values used to derive these rankings are sourced from the fund rating providers. Quartile rankings are based on the net-of-fee absolute return of each fund. Where applicable, the fund rating providers redenominate asset values into U.S. dollars. The percentage of AUM is based on fund performance and associated peer rankings at the share class level for U.S.-domiciled funds, at a “primary share class” level to represent the quartile ranking for U.K., Luxembourg and Hong Kong SAR funds and at the fund level for all other funds. The performance data may have been different if all share classes had been included. Past performance is not indicative of future results.
“Primary share class” means the C share class for European funds and Acc share class for Hong Kong SAR and Taiwan funds. If these share classes are not available, the oldest share class is used as the primary share class.
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except ranking data, ratios and employees)202320222021
% of JPM mutual fund assets and ETFs rated as 4- or 5-star(a)69%73%69%
% of JPM mutual fund assets and ETFs ranked in 1st or 2nd quartile:(b)
1 year406854
3 years677673
5 years718180
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)(c)
Total assets$245,512$232,037$234,425
Loans227,929(d)214,006218,271
Deposits233,232(e)233,130282,052
Equity17,00017,00014,000
Selected balance sheet data (average)(c)
Total assets$240,222$232,438$217,187
Loans220,487(f)215,582198,487
Deposits216,178(e)261,489230,296
Equity16,67117,00014,000
Employees28,48526,04122,762
Number of Global Private Bank client advisors3,5153,1372,738
Credit data and quality statistics(c)
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$13$(7)$26
Nonaccrual loans650459708
Allowance for credit losses:
Allowance for loan losses$633$494$365
Allowance for lending-related commitments282018
Total allowance for credit losses$661(g)$514$383
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate0.01%%0.01%
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans0.280.230.17
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans9710852
Nonaccrual loans to period-end loans0.290.210.32

(a)Represents the Morningstar Rating for all domiciled funds except for Japan domiciled funds which use Nomura. Includes only Asset Management retail active open-ended mutual funds and active ETFs that have a rating. Excludes money market funds, Undiscovered Managers Fund, and Brazil domiciled funds. This metric has been updated to include active ETFs, and prior period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

(b)Quartile ranking sourced from Morningstar, Lipper and Nomura based on country of domicile. Includes only Asset Management retail active open-ended mutual funds and active ETFs that are ranked by the aforementioned sources. Excludes money market funds, Undiscovered Managers Fund, and Brazil domiciled funds. This metric has been updated to include active ETFs, and prior period numbers have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

(c)Loans, deposits and related credit data and quality statistics relate to the Global Private Bank business.

(d)Includes First Republic. Refer to page 67 for additional information.

(e)In the fourth quarter of 2023, certain deposits associated with First Republic were transferred from CCB. Refer to page 67 for additional information.

(f)Includes $8.7 billion for the full year 2023, associated with First Republic.

(g)Includes First Republic.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
82JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Client assets

2023 compared with 2022

Assets under management were $3.4 trillion and client assets were $5.0 trillion, each up 24%, driven by continued net inflows, higher market levels, and the impact of the acquisition of Global Shares.

Client assets
December 31, (in billions)202320222021
Assets by asset class
Liquidity$926$654$708
Fixed income751638693
Equity868670779
Multi-asset680603732
Alternatives197201201
Total assets under management3,4222,7663,113
Custody/brokerage/administration/deposits1,5901,2821,182
Total client assets(a)$5,012$4,048$4,295
Assets by client segment
Private Banking$974$751$805
Global Institutional1,4881,2521,430
Global Funds960763878
Total assets under management$3,422$2,766$3,113
Private Banking$2,452$1,964$1,931
Global Institutional1,5941,3141,479
Global Funds966770885
Total client assets(a)$5,012$4,048$4,295

(a)Includes CCB client investment assets invested in managed accounts and J.P. Morgan mutual funds where AWM is the investment manager.

Client assets (continued)
Year ended December 31, (in billions)202320222021
Assets under management rollforward
Beginning balance$2,766$3,113$2,716
Net asset flows:
Liquidity242(55)68
Fixed income701336
Equity703585
Multi-asset1(9)17
Alternatives(1)826
Market/performance/other impacts274(339)165
Ending balance, December 31$3,422$2,766$3,113
Client assets rollforward
Beginning balance$4,048$4,295$3,652
Net asset flows49049389
Market/performance/other impacts474(296)254
Ending balance, December 31$5,012$4,048$4,295
International metrics
Year ended December 31, (in billions, except where otherwise noted)202320222021
Total net revenue (in millions)(a)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$3,377$3,240$3,571
Asia-Pacific1,8761,8362,017
Latin America/Caribbean985967886
Total international net revenue6,2386,0436,474
North America13,58911,70510,483
Total net revenue$19,827$17,748$16,957
Assets under management
Europe/Middle East/Africa$539$487$561
Asia-Pacific263218254
Latin America/Caribbean866979
Total international assets under management888774894
North America2,5341,9922,219
Total assets under management$3,422$2,766$3,113
Client assets
Europe/Middle East/Africa$740$610$687
Asia-Pacific406331381
Latin America/Caribbean232189195
Total international client assets1,3781,1301,263
North America3,6342,9183,032
Total client assets$5,012$4,048$4,295

(a)Regional revenue is based on the domicile of the client.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K83

CORPORATE

Column 1Column 2
The Corporate segment consists of Treasury and Chief Investment Office (“CIO”) and Other Corporate. Treasury and CIO is predominantly responsible for measuring, monitoring, reporting and managing the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks. Other Corporate includes staff functions and expense that is centrally managed as well as certain Firm initiatives and activities not solely aligned to a specific LOB. The major Other Corporate functions include Real Estate, Technology, Legal, Corporate Finance, Human Resources, Internal Audit, Risk Management, Compliance, Control Management, Corporate Responsibility and various Other Corporate groups.
Selected income statement and balance sheet data
Year ended December 31,(in millions, except employees)202320222021
Revenue
Principal transactions$302$(227)$187
Investment securities gains/(losses)(3,180)(2,380)(345)
All other income3,010(c)809226
Noninterest revenue132(1,798)68
Net interest income7,906(c)1,878(3,551)
Total net revenue(a)8,03880(3,483)
Provision for credit losses1712281
Noninterest expense5,601(c)(d)1,0341,802
Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit)2,266(976)(5,366)
Income tax expense/(benefit)(555)(e)(233)(1,653)
Net income/(loss)$2,821$(743)$(3,713)
Total net revenue
Treasury and CIO6,072(439)(3,464)
Other Corporate1,966(c)519(19)
Total net revenue$8,038$80$(3,483)
Net income/(loss)
Treasury and CIO4,206(197)(3,057)
Other Corporate(1,385)(c)(d)(546)(656)
Total net income/(loss)$2,821$(743)$(3,713)
Total assets (period-end)$1,348,437$1,328,219$1,518,100
Loans (period-end)1,9242,1811,770
Deposits(b)21,82614,203396
Employees47,53044,19638,952

(a)Included tax-equivalent adjustments, predominantly driven by tax-exempt income from municipal bonds, of $211 million, $235 million and $257 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(b)Predominantly relates to the Firm's international consumer initiatives.

(c)Includes the impact of the First Republic acquisition. Refer to Notes 6 and 34 for additional information.

(d)Includes the FDIC special assessment. Refer to Note 6 for additional information.

(e)Income taxes associated with the First Republic acquisition are reflected in the estimated bargain purchase gain.

2023 compared with 2022

Net income was $2.8 billion, compared with a net loss of $743 million in the prior year.

Net revenue was $8.0 billion, compared with $80 million in the prior year, predominantly driven by higher net interest income due to higher rates, partially offset by the impact of lower Firmwide average deposit balances.

Noninterest revenue was $132 million, compared with a loss of $1.8 billion in the prior year, driven by:

•the $2.8 billion estimated bargain purchase gain associated with the First Republic acquisition,

•higher losses in the prior year on certain revenues associated with foreign exchange rate movements that are risk-managed by Treasury and CIO, and

•the impact of higher short-term cash deployment activities as a result of the current interest rate environment,

partially offset by

•higher net investment securities losses related to the sales of U.S. Treasuries and U.S. GSE and government agency MBS, associated with repositioning the investment securities portfolio, and

•lower net gains related to certain other Corporate investments.

The prior year included a gain on the sale of Visa B shares and proceeds from an insurance settlement.

Noninterest expense was $5.6 billion, up $4.6 billion, predominantly driven by:

•the $2.9 billion FDIC special assessment,

•$1.0 billion associated with First Republic, predominantly driven by integration and restructuring costs as well as expenses recorded in the second quarter of 2023 with respect to individuals associated with First Republic who did not become employees of the Firm until July 2, 2023,

•a greater benefit in the prior year on certain expenses associated with foreign exchange rate movements that are risk-managed by Treasury and CIO,

•higher legal expenses, and

•higher costs associated with the Firm's international consumer growth initiatives,

partially offset by

•lower benefits-related and real estate expenses.

The net impact of movements in foreign exchange rates associated with the foreign exchange risk that was transferred to Treasury and CIO on certain revenues and expenses was not material to net income. Refer to Foreign Exchange Risk on page 66 for additional information.

Refer to Note 10 and Note 13 for additional information on the investment securities portfolio and the allowance for credit losses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
84JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

The provision for credit losses was $171 million, reflecting a net addition to the allowance for credit losses related to a single name exposure, which was subsequently charged off upon the restructuring of a loan.

The current period income tax benefit was driven by:

•the finalization of certain income tax regulations, other tax adjustments and tax benefits associated with tax audit settlements,

partially offset by

•the impact from changes in the level and mix of income and expenses subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes that also impacted the Firm's tax reserves.

The income taxes associated with the First Republic acquisition are reflected in the estimated bargain purchase gain.

The prior period income tax benefit was driven by benefits related to tax audit settlements as well as other tax adjustments, partially offset by a change in the level and mix of income and expenses subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes that also impacted the Firm's tax reserves.

Other Corporate also reflects the Firm's international consumer initiatives, which includes Chase U.K., the Firm's digital retail bank in the U.K.; Nutmeg, a digital wealth manager in the U.K.; and a 46% ownership stake in C6 Bank, a digital bank in Brazil.

Treasury and CIO overview

Treasury and CIO is predominantly responsible for measuring, monitoring, reporting and managing the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks. The risks managed by Treasury and CIO arise from the activities undertaken by the Firm’s four major reportable business segments to serve their respective client bases, which generate both on- and off-balance sheet assets and liabilities.

Treasury and CIO seeks to achieve the Firm’s asset-liability management objectives generally by investing in high-quality securities that are managed for the longer-term as part of the Firm’s investment securities portfolio. Treasury and CIO also uses derivatives to meet the Firm’s asset-liability management objectives. Refer to Note 5 for further information on derivatives. In addition, Treasury and CIO manages the Firm’s cash position primarily through deposits at central banks and investments in short-term instruments. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 102–109 for further information on liquidity and funding risk. Refer to Market Risk Management on pages 135–143 for information on interest rate and foreign exchange risks.

The investment securities portfolio predominantly consists of U.S. and non-U.S. government securities, U.S. GSE and government agency and nonagency mortgage-backed securities, collateralized loan obligations, obligations of U.S. states and municipalities and other ABS. At December 31, 2023, the Treasury and CIO investment securities portfolio, net of the allowance for credit losses, was $569.2 billion,

and the average credit rating of the securities comprising the portfolio was AA+ (based upon external ratings where available and, where not available, based primarily upon internal risk ratings). Refer to Note 10 for further information on the Firm’s investment securities portfolio and internal risk ratings.

Selected income statement and balance sheet data
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions)202320222021
Investment securities losses$(3,180)$(2,380)$(345)
Available-for-sale securities (average)$200,708$239,924$306,827
Held-to-maturity securities (average)(a)402,010412,180285,086
Investment securities portfolio (average)$602,718$652,104$591,913
Available-for-sale securities (period-end)$199,354(c)$203,981$306,352
Held-to-maturity securities (period–end)(a)369,848425,305363,707
Investment securities portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses (period–end)(b)$569,202$629,286$670,059

(a)Effective January 1, 2023, the Firm adopted new hedge accounting guidance. As permitted by the guidance, the Firm elected to transfer $7.1 billion of HTM securities to AFS. During 2022 and 2021, the Firm transferred $78.3 billion and $104.5 billion of investment securities, respectively, from AFS to HTM for capital management purposes. Refer to Note 1 and Note 10 for additional information on the new hedge accounting guidance.

(b)As of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, the allowance for credit losses on investment securities was $94 million, $67 million and $42 million, respectively.

(c)As of December 31, 2023, included $24.2 billion of AFS securities associated with First Republic. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K85

Management’s discussion and analysis

FIRMWIDE RISK MANAGEMENT

Risk is an inherent part of JPMorgan Chase’s business activities. When the Firm extends a consumer or wholesale loan, advises customers and clients on their investment decisions, makes markets in securities, or offers other products or services, the Firm takes on some degree of risk. The Firm’s overall objective is to manage its business, and the associated risks, in a manner that balances serving the interests of its clients, customers and investors, and protecting the safety and soundness of the Firm.

The Firm believes that effective risk management requires, among other things:

•Acceptance of responsibility, including identification and escalation of risks by all individuals within the Firm;

•Ownership of risk identification, assessment, data and management within each of the LOBs and Corporate; and

•A Firmwide risk governance and oversight structure.

The Firm follows a disciplined and balanced compensation framework with strong internal governance and independent oversight by the Board of Directors (the “Board”). The impact of risk and control issues is carefully considered in the Firm’s performance evaluation and incentive compensation processes.

Risk governance framework

The Firm’s risk governance framework involves understanding drivers of risks, types of risks, and impacts of risks.

Drivers of risks are factors that cause a risk to exist. Drivers of risks include, but are not limited to, the economic environment, regulatory or government policy, competitor or market evolution, business decisions, process or judgment error, deliberate wrongdoing, dysfunctional markets, and natural disasters.

Types of risks are categories by which risks manifest themselves. The Firm’s risks are generally categorized in the following four risk types:

•Strategic risk is the risk to earnings, capital, liquidity, or reputation associated with poorly designed or failed business plans or an inadequate response to changes in the operating environment.

•Credit and investment risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer; or loss of principal or a reduction in expected returns on investments, including consumer credit risk, wholesale credit risk, and investment portfolio risk.

•Market risk is the risk associated with the effect of changes in market factors, such as interest and foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices, credit spreads or implied volatilities, on the value of assets and liabilities held for both the short and long term.

•Operational risk is the risk of an adverse outcome resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems; human factors; or external events impacting the Firm’s processes or systems. Operational risk includes cybersecurity, compliance, conduct, legal, and estimations and model risk.

Impacts of risks are consequences of risks, both quantitative and qualitative. There may be many consequences of risks manifesting, including quantitative impacts such as a reduction in earnings and capital, liquidity outflows, and fines or penalties, or qualitative impacts such as damage to the Firm’s reputation, loss of clients and customers, and regulatory and enforcement actions.

The Firm’s risk governance framework is managed on a Firmwide basis. The Firm has an Independent Risk Management (“IRM”) function, which is comprised of Risk Management and Compliance. The Firm’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) appoints, subject to approval by the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Board Risk Committee”), the Firm’s Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”) to lead the IRM function and maintain the risk governance framework of the Firm. The framework is subject to approval by the Board Risk Committee through its review and approval of the Risk Governance and Oversight Policy.

The Firm’s CRO oversees and delegates authority to the Firmwide Risk Executives (“FREs”), the Chief Risk Officers of the LOBs and Corporate (“LOB CROs”), and the Firm’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), who, in turn, establish Risk Management and Compliance organizations, develop the Firm’s risk governance policies and standards, and define and oversee the implementation of the Firm’s risk governance framework. The LOB CROs oversee risks that arise in their LOBs and Corporate, while FREs oversee risks that span across the LOBs and Corporate, as well as functions and regions. Each area of the Firm giving rise to risk is expected to operate within the parameters identified by the IRM function, and within the risk and control standards established by its own management.

Three lines of defense

The Firm’s “three lines of defense” are as follows:

The first line of defense consists of each LOB, Treasury and CIO, and certain Other Corporate initiatives, including their aligned Operations, Technology and Control Management. The first line of defense owns the identification of risks within their respective organizations and the design and execution of controls to manage those risks. Responsibilities also include adherence to applicable laws, rules and regulations and implementation of the risk

Column 1Column 2Column 3
86JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

governance framework established by IRM, which may include policies, standards, limits, thresholds and controls.

The second line of defense is the IRM function, which is separate from the first line of defense and is responsible for independently measuring risk, as well as assessing and challenging the risk management practices of the first line of defense. IRM is also responsible for the identification of risks within its respective organization, adherence to applicable laws, rules and regulations and for the development and implementation of policies and standards with respect to its own processes.

The third line of defense is Internal Audit, an independent function that provides objective assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of Firmwide processes, controls, governance and risk management. The Internal Audit function is headed by the General Auditor, who reports to the Audit Committee and administratively to the CEO.

In addition, there are other functions that contribute to the Firmwide control environment but are not considered part of a particular line of defense, including Finance, Human Resources and Legal. These other functions are responsible for the identification of risks within their respective organizations, adherence to applicable laws, rules and regulations and implementation of the risk governance framework established by IRM.

Risk identification and ownership

The LOBs and Corporate own the identification of risks within their respective organizations, as well as the design and execution of controls, including IRM-specified controls, to manage those risks. To support this activity, the Firm has a risk identification framework designed to facilitate each LOB and Corporate’s responsibility to identify material risks inherent to the Firm’s businesses and operational activities, catalog them in a central repository and review material risks on a regular basis. The IRM function reviews and challenges the LOB and Corporate’s identified risks, maintains the central repository and provides the consolidated Firmwide results to the Firmwide Risk Committee (“FRC”) and the Board Risk Committee.

Risk appetite

The Firm’s overall appetite for risk is governed by “Risk Appetite” frameworks for quantitative and qualitative risks. The Firm’s risk appetite is periodically set and approved by senior management (including the CEO and CRO) and approved by the Board Risk Committee. Quantitative and qualitative risks are assessed to monitor and measure the Firm’s capacity to take risk consistent with its stated risk appetite. Risk appetite results are reported to the Board Risk Committee.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K87

Management’s discussion and analysis

Risk governance and oversight structure

The independent status of the IRM function is supported by a risk governance and oversight structure that provides channels for the escalation of risks and issues to senior management, the FRC, and the Board of Directors, as appropriate.

The chart below illustrates the principal standing committees of the Board of Directors and key senior management-level committees in the Firm’s risk governance and oversight structure. In addition, there are other committees, forums and channels of escalation that support the oversight of risk that are not shown in the chart below or described in this Form 10-K.

The Firm’s Operating Committee, which consists of the Firm’s CEO, CRO, Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), General Counsel, CEOs of the LOBs and other senior executives, is accountable to and may refer matters to the Firm’s Board of Directors. The Operating Committee and certain other members of senior management are responsible for escalating to the Board the information necessary to facilitate the Board’s exercise of its duties.

Board oversight

The Firm’s Board of Directors actively oversees the business and affairs of the Firm. This includes monitoring the Firm’s financial performance and condition and reviewing the strategic objectives and plans of the Firm. The Board carries out a significant portion of its oversight responsibilities through its principal standing committees, each of which consists solely of independent members of the Board. The Board Risk Committee is the principal committee that oversees risk matters. The Audit Committee oversees the control environment, and the Compensation & Management Development Committee oversees compensation and other management-related matters. Each committee of the Board oversees reputation risks, conduct risks, and environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) matters within its scope of responsibility.

The JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Board of Directors is responsible for the oversight of management of the bank, which it discharges both acting directly and through the principal standing committees of the Firm’s Board of Directors. Risk and control oversight on behalf of JPMorgan

Chase Bank N.A. is primarily the responsibility of the Board Risk Committee and the Audit Committee, respectively, and, with respect to compensation and other management-related matters, the Compensation & Management Development Committee.

The Board Risk Committee assists the Board in its oversight of management’s responsibility to implement a global risk management framework reasonably designed to identify, assess and manage the Firm’s risks. The Board Risk Committee’s responsibilities include approval of applicable primary risk policies and review of certain associated frameworks, analysis and reporting established by management. Breaches in risk appetite and parameters, issues that may have a material adverse impact on the Firm, including capital and liquidity issues, and other significant risk-related matters are escalated to the Board Risk Committee, as appropriate.

The Audit Committee assists the Board in its oversight of management’s responsibility to ensure that there is an effective system of controls reasonably designed to safeguard the Firm’s assets and income, ensure the integrity of the Firm’s financial statements, and maintain compliance with the Firm’s ethical standards, policies, plans and procedures, and with laws, rules and regulations. It also assists the Board in its oversight of the qualifications, independence and performance of the Firm’s independent registered public accounting firm, and of the performance of the Firm’s Internal Audit function.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
88JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

The Compensation & Management Development Committee (“CMDC”) assists the Board in its oversight of the Firm’s compensation principles and practices. The CMDC reviews and approves the Firm’s compensation and qualified benefits programs. The Committee reviews the performance of Operating Committee members against their goals, and approves their compensation awards. In addition, the CEO’s award is subject to ratification by the independent directors of the Board. The CMDC also reviews the development of and succession for key executives. As part of the Board’s role of reinforcing, demonstrating and communicating the “tone at the top,” the CMDC oversees the Firm’s culture, including reviewing updates from management regarding significant conduct issues and any related actions with respect to employees, including compensation actions.

The Public Responsibility Committee oversees and reviews the Firm's positions and practices on public responsibility matters such as community investment, fair lending, sustainability, consumer practices and other public policy issues that reflect the Firm's values and character and could impact the Firm's reputation among its stakeholders. The Committee also provides guidance on these matters to management and the Board, as appropriate.

The Corporate Governance & Nominating Committee exercises general oversight with respect to the governance of the Board of Directors. It reviews the qualifications of and recommends to the Board proposed nominees for election to the Board. The Committee evaluates and recommends to the Board corporate governance practices applicable to the Firm. It also reviews the framework for assessing the Board’s performance and self-evaluation.

Management oversight

The Firm’s senior management-level committees that are primarily responsible for key risk-related functions include:

The Firmwide Risk Committee (“FRC”) is the Firm’s highest management-level risk committee. It oversees the risks inherent in the Firm’s business and provides a forum for discussion of topics and issues that are raised or escalated by its members and other committees.

The Firmwide Control Committee (“FCC”) is an escalation committee for senior management to review and discuss the Firmwide compliance and operational risk environment including identified issues, compliance and operational risk metrics and significant events that have been escalated.

Line of Business and Regional Risk Committees are responsible for overseeing the governance, limits, and controls that have been established within the scope of their respective activities. These committees review the ways in which the particular LOB or the businesses operating in a particular region could be exposed to adverse outcomes, with a focus on identifying, accepting, escalating and/or requiring remediation of matters brought to these committees.

Line of Business and Corporate Function Control Committees oversee the risk and control environment of their respective business or function, inclusive of Operational Risk, Compliance and Conduct Risks. As part of that mandate, they are responsible for reviewing indicators of elevated or emerging risks and other data that may impact the level of compliance and operational risk in a business or function, addressing key compliance and operational risk issues, with an emphasis on processes with control concerns and overseeing control remediation.

The Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”) is responsible for overseeing the Firm’s asset and liability management (“ALM”), including the activities and frameworks supporting management of the balance sheet, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, and capital risk.

The Firmwide Valuation Governance Forum (“VGF”) is composed of senior finance and risk executives and is responsible for overseeing the management of risks arising from valuation activities conducted across the Firm.

Risk governance and oversight functions

The Firm manages its risk through risk governance and oversight functions. The scope of a particular function or business activity may include one or more drivers, types and/or impacts of risk. For example, Country Risk Management oversees country risk which may be a driver of risk or an aggregation of exposures that could give rise to multiple risk types such as credit or market risk.

The following sections discuss the risk governance and oversight functions that have been established to manage the risks inherent in the Firm’s business activities.

Risk governance and oversight functionsPage
Strategic Risk90
Capital Risk91-101
Liquidity Risk102-109
Reputation Risk110
Consumer Credit Risk114-119
Wholesale Credit Risk120-130
Investment Portfolio Risk134
Market Risk135-143
Country Risk144-145
Climate Risk146
Operational Risk147-150
Compliance Risk151
Conduct Risk152
Legal Risk153
Estimations and Model Risk154
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K89

Management’s discussion and analysis

STRATEGIC RISK MANAGEMENT

Strategic risk is the risk to earnings, capital, liquidity or reputation associated with poorly designed or failed business plans or an inadequate response to changes in the operating environment.

Management and oversight

The Operating Committee, together with the senior leadership of each LOB and Corporate, are responsible for managing the Firm’s most significant strategic risks. IRM engages regularly in strategic business discussions and decision-making, including participation in relevant business reviews and senior management meetings, risk and control committees and other relevant governance forums, and review of acquisitions and new business initiatives. The Board of Directors oversees management’s strategic decisions, and the Board Risk Committee oversees IRM and the Firm’s risk governance framework.

In the process of developing business plans and strategic initiatives, LOB and Corporate senior management identify the associated risks that are incorporated into the Firmwide Risk Identification framework and their impact on risk appetite.

In addition, IRM conducts a qualitative assessment of the LOB and Corporate strategic initiatives to assess their impact on the risk profile of the Firm.

The Firm’s strategic planning process, which includes the development of the Firm’s strategic plan and other strategic initiatives, is one component of managing the Firm’s strategic risk. The strategic plan outlines the Firm’s strategic framework and initiatives, and includes components such as budget, risk appetite, capital, earnings and asset-liability management objectives. Guided by the Firm’s Business Principles, the Operating Committee and senior management teams in each LOB and Corporate review and update the strategic plan periodically, including evaluating the strategic framework and performance against prior-year initiatives, assessing the operating environment, refining existing strategies and developing new strategies.

The Firm’s strategic plan, together with IRM’s assessment, are provided to the Board as part of its review and approval of the Firm’s strategic plan, and the plan is also reflected in the Firm's budget.

The Firm’s balance sheet strategy, which focuses on risk-adjusted returns, strong capital and robust liquidity, is also a component in the management of strategic risk. Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 91-101 for further information on capital risk. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 102–109 for further information on liquidity risk. Refer to Reputation Risk Management on page 110 for further information on reputation risk.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
90JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Capital risk is the risk that the Firm has an insufficient level or composition of capital to support the Firm’s business activities and associated risks during normal economic environments and under stressed conditions.

A strong capital position is essential to the Firm’s business strategy and competitive position. Maintaining a strong balance sheet to manage through economic volatility is a strategic imperative of the Firm’s Board of Directors, CEO and Operating Committee. The Firm’s “fortress balance sheet” philosophy focuses on risk-adjusted returns, strong capital and robust liquidity. The Firm’s capital risk management strategy focuses on maintaining long-term stability to enable the Firm to build and invest in market-leading businesses, including in highly stressed environments. Senior management considers the implications on the Firm’s capital prior to making significant decisions that could impact future business activities. In addition to considering the Firm’s earnings outlook, senior management evaluates all sources and uses of capital with a view to ensuring the Firm’s capital strength.

Capital risk management

The Firm has a Capital Risk Management function whose primary objective is to provide independent oversight of capital risk across the Firm.

Capital Risk Management’s responsibilities include:

•Defining, monitoring and reporting capital risk metrics;

•Establishing, calibrating and monitoring capital risk limits and indicators, including capital risk appetite;

•Developing processes to classify, monitor and report capital limit breaches;

•Performing assessments of the Firm’s capital management activities, including changes made to the Contingency Capital Plan described below; and

•Conducting assessments of the Firm's regulatory capital framework intended to ensure compliance with applicable regulatory capital rules.

Capital management

Treasury and CIO is responsible for capital management.

The primary objectives of the Firm’s capital management are to:

•Maintain sufficient capital in order to continue to build and invest in the Firm’s businesses through normal economic cycles and in stressed environments;

•Retain flexibility to take advantage of future investment opportunities;

•Promote the Parent Company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiaries;

•Ensure the Firm operates above the minimum regulatory capital ratios as well as maintain “well-capitalized” status for the Firm and its principal insured depository institution (“IDI”) subsidiary, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

at all times under applicable regulatory capital requirements;

•Meet capital distribution objectives; and

•Maintain sufficient capital resources to operate throughout a resolution period in accordance with the Firm’s preferred resolution strategy.

The Firm addresses these objectives through:

•Establishing internal minimum capital requirements and maintaining a strong capital governance framework. The internal minimum capital levels consider the Firm’s regulatory capital requirements as well as an internal assessment of capital adequacy, in normal economic cycles and in stress events;

•Retaining flexibility in order to react to a range of potential events; and

•Regularly monitoring the Firm’s capital position and following prescribed escalation protocols, both at the Firm and material legal entity levels.

Governance

Committees responsible for overseeing the Firm’s capital management include the Capital Governance Committee, the Firmwide ALCO as well as regional ALCOs, and the CIO, Treasury and Corporate (“CTC”) Risk Committee. In addition, the Board Risk Committee periodically reviews the Firm’s capital risk tolerance. Refer to Firmwide Risk Management on pages 86–89 for additional discussion of the Firmwide ALCO and other risk-related committees.

Capital planning and stress testing

Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

The Federal Reserve requires the Firm, as a large Bank Holding Company (“BHC”), to submit at least annually a capital plan that has been reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors. The Federal Reserve uses Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) and other stress testing processes to assess whether large BHCs, such as the Firm, have sufficient capital during periods of economic and financial stress, and have robust, forward-looking capital assessment and planning processes in place that address each BHC’s unique risks to enable it to absorb losses under certain stress scenarios. Through CCAR, the Federal Reserve evaluates each BHC’s capital adequacy and internal capital adequacy assessment processes (“ICAAP”), as well as its plans to make capital distributions, such as dividend payments or stock repurchases. The Federal Reserve uses results under the severely adverse scenario from its supervisory stress test to determine each firm’s Stress Capital Buffer (“SCB”) requirement for the coming year.

The Firm's current SCB requirement is 2.9%, and will remain in effect until September 30, 2024. The Firm’s Standardized CET1 capital ratio requirement, including regulatory buffers, was 11.4% as of December 31, 2023.

Refer to Capital actions on page 99 for information on actions taken by the Firm’s Board of Directors.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K91

Management’s discussion and analysis

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process

Annually, the Firm prepares the ICAAP, which informs the Board of Directors of the ongoing assessment of the Firm’s processes for managing the sources and uses of capital as well as compliance with supervisory expectations for capital planning and capital adequacy. The Firm’s ICAAP integrates stress testing protocols with capital planning. The Firm’s Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving the capital planning framework.

Stress testing assesses the potential impact of alternative economic and business scenarios on the Firm’s earnings and capital. Economic scenarios, and the parameters underlying those scenarios, are defined centrally and applied uniformly across the businesses. These scenarios are articulated in terms of macroeconomic factors, which are key drivers of business results; global market shocks, which generate short-term but severe trading losses; and idiosyncratic operational risk events. The scenarios are intended to capture and stress key vulnerabilities and idiosyncratic risks facing the Firm. In addition to CCAR and other periodic stress testing, management also considers tailored stress scenarios and sensitivity analyses, as necessary.

Contingency Capital Plan

The Firm’s Contingency Capital Plan establishes the capital management framework for the Firm and specifies the principles underlying the Firm’s approach towards capital management in normal economic conditions and in stressed environments. The Contingency Capital Plan defines how the Firm calibrates its targeted capital levels and meets minimum capital requirements, monitors the ongoing appropriateness of planned capital distributions, and sets out the capital contingency actions that are expected to be taken or considered at various levels of capital depletion during a period of stress.

Regulatory capital

The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements, including well-capitalized standards, for the Firm as a consolidated financial holding company. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC") establishes similar minimum capital requirements and standards for the Firm’s principal IDI subsidiary, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The U.S. capital requirements generally follow the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee, as amended from time to time.

Basel III Overview

The capital rules under Basel III establish minimum capital ratios and overall capital adequacy standards for large and internationally active U.S. BHCs and banks, including the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The minimum amount of regulatory capital that must be held by BHCs and banks is determined by calculating RWA, which are on-balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet exposures, weighted according to risk. Under the rules currently in effect, two comprehensive approaches are prescribed for calculating RWA: a standardized approach (“Basel III Standardized”), and an advanced approach (“Basel III Advanced”).

For each of these risk-based capital ratios, the capital adequacy of the Firm is evaluated against the lower of the Standardized or Advanced approaches compared to their respective regulatory capital ratio requirements.

In July 2023, the Federal Reserve, the OCC and the FDIC released a proposal to amend the risk-based capital framework, entitled "Regulatory capital rule: Amendments applicable to large banking organizations and to banking organizations with significant trading activity," which is referred to in this Form 10-K as “U.S. Basel III proposal”. Under the proposal, changes to the framework would include replacement of the Advanced approach with an expanded risk-based approach, which would not permit the use of internal models for the calculation of RWA, other than for market risk. In addition, the stress capital buffer requirement would be applicable to both the expanded risk-based approach and the Standardized approach. The proposal would significantly revise risk-based capital requirements for all banks with assets of $100 billion or more, including the Firm and other U.S. GSIBs. The proposed effective date is July 1, 2025, with a three-year transition period applicable to the expanded risk-based approach. Based on the Firm's understanding of the proposal, as applied to its Consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2023 (the reference date for a special data collection exercise conducted by the Federal Reserve), the estimated impact at the end of the transition period would increase RWA by approximately 30%, which would result in an approximately 25% increase to CET1 capital necessary to meet the Firm’s CET1 ratio requirement, all else equal. These estimates do not reflect any actions that the Firm may take to mitigate the impact of the rule as currently proposed.

Pending the finalization of the U.S. Basel III proposal, the Firm expects that it will continue to build capital above the current levels, and therefore the CET1 target of 13.5% previously set by the Firm (which was with respect to the current Standardized RWA measure) is no longer meaningful. The Firm's quarterly capital ratios will vary dependent on market conditions and other factors. Under the requirements of the U.S. Basel III proposal, the new expanded risk-based approach, when fully phased-in, would be the Firm’s binding constraint.

The current Basel III rules establish capital requirements for calculating credit risk RWA and market risk RWA, and in the case of Basel III Advanced, operational risk RWA. Key differences in the calculation of credit risk RWA between the Standardized and Advanced approaches are that for Basel III Advanced, credit risk RWA is based on risk-sensitive approaches which largely rely on the use of internal credit models and parameters, whereas for Basel III Standardized, credit risk RWA is generally based on supervisory risk-weightings which vary primarily by counterparty type and asset class. Market risk RWA is generally calculated consistently between Basel III Standardized and Basel III Advanced. In addition to the RWA calculated under these approaches, the Firm may supplement such amounts to

Column 1Column 2Column 3
92JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

incorporate management judgment and feedback from its regulators.

As of December 31, 2023, the Advanced Total Capital ratio became the most binding constraint for the Firm’s Basel III risk-based ratios, primarily reflecting the reduction in the Stress Capital Buffer requirement. However, as of December 31, 2023, with respect to the CET1 and Tier 1 risk-based ratios, the Standardized ratios are more binding than the Advanced ratios.

Basel III also includes a requirement for Advanced Approaches banking organizations, including the Firm, to calculate its SLR. As of the fourth quarter of 2023, the Firm’s SLR became more binding than the Basel III risk-based ratios, primarily reflecting the reduction in the Stress Capital Buffer requirement. With the increase in the GSIB surcharge in the first quarter of 2024, the Firm expects the risk-based ratios to revert to being more binding than the SLR.

Refer to page 95 for additional information on GSIB surcharge and page 98 for additional information on SLR.

Other Key Regulatory Developments

GSIB Surcharge

In July 2023, the Federal Reserve also released a proposal to amend the calculation of the GSIB surcharge. If adopted as proposed, these amendments would require the Firm to assess its GSIB surcharge on an annual basis, using the average of the quarterly surcharge calculations throughout the calendar year, with daily averaging required for certain measures within the surcharge calculation. Surcharge increments would be reduced from 50 bps to 10 bps and there would also be other technical amendments to the Method 2 calculation. The proposed amendments would revise risk-based capital requirements for the Firm and other U.S. GSIBs, and would become effective two calendar quarters after the adoption of the final rule. Refer to Risk-based Capital Regulatory Requirements on pages 94-95 for further information on the GSIB surcharge.

TLAC and Eligible LTD Requirements

In August 2023, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the OCC released a proposal to expand the eligible long-term debt ("eligible LTD") and clean holding company requirements under the existing total loss-absorbing capacity ("TLAC") rule to apply to non-GSIB banks with $100 billion or more in total consolidated assets. While U.S. GSIBs are already subject to these requirements, the proposal would reduce the amount of LTD with remaining maturities of less than two years that count towards a U.S. GSIB's TLAC requirement. The proposal would also expand the existing capital deduction framework for LTD issued by GSIBs to include LTD issued by non-GSIB banks subject to the LTD requirements.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K93

Management’s discussion and analysis

Risk-based Capital Regulatory Requirements

The following chart presents the Firm’s Basel III CET1 capital ratio requirements under the Basel III rules currently in effect.

All banking institutions are currently required to have a minimum CET1 capital ratio of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets.

Certain banking organizations, including the Firm, are required to hold additional levels of capital to serve as a “capital conservation buffer”. The capital conservation buffer incorporates a GSIB surcharge, a discretionary countercyclical capital buffer and a fixed capital conservation buffer of 2.5% for Advanced regulatory capital requirements, as well as a variable SCB requirement, floored at 2.5%, for Standardized regulatory capital requirements.

Under the Federal Reserve’s GSIB rule, the Firm is required to assess its GSIB surcharge on an annual basis under two separately prescribed methods based on data for the previous fiscal year-end, and is subject to the higher of the two. “Method 1” reflects the GSIB surcharge as prescribed by the Basel Committee’s assessment methodology, and is calculated by the Financial Stability Board (“FSB”) across five criteria: size, cross-jurisdictional activity, interconnectedness, complexity and substitutability. “Method 2”, calculated by the Firm, modifies the Method 1 requirements to include a measure of short-term wholesale funding in place of substitutability, and introduces a GSIB score “multiplication factor”.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
94JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

The following table presents the Firm’s effective GSIB surcharge for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.

202420232022
Method 12.5%2.5%2.0%
Method 24.5%4.0%3.5%

On November 27, 2023, the FSB released its annual list of GSIBs based upon data as of December 31, 2022, which affirmed the Firm’s Method 1 GSIB surcharge of 2.5%, which will be effective January 1, 2025, unless the Firm’s Method 1 GSIB surcharge, as determined by the FSB, is lower based upon data as of December 31, 2023.

The Firm’s Method 2 surcharge calculated using data as of December 31, 2021 is 4.5% (up from 4.0%), which became effective January 1, 2024. The Firm’s estimated Method 2 surcharge calculated using data as of December 31, 2022 is 4.5%. Accordingly, based on the GSIB rule currently in effect, the Firm’s effective GSIB surcharge increased to 4.5% on January 1, 2024.

The U.S. federal regulatory capital standards include a framework for setting a discretionary countercyclical capital buffer taking into account the macro financial environment in which large, internationally active banks function. As of December 31, 2023, the U.S. countercyclical capital buffer remained at 0%. The Federal Reserve will continue to review the buffer at least annually. The buffer can be increased if the Federal Reserve, FDIC and OCC determine that systemic risks are meaningfully above normal and can be calibrated up to an additional 2.5% of RWA subject to a 12-month implementation period.

Failure to maintain regulatory capital equal to or in excess of the risk-based regulatory capital minimum plus the capital conservation buffer (inclusive of the GSIB surcharge) and any countercyclical buffer will result in limitations to the amount of capital that the Firm may distribute, such as through dividends and common share repurchases, as well as on discretionary bonus payments for certain executive officers.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity

The Federal Reserve’s TLAC rule requires the U.S. GSIB top-tier holding companies, including the Firm, to maintain minimum levels of external TLAC and eligible LTD. Refer to TLAC on page 100 for additional information.

Leverage-based Capital Regulatory Requirements

Supplementary leverage ratio

Banking organizations subject to the Basel III Advanced approach are currently required to have a minimum SLR of 3.0%. Certain banking organizations, including the Firm, are also required to hold an additional 2.0% leverage buffer. The SLR is defined as Tier 1 capital under Basel III divided by the Firm’s total leverage exposure. Total leverage exposure is calculated by taking the Firm’s total average on-balance sheet assets, less amounts permitted to be deducted for Tier 1 capital, and adding certain off-balance sheet exposures, as defined in regulatory capital rules. Refer to SLR on page 98 for additional information.

Failure to maintain an SLR equal to or greater than the regulatory requirement will result in limitations on the amount of capital that the Firm may distribute such as through dividends and common share repurchases, as well as on discretionary bonus payments for certain executive officers.

Other regulatory capital

In addition to meeting the capital ratio requirements of Basel III, the Firm and its principal IDI subsidiary, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. must also maintain minimum capital and leverage ratios in order to be “well-capitalized” under the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve and the Prompt Corrective Action requirements of the FDIC Improvement Act, respectively. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

Additional information regarding the Firm’s capital ratios, as well as the U.S. federal regulatory capital standards to which the Firm is subject, is presented in Note 27. Refer to the Firm’s Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for further information on the Firm’s current capital measures.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K95

Management’s discussion and analysis

Selected capital and RWA data

The following tables present the Firm’s risk-based capital metrics under both the Basel III Standardized and Advanced approaches and leverage-based capital metrics. Refer to Note 27 for JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s risk-based and leverage-based capital metrics. First Republic Bank was not subject to Advanced approach regulatory capital requirements. As a result, for certain exposures associated with the First Republic acquisition, Advanced RWA and any impact on Advanced Total capital is calculated under the Standardized approach as permitted by the transition provisions in the U.S. capital rules. Refer to Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

StandardizedAdvanced
(in millions, except ratios)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022Capital ratio requirements(b)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022Capital ratio requirements(b)
Risk-based capital metrics:(a)
CET1 capital$250,585$218,934$250,585$218,934
Tier 1 capital277,306245,631277,306245,631
Total capital308,497277,769295,417(c)264,583
Risk-weighted assets1,671,9951,653,5381,669,156(c)1,609,773
CET1 capital ratio15.0%13.2%11.4%15.0%13.6%11.0%
Tier 1 capital ratio16.614.912.916.615.312.5
Total capital ratio18.516.814.917.716.414.5

(a)The capital metrics reflect the CECL capital transition provisions. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

(b)Represents minimum requirements and regulatory buffers applicable to the Firm for the period ended December 31, 2023. For the period ended December 31, 2022, the Basel III Standardized CET1, Tier 1, and Total capital ratio requirements applicable to the Firm were 12.0%, 13.5%, and 15.5%, respectively; the Basel III Advanced CET1, Tier 1, and Total capital ratio requirements applicable to the Firm were 10.5%, 12.0%, and 14.0%, respectively. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

(c)Includes the impacts of certain assets associated with First Republic to which the Standardized approach has been applied as permitted by the transition provisions in the U.S. capital rules.

Three months ended (in millions, except ratios)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022Capital ratio requirements(c)
Leverage-based capital metrics:(a)
Adjusted average assets(b)$3,831,200$3,703,873
Tier 1 leverage ratio7.2%6.6%4.0%
Total leverage exposure$4,540,465$4,367,092
SLR6.1%5.6%5.0%

(a)The capital metrics reflect the CECL capital transition provisions. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

(b)Adjusted average assets, for purposes of calculating the leverage ratios, includes quarterly average assets adjusted for on-balance sheet assets that are subject to deduction from Tier 1 capital, predominantly goodwill, inclusive of estimated equity method goodwill, and other intangible assets.

(c)Represents minimum requirements and regulatory buffers applicable to the Firm. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
96JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Capital components

The following table presents reconciliations of total stockholders’ equity to Basel III CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

(in millions)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Total stockholders’ equity$327,878$292,332
Less: Preferred stock27,40427,404
Common stockholders’ equity300,474264,928
Add:
Certain deferred tax liabilities(a)2,9962,510
Other CET1 capital adjustments(b)4,7176,221
Less:
Goodwill(c)54,37753,501
Other intangible assets3,2251,224
Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital250,585218,934
Add: Preferred stock27,40427,404
Less: Other Tier 1 adjustments683707
Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital$277,306$245,631
Long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2 capital$11,779$13,569
Qualifying allowance for credit losses(d)20,10219,353
Other(690)(784)
Standardized Tier 2 capital$31,191$32,138
Standardized Total capital$308,497$277,769
Adjustment in qualifying allowance for credit losses for Advanced Tier 2 capital(e)(13,080)(f)(13,186)
Advanced Tier 2 capital$18,111$18,952
Advanced Total capital$295,417$264,583

(a)Represents deferred tax liabilities related to tax-deductible goodwill and to identifiable intangibles created in nontaxable transactions, which are netted against goodwill and other intangibles when calculating CET1 capital.

(b)As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, included a net benefit associated with cash flow hedges and debit valuation adjustments ("DVA") related to structured notes recorded in AOCI of $4.3 billion and $5.2 billion and the benefit from the CECL capital transition provisions of $1.4 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively.

(c)Goodwill deducted from capital includes goodwill associated with equity method investments in nonconsolidated financial institutions based on regulatory requirements. Refer to page 134 for additional information on principal investment risk.

(d)Represents the allowance for credit losses eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 capital up to 1.25% of credit risk RWA, including the impact of the CECL capital transition provision with any excess deducted from RWA. Refer to Note 27 for additional information on the CECL capital transition.

(e)Represents an adjustment to qualifying allowance for credit losses for the excess of eligible credit reserves over expected credit losses up to 0.6% of credit risk RWA, including the impact of the CECL capital transition provision with any excess deducted from RWA.

(f)Included an incremental $655 million allowance for credit losses on certain assets associated with First Republic to which the Standardized approach has been applied, as permitted by the transition provisions in the U.S. capital rules.

Capital rollforward

The following table presents the changes in Basel III CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)2023
Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital at December 31, 2022$218,934
Net income applicable to common equity48,051
Dividends declared on common stock(12,055)
Net purchase of treasury stock(8,881)
Changes in additional paid-in capital1,084
Changes related to AOCI applicable to capital:
Unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities5,381
Translation adjustments, net of hedges(a)329
Fair value hedges(101)
Defined benefit pension and other postretirement employee benefit (“OPEB”) plans373
Changes related to other CET1 capital adjustments(b)(2,530)
Change in Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital31,651
Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital at December 31, 2023$250,585
Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2022$245,631
Change in CET1 capital(b)31,651
Redemptions of noncumulative perpetual preferred stock
Other24
Change in Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital31,675
Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2023$277,306
Standardized Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2022$32,138
Change in long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2(1,790)
Change in qualifying allowance for credit losses(b)749
Other94
Change in Standardized Tier 2 capital(947)
Standardized Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2023$31,191
Standardized Total capital at December 31, 2023$308,497
Advanced Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2022$18,952
Change in long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2(1,790)
Change in qualifying allowance for credit losses(b)(c)855
Other94
Change in Advanced Tier 2 capital(841)
Advanced Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2023$18,111
Advanced Total capital at December 31, 2023$295,417

(a)Includes foreign currency translation adjustments and the impact of related derivatives.

(b)Includes the impact of the CECL capital transition provisions and the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles. Refer to Note 27 for additional information on the CECL capital transition.

(c)Included an incremental $655 million allowance for credit losses on certain assets associated with First Republic to which the Standardized approach has been applied, as permitted by the transition provisions in the U.S. capital rules.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K97

Management’s discussion and analysis

RWA rollforward

The following table presents changes in the components of RWA under Basel III Standardized and Advanced approaches for the year ended December 31, 2023. The amounts in the rollforward categories are estimates, based on the predominant driver of the change.

StandardizedAdvanced
Year ended December 31, 2023 (in millions)Credit risk RWA(c)Market risk RWATotal RWACredit risk RWA(c)(d)Market risk RWAOperational risk RWATotal RWA
December 31, 2022$1,568,536$85,002$1,653,538$1,078,076$85,432$446,265$1,609,773
Model & data changes(a)(11,024)(4,883)(15,907)(11,313)(4,883)(16,196)
Movement in portfolio levels(b)46,339(11,975)34,36488,498(11,946)(973)75,579
Changes in RWA35,315(16,858)18,45777,185(16,829)(973)59,383
December 31, 2023$1,603,851$68,144$1,671,995$1,155,261$68,603$445,292$1,669,156

(a)Model & data changes refer to material movements in levels of RWA as a result of revised methodologies and/or treatment per regulatory guidance (exclusive of rule changes).

(b)Movement in portfolio levels (inclusive of rule changes) refers to: for Credit risk RWA, changes in book size, impacts associated with the First Republic acquisition, including the benefit of the shared-loss agreements entered into with the FDIC, position roll-offs in legacy portfolios in Home Lending, changes in composition and credit quality, market movements, and deductions for excess eligible allowances for credit losses not eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 capital; for Market risk RWA, changes in position, market movements, and changes in the Firm’s regulatory multiplier from Regulatory VaR backtesting exceptions; and for Operational risk RWA, updates to cumulative losses and macroeconomic model inputs.

(c)As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Basel III Standardized Credit risk RWA included wholesale and retail off balance-sheet RWA of $208.5 billion and $210.1 billion, respectively; and the Basel III Advanced Credit risk RWA included wholesale and retail off balance-sheet RWA of $188.5 billion and $180.8 billion, respectively.

(d)As of December 31, 2023, Credit risk RWA reflected approximately $52.4 billion of RWA calculated under the Standardized approach for certain assets associated with First Republic as permitted by the transition provisions in the U.S. capital rules.

Refer to the Firm’s Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for further information on Credit risk RWA, Market risk RWA and Operational risk RWA.

Supplementary leverage ratio

The following table presents the components of the Firm’s SLR.

Three months ended(in millions, except ratio)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Tier 1 capital$277,306$245,631
Total average assets3,885,6323,755,271
Less: Regulatory capital adjustments(a)54,43251,398
Total adjusted average assets(b)3,831,2003,703,873
Add: Off-balance sheet exposures(c)709,265663,219
Total leverage exposure$4,540,465$4,367,092
SLR6.1%5.6%

(a)For purposes of calculating the SLR, includes quarterly average assets adjusted for on-balance sheet assets that are subject to deduction from Tier 1 capital, predominantly goodwill, inclusive of estimated equity method goodwill, other intangible assets and adjustments for the CECL capital transition provisions. Refer to Note 27 for additional information on the CECL capital transition.

(b)Adjusted average assets used for the calculation of Tier 1 leverage ratio.

(c)Off-balance sheet exposures are calculated as the average of the three month-end spot balances on applicable regulatory exposures during the reporting quarter. Refer to the Firm’s Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports for additional information.

Line of business equity

Each business segment is allocated capital by taking into consideration a variety of factors including capital levels of similarly rated peers and applicable regulatory capital requirements. ROE is measured and internal targets for expected returns are established as key measures of a business segment’s performance.

The Firm’s current allocation methodology incorporates Basel III Standardized RWA and the GSIB surcharge, both

under rules currently in effect, as well as a simulation of capital in a severe stress environment. At least annually, the assumptions, judgments and methodologies used to allocate capital are reassessed and, as a result, the capital allocated to the LOBs may change. As of January 1, 2024, changes to the Firm’s line of business capital allocations are primarily a result of updates to the Firm’s current capital requirements and changes in RWA for each LOB under rules currently in effect. In addition, the capital that the Firm has accumulated to meet the increased requirements of the U.S. Basel III proposal has generally been retained in Corporate.

The following table presents the capital allocated to each business segment.

Line of business equity (Allocated capital)
December 31,
(in billions)January 1, 20242023(a)2022
Consumer & Community Banking$54.5$55.5$50.0
Corporate & Investment Bank102.0108.0103.0
Commercial Banking30.030.025.0
Asset & Wealth Management15.517.017.0
Corporate98.590.069.9
Total common stockholders’ equity$300.5$300.5$264.9

(a)Includes the impact of the First Republic acquisition.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
98JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Capital actions

Common stock dividends

The Firm’s common stock dividends are planned as part of the Capital Management governance framework in line with the Firm’s capital management objectives.

The Firm’s quarterly common stock dividend is currently $1.05 per share. The Firm’s dividends are subject to approval by the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.

Refer to Note 21 and Note 26 for information regarding dividend restrictions.

The following table shows the common dividend payout ratio based on net income applicable to common equity.

Year ended December 31,202320222021
Common dividend payout ratio25%33%25%

Common stock

Effective May 1, 2022, the Firm is authorized to purchase up to $30 billion under its common share repurchase program previously approved by the Board of Directors, which was announced on April 13, 2022.

The following table sets forth the Firm’s repurchases of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)20232022(b)2021(c)
Total number of shares of common stock repurchased69.523.1119.7
Aggregate purchase price of common stock repurchases(a)$9,898$3,122$18,448

(a)Excludes excise tax and commissions. As part of the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, a 1% excise tax was imposed on net share repurchases effective January 1, 2023.

(b)In the second half of 2022, the Firm temporarily suspended share repurchases, which it resumed under its current common share repurchase program in the first quarter of 2023.

(c)As directed by the Federal Reserve, total net repurchases and common stock dividends in the first and second quarter of 2021 were restricted and could not exceed the average of the Firm’s net income for the four preceding calendar quarters. Effective July 1, 2021, the Firm became subject to the normal capital distribution restrictions provided under the regulatory capital framework.

The Board of Directors’ authorization to repurchase common shares is utilized at management’s discretion, and the timing of purchases and the exact amount of common shares that may be repurchased is subject to various factors, including market conditions; legal and regulatory considerations affecting the amount and timing of repurchase activity; the Firm’s capital position (taking into account goodwill and intangibles); internal capital generation; current and proposed future capital requirements; and alternative investment opportunities. The $30 billion common share repurchase program approved by the Board does not establish specific price targets or timetables. The repurchase program may be suspended by management at any time; and may be executed through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, or utilizing Rule 10b5-1 plans, which are written trading plans that the Firm may enter into from time to time under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which allow the Firm to repurchase its common shares during periods when it may otherwise not be repurchasing common shares — for example, during internal trading blackout periods.

Refer to Part II, Item 5: Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities on page 35 of the 2023 Form 10-K for additional information regarding repurchases of the Firm’s equity securities.

Refer to capital planning and stress testing on page 91 for additional information.

Preferred stock

Preferred stock dividends declared were $1.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023, and $1.6 billion for each of the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

Refer to Note 21 for additional information on the Firm’s preferred stock, including the issuance and redemption of preferred stock.

Subordinated Debt

Refer to Long-term funding and issuance on page 108 and Note 20 for additional information on the Firm’s subordinated debt.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K99

Management’s discussion and analysis

Other capital requirements

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity

The Federal Reserve’s TLAC rule requires the U.S. GSIB top-tier holding companies, including the Firm, to maintain minimum levels of external TLAC and eligible long-term debt.

The external TLAC requirements and the minimum level of eligible long-term debt requirements are shown below:

(a)RWA is the greater of Standardized and Advanced compared to their respective regulatory capital ratio requirements.

Failure to maintain TLAC equal to or in excess of the regulatory minimum plus applicable buffers will result in limitations on the amount of capital that the Firm may distribute, such as through dividends and common share repurchases, as well as on discretionary bonus payments for certain executive officers.

The following table presents the eligible external TLAC and eligible LTD amounts, as well as a representation of these amounts as a percentage of the Firm’s total RWA and total leverage exposure applying the impact of the CECL capital transition provisions as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
(in billions, except ratio)External TLACLTDExternal TLACLTD
Total eligible amount$513.8$222.6$486.0$228.5
% of RWA30.7%13.3%29.4%13.8%
Regulatory requirements23.010.022.59.5
Surplus/(shortfall)$129.2$55.4$114.0$71.4
% of total leverage exposure11.3%4.9%11.1%5.2%
Regulatory requirements9.54.59.54.5
Surplus/(shortfall)$82.5$18.3$71.2$32.0

Effective January 1, 2023, the Firm’s regulatory requirements for TLAC to RWA and eligible LTD to RWA ratios increased by 50 bps to 23.0% and 10.0%, respectively, due to the increase in the Firm’s GSIB requirements. Refer to Risk-based Capital Regulatory Requirements on pages 94–95 for further information on the GSIB surcharge.

Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 102–109 for further information on long-term debt issued by the Parent Company.

Refer to Part I, Item 1A: Risk Factors on pages 9-33 of the 2023 Form 10-K for information on the financial consequences to holders of the Firm’s debt and equity securities in a resolution scenario.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
100JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

U.S. broker-dealer regulatory capital

J.P. Morgan Securities

JPMorgan Chase’s principal U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary is J.P. Morgan Securities. J.P. Morgan Securities is subject to the regulatory capital requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Net Capital Rule”). J.P. Morgan Securities is also registered as a futures commission merchant and is subject to regulatory capital requirements, including those imposed by the SEC, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and the National Futures Association (“NFA”).

J.P. Morgan Securities has elected to compute its minimum net capital requirements in accordance with the “Alternative Net Capital Requirements” of the Net Capital Rule.

The following table presents J.P. Morgan Securities’ net capital:

December 31, 2023
(in millions)ActualMinimum
Net Capital$27,865$5,346

J.P. Morgan Securities is registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer and with the CFTC as a swap dealer. As a result of additional SEC and CFTC capital and financial reporting requirements for security-based swap dealers and swap dealers, J.P. Morgan Securities is subject to alternative minimum net capital requirements and required to hold “tentative net capital” in excess of $5.0 billion. J.P. Morgan Securities is also required to notify the SEC and CFTC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $6.0 billion. Tentative net capital is net capital before deducting market and credit risk charges as defined by the Net Capital Rule. As of December 31, 2023, J.P. Morgan Securities maintained tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.

Non-U.S. subsidiary regulatory capital

J.P. Morgan Securities plc

J.P. Morgan Securities plc is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and has authority to engage in banking, investment banking and broker-dealer activities. J.P. Morgan Securities plc is jointly regulated in the U.K. by the Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”) and the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”). J.P. Morgan Securities plc is subject to the European Union (“EU”) Capital Requirements Regulation (“CRR”), as adopted in the U.K., and the PRA capital rules, each of which have implemented Basel III and thereby subject J.P. Morgan Securities plc to its requirements.

The Bank of England requires that U.K. banks, including U.K. regulated subsidiaries of overseas groups, maintain minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities (“MREL”). As of December 31, 2023, J.P. Morgan Securities plc was compliant with its MREL requirements.

Effective January 1, 2023, J.P. Morgan Securities plc was required to meet the minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio requirement established by the PRA of 3.25%, plus regulatory buffers.

The following table presents J.P. Morgan Securities plc’s risk-based and leverage-based capital metrics:

December 31, 2023
(in millions, except ratios)ActualRegulatory Minimum ratios(a)
Total capital$52,522
CET1 capital ratio16.9%4.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio22.36.0
Total capital ratio28.18.0
Tier 1 leverage ratio7.33.3(b)

(a)Represents minimum Pillar 1 requirements specified by the PRA. J.P. Morgan Securities plc's capital ratios as of December 31, 2023 exceeded the minimum requirements, including the additional capital requirements specified by the PRA.

(b)At least 75% of the Tier 1 leverage ratio minimum must be met with CET1 capital.

J.P. Morgan SE

JPMSE is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and has authority to engage in banking, investment banking and markets activities. JPMSE is regulated by the European Central Bank as well as the local regulators in each of the countries in which it operates, and it is subject to EU capital requirements under Basel III.

JPMSE is required by the EU Single Resolution Board to maintain MREL. As of December 31, 2023, JPMSE was compliant with its MREL requirements.

The following table presents JPMSE’s risk-based and leverage-based capital metrics:

December 31, 2023Regulatory Minimum ratios(a)
(in millions, except ratios)Actual
Total capital$44,158
CET1 capital ratio18.1%4.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio18.16.0
Total capital ratio32.28.0
Tier 1 leverage ratio5.83.0

(a)Represents minimum Pillar 1 requirements specified by the EU CRR. J.P. Morgan SE’s capital and leverage ratios as of December 31, 2023 exceeded the minimum requirements, including the additional capital requirements specified by EU regulators.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K101

Management’s discussion and analysis

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Firm will be unable to meet its cash and collateral needs as they arise or that it does not have the appropriate amount, composition and tenor of funding and liquidity to support its assets and liabilities.

Liquidity risk management

The Firm has a Liquidity Risk Management (“LRM”) function whose primary objective is to provide independent oversight of liquidity risk across the Firm. Liquidity Risk Management’s responsibilities include:

•Defining, monitoring and reporting liquidity risk metrics;

•Independently establishing and monitoring limits and indicators, including liquidity risk appetite;

•Developing a process to classify, monitor and report limit breaches;

•Performing an independent review of liquidity risk management processes to evaluate their adequacy and effectiveness;

•Monitoring and reporting internal Firmwide and legal entity liquidity stress tests, regulatory defined metrics, as well as liquidity positions, balance sheet variances and funding activities; and

•Approving or escalating for review new or updated liquidity stress assumptions.

Liquidity management

Treasury and CIO is responsible for liquidity management.

The primary objectives of the Firm’s liquidity management are to:

•Ensure that the Firm’s core businesses and material legal entities are able to operate in support of client needs and meet contractual and contingent financial obligations through normal economic cycles as well as during stress events, and

•Manage an optimal funding mix and availability of liquidity sources.

The Firm addresses these objectives through:

•Analyzing and understanding the liquidity characteristics of the assets and liabilities of the Firm, LOBs, legal entities, as well as currencies, taking into account legal, regulatory, and operational restrictions;

•Developing internal liquidity stress testing assumptions;

•Defining and monitoring Firmwide and legal entity-specific liquidity strategies, policies, reporting and contingency funding plans;

•Managing liquidity within the Firm’s approved liquidity risk appetite tolerances and limits;

•Managing compliance with regulatory requirements related to funding and liquidity risk; and

•Setting FTP in accordance with underlying liquidity characteristics of balance sheet assets and liabilities as well as certain off-balance sheet items.

As part of the Firm’s overall liquidity management strategy, the Firm manages liquidity and funding using a centralized, global approach designed to:

•Optimize liquidity sources and uses;

•Monitor exposures;

•Identify constraints on the transfer of liquidity between the Firm’s legal entities; and

•Maintain the appropriate amount of surplus liquidity at a Firmwide and legal entity level, where relevant.

Governance

Committees responsible for liquidity governance include the Firmwide ALCO, as well as regional ALCOs, the Treasurer Committee, and the CTC Risk Committee. In addition, the Board Risk Committee reviews and recommends to the Board of Directors, for approval, the Firm’s liquidity risk tolerances, liquidity strategy, and liquidity policy. Refer to Firmwide Risk Management on pages 86–89 for further discussion of ALCO and other risk-related committees.

Internal stress testing

The Firm conducts internal liquidity stress testing that is intended to ensure that the Firm and its material legal entities have sufficient liquidity under a variety of adverse scenarios, including scenarios analyzed as part of the Firm’s resolution and recovery planning. Internal stress tests are produced on a regular basis, and other stress tests are performed in response to specific market events or concerns. Liquidity stress tests assume all of the Firm’s contractual financial obligations are met and take into consideration:

•Varying levels of access to unsecured and secured funding markets;

•Estimated non-contractual and contingent cash outflows;

•Credit rating downgrades;

•Collateral haircuts; and

•Potential impediments to the availability and transferability of liquidity between jurisdictions and material legal entities such as regulatory, legal or other restrictions.

Liquidity outflows are modeled across a range of time horizons and currency dimensions and contemplate both market and idiosyncratic stresses.

Results of stress tests are considered in the formulation of the Firm’s funding plan and assessment of its liquidity position. The Parent Company acts as a source of funding for the Firm through equity and long-term debt issuances, and its intermediate holding company, JPMorgan Chase Holdings LLC (the “IHC”), provides funding to support the ongoing operations of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries. The Firm maintains liquidity at the Parent Company, the IHC, and operating subsidiaries at levels sufficient to comply with liquidity risk tolerances and minimum liquidity requirements, and to manage through

Column 1Column 2Column 3
102JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

periods of stress when access to normal funding sources may be disrupted.

Contingency funding plan

The Firm’s Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”) sets out the strategies for addressing and managing liquidity resource needs during a liquidity stress event and incorporates liquidity risk limits, indicators and risk appetite tolerances. The CFP also identifies the alternative contingent funding and liquidity resources available to the Firm and its legal entities in a period of stress.

LCR and HQLA

The LCR rule requires that the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. maintain an amount of eligible HQLA that is sufficient to meet their respective estimated total net cash outflows over a prospective 30 calendar-day period of significant stress. Eligible HQLA, for purposes of calculating the LCR, is the amount of unencumbered HQLA that satisfy certain operational considerations as defined in the LCR rule. HQLA primarily consist of cash and certain high-quality liquid securities as defined in the LCR rule.

Under the LCR rule, the amount of eligible HQLA held by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that is in excess of its stand-alone 100% minimum LCR requirement, and that is not transferable to non-bank affiliates, must be excluded from the Firm’s reported eligible HQLA.

Estimated net cash outflows are based on standardized stress outflow and inflow rates prescribed in the LCR rule, which are applied to the balances of the Firm’s assets, sources of funds, and obligations. The LCR for both the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. is required to be a minimum of 100%.

The following table summarizes the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s average LCR for the three months ended December 31, 2023, September 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 based on the Firm’s interpretation of the LCR framework.

Three months ended
Average amount (in millions)December 31, 2023September 30, 2023December 31, 2022
JPMorgan Chase & Co.:
HQLA
Eligible cash(a)$485,263$402,663$542,847
Eligible securities(b)(c)313,365378,702190,201
Total HQLA(d)$798,628$781,365$733,048
Net cash outflows$704,857$696,668$652,580
LCR113%112%112%
Net excess eligible HQLA(d)$93,771$84,697$80,468
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.:
LCR129%123%151%
Net excess eligible HQLA$215,190$167,096$356,733

(a)Represents cash on deposit at central banks, primarily the Federal Reserve Banks.

(b)Eligible HQLA securities may be reported in securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements, trading assets, or investment securities on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets. For purposes of calculating the LCR, HQLA securities are included at fair value, which may differ from the accounting treatment under U.S. GAAP.

(c)Predominantly U.S. Treasuries, U.S. GSE and government agency MBS, and sovereign bonds net of regulatory haircuts under the LCR rule.

(d)Excludes average excess eligible HQLA at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that are not transferable to non-bank affiliates.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.'s average LCR increased during the three months ended December 31, 2023, compared with the three months ended September 30, 2023, driven by CIB market activities, partially offset by loan growth.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s average LCR for the three months ended December 31, 2023 decreased compared with the three months ended December 31, 2022, reflecting a decrease in JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s HQLA as a result of a reduction in cash due to a decline in average deposits and loan growth, as well as the impact of First Republic and lower market values of HQLA-eligible investment securities. These impacts were partially offset by CIB markets activities.

Refer to Note 10 and Note 34 for additional information on the Firm's investment securities portfolio and the First Republic acquisition.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K103

Management’s discussion and analysis

Actions by the Federal Reserve have impacted depositor behavior, resulting in reductions to system-wide deposits, including those held by the Firm. Each of the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.'s average LCR may fluctuate from period to period due to changes in their respective eligible HQLA and estimated net cash outflows as a result of ongoing business activity and from the continued impacts of Federal Reserve actions as well as other factors. Refer to the Firm’s U.S. LCR Disclosure reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for a further discussion of the Firm’s LCR.

Liquidity sources

In addition to the assets reported in the Firm’s eligible HQLA discussed above, the Firm had unencumbered marketable securities, such as equity and debt securities, that the Firm believes would be available to raise liquidity. This includes excess eligible HQLA securities at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that are not transferable to non-bank affiliates. The fair value of these securities was approximately $649 billion and $694 billion as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, although the amount of liquidity that could be raised at any particular time would be dependent on prevailing market conditions. The decrease compared to December 31, 2022, was driven by a reduction in excess eligible HQLA securities at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., partially offset by an increase in unencumbered AFS securities.

As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Firm had approximately $1.4 trillion of available cash and securities comprised of eligible end-of-period HQLA, excluding the impact of regulatory haircuts of $798.0 billion and $735.5 billion, respectively, and unencumbered marketable securities with a fair value of approximately $649 billion and $694 billion, respectively.

The Firm also had available borrowing capacity at the Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”) and the discount window at the Federal Reserve Banks as a result of collateral pledged by the Firm to such banks of approximately $340 billion and $323 billion as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. This borrowing capacity excludes the benefit of cash and securities reported in the Firm’s eligible HQLA or other unencumbered securities that are currently pledged at the Federal Reserve Banks discount window and other central banks. Available borrowing capacity increased from December 31, 2022 primarily due to a higher amount of wholesale loans pledged at the Federal Reserve Banks. Although available, the Firm does not view this borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Banks discount window and the other central banks as a primary source of liquidity.

NSFR

The net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”) is a liquidity requirement for large banking organizations that is intended to measure the adequacy of “available” stable funding that is sufficient to meet their “required” amounts of stable funding over a one-year horizon.

For the three months ended December 31, 2023, both the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. were compliant with the 100% minimum NSFR requirement, based on the Firm’s interpretation of the final rule. Refer to the Firm's U.S. NSFR Disclosure report covering December 31, 2023 and September 30, 2023 on the Firm’s website for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
104JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Funding

Sources of funds

Management believes that the Firm’s unsecured and secured funding capacity is sufficient to meet its on- and off-balance sheet obligations, which includes both short- and long-term cash requirements.

The Firm funds its global balance sheet through diverse sources of funding including stable deposits, secured and unsecured funding in the capital markets and stockholders’ equity. Deposits are the primary funding source for JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Additionally, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. may access funding through short- or long-term secured borrowings, the issuance of unsecured long-term

debt, or from borrowings from the IHC. The Firm’s non-bank subsidiaries are primarily funded from long-term unsecured borrowings and short-term secured borrowings which are primarily securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements. Excess funding is invested by Treasury and CIO in the Firm’s investment securities portfolio or deployed in cash or other short-term liquid investments based on their interest rate and liquidity risk characteristics.

Refer to Note 28 for additional information on off–balance sheet obligations.

Deposits

The table below summarizes, by LOB and Corporate, the period-end and average deposit balances as of and for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

As of or for the year ended December 31,Average
(in millions)2023202220232022
Consumer & Community Banking$1,094,738$1,131,611$1,126,552$1,162,680
Corporate & Investment Bank777,638689,893728,537739,700
Commercial Banking273,254271,342267,758294,180
Asset & Wealth Management233,232233,130216,178261,489
Corporate21,82614,20320,0429,866
Total Firm$2,400,688$2,340,179$2,359,067$2,467,915

The Firm believes that deposits provide a stable source of funding and reduce the Firm’s reliance on the wholesale funding markets. A significant portion of the Firm’s deposits are consumer deposits and wholesale operating deposits, which are both considered to be stable sources of liquidity. Wholesale operating deposits are generally considered to be stable sources of liquidity because they are generated from customers that maintain operating service relationships with the Firm.

The Firm believes that average deposit balances are generally more representative of deposit trends than period-end deposit balances. However, during periods of market disruption, average deposit trends may be impacted.

Average deposits were lower for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022, reflecting the net impact of:

•lower balances in AWM due to continued migration into higher-yielding investments driven by the higher interest rate environment, partially offset by growth from new and existing customers as a result of new product offerings and the impact of First Republic,

•a decline in CCB reflecting higher customer spending, largely offset by the impact of First Republic,

•a decrease in CB due to continued deposit attrition as clients seek higher-yielding investments, partially offset by the retention of inflows associated with disruptions in the market in the first quarter of 2023,

•a decline in CIB due to deposit attrition, including actions taken to reduce certain deposits, predominantly offset by

net issuances of structured notes as a result of client demand, and

•growth in Corporate related to the Firm's international consumer initiatives.

Period-end deposits increased from December 31, 2022, reflecting the net impact of:

•higher balances in CIB due to net issuances of structured notes as a result of client demand, as well as deposit inflows from client-driven activities in Payments and Securities Services, partially offset by deposit attrition, including actions taken to reduce certain deposits,

•growth in Corporate related to the Firm's international consumer initiatives,

•lower balances in CCB reflecting higher customer spending,

•a decline in AWM due to continued migration into higher-yielding investments driven by the higher interest rate environment, predominantly offset by growth from new and existing customers as a result of new product offerings, and

•a decrease in CB due to continued deposit attrition as clients seek higher-yielding investments, predominantly offset by the retention of inflows associated with disruptions in the market in the first quarter of 2023.

The net increase also included $61 billion of deposits associated with First Republic, primarily reflected in CCB, AWM and CB.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K105

Management’s discussion and analysis

Refer to Business Segment Results on pages 65–85 and Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

Refer to the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis and the Business Segment Results on pages 58–60 and pages 65–85, respectively, for further information on deposit and liability balance trends. Refer to Note 3 for further information on structured notes.

Certain deposits are covered by insurance protection that provides additional funding stability and results in a benefit to the LCR. Deposit insurance protection may be available to depositors in the countries in which the deposits are placed. For example, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) provides deposit insurance protection for deposits placed in a U.S. depository institution. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Firmwide estimated uninsured deposits were $1,331.9 billion and $1,383.7 billion, respectively, primarily reflecting wholesale operating deposits.

Total uninsured deposits include time deposits. The table below presents an estimate of uninsured U.S. and non-U.S. time deposits, and their remaining maturities. The Firm’s estimates of its uninsured U.S. time deposits are based on data that the Firm calculates periodically under applicable FDIC regulations. For purposes of this presentation, all non-U.S. time deposits are deemed to be uninsured.

(in millions)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
U.S.Non-U.S.U.S.Non-U.S.
Three months or less$82,719$77,466$43,513$68,765
Over three months but within 6 months17,7365,3588,6703,658
Over six months but within 12 months10,2944,8207,0352,850
Over 12 months7102,5437872,634
Total$111,459$90,187$60,005$77,907

The table below shows the loan and deposit balances, the loans-to-deposits ratios, and deposits as a percentage of total liabilities, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

As of December 31, (in billions except ratios)
20232022
Deposits$2,400.7$2,340.2
Deposits as a % of total liabilities68%69%
Loans$1,323.7$1,135.6
Loans-to-deposits ratio55%49%

The following table provides a summary of the average balances and average interest rates of JPMorgan Chase’s deposits for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021.

(Unaudited) Year ended December 31,Average balancesAverage interest rates
(in millions, except interest rates)202320222021202320222021
U.S. offices
Noninterest-bearing$635,791$691,206$648,170NANANA
Interest-bearing
Demand(a)279,725324,512322,1223.50%0.92%0.06%
Savings(b)864,558971,788930,8661.100.280.06
Time145,82762,02248,6284.742.070.26
Total interest-bearing deposits1,290,1101,358,3221,301,6162.030.520.07
Total deposits in U.S. offices1,925,9012,049,5281,949,7861.360.340.05
Non-U.S. offices
Noninterest-bearing24,74728,04326,315NANANA
Interest-bearing
Demand321,976324,740313,3042.710.57(0.10)
Time86,44365,60457,7495.821.85(0.09)
Total interest-bearing deposits408,419390,344371,0533.370.78(0.10)
Total deposits in non-U.S. offices433,166418,387397,3683.180.73(0.09)
Total deposits$2,359,067$2,467,915$2,347,1541.70%0.41%0.02%

(a)Includes Negotiable Order of Withdrawal accounts, and certain trust accounts.

(b)Includes Money Market Deposit Accounts.

Refer to Note 17 for additional information on deposits.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
106JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

The following table summarizes short-term and long-term funding, excluding deposits, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and average balances for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. Refer to the Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis on pages 58–60 and Note 11 for additional information.

Sources of funds (excluding deposits)
As of or for the year ended December 31,Average
(in millions)2023202220232022
Commercial paper$14,737$12,557$12,675$16,151
Other borrowed funds8,2008,4189,71212,250
Federal funds purchased7871,6841,7541,567
Total short-term unsecured funding$23,724$22,659$24,141$29,968
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(a)$212,804$198,382$249,661$236,192
Securities loaned(a)2,9442,5474,6715,003
Other borrowed funds21,775(g)23,05222,01025,211
Obligations of Firm-administered multi-seller conduits(b)17,7819,23614,9187,387
Total short-term secured funding$255,304$233,217$291,260$273,793
Senior notes$191,202$188,025$181,803$189,047
Subordinated debt19,70821,80320,37420,125
Structured notes(c)86,05670,83976,57468,656
Total long-term unsecured funding$296,966$280,667$278,751$277,828
Credit card securitization(b)$2,998$1,999$1,634$1,950
FHLB advances41,246(g)11,09328,86511,103
Purchase Money Note(d)48,989NA$32,829NA
Other long-term secured funding(e)4,6244,1054,5133,837
Total long-term secured funding$97,857$17,197$67,841$16,890
Preferred stock(f)$27,404$27,404$27,404$31,893
Common stockholders’ equity(f)$300,474$264,928$282,056$253,068

(a)Primarily consists of short-term securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase.

(b)Included in beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets.

(c)Includes certain TLAC-eligible long-term unsecured debt issued by the Parent Company.

(d)Reflects the Purchase Money Note associated with the First Republic acquisition on May 1, 2023. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

(e)Includes long-term structured notes which are secured.

(f)Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 91-101, Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity on page 169, Note 21 and Note 22 for additional information on preferred stock and common stockholders’ equity.

(g)As of December 31, 2023, included short-term and long-term FHLB advances of $500 million and $23.2 billion, respectively, associated with First Republic. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

Short-term funding

The Firm’s sources of short-term secured funding primarily consist of securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase. These instruments are secured predominantly by high-quality securities collateral, including government-issued debt and U.S. GSE and government agency MBS. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase increased at December 31, 2023, compared with December 31, 2022, reflecting the impact of a lower level of netting on reduced repurchase activity.

The balances associated with securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase fluctuate over time due to investment and financing activities of clients, the Firm’s demand for financing, the ongoing management of the mix of the Firm’s liabilities, including its secured and unsecured financing (for both the investment securities and market-making portfolios), and other market and portfolio factors.

The Firm’s sources of short-term unsecured funding primarily consist of issuances of wholesale commercial paper and other borrowed funds.

The increase in period-end commercial paper and the decrease in average balances for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the respective prior year periods were due to changes in net issuance levels primarily for short-term liquidity management.

The decrease in average secured other borrowed funds for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year period was primarily due to lower financing of Markets activities.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K107

Management’s discussion and analysis

Long-term funding and issuance

Long-term funding provides an additional source of stable funding and liquidity for the Firm. The Firm’s long-term funding plan is driven primarily by expected client activity, liquidity considerations and regulatory requirements, including TLAC. Long-term funding objectives include maintaining diversification, maximizing market access and optimizing funding costs. The Firm evaluates various funding markets, tenors and currencies in creating its optimal long-term funding plan.

The significant majority of the Firm’s total outstanding long-term debt has been issued by the Parent Company to provide flexibility in support of the funding needs of both bank and non-bank subsidiaries. The Parent Company advances substantially all net funding proceeds to its subsidiary, the IHC. The IHC does not issue debt to external counterparties. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the increase in period-end structured notes compared to the prior year period was attributable to net issuances of structured notes in Markets due to client demand and an increase in fair value.

The following table summarizes long-term unsecured issuance and maturities or redemptions for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. Refer to Note 20 for additional information on the IHC and long-term debt.

Long-term unsecured funding
Year ended December 31,2023202220232022
(Notional in millions)Parent CompanySubsidiaries
Issuance
Senior notes issued in the U.S. market$14,256$32,600$3,750$
Senior notes issued in non-U.S. markets2,1412,752
Total senior notes16,39735,3523,750
Subordinated debt3,500
Structured notes(a)3,0132,53535,28135,577
Total long-term unsecured funding – issuance$19,410$41,387$39,031$35,577
Maturities/redemptions
Senior notes$21,483$16,700$67$65
Subordinated debt2,090
Structured notes1,5321,59428,77725,481
Total long-term unsecured funding – maturities/redemptions$25,105$18,294$28,844$25,546

(a)Includes certain TLAC-eligible long-term unsecured debt issued by the Parent Company.

The Firm can also raise secured long-term funding through securitization of consumer credit card loans and FHLB advances. The following table summarizes the securitization issuance, the FHLB advances, and their respective maturities or redemptions, as applicable for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. Additionally, the table includes the FHLB advances and Purchase Money Note associated with First Republic. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

Long-term secured funding
Year ended December 31,IssuanceMaturities/Redemptions
(in millions)2023202220232022
Credit card securitization$1,998$999$1,000$1,400
FHLB advances39,7759,48514
Purchase Money Note(a)50,000NANA
Other long-term secured funding(b)991476432268
Total long-term secured funding$92,764$1,475$10,917$1,682

(a)Reflects the Purchase Money Note associated with the First Republic acquisition. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

(b)Includes long-term structured notes that are secured.

The Firm’s wholesale businesses also securitize loans for client-driven transactions; those client-driven loan securitizations are not considered to be a source of funding for the Firm and are not included in the table above. Refer to Note 14 for a further description of client-driven loan securitizations.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
108JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Credit ratings

The cost and availability of financing are influenced by credit ratings. Reductions in these ratings could have an adverse effect on the Firm’s access to liquidity sources, increase the cost of funds, trigger additional collateral or funding requirements and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend to the Firm. The nature and magnitude of the impact of ratings downgrades depends on numerous contractual and behavioral factors,

which the Firm believes are incorporated in its liquidity risk and stress testing metrics. The Firm believes that it

maintains sufficient liquidity to withstand a potential decrease in funding capacity due to ratings downgrades.

Additionally, the Firm’s funding requirements for VIEs and other third-party commitments may be adversely affected by a decline in credit ratings. Refer to Note 5 and Note 14 for additional information.

The credit ratings of the Parent Company and the Firm’s principal bank and non-bank subsidiaries as of December 31, 2023, were as follows:

JPMorgan Chase & Co.JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.J.P. Morgan Securities LLC J.P. Morgan Securities plc J.P. Morgan SE
December 31, 2023Long-term issuerShort-term issuerOutlookLong-term issuerShort-term issuerOutlookLong-term issuerShort-term issuerOutlook
Moody’s Investors ServiceA1P-1StableAa2P-1Negative(b)Aa3P-1Stable
Standard & Poor’s(a)A-A-2StableA+A-1StableA+A-1Stable
Fitch RatingsAA-F1+StableAAF1+StableAAF1+Stable

(a)On March 31, 2023, Standard & Poor's affirmed the credit ratings of the Parent Company and the Firm’s principal bank and non-bank subsidiaries, and revised the outlook from positive to stable.

(b)On November 13, 2023, Moody’s revised the outlook of the Firm’s principal bank subsidiary from stable to negative to reflect Moody’s change to the U.S. sovereign outlook.

JPMorgan Chase’s unsecured debt does not contain requirements that would call for an acceleration of payments, maturities or changes in the structure of the existing debt, provide any limitations on future borrowings or require additional collateral, based on unfavorable changes in the Firm’s credit ratings, financial ratios, earnings, or stock price.

Critical factors in maintaining high credit ratings include a stable and diverse earnings stream, strong capital and liquidity ratios, strong credit quality and risk management controls, and diverse funding sources. Rating agencies continue to evaluate economic and geopolitical trends, regulatory developments, future profitability, risk management practices, and litigation matters, as well as their broader ratings methodologies. Changes in any of these factors could lead to changes in the Firm’s credit ratings.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K109

REPUTATION RISK MANAGEMENT

Reputation risk is the risk that an action or inaction may negatively impact perception of the Firm’s integrity and reduce confidence in the Firm’s competence by various stakeholders, including clients, counterparties, customers, communities, investors, regulators, or employees.

The types of events that may result in reputation risk are wide-ranging and can be introduced by the Firm’s employees, business strategies and activities, clients, customers and counterparties with which the Firm does business. These events could contribute to financial losses, litigation, regulatory enforcement actions, fines, penalties or other sanctions, as well as other harm to the Firm.

Organization and management

Reputation Risk Management is an independent risk management function that establishes the governance framework for managing reputation risk across the Firm’s LOBs and Corporate. Reputation risk is inherently challenging to identify, manage, and quantify.

The Firm’s reputation risk management function includes the following activities:

•Maintaining a Firmwide Reputation Risk Governance policy and a standard consistent with the reputation risk framework

•Providing oversight of the governance framework through processes and infrastructure to support consistent identification, escalation and monitoring of reputation risk issues Firmwide

Governance and oversight

The Reputation Risk Governance policy establishes the principles for managing reputation risk for the Firm. It is the responsibility of each LOB, Corporate and employees to consider the reputation of the Firm when deciding whether to offer a new product, engage in a transaction or client relationship, enter a new jurisdiction, initiate a business process or consider any other activity. Environmental impacts and social concerns are increasingly important considerations in assessing the Firm’s reputation risk, and are a component of the Firm’s reputation risk governance.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
110JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

CREDIT AND INVESTMENT RISK MANAGEMENT

Credit and investment risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer; or loss of principal or a reduction in expected returns on investments, including consumer credit risk, wholesale credit risk, and investment portfolio risk.

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer. The Firm provides credit to a variety of clients and customers, ranging from large corporate and institutional clients to individual consumers and small businesses. In its consumer businesses, the Firm is exposed to credit risk primarily through its home lending, credit card, auto, and business banking businesses. In its wholesale businesses, the Firm is exposed to credit risk through its underwriting, lending, market-making, and hedging activities with and for clients and counterparties, as well as through its operating services activities (such as cash management and clearing activities), and securities financing activities. The Firm is also exposed to credit risk through its investment securities portfolio and cash placed with banks.

Credit Risk Management monitors, measures and manages credit risk throughout the Firm and defines credit risk policies and procedures. The Firm’s credit risk management governance includes the following activities:

•Maintaining a credit risk policy framework

•Monitoring, measuring and managing credit risk across all portfolio segments, including transaction and exposure approval

•Setting industry and geographic concentration limits, as appropriate, and establishing underwriting guidelines

•Assigning and managing credit approval authorities in connection with the approval of credit exposure

•Managing criticized exposures and delinquent loans, and

•Estimating credit losses and supporting appropriate credit risk-based capital management

Risk identification and measurement

To measure credit risk, the Firm employs several methodologies for estimating the likelihood of obligor or counterparty default. Methodologies for measuring credit risk vary depending on several factors, including type of asset (e.g., consumer versus wholesale), risk measurement parameters (e.g., delinquency status and borrower’s credit score versus wholesale risk-rating) and risk management and collection processes (e.g., retail collection center versus centrally managed workout groups). Credit risk measurement is based on the probability of default of an obligor or counterparty, the loss severity given a default event and the exposure at default.

Based on these factors and the methodology and estimates described in Note 13 and Note 10, the Firm estimates credit losses for its exposures. The allowance for loan losses reflects estimated credit losses related to the consumer and wholesale held-for-investment loan portfolios, the allowance for lending-related commitments reflects estimated credit losses related to the Firm’s lending-related commitments and the allowance for investment securities reflects estimated credit losses related to the investment securities portfolio. Refer to Note 13, Note 10 and Critical Accounting Estimates used by the Firm on pages 155–158 for further information.

In addition, potential and unexpected credit losses are reflected in the allocation of credit risk capital and represent the potential volatility of actual losses relative to the established allowances for loan losses and lending-related commitments. The analyses for these losses include stress testing that considers alternative economic scenarios as described below.

Stress testing

Stress testing is important in measuring and managing credit risk in the Firm’s credit portfolio. The stress testing process assesses the potential impact of alternative economic and business scenarios on estimated credit losses for the Firm. Economic scenarios and the underlying parameters are defined centrally, articulated in terms of macroeconomic factors and applied across the businesses. The stress test results may indicate credit migration, changes in delinquency trends and potential losses in the credit portfolio. In addition to the periodic stress testing processes, management also considers additional stresses outside these scenarios, including industry and country- specific stress scenarios, as appropriate. The Firm uses stress testing to inform decisions on setting risk appetite both at a Firm and LOB level, as well as to assess the impact of stress on individual counterparties.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K111

Management’s discussion and analysis

Risk monitoring and management

The Firm has developed policies and practices that are designed to preserve the independence and integrity of the approval and decision-making process for extending credit so that credit risks are assessed accurately, approved properly, monitored regularly and managed actively at both the transaction and portfolio levels. The policy framework establishes credit approval authorities, concentration limits, risk-rating methodologies, portfolio review parameters and guidelines for management of distressed exposures. In addition, certain models, assumptions and inputs used in evaluating and monitoring credit risk are independently validated by groups that are separate from the LOBs.

Consumer credit risk is monitored for delinquency and other trends, including any concentrations at the portfolio level, as certain of these trends can be addressed through changes in underwriting policies and portfolio guidelines. Consumer Risk Management evaluates delinquency and other trends against business expectations, current and forecasted economic conditions, and industry benchmarks. Historical and forecasted economic performance and trends are incorporated into the modeling of estimated consumer credit losses and are part of the monitoring of the credit risk profile of the portfolio.

Wholesale credit risk is monitored regularly at an aggregate portfolio, industry, and individual client and counterparty level with established concentration limits that are reviewed and revised periodically as deemed appropriate by management. Industry and counterparty limits, as measured in terms of exposure and economic risk appetite, are subject to stress-based loss constraints.

Management of the Firm’s wholesale credit risk exposure is accomplished through a number of means, including:

•Loan underwriting and credit approval processes

•Loan syndications and participations

•Loan sales and securitizations

•Credit derivatives

•Master netting agreements, and

•Collateral and other risk-reduction techniques

In addition to Credit Risk Management, an independent Credit Review function is responsible for:

•Independently assessing risk grades assigned to exposures in the Firm’s wholesale credit portfolio and the timeliness of risk grade changes initiated by responsible business units; and

•Evaluating the effectiveness of the credit management processes of the LOBs and Corporate, including the adequacy of credit analyses and risk grading/loss given default (“LGD”) rationales, proper monitoring and management of credit exposures, and compliance with applicable grading policies and underwriting guidelines.

Refer to Note 12 for further discussion of consumer and wholesale loans.

Risk reporting

To enable monitoring of credit risk and effective decision-making, aggregate credit exposure, credit quality forecasts, concentration levels and risk profile changes are reported regularly to senior members of Credit Risk Management. Detailed portfolio reporting of industry, clients, counterparties and customers, product and geography are prepared, and the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses is reviewed by senior management at least on a quarterly basis. Through the risk reporting and governance structure, credit risk trends and limit exceptions are provided regularly to, and discussed with, risk committees, senior management and the Board of Directors.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
112JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

CREDIT PORTFOLIO

Credit risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer.

In the following tables, total loans include loans retained (i.e., held-for-investment); loans held-for-sale; and certain loans accounted for at fair value. The following tables do not include loans which the Firm accounts for at fair value and classifies as trading assets; refer to Notes 2 and 3 for further information regarding these loans. Refer to Notes 12, 28, and 5 for additional information on the Firm’s loans, lending-related commitments and derivative receivables, including the Firm’s related accounting policies.

Refer to Note 10 for information regarding the credit risk inherent in the Firm’s investment securities portfolio; and refer to Note 11 for information regarding credit risk inherent in the securities financing portfolio. Refer to Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 114–119 and Note 12 for further discussions of the consumer credit environment and consumer loans. Refer to Wholesale Credit Portfolio on pages 120–130 and Note 12 for further discussions of the wholesale credit environment and wholesale loans.

On January 1, 2023, the Firm adopted changes to the TDR accounting guidance, which eliminated the accounting and disclosure requirements for TDRs including the requirement to assess whether a modification is reasonably expected or involves a concession. The new guidance requires disclosure of loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty consisting of principal forgiveness, interest rate reduction, other-than-insignificant payment delay, term extension or a combination of these modifications. The Firm has defined these types of modifications as financial difficulty modifications ("FDMs"). As a result of the elimination of the requirement to assess whether a modification is reasonably expected or involves a concession, the population of loans considered FDMs differs from the population previously considered TDRs. Refer to Note 1 and Note 12 for further information.

Total credit portfolio
December 31, (in millions)Credit exposureNonperforming(d)
2023202220232022
Loans retained$1,280,870$1,089,598$5,989$5,837
Loans held-for-sale3,9853,97018454
Loans at fair value38,85142,079744829
Total loans1,323,7061,135,6476,9176,720
Derivative receivables54,86470,880364296
Receivables from customers(a)47,62549,257
Total credit-related assets1,426,1951,255,7847,2817,016
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
Real estate ownedNANA274203
OtherNANA4228
Total assets acquired in loan satisfactionsNANA316231
Lending-related commitments1,497,8471,326,782464455
Total credit portfolio$2,924,042(c)$2,582,566$8,061$7,702
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)$(37,779)$(19,330)$$
Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(22,461)(23,014)NANA

(a)    Receivables from customers reflect held-for-investment margin loans to brokerage clients in CIB, CCB and AWM; these are reported within accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated balance sheets.

(b)    Represents the net notional amount of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage credit exposures.

(c)     Includes credit exposure associated with First Republic consisting of $102.2 billion in the Consumer credit portfolio and $90.6 billion in the Wholesale credit portfolio.

(d)    At December 31, 2023 and 2022, nonperforming assets excluded mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies of $182 million and $302 million, respectively. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.

The following table provides information on Firmwide nonaccrual loans to total loans.

December 31, (in millions, except ratios)20232022
Total nonaccrual loans$6,917$6,720
Total loans1,323,7061,135,647
Firmwide nonaccrual loans to total loans outstanding0.52%0.59%

The following table provides information about the Firm’s net charge-offs and recoveries.

Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)20232022
Net charge-offs$6,209$2,853
Average retained loans1,202,3481,044,765
Net charge-off rates0.52%0.27%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K113

Management’s discussion and analysis

CONSUMER CREDIT PORTFOLIO

The Firm’s retained consumer portfolio consists primarily of loans and lending-related commitments for residential real estate, credit card, scored auto and business banking, including those associated with First Republic, primarily in residential real estate. The consumer credit portfolio also includes loans at fair value, predominantly in residential real estate. The Firm’s focus is on serving primarily the prime segment of the consumer credit market. Originated mortgage loans are retained in the residential real estate portfolio, securitized or sold to U.S. government agencies and U.S. government-sponsored enterprises; other types of consumer loans are typically retained on the balance sheet. Refer to Note 12 for further information on the consumer loan portfolio. Refer to Note 28 for further information on lending-related commitments.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
114JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

The following tables present consumer credit-related information with respect to the scored credit portfolio held in CCB, AWM, CIB and Corporate.

Consumer credit portfolio
December 31, (in millions)Credit exposureNonaccrual loans(j)(k)(l)
2023202220232022
Consumer, excluding credit card
Residential real estate(a)$326,409$237,561$3,466$3,745
Auto and other(b)(c)70,86663,192177129
Total loans - retained397,275300,7533,6433,874
Loans held-for-sale4876189528
Loans at fair value(d)12,33110,004465423
Total consumer, excluding credit card loans410,093311,3754,2034,325
Lending-related commitments(e)45,40333,518
Total consumer exposure, excluding credit card455,496(i)344,893
Credit card
Loans retained(f)211,123185,175NANA
Total credit card loans211,123185,175NANA
Lending-related commitments(e)(g)915,658821,284
Total credit card exposure1,126,7811,006,459
Total consumer credit portfolio$1,582,277$1,351,352$4,203$4,325
Credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(h)$(790)$(1,187)
Year ended December 31,
(in millions, except ratios)Net charge-offs/(recoveries)Average loans - retainedNet charge-off/(recovery) rate(m)
202320222023202220232022
Consumer, excluding credit card
Residential real estate$(52)$(226)$296,515$233,454(0.02)%(0.10)%
Auto and other68449567,54665,9551.010.75
Total consumer, excluding credit card - retained632269364,061299,4090.170.09
Credit card - retained4,6982,403191,412163,3352.451.47
Total consumer - retained$5,330$2,672$555,473$462,7440.96%0.58%

(a)Includes scored mortgage and home equity loans held in CCB and AWM.

(b)At December 31, 2023 and 2022, excluded operating lease assets of $10.4 billion and $12.0 billion, respectively. These operating lease assets are included in other assets on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 18 for further information.

(c)Includes scored auto and business banking loans, and overdrafts.

(d)Includes scored mortgage loans held in CCB and CIB, and other consumer unsecured loans in CIB.

(e)Credit card, home equity and certain business banking lending-related commitments represent the total available lines of credit for these products. The Firm has not experienced, and does not anticipate, that all available lines of credit would be used at the same time. For credit card commitments, and if certain conditions are met, home equity commitments and certain business banking commitments, the Firm can reduce or cancel these lines of credit by providing the borrower notice or, in some cases as permitted by law, without notice. Refer to Note 28 for further information.

(f)Includes billed interest and fees.

(g)Also includes commercial card lending-related commitments primarily in CB and CIB.

(h)Represents the notional amount of protection obtained through the issuance of credit-related notes that reference certain pools of residential real estate and auto loans in the retained consumer portfolio.

(i)At December 31, 2023, included credit exposure of $102.2 billion associated with First Republic, consisting of $99.6 billion in residential real estate and $2.6 billion in auto and other.

(j)At December 31, 2023 and 2022, nonaccrual loans excluded mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies of $182 million and $302 million, respectively. These amounts have been excluded from nonaccrual loans based upon the government guarantee. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status, as permitted by regulatory guidance.

(k)Generally excludes loans under payment deferral programs offered in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

(l)At December 31, 2023 and 2022, nonaccrual loans excluded $15 million and $101 million, respectively, of PPP loans 90 or more days past due and guaranteed by the SBA.

(m)Average consumer loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were $12.9 billion and $17.4 billion for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. These amounts were excluded when calculating net charge-off/(recovery) rates.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K115

Management’s discussion and analysis

Maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates

The table below sets forth loan maturities by scheduled repayments, by class of loan and the distribution between fixed and floating interest rates based on the stated terms of the loan agreements. The Firm estimated the principal repayment amounts for both the residential real estate and auto and other loan classes by calculating the weighted-average loan balance and interest rates for loan pools based on remaining loan term. Refer to Note 12 for further information on loan classes.

December 31, 2023 (in millions)Within1 year(e)1-5 years5-15 yearsAfter 15 yearsTotal
Consumer, excluding credit card
Residential real estate$17,830$27,447$110,504$181,593$337,374
Auto and other20,191(f)47,3155,209472,719
Total consumer, excluding credit card loans(a)$38,021$74,762$115,713$181,597$410,093
Total credit card loans$210,418$700$5$$211,123
Total consumer loans$248,439$75,462$115,718$181,597$621,216
Loans due after one year at fixed interest rates
Residential real estate(b)$20,337$59,603$89,044
Auto and other47,2363,7674
Credit card7005
Loans due after one year at variable interest rates(c)
Residential real estate(d)$7,110$50,901$92,549
Auto and other791,442
Total consumer loans$75,462$115,718$181,597

(a)Included $3.9 billion, $4.6 billion, $27.9 billion, and $56.2 billion of loans within 1 year, 1-5 years, 5-15 years, and after 15 years, respectively, associated with First Republic.

(b)Included $3.0 billion, $8.9 billion, and $15.1 billion in 1-5 years, 5-15 years, and after 15 years, respectively, associated with First Republic.

(c)Includes loans that have an initial fixed interest rate that resets to a variable rate as the variable rate will be the prevailing rate over the life of the loan.

(d)Included $1.6 billion, $19.1 billion, and $41.0 billion in 1-5 years, 5-15 years, and after 15 years, respectively, associated with First Republic.

(e)Includes loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value.

(f)Includes overdrafts.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
116JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Consumer, excluding credit card

Portfolio analysis

Loans increased from December 31, 2022 driven by residential real estate loans associated with First Republic and higher auto loans.

The following discussions provide information concerning individual loan products. Refer to Note 12 for further information about this portfolio, including information about delinquencies, loan modifications and other credit quality indicators.

Residential real estate: The residential real estate portfolio, including loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value, predominantly consists of prime mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit.

Retained loans increased compared to December 31, 2022 driven by residential real estate loans associated with First Republic. Retained nonaccrual loans decreased compared to December 31, 2022 predominantly driven by loan sales, partially offset by the net impact of paydowns and additions, including those associated with First Republic. Net recoveries were lower for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year driven by lower prepayments due to higher interest rates.

Loans at fair value increased from December 31, 2022, driven by an increase in Home Lending as originations outpaced warehouse loan sales, and in CIB as purchases outpaced sales and paydowns.

At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the carrying values of interest-only residential mortgage loans were $90.6 billion and $36.3 billion, respectively. The increase was driven by First Republic. These loans have an interest-only payment period generally followed by an adjustable-rate or fixed-rate fully amortizing payment period to maturity and are typically originated as higher-balance loans to higher-income borrowers. The credit performance of this portfolio is comparable with the performance of the broader prime mortgage portfolio.

The carrying value of home equity lines of credit outstanding was $16.1 billion at December 31, 2023, which included $2.6 billion associated with First Republic. The carrying value of home equity lines of credit outstanding included $4.2 billion of HELOCs that have recast from interest-only to fully amortizing payments or have been modified and $4.3 billion of interest-only balloon HELOCs, which primarily mature after 2030. The Firm manages the risk of HELOCs during their revolving period by closing or reducing the undrawn line to the extent permitted by law when borrowers are exhibiting a material deterioration in their credit risk profile.

The following table provides a summary of the Firm’s

residential mortgage portfolio insured and/or guaranteed

by U.S. government agencies, predominantly loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value. The Firm monitors its exposure to certain potential unrecoverable claim payments related to government-insured loans and considers this exposure in estimating the allowance for loan losses.

(in millions)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Current$446$659
30-89 days past due102136
90 or more days past due182302
Total government guaranteed loans$730$1,097

Geographic composition and current estimated loan-to-value ratio of residential real estate loans

At December 31, 2023, $228.4 billion, or 70% of the total retained residential real estate loan portfolio, was concentrated in California, New York, Florida, Texas and Massachusetts, compared with $147.8 billion, or 62% at December 31, 2022.

Average current estimated loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios have improved, reflecting an increase in home prices.

Refer to Note 12 for information on the geographic composition and current estimated LTVs of the Firm’s residential real estate loans.

Modified residential real estate loans

For the year ended December 31, 2023, residential real estate FDMs were $136 million. In addition to FDMs, the Firm also had $69 million of loans subject to trial modification where the terms of the loans have not been permanently modified, as well as $9 million of loans subject to discharge under Chapter 7 bankruptcy proceedings ("Chapter 7 loans"). The changes to the TDR accounting guidance eliminated the TDR reasonably expected and concession assessment criteria. Accordingly, trial modifications and Chapter 7 loans were considered TDRs, but not FDMs. Refer to Note 1 and Note 12 for further information.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, residential real estate TDRs were $362 million. Refer to Note 12 for further information on TDRs in prior periods.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K117

Management’s discussion and analysis

Auto and other: The auto and other loan portfolio, including loans at fair value, generally consists of prime-quality scored auto and business banking loans, other consumer unsecured loans, and overdrafts. The portfolio increased when compared to December 31, 2022 due to originations of scored auto loans and an increase in other consumer unsecured fair value option loans in CIB associated with First Republic, largely offset by paydowns. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2023 increased compared to the prior year due to higher charge-offs of scored auto loans driven by the decline in used vehicle valuations. The scored auto net charge-off rates were 0.56% and 0.24% for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Nonperforming assets

The following table presents information as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, about consumer, excluding credit card, nonperforming assets.

Nonperforming assets(a)
December 31, (in millions)20232022
Nonaccrual loans
Residential real estate(b)$4,015$4,196
Auto and other(c)188129
Total nonaccrual loans4,2034,325
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
Real estate owned120129
Other4228
Total assets acquired in loan satisfactions162157
Total nonperforming assets$4,365$4,482

(a)At December 31, 2023 and 2022, nonperforming assets excluded mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies of $182 million and $302 million, respectively. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee.

(b)Generally excludes loans under payment deferral programs offered in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

(c)At December 31, 2023 and 2022, nonaccrual loans excluded $15 million and $101 million, respectively, of PPP loans 90 or more days past due and guaranteed by the SBA.

Nonaccrual loans

The following table presents changes in consumer, excluding credit card, nonaccrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Nonaccrual loan activity
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)20232022
Beginning balance$4,325$5,350
Additions:2,8942,196
Reductions:
Principal payments and other(a)1,3061,393
Charge-offs472255
Returned to performing status1,0521,405
Foreclosures and other liquidations186168
Total reductions3,0163,221
Net changes(122)(1,025)
Ending balance$4,203$4,325

(a)Other reductions include loan sales.

Refer to Note 12 for further information about the consumer credit portfolio, including information about delinquencies, other credit quality indicators, loan modifications and loans that were in the process of active or suspended foreclosure.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
118JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Credit card

Total credit card loans increased from December 31, 2022 reflecting growth from new accounts and revolving balances which continued to normalize to pre-pandemic levels. The December 31, 2023 30+ and 90+ day delinquency rates of 2.14% and 1.05%, respectively, increased compared to the December 31, 2022 30+ and 90+ day delinquency rates of 1.45% and 0.68%, respectively. Net charge-offs increased for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the prior year as delinquencies have normalized.

Consistent with the Firm’s policy, all credit card loans typically remain on accrual status until charged off. However, the Firm’s allowance for loan losses includes the estimated uncollectible portion of accrued and billed interest and fee income.

Geographic and FICO composition of credit card loans

At December 31, 2023, $98.1 billion, or 46% of the total retained credit card loan portfolio, was concentrated in California, Texas, New York, Florida and Illinois, compared with $85.4 billion, or 46%, at December 31, 2022.

Modifications of credit card loans

For the year ended December 31, 2023, credit card FDMs were $648 million. FDMs increased for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to credit card TDRs in the prior year, as delinquencies have normalized. In addition to FDMs, the Firm also had $27 million of loans subject to trial modification where the terms of the loans have not been permanently modified for the year ended December 31, 2023. The changes to the TDR accounting guidance eliminated the TDR reasonably expected and concession assessment criteria. Accordingly, trial modifications were considered TDRs, but not FDMs.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, credit card TDRs were $418 million.

Refer to Note 1 and Note 12 for further information about this portfolio, including information about delinquencies, geographic and FICO composition, and modifications.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K119

Management’s discussion and analysis

WHOLESALE CREDIT PORTFOLIO

In its wholesale businesses, the Firm is exposed to credit risk primarily through its underwriting, lending, market-making, and hedging activities with and for clients and counterparties, as well as through various operating services (such as cash management and clearing activities), securities financing activities and cash placed with banks. A portion of the loans originated or acquired by the Firm’s wholesale businesses is generally retained on the balance sheet. The Firm distributes a significant percentage of the loans that it originates into the market as part of its syndicated loan business and to manage portfolio concentrations and credit risk. The wholesale portfolio is actively managed, in part by conducting ongoing, in-depth reviews of client credit quality and transaction structure, inclusive of collateral where applicable, and of industry, product and client concentrations. Refer to the industry discussion on pages 122–125 for further information.

The Firm’s wholesale credit portfolio includes exposure held in CIB, CB, AWM, and Corporate, and risk-rated exposure held in CCB, for which the wholesale methodology is applied when determining the allowance for loan losses. The Firm continues to convert certain operations, and to integrate clients, products and services, associated with First Republic. Accordingly, reporting classifications and internal risk rating profiles in the wholesale portfolio may change in future periods. Refer to Business Developments on page 53 for additional information.

As of December 31, 2023, retained loans increased $68.8 billion predominantly driven by the impact of First Republic. Lending-related commitments increased $64.8 billion, driven by the impact of First Republic, and net portfolio activity in CIB and CB.

As of December 31, 2023, nonperforming exposure increased $476 million predominantly driven by nonperforming retained loans in Real Estate and Healthcare, reflecting downgrades, and Individuals largely driven by the impact of First Republic, partially offset by a single name upgrade in Civic Organizations.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, wholesale net charge-offs increased $698 million, predominantly driven by the restructuring of a loan, increases in Real Estate (concentrated in Office) and Consumer & Retail.

Wholesale credit portfolio
December 31, (in millions)Credit exposureNonperforming
2023202220232022
Loans retained$672,472$603,670$2,346$1,963
Loans held-for-sale3,4983,3528926
Loans at fair value26,52032,075279406
Loans702,490639,0972,7142,395
Derivative receivables54,86470,880364296
Receivables from customers(a)47,62549,257
Total wholesale credit-related assets804,979759,2343,0782,691
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
Real estate ownedNANA15474
OtherNANA
Total assets acquired in loan satisfactionsNANA15474
Lending-related commitments536,786471,980464455
Total wholesale credit portfolio$1,341,765(c)$1,231,214$3,696$3,220
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)$(36,989)$(18,143)$$
Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(22,461)(23,014)NANA

(a)Receivables from customers reflect held-for-investment margin loans to brokerage clients in CIB, CCB and AWM; these are reported within accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated balance sheets.

(b)Represents the net notional amount of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage both performing and nonperforming wholesale credit exposures; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. Refer to Credit derivatives on page 130 and Note 5 for additional information.

(c)Included credit exposure of $90.6 billion associated with First Republic.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
120JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Wholesale credit exposure – maturity and ratings profile

The following tables present the maturity and internal risk ratings profiles of the wholesale credit portfolio as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. The Firm generally considers internal ratings with qualitative characteristics equivalent to BBB-/Baa3 or higher as investment grade, and takes into consideration collateral and structural support when determining the internal risk rating for each credit facility. Refer to Note 12 for further information on internal risk ratings.

Maturity profile(d)Ratings profile
1 year or lessAfter 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 yearsTotalTotalTotal % of IG
December 31, 2023(in millions, except ratios)Investment-gradeNoninvestment-grade
Loans retained$211,104$280,821$180,547$672,472$458,838$213,634$672,47268%
Derivative receivables54,86454,864
Less: Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(22,461)(22,461)
Total derivative receivables, net of collateral8,0078,97015,42632,40324,9197,48432,40377
Lending-related commitments143,337368,64624,803536,786341,611195,175536,78664
Subtotal362,448658,437220,7761,241,661825,368416,2931,241,66166
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)30,01830,018
Receivables from customers47,62547,625
Total exposure – net of liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives$1,319,304$1,319,304
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)(c)$(3,311)$(28,353)$(5,325)$(36,989)$(28,869)$(8,120)$(36,989)78%
Maturity profile(d)Ratings profile
1 year or lessAfter 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 yearsTotalTotalTotal % of IG
December 31, 2022 (in millions, except ratios)Investment-gradeNoninvestment-grade
Loans retained$204,761$253,896$145,013$603,670$425,412$178,258$603,67070%
Derivative receivables70,88070,880
Less: Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(23,014)(23,014)
Total derivative receivables, net of collateral13,50814,88019,47847,86636,23111,63547,86676
Lending-related commitments101,083347,45623,441471,980327,168144,812471,98069
Subtotal319,352616,232187,9321,123,516788,811334,7051,123,51670
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)35,42735,427
Receivables from customers49,25749,257
Total exposure – net of liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives$1,208,200$1,208,200
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)(c)$(2,817)$(13,530)$(1,796)$(18,143)$(15,115)$(3,028)$(18,143)83%

(a)Loans held-for-sale are primarily related to syndicated loans and loans transferred from the retained portfolio.

(b)These derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP.

(c)The notional amounts are presented on a net basis by underlying reference entity and the ratings profile shown is based on the ratings of the reference entity on which protection has been purchased. Predominantly all of the credit derivatives entered into by the Firm where it has purchased protection used in credit portfolio management activities are executed with investment-grade counterparties. In addition, the Firm obtains credit protection against certain loans in the retained loan portfolio through the issuance of credit-related notes.

(d)The maturity profile of retained loans, lending-related commitments and derivative receivables is generally based on remaining contractual maturity. Derivative contracts that are in a receivable position at December 31, 2023, may become payable prior to maturity based on their cash flow profile or changes in market conditions.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K121

Management’s discussion and analysis

Wholesale credit exposure – industry exposures

The Firm focuses on the management and diversification of its industry exposures, and pays particular attention to industries with actual or potential credit concerns. Exposures that are deemed to be criticized align with the U.S. banking regulators’ definition of criticized exposures, which consist of the special mention, substandard and doubtful categories. Total criticized exposure, excluding loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value, was $41.4 billion at December 31, 2023 and $31.3 billion at December 31, 2022, representing approximately 3.3% and 2.7% of total wholesale credit exposure, respectively; of the $41.4 billion, $38.3 billion was performing. The increase in criticized exposure was predominantly driven by Real Estate, Technology, Media & Telecommunications (predominantly Technology) and Healthcare, reflecting downgrades.

The table below summarizes by industry the Firm’s exposures as of December 31, 2023 and 2022. The industry of risk category is generally based on the client or counterparty’s primary business activity. Refer to Note 4 for additional information on industry concentrations.

Wholesale credit exposure – industries(a)
Selected metrics
30 days or more past due and accruingloans(i)Net charge-offs/ (recoveries)Credit derivative and credit-related notes(i)Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables
Noninvestment-grade
Creditexposure(f)(g)(h)Investment- gradeNoncriticizedCriticized performingCriticized nonperforming
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2023(in millions)
Real Estate$208,261$148,866$50,190$8,558$647$717$275$(574)$
Individuals and Individual Entities(b)145,849110,67334,26133458186110
Asset Managers129,57483,85745,6239042011(7,209)
Consumer & Retail127,08660,16858,6067,863449318161(4,204)
Technology, Media & Telecommunications77,29640,46827,0949,3883463681(4,287)
Industrials75,09240,95130,5863,41913621331(2,949)
Healthcare65,02543,16318,3963,00546113017(3,070)
Banks & Finance Companies57,17733,88122,74454579277(511)(412)
Utilities36,06125,2429,9297651251(3)(2,373)
State & Municipal Govt(c)35,98633,5612,39027831(4)
Oil & Gas34,47518,27616,076111124511(1,927)(5)
Automotive33,97723,15210,06064012559(653)
Chemicals & Plastics20,77311,3538,3529161521062(1,045)
Insurance20,50114,5035,7002982(961)(6,898)
Central Govt17,70417,2643121271(3,490)(2,085)
Transportation16,0608,8655,9431,1965623(26)(574)
Metals & Mining15,5088,4036,514536551244(229)
Securities Firms8,6894,5704,1181(14)(2,765)
Financial Markets Infrastructure4,2514,052199
All other(d)134,777115,71118,618439921(2)(10,124)(3,087)
Subtotal$1,264,122$846,979$375,711$38,258$3,174$2,785$879$(36,989)$(22,461)
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value30,018
Receivables from customers47,625
Total(e)$1,341,765
Column 1Column 2Column 3
122JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K
Selected metrics
30 days or more past due and accruing loansNet charge-offs/ (recoveries)Credit derivative and credit-related notes (i)Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables
Noninvestment-grade
Creditexposure(f)(g)Investment- gradeNoncriticizedCriticized performingCriticized nonperforming
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2022 (in millions)
Real Estate$170,857$129,866$36,945$3,609$437$543$19$(113)$
Individuals and Individual Entities(b)130,815112,00618,1043603451,0381
Asset Managers95,65678,92516,66561515(1)(8,278)
Consumer & Retail120,55560,78151,8717,29560832149(1,157)
Technology, Media & Telecommunications72,28639,19925,6897,0963026239(1,766)
Industrials72,48339,05230,5002,80912228244(1,258)
Healthcare62,61343,83917,1171,4791784327(1,055)
Banks & Finance Companies51,81627,81122,9949615036(262)(994)
Utilities36,21825,9819,2948071362115(607)(1)
State & Municipal Govt(c)33,84733,191529126136(9)(5)
Oil & Gas38,66820,54717,6164743157(6)(414)
Automotive33,28723,9088,839416124198(2)(513)
Chemicals & Plastics20,03012,1347,10374449103(298)
Insurance21,04515,4685,3961811(273)(7,296)
Central Govt19,09518,6983623510(4,591)(677)
Transportation15,0096,4976,8621,57476242(339)
Metals & Mining15,9158,8256,86322257(1)(27)(4)
Securities Firms8,0664,2353,716115(13)(26)(2,811)
Financial Markets Infrastructure4,9624,525437
All other(d)123,307105,28417,5552232454(5)(5,435)(2,948)
Subtotal$1,146,530$810,772$304,457$28,587$2,714$2,698$181$(18,143)$(23,014)
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value35,427
Receivables from customers49,257
Total(e)$1,231,214

(a)The industry rankings presented in the table as of December 31, 2022, are based on the industry rankings of the corresponding exposures at December 31, 2023, not actual rankings of such exposures at December 31, 2022.

(b)Individuals and Individual Entities predominantly consists of Global Private Bank clients within AWM and J.P. Morgan Wealth Management within CCB, and includes exposure to personal investment companies and personal and testamentary trusts.

(c)In addition to the credit risk exposure to states and municipal governments (both U.S. and non-U.S.) at December 31, 2023 and 2022, noted above, the Firm held: $5.9 billion and $6.6 billion, respectively, of trading assets; $21.4 billion and $6.8 billion, respectively, of AFS securities; and $9.9 billion and $19.7 billion, respectively, of HTM securities, issued by U.S. state and municipal governments. Refer to Note 2 and Note 10 for further information.

(d)All other includes: SPEs and Private education and civic organizations, representing approximately 94% and 6%, respectively, at December 31, 2023 and 95% and 5%, respectively, at December 31, 2022.

(e)Excludes cash placed with banks of $614.1 billion and $556.6 billion, at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, which is predominantly placed with various central banks, primarily Federal Reserve Banks.

(f)Credit exposure is net of risk participations and excludes the benefit of credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities held against derivative receivables or loans and liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables.

(g)Credit exposure includes held-for-sale and fair value option elected lending-related commitments.

(h)Included credit exposure of $90.6 billion associated with First Republic predominantly in Real Estate, Asset Managers, and Individuals and Individual Entities.

(i)Represents the net notional amounts of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage the credit exposures; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. The All other category includes purchased credit protection on certain credit indices.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K123

Management’s discussion and analysis

Presented below is additional detail on certain of the Firm’s industry exposures.

Real Estate

Real Estate exposure was $208.3 billion as of December 31, 2023. Criticized exposure increased by $5.2 billion from $4.0 billion at December 31, 2022 to $9.2 billion at December 31, 2023, predominantly driven by client-specific downgrades, partially offset by client-specific upgrades.

December 31, 2023
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment-grade% Drawn(e)
Multifamily(a)$121,946$21$121,96779%90%
Industrial20,2541820,2727072
Office16,4623216,4945181
Services and Non Income Producing16,1457416,2196246
Other Income Producing Properties(b)15,54220815,7505563
Retail12,7634812,8117573
Lodging4,729194,7483048
Total Real Estate Exposure(c)$207,841$420$208,261(d)71%80%
December 31, 2022
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment- grade% Drawn(e)
Multifamily(a)$99,555$17$99,57282%87%
Industrial15,928115,9297271
Office14,9172514,9427473
Services and Non Income Producing13,9681013,9786548
Other Income Producing Properties(b)12,70115012,8517062
Retail10,192810,2007568
Lodging3,347383,385637
Total Real Estate Exposure$170,608$249$170,85776%77%

(a)Multifamily exposure is largely in California.

(b)Other Income Producing Properties consists of clients with diversified property types or other property types outside of categories listed in the table above.

(c)Real Estate exposure is approximately 82% secured; unsecured exposure is predominantly investment-grade largely to Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”) and Real Estate Operating Companies (“REOCs”) whose underlying assets are generally diversified.

(d)Included $33.4 billion of credit exposure associated with First Republic, largely in Multifamily.

(e)Represents drawn exposure as a percentage of credit exposure.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
124JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Consumer & Retail

Consumer & Retail exposure was $127.1 billion as of December 31, 2023. Criticized exposure increased by $409 million from $7.9 billion at December 31, 2022 to $8.3 billion at December 31, 2023, driven by client-specific downgrades predominantly offset by client-specific upgrades and net portfolio activity.

December 31, 2023
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment-grade% Drawn(d)
Retail(a)$36,042$334$36,37651%30%
Business and Consumer Services34,82239235,2144242
Food and Beverage32,25693033,1865736
Consumer Hard Goods13,16919713,3664333
Leisure(b)8,7841608,9442547
Total Consumer & Retail(c)$125,073$2,013$127,08647%36%
December 31, 2022
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment- grade% Drawn(d)
Retail(a)$33,891$309$34,20050%33%
Business and Consumer Services31,25638431,6405040
Food and Beverage31,70673632,4425939
Consumer Hard Goods13,87917214,0515139
Leisure(b)8,173498,2222145
Total Consumer & Retail$118,905$1,650$120,55550%38%

(a)Retail consists of Home Improvement & Specialty Retailers, Restaurants, Supermarkets, Discount & Drug Stores, Specialty Apparel and Department Stores.

(b)Leisure consists of Gaming, Arts & Culture, Travel Services and Sports & Recreation. As of December 31, 2023, approximately 90% of the noninvestment-grade Leisure portfolio is secured.

(c)Consumer & Retail exposure is approximately 59% secured; unsecured exposure is approximately 79% investment-grade.

(d)Represents drawn exposure as a percent of credit exposure.

Oil & Gas

Oil & Gas exposure was $34.5 billion as of December 31, 2023 of which $123 million was considered criticized.

December 31, 2023
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment-grade% Drawn(c)
Exploration & Production ("E&P") and Oil field Services$18,121$536$18,65751%26%
Other Oil & Gas(a)15,64916915,8185522
Total Oil & Gas(b)$33,770$705$34,47553%25%
December 31, 2022
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment- grade% Drawn(c)
Exploration & Production ("E&P") and Oil field Services$17,729$4,666$22,39550%25%
Other Oil & Gas(a)15,81845516,2735725
Total Oil & Gas$33,547$5,121$38,66853%25%

(a)Other Oil & Gas includes Integrated Oil & Gas companies, Midstream/Oil Pipeline companies and refineries.

(b)Oil & Gas exposure is approximately 35% secured, approximately half of which is reserve-based lending to the Exploration & Production sub-sector; unsecured exposure is approximately 61% investment-grade.

(c)Represents drawn exposure as a percent of credit exposure.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K125

Management’s discussion and analysis

Loans

In its wholesale businesses, the Firm provides loans to a variety of clients, ranging from large corporate and institutional clients to high-net-worth individuals. Refer to Note 12 for a further discussion on loans, including information about delinquencies, loan modifications and other credit quality indicators.

The following table presents the change in the nonaccrual loan portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. Since December 31, 2022, nonaccrual loan exposure increased by $319 million driven by retained loans in Real Estate and Healthcare, reflecting downgrades, and Individuals largely driven by the impact of First Republic, partially offset by a single name upgrade in Civic Organizations.

Wholesale nonaccrual loan activity
Year ended December 31, (in millions)20232022
Beginning balance$2,395$2,445
Additions3,5432,119
Reductions:
Paydowns and other1,3361,329
Gross charge-offs965213
Returned to performing status616594
Sales30733
Total reductions3,2242,169
Net changes319(50)
Ending balance$2,714$2,395

The following table presents net charge-offs/recoveries, which are defined as gross charge-offs less recoveries, for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. The amounts in the table below do not include gains or losses from sales of nonaccrual loans recognized in noninterest revenue.

Wholesale net charge-offs/(recoveries)
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)20232022
Loans
Average loans retained$646,875$582,021
Gross charge-offs1,011322
Gross recoveries collected(132)(141)
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)879181
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate0.14%0.03%

Modified wholesale loans

The amortized cost of wholesale FDMs was $2.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023. Refer to Note 1 and Note 12 for further information.

Wholesale TDRs were $801 million for the year ended December 31, 2022.

As a result of the elimination of the requirement to assess whether a modification is reasonably expected or involves a concession, the population of loans considered FDMs is greater than the population previously considered TDRs. Refer to Note 12 for further information on TDRs in prior periods.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
126JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates

The table below sets forth wholesale loan maturities and the distribution between fixed and floating interest rates based on the stated terms of the loan agreements by loan class. Refer to Note 12 for further information on loan classes.

December 31, 2023(in millions, except ratios)1 year or less(g)After 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 years through 15 yearsAfter 15 yearsTotal
Wholesale loans:
Secured by real estate(a)$16,144$61,764$48,972$42,417$169,297
Commercial and industrial52,351112,3398,46935173,194
Other(b)173,752141,76038,5585,929359,999
Total wholesale loans$242,247$315,863$95,999$48,381$702,490
Loans due after one year at fixed interest rates
Secured by real estate(c)$15,871$11,185$720
Commercial and industrial5,0041,37634
Other25,26417,6563,910
Loans due after one year at variable interest rates(d)
Secured by real estate(e)$45,893$37,787$41,696
Commercial and industrial107,3347,0932
Other(f)116,49720,9022,019
Total wholesale loans$315,863$95,999$48,381

(a)Included $6.6 billion, $16.9 billion, and $9.7 billion of loans in 1 year or less, after 1 year through 5 years, and after 5 years though 15, respectively, associated with First Republic.

(b)Included $9.8 billion, and $4.1 billion of loans in 1 year or less, and after 1 year through 5 years, respectively, associated with First Republic.

(c)Included $9.7 billion, and $5.7 billion in after 1 year through 5 years, and after 5 years though 15, respectively, associated with First Republic.

(d)Includes loans that have an initial fixed interest rate that resets to a variable rate as the variable rate will be the prevailing rate over the life of the loan.

(e)Included $7.1 billion, and $4.0 billion in after 1 year through 5 years, and after 5 years though 15, respectively, associated with First Republic.

(f)Included $3.0 billion in after 1 year through 5 years associated with First Republic.

(g)Includes loans held-for-sale, demand loans and overdrafts.

The following table presents net charge-offs/recoveries, average retained loans and net charge-off/recovery rate by loan class for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Year ended December 31,
Secured by real estateCommercial and industrialOtherTotal
(in millions, except ratios)20232022202320222023202220232022
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$178$6$370$145$331$30$879$181
Average retained loans151,214122,904170,503160,611325,158298,506646,875582,021
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate0.12%%0.22%0.09%0.10%0.01%0.14%0.03%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K127

Management’s discussion and analysis

Lending-related commitments

The Firm uses lending-related financial instruments, such as commitments (including revolving credit facilities) and guarantees, to address the financing needs of its clients. The contractual amounts of these financial instruments represent the maximum possible credit risk should the clients draw down on these commitments or when the Firm fulfills its obligations under these guarantees, and the clients subsequently fail to perform according to the terms of these contracts. Most of these commitments and guarantees have historically been refinanced, extended, cancelled, or expired without being drawn upon or a default occurring. As a result, the Firm does not believe that the total contractual amount of these wholesale lending-related commitments is representative of the Firm’s expected future credit exposure or funding requirements. Refer to Note 28 for further information on wholesale lending-related commitments.

Receivables from customers

Receivables from customers reflect held-for-investment margin loans to brokerage clients in CIB, CCB and AWM that are collateralized by assets maintained in the clients’ brokerage accounts (including cash on deposit, and primarily liquid and readily marketable debt or equity securities). To manage its credit risk, the Firm establishes margin requirements and monitors the required margin levels on an ongoing basis, and requires clients to deposit additional cash or other collateral, or to reduce positions, when appropriate. Credit risk arising from lending activities subject to collateral maintenance requirements is generally mitigated by factors such as the short-term nature of the activity, the fair value of collateral held and the Firm’s right to call for, and the borrower’s obligation to provide, additional margin when the fair value of the collateral declines. Because of these mitigating factors, these receivables generally do not require an allowance for credit losses. However, if in management’s judgment, an allowance for credit losses is required, the Firm estimates expected credit losses based on the value of the collateral and probability of borrower default. These receivables are reported within accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets.

Refer to Note 13 for further information on the Firm’s accounting policies for the allowance for credit losses.

Derivative contracts

Derivatives enable clients and counterparties to manage risk, including credit risk and risks arising from fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange and equities and commodities prices. The Firm makes markets in derivatives in order to meet these needs and uses derivatives to manage certain risks associated with net open risk positions from its market-making activities, including the counterparty credit risk arising from derivative receivables. The Firm also uses derivative instruments to manage its own credit risk and other market risk exposure. The nature of the counterparty and the settlement mechanism of the derivative affect the credit risk to which the Firm is exposed. For OTC derivatives, the Firm is exposed to the credit risk of the derivative counterparty. For exchange-traded derivatives (“ETD”), such as futures and options, and cleared over-the-counter (“OTC-cleared”) derivatives, the Firm can also be exposed to the

credit risk of the relevant CCP. Where possible, the Firm seeks to mitigate its credit risk exposures arising from derivative contracts through the use of legally enforceable master netting arrangements and collateral agreements. The percentage of the Firm’s OTC derivative transactions subject to collateral agreements — excluding foreign exchange spot trades, which are not typically covered by collateral agreements due to their short maturity and centrally cleared trades that are settled daily — was approximately 87% at both December 31, 2023 and 2022. Refer to Note 5 for additional information on the Firm’s use of collateral agreements and further discussion of derivative contracts, counterparties and settlement types.

The fair value of derivative receivables reported on the Consolidated balance sheets was $54.9 billion and $70.9 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The decrease was primarily as a result of market movements. Derivative receivables represent the fair value of the derivative contracts after giving effect to legally enforceable master netting agreements and the related cash collateral held by the Firm.

In addition, the Firm holds liquid securities and other cash collateral that may be used as security when the fair value of the client’s exposure is in the Firm’s favor. For these purposes, the definition of liquid securities is consistent with the definition of high quality liquid assets as defined in the LCR rule.

In management’s view, the appropriate measure of current credit risk should also take into consideration other collateral, which generally represents securities that do not qualify as high quality liquid assets under the LCR rule. The benefits of these additional collateral amounts for each counterparty are subject to a legally enforceable master netting agreement and limited to the net amount of the derivative receivables for each counterparty.

The Firm also holds additional collateral (primarily cash, G7 government securities, other liquid government agency and guaranteed securities, and corporate debt and equity securities) delivered by clients at the initiation of transactions, as well as collateral related to contracts that have a non-daily call frequency and collateral that the Firm has agreed to return but has not yet settled as of the reporting date. Although this collateral does not reduce the receivables balances and is not included in the tables below, it is available as security against potential exposure that could arise should the fair value of the client’s derivative contracts move in the Firm’s favor. Refer to Note 5 for additional information on the Firm’s use of collateral agreements for derivative transactions.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
128JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

The following tables summarize the net derivative receivables and the internal ratings profile for the periods presented.

Derivative receivables
December 31, (in millions)20232022
Total, net of cash collateral$54,864$70,880
Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables(22,461)(23,014)
Total, net of liquid securities and other cash collateral$32,403$47,866
Other collateralheld against derivative receivables(993)(1,261)
Total, net of collateral$31,410$46,605
Ratings profile of derivative receivables
20232022
December 31, (in millions, except ratios)Exposure net of collateral% of exposure net of collateralExposure net of collateral% of exposure net of collateral
Investment-grade$24,00476%$35,09775%
Noninvestment-grade7,4062411,50825
Total$31,410100%$46,605100%

While useful as a current view of credit exposure, the net fair value of the derivative receivables does not capture the potential future variability of that credit exposure. To capture this variability, the Firm calculates, on a client-by-client basis, three measures of potential derivatives-related credit loss: Peak, Derivative Risk Equivalent (“DRE”), and Average exposure (“AVG”). These measures all incorporate netting and collateral benefits, where applicable.

Peak represents a conservative measure of potential derivative exposure, including the benefit of collateral, to a counterparty calculated in a manner that is broadly equivalent to a 97.5% confidence level over the life of the transaction. Peak is the primary measure used by the Firm for setting credit limits for derivative contracts, senior management reporting and derivatives exposure management.

DRE exposure is a measure that expresses the risk of derivative exposure, including the benefit of collateral, on a basis intended to be equivalent to the risk of loan exposures. DRE is a less extreme measure of potential credit loss than Peak and is used as an input for aggregating derivative credit risk exposures with loans and other credit risk.

Finally, AVG is a measure of the expected fair value of the Firm’s derivative exposures, including the benefit of collateral, at future time periods. AVG over the total life of the derivative contract is used as the primary metric for pricing purposes and is used to calculate credit risk capital and CVA, as further described below.

The fair value of the Firm’s derivative receivables incorporates CVA to reflect the credit quality of counterparties. CVA is based on the Firm’s AVG to a counterparty and the counterparty’s credit spread in the credit derivatives market. The Firm believes that active risk management is essential to controlling the dynamic credit risk in the derivatives portfolio. In addition, the Firm’s risk management process for derivatives exposures takes into consideration the potential impact of wrong-way risk, which

is broadly defined as the risk that exposure to a counterparty is positively correlated with the impact of a default by the same counterparty, which could cause exposure to increase at the same time as the counterparty’s capacity to meet its obligations is decreasing. Many factors may influence the nature and magnitude of these correlations over time. To the extent that these correlations are identified, the Firm may adjust the CVA associated with a particular counterparty’s AVG. The Firm risk manages exposure to changes in CVA by entering into credit derivative contracts, as well as interest rate, foreign exchange, equity and commodity derivative contracts.

The below graph shows exposure profiles to the Firm’s current derivatives portfolio over the next 10 years as calculated by the Peak, DRE and AVG metrics. The three measures generally show that exposure will decline after the first year, if no new trades are added to the portfolio.

Exposure profile of derivatives measures

December 31, 2023

(in billions)

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K129

Management’s discussion and analysis

Credit derivatives

The Firm uses credit derivatives for two primary purposes: first, in its capacity as a market-maker, and second, as an end-user to manage the Firm’s own credit risk associated with various exposures.

Credit portfolio management activities

Included in the Firm’s end-user activities are credit derivatives used to mitigate the credit risk associated with traditional lending activities (loans and lending-related commitments) and derivatives counterparty exposure in the Firm’s wholesale businesses (collectively, “credit portfolio management activities”). Information on credit portfolio management activities is provided in the table below.

The Firm also uses credit derivatives as an end-user to manage other exposures, including credit risk arising from certain securities held in the Firm’s market-making businesses. These credit derivatives are not included in credit portfolio management activities.

Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities
Notional amount of protection purchased and sold(a)
December 31, (in millions)20232022
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage:
Loans and lending-related commitments$24,157$6,422
Derivative receivables12,83211,721
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities$36,989$18,143

(a)Amounts are presented net, considering the Firm’s net protection purchased or sold with respect to each underlying reference entity or index.

The credit derivatives used in credit portfolio management activities do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP; these derivatives are reported at fair value, with gains and losses recognized in principal transactions revenue. In contrast, the loans and lending-related commitments being risk-managed are accounted for on an accrual basis. This asymmetry in accounting treatment, between loans and lending-related commitments and the credit derivatives used in credit portfolio management activities, causes earnings volatility that is not representative, in the Firm’s view, of the true changes in value of the Firm’s overall credit exposure.

The effectiveness of credit default swaps (“CDS”) as a hedge against the Firm’s exposures may vary depending on a number of factors, including the named reference entity (i.e., the Firm may experience losses on specific exposures that are different than the named reference entities in the purchased CDS); the contractual terms of the CDS (which may have a defined credit event that does not align with an actual loss realized by the Firm); and the maturity of the Firm’s CDS protection (which in some cases may be shorter than the Firm’s exposures). However, the Firm generally seeks to purchase credit protection with a maturity date that is the same or similar to the maturity date of the exposure for which the protection was purchased, and remaining differences in maturity are actively monitored and managed by the Firm. Refer to Credit derivatives in Note 5 for further information on credit derivatives and derivatives used in credit portfolio management activities.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
130JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The Firm’s allowance for credit losses represents management's estimate of expected credit losses over the remaining expected life of the Firm's financial assets measured at amortized cost and certain off-balance sheet lending-related commitments. The Firm’s allowance for credit losses generally consists of:

•the allowance for loan losses, which covers the Firm’s retained loan portfolios (scored and risk-rated) and is presented separately on the Consolidated balance sheets,

•the allowance for lending-related commitments, which is reflected in accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheets, and

•the allowance for credit losses on investment securities, which is reflected in investment securities on the Consolidated balance sheets.

Discussion of changes in the allowance

The allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2023 was $24.8 billion, reflecting a net addition of $3.1 billion from December 31, 2022.

The net addition to the allowance for credit losses included $1.9 billion, consisting of:

•$1.3 billion in consumer, predominantly driven by CCB, comprised of $1.4 billion in Card Services, partially offset by a net reduction of $200 million in Home Lending. The net addition in Card Services was driven by loan growth, including an increase in revolving balances, partially offset by reduced borrower uncertainty. The net reduction in Home Lending was driven by improvements in the outlook for home prices, and

•$675 million in wholesale, driven by net downgrade activity, the net effect of changes in the Firm’s weighted average macroeconomic outlook, including deterioration in the outlook for commercial real estate in CB, and an addition for certain accounts receivable in CIB, partially offset by the impact of changes in the loan and lending-related commitment portfolios.

The net addition also included $1.2 billion to establish the allowance for the First Republic loans and lending-related commitments in the second quarter of 2023.

The changes in the Firm's weighted average macroeconomic outlook also included updates to the central scenario in the third quarter of 2023 to reflect a lower forecasted unemployment rate consistent with a higher growth rate in GDP, and the impact of the additional weight placed on the adverse scenarios in the first quarter of 2023, reflecting elevated recession risks due to high inflation and tightening financial conditions.

The allowance for credit losses also reflected a reduction of $587 million as a result of the adoption of changes to the TDR accounting guidance on January 1, 2023. Refer to Note 1 for further information.

The Firm's allowance for credit losses is estimated using a weighted average of five internally developed macroeconomic scenarios. The adverse scenarios incorporate more punitive macroeconomic factors than the central case assumptions provided in the table below, resulting in a weighted average U.S. unemployment rate peaking at 5.5% in the fourth quarter of 2024, and a weighted average U.S. real GDP level that is 1.5% lower than the central case at the end of the second quarter of 2025.

The following table presents the Firm’s central case assumptions for the periods presented:

Central case assumptions at December 31, 2023
2Q244Q242Q25
U.S. unemployment rate(a)4.1%4.4%4.1%
YoY growth in U.S. real GDP(b)1.8%0.7%1.0%
Central case assumptions at December 31, 2022
2Q234Q232Q24
U.S. unemployment rate(a)3.8%4.3%5.0%
YoY growth in U.S. real GDP(b)1.5%0.4%%

(a)Reflects quarterly average of forecasted U.S. unemployment rate.

(b)The year over year growth in U.S. real GDP in the forecast horizon of the central scenario is calculated as the percentage change in U.S. real GDP levels from the prior year.

Subsequent changes to this forecast and related estimates

will be reflected in the provision for credit losses in future

periods.

Refer to Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 155–158 for further information on the allowance for credit losses and related management judgments.

Refer to Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 114–119, Wholesale Credit Portfolio on pages 120–130 for additional information on the consumer and wholesale credit portfolios.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K131

Management’s discussion and analysis

Allowance for credit losses and related information
20232022
Year ended December 31,Consumer, excluding credit cardCredit cardWholesaleTotalConsumer, excluding credit cardCredit cardWholesaleTotal
(in millions, except ratios)
Allowance for loan losses
Beginning balance at January 1,$2,040$11,200$6,486$19,726$1,765$10,250$4,371$16,386
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(a)(489)(100)2(587)NANANANA
Gross charge-offs1,1515,4911,0117,6538123,1923224,326
Gross recoveries collected(519)(793)(132)(1,444)(543)(789)(141)(1,473)
Net charge-offs6324,6988796,2092692,4031812,853
Provision for loan losses9366,0482,4849,4685433,3532,2936,189
Other12122134
Ending balance at December 31,$1,856$12,450$8,114$22,420$2,040$11,200$6,486$19,726
Allowance for lending-related commitments
Beginning balance at January 1,$76$$2,306$2,382$113$$2,148$2,261
Provision for lending-related commitments(1)(407)(408)(37)157120
Other11
Ending balance at December 31,$75$$1,899$1,974$76$$2,306$2,382
Impairment methodology
Asset-specific(b)$(876)$$392$(484)$(624)$223$467$66
Portfolio-based2,73212,4507,72222,9042,66410,9776,01919,660
Total allowance for loan losses$1,856$12,450$8,114$22,420$2,040$11,200$6,486$19,726
Impairment methodology
Asset-specific$$$89$89$$$90$90
Portfolio-based751,8101,885762,2162,292
Total allowance for lending-related commitments$75$$1,899$1,974$76$$2,306$2,382
Total allowance for investment securitiesNANANA$128NANANA$96
Total allowance for credit losses(c)(d)$1,931$12,450$10,013$24,522$2,116$11,200$8,792$22,204
Memo:
Retained loans, end of period$397,275$211,123$672,472$1,280,870$300,753$185,175$603,670$1,089,598
Retained loans, average364,061191,412646,8751,202,348299,409163,335582,0211,044,765
Credit ratios
Allowance for loan losses to retained loans0.47%5.90%1.21%1.75%0.68%6.05%1.07%1.81%
Allowance for loan losses to retained nonaccrual loans(e)51NA34637453NM330338
Allowance for loan losses to retained nonaccrual loans excluding credit card51NA34616653NM330146
Net charge-off rates0.172.450.140.520.091.470.030.27

(a)Represents the impact to the allowance for loan losses upon the adoption of changes to the TDR accounting guidance on January 1, 2023. Refer to Note 1 for further information.

(b)Includes collateral-dependent loans, including those for which foreclosure is deemed probable, and nonaccrual risk-rated loans for all periods presented. Prior periods also include non collateral-dependent TDRs or reasonably expected TDRs and modified PCD loans.

(c)At December 31, 2023 and 2022, in addition to the allowance for credit losses in the table above, the Firm also had an allowance for credit losses of $243 million and $21 million, respectively, associated with certain accounts receivable in CIB.

(d)As of December 31, 2023, included the allowance for credit losses associated with First Republic.

(e)The Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
132JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Allocation of allowance for loan losses

The table below presents a breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by loan class. Refer to Note 12 for further information on loan classes.

20232022
December 31, (in millions, except ratios)Allowance for loan lossesPercent of retained loans to total retained loansAllowance for loan lossesPercent of retained loans to total retained loans
Residential real estate$81725%$1,07022%
Auto and other1,03969706
Consumer, excluding credit card1,856312,04028
Credit card12,4501611,20017
Total consumer14,3064713,24045
Secured by real estate2,997131,78212
Commercial and industrial3,519133,50715
Other1,598271,19728
Total wholesale8,114536,48655
Total(a)$22,420100%$19,726100%

(a) As of December 31, 2023, included the allowance for loan losses associated with First Republic.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K133

Management’s discussion and analysis

INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO RISK MANAGEMENT

Investment portfolio risk is the risk associated with the loss of principal or a reduction in expected returns on investments arising from the investment securities portfolio or from principal investments. The investment securities portfolio is predominantly held by Treasury and CIO in connection with the Firm's balance sheet and asset-liability management objectives. Principal investments are predominantly privately-held financial instruments and are managed in the LOBs and Corporate. Investments are typically intended to be held over extended periods and, accordingly, the Firm has no expectation for short-term realized gains with respect to these investments.

Investment securities risk

Investment securities risk includes the exposure associated with a default in the payment of principal and interest. This risk is mitigated given that the investment securities portfolio held by Treasury and CIO predominantly consists of high-quality securities. At December 31, 2023, the Treasury and CIO investment securities portfolio, net of the allowance for credit losses, was $569.2 billion, and the average credit rating of the securities comprising the portfolio was AA+ (based upon external ratings where available, and where not available, based primarily upon internal risk ratings). Refer to Corporate segment results on pages 84–85 and Note 10 for further information on the investment securities portfolio and internal risk ratings. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 102–109 for further information on related liquidity risk. Refer to Market Risk Management on pages 135–143 for further information on the market risk inherent in the portfolio.

Governance and oversight

Investment securities risks are governed by the Firm’s Risk Appetite framework, and reviewed at the CTC Risk Committee with regular updates provided to the Board Risk Committee.

The Firm’s independent control functions are responsible for reviewing the appropriateness of the carrying value of investment securities in accordance with relevant policies. Approved levels for investment securities are established for each risk category, including capital and credit risks.

Principal investment risk

Principal investments are typically privately-held financial instruments representing ownership interests or other forms of junior capital. In general, principal investments include tax-oriented investments and investments made to enhance or accelerate the Firm’s business strategies and exclude those that are consolidated on the Firm's balance sheets. These investments are made by dedicated investing businesses or as part of a broader business strategy. The Firm’s principal investments are managed by the LOBs and Corporate and are reflected within their respective financial results. The Firm’s investments will continue to evolve based on market circumstances and in line with its strategic initiatives, including the Firm’s environmental and social goals.

The table below presents the aggregate carrying values of the principal investment portfolios as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

(in billions)December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Tax-oriented investments, primarily in alternative energy and affordable housing(a)$28.8$26.2
Private equity, various debt and equity instruments, and real assets10.510.8
Total carrying value$39.3$37.0

(a)As of December 31, 2023, included approximately $1.0 billion in tax-oriented investments in CIB associated with First Republic.

Governance and oversight

The Firm’s approach to managing principal investment risk is consistent with the Firm’s risk governance structure. The Firm has established a Firmwide risk policy framework for all principal investing activities that includes approval by executives who are independent from the investing businesses, as appropriate.

The Firm’s independent control functions are responsible for reviewing the appropriateness of the carrying value of investments in accordance with relevant policies. As part of the risk governance structure, approved levels for investments are established and monitored for each relevant business or segment in order to manage the overall size of the portfolios. The Firm also conducts stress testing on these portfolios using specific scenarios that estimate losses based on significant market moves and/or other risk events.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
134JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

Market risk is the risk associated with the effect of changes in market factors such as interest and foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices, credit spreads or implied volatilities, on the value of assets and liabilities held for both the short and long term.

Market Risk Management

Market Risk Management monitors market risks throughout the Firm and defines market risk policies and procedures.

Market Risk Management seeks to manage risk, facilitate efficient risk/return decisions, reduce volatility in operating performance and provide transparency into the Firm’s market risk profile for senior management, the Board of Directors and regulators. Market Risk Management is responsible for the following functions:

•Maintaining a market risk policy framework

•Independently measuring, monitoring and controlling LOB, Corporate, and Firmwide market risk

•Defining, approving and monitoring limits

•Performing stress testing and qualitative risk assessments

Risk measurement

Measures used to capture market risk

There is no single measure to capture market risk and therefore Market Risk Management uses various metrics, both statistical and nonstatistical, to assess risk including:

•Value-at-risk

•Stress testing

•Profit and loss drawdowns

•Earnings-at-risk

•Economic Value Sensitivity

•Other sensitivity-based measures

Risk monitoring and control

Market risk exposure is managed primarily through a series of limits set in the context of the market environment and business strategy. In setting limits, Market Risk Management takes into consideration factors such as market volatility, product liquidity, accommodation of client business, and management judgment. Market Risk Management maintains different levels of limits. Firm level limits include VaR and stress limits. Similarly, LOB and Corporate limits include VaR and stress limits and may be supplemented by certain nonstatistical risk measures such as profit and loss drawdowns. Limits may also be set within the LOBs and Corporate, as well as at the legal entity level.

Market Risk Management sets limits and regularly reviews and updates them as appropriate. Senior management is responsible for reviewing and approving certain of these risk limits on an ongoing basis. Limits that have not been reviewed within specified time periods by Market Risk Management are reported to senior management. The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for adhering to established limits against which exposures are monitored and reported.

Limit breaches are required to be reported in a timely manner to limit approvers, which include Market Risk Management and senior management. In the event of a breach, Market Risk Management consults with senior members of appropriate groups within the Firm to determine the suitable course of action required to return the applicable positions to compliance, which may include a reduction in risk in order to remedy the breach or granting a temporary increase in limits to accommodate an expected increase in client activity and/or market volatility. Firm, Corporate or LOB-level limit breaches are escalated as appropriate.

Models used to measure market risk are inherently imprecise and are limited in their ability to measure certain risks or to predict losses. This imprecision may be heightened when sudden or severe shifts in market conditions occur. For additional discussion on model uncertainty refer to Estimations and Model Risk Management on page 154.

Market Risk Management periodically reviews the Firm’s existing market risk measures to identify opportunities for enhancement, and to the extent appropriate, will calibrate those measures accordingly over time.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K135

Management’s discussion and analysis

The following table summarizes the predominant business activities and related market risks, as well as positions which give rise to market risk and certain measures used to capture those risks, for each LOB and Corporate.

In addition to the predominant business activities, each LOB and Corporate may engage in principal investing activities. To the extent principal investments are deemed market risk sensitive, they are reflected in relevant risk measures and captured in the table below. Refer to Investment Portfolio Risk Management on page 134 for additional discussion on principal investments.

LOBs and CorporatePredominant business activitiesRelated market risksPositions included in Risk Management VaRPositions included in earnings-at-riskPositions included in other sensitivity-based measures
CCB•Originates and services mortgage loans •Originates loans and takes deposits•Risk from changes in the probability of newly originated mortgage commitments closing•Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Mortgage commitments, classified as derivatives•Warehouse loans that are fair value option elected, classified as loans – debt instruments•MSRs•Hedges of mortgage commitments, warehouse loans and MSRs, classified as derivatives•Interest-only and mortgage-backed securities, classified as trading assets debt instruments, and related hedges, classified as derivatives•Fair value option elected liabilities(a)•Retained loan portfolio•Deposits•Fair value option elected liabilities DVA(a)
CIB•Makes markets and services clients across fixed income, foreign exchange, equities and commodities•Originates loans and takes deposits•Risk of loss from adverse movements in market prices and implied volatilities across interest rate, foreign exchange, credit, commodity and equity instruments•Basis and correlation risk from changes in the way asset values move relative to one another •Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Trading assets/liabilities – debt and marketable equity instruments, and derivatives, including hedges of the retained loan portfolio•Certain securities purchased, loaned or sold under resale agreements and securities borrowed•Fair value option elected liabilities(a)•Certain fair value option elected loans•Derivative CVA and associated hedges•Marketable equity investments•Retained loan portfolio•Deposits•Privately held equity and other investments measured at fair value; and certain real estate-related fair value option elected loans•Derivatives FVA and fair value option elected liabilities DVA(a)•Credit risk component of CVA and associated hedges for counterparties with credit spreads that have widened to elevated levels C
CB•Originates loans and takes deposits•Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Marketable equity investments(b)•Retained loan portfolio•Deposits
AWM•Provides initial capital investments in products such as mutual funds and capital invested alongside third-party investors•Originates loans and takes deposits•Risk from adverse movements in market factors (e.g., market prices, rates and credit spreads)•Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Debt securities held in advance of distribution to clients, classified as trading assets - debt instruments(b)•Trading assets/liabilities - derivatives that hedge the retained loan portfolio(b)•Retained loan portfolio•Deposits•Initial seed capital investments and related hedges, classified as derivatives•Certain deferred compensation and related hedges, classified as derivatives•Capital invested alongside third-party investors, typically in privately distributed collective vehicles managed by AWM (i.e., co-investments)
Corporate•Manages the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks•Structural interest rate risk from the Firm’s traditional banking activities•Structural non-USD foreign exchange risks•Derivative positions measured through noninterest revenue in earnings•Marketable equity investments•Deposits with banks•Investment securities portfolio and related interest rate hedges•Long-term debt and related interest rate hedges•Deposits•Privately held equity and other investments measured at fair value•Foreign exchange exposure related to Firm-issued non-USD long-term debt (“LTD”) and related hedges

(a)Reflects structured notes in Risk Management VaR and the DVA on structured notes in other sensitivity-based measures.

(b)The AWM and CB contributions to Firmwide average VaR were not material for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
136JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Value-at-risk

JPMorgan Chase utilizes value-at-risk (“VaR”), a statistical risk measure, to estimate the potential loss from adverse market moves in the current market environment. The Firm has a single VaR framework used as a basis for calculating Risk Management VaR and Regulatory VaR.

The framework is employed across the Firm using historical simulation based on data for the previous 12 months. The framework’s approach assumes that historical changes in market values are representative of the distribution of potential outcomes in the immediate future. The Firm believes the use of Risk Management VaR provides a daily measure of risk that is closely aligned to risk management decisions made by the LOBs and Corporate and, along with other market risk measures, provides the appropriate information needed to respond to risk events.

The Firm’s Risk Management VaR is calculated assuming a one-day holding period and an expected tail-loss methodology which approximates a 95% confidence level. Risk Management VaR provides a consistent framework to measure risk profiles and levels of diversification across product types and is used for aggregating risks and monitoring limits across businesses. VaR results are reported as appropriate to various groups including senior management, the Board Risk Committee and regulators.

Underlying the overall VaR model framework are individual VaR models that simulate historical market returns for individual risk factors and/or product types. To capture material market risks as part of the Firm’s risk management framework, comprehensive VaR model calculations are performed daily for businesses whose activities give rise to market risk. These VaR models are granular and incorporate numerous risk factors and inputs to simulate daily changes in market values over the historical period; inputs are selected based on the risk profile of each portfolio, as sensitivities and historical time series used to generate daily market values may be different across product types or risk management systems. The VaR model results across all portfolios are aggregated at the Firm level.

As VaR is based on historical data, it is an imperfect measure of market risk exposure and potential future losses. In addition, based on their reliance on available historical data, limited time horizons, and other factors, VaR measures are inherently limited in their ability to measure certain risks and to predict losses, particularly those associated with market illiquidity and sudden or severe shifts in market conditions.

For certain products, specific risk parameters are not captured in VaR due to the lack of liquidity and availability of appropriate historical data. The Firm uses proxies to estimate the VaR for these and other products when daily time series are not available. It is likely that using an actual price-based time series for these products, if available, would affect the VaR results presented. The Firm therefore considers other nonstatistical measures such as stress

testing, in addition to VaR, to capture and manage its market risk positions.

As VaR model calculations require daily data and a consistent source for valuation, the daily market data used may be different than the independent third-party data collected for VCG price testing in its monthly valuation process. For example, in cases where market prices are not observable, or where proxies are used in VaR historical time series, the data sources may differ. Refer to Valuation process in Note 2 for further information on the Firm’s valuation process.

The Firm’s VaR model calculations are periodically evaluated and enhanced in response to changes in the composition of the Firm’s portfolios, changes in market conditions, improvements in the Firm’s modeling techniques and measurements, and other factors. Such changes may affect historical comparisons of VaR results. Refer to Estimations and Model Risk Management on page 154 for information regarding model reviews and approvals.

The Firm calculates separately a daily aggregated VaR in accordance with regulatory rules (“Regulatory VaR”), which is used to derive the Firm’s regulatory VaR-based capital requirements under Basel III capital rules. This Regulatory VaR model framework currently assumes a ten business-day holding period and an expected tail loss methodology which approximates a 99% confidence level. Regulatory VaR is applied to “covered” positions as defined by Basel III capital rules, which may be different than the positions included in the Firm’s Risk Management VaR. For example, credit derivative hedges of accrual loans are included in the Firm’s Risk Management VaR, while Regulatory VaR excludes these credit derivative hedges. In addition, in contrast to the Firm’s Risk Management VaR, Regulatory VaR currently excludes the diversification benefit for certain VaR models.

Refer to JPMorgan Chase’s Basel III Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for additional information on Regulatory VaR and the other components of market risk regulatory capital for the Firm (e.g., VaR-based measure, stressed VaR-based measure and the respective backtesting).

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K137

Management’s discussion and analysis

The table below shows the results of the Firm’s Risk Management VaR measure using a 95% confidence level. VaR can vary significantly as positions change, market volatility fluctuates, and diversification benefits change.

Total VaR
As of or for the year ended December 31,20232022
(in millions)Avg.MinMaxAvg.MinMax
CIB trading VaR by risk type
Fixed income$49$31$71$59$33$82
Foreign exchange126268315
Equities731112720
Commodities and other11619151028
Diversification benefit to CIB trading VaR (a)(42)NMNM(43)NMNM
CIB trading VaR372455513469
Credit Portfolio VaR(b)14826164235(d)
Diversification benefit to CIB VaR(a)(11)NMNM(10)NMNM
CIB VaR4023585735240
CCB VaR71156220
Corporate and other LOB VaR(c)1291712916
Diversification benefit to other VaR(a)(5)NMNM(4)NMNM
Other VaR14922141024
Diversification benefit to CIB and other VaR(a)(11)NMNM(13)NMNM
Total VaR$43$26$57$58$34$242(d)

(a)Diversification benefit represents the difference between the portfolio VaR and the sum of its individual components. This reflects the non-additive nature of VaR due to imperfect correlation across LOBs, Corporate, and risk types. For maximum and minimum VaR, diversification benefit is not meaningful as the maximum and minimum VaR for each portfolio may have occurred on different trading days than the components.

(b)Credit Portfolio VaR includes the derivative CVA, hedges of the CVA and hedges of the retained loan portfolio, which are reported in principal transactions revenue. This VaR does not include the retained loan portfolio, which is not reported at fair value. In line with the Firm's internal model governance, the credit risk component of CVA related to certain counterparties was removed from Credit Portfolio VaR due to the widening of the credit spreads for those counterparties to elevated levels. The related hedges were also removed to maintain consistency. This exposure is now reflected in other sensitivity-based measures.

(c)Corporate and other LOB VaR includes a legacy private equity position in Corporate which is publicly traded.

(d)In March 2022, the effects of nickel price increases and the associated volatility in the nickel market resulted in elevated maximum Credit Portfolio VaR, as well as maximum Total VaR.

2023 compared with 2022

Average Total VaR decreased by $15 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 when compared with the prior year.

The decrease was driven by reduced market volatility and risk reductions predominantly impacting fixed income, commodities and equities.

The following graph presents daily Risk Management VaR for the four trailing quarters.

Daily Risk Management VaR

Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4Column 5
First Quarter 2023Second Quarter 2023Third Quarter 2023Fourth Quarter 2023
Column 1Column 2Column 3
138JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

VaR backtesting

The Firm performs daily VaR model backtesting, which compares the daily Risk Management VaR results with the daily gains and losses that are utilized for VaR backtesting purposes. The gains and losses depicted in the chart below do not reflect the Firm’s reported revenue as they exclude certain components of total net revenue, such as those associated with the execution of new transactions (i.e., intraday client-driven trading and intraday risk management activities), fees, commissions, other valuation adjustments and net interest income. These excluded components of total net revenue may more than offset the backtesting gain or loss on a particular day. The definition of backtesting gains and losses above is consistent with the requirements for backtesting under Basel III capital rules.

A backtesting exception occurs when the daily backtesting loss exceeds the daily Risk Management VaR for the prior day. Under the Firm’s Risk Management VaR methodology, assuming current changes in market values are consistent with the historical changes used in the simulation, the Firm would expect to incur VaR backtesting exceptions five times every 100 trading days on average. The number of VaR backtesting exceptions observed can differ from the statistically expected number of backtesting exceptions if the current level of market volatility is materially different from the level of market volatility during the 12 months of historical data used in the VaR calculation.

For the 12 months ended December 31, 2023, the Firm posted backtesting gains on 139 of the 258 days, and observed 13 VaR backtesting exceptions, of which eight were in the three months ended December 31, 2023. Firmwide backtesting loss days can differ from the loss days for which Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets posted losses, as disclosed in CIB Markets revenue, as the population of positions which comprise each metric are different and due to the exclusion of certain components of total net revenue in backtesting gains and losses as described above.

The following chart presents the distribution of Firmwide daily backtesting gains and losses for the trailing 12 months and three months ended December 31, 2023. The daily backtesting losses are displayed as a percentage of the corresponding daily Risk Management VaR. The count of days with backtesting losses are shown in aggregate, in fifty percentage point intervals. Backtesting exceptions are displayed within the intervals that are greater than one hundred percent. The results in the chart below differ from the results of backtesting disclosed in the Market Risk section of the Firm’s Basel III Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are based on Regulatory VaR applied to the Firm’s covered positions.

Distribution of Daily Backtesting Gains and Losses

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K139

Management’s discussion and analysis

Other risk measures

Stress testing

Along with VaR, stress testing is an important tool used to assess risk. While VaR reflects the risk of loss due to adverse changes in markets using recent historical market behavior, stress testing reflects the risk of loss from hypothetical changes in the value of market risk sensitive positions applied simultaneously. Stress testing measures the Firm’s vulnerability to losses under a range of stressed but possible economic and market scenarios. The results are used to understand the exposures responsible for those potential losses and are measured against limits.

The Firm’s stress framework covers market risk sensitive positions in the LOBs and Corporate. The framework is used to calculate multiple magnitudes of potential stress for both market rallies and market sell-offs, assuming significant changes in market factors such as credit spreads, equity prices, interest rates, currency rates and commodity prices, and combines them in multiple ways to capture an array of hypothetical economic and market scenarios.

The Firm generates a number of scenarios that focus on tail events in specific asset classes and geographies, including how the event may impact multiple market factors simultaneously. Scenarios also incorporate specific idiosyncratic risks and stress basis risk between different products. The flexibility in the stress framework allows the Firm to construct new scenarios that can test the outcomes against possible future stress events. Stress testing results are reported periodically to senior management of the Firm, as appropriate.

Stress scenarios are governed by the overall stress framework, under the oversight of Market Risk Management, and the models to calculate the stress results are subject to the Firm’s Estimations and Model Risk Management Policy. The Firmwide Market Risk Stress Methodology Committee reviews and approves changes to stress testing methodology and scenarios across the Firm. Significant changes to the framework are escalated to senior management, as appropriate.

The Firm’s stress testing framework is utilized in calculating the Firm’s CCAR and other stress test results, which are reported periodically to the Board of Directors. In addition, stress testing results are incorporated into the Firm’s Risk Appetite framework, and are reported periodically to the Board Risk Committee.

Profit and loss drawdowns

Profit and loss drawdowns are used to highlight trading losses above certain levels of risk tolerance. A profit and loss drawdown is a decline in revenue from its year-to-date peak level.

Structural interest rate risk management

The effect of interest rate exposure on the Firm’s reported net income is important as interest rate risk represents one of the Firm’s significant market risks. Interest rate risk arises not only from trading activities which are included in

VaR, but also from the Firm’s traditional banking activities, which include extension of loans and credit facilities, taking deposits, issuing debt, as well as the investment securities portfolio, and associated derivative instruments. Refer to the table on page 136 for a summary by LOB and Corporate identifying positions included in earnings-at-risk.

Governance

The CTC Risk Committee establishes the Firm’s interest rate risk management policy and related limits, which are subject to approval by the Board Risk Committee. Treasury and CIO, working in partnership with the LOBs, calculates the Firm’s structural interest rate risk profile and reviews it with senior management, including the CTC Risk Committee. In addition, oversight of structural interest rate risk is managed through a dedicated risk function reporting to the CTC CRO. This risk function is responsible for providing independent oversight and governance around assumptions and establishing and monitoring limits for structural interest rate risk, including limits related to Earnings-at-Risk and Economic Value Sensitivity. The Firm manages structural interest rate risk generally through its investment securities portfolio and interest rate derivatives.

Key Risk Drivers and Risk Management Process

Structural interest rate risk can arise due to a variety of factors, including:

•Differences in timing among the maturity or repricing of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments

•Differences in the amounts of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments that are maturing or repricing at the same time

•Differences in the amounts by which short-term and long-term market interest rates change (for example, changes in the slope of the yield curve)

•The impact of changes in the maturity of various assets, liabilities or off-balance sheet instruments as interest rates change

The Firm manages interest rate exposure related to its assets and liabilities on a consolidated, Firmwide basis. Business units transfer their interest rate risk to Treasury and CIO through funds transfer pricing, which takes into account the elements of interest rate exposure that can be risk-managed in financial markets. These elements include asset and liability balances and contractual rates of interest, contractual principal payment schedules, expected prepayment experience, interest rate reset dates and maturities, rate indices used for repricing, and any interest rate ceilings or floors for adjustable rate products.

Earnings-at-Risk

One way that the Firm evaluates its structural interest rate risk is through earnings-at-risk. Earnings-at-risk estimates the Firm’s interest rate exposure for a given interest rate scenario. It is presented as a sensitivity to a baseline, which includes net interest income and certain interest rate sensitive fees. The baseline uses market interest rates and,

Column 1Column 2Column 3
140JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

in the case of deposits, pricing assumptions. The Firm conducts simulations of changes to this baseline for interest rate-sensitive assets and liabilities denominated in U.S. dollars and other currencies (“non-U.S. dollar” currencies). These simulations primarily include retained loans, deposits, deposits with banks, investment securities, long-term debt and any related interest rate hedges, and funds transfer pricing of other positions in risk management VaR and other sensitivity-based measures as described on page 136. These simulations exclude hedges of exposure from non-U.S. dollar foreign exchange risk arising from the Firm’s capital investments. The inclusion of the hedges in these simulations would increase U.S. dollar sensitivities and decrease non-U.S. dollar sensitivities. Refer to non-U.S. dollar foreign exchange risk on page 145 for more information.

Earnings-at-risk scenarios estimate the potential change to a net interest income baseline over the following 12 months utilizing multiple assumptions. These scenarios include a parallel shift involving changes to both short-term and long-term rates by an equal amount; a steeper yield curve involving holding short-term rates constant and increasing long-term rates; and a flatter yield curve involving increasing short-term rates and holding long-term rates constant or holding short-term rates constant and decreasing long-term rates. These scenarios consider many different factors, including:

•The impact on exposures as a result of instantaneous changes in interest rates from baseline rates.

•Forecasted balance sheet, as well as modeled prepayment and reinvestment behavior, but excluding assumptions about actions that could be taken by the Firm or its clients and customers in response to instantaneous rate changes. Mortgage prepayment assumptions are based on the interest rates used in the scenarios compared with underlying contractual rates, the time since origination, and other factors which are updated periodically based on historical experience. Deposit forecasts are a key assumption in the Firm’s earnings-at-risk. The baseline reflects certain assumptions relating to the reversal of Quantitative Easing that are highly uncertain and require management judgment. Therefore, the actual amount of deposits held by the Firm at any particular time could be impacted by actions the Federal Reserve may take as part of monetary policy, including through the use of the Reverse Repurchase Facility. In addition, there are other factors that impact the amount of deposits held at the Firm such as the level of loans across the industry and competition for deposits.

•The pricing sensitivity of deposits, known as deposit betas, represent the amount by which deposit rates paid could change upon a given change in market interest rates. As part of the Firm's continuous evaluation and periodic enhancements to its earnings-at-risk calculations, the Firm updated its model in the second quarter of 2023 to incorporate deposit repricing lags

impacting both consumer and wholesale deposits. The model change incorporated observed pricing and customer behavior in both rising and falling interest rate environments. Actual deposit rates paid may differ from the modeled assumptions, primarily due to customer behavior and competition for deposits.

The Firm performs sensitivity analyses of the assumptions used in earnings-at-risk scenarios, including with respect to deposit betas and forecasts of deposit balances, both of which are especially significant in the case of consumer deposits. The results of these sensitivity analyses are reported to the CTC Risk Committee and the Board Risk Committee.

The Firm’s earnings-at-risk scenarios are periodically evaluated and enhanced in response to changes in the composition of the Firm’s balance sheet, changes in market conditions, improvements in the Firm’s simulation and other factors. While a relevant measure of the Firm’s interest rate exposure, the earnings-at-risk analysis does not represent a forecast of the Firm’s net interest income (Refer to Outlook on page 52 for additional information).

The Firm’s U.S. dollar and non-U.S. dollar sensitivities are presented in the table below.

December 31, (in billions)20232022
U.S. dollar: (a)
Parallel shift: (b)
+100 bps shift in rates$2.4$(2.0)
-100 bps shift in rates(2.1)2.4
+200 bps shift in rates4.8(4.2)
-200 bps shift in rates(4.6)3.3
Steeper yield curve:
+100 bps shift in long-term rates0.60.8
-100 bps shift in short-term rates(1.5)3.2
Flatter yield curve:
+100 bps shift in short-term rates1.8(2.8)
-100 bps shift in long-term rates(0.5)(0.9)
Non-U.S. dollar:
Parallel shift: (b)
+100 bps shift in rates$0.7$0.7
-100 bps shift in rates(0.7)(0.6)

(a)Reflects the impact of the aforementioned model update to incorporate deposit repricing lags. Prior periods have not been revised.

(b)Reflects the simultaneous shift of U.S. dollar and non-U.S. dollar rates.

In the absence of the model update to incorporate deposit repricing lags in the second quarter of 2023, the Firm's U.S. dollar sensitivities as of December 31, 2023, would have been lower by $4.1 billion to the +100 basis points shift in short-term and parallel rate scenarios and higher by $3.7 billion to the -100 basis points shift in short-term and parallel rate scenarios.

The change in the Firm’s U.S. dollar sensitivities as of December 31, 2023 compared to December 31, 2022 also reflected the impact of changes in the Firm’s balance sheet including the impact of the First Republic acquisition.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K141

Management’s discussion and analysis

As of December 31, 2023, the Firm’s sensitivity to a parallel shift in rates is primarily the result of a greater impact from assets repricing compared to the impact of liabilities repricing.

Economic Value Sensitivity

In addition to earnings-at-risk, which is measured as a sensitivity to a baseline of earnings over the next 12 months, the Firm also measures Economic Value Sensitivity (“EVS”). EVS stress tests the longer-term economic value of equity by measuring the sensitivity of the Firm’s current balance sheet, primarily retained loans, deposits, debt and investment securities as well as related hedges, under various interest rate scenarios. In accordance with the CTC interest rate risk management policy, the Firm has established limits on EVS as a percentage of TCE. Additional information on long-term debt and held to maturity investment securities is disclosed on page 195 in Note 2 financial instruments that are not carried at fair value on the Consolidated balance sheets.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
142JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Non-U.S. dollar foreign exchange risk

Non-U.S. dollar FX risk is the risk that changes in foreign exchange rates affect the value of the Firm’s assets or liabilities or future results. The Firm has structural non-U.S. dollar FX exposures arising from capital investments, forecasted expense and revenue, the investment securities portfolio and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt issuance. Treasury and CIO, working in partnership with the LOBs, primarily manage these risks on behalf of the Firm. Treasury and CIO may hedge certain of these risks using derivatives. Refer to Business Segment Results on page 66 for additional information.

Other sensitivity-based measures

The Firm quantifies the market risk of certain debt and equity and credit and funding-related exposures by assessing the potential impact on net revenue, other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and noninterest expense due to changes in relevant market variables. Refer to the predominant business activities that give rise to market risk on page 136 for additional information on the positions captured in other sensitivity-based measures.

The table below represents the potential impact to net revenue, OCI or noninterest expense for market risk sensitive instruments that are not included in VaR or earnings-at-risk. Where appropriate, instruments used for hedging purposes are reported net of the positions being hedged. The sensitivities disclosed in the table below may not be representative of the actual gain or loss that would have been realized at December 31, 2023 and 2022, as the movement in market parameters across maturities may vary and are not intended to imply management’s expectation of future changes in these sensitivities.

Gain/(loss) (in millions)
ActivityDescriptionSensitivity measureDecember 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Debt and equity(a)
Asset Management activitiesConsists of seed capital and related hedges; fund co-investments(c); and certain deferred compensation and related hedges(d)10% decline in market value$(61)$(56)
Other debt and equityConsists of certain real estate-related fair value option elected loans, privately held equity and other investments held at fair value(c)10% decline in market value(1,044)(1,046)
Credit- and funding-related exposures
Non-USD LTD cross-currency basisRepresents the basis risk on derivatives used to hedge the foreign exchange risk on the non-USD LTD(e)1 basis point parallel tightening of cross currency basis(12)(12)
Non-USD LTD hedges foreign currency (“FX”) exposurePrimarily represents the foreign exchange revaluation on the fair value of the derivative hedges(e)10% depreciation of currency163
Derivatives – funding spread riskImpact of changes in the spread related to derivatives FVA(c)1 basis point parallel increase in spread(3)(4)
CVA - counterparty credit risk(b)Credit risk component of CVA and associated hedges10% credit spread widening(1)
Fair value option elected liabilities - funding spread riskImpact of changes in the spread related to fair value option elected liabilities DVA(e)1 basis point parallel increase in spread4643
Fair value option elected liabilities –interest rate sensitivityInterest rate sensitivity on fair value option elected liabilities resulting from a change in the Firm’s own credit spread(e)1 basis point parallel increase in spread
Interest rate sensitivity related to risk management of changes in the Firm’s own credit spread on the fair value option elected liabilities noted above(c)1 basis point parallel increase in spread

(a)Excludes equity securities without readily determinable fair values that are measured under the measurement alternative. Refer to Note 2 for additional information.

(b)In line with the Firm's internal model governance, the credit risk component of CVA related to certain counterparties was removed from Credit Portfolio VaR due to the widening of the credit spreads for those counterparties to elevated levels. The related hedges were also removed to maintain consistency. This exposure is now reflected in other sensitivity-based measures.

(c)Impact recognized through net revenue.

(d)Impact recognized through noninterest expense.

(e)Impact recognized through OCI.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K143

Management’s discussion and analysis

COUNTRY RISK MANAGEMENT

The Firm, through its LOBs and Corporate, may be exposed to country risk resulting from financial, economic, political or other significant developments which adversely affect the value of the Firm’s exposures related to a particular country or set of countries. The Country Risk Management group actively monitors the various portfolios which may be impacted by these developments and measures the extent to which the Firm’s exposures are diversified given the Firm’s strategy and risk tolerance relative to a country.

Organization and management

Country Risk Management is an independent risk management function that assesses, manages and monitors exposure to country risk across the Firm.

The Firm’s country risk management function includes the following activities:

•Maintaining policies, procedures and standards consistent with a comprehensive country risk framework

•Assigning sovereign ratings, assessing country risks and establishing risk tolerance relative to a country

•Measuring and monitoring country risk exposure and stress across the Firm

•Managing and approving country limits and reporting trends and limit breaches to senior management

•Developing surveillance tools, such as signaling models and ratings indicators, for early identification of potential country risk concerns

•Providing country risk scenario analysis

Sources and measurement

The Firm is exposed to country risk through its lending and deposits, investing, and market-making activities, whether cross-border or locally funded. Country exposure includes activity with both government and private-sector entities in a country.

Under the Firm’s internal country risk management approach, attribution of exposure to an individual country is based on the country where the largest proportion of the assets of the counterparty, issuer, obligor or guarantor are located or where the largest proportion of its revenue is derived, which may be different than the domicile (i.e. legal residence) or country of incorporation.

Individual country exposures reflect an aggregation of the Firm’s risk to an immediate default, with zero recovery, of the counterparties, issuers, obligors or guarantors attributed to that country. Activities which result in contingent or indirect exposure to a country are not included in the country exposure measure (for example, providing clearing services or secondary exposure to collateral on securities financing receivables).

Assumptions are sometimes required in determining the measurement and allocation of country exposure, particularly in the case of certain non-linear or index products, or where the nature of the counterparty, issuer, obligor or guarantor is not suitable for attribution to an

individual country. The use of different measurement approaches or assumptions could affect the amount of reported country exposure.

Under the Firm’s internal country risk measurement framework:

•Deposits with banks are measured as the cash balances placed with central banks, commercial banks, and other financial institutions

•Lending exposures are measured at the total committed amount (funded and unfunded), net of the allowance for credit losses and eligible cash and marketable securities collateral received

•Securities financing exposures are measured at their receivable balance, net of eligible collateral received

•Debt and equity securities are measured at the fair value of all positions, including both long and short positions

•Counterparty exposure on derivative receivables is measured at the derivative’s fair value, net of the fair value of the eligible collateral received

•Credit derivatives exposure is measured at the net notional amount of protection purchased or sold for the same underlying reference entity, inclusive of the fair value of the derivative receivable or payable, reflecting the manner in which the Firm manages these exposures

The Firm’s internal country risk reporting differs from the reporting provided under the FFIEC bank regulatory requirements.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
144JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Stress testing

Stress testing is an important component of the Firm’s country risk management framework, which aims to estimate and limit losses arising from a country crisis by measuring the impact of adverse asset price movements to a country based on market shocks combined with counterparty specific assumptions. Country Risk Management periodically designs and runs tailored stress scenarios to test vulnerabilities to individual countries or sets of countries in response to specific or potential market events, sector performance concerns, sovereign actions and geopolitical risks. These tailored stress results are used to inform potential risk reduction across the Firm, as necessary.

Risk reporting

Country exposure and stress are measured and reported regularly, and used by Country Risk Management to identify trends and monitor high usages and breaches against limits.

For country risk management purposes, the Firm may report exposure to jurisdictions that are not fully autonomous, including Special Administrative Regions (“SAR”) and dependent territories, separately from the independent sovereign states with which they are associated.

The following table presents the Firm’s top 20 exposures by country (excluding the U.S.) as of December 31, 2023, and their comparative exposures as of December 31, 2022. The top 20 country exposures represent the Firm’s largest total exposures by individual country. Country exposures may fluctuate from period to period due to a variety of factors, including client activity, market flows and liquidity management activities undertaken by the Firm.

The decrease in exposure to Japan when compared to December 31, 2022, was driven by a reduction in cash placed with the central bank of Japan as a result of liquidity management activities undertaken by the Firm.

The decrease in exposure to Australia when compared to December 31, 2022, was predominantly driven by a reduction in cash placed with the central bank of Australia due to client-driven activities resulting from changes in interest rates.

The Firm continues to monitor its exposure to Russia which was approximately $350 million as of December 31, 2023. This amount excludes certain deposits placed on behalf of clients at the Depository Insurance Agency of Russia.

Top 20 country exposures (excluding the U.S.)(a)
December 31, (in billions)20232022(f)
Deposits with banks(b)Lending(c)Trading and investing(d)Other(e)Total exposureTotal exposure
Germany$69.8$12.1$2.1$0.8$84.8$93.2
United Kingdom36.425.513.51.777.170.1
Japan29.42.43.90.336.055.8
Australia9.76.91.718.325.7
Brazil5.25.36.216.717.8
Canada2.311.42.00.316.014.4
China3.55.55.014.013.7
Switzerland5.23.61.20.910.915.3
France0.610.9(2.2)0.810.118.1
Singapore1.93.83.80.39.89.9
India1.23.84.30.49.79.0
Mexico1.13.73.48.25.4
Belgium5.62.10.38.09.2
South Korea0.83.23.50.37.810.0
Saudi Arabia0.65.21.97.77.9
Spain0.35.20.86.33.4
Italy0.15.9(0.2)0.26.05.8
Netherlands0.16.4(1.2)0.35.67.1
Malaysia3.50.20.40.14.25.3
Luxembourg0.92.20.94.04.2

(a)Country exposures presented in the table reflect 88% of total Firmwide non-U.S. exposure, where exposure is attributed to an individual country based on the Firm’s internal country risk management approach, at both December 31, 2023 and 2022.

(b)Predominantly represents cash placed with central banks.

(c)Includes loans and accrued interest receivable, lending-related commitments (net of eligible collateral and the allowance for credit losses). Excludes intra-day and operating exposures, such as those from settlement and clearing activities.

(d)Includes market-making positions and hedging, investment securities, and counterparty exposure on derivative and securities financings net of eligible collateral. Market-making positions and hedging includes exposure from single reference entity (“single-name”), index and other multiple reference entity transactions for which one or more of the underlying reference entities is in a country listed in the above table.

(e)Includes clearing house guarantee funds and physical commodities.

(f)The country rankings presented in the table as of December 31, 2022, are based on the country rankings of the corresponding exposures at December 31, 2023, not actual rankings of such exposures at December 31, 2022.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K145

Management’s discussion and analysis

CLIMATE RISK MANAGEMENT

Climate risk is the risk associated with the impacts of climate change on the Firm’s clients, customers, operations and business strategy. Climate change is viewed as a driver of risk that may impact existing types of risks managed by the Firm. Climate risk is categorized into physical risk and transition risk.

Physical risk refers to economic costs and financial loss associated with a changing climate. Acute physical risk drivers include the increased frequency or severity of climate and weather events, such as floods, wildfires and tropical cyclones. Chronic physical risk drivers include more gradual shifts in the climate, such as sea level rise, persistent changes in precipitation levels and increases in average ambient temperatures.

Transition risk refers to the financial and economic implications associated with a societal adjustment to a low-carbon economy. Transition risk drivers include possible changes in public policy, adoption of new technologies and shifts in consumer preferences. Transition risks may also be influenced by changes in the physical climate.

Organization and management

The Firm has a Climate Risk Management function that is responsible for establishing and maintaining the Firmwide framework and strategy for managing climate risks that may impact the Firm. The Climate Risk Management function engages across the Firm to help integrate climate risk considerations into existing risk management frameworks, as appropriate.

Other responsibilities of Climate Risk Management include:

•Setting policies, standards, procedures and processes to support identification, escalation, monitoring and management of climate risk across the Firm

•Developing metrics, scenarios and stress testing mechanisms designed to assess the range of potential climate-related financial and economic impacts to the Firm

•Establishing a Firmwide climate risk data strategy and the supporting climate risk technology infrastructure

The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for the identification, assessment and management of climate risks present in their business activities and for adherence to applicable climate-related laws, rules and regulations.

Governance and oversight

The Firm’s approach to managing climate risk is consistent with the Firm’s risk governance structure. The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for integrating climate risk management into existing governance frameworks, or creating new governance frameworks, as appropriate.

The LOBs, Corporate and Climate Risk Management are responsible for providing the Board Risk Committee with information on significant climate risks and climate-related initiatives, as appropriate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
146JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Operational risk is the risk of an adverse outcome resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems; human factors; or external events impacting the Firm’s processes or systems. Operational Risk includes compliance, conduct, legal, and estimations and model risk. Operational risk is inherent in the Firm’s activities and can manifest itself in various ways, including fraudulent acts, business disruptions (including those caused by extraordinary events beyond the Firm's control), cyber attacks, inappropriate employee behavior, failure to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations or failure of vendors or other third party providers to perform in accordance with their agreements. Operational Risk Management attempts to manage operational risk at appropriate levels in light of the Firm’s financial position, the characteristics of its businesses, and the markets and regulatory environments in which it operates.

Operational Risk Management Framework

The Firm’s Compliance, Conduct, and Operational Risk (“CCOR”) Management Framework is designed to enable the Firm to govern, identify, measure, monitor and test, manage and report on the Firm’s operational risk.

Operational Risk Governance

The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for the management of operational risk. The Control Management Organization, which consists of control managers within each LOB and Corporate, is responsible for the day-to-day execution of the CCOR Framework.

The Firm’s Global Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite is responsible for defining the CCOR Management Framework and establishing the minimum standards for its execution. The LOB and Corporate aligned CCOR Lead Officers report to the Global CCO and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite and are independent of the respective businesses or functions they oversee. The CCOR Management Framework is included in the Risk Governance and Oversight Policy that is reviewed and approved by the Board Risk Committee periodically.

Operational Risk Identification

The Firm utilizes a structured risk and control self-assessment process that is executed by the LOBs and Corporate. As part of this process, the LOBs and Corporate evaluate the effectiveness of their respective control environment to assess circumstances in which controls have failed, and to determine where remediation efforts may be required. The Firm’s Operational Risk and Compliance organization (“Operational Risk and Compliance”) provides oversight of and challenge to these evaluations and may also perform independent assessments of significant operational risk events and areas of concentrated or emerging risk.

Operational Risk Measurement

Operational Risk and Compliance performs an independent assessment of the operational risks inherent within the LOBs and Corporate, which includes evaluating the effectiveness of the control environments and reporting the results to senior management.

In addition, Operational Risk and Compliance assesses operational risks through quantitative means, including operational risk-based capital and estimation of operational risk losses under both baseline and stressed conditions.

The primary component of the operational risk-based capital estimate is the Loss Distribution Approach (“LDA”) statistical model, which simulates the projected frequency and severity of operational risk losses based on historical data. The LDA model is used to estimate an aggregate operational risk loss over a one-year time horizon, at a 99.9% confidence level. The LDA model incorporates actual internal operational risk losses in the quarter following the period in which those losses were realized, and the calculation generally continues to reflect such losses even after the issues or business activities giving rise to the losses have been remediated or reduced.

As required under the Basel III capital framework, the Firm’s operational risk capital methodology, which uses the Advanced Measurement Approach (“AMA”), incorporates internal and external losses as well as management’s view of tail risk captured through operational risk scenario analysis, and evaluation of key business environment and internal control metrics. The Firm does not reflect the impact of insurance in its AMA estimate of operational risk capital.

The Firm considers the impact of stressed economic conditions on operational risk losses and develops a forward looking view of material operational risk events that may occur in a stressed environment. The Firm’s operational risk stress testing framework is utilized in calculating results for the Firm’s CCAR and other stress testing processes.

Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 91-101 for information related to operational risk RWA, and CCAR.

Operational Risk Monitoring and testing

The results of risk assessments performed by Operational Risk and Compliance are used in connection with their independent monitoring and testing compliance of the LOBs and Corporate with laws, rules and regulations. Through monitoring and testing, Operational Risk and Compliance independently identify areas of heightened operational risk and tests the effectiveness of controls within the LOBs and Corporate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K147

Management’s discussion and analysis

Management of Operational Risk

The operational risk areas or issues identified through monitoring and testing are escalated to the LOBs and Corporate to be remediated through action plans, as needed, to mitigate operational risk. Operational Risk and Compliance may advise the LOBs and Corporate in the development and implementation of action plans.

Operational Risk Reporting

All employees of the Firm are expected to escalate risks appropriately. Risks identified by Operational Risk and Compliance are escalated to the appropriate LOB and Corporate Control Committees, as needed. Operational Risk and Compliance has established standards designed to ensure that consistent operational risk reporting and operational risk reports are produced on a Firmwide basis as well as by the LOBs and Corporate. Reporting includes the evaluation of key risk and performance indicators against established thresholds as well as the assessment of different types of operational risk against stated risk appetite. The standards establish escalation protocols to senior management and to the Board of Directors.

Insurance

One of the ways in which operational risk may be mitigated is through insurance maintained by the Firm. The Firm purchases insurance from commercial insurers and maintains a wholly-owned captive insurer, Park Assurance Company. Insurance may also be required by third parties with whom the Firm does business.

Subcategories and examples of operational risks

Operational risk can manifest itself in various ways. Operational risk subcategories include Compliance risk, Conduct risk, Legal risk, and Estimations and Model risk. Refer to pages 151, 152, 153 and 154, respectively for more information on Compliance, Conduct, Legal, and Estimations and Model risk. Details on other select examples of operational risks such as business and technology resiliency, payment fraud and third-party outsourcing, as well as cybersecurity, are provided below.

War in Ukraine and Sanctions

In response to the war in Ukraine, numerous financial and economic sanctions have been imposed on Russia and Russia-associated entities and individuals by various governments around the world, including the authorities in the U.S., U.K. and EU. These sanctions are complex and continue to evolve. The Firm continues to face increased operational and other risks associated with addressing these complex compliance-related matters. To manage this increased risk, the Firm has implemented controls reasonably designed to mitigate the risk of non-compliance and to prevent dealing with sanctioned persons or in property subject to sanctions, as well as to block or restrict payments as required by the applicable regulations.

Business and technology resiliency risk

Disruptions can occur due to forces beyond the Firm’s control such as the spread of infectious diseases or pandemics, severe weather, natural disasters, the effects of climate change, power or telecommunications loss, failure of a third party to provide expected services, cyberattacks, civil or political unrest or terrorism. The Firmwide Business Resiliency Program is designed to enable the Firm to prepare for, adapt to, withstand and recover from business disruptions including occurrence of extraordinary events beyond its control that may impact critical business functions and supporting assets including staff, technology, facilities and third parties. The program includes governance, awareness training, planning and testing of recovery strategies, as well as strategic and tactical initiatives to identify, assess, and manage business resiliency risks. The program is required to be managed in accordance with the Firm’s overall approach to Operational Risk Management, including alignment with technology, cybersecurity, data, physical security, crisis management, real estate and outsourcing programs.

Payment fraud risk

Payment fraud risk is the risk of external and internal parties unlawfully obtaining personal monetary benefit through misdirected or otherwise improper payment. The Firm employs various controls for managing payment fraud risk as well as providing employee and client education and awareness trainings.

Third-party outsourcing risk

The Firm‘s Third-Party Oversight (“TPO”) and Inter-affiliates Oversight (“IAO”) frameworks assist the LOBs and Corporate in selecting, documenting, onboarding, monitoring and managing their supplier relationships including services provided by affiliates. The objectives of the TPO framework are to hold suppliers and other third parties to an appropriate standard of operational performance and to mitigate key risks, including data loss and business disruptions. The Corporate Third-Party Oversight group is responsible for Firmwide training, monitoring, reporting and standards with respect to third-party outsourcing risks.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
148JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Cybersecurity risk

Cybersecurity risk is the risk of harm or loss resulting from misuse or abuse of technology or the unauthorized disclosure of data.

Overview

Cybersecurity risk is an important and continuously evolving focus for the Firm. Significant resources are devoted to protecting and enhancing the security of computer systems, software, networks, storage devices, and other technology. The Firm’s security efforts are designed to protect against, among other things, cybersecurity attacks that can result in unauthorized access to confidential information, the destruction of data, disruptions to or degradations of service, the sabotaging of systems or other damage.

The Firm has experienced, and expects that it will continue to experience, a higher volume and complexity of cyber attacks against the backdrop of heightened geopolitical tensions. The Firm has implemented measures and controls reasonably designed to address this evolving environment, including enhanced threat monitoring. In addition, the Firm continues to review and enhance its capabilities to address associated risks, such as those relating to the management of administrative access to systems.

Third parties with which the Firm does business, that facilitate the Firm’s business activities (e.g., vendors, supply chain, exchanges, clearing houses, central depositories, and financial intermediaries) or that the Firm has acquired are also sources of cybersecurity risk to the Firm. Third party incidents such as system breakdowns or failures, misconduct by the employees of such parties, or cyber attacks, including ransomware and supply-chain compromises, could have a material adverse effect on the Firm, including in circumstances in which an affected third party is unable to deliver a product or service to the Firm or where the incident delivers compromised software to the Firm or results in lost or compromised information of the Firm or its clients or customers.

Clients and customers are also sources of cybersecurity risk to the Firm and its information assets, particularly when their activities and systems are beyond the Firm’s own security and control systems. The Firm engages in periodic discussions with its clients, customers and other external parties concerning cybersecurity risks including opportunities to improve cybersecurity.

Risks from cybersecurity threats, including any previous cybersecurity events, have not materially affected the Firm or its business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. Notwithstanding the comprehensive approach that the Firm takes to address cybersecurity risk, the Firm may not be successful in preventing or mitigating a future cybersecurity incident that could have a material adverse effect on the Firm or its business strategy, results of operations or financial condition.

Organization and management

The Global Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO”) reports to the Global Chief Information Officer, and is a member of key cybersecurity governance forums. The CISO leads the Global Cybersecurity and Technology Controls organization, which is responsible for identifying technology and cybersecurity risks and for implementing and maintaining controls to manage cybersecurity threats. The CISO is responsible for the Firm’s Information Security Program, which is designed to prevent, detect and respond to cyber attacks in order to help safeguard the confidentiality, integrity and availability of the Firm's infrastructure, resources and information. The program includes managing the Firm’s global cybersecurity operations centers, providing training, conducting cybersecurity event simulation exercises, implementing the Firm’s policies and standards relating to technology risk and cybersecurity management, and enhancing, as needed, the Firm’s cybersecurity capabilities.

The Firm’s Information Security Program includes the following functions:

Cyber Operations, which is responsible for implementing and maintaining controls designed to detect and defend the Firm against cyber attacks, and includes a dedicated function for incident response and ongoing monitoring for cybersecurity threats and vulnerabilities, including those among the Firm’s third-party suppliers.

Technology Governance, Risk & Controls, which is responsible for operationalizing technology risk and control frameworks, analyzing regulatory developments that may impact the Firm, and developing control catalogs and assessments of controls, as well as overseeing governance and reporting of technology and cybersecurity risk.

Security Awareness, which provides awareness and training that reinforces information risk and security management practices and compliance with the Firm's policies, standards and practices. The training is mandatory for all employees globally on a periodic basis, and it is supplemented by Firmwide testing initiatives, including periodic phishing tests. The Firm also provides specialized security training to employees in specific roles, such as application developers. The Firm’s Global Privacy Program requires all employees to take periodic training on data privacy that focuses on confidentiality and security, as well as responding to unauthorized access to or use of information.

Technology Resiliency, which establishes control requirements for planning and testing the prioritized recovery of technology services in the event of degradation or outage, including incident response planning, data backup and retention, and recovery readiness in support of the Firmwide Business Resiliency Program and operational risk management practices.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K149

Management’s discussion and analysis

The Firm has a cybersecurity incident response plan designed to enable the Firm to respond to attempted cybersecurity incidents, coordinate as appropriate with law enforcement and other government agencies, notify clients and customers, as applicable, and recover from such incidents. In addition, the Firm actively partners with appropriate government and law enforcement agencies and peer industry forums, participating in discussions and simulations to assist in understanding the full spectrum of cybersecurity risks and in enhancing defenses and improving resiliency in the Firm’s operating environment.

Governance and oversight

The governance structure for the Global Cybersecurity and Technology Controls organization is designed to appropriately identify, escalate and mitigate cybersecurity risks. Cybersecurity risk management and its governance and oversight are integrated into the Firm’s operational risk management framework, including through the escalation of key risk and control issues to management and the development of risk mitigation plans for heightened risk and control issues. IRM independently assesses and challenges the activities and risk management practices of the Global Cybersecurity and Technology Controls organization related to the identification, assessment, measurement and mitigation of cybersecurity risk. As needed, the Firm engages third-party assessors or auditing firms with industry-recognized expertise on cybersecurity matters to review specific aspects of the Firm’s cybersecurity risk management framework, processes and controls.

The governance and oversight for cybersecurity risk management includes governance forums that inform management of key areas of concern regarding the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity risks.

The Cybersecurity and Technology Controls Operating Committee (“CTOC”) is the principal management committee that oversees the Firm’s assessment and management of cybersecurity risk, including oversight of the implementation and maintenance of appropriate controls in support of the Firm’s Information Security Program. The membership of the CTOC includes senior representatives from the Global Cybersecurity and Technology Controls organization and relevant corporate functions, including IRM and Internal Audit. CTOC members have extensive experience and qualifications in various technology and information security disciplines, including relevant experience at the Firm, at other financial services companies or in other highly-regulated industries.

The CTOC escalates key operational risk and control issues, as appropriate, to the Global Technology Operating Committee (“GTOC”) or its business control committee or to the appropriate LOB and Corporate Control Committees. The GTOC is responsible for the governance of the Firmwide Global Technology organization, including oversight of Firmwide technology strategies, the delivery of technology and technology operations, the effective use of information technology resources, and monitoring and resolving key operational risk and control matters arising in the Global Technology organization.

As part of its oversight of management’s implementation and maintenance of the Firm’s risk management framework, the Firm’s Board of Directors receives periodic updates from the CIO, the CISO and senior members of the CTOC concerning cybersecurity matters. These updates generally include information regarding cybersecurity and technology developments, the Firm’s Information Security Program and recommended changes to that program, cybersecurity policies and practices, and ongoing initiatives to improve information security, as well as any significant cybersecurity incidents and the Firm's efforts to address those incidents. The Audit Committee and the Risk Committee assist the Board in this oversight.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
150JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

COMPLIANCE RISK MANAGEMENT

Compliance risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the risk of failing to comply with laws, rules, regulations or codes of conduct and standards of self-regulatory organizations.

Overview

Each of the LOBs and Corporate hold primary ownership of and accountability for managing their compliance risk. The Firm’s Operational Risk and Compliance Organization (“Operational Risk and Compliance”), which is independent of the LOBs and Corporate, provides independent review, monitoring and oversight of business operations with a focus on compliance with the laws, rules, and regulations applicable to the delivery of the Firm’s products and services to clients and customers.

These compliance risks relate to a wide variety of laws, rules and regulations across the LOBs and Corporate, and jurisdictions, and include risks related to financial products and services, relationships and interactions with clients and customers, and employee activities. For example, compliance risks include those associated with anti-money laundering compliance, trading activities, market conduct, and complying with the laws, rules, and regulations related to the offering of products and services across jurisdictional borders. Compliance risk is also inherent in the Firm’s fiduciary activities, including the failure to exercise the applicable standard of care to act in the best interest of fiduciary clients and customers or to treat fiduciary clients and customers fairly.

Other functions provide oversight of significant regulatory obligations that are specific to their respective areas of responsibility.

Operational Risk and Compliance implements policies and standards designed to govern, identify, measure, monitor and test, manage, and report on compliance risk.

Governance and oversight

Operational Risk and Compliance is led by the Firm’s Global CCO and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite.

The Firm maintains oversight and coordination of its compliance risk through the CCOR Management Framework. The Firm’s Global CCO and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite also provides regular updates to the Board Risk Committee and the Audit Committee on significant compliance risk issues, as appropriate.

Code of Conduct

The Firm has a Code of Conduct (the “Code”) that sets forth the Firm’s expectation that employees will conduct themselves with integrity, at all times. The Code provides the principles that help govern employee conduct with clients, customers, suppliers, vendors, shareholders, regulators, other employees, as well as with the markets and communities in which the Firm operates. The Code requires employees to promptly report any potential or actual violation of the Code, any Firm policy, or any law or regulation applicable to the Firm’s business. It also requires employees to report any illegal or unethical conduct, or conduct that violates the underlying principles of the Code, by any of the Firm’s employees, consultants, clients, customers, suppliers, contract or temporary workers, or business partners or agents. Training is assigned to newly hired employees upon joining the Firm, and to current employees periodically thereafter. Employees are required to affirm their compliance with the Code annually.

Employees can report any potential or actual violations of the Code through the Firm’s Conduct Hotline (the “Hotline”) by phone or the internet. The Hotline is anonymous, where permitted by law, and is available at all times globally, with translation services and is administered by an outside service provider. The Code prohibits retaliation against anyone who raises an issue or concern in good faith or assists with an inquiry or investigation. Periodically, the Audit Committee receives reports on the Code of Conduct program.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K151

Management’s discussion and analysis

CONDUCT RISK MANAGEMENT

Conduct risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the risk that any action or misconduct by an employee could lead to unfair client or customer outcomes, impact the integrity of the markets in which the Firm operates, harm employees or the Firm, or compromise the Firm’s reputation.

Overview

Each LOB and Corporate is accountable for identifying and managing its conduct risk to provide appropriate engagement, ownership and sustainability of a culture consistent with the Firm’s Business Principles. The Business Principles serve as a guide for how employees are expected to conduct themselves. With the Business Principles serving as a guide, the Firm’s Code sets out the Firm’s expectations for each employee and provides information and resources to help employees conduct business ethically and in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations everywhere the Firm operates. Refer to Compliance Risk Management on page 151 for further discussion of the Code.

Governance and oversight

The Firm maintains oversight and coordination of its conduct risk through the CCOR Management Framework.

The Firm has a senior forum that provides oversight of the Firm’s conduct initiatives to develop a more holistic view of conduct risks and to connect key programs across the Firm in order to identify opportunities and emerging areas of focus. This forum is responsible for setting overall program direction for strategic enhancements to the Firm's employee conduct framework and reviewing the consolidated Firmwide Conduct Risk Appetite Assessment.

Conduct risk management encompasses various aspects of people management practices throughout the employee life cycle, including recruiting, onboarding, training and development, performance management, promotion and compensation processes. Each LOB, Treasury and CIO, and each designated corporate function completes an assessment of conduct risk periodically, reviews metrics and issues which may involve conduct risk, and provides conduct education as appropriate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
152JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

LEGAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Legal risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the risk of loss primarily caused by the actual or alleged failure to meet legal obligations that arise from the rule of law in jurisdictions in which the Firm operates, agreements with clients and customers, and products and services offered by the Firm.

Overview

The global Legal function (“Legal”) provides legal services and advice to the Firm. Legal is responsible for managing the Firm’s exposure to legal risk by:

•managing actual and potential litigation and enforcement matters, including internal reviews and investigations related to such matters

•advising on products and services, including contract negotiation and documentation

•advising on offering and marketing documents and new business initiatives

•managing dispute resolution

•interpreting existing laws, rules and regulations, and advising on changes to them

•advising on advocacy in connection with contemplated and proposed laws, rules and regulations, and

•providing legal advice to the LOBs, Corporate and the Board.

Legal selects, engages and manages outside counsel for the Firm on all matters in which outside counsel is engaged. In addition, Legal advises the Firm’s Conflicts Office which reviews the Firm’s wholesale transactions that may have the potential to create conflicts of interest for the Firm.

Governance and oversight

The Firm’s General Counsel reports to the CEO and is a member of the Operating Committee, the Firmwide Risk Committee and the Firmwide Control Committee. The Firm’s General Counsel and other members of Legal report on significant legal matters to the Firm’s Board of Directors and to the Audit Committee.

Legal serves on and advises various committees and advises the Firm’s LOBs and Corporate on potential reputation risk issues.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K153

Management’s discussion and analysis

ESTIMATIONS AND MODEL RISK MANAGEMENT

Estimations and Model risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused estimation outputs.

The Firm uses models and other analytical and judgment-based estimations across various businesses and functions. The estimation methods are of varying levels of sophistication and are used for many purposes, such as the valuation of positions and measurement of risk, assessing regulatory capital requirements, conducting stress testing, evaluating the allowance for credit losses and making business decisions. A dedicated independent function, Model Risk Governance and Review (“MRGR”), defines and governs the Firm’s policies relating to the management of model risk and risks associated with certain analytical and judgment-based estimations, such as those used in risk management, budget forecasting and capital planning and analysis.

The governance of analytical and judgment-based estimations within MRGR’s scope follows a consistent approach which is used for models, as described in detail below.

Model risks are owned by the users of the models within the LOBs and Corporate based on the specific purposes of such models. Users and developers of models are responsible for developing, implementing and testing their models, as well as referring models to MRGR for review and approval. Once models have been approved, model users and developers are responsible for maintaining a robust operating environment, and must monitor and evaluate the performance of the models on an ongoing basis. Model users and developers may seek to enhance models in response to changes in the relevant portfolios and in product and market developments, as well as to capture improvements in available modeling techniques and systems capabilities.

Models are tiered based on an internal standard according to their complexity, the exposure associated with the model and the Firm’s reliance on the model. This tiering is subject to the approval of MRGR. In its review of a model, MRGR considers whether the model is suitable for the specific purposes for which it will be used. When reviewing a model, MRGR analyzes and challenges the model methodology and the reasonableness of model assumptions, and may perform or require additional testing, including back-testing of model outcomes. Model reviews are approved by the appropriate level of management within MRGR based on the relevant model tier.

Under the Firm’s Estimations and Model Risk Management Policy, MRGR reviews and approves new models, as well as material changes to existing models, prior to their use. In certain circumstances, exceptions may be granted to the Firm’s policy to allow a model to be used prior to review or approval. MRGR may also require the user to take appropriate actions to mitigate the model risk if it is to be used in the interim. These actions will depend on the model and may include, for example, limitation of trading activity.

While models are inherently imprecise, the degree of imprecision or uncertainty can be heightened by the market or economic environment. This is particularly true when the current and forecasted environments are significantly different from the historical environments upon which the models were developed. This increased uncertainty may necessitate a greater degree of judgment and analytics to inform any adjustments that the Firm may make to model outputs than would otherwise be the case. In addition, the Firm may experience increased uncertainty in its estimates if assets acquired differ from those used to develop the models.

Refer to Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 155–158 and Note 2 for a summary of model-based valuations and other valuation techniques.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
154JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES USED BY THE FIRM

JPMorgan Chase’s accounting policies and use of estimates are integral to understanding its reported results. The Firm’s most complex accounting estimates require management’s judgment to ascertain the appropriate carrying value of assets and liabilities. The Firm has established policies and control procedures intended to ensure that estimation methods, including any judgments made as part of such methods, are well-controlled, independently reviewed and applied consistently from period to period. The methods used and judgments made reflect, among other factors, the nature of the assets or liabilities and the related business and risk management strategies, which may vary across the Firm’s businesses and portfolios. In addition, the policies and procedures are intended to ensure that the process for changing methodologies occurs in an appropriate manner. The Firm believes its estimates for determining the carrying value of its assets and liabilities are appropriate. The following is a brief description of the Firm’s critical accounting estimates involving significant judgments.

Allowance for credit losses

The Firm’s allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of expected credit losses over the remaining expected life of the Firm’s financial assets measured at amortized cost and certain off-balance sheet lending-related commitments. The allowance for credit losses generally comprises:

•The allowance for loan losses, which covers the Firm’s retained loan portfolios (scored and risk-rated),

•The allowance for lending-related commitments and

•The allowance for credit losses on investment securities.

The allowance for credit losses involves significant judgment on a number of matters including development and weighting of macroeconomic forecasts, incorporation of historical loss experience, assessment of risk characteristics, assignment of risk ratings, valuation of collateral, and the determination of remaining expected life. Refer to Note 10 and Note 13 for further information on these judgments as well as the Firm’s policies and methodologies used to determine the Firm’s allowance for credit losses.

One of the most significant judgments involved in estimating the Firm’s allowance for credit losses relates to the macroeconomic forecasts used to estimate credit losses over the eight-quarter forecast period within the Firm’s methodology. The eight-quarter forecast incorporates hundreds of macroeconomic variables (“MEVs”) that are relevant for exposures across the Firm, with modeled credit losses being driven primarily by a subset of less than twenty variables. The specific variables that have the greatest effect on the modeled losses of each portfolio vary by portfolio and geography.

•Key MEVs for the consumer portfolio include regional U.S. unemployment rates and U.S. HPI.

•Key MEVs for the wholesale portfolio include U.S. unemployment, U.S. real GDP, U.S. equity prices, U.S. interest rates, U.S. corporate credit spreads, oil prices, U.S. commercial real estate prices and U.S. HPI.

Changes in the Firm’s assumptions and forecasts of economic conditions could significantly affect its estimate of expected credit losses in the portfolio at the balance sheet date or lead to significant changes in the estimate from one reporting period to the next.

As a result of the First Republic acquisition, the Firm recorded an allowance for credit losses for the loans acquired and lending-related commitments assumed as of May 1, 2023. Given the differences in risk rating methodologies for the First Republic portfolio, and the ongoing integration of products and systems, the allowance for credit losses for the acquired wholesale portfolio was measured based on other facilities underwritten by the Firm with similar risk characteristics and not based on modeled estimates. As such, the First Republic wholesale portfolio is excluded from the modeled estimates sensitivity analysis below. The allowance for credit losses for predominantly all of the consumer portfolio was measured using the Firm’s modeled approach, as the consumer portfolio is predominantly residential real estate that has more commonly defined risk characteristics including loan to value ratio and credit score, and therefore is reflected in the sensitivity analysis below. Refer to Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

It is difficult to estimate how potential changes in any one factor or input might affect the overall allowance for credit losses because management considers a wide variety of factors and inputs in estimating the allowance for credit losses. Changes in the factors and inputs considered may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across all geographies or product types, and changes in factors and inputs may be directionally inconsistent, such that improvement in one factor or input may offset deterioration in others.

To consider the impact of a hypothetical alternate macroeconomic forecast, the Firm compared the modeled credit losses determined using its central and relative adverse macroeconomic scenarios, which are two of the five scenarios considered in estimating the allowances for loan losses and lending-related commitments. The central and relative adverse scenarios each included a full suite of MEVs, but differed in the levels, paths and peaks/troughs of those variables over the eight-quarter forecast period.

For example, compared to the Firm’s central scenario shown on page 131 and in Note 13, the Firm’s relative adverse scenario assumes an elevated U.S. unemployment rate, averaging approximately 2.1% higher over the eight-quarter forecast, with a peak difference of approximately 2.7% in the fourth quarter of 2024; lower U.S. real GDP with a slower recovery, remaining nearly 3.3% lower at the end of the eight-quarter forecast, with a peak difference of

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K155

Management’s discussion and analysis

approximately 3.9% in the fourth quarter of 2024; and lower HPI with a peak difference of approximately 17.9% in the third quarter of 2025.

This analysis is not intended to estimate expected future changes in the allowance for credit losses, for a number of reasons, including:

•The allowance as of December 31, 2023, reflects credit losses beyond those estimated under the central scenario due to the weight placed on the adverse scenarios.

•The impacts of changes in many MEVs are both interrelated and nonlinear, so the results of this analysis cannot be simply extrapolated for more severe changes in macroeconomic variables.

•Expectations of future changes in portfolio composition and borrower behavior can significantly affect the allowance for credit losses.

To demonstrate the sensitivity of credit loss estimates to macroeconomic forecasts as of December 31, 2023, the Firm compared the modeled estimates under its relative adverse scenario to its central scenario. Without considering offsetting or correlated effects in other qualitative components of the Firm’s allowance for credit losses, the comparison between these two scenarios for the exposures below reflect the following differences:

•An increase of approximately $850 million for residential real estate loans and lending-related commitments

•An increase of approximately $3.1 billion for credit card loans

•An increase of approximately $3.9 billion for wholesale loans and lending-related commitments

This analysis relates only to the modeled credit loss estimates and is not intended to estimate changes in the overall allowance for credit losses as it does not reflect any potential changes in other adjustments to the quantitative calculation, which would also be influenced by the judgment management applies to the modeled lifetime loss estimates to reflect the uncertainty and imprecision of these modeled lifetime loss estimates based on then-current circumstances and conditions.

Recognizing that forecasts of macroeconomic conditions are inherently uncertain, the Firm believes that its process to consider the available information and associated risks and uncertainties is appropriately governed and that its estimates of expected credit losses were reasonable and appropriate for the period ended December 31, 2023.

Fair value

JPMorgan Chase carries a portion of its assets and liabilities at fair value. The majority of such assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including derivatives, structured note products and certain securities financing agreements. Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, including certain mortgage, home equity and other loans, where the carrying value is based on the fair value of the underlying collateral.

Assets measured at fair value

The following table includes the Firm’s assets measured at fair value and the portion of such assets that are classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 2 for further information.

December 31, 2023 (in millions, except ratios)Total assets at fair valueTotal level 3 assets
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements$259,813$
Securities borrowed70,086
Trading assets:
Trading-debt and equity instruments485,7012,373
Derivative receivables(a)54,8648,924
Total trading assets540,56511,297
AFS securities201,704
Loans38,8513,079
MSRs8,5228,522
Other11,322758
Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis1,130,86323,656
Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis3,1412,490
Total assets measured at fair value$1,134,004$26,146
Total Firm assets$3,875,393
Level 3 assets at fair value as a percentage of total Firm assets(a)1%
Level 3 assets at fair value as a percentage of total Firm assets at fair value(a)2%

(a)For purposes of the table above, the derivative receivables total reflects the impact of netting adjustments; however, the $8.9 billion of derivative receivables classified as level 3 does not reflect the netting adjustment as such netting is not relevant to a presentation based on the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset. The level 3 balances would be reduced if netting were applied, including the netting benefit associated with cash collateral.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
156JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

Valuation

Details of the Firm’s processes for determining fair value are set out in Note 2. Estimating fair value requires the application of judgment. The type and level of judgment required is largely dependent on the amount of observable market information available to the Firm. For instruments valued using internally developed valuation models and other valuation techniques that use significant unobservable inputs and are therefore classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, judgments used to estimate fair value are more significant than those required when estimating the fair value of instruments classified within levels 1 and 2.

In arriving at an estimate of fair value for an instrument within level 3, management must first determine the appropriate valuation model or other valuation technique to use. Second, the lack of observability of certain significant inputs requires management to assess relevant empirical data in deriving valuation inputs including, for example, transaction details, yield curves, interest rates, prepayment speeds, default rates, volatilities, correlations, prices (such as commodity, equity or debt prices), valuations of comparable instruments, foreign exchange rates and credit curves. Refer to Note 2 for a further discussion of the valuation of level 3 instruments, including unobservable inputs used.

For instruments classified in levels 2 and 3, management judgment must be applied to assess the appropriate level of valuation adjustments to reflect counterparty credit quality, the Firm’s creditworthiness, market funding rates, liquidity considerations, unobservable parameters, and for portfolios that meet specified criteria, the size of the net open risk position. The judgments made are typically affected by the type of product and its specific contractual terms, and the level of liquidity for the product or within the market as a whole. In periods of heightened market volatility and uncertainty judgments are further affected by the wider variation of reasonable valuation estimates, particularly for positions that are less liquid. Refer to Note 2 for a further discussion of valuation adjustments applied by the Firm.

Imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs or other factors can affect the amount of gain or loss recorded for a particular position. Furthermore, while the Firm believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those of other market participants, the methods and assumptions used reflect management judgment and may vary across the Firm’s businesses and portfolios.

The Firm uses various methodologies and assumptions in the determination of fair value. The use of methodologies or assumptions different than those used by the Firm could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Refer to Note 2 for a detailed discussion of the Firm’s valuation process and hierarchy, and its determination of fair value for individual financial instruments.

Goodwill impairment

Under U.S. GAAP, goodwill must be allocated to reporting units and tested for impairment at least annually. The Firm’s process and methodology used to conduct goodwill impairment testing is described in Note 15.

Management applies significant judgment when testing goodwill for impairment. The goodwill associated with each business combination is allocated to the related reporting units for goodwill impairment testing.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Firm reviewed current economic conditions, estimated market cost of equity, as well as actual business results and projections of business performance. Based on such reviews, the Firm has concluded that goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2023. For each of the reporting units, fair value exceeded carrying value by at least 9% and there was no indication of a significant risk of goodwill impairment based on current projections and valuations.

The projections for the Firm’s reporting units are consistent with management’s current business outlook assumptions in the short term, and the Firm’s best estimates of long-term growth and return on equity in the longer term. Where possible, the Firm uses third-party and peer data to benchmark its assumptions and estimates.

Refer to Note 15 for additional information on goodwill, including the goodwill impairment assessment as of December 31, 2023.

Credit card rewards liability

JPMorgan Chase offers credit cards with various rewards programs which allow cardholders to earn rewards points based on their account activity and the terms and conditions of the rewards program. Generally, there are no limits on the points that an eligible cardholder can earn, nor do the points expire, and the points can be redeemed for a variety of rewards, including cash (predominantly in the form of account credits), gift cards and travel. The Firm maintains a rewards liability which represents the estimated cost of rewards points earned and expected to be redeemed by cardholders. The liability is accrued as the cardholder earns the benefit and is reduced when the cardholder redeems points. This liability was $13.2 billion and $11.3 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and is recorded in accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheets. The increase in the liability was predominantly driven by continued growth in rewards points earned on higher spend and promotional offers outpacing redemptions throughout 2023, and, to a lesser extent, adjustments to certain reward program terms in the second quarter of 2023.

The rewards liability is sensitive to redemption rate (“RR”) and cost per point (“CPP”) assumptions. The RR assumption is used to estimate the number of points earned by customers that will be redeemed over the life of the account. The CPP assumption is used to estimate the cost of future point redemptions. These assumptions are evaluated periodically considering historical actuals, cardholder

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K157

Management’s discussion and analysis

redemption behavior and management judgment. Updates to these assumptions will impact the rewards liability. As of December 31, 2023, a combined increase of 25 basis points in RR and 1 basis point in CPP would increase the rewards liability by approximately $376 million.

Income taxes

JPMorgan Chase is subject to the income tax laws of the various jurisdictions in which it operates, including U.S. federal, state and local, and non-U.S. jurisdictions. These laws are often complex and may be subject to different interpretations. To determine the financial statement impact of accounting for income taxes, including the provision for income tax expense and unrecognized tax benefits, JPMorgan Chase must make assumptions and judgments about how to interpret and apply these complex tax laws to numerous transactions and business events, as well as make judgments regarding the timing of when certain items may affect taxable income in the U.S. and non-U.S. tax jurisdictions.

JPMorgan Chase’s interpretations of tax laws around the world are subject to review and examination by the various taxing authorities in the jurisdictions where the Firm operates, and disputes may occur regarding its view on a tax position. These disputes over interpretations with the various taxing authorities may be settled by audit, administrative appeals or adjudication in the court systems of the tax jurisdictions in which the Firm operates. JPMorgan Chase regularly reviews whether it may be assessed additional income taxes as a result of the resolution of these matters, and the Firm records additional unrecognized tax benefits, as appropriate. In addition, the Firm may revise its estimate of income taxes due to changes in income tax laws, legal interpretations, and business strategies. It is possible that revisions in the Firm’s estimate of income taxes may materially affect the Firm’s results of operations in any reporting period.

Deferred taxes arise from differences between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting versus income tax return purposes. Deferred tax assets are recognized if, in management’s judgment, their realizability is determined to be more likely than not. Deferred taxes are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized within the provision for income taxes in the period enacted.

The Firm has also recognized deferred tax assets in connection with certain tax attributes, including net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and foreign tax credit (“FTC”) carryforwards. The Firm performs regular reviews to ascertain whether its deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income, including foreign source income, and may incorporate various tax planning strategies, including strategies that may be available to utilize NOLs and FTCs before they expire. In connection with these reviews, if it is determined that a

deferred tax asset is not realizable, a valuation allowance is established. The valuation allowance may be reversed in a subsequent reporting period if the Firm determines that, based on revised estimates of future taxable income or changes in tax planning strategies, it is more likely than not that all or part of the deferred tax asset will become realizable. As of December 31, 2023, management has determined it is more likely than not that the Firm will realize its deferred tax assets, net of the existing valuation allowance.

The Firm adjusts its unrecognized tax benefits as necessary when new information becomes available, including changes in tax law and regulations, and interactions with taxing authorities. Uncertain tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize. An uncertain tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that management believes is more likely than not to be realized upon settlement. It is possible that the reassessment of JPMorgan Chase’s unrecognized tax benefits may have a material impact on its effective income tax rate in the period in which the reassessment occurs. Although the Firm believes that its estimates are reasonable, the final tax amount could be different from the amounts reflected in the Firm’s income tax provisions and accruals. To the extent that the final outcome of these amounts is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will generally impact the Firm’s provision for income taxes in the period in which such a determination is made.

The Firm’s provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. The current and deferred tax provisions are calculated based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed during the subsequent year. Adjustments based on filed returns are generally recorded in the period when the tax returns are filed and the global tax implications are known, which could impact the Firm’s effective tax rate.

Refer to Note 25 for additional information on income taxes.

Litigation reserves

Refer to Note 30 for a description of the significant estimates and judgments associated with establishing litigation reserves.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
158JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING DEVELOPMENTS

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Standards Adopted since January 1, 2021
StandardSummary of guidanceEffects on financial statements
Reference RateReform Issued March2020 and updated January 2021 and December 2022•Provides optional expedients and exceptions to current accounting guidance when financial instruments, hedge accounting relationships, and other transactions are amended due to reference rate reform.•Issued and effective March 12, 2020. The January 7, 2021 and December 21, 2022 updates were effective when issued.
FASB Standards Adopted since January 1, 2023
StandardSummary of guidanceEffects on financial statements
Derivatives and Hedging: Fair Value Hedging – Portfolio Layer Method Issued March 2022•Expands the ability to hedge a portfolio of fixed-rate assets to allow more types of assets to be included in the portfolio, and to allow more of the portfolio to be hedged. •Clarifies the types of derivatives that can be used as hedges, and the balance sheet presentation and disclosure requirements for the hedge accounting adjustments.•Allows a one-time reclassification from HTM to AFS upon adoption.•Adopted prospectively on January 1, 2023. •Refer to Note 1 for further information.
Financial Instruments – Credit Losses: Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures Issued March 2022•Eliminates existing accounting and disclosure requirements for Troubled Debt Restructurings, including the requirement to measure the allowance using a discounted cash flow methodology.•Requires disclosure of loan modifications for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty involving principal forgiveness, interest rate reduction, other-than-insignificant payment delay, term extension or a combination of these modifications.•Requires disclosure of current period loan charge-off information by origination year.•May be adopted prospectively, or by using a modified retrospective method wherein the effect of adoption is reflected as an adjustment to retained earnings at the effective date.•Adopted under the modified retrospective method on January 1, 2023.•Refer to Note 1 for further information.
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K159

Management’s discussion and analysis

FASB Standards Issued but not yet Adopted as of December 31, 2023
StandardSummary of guidanceEffects on financial statements
Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures: Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method Issued March 2023•Expands the ability to elect proportional amortization for more types of tax-oriented investments (beyond low income housing tax credit investments) on a program-by-program basis.•May be adopted using a full retrospective method, or a modified retrospective method wherein the effect of adoption is reflected as an adjustment to retained earnings at the effective date.•Adopted under the modified retrospective method on January 1, 2024, which resulted in a decrease to retained earnings of approximately $200 million.
Segment Reporting: Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures Issued November 2023•Requires disclosure of significant segment expenses that are readily provided to the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) and included in segment profit or loss.•Requires disclosure of the composition and aggregate amount of other segment items, which represent the difference between profit or loss and segment revenues less significant segment expenses.•Requires disclosure of the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported segment measures in assessing segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources.•Required effective date: Annual financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2024 and interim financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2025.(a)•The Firm is currently assessing the potential impact on its segment disclosures.
Income Taxes: Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures Issued December 2023•Requires disclosure of income taxes paid disaggregated by 1) federal, state, and foreign taxes and 2) individual jurisdiction on the basis of a quantitative threshold of equal to or greater than 5 percent of total income taxes paid (net of refunds received).•Requires disclosure of the effective tax rate reconciliation by specific categories, at a minimum, with accompanying qualitative disclosures, and separate disclosure of reconciling items based on quantitative thresholds. •Requires categories within the effective tax rate reconciliation to be further disaggregated if quantitative thresholds are met.•Required effective date: Annual financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2025.(a)•The guidance can be applied on a prospective basis with the option to apply the standard retrospectively.•The Firm is evaluating the potential impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements disclosures, as well as the Firm’s planned date of adoption.

(a) Early adoption is permitted.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
160JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

From time to time, the Firm has made and will make forward-looking statements. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often use words such as “anticipate,” “target,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “goal,” “believe,” or other words of similar meaning. Forward-looking statements provide JPMorgan Chase’s current expectations or forecasts of future events, circumstances, results or aspirations. JPMorgan Chase’s disclosures in this 2023 Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The Firm also may make forward-looking statements in its other documents filed or furnished with the SEC. In addition, the Firm’s senior management may make forward-looking statements orally to investors, analysts, representatives of the media and others.

All forward-looking statements are, by their nature, subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Firm’s control. JPMorgan Chase’s actual future results may differ materially from those set forth in its forward-looking statements. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, below are certain factors which could cause actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements:

•Local, regional and global business, economic and political conditions and geopolitical events, including geopolitical tensions and hostilities;

•Changes in laws, rules and regulatory requirements, including capital and liquidity requirements affecting the Firm’s businesses, and the ability of the Firm to address those requirements;

•Heightened regulatory and governmental oversight and scrutiny of JPMorgan Chase’s business practices, including dealings with retail customers;

•Changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws;

•Changes in the level of inflation;

•Changes in income tax laws, rules, and regulations;

•Changes in FDIC assessments;

•Securities and capital markets behavior, including changes in market liquidity and volatility;

•Changes in investor sentiment or consumer spending or savings behavior;

•Ability of the Firm to manage effectively its capital and liquidity;

•Changes in credit ratings assigned to the Firm or its subsidiaries;

•Damage to the Firm’s reputation;

•Ability of the Firm to appropriately address social, environmental and sustainability concerns that may arise, including from its business activities;

•Ability of the Firm to deal effectively with an economic slowdown or other economic or market disruption,

including, but not limited to, in the interest rate environment;

•Technology changes instituted by the Firm, its counterparties or competitors;

•The effectiveness of the Firm’s control agenda;

•Ability of the Firm to develop or discontinue products and services, and the extent to which products or services previously sold by the Firm require the Firm to incur liabilities or absorb losses not contemplated at their initiation or origination;

•Acceptance of the Firm’s new and existing products and services by the marketplace and the ability of the Firm to innovate and to increase market share;

•Ability of the Firm to attract and retain qualified and diverse employees;

•Ability of the Firm to control expenses;

•Competitive pressures;

•Changes in the credit quality of the Firm’s clients, customers and counterparties;

•Adequacy of the Firm’s risk management framework, disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

•Adverse judicial or regulatory proceedings;

•Ability of the Firm to determine accurate values of certain assets and liabilities;

•Occurrence of natural or man-made disasters or calamities, including health emergencies, the spread of infectious diseases, epidemics or pandemics, an outbreak or escalation of hostilities or other geopolitical instabilities, the effects of climate change or extraordinary events beyond the Firm’s control, and the Firm’s ability to deal effectively with disruptions caused by the foregoing;

•Ability of the Firm to maintain the security of its financial, accounting, technology, data processing and other operational systems and facilities;

•Ability of the Firm to withstand disruptions that may be caused by any failure of its operational systems or those of third parties;

•Ability of the Firm to effectively defend itself against cyber attacks and other attempts by unauthorized parties to access information of the Firm or its customers or to disrupt the Firm’s systems; and

•The other risks and uncertainties detailed in Part I, Item 1A: Risk Factors in JPMorgan Chase’s 2023 Form 10-K.

Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Firm speak only as of the date they are made, and JPMorgan Chase does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements. The reader should, however, consult any further disclosures of a forward-looking nature the Firm may make in any subsequent Annual Reports on Form 10-Ks, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Qs, or Current Reports on Form 8-K.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2023 Form 10-K161

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000019617-23-000231.

Extracted from a later financial-section MD&A body after the formal Item 7 span was a short reference. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-02-21. Report date: 2022-12-31.

Management’s discussion and analysis

The following is Management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) of JPMorgan Chase for the year ended December 31, 2022. The MD&A is included in both JPMorgan Chase’s Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2022 (“Annual Report”) and its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022 (“2022 Form 10-K” or “Form 10-K”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Refer to the Glossary of terms and acronyms on pages 297-303 for definitions of terms and acronyms used throughout the Annual Report and the 2022 Form 10-K.

This Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on the current beliefs and expectations of JPMorgan Chase’s management, speak only as of the date of this Form 10-K and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Refer to Forward-looking Statements on page 154 and Part 1, Item 1A: Risk factors in this Form 10-K on pages 9-32 for a discussion of certain of those risks and uncertainties and the factors that could cause JPMorgan Chase’s actual results to differ materially because of those risks and uncertainties. There is no assurance that actual results will be in line with any outlook information set forth herein, and the Firm does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements.

INTRODUCTION

JPMorgan Chase & Co. (NYSE: JPM), a financial holding company incorporated under Delaware law in 1968, is a leading financial services firm based in the United States of America (“U.S.”), with operations worldwide. JPMorgan Chase had $3.7 trillion in assets and $292.3 billion in stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2022. The Firm is a leader in investment banking, financial services for consumers and small businesses, commercial banking, financial transaction processing and asset management. Under the J.P. Morgan and Chase brands, the Firm serves millions of customers, predominantly in the U.S., and many of the world’s most prominent corporate, institutional and government clients globally.

JPMorgan Chase’s principal bank subsidiary is JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (“JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.”), a national banking association with U.S. branches in 48 states and Washington, D.C. JPMorgan Chase’s principal nonbank subsidiary is J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan Securities”), a U.S. broker-dealer. The bank and non-bank subsidiaries of JPMorgan Chase operate nationally as well as through overseas branches and subsidiaries, representative offices and subsidiary foreign banks. The Firm’s principal operating subsidiaries outside the U.S. are J.P. Morgan Securities plc and J.P. Morgan SE (“JPMSE”), which are subsidiaries of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and are based in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) and Germany, respectively.

For management reporting purposes, the Firm’s activities are organized into four major reportable business segments, as well as a Corporate segment. The Firm’s consumer business is the Consumer & Community Banking (“CCB”) segment. The Firm’s wholesale business segments are the Corporate & Investment Bank (“CIB”), Commercial Banking (“CB”), and Asset & Wealth Management (“AWM”). Refer to Business Segment Results on pages 61-80, and Note 32 for a description of the Firm’s business segments, and the products and services they provide to their respective client bases.

The Firm’s website is www.jpmorganchase.com. JPMorgan Chase makes available on its website, free of charge, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files or furnishes such material to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) at www.sec.gov. JPMorgan Chase makes new and important information about the Firm available on its website at https://www.jpmorganchase.com, including on the Investor Relations section of its website at https://www.jpmorganchase.com/ir. Information on the Firm's website is not incorporated by reference into this 2022 Form 10-K or the Firm’s other filings with the SEC.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
46JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

This executive overview of the MD&A highlights selected information and does not contain all of the information that is important to readers of this 2022 Form 10-K. For a complete description of the trends and uncertainties, as well as the risks and critical accounting estimates affecting the Firm, this 2022 Form 10-K should be read in its entirety.

Financial performance of JPMorgan Chase
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except per share data and ratios)
20222021Change
Selected income statement data
Noninterest revenue$61,985$69,338(11)%
Net interest income$66,710$52,31128%
Total net revenue$128,695$121,6496%
Total noninterest expense76,14071,3437
Pre-provision profit52,55550,3064
Provision for credit losses6,389(9,256)NM
Net income37,67648,334(22)
Diluted earnings per share12.0915.36(21)
Selected ratios and metrics
Return on common equity14%19%
Return on tangible common equity1823
Book value per share$90.29$88.073
Tangible book value per share73.1271.532
Capital ratios(a)
CET1 capital13.2%13.1%
Tier 1 capital14.915.0
Total capital16.816.8
Memo:
NII excluding Markets(b)$62,355$44,49840
NIR excluding Markets(b)40,93853,412(23)
Markets(b)28,98427,3946
Total net revenue - managed basis$132,277$125,3046

(a)    The ratios reflect the CECL capital transition provisions. Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 86-96 for additional information.

(b)    NII and NIR refer to net interest income and noninterest revenue, respectively. Markets consists of CIB's Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets businesses.

Comparisons noted in the sections below are for the full year of 2022 versus the full year of 2021, unless otherwise specified.

Firmwide overview

JPMorgan Chase reported net income of $37.7 billion for 2022, down 22%, earnings per share of $12.09, ROE of 14% and ROTCE of 18%.

•Total net revenue was $128.7 billion, up 6%, reflecting:

–Net interest income of $66.7 billion, up 28%, driven by higher rates and loan growth, partially offset by lower Markets net interest income. Net interest income excluding Markets was $62.4 billion, up 40%.

–Noninterest revenue of $62.0 billion, down 11%, driven by lower Investment Banking fees, $2.4 billion of net investment securities losses in Treasury and CIO, lower net production revenue in Home Lending and lower auto operating lease income, largely offset by higher CIB Markets revenue and a $914 million gain on the sale of Visa Class B common shares (“Visa B shares”) in Corporate.

•Noninterest expense was $76.1 billion, up 7%, driven by higher structural expense and continued investments in the business, including compensation, technology and marketing, partially offset by lower volume- and revenue-related expense.

•The provision for credit losses was $6.4 billion, reflecting:

–a net addition of $3.5 billion to the allowance for credit losses, consisting of $2.3 billion in wholesale and $1.2 billion in consumer, driven by loan growth and deterioration in the Firm’s macroeconomic outlook, partially offset by a reduction in the allowance related to a decrease in uncertainty associated with borrower behavior as the effects of the pandemic gradually recede, and

–$2.9 billion of net charge-offs.

The prior year provision was a net benefit of $9.3 billion, reflecting a net reduction to the allowance for credit losses of $12.1 billion.

•The total allowance for credit losses was $22.2 billion at December 31, 2022. The Firm had an allowance for loan losses to retained loans coverage ratio of 1.81%, compared with 1.62% in the prior year.

•The Firm’s nonperforming assets totaled $7.2 billion at December 31, 2022, a net decrease of $1.1 billion, predominantly driven by lower consumer nonaccrual loans, reflecting improved credit performance and loan sales.

•Firmwide average loans of $1.1 trillion were up 6%, driven by higher loans across the LOBs.

•Firmwide average deposits of $2.5 trillion were up 5%, reflecting:

–growth in CCB from existing and new accounts, and net inflows in AWM resulting from the residual effects of certain government actions, partially offset by the impact of growth in customer spending in CCB and migration into investments in AWM, and

–reductions in CIB and CB due to attrition driven by the rising interest rate environment.

Selected capital and other metrics

•CET1 capital was $219 billion, and the Standardized and Advanced CET1 ratios were 13.2% and 13.6%, respectively.

•SLR was 5.6%.

•TBVPS grew by 2%, ending 2022 at $73.12.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K47

Management’s discussion and analysis

•As of December 31, 2022, the Firm had average eligible High Quality Liquid Assets (“HQLA”) of approximately $733 billion and unencumbered marketable securities with a fair value of approximately $694 billion, resulting in approximately $1.4 trillion of liquidity sources. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104 for additional information.

Refer to Consolidated Result of Operations and Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis on pages 51-54 and pages 55-56, respectively, for a further discussion of the Firm's results.

Pre-provision profit, ROTCE, TCE, TBVPS, NII and NIR excluding Markets, and total net revenue on a managed basis are non-GAAP financial measures. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 58-60 for a further discussion of each of these measures.

Business segment highlights

Selected business metrics for each of the Firm’s four LOBs are presented below for the full year of 2022.

CCB ROE 29%•Average deposits up 10%; client investment assets down 10% •Average loans up 1%; Card Services net charge-off rate of 1.47% •Debit and credit card sales volume(a) up 14%•Active mobile customers(b) up 9%
CIBROE 14%•#1 ranking for Global Investment Banking fees with 8.0% wallet share for the year•Total Markets revenue of $29.0 billion, up 6%, with Fixed Income Markets up 10% and Equity Markets down 2%
CB ROE 16%•Gross Investment Banking revenue of $3.0 billion, down 42%•Average deposits down 2%; average loans up 9%
AWM ROE 25%•Assets under management (“AUM”) of $2.8 trillion, down 11%•Average deposits up 14%; average loans up 9%

(a) Excludes Commercial Card.

(b) Users of all mobile platforms who have logged in within the past 90 days.

Refer to the Business Segment Results on pages 61-62 for a detailed discussion of results by business segment.

Credit provided and capital raised

JPMorgan Chase continues to support consumers, businesses and communities around the globe. The Firm provided new and renewed credit and raised capital for wholesale and consumer clients during 2022, consisting of:

$2.4 trillionTotal credit provided and capital raised (including loans and commitments)(a)
$250 billionCredit for consumers
$33 billionCredit for U.S. small businesses
$1.1 trillionCredit for corporations
$1.0 trillionCapital raised for corporate clients and non-U.S. government entities
$65 billionCredit and capital raised for nonprofit and U.S. government entities(a)

(a)Includes states, municipalities, hospitals and universities.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
48JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Recent events

•On January 20, 2023, JPMorgan Chase announced that J.P. Morgan Asset Management had received regulatory approval from the China Securities Regulatory Commission to complete its acquisition of China International Fund Management Co., Ltd.

•On January 17, 2023, JPMorgan Chase announced that Alicia Boler Davis had been elected as a director of the Firm, effective March 20, 2023. Ms. Davis serves as Chief Executive Officer of Alto Pharmacy.

Outlook

These current expectations are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements are based on the current beliefs and expectations of JPMorgan Chase’s management, speak only as of the date of this Form 10-K, and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Refer to Forward-Looking Statements on page 154, and the Risk Factors section on pages 9-32 of this Form 10-K for a further discussion of certain of those risks and uncertainties and the other factors that could cause JPMorgan Chase’s actual results to differ materially because of those risks and uncertainties. There is no assurance that actual results in 2023 will be in line with the outlook information set forth below, and the Firm does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements.

JPMorgan Chase’s current outlook for full-year 2023 should be viewed against the backdrop of the global and U.S. economies, financial markets activity, the geopolitical environment, the competitive environment, client and customer activity levels, and regulatory and legislative developments in the U.S. and other countries where the Firm does business. Each of these factors will affect the performance of the Firm. The Firm will continue to make appropriate adjustments to its businesses and operations in response to ongoing developments in the business, economic, regulatory and legal environments in which it operates.

Full-year 2023

•Management expects net interest income to be approximately $73 billion, market dependent.

•Management expects net interest income excluding Markets to be approximately $74 billion, market dependent.

•Management expects adjusted expense to be approximately $81 billion, market dependent.

•Management expects the net charge-off rate in Card Services to be approximately 2.6%.

Net interest income excluding Markets and adjusted expense are non-GAAP financial measures. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 58-60.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K49

Management’s discussion and analysis

Business Developments

War in Ukraine

The duration and potential outcomes of the war in Ukraine remain uncertain. The Firm has taken and continues to take steps to close positions and reduce certain of its business activities and exposures connected with the war, and to assist clients with fulfilling any pre-existing obligations and managing their Russia-related risks.

The Firm’s exposure to Russia and Russia-associated clients and counterparties is not material to its financial condition or results of operations. However, the Firm continues to monitor potential secondary impacts of the war, including increased market volatility, inflationary pressures and the effects of financial and economic sanctions imposed by various governments, that could have adverse effects on the Firm’s businesses.

The Firm also continues to monitor and manage the operational risks associated with the war, including compliance with the financial and economic sanctions and the increased risk of cyber attacks.

Refer to Wholesale Credit Portfolio on pages 116-126, Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 127-129, Market Risk Management on pages 131-138, Country Risk Management on pages 139-140 and Operational Risk Management on pages 142-144 for additional information.

For purposes of this Form 10-K, “Russia” refers to exposure to clients and counterparties of the Firm for which the largest proportion of their assets is located, or the largest proportion of their revenue is derived, in Russia, based on the Firm’s internal country risk management framework; and “Russia-associated” refers to exposure to clients and counterparties of the Firm with respect to which economic or financial sanctions relating to the war in Ukraine have been imposed or which have close association with Russia.

Interbank Offered Rate (“IBOR”) transition

The Firm and other market participants are preparing for the final stages of the transition from the use of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and other IBORs in accordance with the International Organization of Securities Commission’s standards for transaction-based benchmark rates. The cessation of the publication of the remaining principal tenors of U.S. dollar LIBOR (i.e., overnight, one-month, three-month, six-month and 12-month LIBOR) (“LIBOR Cessation”) is scheduled for June 30, 2023.

As of December 31, 2022, the Firm had significantly reduced the notional amount of its exposure to contracts that reference U.S. dollar LIBOR, including in derivatives, bilateral and syndicated loans, securities, and debt and preferred stock issuances, and is on-track to meet both its internal milestones for contract remediation as well as the industry milestones and recommendations published by National Working Groups, including the Alternative Reference Rates Committee in the U.S. The Firm also continues to engage with clients to assist them with transitioning their U.S. dollar LIBOR-linked contracts to replacement rates in anticipation of LIBOR Cessation. The majority of the Firm’s remaining LIBOR exposure is to derivative contracts. The Firm will be participating in initiatives by the principal central counterparties (“CCPs”) to convert cleared derivatives contracts linked to U.S. dollar LIBOR in the second quarter of 2023 which will remediate approximately 40% of the Firm’s remaining U.S. dollar LIBOR derivatives exposure. The Firm expects that the majority of the remaining derivatives exposure will be remediated predominantly through contractual fallback provisions.

On March 15, 2022, the Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act (“LIBOR Act”) was signed into law in the U.S. The LIBOR Act provides a framework for replacing U.S. dollar LIBOR as the reference rate in legacy financial contracts that may not otherwise transition to a replacement rate upon LIBOR Cessation. In addition, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority is proposing that the administrator of LIBOR be required to continue to publish the one-month, three-month and six-month tenors of U.S. dollar LIBOR on a “synthetic” basis which would allow market participants to use such rates through September 30, 2024. This proposal would apply to contracts that are outside the scope of the LIBOR Act, including U.S. dollar LIBOR-linked contracts that are not governed by U.S. law. Both the LIBOR Act and the proposed publication of “synthetic” LIBOR are intended to facilitate, and reduce the risks associated with, the transition from LIBOR, including the potential for disputes or litigation.

The Firm continues to make necessary changes to its risk management systems in connection with the transition from LIBOR, including modifications to its operational systems and models. In addition, the Firm continues to monitor and evaluate client, industry, market, regulatory and legislative developments relating to the transition from LIBOR. Refer to Part 1, Item 1A: Risk Factors on pages 9-32 of the 2022 Form 10-K and to Accounting and Reporting Developments on page 153 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
50JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section provides a comparative discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s Consolidated Results of Operations on a reported basis for the two-year period ended December 31, 2022, unless otherwise specified. Refer to Consolidated Results of Operations on pages 52-54 of the Firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 (the “2021 Form 10-K”) for a discussion of the 2021 versus 2020 results. Factors that relate primarily to a single business segment are discussed in more detail within that business segment’s results. Refer to pages 149-152 for a discussion of the Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm that affect the Consolidated Results of Operations.

Revenue
Year ended December 31, (in millions)
202220212020
Investment banking fees$6,686$13,216$9,486
Principal transactions19,91216,30418,021
Lending- and deposit-related fees7,0987,0326,511
Asset management, administration and commissions20,67721,02918,177
Investment securities gains/(losses)(2,380)(345)802
Mortgage fees and related income1,2502,1703,091
Card income4,4205,1024,435
Other income(a)4,3224,8304,865
Noninterest revenue61,98569,33865,388
Net interest income66,71052,31154,563
Total net revenue$128,695$121,649$119,951

(a)Included operating lease income of $3.7 billion, $4.9 billion and $5.5 billion for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Also includes losses on tax-oriented investments. Refer to Note 6 for additional information.

2022 compared with 2021

Investment banking fees decreased in CIB, as volatile market conditions resulted in:

•lower equity and debt underwriting fees due to lower issuance activity, and

•lower advisory fees driven by a lower level of announced deals.

Refer to CIB segment results on pages 67-72 and Note 6 for additional information.

Principal transactions revenue increased, reflecting:

•higher net revenue in Fixed Income Markets, driven by a strong performance in the macro businesses amid volatile market conditions, particularly Currencies & Emerging Markets and Rates, partially offset by lower revenue in Securitized Products and Credit, and

•higher revenue associated with Equity Derivatives and Prime Finance in Equity Markets,

largely offset by

•a loss of $836 million in Credit Adjustments & Other in CIB, compared with a gain of $250 million in the prior year. The loss in the current year reflected funding spread widening and, to a lesser extent, losses on exposures relating to commodities and Russia and Russia-associated counterparties,

•net markdowns recorded in the second quarter of 2022 on held-for-sale positions, primarily unfunded commitments, in the bridge financing portfolio in CIB and CB,

•higher net losses on certain legacy private equity investments in Corporate, and

•net losses in Treasury and CIO related to cash deployment transactions, which were more than offset by the related net interest income earned on those transactions.

Principal transactions revenue in CIB may in certain cases have offsets across other revenue lines, including net interest income. The Firm assesses the performance of its CIB Markets business on a total revenue basis.

Refer to CIB, CB and Corporate segment results on pages 67-72, pages 73-75 and pages 79-80, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Lending- and deposit-related fees increased due to higher service fee volume in CCB, predominantly offset by lower cash management fees in CB and CIB due to a higher level of credits earned by clients and applied against such fees. Refer to CCB, CIB and CB segment results on pages 63-66, pages 67-72 and pages 73-75, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Asset management, administration and commissions revenue decreased driven by:

•lower asset management fees in AWM resulting from lower average market levels, predominantly offset by the removal of most money market fund fee waivers, and net long-term inflows,

•lower custody fees in Securities Services, primarily associated with lower average market values of assets under custody, and

•lower brokerage commissions, largely in AWM, reflecting reduced volumes,

partially offset by

•higher commissions on travel-related services and annuity sales in CCB.

Refer to CCB, CIB and AWM segment results on pages 63-66, pages 67-72 and pages 76-78, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K51

Management’s discussion and analysis

Investment securities gains/(losses) reflected higher net losses on sales of U.S. GSE and government agency MBS and U.S. Treasuries, associated with repositioning the investment securities portfolio in Treasury and CIO. Refer to Corporate segment results on pages 79-80 and Note 10 for additional information.

Mortgage fees and related income decreased driven by Home Lending, reflecting:

•lower production revenue due to lower margins and volume,

largely offset by

•higher net mortgage servicing revenue, reflecting

–the absence of a net loss in MSR risk management in the prior year primarily driven by updates to model inputs related to prepayment expectations, and

–higher operating revenue due to a higher level of third-party loans serviced.

Refer to CCB segment results on pages 63-66, Note 6 and 15 for further information.

Card income decreased driven by higher amortization related to new account origination costs, partially offset by higher annual fees in CCB, and higher payments revenue on volume growth in commercial cards in CIB and CB.

Refer to CCB, CIB and CB segment results on pages 63-66, pages 67-72 and pages 73-75, respectively, and Note 6 for further information.

Other income decreased reflecting:

•lower auto operating lease income in CCB as a result of a decline in volume, and

•net losses on certain investments in CIB and AWM, compared with net gains in the prior year,

partially offset by

•an increase in Other Corporate from:

–a gain of $914M on the sale of Visa B shares,

–higher net gains related to certain other investments, and

–proceeds from an insurance settlement in the first quarter of 2022,

•a gain on an equity-method investment received in partial satisfaction of a loan in CB,

•the impact of movements in foreign exchange rates related to net investment hedges in Treasury and CIO, primarily as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar, and

•the absence of weather-related write-downs recorded in the prior year on certain renewable energy investments in CIB.

Refer to Note 2 for additional information on Visa B shares.

Net interest income increased driven by higher rates and loan growth, partially offset by lower Markets NII.

The Firm’s average interest-earning assets were $3.3 trillion, up $133 billion, and the yield was 2.78%, up 97 basis points (“bps”). The net yield on these assets, on an FTE basis, was 2.00%, an increase of 36 bps. The net yield excluding Markets was 2.60%, up 69 bps.

Refer to the Consolidated average balance sheets, interest and rates schedule on pages 292-296 for further information. Net yield excluding Markets is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 58-60 for a further discussion of Net yield excluding Markets.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
52JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K
Provision for credit losses
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)202220212020
Consumer, excluding credit card$506$(1,933)$1,016
Credit card3,353(4,838)10,886
Total consumer3,859(6,771)11,902
Wholesale2,476(2,449)5,510
Investment securities54(36)68
Total provision for credit losses$6,389$(9,256)$17,480

2022 compared with 2021

The provision for credit losses was $6.4 billion, reflecting a net addition of $3.5 billion to the allowance for credit losses and $2.9 billion of net charge-offs. The net addition to the allowance for credit losses consisted of:

•$2.3 billion in wholesale, driven by deterioration in the Firm’s macroeconomic outlook, and loan growth predominantly in CB and CIB, and

•$1.2 billion in consumer, predominantly driven by Card Services, reflecting higher outstanding balances and deterioration in the Firm’s macroeconomic outlook, partially offset by a reduction in the allowance related to a decrease in uncertainty associated with borrower behavior as the effects of the pandemic gradually recede.

The prior year included a $12.1 billion net reduction in the allowance for credit losses.

Deterioration in the Firm’s macroeconomic outlook included both updates to the central scenario in the fourth quarter of 2022, which now reflects a mild recession, as well as the impact of the increased weight placed on the adverse scenarios beginning in the first quarter of 2022 due to the effects associated with higher inflation, changes in monetary policy, and geopolitical risks, including the war in Ukraine.

Net charge-offs were $2.9 billion, flat compared with 2021, and included:

•a $309 million decrease in Card Services, reflecting the ongoing financial strength of U.S. consumers. However, median deposit balances declined in the second half of 2022, impacted by the growth in consumer spending,

offset by

•a $190 million increase in net charge-offs in Auto and Banking & Wealth Management (“BWM”) as net charge-offs in the prior year benefited from government stimulus and payment assistance programs, and an increase of $76 million in CIB.

Refer to the segment discussions of CCB on pages 63-66, CIB on pages 67-72, CB on pages 73-75, AWM on pages 76-78, the Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 127-129, and Notes 1, 10 and 13 for further discussion of the credit portfolio and the allowance for credit losses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K53

Management’s discussion and analysis

Noninterest expense
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)202220212020
Compensation expense$41,636$38,567$34,988
Noncompensation expense:
Occupancy4,6964,5164,449
Technology, communications and equipment(a)9,3589,94110,338
Professional and outside services10,1749,8148,464
Marketing3,9113,0362,476
Other(b)6,3655,4695,941
Total noncompensation expense34,50432,77631,668
Total noninterest expense$76,140$71,343$66,656

(a)Includes depreciation expense associated with auto operating lease assets.

(b)Included Firmwide legal expense of $266 million, $426 million and $1.1 billion for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

2022 compared with 2021

Compensation expense increased driven by additional headcount, primarily in technology and operations, as well as front office, and the impact of inflation, partially offset by lower revenue-related compensation in CIB.

Noncompensation expense increased as a result of:

•higher investments in the business, including marketing and technology, and

•higher structural expense, including travel and entertainment; regulatory assessments; occupancy expense associated with higher utilities and exit costs of certain leases; and other employee-related expense,

partially offset by

•lower volume-related expense, reflecting lower depreciation expense on lower Auto lease assets; and lower distribution fees in AWM, partially offset by higher operating losses and outside services, both in CCB; and

•lower legal expense.

The prior year included a $550 million contribution to the Firm's Foundation.

Income tax expense
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except rate)
202220212020
Income before income tax expense$46,166$59,562$35,815
Income tax expense8,49011,2286,684
Effective tax rate18.4%18.9%18.7%

2022 compared with 2021

The effective tax rate decreased driven by income tax benefits compared with income tax expense in the prior year related to tax audit settlements, largely offset by other tax adjustments and a change in the level and mix of income and expenses subject to U.S. federal and state and local taxes. Refer to Note 25 for further information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
54JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AND CASH FLOWS ANALYSIS

Consolidated balance sheets analysis

The following is a discussion of the significant changes between December 31, 2022 and 2021.

Selected Consolidated balance sheets data
December 31, (in millions)20222021Change
Assets
Cash and due from banks$27,697$26,4385%
Deposits with banks539,537714,396(24)
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements315,592261,69821
Securities borrowed185,369206,071(10)
Trading assets453,799433,5755
Available-for-sale securities205,857308,525(33)
Held-to-maturity securities425,305363,70717
Investment securities, net of allowance for credit losses631,162672,232(6)
Loans1,135,6471,077,7145
Allowance for loan losses(19,726)(16,386)20
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses1,115,9211,061,3285
Accrued interest and accounts receivable125,189102,57022
Premises and equipment27,73427,0702
Goodwill, MSRs and other intangible assets60,85956,6917
Other assets182,884181,4981
Total assets$3,665,743$3,743,567(2)%

Cash and due from banks and deposits with banks decreased primarily as a result of lower deposits across the LOBs and loan growth. Deposits with banks reflect the Firm’s placement of its excess cash with various central banks, including the Federal Reserve Banks.

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements increased, reflecting:

•the impact of a lower level of netting on client-driven market-making activities and on collateral requirements in Markets,

•higher demand for securities to cover short positions in Fixed Income Markets, and

•an increase in the deployment of cash in Treasury and CIO.

Securities borrowed decreased driven by Markets, reflecting lower client-driven activities and lower demand for securities to cover short positions in Equity Markets.

Refer to Note 11 for additional information on securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

Trading assets increased due to:

•higher derivative receivables, primarily in foreign exchange, as a result of market movements, and

•an increase in the deployment of cash in Treasury and CIO.

Refer to Notes 2 and 5 for additional information.

Investment securities decreased, driven by lower available-for-sale (“AFS”) securities, partially offset by higher held-to-maturity (“HTM”) securities, which includes the impact of the transfer of $78.3 billion of securities from AFS to HTM in 2022, for capital management purposes.

•The decrease in AFS securities was also due to paydowns, as well as unrealized losses, which are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”),

largely offset by net purchases, and

•the increase in HTM securities also reflected purchases partially offset by paydowns.

Refer to Corporate segment results on pages 79-80, Investment Portfolio Risk Management on page 130 and Notes 2 and 10 for additional information on investment securities.

Loans increased, reflecting:

•higher balances in Card Services driven by higher consumer spending and net new originations,

•higher originations and revolver utilization in CB, and

•higher wholesale loans in CIB,

partially offset by

•lower mortgage warehouse loans in Home Lending as sales outpaced originations due to higher interest rates, and

•the impact from PPP loan forgiveness in BWM.

The allowance for loan losses increased, reflecting a net addition of $3.3 billion to the allowance for loan losses, consisting of:

•$2.1 billion in wholesale, resulting from deterioration in the Firm’s macroeconomic outlook, and loan growth predominantly in CB and CIB, and

•$1.2 billion in consumer, predominantly driven by Card Services, reflecting higher outstanding balances, and deterioration in the Firm’s macroeconomic outlook, partially offset by a reduction in the allowance related to a decrease in uncertainty associated with borrower behavior as the effects of the pandemic gradually recede.

There was also a $121 million addition to the allowance for lending-related commitments recognized in other liabilities

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K55

Management’s discussion and analysis

on the Consolidated balance sheets, and a $54 million addition to the allowance for investment securities.

Refer to Credit and Investment Risk Management on pages 106-130, and Notes 1, 2, 3, 12 and 13 for further discussion of loans and the allowance for loan losses.

Accrued interest and accounts receivable increased due to higher client receivables related to client-driven activities in Markets, as well as higher receivables in Payments related to the timing of payment activities, with December 31, 2022 falling on a weekend.

Premises and equipment, refer to Note 16 and 18 for additional information.

Goodwill, MSRs and other intangibles increased reflecting:

•higher MSRs as a result of higher market interest rates and net additions, partially offset by the realization of expected cash flows, and

•additions to goodwill associated with the acquisitions of Renovite Technologies, Inc. in the fourth quarter of 2022, Global Shares PLC and Figg, Inc. in the third quarter of 2022, and Frosch Travel Group, LLC and Volkswagen Payments S.A. in the second quarter of 2022.

Refer to Note 15 for additional information.

Other assets increased predominantly due to the impact of securities financing activities in Markets, offset by lower auto operating lease assets in CCB.

Selected Consolidated balance sheets data
December 31, (in millions)20222021Change
Liabilities
Deposits$2,340,179$2,462,303(5)
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements202,613194,3404
Short-term borrowings44,02753,594(18)
Trading liabilities177,976164,6938
Accounts payable and other liabilities300,141262,75514
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”)12,61010,75017
Long-term debt295,865301,005(2)
Total liabilities3,373,4113,449,440(2)
Stockholders’ equity292,332294,127(1)
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$3,665,743$3,743,567(2)%

Deposits decreased reflecting:

•attrition in CB and CIB, particularly non-operating deposits in CB, partially offset by net issuances of structured notes in Markets,

•net outflows into investments in AWM amid the rising interest rate environment, and

•a decline in balances in existing accounts in CCB due to higher customer spending, predominantly offset by net inflows into new accounts.

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements increased due to:

•higher secured financing of trading assets in Markets,

partially offset by

•lower secured financing of AFS investment securities in Treasury and CIO.

Short-term borrowings decreased predominantly as a result of lower financing requirements in Markets.

Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104 for additional information on deposits, federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements, and short-term borrowings; and also to Notes 2 and 17 for deposits and Note 11 for federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements.

Trading liabilities increased due to client-driven market-making activities, which resulted in higher levels of short positions in Markets. Refer to Notes 2 and 5 for additional information.

Accounts payable and other liabilities increased due to higher client payables related to client-driven activities in Markets, including Prime Finance, as well as higher payables in Payments related to the timing of payment activities, with December 31, 2022 falling on a weekend. Refer to Note 19 for additional information.

Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs increased driven by higher issuance of commercial paper as a result of an increase in loan balances in the Firm-administered multi-seller conduits. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104; and Notes 14 and 28 for additional information on Firm-sponsored VIEs and loan securitization trusts.

Long-term debt decreased driven by:

•fair value hedge accounting adjustments in Treasury and CIO as a result of higher rates, and a decline in the fair value of structured notes in Markets,

largely offset by

•net issuances of senior debt in Treasury and CIO and structured notes in Markets. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104 and Note 20 for additional information.

Stockholders’ equity reflects net unrealized losses in AOCI, predominantly driven by the impact of higher interest rates on the AFS portfolio and cash flow hedges in Treasury and CIO. Refer to Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity on page 162, Capital Actions on page 94, and Note 24 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
56JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Consolidated cash flows analysis

The following is a discussion of cash flow activities during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. Refer to Consolidated cash flows analysis on page 57 of the Firm’s 2021 Form 10-K for a discussion of the 2020 activities.

(in millions)Year ended December 31,
202220212020
Net cash provided by/(used in)
Operating activities$107,119$78,084$(79,910)
Investing activities(137,819)(129,344)(261,912)
Financing activities(126,257)275,993596,645
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash(16,643)(11,508)9,155
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and due from banks and deposits with banks$(173,600)$213,225$263,978

Operating activities

JPMorgan Chase’s operating assets and liabilities primarily support the Firm’s lending and capital markets activities. These assets and liabilities can vary significantly in the normal course of business due to the amount and timing of cash flows, which are affected by client-driven and risk management activities and market conditions. The Firm believes that cash flows from operations, available cash and other liquidity sources, and its capacity to generate cash through secured and unsecured sources, are sufficient to meet its operating liquidity needs.

•In 2022, cash provided resulted from higher accounts payable and other liabilities, lower securities borrowed, and net proceeds from sales, securitizations, and paydowns of loans held-for-sale, partially offset by higher trading assets.

•In 2021, cash provided resulted from lower trading assets and higher accounts payable and other liabilities, partially offset by higher securities borrowed and lower trading liabilities.

Investing activities

The Firm’s investing activities predominantly include originating held-for-investment loans, investing in the investment securities portfolio and other short-term instruments.

•In 2022, cash used resulted from net originations of loans and higher securities purchased under resale agreements, partially offset by net proceeds from investment securities.

•In 2021, cash used resulted from net purchases of investment securities and higher net originations of loans, partially offset by lower securities purchased under resale agreements.

Financing activities

The Firm’s financing activities include acquiring customer deposits and issuing long-term debt and preferred stock.

•In 2022, cash used reflected lower deposits, partially offset by net proceeds from long- and short-term borrowings.

•In 2021, cash provided reflected higher deposits and net proceeds from long- and short-term borrowings, partially offset by a decrease in securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements.

•For both periods, cash was used for repurchases of common stock and cash dividends on common and preferred stock.

* * *

Refer to Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis on pages 55-56, Capital Risk Management on pages 86-96, and Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104, and the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows on page 163 for a further discussion of the activities affecting the Firm’s cash flows.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K57

Management’s discussion and analysis

EXPLANATION AND RECONCILIATION OF THE FIRM’S USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

Non-GAAP financial measures

The Firm prepares its Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP; these financial statements appear on pages 159-163. That presentation, which is referred to as “reported” basis, provides the reader with an understanding of the Firm’s results that can be tracked consistently from year-to-year and enables a comparison of the Firm’s performance with the U.S. GAAP financial statements of other companies.

In addition to analyzing the Firm’s results on a reported basis, management reviews Firmwide results, including the overhead ratio, on a “managed” basis; these Firmwide managed basis results are non-GAAP financial measures. The Firm also reviews the results of the LOBs on a managed basis. The Firm’s definition of managed basis starts, in each case, with the reported U.S. GAAP results and includes certain reclassifications to present total net revenue for the Firm (and each of the reportable business segments) on an FTE basis. Accordingly, revenue from investments that receive tax credits and tax-exempt securities is presented in the managed results on a basis comparable to taxable investments and securities. These financial measures allow

management to assess the comparability of revenue from year-to-year arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources. The corresponding income tax impact related to tax-exempt items is recorded within income tax expense. These adjustments have no impact on net income as reported by the Firm as a whole or by the LOBs.

Management also uses certain non-GAAP financial measures at the Firm and business-segment level because these other non-GAAP financial measures provide information to investors about the underlying operational performance and trends of the Firm or of the particular business segment, as the case may be, and therefore facilitate a comparison of the Firm or the business segment with the performance of its relevant competitors. Refer to Business Segment Results on pages 61-80 for additional information on these non-GAAP measures. Non-GAAP financial measures used by the Firm may not be comparable to similarly named non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies.

The following summary table provides a reconciliation from the Firm’s reported U.S. GAAP results to managed basis.

202220212020
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)ReportedFully taxable-equivalent adjustments(a)Managed basisReportedFully taxable-equivalent adjustments(a)Managed basisReportedFully taxable-equivalent adjustments(a)Managed basis
Other income$4,322$3,148$7,470$4,830$3,225$8,055$4,865$2,560$7,425
Total noninterest revenue61,9853,14865,13369,3383,22572,56365,3882,56067,948
Net interest income66,71043467,14452,31143052,74154,56341854,981
Total net revenue128,6953,582132,277121,6493,655125,304119,9512,978122,929
Total noninterest expense76,140NA76,14071,343NA71,34366,656NA66,656
Pre-provision profit52,5553,58256,13750,3063,65553,96153,2952,97856,273
Provision for credit losses6,389NA6,389(9,256)NA(9,256)17,480NA17,480
Income before income tax expense46,1663,58249,74859,5623,65563,21735,8152,97838,793
Income tax expense8,4903,58212,07211,2283,65514,8836,6842,9789,662
Net income$37,676NA$37,676$48,334NA$48,334$29,131NA$29,131
Overhead ratio59%NM58%59%NM57%56%NM54%

(a)Predominantly recognized in CIB, CB and Corporate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
58JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Net interest income, net yield, and noninterest revenue excluding CIB Markets

In addition to reviewing net interest income, net yield, and noninterest revenue on a managed basis, management also reviews these metrics excluding CIB Markets, as shown below. CIB Markets consists of Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets. These metrics, which exclude CIB Markets, are non-GAAP financial measures. Management reviews these metrics to assess the performance of the Firm’s lending, investing (including asset-liability management) and deposit-raising activities, apart from any volatility associated with CIB Markets activities. In addition, management also assesses CIB Markets business performance on a total revenue basis as offsets may occur across revenue lines. Management believes that these measures provide investors and analysts with alternative measures to analyze the revenue trends of the Firm.

Year ended December 31, (in millions, except rates)202220212020
Net interest income – reported$66,710$52,311$54,563
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments434430418
Net interest income – managed basis(a)$67,144$52,741$54,981
Less: Markets net interest income(b)4,7898,2438,374
Net interest income excluding Markets(a)$62,355$44,498$46,607
Average interest-earning assets$3,349,079$3,215,942$2,779,710
Less: Average Markets interest-earning assets(b)953,195888,238751,131
Average interest-earning assets excluding Markets$2,395,884$2,327,704$2,028,579
Net yield on average interest-earning assets – managed basis2.00%1.64%1.98%
Net yield on average Markets interest-earning assets(b)0.500.931.11
Net yield on average interest-earning assets excluding Markets2.60%1.91%2.30%
Noninterest revenue – reported$61,985$69,338$65,388
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments3,1483,2252,560
Noninterest revenue – managed basis$65,133$72,56367,948
Less: Markets noninterest revenue(b)24,19519,15121,109
Noninterest revenue excluding Markets$40,938$53,412$46,839
Memo: Total Markets net revenue(b)$28,984$27,394$29,483

(a)Interest includes the effect of related hedges. Taxable-equivalent amounts are used where applicable.

(b)Refer to pages 70-71 for further information on CIB Markets.

Calculation of certain U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures
Certain U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures are calculated as follows:
Book value per share (“BVPS”)Common stockholders’ equity at period-end /Common shares at period-end
Overhead ratioTotal noninterest expense / Total net revenue
ROAReported net income / Total average assets
ROENet income* / Average common stockholders’ equity
ROTCENet income* / Average tangible common equity
TBVPSTangible common equity at period-end / Common shares at period-end
* Represents net income applicable to common equity

In addition, the Firm reviews other non-GAAP measures such as

•Adjusted expense, which represents noninterest expense excluding Firmwide legal expense, and

•Pre-provision profit, which represents total net revenue less total noninterest expense.

Management believes that these measures help investors understand the effect of these items on reported results and provide an alternative presentation of the Firm’s performance.

The Firm also reviews the allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained excluding trade finance and conduits, a non-GAAP financial measure, to provide a more meaningful assessment of CIB’s allowance coverage ratio.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K59

Management’s discussion and analysis

TCE, ROTCE and TBVPS

TCE, ROTCE and TBVPS are each non-GAAP financial measures. TCE represents the Firm’s common stockholders’ equity (i.e., total stockholders’ equity less preferred stock) less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs), net of related deferred tax liabilities. ROTCE measures the Firm’s net income applicable to common equity as a percentage of average TCE. TBVPS represents the Firm’s TCE at period-end divided by common shares at period-end. TCE, ROTCE and TBVPS are utilized by the Firm, as well as investors and analysts, in assessing the Firm’s use of equity.

The following summary table provides a reconciliation from the Firm’s common stockholders’ equity to TCE.

Period-endAverage
Dec 31, 2022Dec 31, 2021Year ended December 31,
(in millions, except per share and ratio data)202220212020
Common stockholders’ equity$264,928$259,289$253,068$250,968$236,865
Less: Goodwill51,66250,31550,95249,58447,820
Less: Other intangible assets1,2248821,112876781
Add: Certain deferred tax liabilities(a)2,5102,4992,5052,4742,399
Tangible common equity$214,552$210,591$203,509$202,982$190,663
Return on tangible common equityNANA18%23%14%
Tangible book value per share$73.12$71.53NANANA

(a)Represents deferred tax liabilities related to tax-deductible goodwill and to identifiable intangibles created in nontaxable transactions, which are netted against goodwill and other intangibles when calculating TCE.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
60JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

BUSINESS SEGMENT RESULTS

The Firm is managed on an LOB basis. There are four major reportable business segments – Consumer & Community Banking, Corporate & Investment Bank, Commercial Banking and Asset & Wealth Management. In addition, there is a Corporate segment.

The business segments are determined based on the products and services provided, or the type of customer served, and they reflect the manner in which financial information is evaluated by the Firm’s Operating Committee. Segment results are presented on a managed basis. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures, on pages 58-60 for a definition of managed basis.

JPMorgan Chase
Consumer BusinessesWholesale Businesses
Consumer & Community BankingCorporate & Investment BankCommercial BankingAsset & Wealth Management
Banking & Wealth Management(a)Home LendingCard Services & Auto(b)BankingMarkets & Securities Services• Middle Market Banking• Asset Management
• Consumer Banking • J.P. Morgan Wealth Management • Business Banking• Home Lending Production • Home Lending Servicing • Real Estate Portfolios• Card Services• Auto• Investment Banking • Payments • Lending• Fixed Income Markets• Corporate Client Banking• Global Private Bank
• Equity Markets • Securities Services • Credit Adjustments & Other• Commercial Real Estate Banking

(a)In the fourth quarter of 2022, Consumer & Business Banking was renamed Banking & Wealth Management (“BWM”).

(b)In the fourth quarter of 2022, Card & Auto was renamed Card Services & Auto.

Description of business segment reporting methodology

Results of the business segments are intended to present each segment as if it were a stand-alone business. The management reporting process that derives business segment results includes the allocation of certain income and expense items. The Firm also assesses the level of capital required for each LOB on at least an annual basis. The Firm periodically assesses the assumptions, methodologies and reporting classifications used for segment reporting, and further refinements may be implemented in future periods. The Firm’s LOBs also provide various business metrics which are utilized by the Firm and its investors and analysts in assessing performance.

Revenue sharing

When business segments join efforts to sell products and services to the Firm’s clients and customers, the participating business segments may agree to share revenue from those transactions. Revenue is generally recognized in the segment responsible for the related product or service, with allocations to the other segment(s) involved in the transaction. The segment results reflect these revenue-sharing agreements.

Expense Allocation

Where business segments use services provided by corporate support units, or another business segment, the costs of those services are allocated to the respective business segments. The expense is generally

allocated based on the actual cost and use of services provided. In contrast, certain costs and investments related to corporate support units, technology and operations that are not currently utilized by any LOB, are not allocated to the business segments and are retained in Corporate. Expense retained in Corporate generally includes costs that would not be incurred if the segments were stand-alone businesses, and other items not aligned with a particular business segment.

Funds transfer pricing

Funds transfer pricing (“FTP”) is the process by which the Firm allocates interest income and expense to the LOBs and Other Corporate and transfers the primary interest rate risk and liquidity risk to Treasury and CIO.

The funds transfer pricing process considers the interest rate and liquidity risk characteristics of assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet products. Periodically, the methodology and assumptions utilized in the FTP process are adjusted to reflect economic conditions and other factors, which may impact the allocation of net interest income to the segments.

As a result of the rising interest rate environment, the cost of funds for assets and the credits earned for liabilities have generally increased, impacting the business segments’ net interest income. During the period ended December 31, 2022, this has resulted in higher cost of funds for loans and contributed to margin expansion on deposits.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K61

Management’s discussion and analysis

Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk is transferred from the LOBs and Other Corporate to Treasury and CIO for certain revenues and expenses. Treasury and CIO manages these risks centrally and reports the impact of foreign exchange rate movements related to the transferred risk in its results. Refer to Market Risk Management on page 137 for additional information.

Debt expense and preferred stock dividend allocation

As part of the funds transfer pricing process, almost all of the cost of the credit spread component of outstanding unsecured long-term debt and preferred stock dividends is allocated to the reportable business segments, while the balance of the cost is retained in Corporate. The methodology to allocate the cost of unsecured long-term debt and preferred stock dividends to the business segments is aligned with the relevant regulatory capital requirements and funding needs of the LOBs, as applicable. The allocated cost of unsecured long-term debt is included in a business segment’s net interest income, and net income is reduced by preferred stock dividends to arrive at a

business segment’s net income applicable to common equity.

Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 86-96 for additional information.

Capital allocation

The amount of capital assigned to each business segment is referred to as equity. The Firm’s allocation methodology incorporates Basel III Standardized Risk-weighted assets (“RWA”), Basel III Advanced RWA, the global systemically important banks (“GSIB”) surcharge, and a simulation of capital in a severe stress environment. At least annually, the assumptions, judgments and methodologies used to allocate capital are reassessed and, as a result, the capital allocated to the LOBs may change. As of January 1, 2023, the Firm has changed its line of business capital allocations primarily as a result of updates to the Firm’s capital requirements and changes in RWA for each LOB.

Refer to Line of business equity on page 93 for additional information on capital allocation.

Segment Results – Managed Basis

The following tables summarize the Firm’s results by segment for the periods indicated.

Year ended December 31,Consumer & Community BankingCorporate & Investment BankCommercial Banking
(in millions, except ratios)202220212020202220212020202220212020
Total net revenue$55,017$50,073$51,268$47,899$51,749$49,284$11,533$10,008$9,313
Total noninterest expense31,47129,25627,99027,08725,32523,5384,7194,0413,798
Pre-provision profit/(loss)23,54620,81723,27820,81226,42425,7466,8145,9675,515
Provision for credit losses3,813(6,989)12,3121,158(1,174)2,7261,268(947)2,113
Net income/(loss)14,87120,9308,21714,97021,13417,0944,2135,2462,578
Return on equity (“ROE”)29%41%15%14%25%20%16%21%11%
Year ended December 31,Asset & Wealth ManagementCorporateTotal
(in millions, except ratios)202220212020202220212020202220212020
Total net revenue$17,748$16,957$14,240$80$(3,483)$(1,176)$132,277$125,304$122,929
Total noninterest expense11,82910,9199,9571,0341,8021,37376,14071,34366,656
Pre-provision profit/(loss)5,9196,0384,283(954)(5,285)(2,549)56,13753,96156,273
Provision for credit losses128(227)2632281666,389(9,256)17,480
Net income/(loss)4,3654,7372,992(743)(3,713)(1,750)37,67648,33429,131
Return on equity (“ROE”)25%33%28%NMNMNM14%19%12%

Selected Firmwide Metrics

The following tables present key metrics for Wealth Management, which consists of the Global Private Bank in AWM and J.P. Morgan Wealth Management in CCB; and total revenue and key metrics for J.P. Morgan Payments, which consists of payments activities in CIB and CB. This presentation is intended to provide investors with additional information concerning Wealth Management and J.P. Morgan Payments, each of which consists of similar business activities conducted across LOBs to serve different types of clients and customers.

Selected metrics - Wealth Management

Year ended December 31,202220212020
Client assets (in billions)(a)$2,438$2,456$2,020
Number of client advisors8,1667,4636,879

(a) Consists of Global Private Bank in AWM and client investment assets in J.P. Morgan Wealth Management in CCB.

Selected metrics - J.P. Morgan Payments

(in millions, except where otherwise noted)
Year ended December 31,202220212020
Total net revenue$13,909$9,861$9,599
Merchant processing volume (in billions)2,158.41,886.71,597.3
Average deposits (in billions)779800651

The following sections provide a comparative discussion of the Firm’s results by segment as of or for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
62JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

CONSUMER & COMMUNITY BANKING

Consumer & Community Banking offers products and services to consumers and small businesses through bank branches, ATMs, digital (including mobile and online) and telephone banking. CCB is organized into Banking & Wealth Management (including Consumer Banking, J.P. Morgan Wealth Management and Business Banking), Home Lending (including Home Lending Production, Home Lending Servicing and Real Estate Portfolios) and Card Services & Auto. Banking & Wealth Management offers deposit, investment and lending products, cash management, payments and services. Home Lending includes mortgage origination and servicing activities, as well as portfolios consisting of residential mortgages and home equity loans. Card Services issues credit cards and offers travel services. Auto originates and services auto loans and leases.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31,
(in millions, except ratios)202220212020
Revenue
Lending- and deposit-related fees$3,316$3,034$3,166
Asset management, administration and commissions3,7543,5142,780
Mortgage fees and related income1,2362,1593,079
Card income2,6793,5633,068
All other income(a)4,1045,0165,647
Noninterest revenue15,08917,28617,740
Net interest income39,92832,78733,528
Total net revenue55,01750,07351,268
Provision for credit losses3,813(6,989)12,312
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense13,09212,14211,014
Noncompensation expense(b)18,37917,11416,976
Total noninterest expense31,47129,25627,990
Income before income tax expense19,73327,80610,966
Income tax expense4,8626,8762,749
Net income$14,871$20,930$8,217
Revenue by line of business
Banking & Wealth Management(c)$30,262$23,980$22,955
Home Lending3,6745,2916,018
Card Services & Auto(d)21,08120,80222,295
Mortgage fees and related income details:
Production revenue4972,2152,629
Net mortgage servicing revenue(e)739(56)450
Mortgage fees and related income$1,236$2,159$3,079
Financial ratios
Return on equity29%41%15%
Overhead ratio575855

(a)Included operating lease income of $3.6 billion, $4.8 billion and $5.4 billion for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(b)Included depreciation expense on leased assets of $2.4 billion, $3.3 billion and $4.2 billion for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(c)In the fourth quarter of 2022, Consumer & Business Banking was renamed Banking & Wealth Management.

(d)In the fourth quarter of 2022, Card & Auto was renamed Card Services & Auto.

(e)Included MSR risk management results of $93 million, $(525) million and $(18) million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K63

Management’s discussion and analysis

2022 compared with 2021

Net income was $14.9 billion, down 29%, reflecting a net increase in the provision for credit losses compared with a net benefit in the prior year.

Net revenue was $55.0 billion, an increase of 10%.

Net interest income was $39.9 billion, up 22%, predominantly driven by:

•margin expansion on higher rates as well as growth in deposits in Banking & Wealth Management (“BWM”), and higher revolving loans in Card Services,

partially offset by

•lower NII associated with PPP loan forgiveness in BWM, and tighter loan spreads in Home Lending.

Noninterest revenue was $15.1 billion, down 13%, reflecting:

•lower production revenue from lower margins and volume in Home Lending,

•lower auto operating lease income as a result of a decline in volume, and

•lower card income reflecting higher amortization related to new account origination costs partially offset by higher annual fees in Card Services, while net interchange income was relatively flat,

partially offset by

•higher net mortgage servicing revenue, reflecting the absence of a net loss in MSR risk management in the prior year primarily driven by updates to model inputs related to prepayment expectations, as well as higher operating revenue on a higher level of third-party loans serviced,

•higher commissions reflecting travel-related services in Card Services and increased annuity sales in BWM, and

•higher deposit-related fees due to higher service fee volume in BWM.

Refer to Note 6 for additional information on card income and asset management, administration and commissions.

Refer to Note 15 for further information regarding changes in the value of the MSR asset and related hedges, and mortgage fees and related income.

Noninterest expense was $31.5 billion, up 8%, reflecting:

•investments in the business and higher structural expenses, predominantly driven by compensation, technology and marketing,

partially offset by

•lower volume- and revenue-related expenses, predominantly driven by lower depreciation expense on lower auto lease assets, partially offset by higher operating losses.

The provision for credit losses was $3.8 billion, driven by:

•net charge-offs of $2.7 billion, down from $2.8 billion in the prior year and included

–a $309 million decrease in Card Services, reflecting the ongoing financial strength of U.S. consumers. However, median deposit balances declined in the second half of 2022, impacted by the growth in consumer spending,

largely offset by

–a $190 million increase in net charge-offs in Auto and BWM as net charge-offs in the prior year benefited from government stimulus and payment assistance programs, and

•a $1.1 billion net addition to the allowance for credit losses driven by

–$950 million in Card Services, reflecting higher outstanding balances, and deterioration in the Firm’s macroeconomic outlook, partially offset by a reduction in the allowance related to a decrease in uncertainty associated with borrower behavior as the effects of the pandemic gradually recede, and

–$175 million in Home Lending.

The prior year included a $9.8 billion reduction in the

allowance for credit losses across CCB.

Refer to Credit and Investment Risk Management on pages 106-130 and Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 127-129 for a further discussion of the credit portfolios and the allowance for credit losses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
64JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31,
(in millions, except headcount)202220212020
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
Total assets$514,085$500,370$496,705
Loans:
Banking & Wealth Management (a)29,00835,09548,810
Home Lending(b)172,554180,529182,121
Card Services185,175154,296144,216
Auto68,19169,13866,432
Total loans454,928439,058441,579
Deposits1,131,6111,148,110958,706
Equity50,00050,00052,000
Selected balance sheet data (average)
Total assets$497,263$489,771$501,584
Loans:
Banking & Wealth Management31,54544,90643,064
Home Lending(c)176,285181,049197,148
Card Services163,335140,405146,633
Auto68,09867,62461,476
Total loans439,263433,984448,321
Deposits1,162,6801,054,956851,390
Equity50,00050,00052,000
Headcount135,347128,863122,894

(a)At December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, included $350 million, $5.4 billion and $19.2 billion of loans, respectively, in Business Banking under the PPP. Refer to Credit Portfolio on pages 108-109 for a further discussion of the PPP.

(b)At December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, Home Lending loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were $3.0 billion, $14.9 billion and $9.7 billion, respectively.

(c)Average Home Lending loans held-for sale and loans at fair value were $7.3 billion, $15.4 billion and $11.1 billion for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31,
(in millions, except ratio data)202220212020
Credit data and quality statistics
Nonaccrual loans(a)(b)$3,899(f)$4,875(f)$5,492
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)
Banking & Wealth Management370289263
Home Lending(229)(275)(169)
Card Services2,4032,7124,286
Auto14435123
Total net charge-offs/(recoveries)$2,688$2,761$4,503
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate
Banking & Wealth Management(c)1.17%0.64%0.61%
Home Lending(0.14)(0.17)(0.09)
Card Services1.471.942.93
Auto0.210.050.20
Total net charge-off/(recovery) rate0.62%0.66%1.03%
30+ day delinquency rate
Home Lending(d)(e)0.83%1.25%1.15%
Card Services1.451.041.68
Auto1.010.640.69
90+ day delinquency rate - Card Services0.68%0.50%0.92%
Allowance for loan losses
Banking & Wealth Management$722$697$1,372
Home Lending8676601,813
Card Services11,20010,25017,800
Auto7157331,042
Total allowance for loan losses$13,504$12,340$22,027

(a)At December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, nonaccrual loans excluded mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies of $187 million, $342 million and $558 million, respectively. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.

(b)At December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, generally excludes loans that were under payment deferral programs offered in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Refer to Credit Portfolio on pages 108-109 for further information on consumer assistance. Includes loans to customers that have exited COVID-19 related payment deferral programs and are 90 or more days past due, predominantly all of which were considered collateral-dependent at time of exit.

(c)At December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, included $350 million, $5.4 billion and $19.2 billion of loans, respectively, in Business Banking under the PPP. The Firm does not expect to realize material credit losses on PPP loans because the loans are guaranteed by the SBA. Refer to Credit Portfolio on pages 108-109 for a further discussion of the PPP.

(d)At December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the principal balance of loans under payment deferral programs offered in response to the COVID-19 pandemic was $449 million, $1.1 billion and $9.1 billion in Home Lending, respectively. Loans that are performing according to their modified terms are generally not considered delinquent. Refer to Credit Portfolio on pages 108-109 for further information on consumer assistance.

(e)At December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, excluded mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $258 million, $405 million and $744 million, respectively, that are 30 or more days past due. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee.

(f)At December 31, 2022 and 2021, nonaccrual loans excluded $101 million and $506 million of PPP loans 90 or more days past due and guaranteed by the SBA, respectively.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K65

Management’s discussion and analysis

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31,
(in billions, except ratios and where otherwise noted)202220212020
Business Metrics
CCB households (in millions)69.366.363.4
Number of branches4,7874,7904,908
Active digital customers (in thousands)(a)63,13658,85755,274
Active mobile customers (in thousands)(b)49,71045,45240,899
Debit and credit card sales volume$1,555.4$1,360.7$1,081.2
Total payments transaction volume (in trillions)(c)5.65.04.0
Banking & Wealth Management
Average deposits$1,145.7$1,035.4$832.5
Deposit margin1.71%1.27%1.58%
Business Banking average loans$22.3$37.5$37.9
Business Bankingorigination volume4.313.9(f)26.6(f)
Client investment assets(d)647.1718.1590.2
Number of client advisors5,0294,7254,417
Home Lending
Mortgage origination volume by channel
Retail$38.5$91.8$72.9
Correspondent26.970.940.9
Total mortgage origination volume(e)$65.4$162.7$113.8
Third-party mortgage loans serviced (period-end)$584.3$519.2$447.3
MSR carrying value(period-end)8.05.53.3
Card Services
Sales volume, excluding commercial card$1,064.7$893.5$702.7
Net revenue rate9.87%10.51%10.92%
Net yield on average loans9.779.8810.42
New accounts opened(in millions)9.68.05.4
Auto
Loan and lease origination volume$30.4$43.6$38.4
Average auto operating lease assets14.319.122.0

(a)Users of all web and/or mobile platforms who have logged in within the past 90 days.

(b)Users of all mobile platforms who have logged in within the past 90 days.

(c)Total payments transaction volume includes debit and credit card sales volume and gross outflows of ACH, ATM, teller, wires, BillPay, PayChase, Zelle, person-to-person and checks.

(d)Includes assets invested in managed accounts and J.P. Morgan mutual funds where AWM is the investment manager. Refer to AWM segment results on pages 76-78 for additional information.

(e)Firmwide mortgage origination volume was $81.8 billion, $182.4 billion and $133.4 billion for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(f)Included origination volume under the PPP of $10.6 billion and $21.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The program ended on May 31, 2021 for new applications.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
66JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANK

The Corporate & Investment Bank, which consists of Banking and Markets & Securities Services, offers a broad suite of investment banking, market-making, prime brokerage, lending, and treasury and securities products and services to a global client base of corporations, investors, financial institutions, merchants, government and municipal entities. Banking offers a full range of investment banking products and services in all major capital markets, including advising on corporate strategy and structure, capital-raising in equity and debt markets, as well as loan origination and syndication. Banking also includes Payments, which provides payments services enabling clients to manage payments and receipts globally, and cross-border financing. Markets & Securities Services includes Markets, a global market-maker across products, including cash and derivative instruments, which also offers sophisticated risk management solutions, prime brokerage, and research. Markets & Securities Services also includes Securities Services, a leading global custodian which provides custody, fund accounting and administration, and securities lending products principally for asset managers, insurance companies and public and private investment funds.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)202220212020
Revenue
Investment banking fees$6,929$13,359$9,477
Principal transactions19,92615,76417,560
Lending- and deposit-related fees2,4192,5142,070
Asset management, administration and commissions5,0655,0244,721
All other income(a)1,6601,5481,292
Noninterest revenue35,99938,20935,120
Net interest income11,90013,54014,164
Total net revenue(b)47,89951,74949,284
Provision for credit losses1,158(1,174)2,726
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense13,91813,09611,612
Noncompensation expense13,16912,22911,926
Total noninterest expense27,08725,32523,538
Income before income tax expense19,65427,59823,020
Income tax expense4,6846,4645,926
Net income$14,970$21,134$17,094

(a)Includes card income of $1.0 billion, $910 million and $840 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(b)Includes tax-equivalent adjustments, predominantly due to income tax credits and other tax benefits related to alternative energy investments; income tax credits and amortization of the cost of investments in affordable housing projects; and tax-exempt income from municipal bonds of $3.0 billion, $3.0 billion and $2.4 billion for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31,
(in millions, except ratios)202220212020
Financial ratios
Return on equity14%25%20%
Overhead ratio574948
Compensation expense aspercentage of total net revenue292524
Revenue by business
Investment Banking$6,510$12,506$8,871
Payments7,3766,2705,560
Lending1,3771,0011,146
Total Banking15,26319,77715,577
Fixed Income Markets18,61716,86520,878
Equity Markets10,36710,5298,605
Securities Services4,4884,3284,253
Credit Adjustments & Other(a)(836)250(29)
Total Markets & Securities Services32,63631,97233,707
Total net revenue$47,899$51,749$49,284

(a)Consists primarily of centrally managed credit valuation adjustments ("CVA"), funding valuation adjustments ("FVA") on derivatives, other valuation adjustments, and certain components of fair value option elected liabilities, which are primarily reported in principal transactions revenue. Results are presented net of associated hedging activities and net of CVA and FVA amounts allocated to Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets. Refer to Notes 2, 3 and 24 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K67

Management’s discussion and analysis

2022 compared with 2021

Net income was $15.0 billion, down 29%.

Net revenue was $47.9 billion, down 7%.

Banking revenue was $15.3 billion, down 23%.

•Investment Banking revenue was $6.5 billion, down 48%, driven by lower Investment Banking fees, which were also down 48%, as volatile market conditions resulted in lower fees across products, and $251 million of markdowns on held-for-sale positions, primarily unfunded commitments, in the bridge financing portfolio in the second quarter of 2022. The Firm ranked #1 for Global Investment Banking fees, according to Dealogic.

–Equity underwriting fees were $1.0 billion, down 74%, and debt underwriting fees were $2.8 billion, down 43%, due to lower issuance activity.

–Advisory fees were $3.1 billion, down 30%, driven by a lower level of announced deals.

•Payments revenue was $7.4 billion, up 18%, and included the net impact of equity investments. Excluding this net impact, revenue was $7.8 billion, up 33%, driven by deposit margin expansion on higher rates and growth in fees on higher volumes.

•Lending revenue was $1.4 billion, up 38%, driven by higher net interest income primarily on higher loans, as well as fair value gains on hedges of retained loans, compared with losses in the prior year.

Markets & Securities Services revenue was $32.6 billion, up 2%. Markets revenue was $29.0 billion, up 6%.

•Fixed Income Markets revenue was $18.6 billion, up 10%, driven by strong performance in the macro businesses amid volatile market conditions, particularly in Currencies & Emerging Markets and Rates, partially offset by lower revenue in Securitized Products.

•Equity Markets revenue was $10.4 billion, down 2%, driven by lower revenue in Cash Equities, largely offset by Equity Derivatives.

•Securities Services revenue was $4.5 billion, up 4%, driven by deposit margin expansion on higher rates and growth in fees, largely offset by lower average market values of assets under custody and lower deposits.

•Credit Adjustments & Other was a loss of $836 million, reflecting funding spread widening, and, to a lesser extent, losses on exposures relating to commodities and Russia and Russia-associated counterparties, compared with a gain of $250 million in the prior year.

Noninterest expense was $27.1 billion, up 7%, driven by higher structural expense and investments in the business, including higher compensation, partially offset by lower revenue-related compensation as well as lower legal expense.

The provision for credit losses was $1.2 billion, predominantly driven by a net addition to the allowance for credit losses, reflecting deterioration in the Firm’s macroeconomic outlook and loan growth.

The provision for credit losses in the prior year was a net benefit of $1.2 billion, driven by a net reduction in the allowance for credit losses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
68JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except headcount)
202220212020
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
Total assets$1,334,296$1,259,896$1,095,926
Loans:
Loans retained(a)187,642159,786133,296
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(b)42,30450,38639,588
Total loans229,946210,172172,884
Equity103,00083,00080,000
Selected balance sheet data (average)
Total assets$1,406,250$1,334,518$1,121,942
Trading assets-debt and equity instruments405,916448,099425,060
Trading assets-derivative receivables77,80268,20369,243
Loans:
Loans retained(a)172,627145,137135,676
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(b)46,84651,07233,792
Total loans219,473196,209169,468
Equity103,00083,00080,000
Headcount73,45267,54661,733

(a)Loans retained includes credit portfolio loans, loans held by consolidated Firm-administered multi-seller conduits, trade finance loans, other held-for-investment loans and overdrafts.

(b)Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value primarily reflect lending related positions originated and purchased in CIB Markets, including loans held for securitization.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)
202220212020
Credit data and quality statistics
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$82$6$370
Nonperforming assets:
Nonaccrual loans:
Nonaccrual loans retained(a)7185841,008
Nonaccrual loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(b)8488441,662
Total nonaccrual loans1,5661,4282,670
Derivative receivables29631656
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions879185
Total nonperforming assets1,9491,8352,811
Allowance for credit losses:
Allowance for loan losses2,2921,3482,366
Allowance for lending-related commitments1,4481,3721,534
Total allowance for credit losses3,7402,7203,900
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate(c)0.05%%0.27%
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained1.220.841.77
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained, excluding trade finance and conduits(d)1.671.122.54
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans retained(a)319231235
Nonaccrual loans to total period-end loans0.680.681.54

(a)Allowance for loan losses of $104 million, $58 million and $278 million were held against these nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(b)At December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, nonaccrual loans excluded mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies of $115 million, $281 million and $316 million, respectively. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee.

(c)Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were excluded when calculating the net charge-off/(recovery) rate.

(d)Management uses allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained, excluding trade finance and conduits, a non-GAAP financial measure, to provide a more meaningful assessment of CIB’s allowance coverage ratio. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 58-60.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K69

Management’s discussion and analysis

Investment banking fees
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)202220212020
Advisory$3,051$4,381$2,368
Equity underwriting1,0343,9532,758
Debt underwriting(a)2,8445,0254,351
Total investment banking fees$6,929$13,359$9,477

(a)Represents long-term debt and loan syndications.

League table results – wallet share
202220212020
Year ended December 31,RankShareRankShareRankShare
Based on fees(a)
M&A(b)
Global#28.2%#29.6%#28.9%
U.S.29.1210.829.4
Equity and equity-related(c)
Global15.828.828.9
U.S.113.9211.7212.1
Long-term debt(d)
Global17.018.418.8
U.S.112.2112.1112.8
Loan syndications
Global111.2110.9111.1
U.S.112.8112.6112.3
Global investment banking fees(e)#18.0%#19.3%#19.1%

(a)Source: Dealogic as of January 2, 2023. Reflects the ranking of revenue wallet and market share.

(b)Global M&A excludes any withdrawn transactions. U.S. M&A revenue wallet represents wallet from client parents based in the U.S.

(c)Global equity and equity-related ranking includes rights offerings and Chinese A-Shares.

(d)Long-term debt rankings include investment-grade, high-yield, supranationals, sovereigns, agencies, covered bonds, asset-backed securities ("ABS") and mortgage-backed securities ("MBS"); and exclude money market, short-term debt, and U.S. municipal securities.

(e)Global investment banking fees exclude money market, short-term debt and shelf securities.

Markets revenue

The following table summarizes selected income statement data for the Markets businesses. Markets includes both Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets. Markets revenue consists of principal transactions, fees, commissions and other income, as well as net interest income. The Firm assesses its Markets business performance on a total revenue basis, as offsets may occur across revenue line items. For example, securities that generate net interest income may be risk-managed by derivatives that are reflected at fair value in principal transactions revenue. Refer to Notes 6 and 7 for a description of the composition of these income statement line items.

Principal transactions reflects revenue on financial instruments and commodities transactions that arise from client-driven market-making activity. Principal transactions revenue includes amounts recognized upon executing new transactions with market participants, as well as “inventory-related revenue”, which is revenue recognized from gains and losses on derivatives and other instruments that the Firm has been holding in anticipation of, or in response to, client demand, and changes in the fair value of instruments used by the Firm to actively manage the risk exposure arising from such inventory. Principal transactions revenue recognized upon executing new transactions with market participants is affected by many factors including the level of client activity, the bid-offer spread (which is the

difference between the price at which a market participant is willing and able to sell an instrument to the Firm and the price at which another market participant is willing and able to buy it from the Firm, and vice versa), market liquidity and volatility. These factors are interrelated and sensitive to the same factors that drive inventory-related revenue, which include general market conditions, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and equity and commodity prices, as well as other macroeconomic conditions.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
70JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

For the periods presented below, the predominant source of principal transactions revenue was the amount recognized upon executing new transactions.

202220212020
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except where otherwise noted)Fixed Income MarketsEquity MarketsTotal MarketsFixed Income MarketsEquity MarketsTotal MarketsFixed Income MarketsEquity MarketsTotal Markets
Principal transactions$11,682$8,846$20,528$7,911$7,519$15,430$11,857$6,087$17,944
Lending- and deposit-related fees303223253211733822610236
Asset management, administration and commissions5502,0072,5575451,9672,5124112,0872,498
All other income916(131)785972(101)871493(62)431
Noninterest revenue13,45110,74424,1959,7499,40219,15112,9878,12221,109
Net interest income5,166(377)4,7897,1161,1278,2437,8914838,374
Total net revenue$18,617$10,367$28,984$16,865$10,529$27,394$20,878$8,605$29,483
Loss days(a)744

(a)Loss days represent the number of days for which CIB Markets, which consists of Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets, posted losses to total net revenue. The loss days determined under this measure differ from the measure used to determine backtesting gains and losses. Daily backtesting gains and losses include positions in the Firm’s Risk Management value-at-risk ("VaR") measure and exclude certain components of total net revenue, which may more than offset backtesting gains or losses on a particular day. For more information on daily backtesting gains and losses, refer to the VaR discussion on pages 133-135.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except where otherwise noted)202220212020
Assets under custody ("AUC") by asset class (period-end) (in billions):
Fixed Income$14,361$16,098$15,840
Equity10,74812,96211,489
Other(a)3,5264,1613,651
Total AUC$28,635$33,221$30,980
Merchant processing volume (in billions)(b)$2,158.4$1,886.7$1,597.3
Client deposits and other third party liabilities (average)(c)$687,391$714,910$610,555

(a)Consists of mutual funds, unit investment trusts, currencies, annuities, insurance contracts, options and other contracts.

(b)Represents total merchant processing volume across CIB, CCB and CB.

(c)Client deposits and other third-party liabilities pertain to the Payments and Securities Services businesses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K71

Management’s discussion and analysis

International metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except where otherwise noted)202220212020
Total net revenue(a)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$15,303$13,954$13,872
Asia-Pacific7,8467,5557,524
Latin America/Caribbean2,2391,8331,931
Total international net revenue25,38823,34223,327
North America22,51128,40725,957
Total net revenue$47,899$51,749$49,284
Loans retained (period-end)(a)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$39,424$33,084$27,659
Asia-Pacific15,57114,47112,802
Latin America/Caribbean8,5997,0065,425
Total international loans63,59454,56145,886
North America124,048105,22587,410
Total loans retained$187,642$159,786$133,296
Client deposits and other third-party liabilities (average)(b)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$247,203$243,867$211,592
Asia-Pacific129,134132,241124,145
Latin America/Caribbean39,91746,04537,664
Total international$416,254$422,153$373,401
North America271,137292,757237,154
Total client deposits and other third-party liabilities$687,391$714,910$610,555
AUC (period-end)(b) (in billions)
North America$19,219$21,655$20,028
All other regions9,41611,56610,952
Total AUC$28,635$33,221$30,980

(a)Total net revenue and loans retained (excluding loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value) are based on the location of the trading desk, booking location, or domicile of the client, as applicable.

(b)Client deposits and other third-party liabilities pertaining to the Payments and Securities Services businesses, and AUC, are based on the domicile of the client.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
72JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

COMMERCIAL BANKING

Commercial Banking provides comprehensive financial solutions, including lending, payments, investment banking and asset management products across three primary client segments: Middle Market Banking, Corporate Client Banking and Commercial Real Estate Banking. Other includes amounts not aligned with a primary client segment.Middle Market Banking covers small and midsized companies, local governments and nonprofit clients.Corporate Client Banking covers large corporations. Commercial Real Estate Banking covers investors, developers, and owners of multifamily, office, retail, industrial and affordable housing properties.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31, (in millions)202220212020
Revenue
Lending- and deposit-related fees$1,243$1,392$1,187
All other income(a)2,0932,5371,880
Noninterest revenue3,3363,9293,067
Net interest income8,1976,0796,246
Total net revenue(b)11,53310,0089,313
Provision for credit losses1,268(947)2,113
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense2,2961,9731,854
Noncompensation expense2,4232,0681,944
Total noninterest expense4,7194,0413,798
Income before income tax expense5,5466,9143,402
Income tax expense1,3331,668824
Net income$4,213$5,246$2,578

(a)Includes card income of $685 million, $624 million and $525 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(b)Total net revenue included tax-equivalent adjustments from income tax credits related to equity investments in designated community development entities and in entities established for rehabilitation of historic properties, as well as tax-exempt income related to municipal financing activities of $322 million, $330 million and $350 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

2022 compared with 2021

Net income was $4.2 billion, down 20%, reflecting a net increase in the provision for credit losses compared with a net benefit in the prior year.

Net revenue was $11.5 billion, up 15%. Net interest income was $8.2 billion, up 35%, driven by deposit margin expansion on higher rates and growth in loans, predominantly offset by the impact of higher funding costs and lower deposits.

Noninterest revenue was $3.3 billion, down 15%, driven by lower investment banking revenue and net markdowns on held-for-sale positions, primarily unfunded commitments, in the bridge financing portfolio. The decreases were partially offset by a gain on an equity method investment received in partial satisfaction of a loan.

Noninterest expense was $4.7 billion, up 17%, largely driven by higher volume-and revenue-related expense, as well as structural expense, including higher compensation expense, and expense associated with growth in payments.

The provision for credit losses was $1.3 billion, predominantly driven by a net addition to the allowance for credit losses, reflecting deterioration in the Firm’s macroeconomic outlook and loan growth.

The provision for credit losses in the prior year was a net benefit of $947 million, driven by a net reduction in the allowance for credit losses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K73

Management’s discussion and analysis

CB product revenue consists of the following:Lending includes a variety of financing alternatives, which are primarily provided on a secured basis; collateral includes receivables, inventory, equipment, real estate or other assets. Products include term loans, revolving lines of credit, bridge financing, asset-based structures, leases, and standby letters of credit.Payments includes revenue from a broad range of products and services that CB clients use to manage payments and receipts globally, as well as invest and manage funds.Investment banking includes investment banking fees and markets revenue from a full range of products and services providing CB clients with advisory, loan syndications, capital-raising in equity and debt markets, and risk management solutions.Other revenue primarily includes tax-equivalent adjustments generated from Community Development Banking and activity derived from principal transactions.

Selected income statement data (continued)
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)202220212020
Revenue by product
Lending$4,524$4,629$4,396
Payments(a)5,8823,7913,820
Investment banking(a)(b)8731,473964
Other254115133
Total net revenue$11,533$10,008$9,313
Investment banking revenue, gross(c)$2,978$5,092$3,348
Revenue by client segment
Middle Market Banking$5,134$4,004$3,640
Corporate Client Banking3,9183,5083,203
Commercial Real Estate Banking2,4612,4192,313
Other2077157
Total net revenue$11,533$10,008$9,313
Financial ratios
Return on equity16%21%11%
Overhead ratio414041

(a)In the fourth quarter of 2022, certain revenue from CIB Markets products was reclassified from investment banking to payments. Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

(b)Includes CB’s share of revenue from investment banking products sold to CB clients through the CIB.

(c)Includes gross revenues earned by the Firm for investment banking and payments products sold to CB clients that are subject to a revenue sharing arrangement with the CIB. Refer to Business Segment Results on page 61 for a discussion of revenue sharing.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except headcount)202220212020
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
Total assets$257,106$230,776$228,911
Loans:
Loans retained233,879206,220207,880
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value7072,2232,245
Total loans$234,586$208,443$210,125
Equity25,00024,00022,000
Period-end loans by client segment
Middle Market Banking(a)$72,625$61,159$61,115
Corporate Client Banking53,84045,31547,420
Commercial Real Estate Banking107,999101,751101,146
Other122218444
Total loans(a)$234,586$208,443$210,125
Selected balance sheet data (average)
Total assets$243,108$225,548$233,156
Loans:
Loans retained222,388201,920217,767
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value1,3503,1221,129
Total loans$223,738$205,042$218,896
Client deposits and other third-party liabilities294,261301,502237,825
Equity25,00024,00022,000
Average loans by client segment
Middle Market Banking$67,830$60,128$61,558
Corporate Client Banking50,28144,36154,172
Commercial Real Estate Banking105,459100,331102,479
Other168222687
Total loans$223,738$205,042$218,896
Headcount14,68712,90211,675

(a)At December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, total loans included $132 million, $1.2 billion and $6.6 billion of loans under the PPP, of which $123 million, $1.1 billion and $6.4 billion were in Middle Market Banking, respectively. Refer to Credit Portfolio on pages 108-109 for a further discussion of the PPP.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
74JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)202220212020
Credit data and quality statistics
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$84$71$401
Nonperforming assets
Nonaccrual loans:
Nonaccrual loans retained(a)766(c)740(c)1,286
Nonaccrual loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value120
Total nonaccrual loans7667401,406
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions1724
Total nonperforming assets7667571,430
Allowance for credit losses:
Allowance for loan losses3,3242,2193,335
Allowance for lending-related commitments830749651
Total allowance for credit losses4,1542,9683,986
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate(b)0.04%0.04%0.18%
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained1.421.081.60
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans retained(a)434300259
Nonaccrual loans to period-end total loans0.330.360.67

(a)Allowance for loan losses of $153 million, $124 million and $273 million was held against nonaccrual loans retained at December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(b)Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were excluded when calculating the net charge-off/(recovery) rate.

(c)At December 31, 2022 and 2021, nonaccrual loans excluded $18 million and $114 million, respectively, of PPP loans 90 or more days past due and guaranteed by the SBA.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K75

Management’s discussion and analysis

ASSET & WEALTH MANAGEMENT

Asset & Wealth Management, with client assets of $4.0 trillion, is a global leader in investment and wealth management. Asset Management Offers multi-asset investment management solutions across equities, fixed income, alternatives and money market funds to institutional and retail investors providing for a broad range of clients’ investment needs. Global Private BankProvides retirement products and services, brokerage, custody, estate planning, lending, deposits and investment management to high net worth clients. The majority of AWM’s client assets are in actively managed portfolios.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)202220212020
Revenue
Asset management, administration and commissions$12,172$12,333$10,610
All other income335738212
Noninterest revenue12,50713,07110,822
Net interest income5,2413,8863,418
Total net revenue17,74816,95714,240
Provision for credit losses128(227)263
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense6,3365,6924,959
Noncompensation expense5,4935,2274,998
Total noninterest expense11,82910,9199,957
Income before income tax expense5,7916,2654,020
Income tax expense1,4261,5281,028
Net income$4,365$4,737$2,992
Revenue by line of business
Asset Management$8,818$9,246$7,654
Global Private Bank8,9307,7116,586
Total net revenue$17,748$16,957$14,240
Financial ratios
Return on equity25%33%28%
Overhead ratio676470
Pre-tax margin ratio:
Asset Management303529
Global Private Bank353927
Asset & Wealth Management333728

2022 compared with 2021

Net income was $4.4 billion, down 8%.

Net revenue was $17.7 billion, up 5%. Net interest income was $5.2 billion, up 35%. Noninterest revenue was $12.5 billion, down 4%.

Revenue from Asset Management was $8.8 billion, down 5%, predominantly driven by:

•net investment valuation losses compared to net gains in the prior year and,

•lower asset management fees reflecting a decline in market levels and the impact of net liquidity outflows, predominantly offset by the removal of most money market fund fee waivers.

Revenue from Global Private Bank was $8.9 billion, up 16%, driven by:

•margin expansion on higher rates and higher average deposits; and to a lesser extent higher average loans and wider spreads,

partially offset by

•lower brokerage and placement fees on reduced volume, and lower management fees.

Noninterest expense was $11.8 billion, up 8%, driven by higher structural expense and investments in the business, largely compensation.

The provision for credit losses was $128 million, driven by a net addition to the allowance for credit losses.

The provision for credit losses in the prior year was a net benefit of $227 million driven by a net reduction in the allowance for credit losses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
76JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K
Asset Management has two high-level measures of its overall fund performance.
• Percentage of mutual fund assets under management in funds rated 4- or 5-star: Mutual fund rating services rank funds based on their risk adjusted performance over various periods. A 5-star rating is the best rating and represents the top 10% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 4-star rating represents the next 22.5% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 3-star rating represents the next 35% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 2-star rating represents the next 22.5% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 1-star rating is the worst rating and represents the bottom 10% of industrywide ranked funds. An overall Morningstar rating is derived from a weighted average of the performance associated with a fund’s three-, five and ten- year (if applicable) Morningstar Rating metrics. For U.S.-domiciled funds, separate star ratings are provided at the individual shareclass level. The Nomura “star rating” is based on three-year risk-adjusted performance only. Funds with fewer than three years of history are not rated and hence excluded from these rankings. All ratings, the assigned peer categories and the asset values used to derive these rankings are sourced from the applicable fund rating provider. Where applicable, the fund rating providers redenominate asset values into U.S. dollars. The percentage of AUM is based on star ratings at the share class level for U.S.-domiciled funds, and at a “primary share class” level to represent the star rating of all other funds, except for Japan, for which Nomura provides ratings at the fund level. The performance data may have been different if all share classes had been included. Past performance is not indicative of future results.
• Percentage of mutual fund assets under management in funds ranked in the 1st or 2nd quartile (one, three and five years):All quartile rankings, the assigned peer categories and the asset values used to derive these rankings are sourced from the fund rating providers. Quartile rankings are based on the net-of-fee absolute return of each fund. Where applicable, the fund rating providers redenominate asset values into U.S. dollars. The percentage of AUM is based on fund performance and associated peer rankings at the share class level for U.S.-domiciled funds, at a “primary share class” level to represent the quartile ranking for U.K., Luxembourg and Hong Kong SAR funds and at the fund level for all other funds. The performance data may have been different if all share classes had been included. Past performance is not indicative of future results.
“Primary share class” means the C share class for European funds and Acc share class for Hong Kong SAR and Taiwan funds. If these share classes are not available, the oldest share class is used as the primary share class.
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except ranking data, ratios and headcount)202220212020
% of JPM mutual fund assets rated as 4- or 5-star(a)73%69%63%
% of JPM mutual fund assets ranked in 1st or 2nd quartile:(b)
1 year655363
3 years757269
5 years818072
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)(c)
Total assets$232,037$234,425$203,384
Loans214,006218,271186,608
Deposits233,130282,052198,755
Equity17,00014,00010,500
Selected balance sheet data (average)(c)
Total assets$232,438$217,187$181,432
Loans215,582198,487166,311
Deposits261,489230,296161,955
Equity17,00014,00010,500
Headcount26,04122,76220,683
Number of Global Private Bank client advisors3,1372,7382,462
Credit data and quality statistics(c)
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$(7)$26$(14)
Nonaccrual loans459708964
Allowance for credit losses:
Allowance for loan losses$494$365$598
Allowance for lending-related commitments201838
Total allowance for credit losses$514$383$636
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate%0.01%(0.01)%
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans0.230.170.32
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans1085262
Nonaccrual loans to period-end loans0.210.320.52

(a)Represents the Morningstar Rating for all domiciled funds except for Japan domiciled funds which use Nomura. Includes only Asset Management retail open-ended mutual funds that have a rating. Excludes money market funds, Undiscovered Managers Fund, and Brazil domiciled funds.

(b)Quartile ranking sourced from Morningstar, Lipper and Nomura based on country of domicile. Includes only Asset Management retail open-ended mutual funds that are ranked by the aforementioned sources. Excludes money market funds, Undiscovered Managers Fund, and Brazil domiciled funds.

(c)Loans, deposits and related credit data and quality statistics relate to the Global Private Bank business.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K77

Management’s discussion and analysis

Client assets

2022 compared with 2021

Client assets were $4.0 trillion, a decrease of 6%. Assets under management were $2.8 trillion, a decrease of 11% driven by lower market levels and net outflows from liquidity products, partially offset by continued net inflows into long term products.

Client assets
December 31, (in billions)202220212020
Assets by asset class
Liquidity$654$708$641
Fixed income638693671
Equity670779595
Multi-asset603732656
Alternatives201201153
Total assets under management2,7663,1132,716
Custody/brokerage/administration/deposits1,2821,182936
Total client assets(a)$4,048$4,295$3,652
Assets by client segment
Private Banking$751$805$689
Global Institutional1,2521,4301,273
Global Funds763878754
Total assets under management$2,766$3,113$2,716
Private Banking$1,964$1,931$1,581
Global Institutional1,3141,4791,311
Global Funds770885760
Total client assets(a)$4,048$4,295$3,652

(a)Includes CCB client investment assets invested in managed accounts and J.P. Morgan mutual funds where AWM is the investment manager.

Client assets (continued)
Year ended December 31, (in billions)202220212020
Assets under management rollforward
Beginning balance$3,113$2,716$2,328
Net asset flows:
Liquidity(55)68104
Fixed income133648
Equity358533
Multi-asset(9)175
Alternatives8266
Market/performance/other impacts(339)165192
Ending balance, December 31$2,766$3,113$2,716
Client assets rollforward
Beginning balance$4,295$3,652$3,089
Net asset flows49389276
Market/performance/other impacts(296)254287
Ending balance, December 31$4,048$4,295$3,652
International metrics
Year ended December 31, (in billions, except where otherwise noted)202220212020
Total net revenue (in millions)(a)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$3,240$3,571$2,956
Asia-Pacific1,8362,0171,665
Latin America/Caribbean967886782
Total international net revenue6,0436,4745,403
North America11,70510,4838,837
Total net revenue$17,748$16,957$14,240
Assets under management
Europe/Middle East/Africa$487$561$517
Asia-Pacific218254224
Latin America/Caribbean697970
Total international assets under management774894811
North America1,9922,2191,905
Total assets under management$2,766$3,113$2,716
Client assets
Europe/Middle East/Africa$610$687$622
Asia-Pacific331381330
Latin America/Caribbean189195166
Total international client assets1,1301,2631,118
North America2,9183,0322,534
Total client assets$4,048$4,295$3,652

(a)Regional revenue is based on the domicile of the client.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
78JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

CORPORATE

Column 1Column 2
The Corporate segment consists of Treasury and Chief Investment Office (“CIO”) and Other Corporate. Treasury and CIO is predominantly responsible for measuring, monitoring, reporting and managing the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks. Other Corporate includes staff functions and expense that is centrally managed as well as certain Firm initiatives and activities not aligned to a specific LOB. The major Other Corporate functions include Real Estate, Technology, Legal, Corporate Finance, Human Resources, Internal Audit, Risk Management, Compliance, Control Management, Corporate Responsibility and various Other Corporate groups.
Selected income statement and balance sheet data
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except headcount)202220212020
Revenue
Principal transactions$(227)$187$245
Investment securities gains/(losses)(2,380)(345)795
All other income809226159
Noninterest revenue(1,798)681,199
Net interest income1,878(3,551)(2,375)
Total net revenue(a)80(3,483)(1,176)
Provision for credit losses228166
Noninterest expense1,0341,8021,373
Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit)(976)(5,366)(2,615)
Income tax expense/(benefit)(233)(1,653)(865)
Net income/(loss)$(743)$(3,713)$(1,750)
Total net revenue
Treasury and CIO(439)(3,464)(1,368)
Other Corporate519(19)192
Total net revenue$80$(3,483)$(1,176)
Net income/(loss)
Treasury and CIO(197)(3,057)(1,403)
Other Corporate(546)(656)(347)
Total net income/(loss)$(743)$(3,713)$(1,750)
Total assets (period-end)$1,328,219$1,518,100$1,359,831
Loans (period-end)2,1811,7701,657
Deposits14,203(b)396318
Headcount44,19638,95238,366

(a)Included tax-equivalent adjustments, driven by tax-exempt income from municipal bonds, of $235 million, $257 million and $241 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(b)Predominantly relates to the Firm's international consumer growth initiatives.

2022 compared with 2021

Net loss was $743 million, compared with a net loss of $3.7 billion in the prior year.

Net revenue was $80 million, compared with a loss of $3.5 billion driven by higher net interest income due to higher rates, partially offset by lower noninterest revenue.

Noninterest revenue was a loss of $1.8 billion, compared with a gain of $68 million driven by:

•higher net investment securities losses on sales of U.S. GSE and government agency MBS, and U.S. Treasuries associated with repositioning the investment securities portfolio,

•the impact of movements in foreign exchange on certain revenues, primarily as result of the U.S. dollar strengthening,

•net losses related to cash deployment transactions, which were more than offset by the related net interest income earned on those transactions,

•net losses, including hedging costs on an equity method investment related to the Firm's international consumer growth initiatives, and

•net losses on certain legacy private equity investments compared with net gains in prior year.

partially offset by

•a gain on the sale of Visa B shares. In connection with the sale, the Firm entered into a derivative instrument with the purchaser of the shares under which the Firm retains the risk associated with changes in the rate at which the shares are convertible into Visa Class A common shares (“Visa A shares”). Refer to Note 2 for additional information,

•higher net gains related to certain Other Corporate investments, and

•proceeds from an insurance settlement in the first quarter of 2022.

Noninterest expense was $1.0 billion, down $768 million, predominantly driven by:

•lower structural expense reflecting the impact of movements in foreign exchange on certain expenses primarily as a result of the U.S. dollar strengthening, and lower retained technology expense, and

•a lower contribution to the Firm’s Foundation.

partially offset by

•higher investments, including the costs associated with the Firm's international consumer growth initiatives.

The net impact of movements in foreign exchange rates associated with the foreign exchange risk that is transferred to Treasury and CIO on certain revenues and expenses was not material to net income. Refer to Foreign Exchange Risk on page 62 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K79

Management’s discussion and analysis

Refer to Note 10 and Note 13 for additional information on the investment securities portfolio and the allowance for credit losses.

The current period income tax benefit was driven by benefits related to tax audit settlements as well as other tax adjustments, partially offset by a change in the level and mix of income and expenses subject to U.S. federal and state and local taxes that also impacted the Firm's tax reserves.

Other Corporate also reflects the Firm's international consumer growth initiatives, which include Chase U.K., the Firm's digital retail bank in the U.K.; Nutmeg, a digital wealth manager in the U.K.; and a 40% ownership stake in C6 Bank, a digital bank in Brazil, which closed in the first quarter of 2022.

Treasury and CIO overview

Treasury and CIO is predominantly responsible for measuring, monitoring, reporting and managing the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks. The risks managed by Treasury and CIO arise from the activities undertaken by the Firm’s four major reportable business segments to serve their respective client bases, which generate both on- and off-balance sheet assets and liabilities.

Treasury and CIO seeks to achieve the Firm’s asset-liability management objectives generally by investing in high-quality securities that are managed for the longer-term as part of the Firm’s investment securities portfolio. Treasury and CIO also uses derivatives to meet the Firm’s asset-liability management objectives. Refer to Note 5 for further information on derivatives. In addition, Treasury and CIO manages the Firm’s cash position primarily through deposits at central banks and investments in short-term instruments. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104 for further information on liquidity and funding risk. Refer to Market Risk Management on pages 131-138 for information on interest rate and foreign exchange risks.

The investment securities portfolio predominantly consists of U.S. and non-U.S. government securities, U.S. GSE and government agency and nonagency mortgage-backed securities, collateralized loan obligations, obligations of U.S. states and municipalities and other ABS. At December 31, 2022, the Treasury and CIO investment securities portfolio, net of the allowance for credit losses, was $629.3 billion, and the average credit rating of the securities comprising the portfolio was AA+ (based upon external ratings where available and, where not available, based primarily upon internal risk ratings). Refer to Note 10 for further information on the Firm’s investment securities portfolio and internal risk ratings.

Selected income statement and balance sheet data
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions)202220212020
Investment securities gains/(losses)$(2,380)$(345)$795
Available-for-sale securities (average)$239,924$306,827$413,367
Held-to-maturity securities (average)(a)412,180285,08694,569
Investment securities portfolio (average)$652,104$591,913$507,936
Available-for-sale securities (period-end)$203,981$306,352$386,065
Held-to-maturity securities (period–end)(a)425,305363,707201,821
Investment securities portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses (period–end)(b)$629,286$670,059$587,886

(a)During 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Firm transferred $78.3 billion, $104.5 billion and $164.2 billion of investment securities, respectively, from AFS to HTM for capital management purposes.

(b)At December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the allowance for credit losses on investment securities was $67 million, $42 million and $78 million, respectively.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
80JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

FIRMWIDE RISK MANAGEMENT

Risk is an inherent part of JPMorgan Chase’s business activities. When the Firm extends a consumer or wholesale loan, advises customers and clients on their investment decisions, makes markets in securities, or offers other products or services, the Firm takes on some degree of risk. The Firm’s overall objective is to manage its business, and the associated risks, in a manner that balances serving the interests of its clients, customers and investors, and protecting the safety and soundness of the Firm.

The Firm believes that effective risk management requires, among other things:

•Acceptance of responsibility, including identification and escalation of risks by all individuals within the Firm;

•Ownership of risk identification, assessment, data and management within each of the LOBs and Corporate; and

•A Firmwide risk governance and oversight structure.

The Firm follows a disciplined and balanced compensation framework with strong internal governance and independent oversight by the Board of Directors (the “Board”). The impact of risk and control issues is carefully considered in the Firm’s performance evaluation and incentive compensation processes.

Risk governance framework

The Firm’s risk governance framework involves understanding drivers of risks, types of risks, and impacts of risks.

Drivers of risks are factors that cause a risk to exist. Drivers of risks include, but are not limited to, the economic environment, regulatory or government policy, competitor or market evolution, business decisions, process or judgment error, deliberate wrongdoing, dysfunctional markets, and natural disasters.

Types of risks are categories by which risks manifest themselves. The Firm’s risks are generally categorized in the following four risk types:

•Strategic risk is the risk to earnings, capital, liquidity or reputation associated with poorly designed or failed business plans or inadequate responses to changes in the operating environment.

•Credit and investment risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer; or loss of principal or a reduction in expected returns on investments, including

consumer credit risk, wholesale credit risk, and investment portfolio risk.

•Market risk is the risk associated with the effect of changes in market factors, such as interest and foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices, credit spreads or implied volatilities, on the value of assets and liabilities held for both the short and long term.

•Operational risk is the risk of an adverse outcome resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems; human factors; or external events impacting the Firm’s processes or systems. Operational risk includes compliance, conduct, legal, and estimations and model risk.

Impacts of risks are consequences of risks, both quantitative and qualitative. There may be many consequences of risks manifesting, including quantitative impacts such as a reduction in earnings and capital, liquidity outflows, and fines or penalties, or qualitative impacts such as damage to the Firm’s reputation, loss of clients and customers, and regulatory and enforcement actions.

The Firm’s risk governance framework is managed on a Firmwide basis. The Firm has an Independent Risk Management (“IRM”) function, which is comprised of Risk Management and Compliance. The Firm’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) appoints, subject to approval by the Risk Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Board Risk Committee”), the Firm’s Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”) to lead the IRM function and maintain the risk governance framework of the Firm. The framework is subject to approval by the Board Risk Committee through its review and approval of the Risk Governance and Oversight Policy.

The Firm’s CRO oversees and delegates authority to the Firmwide Risk Executives (“FREs”), the Chief Risk Officers of the LOBs and Corporate (“LOB CROs”), and the Firm’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), who, in turn, establish Risk Management and Compliance organizations, develop the Firm’s risk governance policies and standards, and define and oversee the implementation of the Firm’s risk governance framework. The LOB CROs oversee risks that arise in their LOBs and Corporate, while FREs oversee risks that span across the LOBs and Corporate, functions and regions. Each area of the Firm giving rise to risk is expected to operate within the parameters identified by the IRM function, and within its own management-identified risk and control standards.

Three lines of defense

The Firm’s “three lines of defense” are as follows:

The first line of defense consists of each LOB, Treasury and CIO, and certain Other Corporate initiatives, including their aligned Operations, Technology and Control Management. The first line of defense own the identification of risks within their respective organizations and the design and execution of controls to manage those risks.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K81

Management’s discussion and analysis

Responsibilities also include adherence to applicable laws, rules and regulations and implementation of the risk governance framework established by IRM, which may include policies, standards, limits, thresholds and controls.

The second line of defense is the IRM function, which is separate from, and independently assesses and challenges, the first line of defense risk management practices. IRM is also responsible for the identification of risks within its respective organization, adherence to applicable laws, rules and regulations and for the development and implementation of policies and standards with respect to its own processes.

The third line of defense is Internal Audit, an independent function that provides objective assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of Firmwide processes, controls, governance and risk management. The Internal Audit function is headed by the General Auditor, who reports to the Audit Committee and administratively to the CEO.

In addition, there are other functions that contribute to the Firmwide control environment but are not considered part of a particular line of defense, including Finance, Human Resources and Legal. These other functions are responsible for the identification of risks within their respective organizations, adherence to applicable laws, rules and regulations and implementation of the risk governance framework established by IRM.

Risk identification and ownership

The LOBs and Corporate own the identification of risks within their respective organizations, as well as the design and execution of controls, including IRM-specified controls, to manage those risks. To support this activity, the Firm has a risk identification framework designed to facilitate each LOB and Corporate’s responsibility to identify material risks inherent to the Firm’s business and operational activities, catalog them in a central repository and review material risks on a regular basis. The IRM function reviews and challenges the LOB and Corporate’s identified risks, maintains the central repository and provides the consolidated Firmwide results to the Firmwide Risk Committee (“FRC”) and the Board Risk Committee.

Risk appetite

The Firm’s overall appetite for risk is governed by “Risk Appetite” frameworks for quantitative and qualitative risks. Periodically the Firm’s risk appetite is set and approved by senior management (including the CEO and CRO) and approved by the Board Risk Committee. Quantitative and qualitative risks are assessed to monitor and measure the Firm’s capacity to take risk consistent with its stated risk appetite. Risk appetite results are reported to the Board Risk Committee.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
82JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Risk governance and oversight structure

The independent status of the IRM function is supported by a risk governance and oversight structure that provides channels for the escalation of risks and issues to senior management, the FRC, and the Board of Directors, as appropriate.

The chart below illustrates the committees of the Board of Directors and key senior management-level committees in the Firm’s risk governance and oversight structure. In addition, there are other committees, forums and channels of escalation that support the oversight of risk that are not shown in the chart below or described in this Form 10-K.

The Firm’s Operating Committee, which consists of the Firm’s CEO, CRO, Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), General Counsel, CEOs of the LOBs and other senior executives, is accountable to and may refer matters to the Firm’s Board of Directors. The Operating Committee is responsible for escalating to the Board the information necessary to facilitate the Board’s exercise of its duties.

Board oversight

The Firm’s Board of Directors actively oversees the business and affairs of the Firm. This includes monitoring the Firm’s financial performance and condition and reviewing the strategic objectives and plans of the Firm. The Board carries out a significant portion of its oversight responsibilities through its principal standing committees, each of which consists solely of independent members of the Board. The Board Risk Committee is the principal committee that oversees risk matters. The Audit Committee oversees the control environment, and the Compensation & Management Development Committee oversees compensation and other management-related matters. Each committee of the Board oversees reputational risks, conduct risks, and ESG matters within its scope of responsibility.

The JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Board of Directors is responsible for the oversight of management of the bank, which it discharges both acting directly and through the principal standing committees of the Firm’s Board of Directors. Risk and control oversight on behalf of JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. is primarily the responsibility of the Board

Risk Committee and the Audit Committee, respectively, and, with respect to compensation and other management-related matters, the Compensation & Management Development Committee.

The Board Risk Committee assists the Board in its oversight of management’s responsibility to implement a global risk management framework reasonably designed to identify, assess and manage the Firm’s risks. The Board Risk Committee’s responsibilities include approval of applicable primary risk policies and review of certain associated frameworks, analysis and reporting established by management. Breaches in risk appetite and parameters, issues that may have a material adverse impact on the Firm, including capital and liquidity issues, and other significant risk-related matters are escalated to the Board Risk Committee, as appropriate.

The Audit Committee assists the Board in its oversight of management’s responsibility to ensure that there is an effective system of controls reasonably designed to safeguard the Firm’s assets and income, ensure the integrity of the Firm’s financial statements, and maintain compliance with the Firm’s ethical standards, policies, plans and procedures, and with laws and regulations. It also assists the Board in its oversight of the qualifications, independence and performance of the Firm’s independent registered public accounting firm, and of the performance of the Firm’s Internal Audit function.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K83

Management’s discussion and analysis

The Compensation & Management Development Committee (“CMDC”) assists the Board in its oversight of the Firm’s compensation principles and practices. The CMDC reviews and approves the Firm’s compensation and qualified benefits programs. The Committee reviews the performance of Operating Committee members against their goals, and approves their compensation awards. In addition, the CEO’s award is subject to ratification by the independent directors of the Board. The CMDC also reviews the development of and succession for key executives. As part of the Board’s role of reinforcing, demonstrating and communicating the “tone at the top,” the CMDC oversees the Firm’s culture, including reviewing updates from management regarding significant conduct issues and any related actions with respect to employees, including compensation actions.

The Public Responsibility Committee oversees and reviews the Firm's positions and practices on public responsibility matters such as community investment, fair lending, sustainability, consumer practices and other public policy issues that reflect the Firm's values and character and could impact the Firm's reputation among its stakeholders. The Committee also provides guidance on these matters to management and the Board, as appropriate.

The Corporate Governance & Nominating Committee exercises general oversight with respect to the governance of the Board of Directors. It reviews the qualifications of and recommends to the Board proposed nominees for election to the Board. The Committee evaluates and recommends to the Board corporate governance practices applicable to the Firm. It also reviews the framework for assessing the Board’s performance and self-evaluation.

Management oversight

The Firm’s senior management-level committees that are primarily responsible for key risk-related functions include:

The Firmwide Risk Committee (“FRC”) is the Firm’s highest management-level risk committee. It oversees the risks inherent in the Firm’s business and provides a forum for discussion of topics, and issues that are raised or escalated by its members and other committees.

The Firmwide Control Committee (“FCC”) is an escalation committee for senior management to review and discuss the Firmwide operational risk environment including identified issues, operational risk metrics and significant events that have been escalated.

Line of Business and Regional Risk Committees are responsible for overseeing the governance, limits, and controls that have been established within the scope of their respective activities. These committees review the ways in which the particular LOB or the businesses operating in a particular region could be exposed to adverse outcomes, with a focus on identifying, accepting, escalating and/or requiring remediation of matters brought to these committees.

Line of Business and Corporate Function Control Committees oversee the operational risk and control environment of their respective business or function, inclusive of Operational Risk, Compliance and Conduct Risks. As part of that mandate, they are responsible for reviewing indicators of elevated or emerging risks and other data that may impact the level of operational risk in a business or function, addressing key operational risk issues, with an emphasis on processes with control concerns and overseeing control remediation.

The Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”) is responsible for overseeing the Firm’s asset and liability management (“ALM”), including the activities and frameworks supporting management of the balance sheet, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, and capital risk.

The Firmwide Valuation Governance Forum (“VGF”) is composed of senior finance and risk executives and is responsible for overseeing the management of risks arising from valuation activities conducted across the Firm.

Risk governance and oversight functions

The Firm manages its risk through risk governance and oversight functions. The scope of a particular function or business activity may include one or more drivers, types and/or impacts of risk. For example, Country Risk Management oversees country risk which may be a driver of risk or an aggregation of exposures that could give rise to multiple risk types such as credit or market risk.

The following sections discuss the risk governance and oversight functions that have been established to manage the risks inherent in the Firm’s business activities.

Risk governance and oversight functionsPage
Strategic Risk85
Capital Risk86-96
Liquidity Risk97-104
Reputation Risk105
Consumer Credit Risk110-115
Wholesale Credit Risk116-126
Investment Portfolio Risk130
Market Risk131-138
Country Risk139-140
Climate Risk141
Operational Risk142-148
Compliance Risk145
Conduct Risk146
Legal Risk147
Estimations and Model Risk148
Column 1Column 2Column 3
84JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

STRATEGIC RISK MANAGEMENT

Strategic risk is the risk to earnings, capital, liquidity or reputation associated with poorly designed or failed business plans or inadequate responses to changes in the operating environment.

Management and oversight

The Operating Committee, together with the senior leadership of each LOB and Corporate, is responsible for managing the Firm’s most significant strategic risks. IRM engages regularly in strategic business discussions and decision-making, including participation in relevant business reviews and senior management meetings, risk and control committees and other relevant governance forums, and acquisition and new business initiative reviews. The Board of Directors oversees management’s strategic decisions, and the Board Risk Committee oversees IRM and the Firm’s risk governance framework.

In the process of developing business plans and strategic initiatives, LOB and Corporate senior management identify the associated risks that are incorporated into the Firmwide Risk Identification framework and their impact on risk appetite.

In addition, IRM conducts a qualitative assessment of the LOB and Corporate strategic initiatives to assess their impact on the risk profile of the Firm.

The Firm’s strategic planning process, which includes the development of the Firm’s strategic plan and other strategic initiatives, is one component of managing the Firm’s strategic risk. The strategic plan outlines the Firm’s strategic framework and initiatives, and includes components such as budget, risk appetite, capital, earnings and asset-liability management objectives. Guided by the Firm’s How We Do Business Principles, the Operating Committee and senior management teams in each LOB and Corporate review and update the strategic plan periodically, including evaluating the strategic framework and performance against prior-year initiatives, assessing the operating environment, refining existing strategies and developing new strategies.

The Firm’s strategic plan, together with IRM’s assessment, are provided to the Board as part of its review and approval of the Firm’s strategic plan, and the plan is also reflected in the Firm's budget.

The Firm’s balance sheet strategy, which focuses on risk-adjusted returns, strong capital and robust liquidity, is also a component in the management of strategic risk. Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 86-96 for further information on capital risk. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104 for further information on liquidity risk. Refer to Reputation Risk Management on page 105 for further information on reputation risk.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K85

Management’s discussion and analysis

CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Capital risk is the risk the Firm has an insufficient level or composition of capital to support the Firm’s business activities and associated risks during normal economic environments and under stressed conditions.

A strong capital position is essential to the Firm’s business strategy and competitive position. Maintaining a strong balance sheet to manage through economic volatility is considered a strategic imperative of the Firm’s Board of Directors, CEO and Operating Committee. The Firm’s fortress balance sheet philosophy focuses on risk-adjusted returns, strong capital and robust liquidity. The Firm’s capital risk management strategy focuses on maintaining long-term stability to enable the Firm to build and invest in market-leading businesses, including in highly stressed environments. Senior management considers the implications on the Firm’s capital prior to making significant decisions that could impact future business activities. In addition to considering the Firm’s earnings outlook, senior management evaluates all sources and uses of capital with a view to ensuring the Firm’s capital strength.

Capital risk management

The Firm has a Capital Risk Management function whose primary objective is to provide independent oversight of capital risk across the Firm.

Capital Risk Management’s responsibilities include:

•Defining, monitoring and reporting capital risk metrics;

•Establishing, calibrating and monitoring capital risk limits and indicators, including capital risk appetite;

•Developing a process to classify, monitor and report capital limit breaches;

•Performing an assessment of the Firm’s capital management activities, including changes made to the Contingency Capital Plan described below; and

•Conducting assessments of the Firm's regulatory capital framework intended to ensure compliance with applicable regulatory capital rules.

Capital management

Treasury and CIO is responsible for capital management.

The primary objectives of the Firm’s capital management are to:

•Maintain sufficient capital in order to continue to build and invest in the Firm’s businesses through the cycle and in stressed environments;

•Retain flexibility to take advantage of future investment opportunities;

•Promote the Firm’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiaries;

•Ensure the Firm operates above the minimum regulatory capital ratios as well as maintain “well-capitalized” status for the Firm and its insured depository institution (“IDI”) subsidiaries at all times under applicable regulatory capital requirements;

•Meet capital distribution objectives; and

•Maintain sufficient capital resources to operate throughout a resolution period in accordance with the Firm’s preferred resolution strategy.

The Firm addresses these objectives through:

•Establishing internal minimum capital requirements and maintaining a strong capital governance framework. The internal minimum capital levels consider the Firm’s regulatory capital requirements as well as an internal assessment of capital adequacy, in normal economic cycles and in stress events;

•Retaining flexibility in order to react to a range of potential events; and

•Regular monitoring of the Firm’s capital position and following prescribed escalation protocols, both at the Firm and material legal entity levels.

Governance

Committees responsible for overseeing the Firm’s capital management include the Capital Governance Committee, the Firmwide ALCO and LOB and regional ALCOs, and the CIO, Treasury and Corporate (“CTC”) Risk Committee. In addition, the Board Risk Committee periodically reviews the Firm’s capital risk tolerance. Refer to Firmwide Risk Management on pages 81-84 for additional discussion of the Firmwide ALCO and other risk-related committees.

Capital planning and stress testing

Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

The Federal Reserve requires large Bank Holding Companies (“BHCs”), including the Firm, to submit at least annually a capital plan that has been reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors. The Federal Reserve uses Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) and other stress testing processes to ensure that large BHCs have sufficient capital during periods of economic and financial stress, and have robust, forward-looking capital assessment and planning processes in place that address each BHC’s unique risks to enable it to absorb losses under certain stress scenarios. Through CCAR, the Federal Reserve evaluates each BHC’s capital adequacy and internal capital adequacy assessment processes (“ICAAP”), as well as its plans to make capital distributions, such as dividend payments or stock repurchases. The Federal Reserve uses results under the severely adverse scenario from its supervisory stress test to determine each firm’s Stress Capital Buffer (“SCB”) requirement for the coming year.

On June 27, 2022, the Firm announced that it had completed the Federal Reserve's 2022 CCAR stress test process. On August 4, 2022, the Federal Reserve affirmed the Firm's 2022 SCB requirement of 4.0% (up from 3.2%), and the Firm’s Standardized CET1 capital ratio requirement, including regulatory buffers, of 12.0% (up from 11.2%). The 2022 SCB requirement became effective on October 1, 2022, and will remain in effect until September 30, 2023.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
86JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Refer to Capital actions on page 94 for information on actions taken by the Firm’s Board of Directors.

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process

Annually, the Firm prepares the ICAAP, which informs the Board of Directors of the ongoing assessment of the Firm’s processes for managing the sources and uses of capital as well as compliance with supervisory expectations for capital planning and capital adequacy. The Firm’s ICAAP integrates stress testing protocols with capital planning. The Firm’s Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving the capital planning framework.

Stress testing assesses the potential impact of alternative economic and business scenarios on the Firm’s earnings and capital. Economic scenarios, and the parameters underlying those scenarios, are defined centrally and applied uniformly across the businesses. These scenarios are articulated in terms of macroeconomic factors, which are key drivers of business results; global market shocks, which generate short-term but severe trading losses; and idiosyncratic operational risk events. The scenarios are intended to capture and stress key vulnerabilities and idiosyncratic risks facing the Firm. In addition to CCAR and other periodic stress testing, management also considers tailored stress scenarios and sensitivity analyses, as necessary.

Contingency Capital Plan

The Firm’s Contingency Capital Plan establishes the capital management framework for the Firm and specifies the principles underlying the Firm’s approach towards capital management in normal economic conditions and in stressed environments. The Contingency Capital Plan defines how the Firm calibrates its targeted capital levels and meets minimum capital requirements, monitors the ongoing appropriateness of planned capital distributions, and sets out the capital contingency actions that are expected to be taken or considered at various levels of capital depletion during a period of stress.

Regulatory capital

The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements, including well-capitalized standards, for the consolidated financial holding company. The OCC establishes similar minimum capital requirements and standards for the Firm’s IDI subsidiaries, including JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The U.S. capital requirements generally follow the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee, as amended from time to time.

Basel III Overview

The capital rules under Basel III establish minimum capital ratios and overall capital adequacy standards for large and internationally active U.S. BHCs and banks, including the Firm and its IDI subsidiaries, including JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The minimum amount of regulatory capital that must be held by BHCs and banks is determined by calculating RWA, which are on-balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet exposures, weighted according to risk. Two comprehensive approaches are prescribed for calculating RWA: a standardized approach (“Basel III Standardized”), and an advanced approach (“Basel III Advanced”). For each of the risk-based capital ratios, the capital adequacy of the Firm is evaluated against the lower of the Standardized or Advanced approaches compared to their respective regulatory capital ratio requirements. The Firm’s Basel III Standardized risk-based ratios are currently more binding than the Basel III Advanced risk-based ratios.

Basel III establishes capital requirements for calculating credit risk RWA and market risk RWA, and in the case of Basel III Advanced, operational risk RWA. Key differences in the calculation of credit risk RWA between the Standardized and Advanced approaches are that for Basel III Advanced, credit risk RWA is based on risk-sensitive approaches which largely rely on the use of internal credit models and parameters, whereas for Basel III Standardized, credit risk RWA is generally based on supervisory risk-weightings which vary primarily by counterparty type and asset class. Market risk RWA is calculated on a generally consistent basis between Basel III Standardized and Basel III Advanced. In addition to the RWA calculated under these approaches, the Firm may supplement such amounts to incorporate management judgment and feedback from its regulators.

Basel III also includes a requirement for Advanced Approaches banking organizations, including the Firm, to calculate the SLR. Refer to SLR on page 93 for additional information.

Key Regulatory Developments

CECL regulatory capital transition.

Until December 31, 2021, the Firm’s capital reflected a two year delay of the effects of CECL provided by the Federal Reserve Board in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Beginning January 1, 2022, the $2.9 billion CECL capital benefit is being phased out at 25% per year over a three-year period. As of December 31, 2022, the Firm’s CET1 capital reflected the remaining $2.2 billion benefit associated with the CECL capital transition provisions.

Additionally, effective January 1, 2022, the Firm phased out 25% of the other CECL capital transition provisions which impacted Tier 2 capital, adjusted average assets, total leverage exposure and RWA, as applicable.

Refer to Note 1 for further information on the CECL accounting guidance.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K87

Management’s discussion and analysis

Standardized Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk. On January 1, 2022, the Firm adopted “Standardized Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk” (“SA-CCR”), which replaced the Current Exposure Method used to measure derivatives counterparty exposure under the Standardized and Advanced approach RWA where internal models are not used, as well as leverage exposure used to calculate the SLR in the regulatory capital framework. The rule issued by the U.S. banking regulators in November 2019 applies to Basel III Advanced Approaches banking organizations, such as the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

The adoption of SA-CCR on January 1, 2022 increased the Firm’s Standardized RWA by approximately $40 billion based on the Firm's derivatives exposure as of December 31, 2021, which resulted in a decrease of approximately 30 bps to the Firm's CET1 capital ratio and a modest decrease in its total leverage exposure. In addition, the adoption of SA-CCR increased the Firm's Advanced RWA, but to a lesser extent than Standardized RWA.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
88JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Risk-based Capital Regulatory Requirements

The following chart presents the Firm’s Basel III CET1 capital ratio requirements under the Basel III rules currently in effect.

All banking institutions are currently required to have a minimum CET1 capital ratio of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets.

Certain banking organizations, including the Firm, are required to hold additional levels of capital to serve as a “capital conservation buffer”. The capital conservation buffer incorporates a GSIB surcharge, a discretionary countercyclical capital buffer and a fixed capital conservation buffer of 2.5% for Advanced regulatory capital requirements and a variable SCB requirement, floored at 2.5%, for Standardized regulatory capital requirements.

Under the Federal Reserve’s GSIB rule, the Firm is required to assess its GSIB surcharge on an annual basis under two separately prescribed methods based on data for the previous fiscal year-end, and is subject to the higher of the two. “Method 1” reflects the GSIB surcharge as prescribed by the Basel Committee’s assessment methodology, and is calculated by the Financial Stability Board (“FSB”) across five criteria: size, cross-jurisdictional activity, interconnectedness, complexity and substitutability. “Method 2”, calculated by the Firm, modifies the Method 1 requirements to include a measure of short-term wholesale funding in place of substitutability, and introduces a GSIB score “multiplication factor”.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K89

Management’s discussion and analysis

The following table presents the Firm’s effective GSIB surcharge for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. For 2023, the Firm’s effective GSIB surcharge under Method 1 and Method 2 has increased to 2.5% and 4.0%, respectively.

202320222021
Method 12.5%2.0%2.0%
Method 24.0%3.5%3.5%

On November 21, 2022, the FSB released its annual GSIB list based upon data as of December 31, 2021, which affirmed the Firm’s Method 1 GSIB surcharge of 2.5% (up from 2.0%), effective January 1, 2023.

The Firm’s Method 2 surcharge calculated using data as of December 31, 2021 is 4.5%, which will be effective January 1, 2024. The Firm’s estimated Method 2 surcharge calculated using data as of December 31, 2022 is 4.5%. Accordingly, based on the GSIB rule currently in effect, the Firm’s effective GSIB surcharge is expected to increase to 4.5% on January 1, 2024.

The U.S. federal regulatory capital standards include a framework for setting a discretionary countercyclical capital buffer taking into account the macro financial environment in which large, internationally active banks function. As of December 31, 2022, the U.S. countercyclical capital buffer remained at 0%. The Federal Reserve will continue to review the buffer at least annually. The buffer can be increased if the Federal Reserve, FDIC and OCC determine that systemic risks are meaningfully above normal and can be calibrated up to an additional 2.5% of RWA subject to a 12-month implementation period.

Failure to maintain regulatory capital equal to or in excess of the risk-based regulatory capital minimum plus the capital conservation buffer (inclusive of the GSIB surcharge) and any countercyclical buffer will result in limitations to the amount of capital that the Firm may distribute, such as through dividends and common share repurchases, as well as certain executive discretionary bonus payments.

Risk-based Capital Targets

The Firm’s current target for its Basel III Standardized CET1 capital ratio is 13.0% for the first quarter of 2023, increasing to 13.5% for the first quarter of 2024 with consideration for an increase in the GSIB surcharge in 2024, and assuming no change in the Stress Capital Buffer. The Firm’s quarterly capital ratios may vary from these targets dependent on market conditions. These targets are based on the Basel III capital rules currently in effect.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity

The Federal Reserve’s TLAC rule requires the U.S. GSIB top-tier holding companies, including the Firm, to maintain minimum levels of external TLAC and eligible long-term debt (“eligible LTD”). Refer to TLAC on page 95 for additional information.

Leverage-based Capital Regulatory Requirements

Supplementary leverage ratio

Banking organizations subject to the Basel III Advanced approach are currently required to have a minimum SLR of 3.0%. Certain banking organizations, including the Firm, are also required to hold an additional 2.0% leverage buffer.

The SLR is defined as Tier 1 capital under Basel III divided by the Firm’s total leverage exposure. Total leverage exposure is calculated by taking the Firm’s total average on-balance sheet assets, less amounts permitted to be deducted for Tier 1 capital, and adding certain off-balance sheet exposures, such as undrawn commitments and derivatives potential future exposure.

Failure to maintain an SLR equal to or greater than the regulatory requirement will result in limitations on the amount of capital that the Firm may distribute such as through dividends and common share repurchases, as well as on certain executive discretionary bonus payments.

Other regulatory capital

In addition to meeting the capital ratio requirements of Basel III, the Firm and its IDI subsidiaries must also maintain minimum capital and leverage ratios in order to be “well-capitalized” under the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve and the Prompt Corrective Action (“PCA”) requirements of the FDIC Improvement Act (“FDICIA”), respectively. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

Additional information regarding the Firm’s capital ratios, as well as the U.S. federal regulatory capital standards to which the Firm is subject, is presented in Note 27. Refer to the Firm’s Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for further information on the Firm’s Basel III measures.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
90JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

The following tables present the Firm’s risk-based capital metrics under both the Basel III Standardized and Advanced approaches and leverage-based capital metrics. Refer to Note 27 for JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s risk-based and leverage-based capital metrics.

StandardizedAdvanced
(in millions, except ratios)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021Capital ratio requirements(b)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021Capital ratio requirements(b)
Risk-based capital metrics:(a)
CET1 capital$218,934$213,942$218,934$213,942
Tier 1 capital245,631246,162245,631246,162
Total capital277,769274,900264,583265,796
Risk-weighted assets1,653,5381,638,9001,609,7731,547,920
CET1 capital ratio13.2%13.1%12.0%13.6%13.8%10.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio14.915.013.515.315.912.0
Total capital ratio16.816.815.516.417.214.0

(a)The capital metrics reflect the CECL capital transition provisions.

(b)Represents minimum requirements and regulatory buffers applicable to the Firm for the period ended December 31, 2022. For the period ended December 31, 2021, the Basel III Standardized CET1, Tier 1, and Total capital ratio requirements applicable to the Firm were 11.2%, 12.7%, and 14.7%, respectively. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

Three months ended (in millions, except ratios)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021Capital ratio requirements(C)
Leverage-based capital metrics:(a)
Adjusted average assets(b)$3,703,873$3,782,035
Tier 1 leverage ratio6.6%6.5%4.0%
Total leverage exposure$4,367,092$4,571,789
SLR5.6%5.4%5.0%

(a)The capital metrics reflect the CECL capital transition provisions.

(b)Adjusted average assets, for purposes of calculating the leverage ratios, includes quarterly average assets adjusted for on-balance sheet assets that are subject to deduction from Tier 1 capital, predominantly goodwill, inclusive of estimated equity method goodwill, and other intangible assets.

(c)Represents minimum requirements and regulatory buffers applicable to the Firm. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K91

Management’s discussion and analysis

Capital components

The following table presents reconciliations of total stockholders’ equity to Basel III CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

(in millions)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Total stockholders’ equity$292,332$294,127
Less: Preferred stock27,40434,838
Common stockholders’ equity264,928259,289
Add:
Certain deferred tax liabilities(a)2,5102,499
Other CET1 capital adjustments(b)6,2213,351
Less:
Goodwill53,501(f)50,315
Other intangible assets1,224882
Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital218,934213,942
Add: Preferred stock27,40434,838
Less: Other Tier 1 adjustments(c)7072,618
Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital$245,631$246,162
Long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2 capital$13,569$14,106
Qualifying allowance for credit losses(d)19,35315,012
Other(784)(380)
Standardized Tier 2 capital$32,138$28,738
Standardized Total capital$277,769$274,900
Adjustment in qualifying allowance for credit losses for Advanced Tier 2 capital(e)(13,186)(9,104)
Advanced Tier 2 capital$18,952$19,634
Advanced Total capital$264,583$265,796

(a)Represents deferred tax liabilities related to tax-deductible goodwill and to identifiable intangibles created in nontaxable transactions, which are netted against goodwill and other intangibles when calculating CET1 capital.

(b)As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, includes a net benefit associated with cash flow hedges and debit valuation adjustments ("DVA") related to structured notes recorded in AOCI of $5.2 billion and $1.4 billion and the benefit from the CECL capital transition provisions of $2.2 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively.

(c)As of December 31, 2021, Other Tier 1 adjustments included $2.0 billion of Series Z preferred stock called for redemption on December 31, 2021 and subsequently redeemed on February 1, 2022.

(d)Represents the allowance for credit losses eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 capital up to 1.25% of credit risk RWA, including the impact of the CECL capital transition provision with any excess deducted from RWA.

(e)Represents an adjustment to qualifying allowance for credit losses for the excess of eligible credit reserves over expected credit losses up to 0.6% of credit risk RWA, including the impact of the CECL capital transition provision with any excess deducted from RWA.

(f)Goodwill deducted from capital includes goodwill associated with equity method investments in nonconsolidated financial institutions based on regulatory requirements. Refer to Principal investment risk on page 130 for additional information.

Capital rollforward

The following table presents the changes in Basel III CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital for the year ended December 31, 2022.

Year Ended December 31, (in millions)2022
Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital at December 31, 2021$213,942
Net income applicable to common equity36,081
Dividends declared on common stock(11,893)
Net purchase of treasury stock(1,921)
Changes in additional paid-in capital629
Changes related to AOCI applicable to capital:
Unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities(11,764)
Translation adjustments, net of hedges(a)(611)
Fair value hedges98
Defined benefit pension and other postretirement employee benefit (“OPEB”) plans(1,241)
Changes related to other CET1 capital adjustments(b)(4,386)
Change in Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital4,992
Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital at December 31, 2022$218,934
Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2021$246,162
Change in CET1 capital(b)4,992
Redemptions of noncumulative perpetual preferred stock(5,434)
Other(89)
Change in Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital(531)
Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2022$245,631
Standardized Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2021$28,738
Change in long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2(537)
Change in qualifying allowance for credit losses(b)4,341
Other(404)
Change in Standardized Tier 2 capital3,400
Standardized Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2022$32,138
Standardized Total capital at December 31, 2022$277,769
Advanced Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2021$19,634
Change in long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2(537)
Change in qualifying allowance for credit losses(b)259
Other(404)
Change in Advanced Tier 2 capital(682)
Advanced Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2022$18,952
Advanced Total capital at December 31, 2022$264,583

(a)Includes foreign currency translation adjustments and the impact of related derivatives.

(b)Includes the impact of the CECL capital transition provisions.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
92JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

RWA rollforward

The following table presents changes in the components of RWA under Basel III Standardized and Advanced approaches for the year ended December 31, 2022. The amounts in the rollforward categories are estimates, based on the predominant driver of the change.

StandardizedAdvanced
Year ended December 31, 2022 (in millions)Credit risk RWA(c)Market risk RWATotal RWACredit risk RWA(c)Market risk RWAOperational risk RWATotal RWA
December 31, 2021$1,543,452$95,448$1,638,900$1,047,042$95,506$405,372$1,547,920
Model & data changes(a)(7,313)(3,808)(11,121)966(3,808)(2,842)
Movement in portfolio levels(b)32,397(6,638)25,75930,068(6,266)40,89364,695
Changes in RWA25,084(10,446)14,63831,034(10,074)40,89361,853
December 31, 2022$1,568,536$85,002$1,653,538$1,078,076$85,432$446,265$1,609,773

(a)Model & data changes refer to material movements in levels of RWA as a result of revised methodologies and/or treatment per regulatory guidance (exclusive of rule changes).

(b)Movement in portfolio levels (inclusive of rule changes) refers to: for Credit risk RWA, impact of SA-CCR adoption on January 1, 2022, changes in book size including position rolloffs in legacy portfolios in Home Lending, changes in composition and credit quality, market movements, and deductions for excess eligible credit reserves not eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 capital; for Market risk RWA, changes in position, market movements, and changes in the Firm’s regulatory multiplier from Regulatory VaR backtesting exceptions; and for Operational risk RWA, updates to cumulative losses and macroeconomic model inputs.

(c)As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Basel III Standardized Credit risk RWA included wholesale and retail off balance-sheet RWA of $210.1 billion and $218.5 billion, respectively; and the Basel III Advanced Credit risk RWA included wholesale and retail off balance-sheet RWA of $180.8 billion and $188.5 billion, respectively.

Refer to the Firm’s Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for further information on Credit risk RWA, Market risk RWA and Operational risk RWA.

Supplementary leverage ratio

The following table presents the components of the Firm’s SLR.

Three months ended(in millions, except ratio)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Tier 1 capital$245,631$246,162
Total average assets3,755,2713,831,655
Less: Regulatory capital adjustments(a)51,39849,620
Total adjusted average assets(b)3,703,8733,782,035
Add: Off-balance sheet exposures(c)663,219789,754
Total leverage exposure$4,367,092$4,571,789
SLR5.6%5.4%

(a)For purposes of calculating the SLR, includes quarterly average assets adjusted for on-balance sheet assets that are subject to deduction from Tier 1 capital, predominantly goodwill, inclusive of estimated equity method goodwill, other intangible assets and adjustments for the CECL capital transition provisions.

(b)Adjusted average assets used for the calculation of Tier 1 leverage ratio.

(c)Off-balance sheet exposures are calculated as the average of the three month-end spot balances on applicable regulatory exposures during the reporting quarter. Effective January 1, 2022, includes the impact of the SA-CCR adoption. Refer to the Firm’s Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports for additional information.

Line of business equity

Each business segment is allocated capital by taking into consideration a variety of factors including capital levels of similarly rated peers and applicable regulatory capital requirements. ROE is measured and internal targets for expected returns are established as key measures of a business segment’s performance.

The Firm’s allocation methodology incorporates Basel III Standardized RWA, Basel III Advanced RWA, the GSIB surcharge, and a simulation of capital in a severe stress environment. At least annually, the assumptions, judgments and methodologies used to allocate capital are reassessed and, as a result, the capital allocated to the LOBs may change. As of January 1, 2023, the Firm has changed its line of business capital allocations primarily as a result of updates to the Firm’s capital requirements and changes in RWA for each LOB.

The following table presents the capital allocated to each business segment.

Line of business equity (Allocated capital)
December 31,
(in billions)January 1, 202320222021
Consumer & Community Banking$52.0$50.0$50.0
Corporate & Investment Bank108.0103.083.0
Commercial Banking28.525.024.0
Asset & Wealth Management16.017.014.0
Corporate60.469.988.3
Total common stockholders’ equity$264.9$264.9$259.3
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K93

Management’s discussion and analysis

Capital actions

Common stock dividends

The Firm’s common stock dividends are planned as part of the Capital Management governance framework in line with the Firm’s capital management objectives.

The Firm’s quarterly common stock dividend is currently $1.00 per share. The Firm’s dividends are subject to approval by the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.

Refer to Note 21 and Note 26 for information regarding dividend restrictions.

The following table shows the common dividend payout ratio based on net income applicable to common equity.

Year ended December 31,202220212020
Common dividend payout ratio33%25%40%

Common stock

Effective May 1, 2022, the Firm is authorized to purchase up to $30 billion of common shares under its common share repurchase program, which superseded the previously approved repurchase program under which the Firm was authorized to purchase up to $30 billion of common shares.

On July 14, 2022, the Firm announced that it had temporarily suspended share repurchases in anticipation of the increase in the Firm's regulatory capital requirements. The Firm had set a target for achieving CET1 capital of 13.0% by the first quarter of 2023. The Firm met and exceeded that target in the fourth quarter of 2022, and resumed repurchasing shares under its common share repurchase program in the first quarter of 2023.

The following table sets forth the Firm’s repurchases of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)20222021(a)2020(b)
Total number of shares of common stock repurchased23.1119.750.0
Aggregate purchase price of common stock repurchases$3,122$18,448$6,397

(a)As directed by the Federal Reserve, total net repurchases and common stock dividends in the first and second quarter of 2021 were restricted and could not exceed the average of the Firm’s net income for the four preceding calendar quarters. Effective July 1, 2021, the Firm became subject to the normal capital distribution restrictions provided under the regulatory capital framework.

(b)On March 15, 2020, in response to the economic disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Firm temporarily suspended repurchases of its common stock. Subsequently, the Federal Reserve directed all large banks, including the Firm, to discontinue net share repurchases through the end of 2020.

The Board of Directors’ authorization to repurchase common shares is utilized at management’s discretion, and the timing of purchases and the exact amount of common shares that may be repurchased is subject to various factors, including market conditions; legal and regulatory considerations affecting the amount and timing of repurchase activity; the Firm’s capital position (taking into account goodwill and intangibles); internal capital generation; and alternative investment opportunities. The $30 billion common share repurchase program approved by the Board does not establish specific price targets or timetables. The repurchase program may be suspended by management at any time; and may be executed through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, or utilizing Rule 10b5-1 plans, which are written trading plans that the Firm may enter into from time to time under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which allow the Firm to repurchase its common shares during periods when it may otherwise not be repurchasing common shares — for example, during internal trading blackout periods.

Refer to Part II, Item 5: Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities on page 34 of the 2022 Form 10-K for additional information regarding repurchases of the Firm’s equity securities.

Refer to capital planning and stress testing on pages 86-87 for additional information.

Preferred stock

Preferred stock dividends declared were $1.6 billion for each of the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Firm redeemed several series of non-cumulative preferred stock. Refer to Note 21 for additional information on the Firm’s preferred stock, including the issuance and redemption of preferred stock.

Subordinated Debt

Refer to Long-term funding and issuance on page 103 and Note 20 for additional information on the Firm’s subordinated debt.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
94JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Other capital requirements

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity

The Federal Reserve’s TLAC rule requires the U.S. GSIB top-tier holding companies, including the Firm, to maintain minimum levels of external TLAC and eligible long-term debt.

The external TLAC requirements and the minimum level of eligible long-term debt requirements are shown below:

(a)RWA is the greater of Standardized and Advanced compared to their respective regulatory capital ratio requirements.

Failure to maintain TLAC equal to or in excess of the regulatory minimum plus applicable buffers will result in limitations on the amount of capital that the Firm may distribute, such as through dividends and common share repurchases, as well as on certain executive discretionary bonus payments.

The following table presents the eligible external TLAC and eligible LTD amounts, as well as a representation of these amounts as a percentage of the Firm’s total RWA and total leverage exposure applying the impact of the CECL capital transition provisions as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
(in billions, except ratio)External TLACLTDExternal TLACLTD
Total eligible amount$486.0$228.5$464.6$210.4
% of RWA29.4%13.8%28.4%12.8%
Regulatory requirements22.59.522.59.5
Surplus/(shortfall)$114.0$71.4$95.9$54.7
% of total leverage exposure11.1%5.2%10.2%4.6%
Regulatory requirements9.54.59.54.5
Surplus/(shortfall)$71.2$32.0$30.3$4.6

As of January 1, 2023, the regulatory requirement for TLAC to RWA and LTD to RWA ratios has increased by 50 bps to 23.0% and 10.0%, respectively, due to the increase in the Firm’s GSIB requirements. Refer to Risk-based Capital Regulatory Requirements on pages 89-90 for further information on the GSIB surcharge.

Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104 for further information on long-term debt issued by the Parent Company.

Refer to Part I, Item 1A: Risk Factors on pages 9-32 of the 2022 Form 10-K for information on the financial consequences to holders of the Firm’s debt and equity securities in a resolution scenario.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K95

Management’s discussion and analysis

U.S. broker-dealer regulatory capital

J.P. Morgan Securities

JPMorgan Chase’s principal U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary is J.P. Morgan Securities. J.P. Morgan Securities is subject to the regulatory capital requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Net Capital Rule”). J.P. Morgan Securities is also registered as a futures commission merchant and is subject to regulatory capital requirements, including those imposed by the SEC, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and the National Futures Association (“NFA”).

J.P. Morgan Securities has elected to compute its minimum net capital requirements in accordance with the “Alternative Net Capital Requirements” of the Net Capital Rule.

The following table presents J.P. Morgan Securities’ net capital:

December 31, 2022
(in millions)ActualMinimum
Net Capital$24,989$5,628

J.P. Morgan Securities is registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer and with the CFTC as a swap dealer. As a result of additional SEC and CFTC capital and financial reporting requirements for security-based swap dealers and swap dealers, J.P. Morgan Securities is subject to alternative minimum net capital requirements and required to hold “tentative net capital” in excess of $5.0 billion. J.P. Morgan Securities is also required to notify the SEC and CFTC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $6.0 billion. Tentative net capital is net capital before deducting market and credit risk charges as defined by the Net Capital Rule. As of December 31, 2022, J.P. Morgan Securities maintained tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.

Non-U.S. subsidiary regulatory capital

J.P. Morgan Securities plc

J.P. Morgan Securities plc is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and has authority to engage in banking, investment banking and broker-dealer activities. J.P. Morgan Securities plc is jointly regulated in the U.K. by the Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”) and the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”). J.P. Morgan Securities plc is subject to the European Union (“EU”) Capital Requirements Regulation (“CRR”), as adopted in the U.K., and the PRA capital rules, each of which have implemented Basel III and thereby subject J.P. Morgan Securities plc to its requirements.

The Bank of England requires that U.K. banks, including U.K. regulated subsidiaries of overseas groups, maintain minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities (“MREL”). As of December 31, 2022, J.P. Morgan Securities plc was compliant with its MREL requirements, which became fully phased-in on January 1, 2022.

Effective January 1, 2023, J.P. Morgan Securities plc was required to meet the minimum leverage capital requirement established by the PRA of 3.25%, plus regulatory buffers. As of December 31, 2022, J.P. Morgan Securities plc was compliant with its leverage requirements.

The following table presents J.P. Morgan Securities plc’s capital metrics:

December 31, 2022
(in millions, except ratios)ActualRegulatory Minimum ratios(a)
Total capital$54,218
CET1 capital ratio22.4%4.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio25.4%6.0%
Total capital ratio32.6%8.0%

(a)Represents minimum Pillar 1 requirements specified by the PRA. J.P. Morgan Securities plc's capital ratios as of December 31, 2022 exceeded the minimum requirements, including the additional capital requirements specified by the PRA.

J.P. Morgan SE

JPMSE is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and has authority to engage in banking, investment banking and markets activities. JPMSE is regulated by the European Central Bank as well as the local regulators in each of the countries in which it operates, and it is subject to EU capital requirements under Basel III.

JPMSE is required by the EU Single Resolution Board to maintain MREL. As of December 31, 2022, JPMSE was compliant with its MREL requirements.

The following table presents JPMSE’s capital metrics:

December 31, 2022Regulatory Minimum ratios(a)
(in millions, except ratios)Actual
Total capital$38,879
CET1 capital ratio19.7%4.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio19.7%6.0%
Total capital ratio33.8%8.0%
Tier 1 leverage ratio6.0%3.0%

(a)Represents minimum Pillar 1 requirements specified by the EU CRR. J.P. Morgan SE’s capital and leverage ratios as of December 31, 2022 exceeded the minimum requirements, including the additional capital requirements specified by the European Banking Authority.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
96JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Firm will be unable to meet its contractual and contingent financial obligations as they arise or that it does not have the appropriate amount, composition and tenor of funding and liquidity to support its assets and liabilities.

Liquidity risk management

The Firm has a Liquidity Risk Management (“LRM”) function whose primary objective is to provide independent oversight of liquidity risk across the Firm. Liquidity Risk Management’s responsibilities include:

•Defining, monitoring and reporting liquidity risk metrics;

•Independently establishing and monitoring limits and indicators, including liquidity risk appetite;

•Developing a process to classify, monitor and report limit breaches;

•Performing an independent review of liquidity risk management processes to evaluate their adequacy and effectiveness based on LRM’s Independent Review Framework;

•Monitoring and reporting internal Firmwide and legal entity liquidity stress tests, regulatory defined metrics, as well as liquidity positions, balance sheet variances and funding activities; and

•Approving or escalating for review new or updated liquidity stress assumptions.

Liquidity management

Treasury and CIO is responsible for liquidity management.

The primary objectives of the Firm’s liquidity management are to:

•Ensure that the Firm’s core businesses and material legal entities are able to operate in support of client needs and meet contractual and contingent financial obligations through normal economic cycles as well as during stress events, and

•Manage an optimal funding mix and availability of liquidity sources.

The Firm addresses these objectives through:

•Analyzing and understanding the liquidity characteristics of the assets and liabilities of the Firm, LOBs and legal entities, taking into account legal, regulatory, and operational restrictions;

•Developing internal liquidity stress testing assumptions;

•Defining and monitoring Firmwide and legal entity-specific liquidity strategies, policies, reporting and contingency funding plans;

•Managing liquidity within the Firm’s approved liquidity risk appetite tolerances and limits;

•Managing compliance with regulatory requirements related to funding and liquidity risk; and

•Setting FTP in accordance with underlying liquidity characteristics of balance sheet assets and liabilities as well as certain off-balance sheet items.

As part of the Firm’s overall liquidity management strategy, the Firm manages liquidity and funding using a centralized, global approach designed to:

•Optimize liquidity sources and uses;

•Monitor exposures;

•Identify constraints on the transfer of liquidity between the Firm’s legal entities; and

•Maintain the appropriate amount of surplus liquidity at a Firmwide and legal entity level, where relevant.

Governance

Committees responsible for liquidity governance include the Firmwide ALCO as well as LOB and regional ALCOs, the Treasurer Committee, and the CTC Risk Committee. In addition, the Board Risk Committee reviews and recommends to the Board of Directors, for formal approval, the Firm’s liquidity risk tolerances, liquidity strategy, and liquidity policy. Refer to Firmwide Risk Management on pages 81-84 for further discussion of ALCO and other risk-related committees.

Internal stress testing

Liquidity stress tests are intended to ensure that the Firm has sufficient liquidity under a variety of adverse scenarios, including scenarios analyzed as part of the Firm’s resolution and recovery planning. Stress scenarios are produced for JPMorgan Chase & Co. (“Parent Company”) and the Firm’s material legal entities on a regular basis, and other stress tests are performed in response to specific market events or concerns. Liquidity stress tests assume all of the Firm’s contractual financial obligations are met and take into consideration:

•Varying levels of access to unsecured and secured funding markets;

•Estimated non-contractual and contingent cash outflows;

•Considerations of credit rating downgrades;

•Collateral haircuts; and

•Potential impediments to the availability and transferability of liquidity between jurisdictions and material legal entities such as regulatory, legal or other restrictions.

Liquidity outflows are modeled across a range of time horizons and currency dimensions and contemplate both market and idiosyncratic stresses.

Results of stress tests are considered in the formulation of the Firm’s funding plan and assessment of its liquidity position. The Parent Company acts as a source of funding for the Firm through equity and long-term debt issuances, and its intermediate holding company, JPMorgan Chase Holdings LLC (the “IHC”), provides funding support to the ongoing operations of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries. The Firm maintains liquidity at the Parent Company, the IHC, and operating subsidiaries at levels sufficient to comply with liquidity risk tolerances and

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K97

Management’s discussion and analysis

minimum liquidity requirements, and to manage through periods of stress when access to normal funding sources may be disrupted.

Contingency funding plan

The Firm’s Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”) sets out the strategies for addressing and managing liquidity resource needs during a liquidity stress event and incorporates liquidity risk limits, indicators and risk appetite tolerances. The CFP also identifies the alternative contingent funding and liquidity resources available to the Firm and its legal entities in a period of stress.

LCR and HQLA

The LCR rule requires that the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. maintain an amount of eligible HQLA that is sufficient to meet their respective estimated total net cash outflows over a prospective 30 calendar-day period of significant stress. Eligible HQLA, for purposes of calculating the LCR, is the amount of unencumbered HQLA that satisfy certain operational considerations as defined in the LCR rule. HQLA primarily consist of cash and certain high-quality liquid securities as defined in the LCR rule.

Under the LCR rule, the amount of eligible HQLA held by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that is in excess of its stand-alone 100% minimum LCR requirement, and that is not transferable to non-bank affiliates, must be excluded from the Firm’s reported eligible HQLA.

Estimated net cash outflows are based on standardized stress outflow and inflow rates prescribed in the LCR rule, which are applied to the balances of the Firm’s assets, sources of funds, and obligations. The LCR for both the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. is required to be a minimum of 100%.

The following table summarizes the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s average LCR for the three months ended December 31, 2022, September 30, 2022 and December 31, 2021 based on the Firm’s interpretation of the LCR framework.

Three months ended
Average amount (in millions)December 31, 2022September 30, 2022December 31, 2021
JPMorgan Chase & Co.:
HQLA
Eligible cash(a)$542,847$589,158$703,384
Eligible securities(b)(c)190,201126,91334,738
Total HQLA(d)$733,048$716,071$738,122
Net cash outflows$652,580$635,072$664,801
LCR112%113%111%
Net excess eligible HQLA(d)$80,468$80,999$73,321
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.:
LCR151%165%178%
Net excess eligible HQLA$356,733$450,260$555,300

(a)Represents cash on deposit at central banks, primarily the Federal Reserve Banks.

(b)Predominantly U.S. Treasuries, U.S. GSE and government agency MBS, and sovereign bonds net of applicable haircuts under the LCR rule.

(c)Eligible HQLA securities may be reported in securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements, trading assets, or investment securities on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets.

(d)Excludes average excess eligible HQLA at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that are not transferable to non-bank affiliates.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.'s average LCR decreased during the three months ended December 31, 2022, compared with the three months ended September 30, 2022 reflecting a decrease in JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s HQLA, primarily due to a reduction in cash associated with a decline in deposits, and loan growth.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s average LCR for the three months ended December 31, 2022 decreased when compared with the same period in the prior year, reflecting a decrease in JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s HQLA as a result of a reduction in cash from loan growth and a decline in deposits as well as lower market values of HQLA-eligible investment securities. Refer to Note 10 for additional information on the Firm's investment securities portfolio.

The Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.'s average LCR fluctuates from period to period due to changes in its eligible HQLA and estimated net cash outflows as a result of ongoing business activity. Refer to the Firm’s U.S. LCR Disclosure reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for a further discussion of the Firm’s LCR.

Other liquidity sources

In addition to the assets reported in the Firm’s eligible HQLA discussed above, the Firm had unencumbered marketable securities, such as equity and debt securities, that the Firm believes would be available to raise liquidity. This includes excess eligible HQLA securities at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that are not transferable to non-bank affiliates. The fair value of these securities was approximately $694 billion and $914 billion as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, although the amount of liquidity that could be raised at any particular time would be dependent on prevailing market conditions. The fair value decreased compared to December 31, 2021, primarily due to a decrease in excess eligible HQLA securities at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as noted above.

The Firm also had available borrowing capacity at the FHLBs and the discount window at the Federal Reserve Banks as a result of collateral pledged by the Firm to such banks of approximately $323 billion and $308 billion as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. This borrowing capacity excludes the benefit of cash and securities reported in the Firm’s eligible HQLA or other unencumbered securities that are currently pledged at the Federal Reserve Banks discount window and other central banks. Available borrowing capacity increased from December 31, 2021 primarily due to increased credit card receivables pledged at the Federal Reserve Banks. Although available, the Firm does not view this borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Banks discount window and the other central banks as a primary source of liquidity.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
98JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

NSFR

The net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”) is a liquidity requirement for large banking organizations that is intended to measure the adequacy of “available” stable funding that is sufficient to meet their “required” amounts of stable funding over a one-year horizon.

As of December 31, 2022, the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. were compliant with the 100% minimum NSFR requirement, based on the Firm’s current interpretation of the final rule. The Firm will be required to publicly disclose its quarterly average NSFR semiannually beginning in the second half of 2023.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K99

Management’s discussion and analysis

Funding

Sources of funds

Management believes that the Firm’s unsecured and secured funding capacity is sufficient to meet its on- and off-balance sheet obligations, which includes both short- and long-term cash requirements.

The Firm funds its global balance sheet through diverse sources of funding including stable deposits, secured and unsecured funding in the capital markets and stockholders’ equity. Deposits are the primary funding source for JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Additionally, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. may access funding through short- or long-term secured borrowings, through the issuance of unsecured

long-term debt, or from borrowings from the IHC. The Firm’s non-bank subsidiaries are primarily funded from long-term unsecured borrowings and short-term secured borrowings which are primarily securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements. Excess funding is invested by Treasury and CIO in the Firm’s investment securities portfolio or deployed in cash or other short-term liquid investments based on their interest rate and liquidity risk characteristics.

Refer to Note 28 for additional information on off–balance sheet obligations.

Deposits

The table below summarizes, by LOB and Corporate, the period-end and average deposit balances as of and for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

As of or for the year ended December 31,Average
(in millions)2022202120222021
Consumer & Community Banking$1,131,611$1,148,110$1,162,680$1,054,956
Corporate & Investment Bank689,893707,791739,700760,048
Commercial Banking271,342323,954294,180301,343
Asset & Wealth Management233,130282,052261,489230,296
Corporate14,2033969,866511
Total Firm$2,340,179$2,462,303$2,467,915$2,347,154

Deposits provide a stable source of funding and reduce the Firm’s reliance on the wholesale funding markets. A significant portion of the Firm’s deposits are consumer deposits and wholesale operating deposits, which are both considered to be stable sources of liquidity. Wholesale operating deposits are considered to be stable sources of liquidity because they are generated from customers that maintain operating service relationships with the Firm.

The Firm believes that average deposit balances are generally more representative of deposit trends than period-end deposit balances. However, during periods of market disruption those trends could be affected.

Average deposits were higher for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, reflecting:

•growth in CCB from existing and new accounts across both consumer and small business customers, partially offset by a decline in deposits starting in the second half of 2022, impacted by growth in customer spending, and

•net inflows in AWM resulting from the residual effects of certain government actions, partially offset by migration into investments starting in the second quarter of 2022 as a result of the rising interest rate environment

partially offset by

•lower average deposits in CIB and CB due to attrition, also as a result of the rising interest rate environment.

Period-end deposits decreased reflecting:

•attrition in CB and CIB, particularly non-operating deposits in CB, partially offset by net issuances of structured notes in Markets,

•net outflows into investments in AWM amid the rising interest rate environment, and

•a decline in balances in existing accounts in CCB due to higher customer spending, predominantly offset by net inflows into new accounts.

The increase in deposits for both spot and averages in Corporate was driven by the Firm's international consumer growth initiatives.

Refer to the discussion of the Firm’s Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis and the Business Segment Results on pages 55-56 and pages 61-80, respectively, for further information on deposit and liability balance trends.

Certain deposits are covered by insurance protection that provides additional funding stability and results in a benefit to the LCR. Deposit insurance protection may be available to depositors in the countries in which the deposits are placed. For example, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) provides deposit insurance protection for deposits placed in a U.S. depository institution. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Firmwide estimated uninsured deposits were $1,383.7 billion and $1,489.6 billion, respectively, primarily reflecting wholesale operating deposits.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
100JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Total uninsured deposits include time deposits. The table below presents an estimate of uninsured U.S. and non-U.S. time deposits, and their remaining maturities. The Firm’s estimates of its uninsured U.S. time deposits are based on data that the Firm calculates periodically under applicable FDIC regulations. For purposes of this presentation, all non-U.S. time deposits are deemed to be uninsured.

(in millions)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
U.S.Non-U.S.U.S.Non-U.S.
Three months or less$43,513$68,765$29,359$49,342
Over three months but within 6 months8,6703,6586,2352,172
Over six months but within 12 months7,0352,850913459
Over 12 months7872,6345262,562
Total$60,005$77,907$37,033$54,535

The table below shows the loan and deposit balances, the loans-to-deposits ratios, and deposits as a percentage of total liabilities, as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

As of December 31, (in billions except ratios)
20222021
Deposits$2,340.2$2,462.3
Deposits as a % of total liabilities69%71%
Loans$1,135.6$1,077.7
Loans-to-deposits ratio49%44%

The following table provides a summary of the average balances and average interest rates of JPMorgan Chase’s deposits for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and 2020.

(Unaudited) Year ended December 31,Average balancesAverage interest rates
(in millions, except interest rates)202220212020202220212020
U.S. offices
Noninterest-bearing$691,206$648,170(c)$495,722NANANA
Interest-bearing
Demand(a)324,512322,122(c)269,8880.92%0.06%0.25%
Savings(b)971,788930,866(c)739,9160.280.060.13
Time62,02248,62859,0532.070.261.10
Total interest-bearing deposits1,358,3221,301,6161,068,8570.520.070.21
Total deposits in U.S. offices2,049,5281,949,7861,564,5790.340.050.15
Non-U.S. offices
Noninterest-bearing28,04326,31521,805NANANA
Interest-bearing
Demand324,740313,304267,5450.57(0.10)
Time65,60457,74952,8221.85(0.09)0.13
Total interest-bearing deposits390,344371,053320,3670.78(0.10)0.02
Total deposits in non-U.S. offices418,387397,368342,1720.73(0.09)0.02
Total deposits$2,467,915$2,347,154$1,906,7510.41%0.02%0.12%

(a)Includes Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts, and certain trust accounts.

(b)Includes Money Market Deposit Accounts (“MMDAs”).

(c)Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

Refer to Note 17 for additional information on deposits.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K101

Management’s discussion and analysis

The following table summarizes short-term and long-term funding, excluding deposits, as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and average balances for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. Refer to the Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis on pages 55-56 and Note 11 for additional information.

Sources of funds (excluding deposits)
As of or for the year ended December 31,Average
(in millions)2022202120222021
Commercial paper$12,557$15,108$16,151$12,285
Other borrowed funds8,4189,99912,25012,903
Federal funds purchased1,6841,7691,5672,197
Total short-term unsecured funding$22,659$26,876$29,968$27,385
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(a)$198,382$189,806$236,192$250,229
Securities loaned(a)2,5472,7655,0036,876
Other borrowed funds23,05228,48725,21128,138
Obligations of Firm-administered multi-seller conduits(b)9,2366,1987,3879,283
Total short-term secured funding$233,217$227,256$273,793$294,526
Senior notes$188,025$191,488$189,047$181,290
Subordinated debt21,80320,53120,12520,877
Structured notes(c)70,83973,95668,65675,152
Total long-term unsecured funding$280,667$285,975$277,828$277,319
Credit card securitization(b)$1,999$2,397$1,950$3,156
FHLB advances11,09311,11011,10312,174
Other long-term secured funding(d)4,1053,9203,8374,384
Total long-term secured funding$17,197$17,427$16,890$19,714
Preferred stock(e)$27,404$34,838$31,893$33,027
Common stockholders’ equity(e)$264,928$259,289$253,068$250,968

(a)Primarily consists of short-term securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase.

(b)Included in beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets.

(c)Includes certain TLAC-eligible long-term unsecured debt issued by the Parent Company.

(d)Includes long-term structured notes which are secured.

(e)Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 86-96, Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity on page 162, Note 21 and Note 22 for additional information on preferred stock and common stockholders’ equity.

Short-term funding

The Firm’s sources of short-term secured funding primarily consist of securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase. These instruments are secured predominantly by high-quality securities collateral, including government-issued debt and U.S. GSE and government agency MBS. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase increased at December 31, 2022, compared with December 31, 2021, due to higher secured financing of trading assets in Markets, partially offset by lower secured financing of AFS investment securities in Treasury and CIO.

The balances associated with securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase fluctuate over time due to investment and financing activities of clients, the Firm’s demand for financing, the ongoing management of the mix of the Firm’s liabilities, including its secured and unsecured financing (for both the investment securities and market-making portfolios), and other market and portfolio factors.

The Firm’s sources of short-term unsecured funding primarily consist of issuances of wholesale commercial paper and other borrowed funds.

The decrease in period-end commercial paper and the increase in average balances for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the respective prior year periods, was due to changes in net issuance levels primarily for short-term liquidity management.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
102JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Long-term funding and issuance

Long-term funding provides an additional source of stable funding and liquidity for the Firm. The Firm’s long-term funding plan is driven primarily by expected client activity, liquidity considerations, and regulatory requirements, including TLAC. Long-term funding objectives include maintaining diversification, maximizing market access and optimizing funding costs. The Firm evaluates various funding markets, tenors and currencies in creating its optimal long-term funding plan.

The significant majority of the Firm’s long-term unsecured funding is issued by the Parent Company to provide flexibility in support of the funding needs of both bank and non-bank subsidiaries. The Parent Company advances substantially all net funding proceeds to its subsidiary, the IHC. The IHC does not issue debt to external counterparties. The following table summarizes long-term unsecured issuance and maturities or redemptions for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. Refer to Note 20 for additional information on the IHC and long-term debt.

Long-term unsecured funding
Year ended December 31,2022202120222021
(Notional in millions)Parent CompanySubsidiaries
Issuance
Senior notes issued in the U.S. market$32,600$39,500$$
Senior notes issued in non-U.S. markets2,7525,581
Total senior notes35,35245,081
Subordinated debt3,500
Structured notes(a)2,5354,11335,57732,714
Total long-term unsecured funding – issuance$41,387$49,194$35,577$32,714
Maturities/redemptions
Senior notes$16,700$10,840$65$65
Subordinated debt9
Structured notes1,5944,69425,48133,023
Total long-term unsecured funding – maturities/redemptions$18,294$15,543$25,546$33,088

(a)Includes certain TLAC-eligible long-term unsecured debt issued by the Parent Company.

The Firm can also raise secured long-term funding through securitization of consumer credit card loans and FHLB advances. The following table summarizes the securitization issuance and FHLB advances and their respective maturities or redemptions for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

Long-term secured funding
Year ended December 31,IssuanceMaturities/Redemptions
(in millions)2022202120222021
Credit card securitization$999$$1,400$2,550
FHLB advances143,011
Other long-term secured funding(a)476525268741
Total long-term secured funding$1,475$525$1,682$6,302

(a)Includes long-term structured notes that are secured.

The Firm’s wholesale businesses also securitize loans for client-driven transactions; those client-driven loan securitizations are not considered to be a source of funding for the Firm and are not included in the table above. Refer to Note 14 for a further description of client-driven loan securitizations.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K103

Management’s discussion and analysis

Credit ratings

The cost and availability of financing are influenced by credit ratings. Reductions in these ratings could have an adverse effect on the Firm’s access to liquidity sources, increase the cost of funds, trigger additional collateral or funding requirements and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend to the Firm. The nature and magnitude of the impact of ratings downgrades depends on numerous contractual and behavioral factors,

which the Firm believes are incorporated in its liquidity risk and stress testing metrics. The Firm believes that it

maintains sufficient liquidity to withstand a potential decrease in funding capacity due to ratings downgrades.

Additionally, the Firm’s funding requirements for VIEs and other third-party commitments may be adversely affected by a decline in credit ratings. Refer to liquidity risk and credit-related contingent features in Note 5 for additional information on the impact of a credit ratings downgrade on the funding requirements for VIEs, and on derivatives and collateral agreements.

The credit ratings of the Parent Company and the Firm’s principal bank and non-bank subsidiaries as of December 31, 2022, were as follows:

JPMorgan Chase & Co.JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.J.P. Morgan Securities LLC J.P. Morgan Securities plc J.P. Morgan SE (a)
December 31, 2022Long-term issuerShort-term issuerOutlookLong-term issuerShort-term issuerOutlookLong-term issuerShort-term issuerOutlook
Moody’s Investors ServiceA1P-1StableAa2P-1StableAa3P-1Stable
Standard & Poor’sA-A-2PositiveA+A-1PositiveA+A-1Positive
Fitch RatingsAA-F1+StableAAF1+StableAAF1+Stable

(a) In January 2022, the three rating agencies affirmed the credit ratings of J.P. Morgan SE, which are equivalent to the ratings previously assigned to J.P. Morgan SE's predecessors, J.P. Morgan Bank Luxembourg S.A. and J.P. Morgan AG.

On September 29, 2022, Moody’s upgraded the Parent Company’s long-term issuer rating to A1 (previously A2) and changed the long-term outlook to stable (previously positive). All other ratings and outlooks of the Parent Company and those of the Firm's principal bank and non-bank subsidiaries were affirmed by Moody's.

JPMorgan Chase’s unsecured debt does not contain requirements that would call for an acceleration of payments, maturities or changes in the structure of the existing debt, provide any limitations on future borrowings or require additional collateral, based on unfavorable changes in the Firm’s credit ratings, financial ratios, earnings, or stock price.

Critical factors in maintaining high credit ratings include a stable and diverse earnings stream, strong capital and liquidity ratios, strong credit quality and risk management controls, and diverse funding sources. Rating agencies continue to evaluate economic and geopolitical trends, regulatory developments, future profitability, risk management practices, and litigation matters, as well as their broader ratings methodologies. Changes in any of these factors could lead to changes in the Firm’s credit ratings.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
104JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

REPUTATION RISK MANAGEMENT

Reputation risk is the risk that an action or inaction may negatively impact perception of the Firm’s integrity and reduce confidence in the Firm’s competence by various constituents, including clients, counterparties, customers, investors, regulators, employees, communities or the broader public.

Organization and management

Reputation Risk Management establishes the governance framework for managing reputation risk across the Firm’s LOBs and Corporate. Reputation risk is inherently challenging to identify, manage, and quantify.

The Firm’s reputation risk management function includes the following activities:

•Maintaining a Firmwide Reputation Risk Governance policy and a standard consistent with the reputation risk framework

•Overseeing the governance execution through processes and infrastructure that support consistent identification, escalation, management and monitoring of reputation risk issues Firmwide

The types of events that result in reputation risk are wide-ranging and may be introduced by the Firm’s employees and the clients, customers and counterparties with which the Firm does business. These events could result in financial losses, litigation, regulatory enforcement actions, fines, penalties or other sanctions, as well as other harm to the Firm.

Governance and oversight

The Reputation Risk Governance policy establishes the principles for managing reputation risk for the Firm. It is the responsibility of employees in each LOB and Corporate to consider the reputation of the Firm when deciding whether to offer a new product, engage in a transaction or client relationship, enter a new jurisdiction, initiate a business process or consider any other activity. Environmental impacts and social concerns are increasingly important considerations in assessing the Firm’s reputation risk, and are a component of the Firm’s reputation risk governance.

Reputation risk issues that are deemed to be material are escalated as appropriate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K105

Management’s discussion and analysis

CREDIT AND INVESTMENT RISK MANAGEMENT

Credit and investment risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer; or loss of principal or a reduction in expected returns on investments, including consumer credit risk, wholesale credit risk, and investment portfolio risk.

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer. The Firm provides credit to a variety of clients and customers, ranging from large corporate and institutional clients to individual consumers and small businesses. In its consumer businesses, the Firm is exposed to credit risk primarily through its home lending, credit card, auto, and business banking businesses. In its wholesale businesses, the Firm is exposed to credit risk through its underwriting, lending, market-making, and hedging activities with and for clients and counterparties, as well as through its operating services activities (such as cash management and clearing activities), and securities financing activities. The Firm is also exposed to credit risk through its investment securities portfolio and cash placed with banks.

Credit Risk Management monitors, measures and manages credit risk throughout the Firm and defines credit risk policies and procedures. The Firm’s credit risk management governance includes the following activities:

•Maintaining a credit risk policy framework

•Monitoring, measuring and managing credit risk across all portfolio segments, including transaction and exposure approval

•Setting industry and geographic concentration limits, as appropriate, and establishing underwriting guidelines

•Assigning and managing credit authorities in connection with the approval of credit exposure

•Managing criticized exposures and delinquent loans, and

•Estimating credit losses and supporting appropriate credit risk-based capital management

Risk identification and measurement

To measure credit risk, the Firm employs several methodologies for estimating the likelihood of obligor or counterparty default. Methodologies for measuring credit risk vary depending on several factors, including type of asset (e.g., consumer versus wholesale), risk measurement parameters (e.g., delinquency status and borrower’s credit score versus wholesale risk-rating) and risk management and collection processes (e.g., retail collection center versus centrally managed workout groups). Credit risk measurement is based on the probability of default of an obligor or counterparty, the loss severity given a default event and the exposure at default.

Based on these factors and the methodology and estimates described in Note 13 and Note 10, the Firm estimates credit losses for its exposures. The allowance for loan losses reflects estimated credit losses related to the consumer and wholesale held-for-investment loan portfolios, the allowance for lending-related commitments reflects estimated credit losses related to the Firm’s lending-related commitments and the allowance for investment securities reflects estimated credit losses related to the investment securities portfolio. Refer to Note 13, Note 10 and Critical Accounting Estimates used by the Firm on pages 149-152 for further information.

In addition, potential and unexpected credit losses are reflected in the allocation of credit risk capital and represent the potential volatility of actual losses relative to the established allowances for loan losses and lending-related commitments. The analyses for these losses include stress testing that considers alternative economic scenarios as described below.

Stress testing

Stress testing is important in measuring and managing credit risk in the Firm’s credit portfolio. The stress testing process assesses the potential impact of alternative economic and business scenarios on estimated credit losses for the Firm. Economic scenarios and the underlying parameters are defined centrally, articulated in terms of macroeconomic factors and applied across the businesses. The stress test results may indicate credit migration, changes in delinquency trends and potential losses in the credit portfolio. In addition to the periodic stress testing processes, management also considers additional stresses outside these scenarios, including industry and country- specific stress scenarios, as necessary. The Firm uses stress testing to inform decisions on setting risk appetite both at a Firm and LOB level, as well as to assess the impact of stress on individual counterparties.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
106JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Risk monitoring and management

The Firm has developed policies and practices that are designed to preserve the independence and integrity of the approval and decision-making process for extending credit so that credit risks are assessed accurately, approved properly, monitored regularly and managed actively at both the transaction and portfolio levels. The policy framework establishes credit approval authorities, concentration limits, risk-rating methodologies, portfolio review parameters and guidelines for management of distressed exposures. In addition, certain models, assumptions and inputs used in evaluating and monitoring credit risk are independently validated by groups that are separate from the LOBs.

Consumer credit risk is monitored for delinquency and other trends, including any concentrations at the portfolio level, as certain of these trends can be addressed through changes in underwriting policies and portfolio guidelines. Consumer Risk Management evaluates delinquency and other trends against business expectations, current and forecasted economic conditions, and industry benchmarks. Historical and forecasted economic performance and trends are incorporated into the modeling of estimated consumer credit losses and are part of the monitoring of the credit risk profile of the portfolio.

Wholesale credit risk is monitored regularly at an aggregate portfolio, industry, and individual client and counterparty level with established concentration limits that are reviewed and revised periodically as deemed appropriate by management. Industry and counterparty limits, as measured in terms of exposure and economic risk appetite, are subject to stress-based loss constraints. Wrong-way risk is the risk that exposure to a counterparty is positively correlated with the impact of a default by the same counterparty, which could cause exposure to increase at the same time as the counterparty’s capacity to meet its obligations is decreasing.

Management of the Firm’s wholesale credit risk exposure is accomplished through a number of means, including:

•Loan underwriting and credit approval processes

•Loan syndications and participations

•Loan sales and securitizations

•Credit derivatives

•Master netting agreements, and

•Collateral and other risk-reduction techniques

In addition to Credit Risk Management, an independent Credit Review function is responsible for:

•Independently validating or changing the risk grades assigned to exposures in the Firm’s wholesale credit     portfolio, and assessing the timeliness of risk grade changes initiated by responsible business units; and

•Evaluating the effectiveness of the credit management processes of the LOBs and Corporate, including the adequacy of credit analyses and risk grading/loss given default (“LGD”) rationales, proper monitoring and management of credit exposures, and compliance with applicable grading policies and underwriting guidelines.

Refer to Note 12 for further discussion of consumer and wholesale loans.

Risk reporting

To enable monitoring of credit risk and effective decision-making, aggregate credit exposure, credit quality forecasts, concentration levels and risk profile changes are reported regularly to senior members of Credit Risk Management. Detailed portfolio reporting of industry, clients, counterparties and customers, product and geography are prepared, and the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses is reviewed by senior management at least on a quarterly basis. Through the risk reporting and governance structure, credit risk trends and limit exceptions are provided regularly to, and discussed with, risk committees, senior management and the Board of Directors.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K107

Management’s discussion and analysis

CREDIT PORTFOLIO

Credit risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer.

In the following tables, total loans include loans retained (i.e., held-for-investment); loans held-for-sale; and certain loans accounted for at fair value. The following tables do not include loans which the Firm accounts for at fair value and classifies as trading assets; refer to Notes 2 and 3 for further information regarding these loans. Refer to Notes 12, 28, and 5 for additional information on the Firm’s loans, lending-related commitments and derivative receivables, including the Firm’s related accounting policies.

Refer to Note 10 for information regarding the credit risk inherent in the Firm’s investment securities portfolio; and refer to Note 11 for information regarding credit risk inherent in the securities financing portfolio. Refer to Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 110-115 and Note 12 for further discussions of the consumer credit environment and consumer loans. Refer to Wholesale Credit Portfolio on pages 116-126 and Note 12 for further discussions of the wholesale credit environment and wholesale loans.

Total credit portfolio
December 31, (in millions)Credit exposureNonperforming(d)(e)
2022202120222021
Loans retained$1,089,598$1,010,206$5,837$6,932
Loans held-for-sale3,9708,6885448
Loans at fair value42,07958,820829815
Total loans1,135,6471,077,7146,7207,795
Derivative receivables70,88057,081296316
Receivables from customers(a)49,25759,645
Total credit-related assets1,255,7841,194,4407,0168,111
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
Real estate ownedNANA203213
OtherNANA2822
Total assets acquired in loan satisfactionsNANA231235
Lending-related commitments1,326,7821,262,313455764
Total credit portfolio$2,582,566$2,456,753$7,702$9,110
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)$(19,330)$(20,739)(c)$$
Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(23,014)(10,102)NANA

(a)    Receivables from customers reflect held-for-investment margin loans to brokerage clients in CIB, CCB and AWM; these are reported within accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated balance sheets.

(b)    Represents the net notional amount of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage credit exposures.

(c)     Prior-period amount has been revised to conform with the current presentation.

(d)    At December 31, 2022 and 2021, nonperforming assets excluded mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies of $302 million and $623 million, respectively. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.

(e) At December 31, 2022, and 2021 nonaccrual loans excluded $119 million and $633 million, respectively, of PPP loans 90 or more days past due and guaranteed by the SBA.

The following table provides information on Firmwide nonaccrual loans to total loans.

December 31, (in millions, except ratios)20222021
Total nonaccrual loans$6,720$7,795
Total loans1,135,6471,077,714
Firmwide nonaccrual loans to total loans outstanding0.59%0.72%

The following table provides information about the Firm’s net charge-offs and recoveries.

Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)20222021
Net charge-offs$2,853$2,865
Average retained loans1,044,765965,271
Net charge-off rates0.27%0.30%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
108JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Customer and client assistance

The Firm provided various forms of assistance to customers and clients impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, including payment deferrals and covenant modifications. Assistance provided in response to the COVID-19 pandemic could delay the recognition of delinquencies, nonaccrual status, and net charge-offs for those customers and clients who would have otherwise moved into past due or nonaccrual status. Refer to Notes 12 and 13 for further information on the Firm’s accounting policies for loan modifications and the allowance for credit losses.

Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”)

The PPP, implemented by the Small Business Administration (“SBA”), provided the Firm with delegated authority to process and originate PPP loans. When certain criteria are met, PPP loans are subject to forgiveness and the Firm will receive payment of the forgiveness amount from the SBA. The PPP ended for new applications on May 31, 2021.

At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Firm had $490 million and $6.7 billion, respectively, of PPP loans, including $350 million and $5.4 billion, respectively, in consumer, and $140 million and $1.3 billion, respectively, in wholesale.

At December 31, 2022 and 2021, $119 million and $633 million, respectively, of PPP loans 90 or more days past due have been excluded from the Firm’s nonaccrual loans as they are guaranteed by the SBA. Refer to Note 12 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K109

Management’s discussion and analysis

CONSUMER CREDIT PORTFOLIO

The Firm’s retained consumer portfolio consists primarily of residential real estate loans, credit card loans, scored auto and business banking loans, as well as associated lending-related commitments. The Firm’s focus is on serving primarily the prime segment of the consumer credit market. Originated mortgage loans are retained in the residential real estate portfolio, securitized or sold to U.S. government agencies and U.S. government-sponsored enterprises; other types of consumer loans are typically retained on the balance sheet. Refer to Note 12 for further information on the consumer loan portfolio. Refer to Note 28 for further information on lending-related commitments.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
110JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

The following tables present consumer credit-related information with respect to the scored credit portfolio held in CCB, AWM, CIB and Corporate.

Consumer credit portfolio
December 31, (in millions)Credit exposureNonaccrual loans(j)(k)(l)
2022202120222021
Consumer, excluding credit card
Residential real estate(a)$237,561$224,795$3,745$4,759
Auto and other(b)(c)(d)63,19270,761129119
Total loans - retained300,753295,5563,8744,878
Loans held-for-sale6181,28728
Loans at fair value(e)10,00426,463423472
Total consumer, excluding credit card loans311,375323,3064,3255,350
Lending-related commitments(f)33,51845,334
Total consumer exposure, excluding credit card344,893368,640
Credit card
Loans retained(g)185,175154,296NANA
Total credit card loans185,175154,296
Lending-related commitments(f)(h)821,284730,534
Total credit card exposure(h)1,006,459884,830
Total consumer credit portfolio(h)$1,351,352$1,253,470$4,325$5,350
Credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(i)$(1,187)$(2,028)
Year ended December 31,
(in millions, except ratios)Net charge-offs/(recoveries)Average loans - retainedNet charge-off/(recovery) rate(m)
202220212022202120222021
Consumer, excluding credit card
Residential real estate$(226)$(275)$233,454$220,914(0.10)%(0.12)%
Auto and other49528665,95577,9000.750.37
Total consumer, excluding credit card - retained26911299,409298,8140.09
Credit card - retained2,4032,712163,335139,9001.471.94
Total consumer - retained$2,672$2,723$462,744$438,7140.58%0.62%

(a)Includes scored mortgage and home equity loans held in CCB and AWM, and scored mortgage loans held in Corporate.

(b)At December 31, 2022 and 2021, excluded operating lease assets of $12.0 billion and $17.1 billion, respectively. These operating lease assets are included in other assets on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 18 for further information.

(c)Includes scored auto and business banking loans and overdrafts.

(d)At December 31, 2022 and 2021, included $350 million and $5.4 billion of loans, respectively, in Business Banking under the PPP. The Firm does not expect to realize material credit losses on PPP loans because the loans are guaranteed by the SBA. Refer to Credit Portfolio on pages 108-109 for a further discussion of the PPP.

(e)Includes scored mortgage loans held in CCB and CIB.

(f)Credit card, home equity and certain business banking lending-related commitments represent the total available lines of credit for these products. The Firm has not experienced, and does not anticipate, that all available lines of credit would be used at the same time. For credit card commitments, and if certain conditions are met, home equity commitments and certain business banking commitments, the Firm can reduce or cancel these lines of credit by providing the borrower notice or, in some cases as permitted by law, without notice. Refer to Note 28 for further information.

(g)Includes billed interest and fees.

(h)Also includes commercial card lending-related commitments primarily in CB and CIB.

(i)Represents the notional amount of protection obtained through the issuance of credit-related notes that reference certain pools of residential real estate and auto loans in the retained consumer portfolio.

(j)At December 31, 2022 and 2021, nonaccrual loans excluded mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies of $302 million and $623 million, respectively. These amounts have been excluded from nonaccrual loans based upon the government guarantee. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status, as permitted by regulatory guidance.

(k)Generally excludes loans under payment deferral programs offered in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

(l)At December 31, 2022 and 2021, nonaccrual loans excluded $101 million and $506 million, respectively, of PPP loans 90 or more days past due and guaranteed by the SBA.

(m)Average consumer loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were $17.4 billion and $29.1 billion for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. These amounts were excluded when calculating net charge-off/(recovery) rates.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K111

Management’s discussion and analysis

Maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates

The table below sets forth loan maturities by scheduled repayments, by class of loan and the distribution between fixed and floating interest rates based on the stated terms of the loan agreements. Effective December 31, 2022, the Firm revised its methodology from contractual maturities to scheduled repayments. The Firm estimated the principal repayment amounts for both the residential real estate and auto and other loan classes by calculating the weighted-average loan balance and interest rates for loan pools based on remaining loan term.

December 31, 2022 (in millions)Within1 year(b)1-5 years5-15 yearsAfter 15 yearsTotal
Consumer, excluding credit card
Residential real estate$15,709$22,984$81,946$127,282$247,921
Auto and other17,380(c)42,7273,342563,454
Total consumer, excluding credit card loans$33,089$65,711$85,288$127,287$311,375
Total credit card loans$184,681$494(a)$$$185,175
Total consumer loans$217,770$66,205$85,288$127,287$496,550
Loans due after one year at fixed interest rates
Residential real estate$17,266$50,589$77,189
Auto and other42,6522,7165
Credit card494
Loans due after one year at variable interest rates(a)
Residential real estate$5,718$31,357$50,093
Auto and other75626
Total consumer loans$66,205$85,288$127,287

(a)Credit card loans with maturities greater than one year represent TDRs and are at fixed interest rates. There are no credit card loans due after one year at variable interest rates.

(b)Includes loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value.

(c)Includes overdrafts.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
112JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Consumer, excluding credit card

Portfolio analysis

Loans decreased from December 31, 2021 driven by residential real estate loans at fair value and auto and other loans, largely offset by higher retained residential real estate loans.

The following discussions provide information concerning individual loan products. Refer to Note 12 for further information about this portfolio, including information about delinquencies, loan modifications and other credit quality indicators.

Residential real estate: The residential real estate portfolio, including loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value, predominantly consists of prime mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit.

Retained loans increased compared to December 31, 2021 reflecting originations, net of paydowns. Retained nonaccrual loans decreased from December 31, 2021 reflecting improved credit performance and loan sales. Net recoveries were lower for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year driven by lower prepayments due to higher interest rates, partially offset by lower gross charge-offs.

Loans at fair value decreased from December 31, 2021, as warehouse loan sales in Home Lending outpaced originations due to higher interest rates and loan sales in CIB outpaced loan purchase activity. Nonaccrual loans at fair value decreased from December 31, 2021 driven by net portfolio activity in CIB.

The carrying value of home equity lines of credit outstanding was $15.7 billion at December 31, 2022. This amount included $5.1 billion of HELOCs that have recast from interest-only to fully amortizing payments or have been modified and $5.0 billion of interest-only balloon HELOCs, which primarily mature after 2030. The Firm manages the risk of HELOCs during their revolving period by closing or reducing the undrawn line to the extent permitted by law when borrowers are exhibiting a material deterioration in their credit risk profile.

At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the carrying value of interest-only residential mortgage loans were $36.3 billion and $30.0 billion, respectively. These loans have an interest-only payment period generally followed by an adjustable-rate or fixed-rate fully amortizing payment period to maturity and are typically originated as higher-balance loans to higher-income borrowers, predominantly in AWM. The interest-only residential mortgage loan portfolio reflected net recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2022. The credit performance of this portfolio is comparable with the performance of the broader prime mortgage portfolio.

The following table provides a summary of the Firm’s

residential mortgage portfolio insured and/or guaranteed

by U.S. government agencies, predominantly loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value. The Firm monitors its exposure to certain potential unrecoverable claim payments related to government-insured loans and considers this exposure in estimating the allowance for loan losses.

(in millions)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Current$659$689
30-89 days past due136135
90 or more days past due302623
Total government guaranteed loans$1,097$1,447

Geographic composition and current estimated loan-to-value ratio of residential real estate loans

At December 31, 2022, $152.7 billion, or 64% of the total retained residential real estate loan portfolio, excluding mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies, were concentrated in California, New York, Florida, Texas and Illinois, compared with $145.5 billion, or 65% at December 31, 2021.

Average current estimated loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios were relatively flat.

Refer to Note 12 for information on the geographic composition and current estimated LTVs of the Firm’s residential real estate loans.

Modified residential real estate loans

The following table presents information relating to modified retained residential real estate loans for which concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, which include both TDRs and modified PCD loans not accounted for as TDRs. The following table does not include loans with short-term or other insignificant modifications that are not considered concessions and, therefore, are not TDRs. Refer to Note 12 for further information on modifications for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

(in millions)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Retained loans$11,579$13,251
Nonaccrual retained loans(a)3,3003,938

(a)At both December 31, 2022 and 2021, nonaccrual loans included $2.7 billion of TDRs for which the borrowers were less than 90 days past due. Refer to Note 12 for additional information about loans modified in a TDR that are on nonaccrual status.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K113

Management’s discussion and analysis

Auto and other: The auto and other loan portfolio, including loans at fair value consists of prime-quality scored auto and business banking loans, as well as overdrafts. The portfolio decreased when compared with December 31, 2021 due to paydowns of scored Auto loans and PPP loan forgiveness in Business Banking predominantly offset by originations of scored Auto loans. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2022 increased compared to the prior year due to higher scored Auto and overdraft charge-offs, as the prior year benefited from government stimulus and payment assistance programs. The scored Auto net charge-off rates were 0.24% and 0.04% for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Nonperforming assets

The following table presents information as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, about consumer, excluding credit card, nonperforming assets.

Nonperforming assets(a)
December 31, (in millions)20222021
Nonaccrual loans
Residential real estate(b)$4,196$5,231
Auto and other(c)129119
Total nonaccrual loans4,3255,350
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
Real estate owned129112
Other2822
Total assets acquired in loan satisfactions157134
Total nonperforming assets$4,482$5,484

(a)At December 31, 2022 and 2021, nonperforming assets excluded mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies of $302 million and $623 million, respectively. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee.

(b)Generally excludes loans under payment deferral programs offered in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

(c)At December 31, 2022 and 2021, nonaccrual loans excluded $101 million and $506 million, respectively, of PPP loans 90 or more days past due and guaranteed by the SBA.

Nonaccrual loans

The following table presents changes in consumer, excluding credit card, nonaccrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

Nonaccrual loan activity
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)20222021
Beginning balance$5,350$6,467
Additions:2,1962,956
Reductions:
Principal payments and other(a)1,3932,018
Charge-offs255229
Returned to performing status1,4051,716
Foreclosures and other liquidations168110
Total reductions3,2214,073
Net changes(1,025)(1,117)
Ending balance$4,325$5,350

(a)Other reductions include loan sales.

Refer to Note 12 for further information about the consumer credit portfolio, including information about delinquencies, other credit quality indicators, loan modifications and loans that were in the process of active or suspended foreclosure.

Purchased credit deteriorated (“PCD”) loans

The following tables provide credit-related information for PCD loans which are reported in residential real estate.

(in millions, except ratios)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Loan delinquency(a)
Current$10,910$12,746
30-149 days past due347331
150 or more days past due277664
Total PCD loans$11,534$13,741
% of 30+ days past due to total retained PCD loans5.41%7.24%
Nonaccrual loans$1,200$1,616
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)20222021
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$(11)$15
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate(0.09)%0.10%

(a)At December 31, 2022 and 2021, loans under payment deferral programs offered in response to the COVID-19 pandemic which are still within their deferral period and performing according to their modified terms are generally not considered delinquent.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
114JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Credit card

Total credit card loans increased from December 31, 2021 driven by growth in balances on higher consumer spending and net new originations. The December 31, 2022 30+ and 90+ day delinquency rates of 1.45% and 0.68%, respectively, increased compared to the December 31, 2021 30+ and 90+ day delinquency rates of 1.04% and 0.50%, but remain below pre-pandemic levels. Net charge-offs decreased for the year ended December 31, 2022 compared to the prior year. Delinquency and net charge-off rates continue to benefit from the ongoing financial strength of U.S. consumers. However, median deposit balances declined in the second half of 2022, impacted by the growth in consumer spending.

Consistent with the Firm’s policy, all credit card loans typically remain on accrual status until charged off. However, the Firm’s allowance for loan losses includes the estimated uncollectible portion of accrued and billed interest and fee income.

Geographic and FICO composition of credit card loans

At December 31, 2022, $85.4 billion, or 46% of the total retained credit card loan portfolio, was concentrated in California, Texas, New York, Florida and Illinois, compared with $70.5 billion, or 46%, at December 31, 2021.

Modifications of credit card loans

At December 31, 2022, the Firm had $796 million of credit card loans outstanding that have been modified in TDRs, compared to $1.0 billion at December 31, 2021. These TDRs do not include loans with short-term or other insignificant modifications that are not considered TDRs.

Refer to Note 12 for further information about this portfolio, including information about delinquencies, geographic and FICO composition, and modifications.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K115

Management’s discussion and analysis

WHOLESALE CREDIT PORTFOLIO

In its wholesale businesses, the Firm is exposed to credit risk primarily through its underwriting, lending, market-making, and hedging activities with and for clients and counterparties, as well as through various operating services (such as cash management and clearing activities), securities financing activities and cash placed with banks. A portion of the loans originated or acquired by the Firm’s wholesale businesses is generally retained on the balance sheet. The Firm distributes a significant percentage of the loans that it originates into the market as part of its syndicated loan business and to manage portfolio concentrations and credit risk. The wholesale portfolio is actively managed, in part by conducting ongoing, in-depth reviews of client credit quality and transaction structure, inclusive of collateral where applicable, and of industry, product and client concentrations. Refer to the industry discussion on pages 118-121 for further information.

The Firm’s wholesale credit portfolio includes exposure held in CIB, CB, AWM, and Corporate, as well as the risk-rated BWM and auto dealer exposure held in CCB, for which the wholesale methodology is applied when determining the allowance for loan losses.

In 2022, wholesale credit continued to perform well with charge-offs remaining low.

As of December 31, 2022, retained loans increased by $43.3 billion driven by CIB and CB, including higher revolver utilization, partially offset by a decline in AWM. Lending-related commitments decreased $14.5 billion, driven by net portfolio activity in CIB, including a decrease in held-for-sale positions in the bridge financing portfolio, largely offset by net portfolio activity in AWM and CB.

As of December 31, 2022, the investment-grade percentage of the portfolio remained relatively flat at 70%, while criticized exposure decreased by $6.9 billion from $38.2 billion to $31.3 billion. As of December 31, 2022, nonperforming exposure decreased by $406.0 million driven by a decline in lending-related commitments in CIB and loans in AWM as a result of client-specific upgrades, paydowns and cancelled commitments, largely offset by client-specific downgrades in CIB including downgrades to certain Russia and Russia-associated clients in the first quarter of 2022. Refer to Business Developments on page 50 and Country Risk on pages 139-140 for additional information. Refer to Wholesale credit exposure – industry exposures on pages 118-121 for additional information.

Wholesale credit portfolio
December 31, (in millions)Credit exposureNonperforming
2022202120222021
Loans retained$603,670$560,354$1,963$2,054
Loans held-for-sale3,3527,4012648
Loans at fair value32,07532,357406343
Loans639,097600,1122,3952,445
Derivative receivables70,88057,081296316
Receivables from customers(a)49,25759,645
Total wholesale credit-related assets759,234716,8382,6912,761
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
Real estate ownedNANA74101
OtherNANA
Total assets acquired in loan satisfactionsNANA74101
Lending-related commitments471,980486,445455764
Total wholesale credit portfolio$1,231,214$1,203,283$3,220$3,626
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)$(18,143)$(18,711)(c)$$
Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(23,014)(10,102)NANA

(a)Receivables from customers reflect held-for-investment margin loans to brokerage clients in CIB, CCB and AWM; these are reported within accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated balance sheets.

(b)Represents the net notional amount of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage both performing and nonperforming wholesale credit exposures; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. Refer to Credit derivatives on page 126 and Note 5 for additional information.

(c)Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
116JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Wholesale credit exposure – maturity and ratings profile

The following tables present the maturity and internal risk ratings profiles of the wholesale credit portfolio as of December 31, 2022 and 2021. The Firm generally considers internal ratings with qualitative characteristics equivalent to BBB-/Baa3 or higher as investment grade, and takes into consideration collateral and structural support when determining the internal risk rating for each credit facility. Refer to Note 12 for further information on internal risk ratings.

Maturity profile(e)Ratings profile
1 year or lessAfter 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 yearsTotalTotalTotal % of IG
December 31, 2022(in millions, except ratios)Investment-gradeNoninvestment-grade
Loans retained$204,761$253,896$145,013$603,670$425,412$178,258$603,67070%
Derivative receivables70,88070,880
Less: Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(23,014)(23,014)
Total derivative receivables, net of collateral13,50814,88019,47847,86636,23111,63547,86676
Lending-related commitments101,083347,45623,441471,980327,168144,812471,98069
Subtotal319,352616,232187,9321,123,516788,811334,7051,123,51670
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)35,42735,427
Receivables from customers49,25749,257
Total exposure – net of liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives$1,208,200$1,208,200
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)(c)(d)$(2,817)$(13,530)$(1,796)$(18,143)$(15,115)$(3,028)$(18,143)83%
Maturity profile(e)Ratings profile
1 year or lessAfter 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 yearsTotalTotalTotal % of IG
December 31, 2021 (in millions, except ratios)Investment-gradeNoninvestment-grade
Loans retained$214,064$218,176$128,114$560,354$410,011$150,343$560,35473%
Derivative receivables57,08157,081
Less: Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(10,102)(10,102)
Total derivative receivables, net of collateral13,64812,81420,51746,97931,93415,04546,97968
Lending-related commitments120,929340,30825,208486,445331,116155,329486,44568
Subtotal348,641571,298173,8391,093,778773,061320,7171,093,77871
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)39,75839,758
Receivables from customers59,64559,645
Total exposure – net of liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives$1,193,181$1,193,181
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)(c)(d)$(7,472)$(9,750)$(1,489)$(18,711)$(15,012)$(3,699)$(18,711)80%

(a)Loans held-for-sale are primarily related to syndicated loans and loans transferred from the retained portfolio.

(b)These derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP.

(c)The notional amounts are presented on a net basis by underlying reference entity and the ratings profile shown is based on the ratings of the reference entity on which protection has been purchased. Predominantly all of the credit derivatives entered into by the Firm where it has purchased protection used in credit portfolio management activities are executed with investment-grade counterparties. In addition, the Firm obtains credit protection against certain loans in the retained loan portfolio through the issuance of credit-related notes.

(d)Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

(e)The maturity profile of retained loans, lending-related commitments and derivative receivables is generally based on remaining contractual maturity. Derivative contracts that are in a receivable position at December 31, 2022, may become payable prior to maturity based on their cash flow profile or changes in market conditions.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K117

Management’s discussion and analysis

Wholesale credit exposure – industry exposures

The Firm focuses on the management and diversification of its industry exposures, and pays particular attention to industries with actual or potential credit concerns.

Exposures that are deemed to be criticized align with the U.S. banking regulators’ definition of criticized exposures, which consist of the special mention, substandard and doubtful categories. Total criticized exposure, excluding loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value, was $31.3 billion at December 31, 2022 and $38.2 billion at December 31, 2021, representing approximately 2.7% and 3.5% of total wholesale credit exposure, respectively. Criticized exposure decreased driven by net portfolio activity and client-specific upgrades concentrated in Consumer & Retail, Technology, Media & Telecommunications and Real Estate, largely offset by client-specific downgrades. Of the $31.3 billion of criticized exposure at December 31, 2022, approximately half was undrawn and $28.6 billion was performing.

The table below summarizes by industry the Firm’s exposures as of December 31, 2022 and 2021. The industry of risk category is generally based on the client or counterparty’s primary business activity. Refer to Note 4 for additional information on industry concentrations.

Wholesale credit exposure – industries(a)
Selected metrics
30 days or more past due and accruingloans(i)Net charge-offs/ (recoveries)Credit derivative hedges and credit-related notes(h)Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables
Noninvestment-grade
Creditexposure(f)(g)Investment- gradeNoncriticizedCriticized performingCriticized nonperforming
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2022(in millions)
Real Estate$170,857$129,866$36,945$3,609$437$543$19$(113)$
Individuals and Individual Entities(b)130,815112,00618,1043603451,0381
Consumer & Retail120,55560,78151,8717,29560832149(1,157)
Asset Managers95,65678,92516,66561515(1)(8,278)
Industrials72,48339,05230,5002,80912228244(1,258)
Technology, Media & Telecommunications72,28639,19925,6897,0963026239(1,766)
Healthcare62,61343,83917,1171,4791784327(1,055)
Banks & Finance Cos51,81627,81122,9949615036(262)(994)
Oil & Gas38,66820,54717,6164743157(6)(414)
Utilities36,21825,9819,2948071362115(607)(1)
State & Municipal Govt(c)33,84733,191529126136(9)(5)
Automotive(c)33,28723,9088,839416124198(2)(513)
Insurance21,04515,4685,3961811(273)(7,296)
Chemicals & Plastics20,03012,1347,10374449103(298)
Central Govt19,09518,6983623510(4,591)(677)
Metals & Mining15,9158,8256,86322257(1)(27)(4)
Transportation15,0096,4976,8621,57476242(339)
Securities Firms8,0664,2353,716115(13)(26)(2,811)
Financial Markets Infrastructure4,9624,525437
All other(d)123,307105,28417,5552232454(5)(5,435)(2,948)
Subtotal$1,146,530$810,772$304,457$28,587$2,714$2,698$181$(18,143)$(23,014)
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value35,427
Receivables from customers49,257
Total(e)$1,231,214
Column 1Column 2Column 3
118JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K
Selected metrics
30 days or more past due and accruing loansNet charge-offs/ (recoveries)Credit derivative hedges and credit-related notes (h)Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables
Noninvestment-grade
Creditexposure(f)(g)Investment- gradeNoncriticizedCriticized performingCriticized nonperforming
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2021 (in millions)
Real Estate$155,069$120,174$29,642$4,636$617$394$6$(185)(i)$
Individuals and Individual Entities(b)141,973122,60618,797994711,45032(1)
Consumer & Retail122,78959,62253,3179,4454052882(352)(i)
Asset Managers81,22868,59312,63058(3,900)
Industrials66,97436,95326,9572,89516942813(586)(i)(1)
Technology, Media & Telecommunications84,07049,61025,5408,59532558(1)(900)(i)(12)
Healthcare59,01442,13315,1361,68659204(4)(490)(174)
Banks & Finance Cos54,68429,73223,8091,138599(503)(i)(810)
Oil & Gas42,60620,69820,2221,558128460(564)(i)
Utilities33,20325,0697,011914209116(367)(i)(4)
State & Municipal Govt(c)33,21632,522586101774(14)
Automotive34,57324,6069,44639912295(3)(463)
Insurance13,9269,9433,88796(25)(i)(2,366)
Chemicals & Plastics17,66011,3195,81751867(89)
Central Govt11,31711,067250(6,961)(72)
Metals & Mining16,6967,8488,49129463277(15)(i)(4)
Transportation14,6356,0105,9832,4701722120(100)(i)(24)
Securities Firms4,1802,5991,5783(47)(217)
Financial Markets Infrastructure4,3773,987390
All other(d)111,69097,53713,580205368242(5)(7,064)(i)(2,503)
Subtotal$1,103,880$782,628$283,069$35,049$3,134$3,320$142$(18,711)$(10,102)
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value39,758
Receivables from customers59,645
Total(e)$1,203,283

(a)The industry rankings presented in the table as of December 31, 2021, are based on the industry rankings of the corresponding exposures at December 31, 2022, not actual rankings of such exposures at December 31, 2021.

(b)Individuals and Individual Entities predominantly consists of Global Private Bank clients within AWM and J.P. Morgan Wealth Management within CCB, and includes exposure to personal investment companies and personal and testamentary trusts.

(c)In addition to the credit risk exposure to states and municipal governments (both U.S. and non-U.S.) at December 31, 2022 and 2021, noted above, the Firm held: $6.6 billion and $7.1 billion, respectively, of trading assets; $6.8 billion and $15.9 billion, respectively, of AFS securities; and $19.7 billion and $14.0 billion, respectively, of HTM securities, issued by U.S. state and municipal governments. Refer to Note 2 and Note 10 for further information.

(d)All other includes: SPEs and Private education and civic organizations, representing approximately 95% and 5%, respectively, at December 31, 2022 and 94% and 6%, respectively, at December 31, 2021 .

(e)Excludes cash placed with banks of $556.6 billion and $729.6 billion, at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, which is predominantly placed with various central banks, primarily Federal Reserve Banks.

(f)Credit exposure is net of risk participations and excludes the benefit of credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities held against derivative receivables or loans and liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables.

(g)Credit exposure includes held-for-sale and fair value option elected lending-related commitments.

(h)Represents the net notional amounts of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage the credit exposures; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. The All other category includes purchased credit protection on certain credit indices.

(i)Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K119

Management’s discussion and analysis

Presented below is additional detail on certain of the Firm’s industry exposures.

Real Estate

Real Estate exposure was $170.9 billion as of December 31, 2022. Criticized exposure decreased by $1.2 billion from $5.3 billion at December 31, 2021 to $4.0 billion at December 31, 2022, driven by client-specific upgrades and net portfolio activity largely offset by client-specific downgrades.

December 31, 2022
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment-grade% Drawn(d)
Multifamily(a)$99,555$17$99,57282%87%
Industrial15,928115,9297271
Office14,9172514,9427473
Services and Non Income Producing13,9681013,9786548
Other Income Producing Properties(b)12,70115012,8517062
Retail10,192810,2007568
Lodging3,347383,385637
Total Real Estate Exposure(c)$170,608$249$170,85776%77%
December 31, 2021
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment- grade% Drawn(d)
Multifamily(a)$89,032$122$89,15484%89%
Industrial11,5466611,6127564
Office16,40923416,6437571
Services and Non Income Producing11,5122411,5366350
Other Income Producing Properties(b)13,01849813,5167755
Retail9,5801069,6866169
Lodging2,859632,922533
Total Real Estate Exposure$153,956$1,113$155,06977%77%

(a)Multifamily exposure is largely in California.

(b)Other Income Producing Properties consists of clients with diversified property types or other property types outside of categories listed in the table above

(c)Real Estate exposure is approximately 79% secured; unsecured exposure is approximately 77% investment-grade.

(d)Represents drawn exposure as a percentage of credit exposure.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
120JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Consumer & Retail

Consumer & Retail exposure was $120.6 billion as of December 31, 2022. Criticized exposure decreased by $1.9 billion from $9.9 billion at December 31, 2021 to $7.9 billion at December 31, 2022, driven by net portfolio activity and client-specific upgrades largely offset by client-specific downgrades.

December 31, 2022
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment-grade% Drawn(d)
Retail(a)$33,891$309$34,20050%33%
Food and Beverage31,70673632,4425939
Business and Consumer Services31,25638431,6405040
Consumer Hard Goods13,87917214,0515139
Leisure(b)8,173498,2222145
Total Consumer & Retail(c)$118,905$1,650$120,55550%38%
December 31, 2021
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment- grade% Drawn(d)
Retail(a)$32,872$1,152$34,02450%31%
Food and Beverage30,43495731,3915933
Business and Consumer Services32,15934732,5064633
Consumer Hard Goods17,03511117,1464630
Leisure(b)7,6201027,7221734
Total Consumer & Retail$120,120$2,669$122,78949%32%

(a)Retail consists of Home Improvement & Specialty Retailers, Restaurants, Supermarkets, Discount & Drug Stores, Specialty Apparel and Department Stores.

(b)Leisure consists of Gaming, Arts & Culture, Travel Services and Sports & Recreation. As of December 31, 2022, approximately 90% of the noninvestment-grade Leisure portfolio is secured.

(c)Consumer & Retail exposure is approximately 58% secured; unsecured exposure is approximately 80% investment-grade.

(d)Represents drawn exposure as a percent of credit exposure.

Oil & Gas

Oil & Gas exposure was $38.7 billion as of December 31, 2022. Criticized exposure decreased by $1.2 billion from $1.7 billion at December 31, 2021 to $505 million at December 31, 2022, driven by net portfolio activity and client-specific upgrades partially offset by client-specific downgrades.

December 31, 2022
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment-grade% Drawn(c)
Exploration & Production ("E&P") and Oil field Services$17,729$4,666$22,39550%25%
Other Oil & Gas(a)15,81845516,2735725
Total Oil & Gas(b)$33,547$5,121$38,66853%25%
December 31, 2021
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment- grade% Drawn(c)
Exploration & Production ("E&P") and Oil field Services$17,631$5,452$23,08339%26%
Other Oil & Gas(a)18,94158219,5236026
Total Oil & Gas$36,572$6,034$42,60649%26%

(a)Other Oil & Gas includes Integrated Oil & Gas companies, Midstream/Oil Pipeline companies and refineries.

(b)Oil & Gas exposure is approximately 41% secured, over half of which is reserve-based lending to the Exploration & Production sub-sector; unsecured exposure is approximately 61% investment-grade.

(c)Represents drawn exposure as a percent of credit exposure.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K121

Management’s discussion and analysis

Loans

In its wholesale businesses, the Firm provides loans to a variety of clients, ranging from large corporate and institutional clients to high-net-worth individuals. Refer to Note 12 for a further discussion on loans, including information about delinquencies, loan modifications and other credit quality indicators.

The following table presents the change in the nonaccrual loan portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. Since December 31, 2021, nonaccrual loan exposure decreased by $50 million driven by Individuals and Individual Entities and Transportation due to client-specific upgrades and net portfolio activity, largely offset by Consumer & Retail due to client-specific downgrades.

Wholesale nonaccrual loan activity
Year ended December 31, (in millions)20222021
Beginning balance$2,445$4,106
Additions2,1192,909
Reductions:
Paydowns and other1,3292,676
Gross charge-offs213268
Returned to performing status5941,106
Sales33520
Total reductions2,1694,570
Net changes(50)(1,661)
Ending balance$2,395$2,445

The following table presents net charge-offs/recoveries, which are defined as gross charge-offs less recoveries, for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. The amounts in the table below do not include gains or losses from sales of nonaccrual loans recognized in noninterest revenue.

Wholesale net charge-offs/(recoveries)
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)20222021
Loans
Average loans retained$582,021$526,557
Gross charge-offs322283
Gross recoveries collected(141)(141)
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)181142
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate0.03%0.03%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
122JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates

The table below sets forth wholesale loan maturities and the distribution between fixed and floating interest rates based on the stated terms of the loan agreements by loan class. Effective December 31, 2022, the Firm revised its methodology from contractual maturities to scheduled repayments. Refer to Note 12 for further information on loan classes.

December 31, 2022(in millions, except ratios)1 year or less(a)After 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 years through 15 yearsAfter 15 yearsTotal
Wholesale loans:
Secured by real estate$9,275$43,060$41,234$41,277$134,846
Commercial and industrial54,408115,8238,493193178,917
Other166,967122,06232,2914,014325,334
Total wholesale loans$230,650$280,945$82,018$45,484$639,097
Loans due after one year at fixed interest rates
Secured by real estate$6,087$6,387$724
Commercial and industrial5,4321,1074
Other23,30314,7922,786
Loans due after one year at variable interest rates
Secured by real estate$36,972$34,847$40,553
Commercial and industrial110,3917,387189
Other98,76017,4981,228
Total wholesale loans$280,945$82,018$45,484

(a)Includes loans held-for-sale, demand loans and overdrafts.

The following table presents net charge-offs/recoveries, average retained loans and net charge-off/recovery rate by loan class for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

Year ended December 31,
Secured by real estateCommercial and industrialOtherTotal
(in millions, except ratios)20222021202220212022202120222021
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$6$13$145$105$30$24$181$142
Average retained loans122,904118,417160,611138,015298,506270,125582,021526,557
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate%0.01%0.09%0.08%0.01%0.01%0.03%0.03%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K123

Management’s discussion and analysis

Lending-related commitments

The Firm uses lending-related financial instruments, such as commitments (including revolving credit facilities) and guarantees, to address the financing needs of its clients. The contractual amounts of these financial instruments represent the maximum possible credit risk should the clients draw down on these commitments or when the Firm fulfills its obligations under these guarantees, and the clients subsequently fail to perform according to the terms of these contracts. Most of these commitments and guarantees have historically been refinanced, extended, cancelled, or expired without being drawn upon or a default occurring. As a result, the Firm does not believe that the total contractual amount of these wholesale lending-related commitments is representative of the Firm’s expected future credit exposure or funding requirements. Refer to Note 28 for further information on wholesale lending-related commitments.

Receivables from customers

Receivables from customers reflect held-for-investment margin loans to brokerage clients in CIB, CCB and AWM that are collateralized by assets maintained in the clients’ brokerage accounts (e.g., cash on deposit, and liquid and readily marketable debt or equity securities). Because of this collateralization, no allowance for credit losses is generally held against these receivables. To manage its credit risk, the Firm establishes margin requirements and monitors the required margin levels on an ongoing basis, and requires clients to deposit additional cash or other collateral, or to reduce positions, when appropriate. These receivables are reported within accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets.

Derivative contracts

Derivatives enable clients and counterparties to manage risk, including credit risk and risks arising from fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange and equities and commodities prices. The Firm makes markets in derivatives in order to meet these needs and uses derivatives to manage certain risks associated with net open risk positions from its market-making activities, including the counterparty credit risk arising from derivative receivables. The Firm also uses derivative instruments to manage its own credit risk and other market risk exposure. The nature of the counterparty and the settlement mechanism of the derivative affect the credit risk to which the Firm is exposed. For OTC derivatives, the Firm is exposed to the credit risk of the derivative counterparty. For exchange-traded derivatives (“ETD”), such as futures and options, and cleared over-the-counter (“OTC-cleared”) derivatives, the Firm can also be exposed to the credit risk of the relevant CCP. Where possible, the Firm seeks to mitigate its credit risk exposures arising from derivative contracts through the use of legally enforceable master netting arrangements and collateral agreements. The percentage of the Firm’s OTC derivative transactions subject to collateral agreements — excluding foreign exchange spot trades, which are not typically covered by collateral agreements due to their short

maturity and centrally cleared trades that are settled daily — was approximately 87% and 88% at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Refer to Note 5 for additional information on the Firm’s use of collateral agreements and further discussion of derivative contracts, counterparties and settlement types.

The fair value of derivative receivables reported on the Consolidated balance sheets were $70.9 billion and $57.1 billion at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The increase was primarily driven by higher foreign exchange as a result of market movements. Derivative receivables represent the fair value of the derivative contracts after giving effect to legally enforceable master netting agreements and the related cash collateral held by the Firm.

In addition, the Firm held liquid securities and other cash collateral that may be used as security when the fair value of the client’s exposure is in the Firm’s favor. For these purposes, the definition of liquid securities is consistent with the definition of high quality liquid assets as defined in the LCR rule.

In management’s view, the appropriate measure of current credit risk should also take into consideration other collateral, which generally represents securities that do not qualify as high quality liquid assets under the LCR rule. The benefits of these additional collateral amounts for each counterparty are subject to a legally enforceable master netting agreement and limited to the net amount of the derivative receivables for each counterparty.

The Firm also holds additional collateral (primarily cash, G7 government securities, other liquid government agency and guaranteed securities, and corporate debt and equity securities) delivered by clients at the initiation of transactions, as well as collateral related to contracts that have a non-daily call frequency and collateral that the Firm has agreed to return but has not yet settled as of the reporting date. Although this collateral does not reduce the balances and is not included in the tables below, it is available as security against potential exposure that could arise should the fair value of the client’s derivative contracts move in the Firm’s favor. Refer to Note 5 for additional information on the Firm’s use of collateral agreements.

The following tables summarize the net derivative receivables and the internal ratings profile for the periods presented.

Derivative receivables
December 31, (in millions)20222021
Total, net of cash collateral$70,880$57,081
Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables(23,014)(10,102)
Total, net of liquid securities and other cash collateral$47,866$46,979
Other collateralheld against derivative receivables(1,261)(1,544)
Total, net of collateral$46,605$45,435
Column 1Column 2Column 3
124JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K
Ratings profile of derivative receivables
20222021
December 31, (in millions, except ratios)Exposure net of collateral% of exposure net of collateralExposure net of collateral% of exposure net of collateral
Investment-grade$35,09775%$30,27867%
Noninvestment-grade11,5082515,15733
Total$46,605100%$45,435100%

While useful as a current view of credit exposure, the net fair value of the derivative receivables does not capture the potential future variability of that credit exposure. To capture the potential future variability of credit exposure, the Firm calculates, on a client-by-client basis, three measures of potential derivatives-related credit loss: Peak, Derivative Risk Equivalent (“DRE”), and Average exposure (“AVG”). These measures all incorporate netting and collateral benefits, where applicable.

Peak represents a conservative measure of potential derivative exposure, including the benefit of collateral, to a counterparty calculated in a manner that is broadly equivalent to a 97.5% confidence level over the life of the transaction. Peak is the primary measure used by the Firm for setting credit limits for derivative contracts, senior management reporting and derivatives exposure management.

DRE exposure is a measure that expresses the risk of derivative exposure, including the benefit of collateral, on a basis intended to be equivalent to the risk of loan exposures. DRE is a less extreme measure of potential credit loss than Peak and is used as an input for aggregating derivative credit risk exposures with loans and other credit risk.

Finally, AVG is a measure of the expected fair value of the Firm’s derivative exposure, including the benefit of collateral, at future time periods. AVG over the total life of the derivative contract is used as the primary metric for pricing purposes and is used to calculate credit risk capital and CVA, as further described below.

The fair value of the Firm’s derivative receivables incorporates CVA to reflect the credit quality of counterparties. CVA is based on the Firm’s AVG to a counterparty and the counterparty’s credit spread in the credit derivatives market. The Firm believes that active risk management is essential to controlling the dynamic credit risk in the derivatives portfolio. In addition, the Firm’s risk

management process for derivatives exposures takes into consideration the potential impact of wrong-way risk, which is broadly defined as the risk that exposure to a counterparty is positively correlated with the impact of a default by the same counterparty, which could cause exposure to increase at the same time as the counterparty’s capacity to meet its obligations is decreasing. Many factors may influence the nature and magnitude of these correlations over time. To the extent that these correlations are identified, the Firm may adjust the CVA associated with a particular counterparty’s AVG. The Firm risk manages exposure to changes in CVA by entering into credit derivative contracts, as well as interest rate, foreign exchange, equity and commodity derivative contracts.

The below graph shows exposure profiles to the Firm’s current derivatives portfolio over the next 10 years as calculated by the Peak, DRE and AVG metrics. The three measures generally show that exposure will decline after the first year, if no new trades are added to the portfolio.

Exposure profile of derivatives measures

December 31, 2022

(in billions)

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K125

Management’s discussion and analysis

Credit derivatives

The Firm uses credit derivatives for two primary purposes: first, in its capacity as a market-maker, and second, as an end-user to manage the Firm’s own credit risk associated with various exposures.

Credit portfolio management activities

Included in the Firm’s end-user activities are credit derivatives used to mitigate the credit risk associated with traditional lending activities (loans and lending-related commitments) and derivatives counterparty exposure in the Firm’s wholesale businesses (collectively, “credit portfolio management activities”). Information on credit portfolio management activities is provided in the table below.

The Firm also uses credit derivatives as an end-user to manage other exposures, including credit risk arising from certain securities held in the Firm’s market-making businesses. These credit derivatives are not included in credit portfolio management activities.

Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities
Notional amount of protection purchased and sold(a)
December 31, (in millions)20222021
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage:
Loans and lending-related commitments$6,422$4,138
Derivative receivables11,72114,573(b)
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities$18,143$18,711

(a)Amounts are presented net, considering the Firm’s net protection purchased or sold with respect to each underlying reference entity or index.

(b)Prior-period amount has been revised to conform with the current presentation

The credit derivatives used in credit portfolio management activities do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP; these derivatives are reported at fair value, with gains and losses recognized in principal transactions revenue. In contrast, the loans and lending-related commitments being risk-managed are accounted for on an accrual basis. This asymmetry in accounting treatment, between loans and lending-related commitments and the credit derivatives used in credit portfolio management activities, causes earnings volatility that is not representative, in the Firm’s view, of the true changes in value of the Firm’s overall credit exposure.

The effectiveness of credit default swaps (“CDS”) as a hedge against the Firm’s exposures may vary depending on a number of factors, including the named reference entity (i.e., the Firm may experience losses on specific exposures that are different than the named reference entities in the purchased CDS); the contractual terms of the CDS (which may have a defined credit event that does not align with an actual loss realized by the Firm); and the maturity of the Firm’s CDS protection (which in some cases may be shorter than the Firm’s exposures). However, the Firm generally seeks to purchase credit protection with a maturity date that is the same or similar to the maturity date of the exposure for which the protection was purchased, and remaining differences in maturity are actively monitored and managed by the Firm. Refer to Credit derivatives in Note 5 for further information on credit derivatives and derivatives used in credit portfolio management activities.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
126JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The Firm’s allowance for credit losses represents management's estimate of expected credit losses over the remaining expected life of the Firm's financial assets measured at amortized cost and certain off-balance sheet lending-related commitments. The Firm’s allowance for credit losses comprises:

•the allowance for loan losses, which covers the Firm’s retained loan portfolios (scored and risk-rated) and is presented separately on the Consolidated balance sheets,

•the allowance for lending-related commitments, which is reflected in accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheets, and

•the allowance for credit losses on investment securities, which is reflected in investment securities on the Consolidated balance sheets.

Discussion of changes in the allowance

The allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2022 was $22.2 billion, reflecting a net addition of $3.5 billion from December 31, 2021, consisting of:

•$2.3 billion in wholesale, driven by deterioration in the Firm’s macroeconomic outlook and loan growth, predominantly in CB and CIB, and

•$1.2 billion in consumer, predominantly driven by Card Services, reflecting higher outstanding balances and deterioration in the Firm’s macroeconomic outlook, partially offset by a reduction in the allowance related to a decrease in uncertainty associated with borrower behavior as the effects of the pandemic gradually recede.

Deterioration in the Firm’s macroeconomic outlook included both updates to the central scenario in the fourth quarter of 2022, which now reflects a mild recession, as well as the impact of the increased weight placed on the adverse scenarios beginning in the first quarter of 2022 due to the effects associated with higher inflation, changes in monetary policy, and geopolitical risks, including the war in Ukraine.

The Firm's allowance for credit losses is estimated using a weighted average of five internally developed macroeconomic scenarios. The adverse scenarios incorporate more punitive macroeconomic factors than the central case assumptions provided in the table below, resulting in a weighted average U.S. unemployment rate peaking at 5.6% in the second quarter of 2024, and a 1.2% lower U.S. real GDP exiting the second quarter of 2024.

The Firm’s central case assumptions reflected U.S. unemployment rates and U.S. real GDP as follows:

Assumptions at December 31, 2022
2Q234Q232Q24
U.S. unemployment rate(a)3.8%4.3%5.0%
YoY growth in U.S. real GDP(b)1.5%0.4%%
Assumptions at December 31, 2021
2Q224Q222Q23
U.S. unemployment rate(a)4.2%4.0%3.9%
YoY growth in U.S. real GDP(b)3.1%2.8%2.1%

(a)Reflects quarterly average of forecasted U.S. unemployment rate.

(b)The year over year growth in U.S. real GDP in the forecast horizon of the central scenario is calculated as the percentage change in U.S. real GDP levels from the prior year.

Subsequent changes to this forecast and related estimates

will be reflected in the provision for credit losses in future

periods.

Refer to Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 149-152 for further information on the allowance for credit losses and related management judgments.

Refer to Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 110-115, Wholesale Credit Portfolio on pages 116-126 for additional information on the consumer and wholesale credit portfolios.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K127

Management’s discussion and analysis

Allowance for credit losses and related information
20222021
Year ended December 31,Consumer, excluding credit cardCredit cardWholesaleTotalConsumer, excluding credit cardCredit cardWholesaleTotal
(in millions, except ratios)
Allowance for loan losses
Beginning balance at January 1,$1,765$10,250$4,371$16,386$3,636$17,800$6,892$28,328
Gross charge-offs8123,1923224,3266303,6512834,564
Gross recoveries collected(543)(789)(141)(1,473)(619)(939)(141)(1,699)
Net charge-offs2692,4031812,853112,7121422,865
Provision for loan losses5433,3532,2936,189(1,858)(4,838)(2,375)(9,071)
Other134(2)(4)(6)
Ending balance at December 31,$2,040$11,200$6,486$19,726$1,765$10,250$4,371$16,386
Allowance for lending-related commitments
Beginning balance at January 1,$113$$2,148$2,261$187$$2,222$2,409
Provision for lending-related commitments(37)157120(75)(74)(149)
Other1111
Ending balance at December 31,$76$$2,306$2,382$113$$2,148$2,261
Impairment methodology
Asset-specific(a)$(624)$223$467$66$(665)$313$263$(89)
Portfolio-based2,66410,9776,01919,6602,4309,9374,10816,475
Total allowance for loan losses$2,040$11,200$6,486$19,726$1,765$10,250$4,371$16,386
Impairment methodology
Asset-specific$$$90$90$$$167$167
Portfolio-based762,2162,2921131,9812,094
Total allowance for lending-related commitments$76$$2,306$2,382$113$$2,148$2,261
Total allowance for investment securitiesNANANA$96NANANA$42
Total allowance for credit losses(b)$2,116$11,200$8,792$22,204$1,878$10,250$6,519$18,689
Memo:
Retained loans, end of period$300,753$185,175$603,670$1,089,598$295,556$154,296$560,354$1,010,206
Retained loans, average299,409163,335582,0211,044,765298,814139,900526,557965,271
Credit ratios
Allowance for loan losses to retained loans0.68%6.05%1.07%1.81%0.60%6.64%0.78%1.62%
Allowance for loan losses to retained nonaccrual loans(c)53NM33033836NM213236
Allowance for loan losses to retained nonaccrual loans excluding credit card53NM33014636NM21389
Net charge-off rates0.091.470.030.271.940.030.30

(a)Includes collateral dependent loans, including those considered TDRs and those for which foreclosure is deemed probable, modified PCD loans, and non-collateral dependent loans that have been modified or are reasonably expected to be modified in a TDR. Also includes risk-rated loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status for the wholesale portfolio segment. The asset-specific credit card allowance for loan losses modified or reasonably expected to be modified in a TDR is calculated based on the loans’ original contractual interest rates and does not consider any incremental penalty rates.

(b)At December 31, 2022, excludes an allowance for credit losses associated with certain accounts receivable in CIB of $21 million.

(c)The Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
128JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Allocation of allowance for loan losses

The table below presents a breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by loan class. Refer to Note 12 for further information on loan classes.

20222021
December 31, (in millions, except ratios)Allowance for loan lossesPercent of retained loans to total retained loansAllowance for loan lossesPercent of retained loans to total retained loans
Residential real estate$1,07022%$81722%
Auto and other97069487
Consumer, excluding credit card2,040281,76529
Credit card11,2001710,25015
Total consumer13,2404512,01545
Secured by real estate1,782121,49512
Commercial and industrial3,507151,88114
Other1,1972899529
Total wholesale6,486554,37155
Total$19,726100%$16,386100%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K129

Management’s discussion and analysis

INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO RISK MANAGEMENT

Investment portfolio risk is the risk associated with the loss of principal or a reduction in expected returns on investments arising from the investment securities portfolio or from principal investments. The investment securities portfolio is predominantly held by Treasury and CIO in connection with the Firm's balance sheet and asset-liability management objectives. Principal investments are predominantly privately-held financial instruments and are managed in the LOBs and Corporate. Investments are typically intended to be held over extended periods and, accordingly, the Firm has no expectation for short-term realized gains with respect to these investments.

Investment securities risk

Investment securities risk includes the exposure associated with a default in the payment of principal and interest. This risk is mitigated given that the investment securities portfolio held by Treasury and CIO predominantly consists of high-quality securities. At December 31, 2022, the Treasury and CIO investment securities portfolio, net of the allowance for credit losses, was $629.3 billion, and the average credit rating of the securities comprising the portfolio was AA+ (based upon external ratings where available, and where not available, based primarily upon internal risk ratings). Refer to Corporate segment results on pages 79-80 and Note 10 for further information on the investment securities portfolio and internal risk ratings. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104 for further information on related liquidity risk. Refer to Market Risk Management on pages 131-138 for further information on the market risk inherent in the portfolio.

Governance and oversight

Investment securities risks are governed by the Firm’s Risk Appetite framework, and reviewed at the CTC Risk Committee with regular updates provided to the Board Risk Committee.

The Firm’s independent control functions are responsible for reviewing the appropriateness of the carrying value of investment securities in accordance with relevant policies. Approved levels for investment securities are established for each risk category, including capital and credit risks.

Principal investment risk

Principal investments are typically privately-held financial instruments representing ownership interests or other forms of junior capital. In general, principal investments include tax-oriented investments and investments made to enhance or accelerate the Firm’s business strategies and exclude those that are consolidated on the Firm's balance sheets. These investments are made by dedicated investing businesses or as part of a broader business strategy. The Firm’s principal investments are managed by the LOBs and Corporate and are reflected within their respective financial results. The Firm’s investments will continue to evolve in line with its strategies, including the Firm’s commitment to support underserved communities and minority-owned businesses.

The table below presents the aggregate carrying values of the principal investment portfolios as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

(in billions)December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Tax-oriented investments, primarily in alternative energy and affordable housing$26.2$23.2
Private equity, various debt and equity instruments, and real assets10.8(a)7.3
Total carrying value$37.0$30.5

(a)Includes the Firm’s 40% ownership in C6 Bank and 49% ownership in Viva Wallet.

Governance and oversight

The Firm’s approach to managing principal risk is consistent with the Firm’s risk governance structure. The Firm has established a Firmwide risk policy framework for all principal investing activities that includes approval by executives who are independent from the investing businesses, as appropriate.

The Firm’s independent control functions are responsible for reviewing the appropriateness of the carrying value of investments in accordance with relevant policies. As part of the risk governance structure, approved levels for investments are established and monitored for each relevant business or segment in order to manage the overall size of the portfolios. The Firm also conducts stress testing on these portfolios using specific scenarios that estimate losses based on significant market moves and/or other risk events.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
130JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

Market risk is the risk associated with the effect of changes in market factors such as interest and foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices, credit spreads or implied volatilities, on the value of assets and liabilities held for both the short and long term.

Market Risk Management

Market Risk Management monitors market risks throughout the Firm and defines market risk policies and procedures.

Market Risk Management seeks to manage risk, facilitate efficient risk/return decisions, reduce volatility in operating performance and provide transparency into the Firm’s market risk profile for senior management, the Board of Directors and regulators. Market Risk Management is responsible for the following functions:

•Maintaining a market risk policy framework

•Independently measuring, monitoring and controlling LOB, Corporate, and Firmwide market risk

•Defining, approving and monitoring of limits

•Performing stress testing and qualitative risk assessments

Risk measurement

Measures used to capture market risk

There is no single measure to capture market risk and therefore Market Risk Management uses various metrics, both statistical and nonstatistical, to assess risk including:

•Value-at-risk (VaR)

•Stress testing

•Profit and loss drawdowns

•Earnings-at-risk

•Other sensitivity-based measures

Risk monitoring and control

Market risk exposure is managed primarily through a series of limits set in the context of the market environment and business strategy. In setting limits, Market Risk Management takes into consideration factors such as market volatility, product liquidity, accommodation of client business, and management judgment. Market Risk Management maintains different levels of limits. Firm level limits include VaR and stress limits. Similarly, LOB and Corporate limits include VaR and stress limits and may be supplemented by certain nonstatistical risk measures such as profit and loss drawdowns. Limits may also be set within the LOBs and Corporate, as well as at the legal entity level.

Market Risk Management sets limits and regularly reviews and updates them as appropriate. Senior management is responsible for reviewing and approving certain of these risk limits on an ongoing basis. Limits that have not been reviewed within specified time periods by Market Risk Management are reported to senior management. The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for adhering to established limits against which exposures are monitored and reported.

Limit breaches are required to be reported in a timely manner to limit approvers, which include Market Risk Management and senior management. In the event of a breach, Market Risk Management consults with senior members of appropriate groups within the Firm to determine the suitable course of action required to return the applicable positions to compliance, which may include a reduction in risk in order to remedy the breach or granting a temporary increase in limits to accommodate an expected increase in client activity and/or market volatility. Certain Firm, Corporate or LOB-level limit breaches are escalated as appropriate.

Models used to measure market risk are inherently imprecise and are limited in their ability to measure certain risks or to predict losses. This imprecision may be heightened when sudden or severe shifts in market conditions occur. For additional discussion on model uncertainty refer to Estimations and Model Risk Management on page 148.

Market Risk Management periodically reviews the Firm’s existing market risk measures to identify opportunities for enhancement, and to the extent appropriate, will calibrate those measures accordingly over time.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K131

Management’s discussion and analysis

The following table summarizes the predominant business activities and related market risks, as well as positions which give rise to market risk and certain measures used to capture those risks, for each LOB and Corporate.

In addition to the predominant business activities, each LOB and Corporate may engage in principal investing activities. To the extent principal investments are deemed market risk sensitive, they are reflected in relevant risk measures and captured in the table below. Refer to Investment Portfolio Risk Management on page 130 for additional discussion on principal investments.

LOBs and CorporatePredominant business activitiesRelated market risksPositions included in Risk Management VaRPositions included in earnings-at-riskPositions included in other sensitivity-based measures
CCB•Originates and services mortgage loans •Originates loans and takes deposits•Risk from changes in the probability of newly originated mortgage commitments closing•Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Mortgage commitments, classified as derivatives•Warehouse loans that are fair value option elected, classified as loans – debt instruments•MSRs•Hedges of mortgage commitments, warehouse loans and MSRs, classified as derivatives•Interest-only and mortgage-backed securities, classified as trading assets debt instruments, and related hedges, classified as derivatives•Fair value option elected liabilities(a)•Retained loan portfolio•Deposits•Fair value option elected liabilities DVA(a)
CIB•Makes markets and services clients across fixed income, foreign exchange, equities and commodities•Originates loans and takes deposits•Risk of loss from adverse movements in market prices and implied volatilities across interest rate, foreign exchange, credit, commodity and equity instruments•Basis and correlation risk from changes in the way asset values move relative to one another •Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Trading assets/liabilities – debt and marketable equity instruments, and derivatives, including hedges of the retained loan portfolio•Certain securities purchased, loaned or sold under resale agreements and securities borrowed•Fair value option elected liabilities(a)•Certain fair value option elected loans•Derivative CVA and associated hedges•Marketable equity investments•Retained loan portfolio•Deposits•Privately held equity and other investments measured at fair value; and certain real estate-related fair value option elected loans•Derivatives FVA and fair value option elected liabilities DVA(a)•Credit risk component of CVA and associated hedges for counterparties with credit spreads that have widened to elevated levels C
CB•Originates loans and takes deposits•Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Marketable equity investments(b)•Retained loan portfolio•Deposits
AWM•Provides initial capital investments in products such as mutual funds and capital invested alongside third-party investors•Originates loans and takes deposits•Risk from adverse movements in market factors (e.g., market prices, rates and credit spreads)•Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Debt securities held in advance of distribution to clients, classified as trading assets - debt instruments(b)•Retained loan portfolio•Deposits•Initial seed capital investments and related hedges, classified as derivatives•Certain deferred compensation and related hedges, classified as derivatives•Capital invested alongside third-party investors, typically in privately distributed collective vehicles managed by AWM (i.e., co-investments)
Corporate•Manages the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks•Structural interest rate risk from the Firm’s traditional banking activities•Structural non-USD foreign exchange risks•Derivative positions measured through noninterest revenue in earnings•Marketable equity investments•Deposits with banks•Investment securities portfolio and related interest rate hedges•Long-term debt and related interest rate hedges•Deposits•Privately held equity and other investments measured at fair value•Foreign exchange exposure related to Firm-issued non-USD long-term debt (“LTD”) and related hedges

(a)Reflects structured notes in Risk Management VaR and the DVA on structured notes in other sensitivity-based measures.

(b)The AWM and CB contributions to Firmwide average VaR were not material for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
132JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Value-at-risk

JPMorgan Chase utilizes value-at-risk (“VaR”), a statistical risk measure, to estimate the potential loss from adverse market moves in the current market environment. The Firm has a single VaR framework used as a basis for calculating Risk Management VaR and Regulatory VaR.

The framework is employed across the Firm using historical simulation based on data for the previous 12 months. The framework’s approach assumes that historical changes in market values are representative of the distribution of potential outcomes in the immediate future. The Firm believes the use of Risk Management VaR provides a daily measure of risk that is closely aligned to risk management decisions made by the LOBs and Corporate and, along with other market risk measures, provides the appropriate information needed to respond to risk events.

The Firm’s Risk Management VaR is calculated assuming a one-day holding period and an expected tail-loss methodology which approximates a 95% confidence level. Risk Management VaR provides a consistent framework to measure risk profiles and levels of diversification across product types and is used for aggregating risks and monitoring limits across businesses. VaR results are reported to senior management, the Board of Directors and regulators.

Underlying the overall VaR model framework are individual VaR models that simulate historical market returns for individual risk factors and/or product types. To capture material market risks as part of the Firm’s risk management framework, comprehensive VaR model calculations are performed daily for businesses whose activities give rise to market risk. These VaR models are granular and incorporate numerous risk factors and inputs to simulate daily changes in market values over the historical period; inputs are selected based on the risk profile of each portfolio, as sensitivities and historical time series used to generate daily market values may be different across product types or risk management systems. The VaR model results across all portfolios are aggregated at the Firm level.

As VaR is based on historical data, it is an imperfect measure of market risk exposure and potential future losses. In addition, based on their reliance on available historical data, limited time horizons, and other factors, VaR measures are inherently limited in their ability to measure certain risks and to predict losses, particularly those associated with market illiquidity and sudden or severe shifts in market conditions.

For certain products, specific risk parameters are not captured in VaR due to the lack of liquidity and availability of appropriate historical data. The Firm uses proxies to estimate the VaR for these and other products when daily time series are not available. It is likely that using an actual price-based time series for these products, if available, would affect the VaR results presented. The Firm therefore considers other nonstatistical measures such as stress

testing, in addition to VaR, to capture and manage its market risk positions.

The daily market data used in VaR models may be different than the independent third-party data collected for VCG price testing in its monthly valuation process. For example, in cases where market prices are not observable, or where proxies are used in VaR historical time series, the data sources may differ. Refer to Valuation process in Note 2 for further information on the Firm’s valuation process. As VaR model calculations require daily data and a consistent source for valuation, it may not be practical to use the data collected in the VCG monthly valuation process for VaR model calculations.

The Firm’s VaR model calculations are periodically evaluated and enhanced in response to changes in the composition of the Firm’s portfolios, changes in market conditions, improvements in the Firm’s modeling techniques and measurements, and other factors. Such changes may affect historical comparisons of VaR results. Refer to Estimations and Model Risk Management on page 148 for information regarding model reviews and approvals.

The Firm calculates separately a daily aggregated VaR in accordance with regulatory rules (“Regulatory VaR”), which is used to derive the Firm’s regulatory VaR-based capital requirements under Basel III capital rules. This Regulatory VaR model framework currently assumes a ten business-day holding period and an expected tail loss methodology which approximates a 99% confidence level. Regulatory VaR is applied to “covered” positions as defined by Basel III capital rules, which may be different than the positions included in the Firm’s Risk Management VaR. For example, credit derivative hedges of accrual loans are included in the Firm’s Risk Management VaR, while Regulatory VaR excludes these credit derivative hedges. In addition, in contrast to the Firm’s Risk Management VaR, Regulatory VaR currently excludes the diversification benefit for certain VaR models.

Refer to JPMorgan Chase’s Basel III Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for additional information on Regulatory VaR and the other components of market risk regulatory capital for the Firm (e.g., VaR-based measure, stressed VaR-based measure and the respective backtesting).

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K133

Management’s discussion and analysis

The table below shows the results of the Firm’s Risk Management VaR measure using a 95% confidence level. VaR can vary significantly as positions change, market volatility fluctuates, and diversification benefits change.

Total VaR
As of or for the year ended December 31,20222021
(in millions)Avg.MinMaxAvg.MinMax
CIB trading VaR by risk type
Fixed income$59$33$82$60$30$153
Foreign exchange83156227
Equities1272016838
Commodities and other15102819943
Diversification benefit to CIB trading VaR(43)(a)NM(e)NM(e)(49)(a)NM(e)NM(e)
CIB trading VaR5134695222134
Credit Portfolio VaR16(b)(c)4(b)235(b)(c)6412
Diversification benefit to CIB VaR(10)(a)NM(e)NM(e)(6)(a)NM(e)NM(e)
CIB VaR57352405222133
CCB VaR62205311
Corporate and other LOB VaR12(d)916(d)24(d)1494(d)
Diversification benefit to other VaR(4)(a)NM(e)NM(e)(4)(a)NM(e)NM(e)
Other VaR141024251494
Diversification benefit to CIB and other VaR(13)(a)NM(e)NM(e)(22)(a)NM(e)NM(e)
Total VaR$58$34$242$55$24$153

(a)Diversification benefit represents the difference between the portfolio VaR and the sum of its individual components. This reflects the non-additive nature of VaR due to imperfect correlation across LOBs, Corporate, and risk types.

(b)In the first quarter of 2022, in line with the Firm's internal model governance, the credit risk component of CVA related to certain counterparties was removed from Credit Portfolio VaR due to the widening of the credit spreads for those counterparties to elevated levels. The related hedges were also removed to maintain consistency. This exposure is now reflected in other sensitivity-based measures.

(c)In March 2022, the effects of nickel price increases and the associated volatility in the nickel market resulted in elevated average and maximum Credit Portfolio VaR.

(d)The decrease in Corporate and other LOB VaR was driven by lower market values for a legacy private equity position in Corporate which is publicly traded.

(e)The maximum and minimum VaR for each portfolio may have occurred on different trading days than the components, and consequently, diversification benefit is not meaningful.

Average Total VaR increased by $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 when compared with the prior year. The increase was driven by the effects of nickel price increases and the associated volatility in the nickel market observed in March 2022 impacting Credit Portfolio VaR, predominantly offset by a decrease in Corporate and other LOB VaR.

The following graph presents daily Risk Management VaR for the four trailing quarters. The movement in VaR in March 2022 was driven by changes in nickel-related counterparty exposure in the Firm's Credit Portfolio.

Daily Risk Management VaR

Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4Column 5
First Quarter 2022Second Quarter 2022Third Quarter 2022Fourth Quarter 2022
Column 1Column 2Column 3
134JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

VaR backtesting

The Firm performs daily VaR model backtesting, which compares the daily Risk Management VaR results with the daily gains and losses that are utilized for VaR backtesting purposes. The gains and losses depicted in the chart below do not reflect the Firm’s reported revenue as they exclude certain components of total net revenue, such as those associated with the execution of new transactions (i.e., intraday client-driven trading and intraday risk management activities), fees, commissions, other valuation adjustments and net interest income. These excluded components of total net revenue may more than offset the backtesting gain or loss on a particular day. The definition of backtesting gains and losses above is consistent with the requirements for backtesting under Basel III capital rules.

A backtesting exception occurs when the daily backtesting loss exceeds the daily Risk Management VaR for the prior day. Under the Firm’s Risk Management VaR methodology, assuming current changes in market values are consistent with the historical changes used in the simulation, the Firm would expect to incur VaR backtesting exceptions five times every 100 trading days on average. The number of VaR backtesting exceptions observed can differ from the statistically expected number of backtesting exceptions if the current level of market volatility is materially different from the level of market volatility during the 12 months of historical data used in the VaR calculation.

For the 12 months ended December 31, 2022, the Firm posted backtesting gains on 136 of the 259 days, and observed 17 VaR backtesting exceptions. Firmwide backtesting loss days can differ from the loss days for which Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets posted losses, as disclosed in CIB Markets revenue, as the population of positions which compose each metric are different and due to the exclusion of certain components of total net revenue in backtesting gains and losses as described above. For more information on CIB Markets revenue, refer to pages 70-71.

The following chart presents the distribution of Firmwide daily backtesting gains and losses for the trailing 12 months and three months ended December 31, 2022. The daily backtesting losses are displayed as a percentage of the corresponding daily Risk Management VaR. The count of days with backtesting losses are shown in aggregate, in fifty percentage point intervals. Backtesting exceptions are displayed within the intervals that are greater than one hundred percent. The results in the chart below differ from the results of backtesting disclosed in the Market Risk section of the Firm’s Basel III Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are based on Regulatory VaR applied to the Firm’s covered positions.

Distribution of Daily Backtesting Gains and Losses

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K135

Management’s discussion and analysis

Other risk measures

Stress testing

Along with VaR, stress testing is an important tool used to assess risk. While VaR reflects the risk of loss due to adverse changes in markets using recent historical market behavior, stress testing reflects the risk of loss from hypothetical changes in the value of market risk sensitive positions applied simultaneously. Stress testing measures the Firm’s vulnerability to losses under a range of stressed but possible economic and market scenarios. The results are used to understand the exposures responsible for those potential losses and are measured against limits.

The Firm’s stress framework covers market risk sensitive positions in the LOBs and Corporate. The framework is used to calculate multiple magnitudes of potential stress for both market rallies and market sell-offs, assuming significant changes in market factors such as credit spreads, equity prices, interest rates, currency rates and commodity prices, and combines them in multiple ways to capture an array of hypothetical economic and market scenarios.

The Firm generates a number of scenarios that focus on tail events in specific asset classes and geographies, including how the event may impact multiple market factors simultaneously. Scenarios also incorporate specific idiosyncratic risks and stress basis risk between different products. The flexibility in the stress framework allows the Firm to construct new scenarios that can test the outcomes against possible future stress events. Stress testing results are reported periodically to senior management of the Firm, as appropriate.

Stress scenarios are governed by the overall stress framework, under the oversight of Market Risk Management, and the models to calculate the stress results are subject to the Firm’s Estimations and Model Risk Management Policy. The Firmwide Market Risk Stress Methodology Committee reviews and approves changes to stress testing methodology and scenarios across the Firm. Significant changes to the framework are escalated to senior management, as appropriate.

The Firm’s stress testing framework is utilized in calculating the Firm’s CCAR and other stress test results, which are reported periodically to the Board of Directors. In addition, stress testing results are incorporated into the Firm’s Risk Appetite framework, and are reported periodically to the Board Risk Committee.

Profit and loss drawdowns

Profit and loss drawdowns are used to highlight trading losses above certain levels of risk tolerance. A profit and loss drawdown is a decline in revenue from its year-to-date peak level.

Earnings-at-risk

The effect of interest rate exposure on the Firm’s reported net income is important as interest rate risk represents one of the Firm’s significant market risks. Interest rate risk arises not only from trading activities but also from the

Firm’s traditional banking activities, which include extension of loans and credit facilities, taking deposits, issuing debt and the investment securities portfolio. Refer to the table on page 132 for a summary by LOB and Corporate, identifying positions included in earnings-at-risk.

The CTC Risk Committee establishes the Firm’s structural interest rate risk policy and related limits, which are subject to approval by the Board Risk Committee. Treasury and CIO, working in partnership with the LOBs, calculates the Firm’s structural interest rate risk profile and reviews it with senior management, including the CTC Risk Committee. In addition, oversight of structural interest rate risk is managed through a dedicated risk function reporting to the CTC CRO. This risk function is responsible for providing independent oversight and governance around assumptions and establishing and monitoring limits for structural interest rate risk. The Firm manages structural interest rate risk generally through its investment securities portfolio and interest rate derivatives.

Structural interest rate risk can arise due to a variety of factors, including:

•Differences in timing among the maturity or repricing of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments

•Differences in the amounts of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments that are maturing or repricing at the same time

•Differences in the amounts by which short-term and long-term market interest rates change (for example, changes in the slope of the yield curve)

•The impact of changes in the maturity of various assets, liabilities or off-balance sheet instruments as interest rates change

The Firm manages interest rate exposure related to its assets and liabilities on a consolidated, Firmwide basis. Business units transfer their interest rate risk to Treasury and CIO through funds transfer pricing, which takes into account the elements of interest rate exposure that can be risk-managed in financial markets. These elements include asset and liability balances and contractual rates of interest, contractual principal payment schedules, expected prepayment experience, interest rate reset dates and maturities, rate indices used for repricing, and any interest rate ceilings or floors for adjustable rate products.

One way that the Firm evaluates its structural interest rate risk is through earnings-at-risk. Earnings-at-risk estimates the Firm’s interest rate exposure for a given interest rate scenario. It is presented as a sensitivity to a baseline, which includes net interest income and certain interest rate sensitive fees. The baseline uses market interest rates and, in the case of deposits, pricing assumptions. The Firm conducts simulations of changes to this baseline for interest rate-sensitive assets and liabilities denominated in U.S. dollars and other currencies (“non-U.S. dollar” currencies). These simulations primarily include retained loans,

Column 1Column 2Column 3
136JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

deposits, deposits with banks, investment securities, long-term debt and any related interest rate hedges, and funds transfer pricing of other positions in risk management VaR and other sensitivity-based measures as described on page 132.

Earnings-at-risk scenarios estimate the potential change to a net interest income baseline over the following 12 months utilizing multiple assumptions. These scenarios include a parallel shift involving changes to both short-term and long-term rates by an equal amount; a steeper yield curve involving holding short-term rates constant and increasing long-term rates; and a flatter yield curve involving increasing short-term rates and holding long-term rates constant or holding short-term rates constant and decreasing long-term rates. These scenarios consider many different factors, including:

•The impact on exposures as a result of instantaneous changes in interest rates from baseline rates.

•Forecasted balance sheet, as well as modeled prepayment and reinvestment behavior, but excluding assumptions about actions that could be taken by the Firm or its clients and customers in response to instantaneous rate changes. Mortgage prepayment assumptions are based on the interest rates used in the scenarios compared with underlying contractual rates, the time since origination, and other factors which are updated periodically based on historical experience. Deposit forecasts are a key assumption in the Firm’s earnings-at-risk. The baseline reflects certain assumptions relating to the reversal of Quantitative Easing that are highly uncertain and require management judgment. Therefore, the actual amount of deposits held by the Firm, at any particular time, could be impacted by actions the Federal Reserve may take as part of monetary policy, including through the use of the Reverse Repurchase Facility. In addition, there are other factors that impact the amount of deposits held at the Firm such as the level of loans across the industry and competition for deposits.

•The pricing sensitivity of deposits, known as deposit betas, represent the amount by which deposit rates paid could change upon a given change in market interest rates. The deposit rates paid in these scenarios differ from actual deposit rates paid, due to repricing lags and other factors.

The Firm’s earnings-at-risk scenarios are periodically evaluated and enhanced in response to changes in the composition of the Firm’s balance sheet, changes in market conditions, improvements in the Firm’s simulation and other factors. The Firm is currently evaluating the modeling of repricing lags for deposits in its earnings-at-risk scenarios. Incorporating repricing lags, in the current environment, would significantly affect the U.S. dollar interest rate scenarios, with higher interest rate scenarios expected to result in a positive impact, and lower interest rate scenarios expected to result in a negative impact, on the Firm’s earnings-at-risk. While a relevant measure of the

Firm’s interest rate exposure, the earnings-at-risk analysis does not represent a forecast of the Firm’s net interest income (Refer to Outlook on page 49 for additional information).

The Firm’s U.S. dollar sensitivities are presented in the table below.

December 31, (in billions)20222021
Parallel shift:
+100 bps shift in rates$(2.0)$5.0
-100 bps shift in rates2.4NM(a)
Steeper yield curve:
+100 bps shift in long-term rates0.81.8
-100 bps shift in short-term rates3.2NM(a)
Flatter yield curve:
+100 bps shift in short-term rates(2.8)3.2
-100 bps shift in long-term rates(0.9)NM(a)

(a)Given the level of market interest rates, these scenarios were not considered to be meaningful as of December 31, 2021.

The change in the Firm’s U.S. dollar sensitivities as of December 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021 reflected updates to the Firm’s baseline for higher interest rates and higher corresponding modeled deposit betas, as well as the impact of changes in the Firm’s balance sheet.

As of December 31, 2022, the Firm’s sensitivity to the +/-100 basis points parallel and short-term shift in rates is primarily the result of a greater impact from liabilities repricing compared to the impact of assets repricing, while a +/-100 basis points shift in long-term rates is primarily the result of a greater impact from assets repricing compared to the impact of liabilities repricing.

The Firm’s non-U.S. dollar sensitivities are presented in the table below.

December 31, (in billions)20222021
Parallel shift:
+100 bps shift in rates$0.7$0.8
-100 bps shift in rates$(0.6)NM(a)
Steeper yield curve:
-100 bps shift in short-term rates$(0.6)NM(a)
Flatter yield curve:
+100 bps shift in short-term rates0.60.8

(a)Given the level of market interest rates, these scenarios were not considered to be meaningful as of December 31, 2021.

The results of the non-U.S. dollar interest rate scenario involving a steeper/flatter yield curve with long-term rates increasing/decreasing by 100 basis points and short-term rates staying at current levels were not material to the Firm’s earnings-at-risk at December 31, 2022 and 2021.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K137

Management’s discussion and analysis

Non-U.S. dollar foreign exchange risk

Non-U.S. dollar FX risk is the risk that changes in foreign exchange rates affect the value of the Firm’s assets or liabilities or future results. The Firm has structural non-U.S. dollar FX exposures arising from capital investments, forecasted expense and revenue, the investment securities portfolio and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt issuance. Treasury and CIO, working in partnership with the LOBs, primarily manage these risks on behalf of the Firm. Treasury and CIO may hedge certain of these risks using derivatives. Refer to Business Segment Results on page 62 for additional information.

Other sensitivity-based measures

The Firm quantifies the market risk of certain debt and equity and credit and funding-related exposures by assessing the potential impact on net revenue, other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and noninterest expense due to changes in relevant market variables. Refer to the predominant business activities that give rise to market risk on page 132 for additional information on the positions captured in other sensitivity-based measures.

The table below represents the potential impact to net revenue, OCI or noninterest expense for market risk sensitive instruments that are not included in VaR or earnings-at-risk. Where appropriate, instruments used for hedging purposes are reported net of the positions being hedged. The sensitivities disclosed in the table below may not be representative of the actual gain or loss that would have been realized at December 31, 2022 and 2021, as the movement in market parameters across maturities may vary and are not intended to imply management’s expectation of future changes in these sensitivities.

Gain/(loss) (in millions)
ActivityDescriptionSensitivity measureDecember 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Debt and equity(a)
Asset Management activitiesConsists of seed capital and related hedges; fund co-investments(c); and certain deferred compensation and related hedges(d)10% decline in market value$(56)$(69)
Other debt and equityConsists of certain real estate-related fair value option elected loans, privately held equity and other investments held at fair value(c)10% decline in market value(1,046)(971)
Credit- and funding-related exposures
Non-USD LTD cross-currency basisRepresents the basis risk on derivatives used to hedge the foreign exchange risk on the non-USD LTD(e)1 basis point parallel tightening of cross currency basis(12)(16)
Non-USD LTD hedges foreign currency (“FX”) exposurePrimarily represents the foreign exchange revaluation on the fair value of the derivative hedges(e)10% depreciation of currency315
Derivatives – funding spread riskImpact of changes in the spread related to derivatives FVA(c)1 basis point parallel increase in spread(4)(7)
CVA - counterparty credit risk(b)Credit risk component of CVA and associated hedges10% credit spread widening(1)N/A
Fair value option elected liabilities - funding spread riskImpact of changes in the spread related to fair value option elected liabilities DVA(e)1 basis point parallel increase in spread4341
Fair value option elected liabilities –interest rate sensitivityInterest rate sensitivity on fair value option elected liabilities resulting from a change in the Firm’s own credit spread(e)1 basis point parallel increase in spread(3)
Interest rate sensitivity related to risk management of changes in the Firm’s own credit spread on the fair value option elected liabilities noted above(c)1 basis point parallel increase in spread3

(a)Excludes equity securities without readily determinable fair values that are measured under the measurement alternative. Refer to Note 2 for additional information.

(b)In the first quarter of 2022, in line with the Firm's internal model governance, the credit risk component of CVA related to certain counterparties was removed from Credit Portfolio VaR due to the widening of the credit spreads for those counterparties to elevated levels. The related hedges were also removed to maintain consistency. This exposure is now reflected in other sensitivity-based measures.

(c)Impact recognized through net revenue.

(d)Impact recognized through noninterest expense.

(e)Impact recognized through OCI.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
138JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

COUNTRY RISK MANAGEMENT

The Firm, through its LOBs and Corporate, may be exposed to country risk resulting from financial, economic, political or other significant developments which adversely affect the value of the Firm’s exposures related to a particular country or set of countries. The Country Risk Management group actively monitors the various portfolios which may be impacted by these developments and measures the extent to which the Firm’s exposures are diversified given the Firm’s strategy and risk tolerance relative to a country.

Organization and management

Country Risk Management is an independent risk management function that assesses, manages and monitors exposure to country risk across the Firm.

The Firm’s country risk management function includes the following activities:

•Maintaining policies, procedures and standards consistent with a comprehensive country risk framework

•Assigning sovereign ratings, assessing country risks and establishing risk tolerance relative to a country

•Measuring and monitoring country risk exposure and stress across the Firm

•Managing and approving country limits and reporting trends and limit breaches to senior management

•Developing surveillance tools, such as signaling models and ratings indicators, for early identification of potential country risk concerns

•Providing country risk scenario analysis

Sources and measurement

The Firm is exposed to country risk through its lending and deposits, investing, and market-making activities, whether cross-border or locally funded. Country exposure includes activity with both government and private-sector entities in a country.

Under the Firm’s internal country risk management approach, attribution of exposure to an individual country is based on the country where the largest proportion of the assets of the counterparty, issuer, obligor or guarantor are located or where the largest proportion of its revenue is derived, which may be different than the domicile (i.e. legal residence) or country of incorporation.

Individual country exposures reflect an aggregation of the Firm’s risk to an immediate default, with zero recovery, of the counterparties, issuers, obligors or guarantors attributed to that country. Activities which result in contingent or indirect exposure to a country are not included in the country exposure measure (for example, providing clearing services or secondary exposure to collateral on securities financing receivables).

Assumptions are sometimes required in determining the measurement and allocation of country exposure, particularly in the case of certain non-linear or index products, or where the nature of the counterparty, issuer, obligor or guarantor is not suitable for attribution to an

individual country. The use of different measurement approaches or assumptions could affect the amount of reported country exposure.

Under the Firm’s internal country risk measurement framework:

•Deposits with banks are measured as the cash balances placed with central banks, commercial banks, and other financial institutions

•Lending exposures are measured at the total committed amount (funded and unfunded), net of the allowance for credit losses and eligible cash and marketable securities collateral received

•Securities financing exposures are measured at their receivable balance, net of eligible collateral received

•Debt and equity securities are measured at the fair value of all positions, including both long and short positions

•Counterparty exposure on derivative receivables is measured at the derivative’s fair value, net of the fair value of the eligible collateral received

•Credit derivatives exposure is measured at the net notional amount of protection purchased or sold for the same underlying reference entity, inclusive of the fair value of the derivative receivable or payable, reflecting the manner in which the Firm manages these exposures

The Firm’s internal country risk reporting differs from the reporting provided under the FFIEC bank regulatory requirements.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K139

Management’s discussion and analysis

Stress testing

Stress testing is an important component of the Firm’s country risk management framework, which aims to estimate and limit losses arising from a country crisis by measuring the impact of adverse asset price movements to a country based on market shocks combined with counterparty specific assumptions. Country Risk Management periodically designs and runs tailored stress scenarios to test vulnerabilities to individual countries or sets of countries in response to specific or potential market events, sector performance concerns, sovereign actions and geopolitical risks. These tailored stress results are used to inform potential risk reduction across the Firm, as necessary.

Risk reporting

Country exposure and stress are measured and reported regularly, and used by Country Risk Management to identify trends and monitor high usages and breaches against limits.

For country risk management purposes, the Firm may report exposure to jurisdictions that are not fully autonomous, including Special Administrative Regions (“SAR”) and dependent territories, separately from the independent sovereign states with which they are associated.

The following table presents the Firm’s top 20 exposures by country (excluding the U.S.) as of December 31, 2022, and their comparative exposures as of December 31, 2021. The selection of countries represents the Firm’s largest total exposures by individual country, based on the Firm’s internal country risk management approach, and does not represent the Firm’s view of any existing or potentially adverse credit conditions. Country exposures may fluctuate from period to period due to client activity and market flows.

The increase in exposure to Germany and the decrease in exposure to the U.K. were primarily due to changes in cash placements with the central banks of those countries driven by balance sheet and liquidity management activities.

The decrease in exposure to Australia was driven by reductions in cash placed with the central bank of Australia and government debt securities, due to client-driven market-making activities and lower client cash deposits resulting from higher interest rates.

As of December 31, 2022, exposure to Russia was approximately $500 million. This amount excludes certain deposits placed on behalf of clients, largely at the Russian National Settlement Depository. In accordance with requirements of the Bank of Russia, these deposits were transferred to the Depository Insurance Agency of Russia on February 3, 2023.

Top 20 country exposures (excluding the U.S.)(a)
December 31, (in billions)20222021(f)
Deposits with banks(b)Lending(c)Trading and investing(d)Other(e)Total exposureTotal exposure
Germany$79.5$11.3$1.9$0.5$93.2$61.7
United Kingdom30.823.014.51.870.196.4
Japan48.23.14.20.355.845.5
Australia15.96.23.625.739.1
France0.411.42.63.718.114.0
Brazil4.24.98.717.812.0
Switzerland8.83.31.61.615.320.9
Canada2.610.21.50.114.416.9
China2.55.75.513.718.6
South Korea1.43.54.90.210.08.7
Singapore1.24.63.70.49.912.3
Belgium6.31.71.29.26.8
India1.34.02.80.99.014.7
Saudi Arabia0.75.61.67.99.1
Netherlands0.27.2(0.8)0.57.16.8
Spain0.44.90.55.810.1
Mexico0.54.40.55.44.9
Luxembourg0.92.91.55.311.5
Hong Kong SAR2.80.90.70.14.55.9
Sweden1.13.10.24.44.4

(a)Country exposures presented in the table reflect 87% and 88% of total Firmwide non-U.S. exposure, where exposure is attributed to an individual country, at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

(b)Predominantly represents cash placed with central banks.

(c)Includes loans and accrued interest receivable, lending-related commitments (net of eligible collateral and the allowance for credit losses). Excludes intra-day and operating exposures, such as those from settlement and clearing activities.

(d)Includes market-making inventory, Investment securities, and counterparty exposure on derivative and securities financings net of eligible collateral and hedging. Includes exposure from single reference entity (“single-name”), index and other multiple reference entity transactions for which one or more of the underlying reference entities is in a country listed in the above table.

(e)Includes physical commodities inventory and clearing house guarantee funds.

(f)The country rankings presented in the table as of December 31, 2021, are based on the country rankings of the corresponding exposures at December 31, 2022, not actual rankings of such exposures at December 31, 2021.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
140JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

CLIMATE RISK MANAGEMENT

Climate risk is the risk associated with the impacts of climate change on the Firm’s clients, customers, operations and business strategy. Climate change is viewed as a driver of risk that may impact existing types of risks managed by the Firm. Climate risk is categorized into physical risk and transition risk.

Physical risk refers to economic costs and financial loss associated with a changing climate. Acute physical risk drivers include the increased frequency or severity of climate and weather events, such as floods, wildfires and tropical storms. Chronic physical risk drivers include more gradual shifts in the climate, such as rising sea levels, persistent changes in precipitation levels and increases in average ambient temperatures.

Transition risk refers to the financial and economic implications associated with a societal adjustment to a low-carbon economy. Transition risk drivers include possible changes in public policy, adoption of new technologies and shifts in consumer preferences. Transition risks may also be influenced by changes in the physical climate.

Organization and management

The Firm has a Climate Risk Management function that is responsible for establishing the Firmwide framework and strategy for managing climate risk. The Climate Risk Management function engages across the Firm to help integrate climate risk considerations into existing risk management frameworks, as appropriate.

Other responsibilities of Climate Risk Management include:

•Setting policies, standards, procedures and processes to support identification, escalation, monitoring and management of climate risk across the Firm

•Developing metrics, scenarios, and stress testing mechanisms designed to assess the range of potential climate-related financial and economic impacts to the Firm

•Establishing a Firmwide climate risk data strategy and the supporting climate risk technology infrastructure

The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for the identification, assessment and management of climate risks present in their business activities and for adherence to applicable climate-related laws, rules and regulations.

Governance and oversight

The Firm’s approach to managing climate risk is consistent with the Firm’s risk governance structure. The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for integrating climate risk management into existing governance frameworks, or creating new governance frameworks, as appropriate.

The LOBs, Corporate and Climate Risk Management are responsible for providing the Board Risk Committee with information on significant climate risks and climate-related initiatives, as appropriate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K141

Management’s discussion and analysis

OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Operational risk is the risk of an adverse outcome resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems; human factors; or external events impacting the Firm’s processes or systems. Operational Risk includes compliance, conduct, legal, and estimations and model risk. Operational risk is inherent in the Firm’s activities and can manifest itself in various ways, including fraudulent acts, business disruptions (including those caused by extraordinary events beyond the Firm's control), cyber attacks, inappropriate employee behavior, failure to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations or failure of vendors or other third party providers to perform in accordance with their agreements. Operational Risk Management attempts to manage operational risk at appropriate levels in light of the Firm’s financial position, the characteristics of its businesses, and the markets and regulatory environments in which it operates.

Operational Risk Management Framework

The Firm’s Compliance, Conduct, and Operational Risk (“CCOR”) Management Framework is designed to enable the Firm to govern, identify, measure, monitor and test, manage and report on the Firm’s operational risk.

Operational Risk Governance

The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for the management of operational risk. The Control Management Organization, which consists of control managers within each LOB and Corporate, is responsible for the day-to-day execution of the CCOR Framework.

The Firm’s Global Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite is responsible for defining the CCOR Management Framework and establishing the minimum standards for its execution. The LOB and Corporate aligned CCOR Lead Officers report to the Global CCO and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite and are independent of the respective businesses or functions they oversee. The CCOR Management Framework is included in the Risk Governance and Oversight Policy that is reviewed and approved by the Board Risk Committee periodically.

Operational Risk Identification

The Firm utilizes a structured risk and control self-assessment process that is executed by the LOBs and Corporate. As part of this process, the LOBs and Corporate evaluate the effectiveness of their respective control environment to assess where controls have failed, and to determine where remediation efforts may be required. The Firm’s Operational Risk and Compliance organization (“Operational Risk and Compliance”) provides oversight of and challenge to these evaluations and may also perform independent assessments of significant operational risk events and areas of concentrated or emerging risk.

Operational Risk Measurement

Operational Risk and Compliance performs an independent assessment of the operational risks inherent within the LOBs and Corporate, which includes evaluating the effectiveness of the control environments and reporting the results to senior management.

In addition, Operational Risk and Compliance assesses operational risks through quantitative means, including operational risk-based capital and estimation of operational risk losses under both baseline and stressed conditions.

The primary component of the operational risk capital estimate is the Loss Distribution Approach (“LDA”) statistical model, which simulates the frequency and severity of future operational risk loss projections based on historical data. The LDA model is used to estimate an aggregate operational risk loss over a one-year time horizon, at a 99.9% confidence level. The LDA model incorporates actual internal operational risk losses in the quarter following the period in which those losses were realized, and the calculation generally continues to reflect such losses even after the issues or business activities giving rise to the losses have been remediated or reduced.

As required under the Basel III capital framework, the Firm’s operational risk-based capital methodology, which uses the Advanced Measurement Approach (“AMA”), incorporates internal and external losses as well as management’s view of tail risk captured through operational risk scenario analysis, and evaluation of key business environment and internal control metrics. The Firm does not reflect the impact of insurance in its AMA estimate of operational risk capital.

The Firm considers the impact of stressed economic conditions on operational risk losses and develops a forward looking view of material operational risk events that may occur in a stressed environment. The Firm’s operational risk stress testing framework is utilized in calculating results for the Firm’s CCAR and other stress testing processes.

Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 86-96 for information related to operational risk RWA, and CCAR.

Operational Risk Monitoring and testing

The results of risk assessments performed by Operational Risk and Compliance are used in connection with their independent monitoring and testing compliance of the LOBs and Corporate with laws, rules and regulations. Through monitoring and testing, Operational Risk and Compliance independently identify areas of heightened operational risk and tests the effectiveness of controls within the LOBs and Corporate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
142JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Management of Operational Risk

The operational risk areas or issues identified through monitoring and testing are escalated to the LOBs and Corporate to be remediated through action plans, as needed, to mitigate operational risk. Operational Risk and Compliance may advise the LOBs and Corporate in the development and implementation of action plans.

Operational Risk Reporting

All employees of the Firm are expected to escalate risks appropriately. Risks identified by Operational Risk and Compliance are escalated to the appropriate LOB and Corporate Control Committees, as needed. Operational Risk and Compliance has established standards designed to ensure that consistent operational risk reporting and operational risk reports are produced on a Firmwide basis as well as by the LOBs and Corporate. Reporting includes the evaluation of key risk and performance indicators against established thresholds as well as the assessment of different types of operational risk against stated risk appetite. The standards reinforce escalation protocols to senior management and to the Board of Directors.

Subcategories and examples of operational risks

Operational risk can manifest itself in various ways. Operational risk subcategories include Compliance risk, Conduct risk, Legal risk, and Estimations and Model risk. Refer to pages 145, 146, 147 and 148, respectively for more information on Compliance, Conduct, Legal, and Estimations and Model risk. Details on other select examples of operational risks such as cybersecurity, business and technology resiliency, payment fraud and third-party outsourcing are provided below.

War in Ukraine and Sanctions

In response to the war in Ukraine, numerous financial and economic sanctions have been imposed on Russia and Russia-associated entities and individuals by various governments around the world, including the authorities in the U.S., U.K. and EU. These sanctions are complex and continue to evolve. The Firm continues to face increased operational risk associated with addressing these complex compliance-related matters. To manage this increased risk, the Firm has implemented controls reasonably designed to mitigate the risk of non-compliance and to prevent dealing with sanctioned persons or in property subject to sanctions, as well as to block or restrict payments as required by the applicable regulations.

Cybersecurity risk

Cybersecurity risk is the risk of the Firm’s exposure to harm or loss resulting from misuse or abuse of technology by malicious actors. Cybersecurity risk is an important and continuously evolving focus for the Firm. Significant resources are devoted to protecting and enhancing the security of computer systems, software, networks, storage devices, and other technology assets. The Firm’s security efforts are designed to protect against, among other things, cybersecurity attacks by unauthorized parties attempting to obtain access to confidential information, destroy data,

disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or cause other damage.

The Firm has experienced, and expects that it will continue to experience, a higher volume and complexity of cyber attacks against the backdrop of heightened geopolitical tensions. The Firm has implemented precautionary measures and controls reasonably designed to address this increased risk, such as enhanced threat monitoring. There can be no assurance that the measures taken by the Firm will be successful in defending against cyber attacks.

Ongoing business expansions may expose the Firm to potential new threats as well as expanded regulatory scrutiny including the introduction of new cybersecurity requirements. The Firm continues to make significant investments in enhancing its cyber defense capabilities and to strengthen its partnerships with the appropriate government and law enforcement agencies and other businesses in order to understand the full spectrum of cybersecurity risks in the operating environment, enhance defenses and improve resiliency against cybersecurity threats. The Firm actively participates in discussions and simulations of cybersecurity risks both internally and with law enforcement, government officials, peer and industry groups, and has significantly increased efforts to educate employees and certain clients on the topic of cybersecurity risks.

Third parties with which the Firm does business or that facilitate the Firm’s business activities (e.g., vendors, supply chain, exchanges, clearing houses, central depositories, and financial intermediaries) are also sources of cybersecurity risk to the Firm. Third party cybersecurity incidents such as system breakdowns or failures, misconduct by the employees of such parties, or cyber attacks, including ransomware and supply-chain compromises, could affect their ability to deliver a product or service to the Firm or result in lost or compromised information of the Firm or its clients. Clients are also sources of cybersecurity risk to the Firm and its information assets, particularly when their activities and systems are beyond the Firm’s own security and control systems. As a result, the Firm engages in regular and ongoing discussions with certain vendors and clients regarding cybersecurity risks and opportunities to improve security. However, where cybersecurity incidents occur as a result of client failures to maintain the security of their own systems and processes, clients are responsible for losses incurred.

To help safeguard the confidentiality, integrity and availability of the Firm’s infrastructure, resources and information, the Firm maintains a Information Security Program designed to prevent, detect, and respond to cyberattacks. The Board of Directors is periodically provided with updates on the Firm’s Information Security Program, recommended changes, cybersecurity policies and practices, ongoing efforts to improve security, as well as the Firm’s efforts regarding significant cybersecurity events. In addition, the Firm has a cybersecurity incident response

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K143

Management’s discussion and analysis

plan (“IRP”) designed to enable the Firm to respond to attempted cybersecurity incidents, coordinate such responses with law enforcement and other government agencies, and notify clients and customers, as applicable. Among other key focus areas, the IRP is designed to mitigate the risk of insider trading connected to a cybersecurity incident, and includes various escalation points.

The Global Cybersecurity and Technology Controls organization, working with each of the Firm’s LOBs and Corporate, is responsible for identifying technology and cybersecurity risks and is responsible for the controls to manage threats. The organization consists of business aligned information security personnel that are supported within the organization by the following products and services that execute the Information Security Program for the Firm:

•Cyber Operations

•Identity & Access Management

•Governance, Risk & Controls

•Global Technology Product Security

The Global Cybersecurity and Technology Controls governance structure is designed to identify, escalate, and mitigate information security risks. This structure uses key governance forums to disseminate information and monitor technology efforts. These forums are established at multiple levels throughout the Firm. The forums are used to escalate information security risks or other matters as appropriate.

The IRM function provides oversight of the activities designed to identify, assess, measure, and mitigate cybersecurity risk.

The Firm’s Security Awareness Program includes training that reinforces the Firm's Information Technology Risk and Security Management policies, standards and practices, as well as the expectation that employees comply with these policies. The Security Awareness Program engages personnel through training on how to identify potential cybersecurity risks and protect the Firm’s resources and information. This training is mandatory for all employees globally on a periodic basis, and it is supplemented by Firmwide testing initiatives, including periodic phishing tests. The Firm provides specialized security training for certain employee roles such as application developers. Finally, the Firm’s Global Privacy Program requires all employees to take periodic awareness training on data privacy. This privacy-focused training includes information about confidentiality and security, as well as responding to unauthorized access to or use of information.

Business and technology resiliency risk

Disruptions can occur due to forces beyond the Firm’s control such as the spread of infectious diseases or pandemics, severe weather, power or telecommunications loss, failure of a third party to provide expected services, cyberattacks and terrorism. The Firmwide Business Resiliency Program is designed to enable the Firm to prepare for, adapt to, withstand and recover from business disruptions including occurrence of an extraordinary event beyond its control that may impact critical business functions and supporting assets (i.e., staff, technology, facilities and third parties). The program includes governance, awareness training, planning and testing of recovery strategies, as well as strategic and tactical initiatives to identify, assess, and manage business interruption and public safety risks.

Payment fraud risk

Payment fraud risk is the risk of external and internal parties unlawfully obtaining personal monetary benefit through misdirected or otherwise improper payment. The Firm employs various controls for managing payment fraud risk as well as providing employee and client education and awareness trainings.

Third-party outsourcing risk

The Firm‘s Third-Party Oversight (“TPO”) and Inter-affiliates Oversight (“IAO”) frameworks assist the LOBs and Corporate in selecting, documenting, onboarding, monitoring and managing their supplier relationships including services provided by affiliates. The objectives of the TPO framework are to hold suppliers and other third parties to a high level of operational performance and to mitigate key risks, including data loss and business disruptions. The Corporate Third-Party Oversight group is responsible for Firmwide training, monitoring, reporting and standards.

Insurance

One of the ways in which operational risk may be mitigated is through insurance maintained by the Firm. The Firm purchases insurance from commercial insurers and maintains a wholly-owned captive insurer, Park Assurance Company. Insurance may also be required by third parties with whom the Firm does business.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
144JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

COMPLIANCE RISK MANAGEMENT

Compliance risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the risk of failing to comply with laws, rules, regulations or codes of conduct and standards of self-regulatory organizations.

Overview

Each of the LOBs and Corporate hold primary ownership of and accountability for managing their compliance risk. The Firm’s Operational Risk and Compliance Organization (“Operational Risk and Compliance”), which is independent of the LOBs and Corporate, provides independent review, monitoring and oversight of business operations with a focus on compliance with the laws, rules, and regulations applicable to the delivery of the Firm’s products and services to clients and customers.

These compliance risks relate to a wide variety of laws, rules and regulations varying across the LOBs and Corporate, and jurisdictions, and include risks related to financial products and services, relationships and interactions with clients and customers, and employee activities. For example, compliance risks include those associated with anti-money laundering compliance, trading activities, market conduct, and complying with the laws, rules, and regulations related to the offering of products and services across jurisdictional borders. Compliance risk is also inherent in the Firm’s fiduciary activities, including the failure to exercise the applicable standard of care to act in the best interest of fiduciary clients and customers or to treat fiduciary clients and customers fairly.

Other functions provide oversight of significant regulatory obligations that are specific to their respective areas of responsibility.

Operational Risk and Compliance implements policies and standards designed to govern, identify, measure, monitor and test, manage, and report on compliance risk.

Governance and oversight

Operational Risk and Compliance is led by the Firm’s Global CCO and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite.

The Firm maintains oversight and coordination of its compliance risk through the implementation of the CCOR Management Framework. The Firm’s Global CCO and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite also provides regular updates to the Board Risk Committee and the Audit Committee on significant compliance risk issues, as appropriate.

Code of Conduct

The Firm has a Code of Conduct (the “Code”) that sets forth the Firm’s expectation that employees will conduct themselves with integrity at all times and provides the principles that govern employee conduct with clients, customers, shareholders and one another, as well as with the markets and communities in which the Firm does business. The Code requires employees to promptly report any potential or actual violation of the Code, any Firm policy, or any law or regulation applicable to the Firm’s business. It also requires employees to report any illegal conduct, or conduct that violates the underlying principles of the Code, by any of the Firm’s employees, clients, customers, suppliers, contract workers, business partners, or agents. Training is assigned to newly hired employees upon joining the Firm, and to current employees periodically on an ongoing basis. Employees are required to affirm their compliance with the Code annually.

Employees can report any potential or actual violations of the Code through the Firm’s Conduct Hotline by phone or the internet. The Hotline is anonymous, except in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions where laws prohibit anonymous reporting, and is available at all times globally, with translation services. It is administered by an outside service provider. The Code prohibits retaliation against anyone who raises an issue or concern in good faith. Periodically, the Audit Committee receives reports on the Code of Conduct program.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K145

Management’s discussion and analysis

CONDUCT RISK MANAGEMENT

Conduct risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the risk that any action or misconduct by an employee could lead to unfair client or customer outcomes, impact the integrity of the markets in which the Firm operates, harm employees or the Firm, or compromise the Firm’s reputation.

Overview

Each LOB and Corporate is accountable for identifying and managing its conduct risk to provide appropriate engagement, ownership and sustainability of a culture consistent with the Firm’s How We Do Business Principles (the “Principles”). The Principles serve as a guide for how employees are expected to conduct themselves. With the Principles serving as a guide, the Firm’s Code sets out the Firm’s expectations for each employee and provides information and resources to help employees conduct business ethically and in compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations everywhere the Firm operates. Refer to Compliance Risk Management on page 145 for further discussion of the Code.

Governance and oversight

The Conduct Risk Program is governed by the CCOR Management policy, which establishes the framework for governance, identification, measurement, monitoring and testing, management and reporting conduct risk in the Firm.

The Firm has a senior forum that provides oversight of the Firm’s conduct initiatives to develop a more holistic view of conduct risks and to connect key programs across the Firm in order to identify opportunities and emerging areas of focus. This forum is responsible for setting overall program direction for strategic enhancements to the Firm's employee conduct framework and reviewing the consolidated Firmwide Conduct Risk Appetite Assessment.

Conduct risk management encompasses various aspects of people management practices throughout the employee life cycle, including recruiting, onboarding, training and development, performance management, promotion and compensation processes. Each LOB, Treasury and CIO, and each designated corporate function completes an assessment of conduct risk periodically, reviews metrics and issues which may involve conduct risk, and provides conduct education as appropriate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
146JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

LEGAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Legal risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the risk of loss primarily caused by the actual or alleged failure to meet legal obligations that arise from the rule of law in jurisdictions in which the Firm operates, agreements with clients and customers, and products and services offered by the Firm.

Overview

The global Legal function (“Legal”) provides legal services and advice to the Firm. Legal is responsible for managing the Firm’s exposure to legal risk by:

•managing actual and potential litigation and enforcement matters, including internal reviews and investigations related to such matters

•advising on products and services, including contract negotiation and documentation

•advising on offering and marketing documents and new business initiatives

•managing dispute resolution

•interpreting existing laws, rules and regulations, and advising on changes to them

•advising on advocacy in connection with contemplated and proposed laws, rules and regulations, and

•providing legal advice to the LOBs, Corporate and the Board.

Legal selects, engages and manages outside counsel for the Firm on all matters in which outside counsel is engaged. In addition, Legal advises the Firm’s Conflicts Office which reviews the Firm’s wholesale transactions that may have the potential to create conflicts of interest for the Firm.

Governance and oversight

The Firm’s General Counsel reports to the CEO and is a member of the Operating Committee, the Firmwide Risk Committee and the Firmwide Control Committee. The Firm’s General Counsel and other members of Legal report on significant legal matters to the Firm’s Board of Directors and to the Audit Committee.

Legal serves on and advises various committees and advises the Firm’s LOBs and Corporate on potential reputation risk issues.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K147

Management’s discussion and analysis

ESTIMATIONS AND MODEL RISK MANAGEMENT

Estimations and Model risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused estimation outputs.

The Firm uses models and other analytical and judgment-based estimations across various businesses and functions. The estimation methods are of varying levels of sophistication and are used for many purposes, such as the valuation of positions and measurement of risk, assessing regulatory capital requirements, conducting stress testing, evaluating the allowance for credit losses and making business decisions. A dedicated independent function, Model Risk Governance and Review (“MRGR”), defines and governs the Firm’s policies relating to the management of model risk and risks associated with certain analytical and judgment-based estimations, such as those used in risk management, budget forecasting and capital planning and analysis.

The governance of analytical and judgment-based estimations within MRGR’s scope follows a consistent approach which is used for models, as described in detail below.

Model risks are owned by the users of the models within the Firm based on the specific purposes of such models. Users and developers of models are responsible for developing, implementing and testing their models, as well as referring models to MRGR for review and approval. Once models have been approved, model users and developers are responsible for maintaining a robust operating environment, and must monitor and evaluate the performance of the models on an ongoing basis. Model users and developers may seek to enhance models in response to changes in the portfolios and in product and market developments, as well as to capture improvements in available modeling techniques and systems capabilities.

Models are tiered based on an internal standard according to their complexity, the exposure associated with the model and the Firm’s reliance on the model. This tiering is subject to the approval of MRGR. In its review of a model, MRGR considers whether the model is suitable for the specific purposes for which it will be used. When reviewing a model, MRGR analyzes and challenges the model methodology and the reasonableness of model assumptions, and may perform or require additional testing, including back-testing of model outcomes. Model reviews are approved by the appropriate level of management within MRGR based on the relevant model tier.

Under the Firm’s Estimations and Model Risk Management Policy, MRGR reviews and approves new models, as well as material changes to existing models, prior to their use. In certain circumstances, exceptions may be granted to the Firm’s policy to allow a model to be used prior to review or approval. MRGR may also require the user to take appropriate actions to mitigate the model risk if it is to be used in the interim. These actions will depend on the model and may include, for example, limitation of trading activity.

While models are inherently imprecise, the degree of imprecision or uncertainty can be heightened by the market or economic environment. This is particularly true when the current and forecasted environments are significantly different from the historical environments upon which the models were developed, as the Firm experienced during the early stages of the COVID-19 pandemic. This increased uncertainty may necessitate a greater degree of judgment and analytics to inform any adjustments that the Firm may make to model outputs than would otherwise be the case.

Refer to Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 149-152 and Note 2 for a summary of model-based valuations and other valuation techniques.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
148JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES USED BY THE FIRM

JPMorgan Chase’s accounting policies and use of estimates are integral to understanding its reported results. The Firm’s most complex accounting estimates require management’s judgment to ascertain the appropriate carrying value of assets and liabilities. The Firm has established policies and control procedures intended to ensure that estimation methods, including any judgments made as part of such methods, are well-controlled, independently reviewed and applied consistently from period to period. The methods used and judgments made reflect, among other factors, the nature of the assets or liabilities and the related business and risk management strategies, which may vary across the Firm’s businesses and portfolios. In addition, the policies and procedures are intended to ensure that the process for changing methodologies occurs in an appropriate manner. The Firm believes its estimates for determining the carrying value of its assets and liabilities are appropriate. The following is a brief description of the Firm’s critical accounting estimates involving significant judgments.

Allowance for credit losses

The Firm’s allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of expected credit losses over the remaining expected life of the Firm’s financial assets measured at amortized cost and certain off-balance sheet lending-related commitments. The allowance for credit losses comprises:

•The allowance for loan losses, which covers the Firm’s retained loan portfolios (scored and risk-rated),

•The allowance for lending-related commitments, and

•The allowance for credit losses on investment securities.

The allowance for credit losses involves significant judgment on a number of matters including development and weighting of macroeconomic forecasts, incorporation of historical loss experience, assessment of risk characteristics, assignment of risk ratings, valuation of collateral, and the determination of remaining expected life. Refer to Note 10 and Note 13 for further information on these judgments as well as the Firm’s policies and methodologies used to determine the Firm’s allowance for credit losses.

One of the most significant judgments involved in estimating the Firm’s allowance for credit losses relates to the macroeconomic forecasts used to estimate credit losses over the eight-quarter forecast period within the Firm’s methodology. The eight-quarter forecast incorporates hundreds of macroeconomic variables (“MEVs”) that are relevant for exposures across the Firm, with modeled credit losses being driven primarily by a subset of less than twenty variables. The specific variables that have the greatest effect on the modeled losses of each portfolio vary by portfolio and geography.

•Key MEVs for the consumer portfolio include regional U.S. unemployment rates, HPI and U.S. real GDP.

•Key MEVs for the wholesale portfolio include U.S. real GDP, U.S. unemployment, U.S. equity prices, U.S. interest rates, corporate credit spreads, oil prices, commercial real estate prices and HPI.

Changes in the Firm’s assumptions and forecasts of economic conditions could significantly affect its estimate of expected credit losses in the portfolio at the balance sheet date or lead to significant changes in the estimate from one reporting period to the next.

It is difficult to estimate how potential changes in any one factor or input might affect the overall allowance for credit losses because management considers a wide variety of factors and inputs in estimating the allowance for credit losses. Changes in the factors and inputs considered may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across all geographies or product types, and changes in factors and inputs may be directionally inconsistent, such that improvement in one factor or input may offset deterioration in others.

To consider the impact of a hypothetical alternate macroeconomic forecast, the Firm compared the modeled credit losses determined using its central and relative adverse macroeconomic scenarios, which are two of the five scenarios considered in estimating the allowances for loan losses and lending-related commitments. The central and relative adverse scenarios each included a full suite of MEVs, but differed in the levels, paths and peaks/troughs of those variables over the eight-quarter forecast period.

For example, compared to the Firm’s central scenario shown on page 127 and in Note 13, the Firm’s relative adverse scenario assumes an elevated U.S. unemployment rate, averaging approximately 1.9% higher over the eight-quarter forecast, with a peak difference of approximately 2.8% in the fourth quarter of 2023; lower U.S. real GDP with a slower recovery, remaining nearly 3.1% lower at the end of the eight-quarter forecast, with a peak difference of approximately 3.9% in the fourth quarter of 2023; and lower national HPI with a peak difference of approximately 8.4% in the third quarter of 2024.

This analysis is not intended to estimate expected future changes in the allowance for credit losses, for a number of reasons, including:

•The allowance as of December 31, 2022, reflects credit losses beyond those estimated under the central scenario due to the weight placed on the adverse scenarios.

•The impacts of changes in many MEVs are both interrelated and nonlinear, so the results of this analysis cannot be simply extrapolated for more severe changes in macroeconomic variables.

•Expectations of future changes in portfolio composition and borrower behavior can significantly affect the allowance for credit losses.

To demonstrate the sensitivity of credit loss estimates to macroeconomic forecasts as of December 31, 2022, the

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K149

Management’s discussion and analysis

Firm compared the modeled estimates under its relative adverse scenario to its central scenario. Without considering offsetting or correlated effects in other qualitative components of the Firm’s allowance for credit losses, the comparison between these two scenarios for the exposures below reflect the following differences:

•An increase of approximately $500 million for residential real estate loans and lending-related commitments

•An increase of approximately $2.2 billion for credit card loans

•An increase of approximately $3.9 billion for wholesale loans and lending-related commitments

This analysis relates only to the modeled credit loss estimates and is not intended to estimate changes in the overall allowance for credit losses as it does not reflect any potential changes in other adjustments to the quantitative calculation, which would also be influenced by the judgment management applies to the modeled lifetime loss estimates to reflect the uncertainty and imprecision of these modeled lifetime loss estimates based on then-current circumstances and conditions.

Recognizing that forecasts of macroeconomic conditions are inherently uncertain, particularly in light of the recent economic conditions, the Firm believes that its process to consider the available information and associated risks and uncertainties is appropriately governed and that its estimates of expected credit losses were reasonable and appropriate for the period ended December 31, 2022.

Fair value

JPMorgan Chase carries a portion of its assets and liabilities at fair value. The majority of such assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including derivatives, structured note products and certain securities financing agreements. Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, including certain mortgage, home equity and other loans, where the carrying value is based on the fair value of the underlying collateral.

Assets measured at fair value

The following table includes the Firm’s assets measured at fair value and the portion of such assets that are classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 2 for further information.

December 31, 2022 (in millions, except ratios)Total assets at fair valueTotal level 3 assets
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements$311,883$
Securities borrowed70,041
Trading assets:
Trading-debt and equity instruments382,8762,909
Derivative receivables(a)70,88010,682
Total trading assets453,75613,591
AFS securities205,857239
Loans42,0791,418
MSRs7,9737,973
Other14,014405
Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis1,105,60323,626
Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis2,6581,979
Total assets measured at fair value$1,108,261$25,605
Total Firm assets$3,665,743
Level 3 assets at fair value as a percentage of total Firm assets(a)0.7%
Level 3 assets at fair value as a percentage of total Firm assets at fair value(a)2.3%

(a)For purposes of the table above, the derivative receivables total reflects the impact of netting adjustments; however, the $10.7 billion of derivative receivables classified as level 3 does not reflect the netting adjustment as such netting is not relevant to a presentation based on the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset. The level 3 balances would be reduced if netting were applied, including the netting benefit associated with cash collateral.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
150JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

Valuation

Details of the Firm’s processes for determining fair value are set out in Note 2. Estimating fair value requires the application of judgment. The type and level of judgment required is largely dependent on the amount of observable market information available to the Firm. For instruments valued using internally developed valuation models and other valuation techniques that use significant unobservable inputs and are therefore classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, judgments used to estimate fair value are more significant than those required when estimating the fair value of instruments classified within levels 1 and 2.

In arriving at an estimate of fair value for an instrument within level 3, management must first determine the appropriate valuation model or other valuation technique to use. Second, the lack of observability of certain significant inputs requires management to assess relevant empirical data in deriving valuation inputs including, for example, transaction details, yield curves, interest rates, prepayment speed, default rates, volatilities, correlations, prices (such as commodity, equity or debt prices), valuations of comparable instruments, foreign exchange rates and credit curves. Refer to Note 2 for a further discussion of the valuation of level 3 instruments, including unobservable inputs used.

For instruments classified in levels 2 and 3, management judgment must be applied to assess the appropriate level of valuation adjustments to reflect counterparty credit quality, the Firm’s creditworthiness, market funding rates, liquidity considerations, unobservable parameters, and for portfolios that meet specified criteria, the size of the net open risk position. The judgments made are typically affected by the type of product and its specific contractual terms, and the level of liquidity for the product or within the market as a whole. In periods of heightened market volatility and uncertainty judgments are further affected by the wider variation of reasonable valuation estimates, particularly for positions that are less liquid. Refer to Note 2 for a further discussion of valuation adjustments applied by the Firm.

Imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs or other factors can affect the amount of gain or loss recorded for a particular position. Furthermore, while the Firm believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those of other market participants, the methods and assumptions used reflect management judgment and may vary across the Firm’s businesses and portfolios.

The Firm uses various methodologies and assumptions in the determination of fair value. The use of methodologies or assumptions different than those used by the Firm could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Refer to Note 2 for a detailed discussion of the Firm’s valuation process and hierarchy, and its determination of fair value for individual financial instruments.

Goodwill impairment

Under U.S. GAAP, goodwill must be allocated to reporting units and tested for impairment at least annually. The Firm’s process and methodology used to conduct goodwill impairment testing is described in Note 15.

Management applies significant judgment when testing goodwill for impairment. The goodwill associated with each business combination is allocated to the related reporting units for goodwill impairment testing.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, the Firm reviewed current economic conditions, estimated market cost of equity, as well as actual business results and projections of business performance. Based on such reviews, the Firm has concluded that goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2022. For each of the reporting units, fair value exceeded carrying value by at least 10% and there was no indication of a significant risk of goodwill impairment based on current projections and valuations.

The projections for the Firm’s reporting units are consistent with management’s current business outlook assumptions in the short term, and the Firm’s best estimates of long-term growth and return on equity in the longer term. Where possible, the Firm uses third-party and peer data to benchmark its assumptions and estimates.

Refer to Note 15 for additional information on goodwill, including the goodwill impairment assessment as of December 31, 2022.

Credit card rewards liability

JPMorgan Chase offers credit cards with various rewards programs which allow cardholders to earn rewards points based on their account activity and the terms and conditions of the rewards program. Generally, there are no limits on the points that an eligible cardholder can earn, nor do the points expire, and the points can be redeemed for a variety of rewards, including cash (predominantly in the form of account credits), gift cards and travel. The Firm maintains a rewards liability which represents the estimated cost of rewards points earned and expected to be redeemed by cardholders. The liability is accrued as the cardholder earns the benefit and is reduced when the cardholder redeems points. This liability was $11.3 billion and $9.8 billion at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and is recorded in accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheets. The increase in the liability was driven by continued growth in rewards points earned on increased cardholder spending and promotional offers outpacing redemptions throughout 2022.

The rewards liability is sensitive to redemption rate (“RR”) and cost per point (“CPP”) assumptions. The RR assumption is used to estimate the number of points earned by customers that will be redeemed over the life of the account. The CPP assumption is used to estimate the cost of future point redemptions. These assumptions are evaluated periodically considering historical actuals, cardholder redemption behavior and management judgment. Updates

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K151

Management’s discussion and analysis

to these assumptions will impact the rewards liability. As of December 31, 2022, a combined increase of 25 basis points in RR and 1 basis point in CPP would increase the rewards liability by approximately $315 million.

Income taxes

JPMorgan Chase is subject to the income tax laws of the various jurisdictions in which it operates, including U.S. federal, state and local, and non-U.S. jurisdictions. These laws are often complex and may be subject to different interpretations. To determine the financial statement impact of accounting for income taxes, including the provision for income tax expense and unrecognized tax benefits, JPMorgan Chase must make assumptions and judgments about how to interpret and apply these complex tax laws to numerous transactions and business events, as well as make judgments regarding the timing of when certain items may affect taxable income in the U.S. and non-U.S. tax jurisdictions.

JPMorgan Chase’s interpretations of tax laws around the world are subject to review and examination by the various taxing authorities in the jurisdictions where the Firm operates, and disputes may occur regarding its view on a tax position. These disputes over interpretations with the various taxing authorities may be settled by audit, administrative appeals or adjudication in the court systems of the tax jurisdictions in which the Firm operates. JPMorgan Chase regularly reviews whether it may be assessed additional income taxes as a result of the resolution of these matters, and the Firm records additional unrecognized tax benefits, as appropriate. In addition, the Firm may revise its estimate of income taxes due to changes in income tax laws, legal interpretations, and business strategies. It is possible that revisions in the Firm’s estimate of income taxes may materially affect the Firm’s results of operations in any reporting period.

Deferred taxes arise from differences between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting versus income tax return purposes. Deferred tax assets are recognized if, in management’s judgment, their realizability is determined to be more likely than not. Deferred taxes are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized within the provision for income taxes in the period enacted.

The Firm has also recognized deferred tax assets in connection with certain tax attributes, including net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and foreign tax credit (“FTC”) carryforwards. The Firm performs regular reviews to ascertain whether its deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income, including foreign source income, and may incorporate various tax planning strategies, including strategies that may be available to utilize NOLs and FTCs before they expire. In connection with these reviews, if it is determined that a deferred tax asset is not realizable, a valuation allowance is

established. The valuation allowance may be reversed in a subsequent reporting period if the Firm determines that, based on revised estimates of future taxable income or changes in tax planning strategies, it is more likely than not that all or part of the deferred tax asset will become realizable. As of December 31, 2022, management has determined it is more likely than not that the Firm will realize its deferred tax assets, net of the existing valuation allowance.

The Firm adjusts its unrecognized tax benefits as necessary when new information becomes available, including changes in tax law and regulations, and interactions with taxing authorities. Uncertain tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize. An uncertain tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that management believes is more likely than not to be realized upon settlement. It is possible that the reassessment of JPMorgan Chase’s unrecognized tax benefits may have a material impact on its effective income tax rate in the period in which the reassessment occurs. Although the Firm believes that its estimates are reasonable, the final tax amount could be different from the amounts reflected in the Firm’s income tax provisions and accruals. To the extent that the final outcome of these amounts is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will generally impact the Firm’s provision for income taxes in the period in which such a determination is made.

The Firm’s provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. The current and deferred tax provisions are calculated based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed during the subsequent year. Adjustments based on filed returns are generally recorded in the period when the tax returns are filed and the global tax implications are known, which could impact the Firm’s effective tax rate.

Refer to Note 25 for additional information on income taxes.

Litigation reserves

Refer to Note 30 for a description of the significant estimates and judgments associated with establishing litigation reserves.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
152JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING DEVELOPMENTS

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Standards Adopted since January 1, 2021
StandardSummary of guidanceEffects on financial statements
Reference RateReform Issued March2020 and updated January 2021 and December 2022•Provides optional expedients and exceptions to current accounting guidance when financial instruments, hedge accounting relationships, and other transactions are amended due to reference rate reform.•Provides an election to account for certain contract amendments related to reference rate reform as modifications rather than extinguishments without the requirement to assess the significance of the amendments. •Allows for changes in critical terms of a hedge accounting relationship without automatic termination of that relationship. Provides various practical expedients and elections designed to allow hedge accounting to continue uninterrupted during the transition period. •Provides a one-time election to transfer securities out of the held-to-maturity classification if certain criteria are met.•The January 2021 update provides an election to account for derivatives modified to change the rate used for discounting, margining, or contract price alignment (collectively “discounting transition”) as modifications. •The December 2022 update extends the termination date of the optional expedients and exceptions to current accounting guidance to December 31, 2024.•Issued and effective March 12, 2020. The January 7, 2021 and December 21, 2022 updates were effective when issued. •The Firm elected to apply certain of the practical expedients related to contract modifications and hedge accounting relationships, and discounting transition beginning in the third quarter of 2020. The discounting transition election was applied retrospectively. The main purpose of the practical expedients is to ease the administrative burden of accounting for contracts impacted by reference rate reform. These elections did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
FASB Standards Issued but Not Adopted as of December 31, 2022
StandardSummary of guidanceEffects on financial statements
Derivatives and Hedging: Fair Value Hedging – Portfolio Layer Method Issued March 2022•Expands the current ability to hedge a portfolio of prepayable assets to allow more of the portfolio to be hedged. Non-prepayable assets can also be included in the same portfolio, thus increasing the size of the portfolio and the amount available to be hedged. •Clarifies the types of derivatives that can be used as hedges, and the balance sheet presentation and disclosure requirements for the hedge accounting adjustments.•Allows a one-time reclassification from HTM to AFS upon adoption.•Adopted prospectively on January 1, 2023 and, as permitted by the guidance, in January 2023 the Firm transferred and designated approximately $7.0 billion of HTM securities into a closed AFS securities portfolio hedged under the portfolio layer method.
Financial Instruments – Credit Losses: Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures Issued March 2022•Eliminates existing accounting and disclosure requirements for Troubled Debt Restructurings, including the requirement to measure the allowance using a discounted cash flow methodology.•Requires disclosure of loan modifications for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty involving principal forgiveness, interest rate reduction, other-than-insignificant payment delay, term extension or a combination of these modifications.•Requires disclosure of current period loan charge-off information by origination year.•May be adopted prospectively, or by using a modified retrospective method wherein the effect of adoption is reflected as an adjustment to retained earnings at the effective date.•Adopted January 1, 2023.•This guidance was adopted using a modified retrospective method which resulted in a net decrease to the allowance for credit losses of approximately $600 million and an increase to retained earnings of approximately $450 million after-tax, predominantly driven by residential real estate and credit card. Refer to Note 1 for further information.
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K153

Management’s discussion and analysis

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

From time to time, the Firm has made and will make forward-looking statements. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often use words such as “anticipate,” “target,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “goal,” “believe,” or other words of similar meaning. Forward-looking statements provide JPMorgan Chase’s current expectations or forecasts of future events, circumstances, results or aspirations. JPMorgan Chase’s disclosures in this 2022 Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The Firm also may make forward-looking statements in its other documents filed or furnished with the SEC. In addition, the Firm’s senior management may make forward-looking statements orally to investors, analysts, representatives of the media and others.

All forward-looking statements are, by their nature, subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Firm’s control. JPMorgan Chase’s actual future results may differ materially from those set forth in its forward-looking statements. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, below are certain factors which could cause actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements:

•Local, regional and global business, economic and political conditions and geopolitical events, including the war in Ukraine;

•Changes in laws, rules, and regulatory requirements, including capital and liquidity requirements affecting the Firm’s businesses, and the ability of the Firm to address those requirements;

•Heightened regulatory and governmental oversight and scrutiny of JPMorgan Chase’s business practices, including dealings with retail customers;

•Changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws;

•Changes in the level of inflation;

•Changes in income tax laws, rules, and regulations;

•Securities and capital markets behavior, including changes in market liquidity and volatility;

•Changes in investor sentiment or consumer spending or savings behavior;

•Ability of the Firm to manage effectively its capital and liquidity;

•Changes in credit ratings assigned to the Firm or its subsidiaries;

•Damage to the Firm’s reputation;

•Ability of the Firm to appropriately address social, environmental and sustainability concerns that may arise, including from its business activities;

•Ability of the Firm to deal effectively with an economic slowdown or other economic or market disruption, including, but not limited to, in the interest rate environment;

•Technology changes instituted by the Firm, its counterparties or competitors;

•The effectiveness of the Firm’s control agenda;

•Ability of the Firm to develop or discontinue products and services, and the extent to which products or services previously sold by the Firm require the Firm to incur liabilities or absorb losses not contemplated at their initiation or origination;

•Acceptance of the Firm’s new and existing products and services by the marketplace and the ability of the Firm to innovate and to increase market share;

•Ability of the Firm to attract and retain qualified and diverse employees;

•Ability of the Firm to control expenses;

•Competitive pressures;

•Changes in the credit quality of the Firm’s clients, customers and counterparties;

•Adequacy of the Firm’s risk management framework, disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

•Adverse judicial or regulatory proceedings;

•Changes in applicable accounting policies, including the introduction of new accounting standards;

•Ability of the Firm to determine accurate values of certain assets and liabilities;

•Occurrence of natural or man-made disasters or calamities, including health emergencies, the spread of infectious diseases, epidemics or pandemics, an outbreak or escalation of hostilities or other geopolitical instabilities, the effects of climate change or extraordinary events beyond the Firm’s control, and the Firm’s ability to deal effectively with disruptions caused by the foregoing;

•Ability of the Firm to maintain the security of its financial, accounting, technology, data processing and other operational systems and facilities;

•Ability of the Firm to withstand disruptions that may be caused by any failure of its operational systems or those of third parties;

•Ability of the Firm to effectively defend itself against cyber attacks and other attempts by unauthorized parties to access information of the Firm or its customers or to disrupt the Firm’s systems; and

•The other risks and uncertainties detailed in Part I, Item 1A: Risk Factors in JPMorgan Chase’s 2022 Form 10-K.

Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Firm speak only as of the date they are made, and JPMorgan Chase does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements. The reader should, however, consult any further disclosures of a forward-looking nature the Firm may make in any subsequent Form 10-Ks, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Qs, or Current Reports on Form 8-K.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
154JPMorgan Chase & Co./2022 Form 10-K

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000019617-22-000272.

Extracted from a later financial-section MD&A body after the formal Item 7 span was a short reference. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-02-22. Report date: 2021-12-31.

Management’s discussion and analysis

The following is Management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations (“MD&A”) of JPMorgan Chase for the year ended December 31, 2021. The MD&A is included in both JPMorgan Chase’s Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2021 (“Annual Report”) and its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021 (“2021 Form 10-K”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Refer to the Glossary of terms and acronyms on pages 305-311 for definitions of terms and acronyms used throughout the Annual Report and the 2021 Form 10-K.

This Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on the current beliefs and expectations of JPMorgan Chase’s management, speak only as of the date of this Form 10-K and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Refer to Forward-looking Statements on page 155 and Part 1, Item 1A: Risk factors in the 2021 Form 10-K on pages 9-33 for a discussion of certain of those risks and uncertainties and the factors that could cause JPMorgan Chase’s actual results to differ materially because of those risks and uncertainties. There is no assurance that actual results will be in line with any outlook information set forth herein, and the Firm does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements.

INTRODUCTION

JPMorgan Chase & Co. (NYSE: JPM), a financial holding company incorporated under Delaware law in 1968, is a leading financial services firm based in the United States of America (“U.S.”), with operations worldwide. JPMorgan Chase had $3.7 trillion in assets and $294.1 billion in stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2021. The Firm is a leader in investment banking, financial services for consumers and small businesses, commercial banking, financial transaction processing and asset management. Under the J.P. Morgan and Chase brands, the Firm serves millions of customers, predominantly in the U.S., and many of the world’s most prominent corporate, institutional and government clients globally.

JPMorgan Chase’s principal bank subsidiary is JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (“JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.”), a national banking association with U.S. branches in 48 states and Washington, D.C. as of December 31, 2021. JPMorgan Chase’s principal nonbank subsidiary is J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan Securities”), a U.S. broker-dealer. The bank and non-bank subsidiaries of JPMorgan Chase operate nationally as well as through overseas branches and subsidiaries, representative offices and subsidiary foreign banks. The Firm’s principal operating subsidiary outside the U.S. is J.P. Morgan Securities plc, a U.K.-based subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

For management reporting purposes, the Firm’s activities are organized into four major reportable business segments, as well as a Corporate segment. The Firm’s consumer business is the Consumer & Community Banking (“CCB”) segment. The Firm’s wholesale business segments are the Corporate & Investment Bank (“CIB”), Commercial Banking (“CB”), and Asset & Wealth Management (“AWM”). Refer to Business Segment Results on pages 61-80, and Note 32 for a description of the Firm’s business segments, and the products and services they provide to their respective client bases.

The Firm’s website is www.jpmorganchase.com. JPMorgan Chase makes available on its website, free of charge, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files or furnishes such material to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) at www.sec.gov. JPMorgan Chase makes new and important information about the Firm available on its website at https://www.jpmorganchase.com, including on the Investor Relations section of its website at https://www.jpmorganchase.com/ir. Information on the Firm's website is not incorporated by reference into this 2021 Form 10-K or the Firm’s other filings with the SEC.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
46JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

This executive overview of the MD&A highlights selected information and does not contain all of the information that is important to readers of this 2021 Form 10-K. For a complete description of the trends and uncertainties, as well as the risks and critical accounting estimates, affecting the Firm, this 2021 Form 10-K should be read in its entirety.

Financial performance of JPMorgan Chase
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except per share data and ratios)
20212020Change
Selected income statement data
Total net revenue(a)$121,649$119,9511%
Total noninterest expense71,34366,6567
Pre-provision profit50,30653,295(6)
Provision for credit losses(9,256)17,480NM
Net income48,33429,13166
Diluted earnings per share15.368.8873
Selected ratios and metrics
Return on common equity19%12%
Return on tangible common equity2314
Book value per share$88.07$81.758
Tangible book value per share71.5366.118
Capital ratios(b)
CET1 capital13.1%13.1%
Tier 1 capital15.015.0
Total capital16.817.3

(a)    Prior-period amount has been revised to conform with the current presentation. Refer to Note 25 for further information.

(b)    The capital metrics reflect the relief provided by the Federal Reserve Board in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, including the CECL capital transition provisions that became effective in the first quarter of 2020 and expired on December 31, 2021. Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 86-96 for additional information.

Comparisons noted in the sections below are for the full year of 2021 versus the full year of 2020, unless otherwise specified.

Firmwide overview

JPMorgan Chase reported net income of $48.3 billion for 2021, or $15.36 per share, on net revenue of $121.6 billion. The Firm reported ROE of 19% and ROTCE of 23%. The Firm's results for 2021 included a reduction in the allowance for credit losses of $12.1 billion.

•The Firm had net income of $48.3 billion, up 66%, driven by a net benefit in the provision for credit losses, compared to an expense recorded in the prior year.

•Total net revenue was up 1%.

–Noninterest revenue was $69.3 billion, up 6%, driven by higher Investment Banking fees and asset management fees, partially offset by lower CIB Markets revenue.

–Net interest income was $52.3 billion, down 4%, driven by the impact of lower market rates and changes in the balance sheet mix, partially offset by balance sheet growth.

•Noninterest expense was $71.3 billion, up 7%, predominantly driven by higher compensation expense and continued investments in the business, including technology.

•The provision for credit losses was a net benefit of $9.3 billion, driven by;

–a $12.1 billion reduction in the allowance for credit losses primarily reflecting improvements in the Firm’s macroeconomic outlook, and

–$2.9 billion of net charge-offs predominantly driven by Card

The prior year provision was an expense of $17.5 billion, reflecting a net addition to the allowance for credit losses of $12.2 billion, and $5.3 billion of net charge-offs.

•The total allowance for credit losses was $18.7 billion at December 31, 2021. The Firm had an allowance for loan losses to retained loans coverage ratio of 1.62%, compared with 2.95% in the prior year; the decrease from the prior year was driven by reductions in the allowance for credit losses.

•The Firm’s nonperforming assets totaled $8.3 billion at December 31, 2021, a decrease of $2.6 billion from the prior year, driven by lower nonaccrual loans, reflecting the impact of net portfolio activity and client-specific upgrades in wholesale, as well as improved credit performance in consumer; and lower loans at fair value in the CIB consumer portfolio, largely due to sales.

•Firmwide average loans of $1.0 trillion were up 3%, driven by higher loans in AWM and CIB, partially offset by lower loans in CCB and CB.

•Firmwide average deposits of $2.3 trillion were up 23%, reflecting significant inflows across the LOBs, primarily driven by the effect of certain government actions in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as growth from existing and new accounts in CCB.

Selected capital-related metrics

•The Firm’s CET1 capital was $214 billion, and the Standardized and Advanced CET1 ratios were 13.1% and 13.8%, respectively.

•The Firm’s SLR was 5.4%.

•The Firm grew TBVPS, ending 2021 at $71.53, up 8% versus the prior year.

Pre-provision profit, ROTCE, TCE and TBVPS are non-GAAP financial measures. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 58-60, and Capital Risk Management on pages 86-96 for a discussion of each of these measures.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K47

Management’s discussion and analysis

Business segment highlights

Selected business metrics for each of the Firm’s four LOBs are presented below for the full year of 2021.

CCB ROE 41%•Average deposits up 24%; client investment assets up 22% •Average loans down 3%; Card net charge-off rate of 1.94% •Debit and credit card sales volume(a) up 26%•Active mobile customers up 11%
CIBROE 25%•$13.4 billion of Global Investment Banking fees, up 41%•#1 ranking for Global Investment Banking fees with 9.5% wallet share for the year•Total Markets revenue of $27.4 billion, down 7%, with Fixed Income Markets down 19% and Equity Markets up 22%
CB ROE 21%•Gross Investment Banking revenue of $5.1 billion, up 52%•Average deposits up 27%; average loans down 6%
AWM ROE 33%•Assets under management (AUM) of $3.1 trillion, up 15%•Average deposits up 42%; average loans up 19%

(a) Excludes Commercial Card

Refer to the Business Segment Results on pages 61-62 for a detailed discussion of results by business segment.

Credit provided and capital raised

JPMorgan Chase continues to support consumers, businesses and communities around the globe. The Firm provided new and renewed credit and raised capital for wholesale and consumer clients during 2021, consisting of:

$3.2 trillionTotal credit provided and capital raised (including loans and commitments)(a)
$331 billionCredit for consumers
$22 billionCredit for U.S. small businesses
$1.3 trillionCredit for corporations
$1.5 trillionCapital raised for corporate clients and non-U.S. government entities
$63 billionCredit and capital raised for nonprofit and U.S. government entities(b)
$11 billionLoans under the Small Business Administration’s Paycheck Protection Program

(a)Excludes loans under the SBA’s PPP.

(b)Includes states, municipalities, hospitals and universities.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
48JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

Recent events

•On January 25, 2022, JPMorgan Chase announced that it entered into an agreement with Viva Wallet Holdings Software Development S.A. to acquire an ownership stake of approximately 49% in the cloud-based payments financial technology company, subject to regulatory approvals.

•On January 24, 2022, JPMorgan Chase announced that it has merged three of its EU credit institution subsidiaries into a single subsidiary, J.P. Morgan SE, which is headquartered in Germany and has a branch network across the European Economic Area, as well as a branch in London.

•On January 1, 2022, Daniel Pinto became the sole President and Chief Operating Officer of JPMorgan Chase after the retirement of Gordon Smith at the end of 2021. Mr. Pinto continues to serve as the CEO of CIB, and the CEOs of the other LOBs report jointly to Mr. Pinto and Jamie Dimon, Chairman and CEO of the Firm.

2022 outlook

These current expectations are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such forward-looking statements are based on the current beliefs and expectations of JPMorgan Chase’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Refer to Forward-Looking Statements on page 155, and the Risk Factors section on pages 9-33 of the Firm’s 2021 Form 10-K, for a further discussion of certain of those risks and uncertainties and the other factors that could cause JPMorgan Chase’s actual results to differ materially because of those risks and uncertainties. There is no assurance that actual results in 2022 will be in line with the outlook information set forth below, and the Firm does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements.

JPMorgan Chase’s current outlook for 2022 should be viewed against the backdrop of the global and U.S. economies, the COVID-19 pandemic, financial markets activity, the geopolitical environment, the competitive environment, client and customer activity levels, and regulatory and legislative developments in the U.S. and other countries where the Firm does business. Each of these factors will affect the performance of the Firm and its LOBs. The Firm will continue to make appropriate adjustments to its businesses and operations in response to ongoing developments in the business, economic, regulatory and legal environments in which it operates. The outlook information contained in this Form 10-K supersedes all outlook information provided by the Firm in its periodic reports furnished to or filed with the SEC prior to the date of this Form 10-K.

Full-year 2022

•Management expects net interest income on a managed basis, excluding CIB Markets, to be in excess of $53 billion, market dependent.

•Management expects adjusted expense to be approximately $77 billion, which includes increased investments in technology, distribution and marketing, and higher structural expense.

Net interest income on a managed basis, excluding CIB Markets, and adjusted expense are non-GAAP financial measures. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 58-60.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K49

Management’s discussion and analysis

Business Developments

COVID-19 Pandemic

As the COVID-19 pandemic has continued to evolve, the Firm has remained focused on serving its clients, customers and communities, as well as the well-being of its employees. The Firm continues to actively monitor and adapt to health and safety developments at local and regional levels as more of its global workforce returns to the office.

For information on the impact of U.S. government actions and programs in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, refer to:

•Credit Portfolio on page 109 for information on PPP,

•Consumer Credit Portfolio on page 112 and Wholesale Credit Portfolio on page 118 for information on retained loans under payment deferral, and

•Note 12 on page 231 for information on the Firm’s loan modification activities.

Interbank Offered Rate (“IBOR”) transition

JPMorgan Chase and other market participants continue to make progress with respect to the transition from the use of the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and other IBORs to comply with the International Organization of Securities Commission’s standards for transaction-based benchmark rates. As of January 1, 2022, ICE Benchmark Administration ceased the publication of all tenors of LIBOR for U.K. sterling, Japanese yen, Swiss franc and Euro LIBOR (collectively, “non-U.S. dollar LIBOR”) and the one-week and two-month tenors of U.S. dollar LIBOR. The cessation of the publication of the principal tenors of U.S. dollar LIBOR (i.e., overnight, one-month, three-month, six-month and 12-month LIBOR) is scheduled for June 30, 2023.

In joint statements issued by the Federal Reserve, the OCC and the FDIC, the banking regulators encouraged U.S. banks to cease entering into new contracts that use U.S. dollar LIBOR as a reference rate by December 31, 2021. The Firm has ceased executing contracts that reference U.S. dollar LIBOR, with certain permissible limited exceptions, and now offers various floating rate products, and provides and arranges various types of floating rate debt financings, across its businesses that reference replacement rates, including the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”). The Firm continues to engage with clients in relation to the transition from the principal tenors of U.S. dollar LIBOR and to support clients as they move to replacement rates.

On November 16, 2021 the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) confirmed that it will allow, for a period of at least one year, the use of “synthetic” U.K. sterling and Japanese yen LIBOR rates in all legacy LIBOR contracts, other than cleared derivatives, that had not been transitioned to replacement rates by January 1, 2022. The use of these synthetic LIBORs, will allow market participants additional time to complete their transition to replacement rates or otherwise to reduce their exposure to contracts that do not have robust fallback mechanisms and that are difficult to amend.

During the fourth quarter of 2021, the principal central counterparties (“CCPs”) converted cleared derivatives contracts linked to non-U.S. dollar LIBOR to replacement rates before the cessation of the publication of those LIBORs on December 31, 2021.

The Firm has made significant progress towards reducing its exposure to IBOR-referencing contracts, including in derivatives, bilateral and syndicated loans, securities, and debt and preferred stock issuances, and is on-track to meet its internal milestones for contract remediation as well as the industry milestones and recommendations published by National Working Groups, including the Alternative Reference Rates Committee in the U.S.

In connection with the transition from LIBOR, as of December 31, 2021 the Firm had remediated substantially all of the notional amount of its bilateral derivatives contracts linked to U.S. dollar LIBOR and non-U.S. dollar

Column 1Column 2Column 3
50JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

LIBOR, and substantially all of its non-U.S. dollar LIBOR-linked loans. The Firm continues its client outreach with respect to U.S. dollar LIBOR-linked loans.

The Firm is also on schedule to implement further necessary changes to risk management systems in order to transition from LIBOR, including modifications to its operational systems and models. In 2021, the Firm changed the rate basis of its transfer pricing methodology for U.S. dollar-denominated contracts to SOFR and implemented internal controls to restrict the use of LIBOR in new transactions.

Legislation intended to reduce the likelihood of disputes arising from the cessation of LIBOR has been adopted or proposed in certain jurisdictions. The Firm continues to review the extent to which these legislative actions or proposals, if enacted, may reduce the risk of litigation and disputes arising from the transition from LIBOR.

The Firm continues to monitor and evaluate client, industry, market, regulatory and legislative developments, including the transition relief issued by the Internal Revenue Service and U.S. Treasury Department in January 2022 with respect to the tax implications of reference rate reform.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K51

Management’s discussion and analysis

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This section provides a comparative discussion of JPMorgan Chase’s Consolidated Results of Operations on a reported basis for the two-year period ended December 31, 2021, unless otherwise specified. Refer to Consolidated Results of Operations on pages 54-56 of the Firm’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “2020 Form 10-K”) for a discussion of the 2020 versus 2019 results. Factors that relate primarily to a single business segment are discussed in more detail within that business segment’s results. Refer to pages 150-153 for a discussion of the Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm that affect the Consolidated Results of Operations.

Revenue
Year ended December 31, (in millions)
202120202019
Investment banking fees$13,216$9,486$7,501
Principal transactions16,30418,02114,018
Lending- and deposit-related fees7,0326,5116,626
Asset management, administration and commissions21,02918,17716,908
Investment securities gains/(losses)(345)802258
Mortgage fees and related income2,1703,0912,036
Card income5,1024,4355,076
Other income(a)(b)4,8304,8656,052
Noninterest revenue69,33865,38858,475
Net interest income52,31154,56357,245
Total net revenue$121,649$119,951$115,720

(a)Included operating lease income of $4.9 billion, for the year ended December 31, 2021, and $5.5 billion for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

(b)Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation. Refer to Note 25 for further information.

2021 compared with 2020

Investment banking fees increased across products in CIB, reflecting:

•higher advisory fees driven by increased M&A activity and wallet share gains

•higher equity underwriting fees due to a strong IPO market and wallet share gains, and

•higher debt underwriting fees predominantly driven by an active leveraged loan market primarily related to acquisition financing.

Refer to CIB segment results on pages 67-72 and Note 6 for additional information.

Principal transactions revenue decreased, reflecting:

•lower revenue in CIB Fixed Income Markets, primarily in Rates, Currencies & Emerging Markets, Credit and Commodities, compared to a strong prior year, and an increase in Securitized Products, and

•lower net valuation gains on several legacy equity investments in Corporate,

partially offset by

•higher revenue in CIB Equity Markets driven by strong performance across derivatives, prime brokerage, and Cash Equities

•favorable results in CIB’s Credit Adjustments & Other, with a net gain of $250 million predominantly driven by valuation adjustments related to derivatives, compared with a $29 million net loss in the prior year, and

•the absence of losses recorded in the prior year in Treasury and CIO related to cash deployment transactions, which were more than offset by the related net interest income earned on these transactions, also in the prior year.

Refer to CIB and Corporate segment results on pages 67-72 and pages 79-80, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Lending- and deposit-related fees increased as a result of:

•higher cash management fees in CIB and CB, and higher lending-related fees, particularly loan commitment fees in CIB,

predominantly offset by

•lower overdraft fee revenue in CCB.

Refer to CCB, CIB and CB segment results on pages 63-66, pages 67-72 and pages 73-75, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Asset management, administration and commissions revenue increased driven by:

•higher asset management fees in AWM and CCB as a result of higher average market levels and net inflows, and

•higher custody fees in CIB Securities Services, primarily associated with higher assets under custody.

Refer to CCB, CIB and AWM segment results on pages 63-66, pages 67-72 and pages 76-78, respectively, and Note 6 for additional information.

Investment securities gains/(losses) reflected net losses related to repositioning the investment securities portfolio, compared with net gains in the prior year from sales of U.S. GSE and government agency MBS. Refer to Corporate segment results on pages 79-80 and Note 10 for additional information.

Mortgage fees and related income decreased due to:

•lower net mortgage servicing revenue, reflecting a net loss in MSR risk management results primarily driven by updates to model inputs related to prepayment expectations, and

•lower mortgage production revenue on lower production margins.

Refer to CCB segment results on pages 63-66, Note 6 and 15 for further information.

Card income increased due to:

•higher net interchange income in CCB driven by an increase in debit and credit card sales volume above pre-pandemic levels, partially offset by the impact of a renegotiation of a co-brand partner contract, as well as an increase to the rewards liability, and

Column 1Column 2Column 3
52JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

•higher payments revenue related to commercial card and merchant processing in CB and CIB on higher volume,

partially offset by

•higher amortization related to new account origination costs in CCB.

Refer to CCB, CIB and CB segment results on pages 63-66, pages 67-72 and pages 73-75, respectively, and Note 6 for further information.

Other income decreased reflecting:

•lower auto operating lease income in CCB as a result of a decline in volume, and

•increased amortization on a higher level of alternative energy investments in the tax-oriented investment portfolio in CIB. The increased amortization was more than offset by lower income tax expense from the associated tax credits,

predominantly offset by

•net gains on several investments, primarily in CIB and AWM, and

•the absence of losses recorded in the prior year related to the early termination of certain of the Firm's long-term debt in Treasury and CIO.

Net interest income decreased driven by the impact of lower market rates and changes in the balance sheet mix, partially offset by balance sheet growth.

The Firm’s average interest-earning assets were $3.2 trillion, up $436 billion, predominantly driven by higher deposits with banks and investment securities, and the yield was 1.81%, down 53 basis points (“bps”). The net yield on these assets, on an FTE basis, was 1.64%, a decrease of 34 bps. The net yield excluding CIB Markets was 1.91%, down 39 bps.

Net yield excluding CIB Markets is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to the Consolidated average balance sheets, interest and rates schedule on pages 300-304 for further details; and the Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures on pages 58-60 for a further discussion of Net interest yield excluding CIB Markets.

Provision for credit losses
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)202120202019
Consumer, excluding credit card$(1,933)$1,016$(378)
Credit card(4,838)10,8865,348
Total consumer(6,771)11,9024,970
Wholesale(2,449)5,510615
Investment securities(36)68NA
Total provision for credit losses$(9,256)$17,480$5,585

Effective January 1, 2020, the Firm adopted the CECL accounting guidance. Refer to Note 1 for further information.

2021 compared with 2020

The provision for credit losses was a net benefit driven by net reductions in the allowance for credit losses.

The net benefit in consumer was driven by:

•a $9.5 billion reduction in the allowance for credit losses, reflecting improvements in the Firm's macroeconomic outlook, including $7.6 billion in Card, and $1.2 billion in Home Lending, which also reflects continued improvements in Home Price Index ("HPI") expectations, and

•lower net charge-offs predominantly in Card, as consumer cash balances remained elevated;

•the prior year included a $7.4 billion net addition to the allowance for credit losses.

The net benefit in wholesale was due to a net reduction of $2.6 billion in the allowance for credit losses across the LOBs, reflecting improvements in the Firm's macroeconomic outlook. The prior year included a $4.7 billion net addition to the allowance for credit losses.

Refer to the segment discussions of CCB on pages 63-66, CIB on pages 67-72, CB on pages 73-75, AWM on pages 76-78, the Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 129-131, and Notes 1, 10 and 13 for further discussion of the credit portfolio and the allowance for credit losses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K53

Management’s discussion and analysis

Noninterest expense
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)202120202019
Compensation expense$38,567$34,988$34,155
Noncompensation expense:
Occupancy4,5164,4494,322
Technology, communications and equipment(a)9,94110,3389,821
Professional and outside services9,8148,4648,533
Marketing3,0362,4763,351
Other(b)5,4695,9415,087
Total noncompensation expense32,77631,66831,114
Total noninterest expense$71,343$66,656$65,269

(a)Includes depreciation expense associated with auto operating lease assets.

(b)Included Firmwide legal expense of $426 million, $1.1 billion and $239 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

2021 compared with 2020

Compensation expense increased across the LOBs and Corporate, primarily from higher volume- and revenue-related expense, as well as the impact of investments in the businesses.

Noncompensation expense increased as a result of:

•higher volume-related expense, including outside services, predominantly brokerage expense in CIB and distribution fees in AWM

•higher marketing expense predominantly driven by higher investments in marketing campaigns and growth in travel-related benefits in CCB

•higher other investments, including technology expense across the LOBs

•higher contribution expense, which included a $550 million donation of equity investments to the Firm's Foundation in the first quarter of 2021, and

•higher other structural expense, including regulatory-related expense,

partially offset by

•lower depreciation expense in CCB due to lower auto lease assets and the impact of higher vehicle collateral values

•lower legal expense, driven by CIB and AWM, and

•the absence of an impairment recorded in the prior year on a legacy investment in Corporate.

Income tax expense
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except rate)
202120202019
Income before income tax expense$59,562$35,815$44,866
Income tax expense(a)11,2286,6848,435
Effective tax rate(a)18.9%18.7%18.8%

(a)Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation. Refer to Note 25 for further information.

2021 compared with 2020

The effective tax rate was relatively flat as the settlement of tax audits was largely offset by changes in the level and mix of income and expenses subject to U.S. federal, and state and local taxes. Refer to Note 25 for further information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
54JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AND CASH FLOWS ANALYSIS

Consolidated balance sheets analysis

The following is a discussion of the significant changes between December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Selected Consolidated balance sheets data
December 31, (in millions)20212020Change
Assets
Cash and due from banks$26,438$24,8746%
Deposits with banks714,396502,73542
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements261,698296,284(12)
Securities borrowed206,071160,63528
Trading assets433,575503,126(14)
Available-for-sale securities308,525388,178(21)
Held-to-maturity securities, net of allowance for credit losses363,707201,82180
Investment securities, net of allowance for credit losses672,232589,99914
Loans1,077,7141,012,8536
Allowance for loan losses(16,386)(28,328)(42)
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses1,061,328984,5258
Accrued interest and accounts receivable102,57090,50313
Premises and equipment27,07027,109
Goodwill, MSRs and other intangible assets56,69153,4286
Other assets(a)181,498151,53920
Total assets$3,743,567$3,384,75711%

(a) Prior-period amount has been revised to conform with the current presentation. Refer to Note 25 for further information.

Cash and due from banks and deposits with banks increased primarily as a result of the continued growth in deposits and limited deployment opportunities in Treasury and CIO. Deposits with banks reflect the Firm’s placements of its excess cash with various central banks, including the Federal Reserve Banks.

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements decreased driven by:

•lower deployment of funds in Treasury and CIO, and lower client-driven market-making activities in CIB Markets,

partially offset by

•higher collateral requirements in CIB Markets.

Securities borrowed increased reflecting higher client-driven activities and an increase in the demand for securities to cover short positions in CIB Markets.

Refer to Note 11 for additional information on securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed.

Trading assets decreased reflecting;

•a lower level of securities, primarily debt instruments related to client-driven market-making activities in CIB Fixed Income Markets

•lower derivative receivables, primarily as a result of market movements, as well as maturities of certain trades in CIB, and

•lower deployment of funds in Treasury and CIO.

Refer to Notes 2 and 5 for additional information.

Investment securities increased due to the net impact of purchases and paydowns in the available-for-sale (“AFS”) and held-to-maturity (“HTM”) portfolios, largely offset by sales in the AFS portfolio. In the second quarter of 2021, $104.5 billion of AFS were transferred to the HTM portfolio for capital management purposes. Refer to Corporate segment results on pages 79-80, Investment Portfolio Risk Management on page 132 and Notes 2 and 10 for additional information on investment securities.

Loans increased, reflecting:

•higher secured lending in CIB Markets; continued strength in securities-based lending, custom lending and mortgages in AWM; and growth in Card,

partially offset by

•a decline in CBB and CB due to the net impact of PPP loan forgiveness and loan originations, and

•lower retained residential real estate loans in Home Lending primarily due to net paydowns.

The allowance for loan losses decreased primarily as a result of improvements in the macroeconomic environment. The decline in the allowance consisted of:

•a $9.4 billion reduction in consumer, reflecting improvements in the Firm's macroeconomic outlook, predominantly in the credit card and residential real estate portfolios. The residential real estate portfolio also reflects continued improvements in HPI expectations, and

•a $2.5 billion net reduction in wholesale, across the LOBs, reflecting improvements in the Firm's macroeconomic outlook.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K55

Management’s discussion and analysis

There was a $148 million net reduction in the allowance for lending-related commitments, driven by both wholesale and consumer. This allowance is included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The total net reduction in the allowance for credit losses was $12.1 billion, as of December 31, 2021.

Refer to Credit and Investment Risk Management on pages 106-132, and Notes 1, 2, 3, 12 and 13 for further discussion of loans and the allowance for loan losses.

Accrued interest and accounts receivable increased due to higher client receivables related to client-driven activities primarily in CIB prime brokerage.

Refer to Note 16 and 18 for additional information on Premises and equipment.

Goodwill, MSRs and other intangibles increased reflecting:

•higher MSRs as a result of net additions, partially offset by the realization of expected cash flows; and

•an increase in Goodwill as a result of the acquisitions of Nutmeg, OpenInvest, Frank, The Infatuation and Campbell Global.

Refer to Note 15 for additional information.

Other assets increased due to the higher cash collateral placed with central counterparties ("CCPs") in CIB, and higher tax receivables.

Selected Consolidated balance sheets data
December 31, (in millions)20212020Change
Liabilities
Deposits$2,462,303$2,144,25715
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements194,340215,209(10)
Short-term borrowings53,59445,20819
Trading liabilities164,693170,181(3)
Accounts payable and other liabilities(a)262,755231,28514
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”)10,75017,578(39)
Long-term debt301,005281,6857
Total liabilities3,449,4403,105,40311
Stockholders’ equity294,127279,3545
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$3,743,567$3,384,75711%

(a) Prior-period amount has been revised to conform with the current presentation. Refer to Note 25 for further information.

Deposits increased across the LOBs primarily driven by the effect of certain government actions in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. In CCB, the increase was also driven by growth from new and existing accounts across both consumer and small business customers.

Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104; and Notes 2 and 17 for more information.

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements decreased due to lower secured financing of AFS investment securities in Treasury and CIO, and trading assets in CIB Markets. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104 and Note 11 for additional information.

Short-term borrowings increased as a result of higher financing of CIB Markets activities, as well as higher issuances of commercial paper in Treasury and CIO. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104 for additional information.

Refer to Notes 2 and 5 for information on trading liabilities.

Accounts payable and other liabilities increased reflecting higher client payables related to client-driven activities primarily in CIB prime brokerage. Refer to Note 19 for additional information.

Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs decreased driven by lower issuances of commercial paper as a result of lower loans in the Firm-administered multi-seller conduits in CIB, as well as maturities of credit card securitizations in Treasury and CIO.

Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104; and Notes 14 and 28 for additional information on Firm-sponsored VIEs and loan securitization trusts.

Long-term debt increased driven by net issuances, partially offset by fair value hedge accounting adjustments related to higher rates, and maturities of Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104 and Note 20 for additional information.

Stockholders’ equity increased reflecting net income, partially offset by the net impact of capital actions, and a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”). The decrease in AOCI was primarily driven by the impact of higher rates on the AFS securities portfolio and cash flow hedges. Refer to page 163 for information on changes in stockholders’ equity, and Capital actions on page 94, Note 24 for additional information on AOCI.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
56JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

Consolidated cash flows analysis

The following is a discussion of cash flow activities during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Refer to Consolidated cash flows analysis on page 59 of the Firm’s 2020 Form 10-K for a discussion of the 2019 activities.

(in millions)Year ended December 31,
202120202019
Net cash provided by/(used in)
Operating activities$78,084$(79,910)$4,092
Investing activities(129,344)(261,912)(52,059)
Financing activities275,993596,64532,987
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash(11,508)9,155(182)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and due from banks and deposits with banks$213,225$263,978$(15,162)

Operating activities

JPMorgan Chase’s operating assets and liabilities primarily support the Firm’s lending and capital markets activities. These assets and liabilities can vary significantly in the normal course of business due to the amount and timing of cash flows, which are affected by client-driven and risk management activities and market conditions. The Firm believes that cash flows from operations, available cash and other liquidity sources, and its capacity to generate cash through secured and unsecured sources, are sufficient to meet its operating liquidity needs.

•In 2021, cash provided resulted from lower trading assets and higher accounts payable and other liabilities, partially offset by higher securities borrowed and lower trading liabilities.

•In 2020, cash used primarily reflected higher trading assets, other assets, and securities borrowed, partially offset by higher trading liabilities and net income excluding noncash adjustments.

Investing activities

The Firm’s investing activities predominantly include originating held-for-investment loans and investing in the investment securities portfolio, and other short-term instruments.

•In 2021, cash used resulted from net purchases of investment securities and higher net originations of loans, partially offset by lower securities purchased under resale agreements.

•In 2020, cash used primarily reflected net purchases of investment securities, higher net originations of loans, and higher securities purchased under resale agreements.

Financing activities

The Firm’s financing activities include acquiring customer deposits and issuing long-term debt and preferred stock.

•In 2021, cash provided reflected higher deposits and net proceeds from long- and short-term borrowings, partially offset by a decrease in securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements.

•In 2020, cash provided reflected higher deposits and an increase in securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements, partially offset by net payments of long-term borrowings.

•For both periods, cash was used for repurchases of common stock and cash dividends on common and preferred stock.

* * *

Refer to Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis on pages 55-56, Capital Risk Management on pages 86-96, and Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104 for a further discussion of the activities affecting the Firm’s cash flows.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K57

Management’s discussion and analysis

EXPLANATION AND RECONCILIATION OF THE FIRM’S USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

Non-GAAP financial measures

The Firm prepares its Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP; these financial statements appear on pages 160-164. That presentation, which is referred to as “reported” basis, provides the reader with an understanding of the Firm’s results that can be tracked consistently from year-to-year and enables a comparison of the Firm’s performance with the U.S. GAAP financial statements of other companies.

In addition to analyzing the Firm’s results on a reported basis, management reviews Firmwide results, including the overhead ratio, on a “managed” basis; these Firmwide managed basis results are non-GAAP financial measures. The Firm also reviews the results of the LOBs on a managed basis. The Firm’s definition of managed basis starts, in each case, with the reported U.S. GAAP results and includes certain reclassifications to present total net revenue for the Firm (and each of the reportable business segments) on an FTE basis. Accordingly, revenue from investments that receive tax credits and tax-exempt securities is presented in the managed results on a basis comparable to taxable investments and securities. These financial measures allow

management to assess the comparability of revenue from year-to-year arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources. The corresponding income tax impact related to tax-exempt items is recorded within income tax expense. These adjustments have no impact on net income as reported by the Firm as a whole or by the LOBs.

Management also uses certain non-GAAP financial measures at the Firm and business-segment level because these other non-GAAP financial measures provide information to investors about the underlying operational performance and trends of the Firm or of the particular business segment, as the case may be, and, therefore, facilitate a comparison of the Firm or the business segment with the performance of its relevant competitors. Refer to Business Segment Results on pages 61-80 for additional information on these non-GAAP measures. Non-GAAP financial measures used by the Firm may not be comparable to similarly named non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies.

The following summary table provides a reconciliation from the Firm’s reported U.S. GAAP results to managed basis.

202120202019
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)ReportedFully taxable-equivalent adjustments(b)Managed basisReportedFully taxable-equivalent adjustments(b)Managed basisReportedFully taxable-equivalent adjustments(b)Managed basis
Other income(a)$4,830$3,225$8,055$4,865$2,560$7,425$6,052$2,213$8,265
Total noninterest revenue69,3383,22572,56365,3882,56067,94858,4752,21360,688
Net interest income52,31143052,74154,56341854,98157,24553157,776
Total net revenue121,6493,655125,304119,9512,978122,929115,7202,744118,464
Total noninterest expense71,343NA71,34366,656NA66,65665,269NA65,269
Pre-provision profit50,3063,65553,96153,2952,97856,27350,4512,74453,195
Provision for credit losses(9,256)NA(9,256)17,480NA17,4805,585NA5,585
Income before income tax expense59,5623,65563,21735,8152,97838,79344,8662,74447,610
Income tax expense(a)11,2283,65514,8836,6842,9789,6628,4352,74411,179
Net income$48,334NA$48,334$29,131NA$29,131$36,431NA$36,431
Overhead ratio(a)59%NM57%56%NM54%56%NM55%

(a)Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation. Refer to Note 25 for further information.

(b)Predominantly recognized in CIB, CB and Corporate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
58JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

Net interest income, net yield, and noninterest revenue excluding CIB Markets

In addition to reviewing net interest income, net yield, and noninterest revenue on a managed basis, management also reviews these metrics excluding CIB Markets, as shown below. CIB Markets consists of Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets. These metrics, which exclude CIB Markets, are non-GAAP financial measures. Management reviews these metrics to assess the performance of the Firm’s lending, investing (including asset-liability management) and deposit-raising activities, apart from any volatility associated with CIB Markets activities. In addition, management also assesses CIB Markets business performance on a total revenue basis as offsets may occur across revenue lines. Management believes that these measures provide investors and analysts with alternative measures to analyze the revenue trends of the Firm.

Year ended December 31, (in millions, except rates)202120202019
Net interest income – reported$52,311$54,563$57,245
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments430418531
Net interest income – managed basis(a)$52,741$54,981$57,776
Less: CIB Markets net interest income(b)8,2438,3743,120
Net interest income excluding CIB Markets(a)$44,498$46,607$54,656
Average interest-earning assets$3,215,942$2,779,710$2,345,279
Less: Average CIB Markets interest-earning assets(b)888,238751,131672,417
Average interest-earning assets excluding CIB Markets$2,327,704$2,028,579$1,672,862
Net yield on average interest-earning assets – managed basis1.64%1.98%2.46%
Net yield on average CIB Markets interest-earning assets(b)0.931.110.46
Net yield on average interest-earning assets excluding CIB Markets1.91%2.30%3.27%
Noninterest revenue – reported$69,338$65,388$58,475
Fully taxable-equivalent adjustments3,2252,5602,213
Noninterest revenue – managed basis$72,563$67,94860,688
Less: CIB Markets noninterest revenue19,15121,10917,792
Noninterest revenue excluding CIB Markets$53,412$46,839$42,896
Memo: CIB Markets total net revenue$27,394$29,483$20,912

(a)Interest includes the effect of related hedges. Taxable-equivalent amounts are used where applicable.

(b)Refer to pages 70-71 for further information on CIB Markets.

Calculation of certain U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures
Certain U.S. GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures are calculated as follows:
Book value per share (“BVPS”)Common stockholders’ equity at period-end /Common shares at period-end
Overhead ratioTotal noninterest expense / Total net revenue
ROAReported net income / Total average assets
ROENet income* / Average common stockholders’ equity
ROTCENet income* / Average tangible common equity
TBVPSTangible common equity at period-end / Common shares at period-end
* Represents net income applicable to common equity

In addition, the Firm reviews other non-GAAP measures such as

•Adjusted expense, which represents noninterest expense excluding Firmwide legal expense, and

•Pre-provision profit, which represents total net revenue less total noninterest expense.

Management believes that these measures help investors understand the effect of these items on reported results and provide an alternative presentation of the Firm’s performance.

The Firm also reviews the allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained excluding trade finance and conduits, a non-GAAP financial measure, to provide a more meaningful assessment of CIB’s allowance coverage ratio.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K59

Management’s discussion and analysis

TCE, ROTCE and TBVPS

TCE, ROTCE and TBVPS are each non-GAAP financial measures. TCE represents the Firm’s common stockholders’ equity (i.e., total stockholders’ equity less preferred stock) less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets (other than MSRs), net of related deferred tax liabilities. ROTCE measures the Firm’s net income applicable to common equity as a percentage of average TCE. TBVPS represents the Firm’s TCE at period-end divided by common shares at period-end. TCE, ROTCE and TBVPS are utilized by the Firm, as well as investors and analysts, in assessing the Firm’s use of equity.

The following summary table provides a reconciliation from the Firm’s common stockholders’ equity to TCE.

Period-endAverage
Dec 31, 2021Dec 31, 2020Year ended December 31,
(in millions, except per share and ratio data)202120202019
Common stockholders’ equity$259,289$249,291$250,968$236,865$232,907
Less: Goodwill50,31549,24849,58447,82047,620
Less: Other intangible assets882904876781789
Add: Certain deferred tax liabilities(a)2,4992,4532,4742,3992,328
Tangible common equity$210,591$201,592$202,982$190,663$186,826
Return on tangible common equityNANA23%14%19%
Tangible book value per share$71.53$66.11NANANA

(a)Represents deferred tax liabilities related to tax-deductible goodwill and to identifiable intangibles created in nontaxable transactions, which are netted against goodwill and other intangibles when calculating TCE.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
60JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

BUSINESS SEGMENT RESULTS

The Firm is managed on an LOB basis. There are four major reportable business segments – Consumer & Community Banking, Corporate & Investment Bank, Commercial Banking and Asset & Wealth Management. In addition, there is a Corporate segment.

The business segments are determined based on the products and services provided, or the type of customer

served, and they reflect the manner in which financial information is evaluated by the Firm’s Operating Committee. Segment results are presented on a managed basis. Refer to Explanation and Reconciliation of the Firm’s use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures, on pages 58-60 for a definition of managed basis.

JPMorgan Chase
Consumer BusinessesWholesale Businesses
Consumer & Community BankingCorporate & Investment BankCommercial BankingAsset & Wealth Management
Consumer & Business BankingHome LendingCard & AutoBankingMarkets & Securities Services• Middle Market Banking• Asset Management
• Consumer Banking • J.P. Morgan Wealth Management • Business Banking• Home Lending Production • Home Lending Servicing • Real Estate Portfolios• Credit Card• Auto• Investment Banking • Payments(a) • Lending• Fixed Income Markets• Corporate Client Banking• Global Private Bank(b)
• Equity Markets • Securities Services • Credit Adjustments & Other• Commercial Real Estate Banking

(a)In the fourth quarter of 2021, the Wholesale Payments business was renamed Payments.

(b)In the first quarter of 2021, the Wealth Management business was renamed Global Private Bank.

Description of business segment reporting methodology

Results of the business segments are intended to present each segment as if it were a stand-alone business. The management reporting process that derives business segment results includes the allocation of certain income and expense items. The Firm also assesses the level of capital required for each LOB on at least an annual basis. The Firm periodically assesses the assumptions, methodologies and reporting classifications used for segment reporting, and further refinements may be implemented in future periods. The Firm’s LOBs also provide various business metrics which are utilized by the Firm and its investors and analysts in assessing performance.

Revenue sharing

When business segments join efforts to sell products and services to the Firm’s clients, the participating business segments may agree to share revenue from those transactions. Revenue is generally recognized in the segment responsible for the related product or service, with allocations to the other segment(s) involved in the transaction. The segment results reflect these revenue-sharing agreements.

Expense Allocation

Where business segments use services provided by corporate support units, or another business segment, the costs of those services are allocated to the respective business segments. The expense is generally allocated based on the actual cost and use of services provided. In contrast, certain costs and investments related to corporate support units, technology and operations not currently utilized by any LOB, are not allocated to the business segments and are retained in Corporate. Expense retained in Corporate generally includes costs that would not be incurred if the segments were stand-alone businesses; and other items not aligned with a particular business segment.

Funds transfer pricing

Funds transfer pricing (“FTP”) is the process by which the Firm allocates interest income and expense to each business segment and transfers the primary interest rate risk and liquidity risk to Treasury and CIO within Corporate.

The funds transfer pricing process considers the interest rate and liquidity risk characteristics of assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet products. Periodically the methodology and assumptions utilized in the FTP process are adjusted to reflect economic conditions and other factors, which may impact the allocation of net interest income to the business segments.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K61

Management’s discussion and analysis

As a result of the current interest rate environment and the excess liquidity stemming from government and central bank actions since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, the cost of funds for assets and the credits earned for liabilities have generally declined, impacting the business segments net interest income. As such, during the period ended December 31, 2021, this has resulted in lower cost of funds for loans and margin compression on deposits across the LOBs.

Debt expense and preferred stock dividend allocation

As part of the funds transfer pricing process, almost all of the cost of the credit spread component of outstanding unsecured long-term debt and preferred stock dividends is allocated to the reportable business segments, while the balance of the cost is retained in Corporate. The methodology to allocate the cost of unsecured long-term debt and preferred stock dividends to the business segments is aligned with the relevant regulatory capital requirements, as applicable. The allocated cost of unsecured long-term debt is included in a business segment’s net interest income, and net income is reduced

by preferred stock dividends to arrive at a business segment’s net income applicable to common equity.

Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 86-96 for additional information.

Capital allocation

The amount of capital assigned to each segment is referred to as equity.The Firm’s allocation methodology incorporates Basel III Standardized RWA, Basel III Advanced RWA, the GSIB surcharge, and a simulation of capital in a severe stress environment. As of January 1, 2022, the Firm has changed its line of business capital allocations primarily as a result of changes in RWA for each LOB and to reflect an increase in the Firm’s GSIB surcharge to 4.0% that will be effective January 1, 2023. The assumptions and methodologies used to allocate capital are periodically reassessed and as a result, the capital allocated to the LOBs may change from time to time.

Refer to Line of business equity on page 93 for additional information on capital allocation.

Segment Results – Managed Basis

The following tables summarize the Firm’s results by segment for the periods indicated.

Year ended December 31,Consumer & Community BankingCorporate & Investment BankCommercial Banking
(in millions, except ratios)202120202019202120202019202120202019
Total net revenue$50,073$51,268$55,133$51,749$49,284$39,265$10,008$9,313$9,264
Total noninterest expense29,25627,99028,27625,32523,53822,4444,0413,7983,735
Pre-provision profit/(loss)20,81723,27826,85726,42425,74616,8215,9675,5155,529
Provision for credit losses(6,989)12,3124,954(1,174)2,726277(947)2,113296
Net income/(loss)20,9308,21716,54121,13417,09411,9545,2462,5783,958
Return on equity (“ROE”)41%15%31%25%20%14%21%11%17%
Year ended December 31,Asset & Wealth ManagementCorporateTotal
(in millions, except ratios)202120202019202120202019202120202019
Total net revenue$16,957$14,240$13,591$(3,483)$(1,176)$1,211$125,304$122,929$118,464
Total noninterest expense10,9199,9579,7471,8021,3731,06771,34366,65665,269
Pre-provision profit/(loss)6,0384,2833,844(5,285)(2,549)14453,96156,27353,195
Provision for credit losses(227)263598166(1)(9,256)17,4805,585
Net income/(loss)4,7372,9922,867(3,713)(1,750)1,11148,33429,13136,431
Return on equity (“ROE”)33%28%26%NMNMNM19%12%15%

The following sections provide a comparative discussion of the Firm’s results by segment as of or for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
62JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

CONSUMER & COMMUNITY BANKING

Consumer & Community Banking offers services to consumers and businesses through bank branches, ATMs, digital (including mobile and online) and telephone banking. CCB is organized into Consumer & Business Banking (including Consumer Banking, J.P. Morgan Wealth Management and Business Banking), Home Lending (including Home Lending Production, Home Lending Servicing and Real Estate Portfolios) and Card & Auto. Consumer & Business Banking offers deposit, investment and lending products, payments and services to consumers, and lending, deposit, and cash management and payment solutions to small businesses. Home Lending includes mortgage origination and servicing activities, as well as portfolios consisting of residential mortgages and home equity loans. Card & Auto issues credit cards to consumers and small businesses and originates and services auto loans and leases.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31,
(in millions, except ratios)202120202019
Revenue
Lending- and deposit-related fees$3,034$3,166$3,938
Asset management, administration and commissions3,5142,7802,808
Mortgage fees and related income2,1593,0792,035
Card income3,5633,0683,412
All other income5,0165,6475,603
Noninterest revenue17,28617,74017,796
Net interest income32,78733,52837,337
Total net revenue50,07351,26855,133
Provision for credit losses(6,989)12,3124,954
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense12,14211,01410,815
Noncompensation expense(a)17,11416,97617,461
Total noninterest expense29,25627,99028,276
Income before income tax expense27,80610,96621,903
Income tax expense6,8762,7495,362
Net income$20,930$8,217$16,541
Revenue by line of business
Consumer & Business Banking$23,980$22,955$27,376
Home Lending5,2916,0185,179
Card & Auto20,80222,29522,578
Mortgage fees and related income details:
Production revenue2,2152,6291,618
Net mortgage servicing revenue(b)(56)450417
Mortgage fees and related income$2,159$3,079$2,035
Financial ratios
Return on equity41%15%31%
Overhead ratio585551

(a)Included depreciation expense on leased assets of $3.3 billion, $4.2 billion and $4.0 billion for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(b)Included MSR risk management results of $(525) million, $(18) million and $(165) million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K63

Management’s discussion and analysis

2021 compared with 2020

Net income was $20.9 billion, up $12.7 billion, driven by a net benefit in the provision for credit losses, compared to an expense in the prior year.

Net revenue was $50.1 billion, a decrease of 2%.

Net interest income was $32.8 billion, down 2%, driven by:

•the net impact in Card of lower revolving loans, primarily due to higher payments, and lower funding costs,

largely offset by

•higher loans in Auto, and

•the accelerated recognition of deferred processing fees associated with PPP loan forgiveness, largely offset by the net impact of margin compression on higher deposits in CBB.

Noninterest revenue was $17.3 billion, down 3%, driven by:

•a decrease in mortgage fees and related income due to a net loss in MSR risk management results primarily driven by updates to model inputs related to prepayment expectations as well as lower production margins,

•lower auto operating lease income as a result of a decline in volume, and

•lower overdraft fee revenue,

largely offset by

•higher asset management fees as a result of higher average market levels and net inflows, and

•higher card income due to higher net interchange income driven by an increase in debit and credit card sales volume above pre-pandemic levels, partially offset by the impact of a renegotiation of a co-brand partner contract, an increase to the rewards liability, and higher amortization related to new account origination costs.

Refer to Note 15 for further information regarding changes in the value of the MSR asset and related hedges, and mortgage fees and related income. Refer to Critical Accounting Estimates on pages 150-153, and Note 6 for additional information on card income.

Noninterest expense was $29.3 billion, up 5%, reflecting:

•increased compensation expense, as well as investments in technology and marketing campaigns, and growth in travel-related benefits,

partially offset by

•lower depreciation expense due to lower auto lease assets and the impact of higher vehicle collateral values.

The provision for credit losses was a net benefit of $7.0 billion, compared with an expense of $12.3 billion in the prior year, driven by:

•a $9.8 billion reduction in the allowance for credit losses, reflecting improvements in the Firm’s macroeconomic outlook, consisting of $7.6 billion in Card, $675 million in CBB, $300 million in Auto and $1.2 billion in Home Lending, which also reflects continued improvements in HPI expectations, and

•lower net charge-offs predominantly in Card, as consumer cash balances remained elevated.

The prior year included a $7.8 billion addition to the

allowance for credit losses.

Refer to Credit and Investment Risk Management on pages 106-132 and Allowance for Credit Losses on pages 129-131 for a further discussion of the credit portfolios and the allowance for credit losses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
64JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31,
(in millions, except headcount)202120202019
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
Total assets$500,370$496,705$541,367
Loans:
Consumer & Business Banking (a)35,09548,81029,585
Home Lending(b)180,529182,121213,445
Card154,296144,216168,924
Auto69,13866,43261,522
Total loans439,058441,579473,476
Deposits1,148,110958,706723,418
Equity50,00052,00052,000
Selected balance sheet data (average)
Total assets$489,771$501,584$543,127
Loans:
Consumer & Business Banking44,90643,06428,859
Home Lending(c)181,049197,148230,662
Card140,405146,633156,325
Auto67,62461,47661,862
Total loans433,984448,321477,708
Deposits1,054,956851,390698,378
Equity50,00052,00052,000
Headcount128,863122,894125,756

(a)At December 31, 2021 and 2020 included $5.4 billion and $19.2 billion of loans, respectively, in Business Banking under the PPP. Refer to Credit Portfolio on pages 108-109 for a further discussion of the PPP.

(b)At December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, Home Lending loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were $14.9 billion, $9.7 billion and $16.6 billion, respectively.

(c)Average Home Lending loans held-for sale and loans at fair value were $15.4 billion, $11.1 billion and $14.1 billion for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31,
(in millions, except ratio data)202120202019
Credit data and quality statistics
Nonaccrual loans(a)(b)(c)$4,875(h)$5,492(i)$3,027
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)
Consumer & Business Banking289263298
Home Lending(275)(169)(98)
Card2,7124,2864,848
Auto35123206
Total net charge-offs/(recoveries)$2,761$4,503$5,254
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate
Consumer & Business Banking(d)0.64%0.61%1.03%
Home Lending(0.17)(0.09)(0.05)
Card1.942.933.10
Auto0.050.200.33
Total net charge-off/(recovery) rate0.66%1.03%1.13%
30+ day delinquency rate(e)
Home Lending(f)(g)1.25%1.15%1.58%
Card1.041.681.87
Auto0.640.690.94
90+ day delinquency rate - Card(e)0.50%0.92%0.95%
Allowance for loan losses
Consumer & Business Banking$697$1,372$750
Home Lending6601,8131,890
Card10,25017,8005,683
Auto7331,042465
Total allowance for loan losses$12,340$22,027$8,788

Effective January 1, 2020, the Firm adopted the CECL accounting guidance. The adoption resulted in a change in the accounting for purchased credit-impaired (“PCI”) loans, which are considered purchased credit deteriorated (“PCD”) loans under CECL. Refer to Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 110-116 and Note 12 for further information on PCD loans.

(a)At both December 31, 2021 and 2020, nonaccrual loans included $1.6 billion of PCD loans. Prior to the adoption of CECL, nonaccrual loans excluded PCI loans as the Firm recognized interest income on each pool of PCI loans as each of the pools was performing.

(b)At December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, nonaccrual loans excluded mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies of $342 million, $558 million and $963 million, respectively. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.

(c)At December 31, 2021 and 2020, generally excludes loans that were under payment deferral programs offered in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Refer to Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 110-116 for further information on consumer payment assistance activity. Includes loans to customers that have exited COVID-19 related payment deferral programs and are 90 or more days past due, predominantly all of which were considered collateral-dependent at time of exit.

(d)At December 31, 2021 and 2020, included $5.4 billion and $19.2 billion of loans, respectively, in Business Banking under the PPP. The Firm does not expect to realize material credit losses on PPP loans because the loans are guaranteed by the SBA. Refer to Credit Portfolio on pages 108-109 for a further discussion of the PPP.

(e)At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the principal balance of loans in Home Lending, Card and Auto under payment deferral programs offered in response to the COVID-19 pandemic were as follows: (1) $1.1 billion and $9.1 billion in Home Lending, respectively; (2) $46 million and $264 million in Card, respectively; and (3) $115 million

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K65

Management’s discussion and analysis

and $376 million in Auto, respectively. Loans that are performing according to their modified terms are generally not considered delinquent. Refer to Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 110-116 for further information on consumer payment assistance activity.

(f)At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the 30+ day delinquency rates included PCD loans. The rate at December 31, 2019 was revised to include the impact of PCI loans.

(g)At December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, excluded mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies of $405 million, $744 million and $1.7 billion, respectively, that are 30 or more days past due. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee.

(h)At December 31, 2021, nonaccrual loans excluded $506 million of PPP loans 90 or more days past due and guaranteed by the SBA.

(i)Prior-period amount has been revised to conform with the current presentation.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31,
(in billions, except ratios and where otherwise noted)202120202019
Business Metrics
CCB households (in millions)66.363.462.6
Number of branches4,7904,9084,976
Active digital customers (in thousands)(a)58,85755,27452,453
Active mobile customers (in thousands)(b)45,45240,89937,315
Debit and credit card sales volume$1,360.7$1,081.2$1,114.4
Consumer & Business Banking
Average deposits$1,035.4$832.5$683.7
Deposit margin1.27%1.58%2.48%
Business bankingorigination volume(c)$13.9$26.6$6.6
Client investment assets(d)718.1590.2501.4
Number of client advisors4,7254,4174,196
Home Lending
Mortgage origination volume by channel
Retail$91.8$72.9$51.0
Correspondent70.940.954.2
Total mortgage origination volume(e)$162.7$113.8$105.2
Third-party mortgage loans serviced (period-end)$519.2$447.3$520.8
MSR carrying value(period-end)5.53.34.7
Ratio of MSR carrying value (period-end) to third-party mortgage loans serviced (period-end)1.06%0.74%0.90%
MSR revenue multiple(f)3.93x2.55x2.65x
Credit Card
Credit card sales volume, excluding commercial card$893.5$702.7$762.8
New accounts opened(in millions)8.05.47.8
Net revenue rate10.51%10.92%10.48%
Auto
Loan and lease origination volume$43.6$38.4$34.0
Average auto operating lease assets19.122.021.6

(a)Users of all web and/or mobile platforms who have logged in within the past 90 days.

(b)Users of all mobile platforms who have logged in within the past 90 days.

(c)Included origination volume under the PPP of $10.6 billion and $21.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Refer to Credit Portfolio on pages 108-109 for a further discussion of the PPP.

(d)Includes assets invested in managed accounts and J.P. Morgan mutual funds where AWM is the investment manager. Refer to AWM segment results on pages 76-78 for additional information.

(e)Firmwide mortgage origination volume was $182.4 billion, $133.4 billion and $115.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(f)Represents the ratio of MSR carrying value (period-end) to third-party mortgage loans serviced (period-end) divided by the ratio of annualized loan servicing-related revenue to third-party mortgage loans serviced (average).

Column 1Column 2Column 3
66JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

CORPORATE & INVESTMENT BANK

The Corporate & Investment Bank, which consists of Banking and Markets & Securities Services, offers a broad suite of investment banking, market-making, prime brokerage, and treasury and securities products and services to a global client base of corporations, investors, financial institutions, merchants, government and municipal entities. Banking offers a full range of investment banking products and services in all major capital markets, including advising on corporate strategy and structure, capital-raising in equity and debt markets, as well as loan origination and syndication. Banking also includes Payments, which provides payments services enabling clients to manage payments and receipts globally, and cross-border financing. Markets & Securities Services includes Markets, a global market-maker across products, including cash and derivative instruments, which also offers sophisticated risk management solutions, prime brokerage, and research. Markets & Securities Services also includes Securities Services, a leading global custodian which provides custody, fund accounting and administration, and securities lending products principally for asset managers, insurance companies and public and private investment funds.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)202120202019
Revenue
Investment banking fees$13,359$9,477$7,575
Principal transactions15,76417,56014,399
Lending- and deposit-related fees2,5142,0701,668
Asset management, administration and commissions5,0244,7214,400
All other income1,5481,2922,018
Noninterest revenue38,20935,12030,060
Net interest income13,54014,1649,205
Total net revenue(a)51,74949,28439,265
Provision for credit losses(1,174)2,726277
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense13,09611,61211,180
Noncompensation expense12,22911,92611,264
Total noninterest expense25,32523,53822,444
Income before income tax expense27,59823,02016,544
Income tax expense6,4645,9264,590
Net income$21,134$17,094$11,954

(a)Includes tax-equivalent adjustments, predominantly due to income tax credits and other tax benefits related to alternative energy investments; income tax credits and amortization of the cost of investments in affordable housing projects; and tax-exempt income from municipal bonds of $3.0 billion, $2.4 billion and $1.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Prior-period tax-equivalent adjustment amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation. Refer to Note 25 for further information.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31,
(in millions, except ratios)202120202019
Financial ratios
Return on equity25%20%14%
Overhead ratio494857
Compensation expense aspercentage of total net revenue252428
Revenue by business
Investment Banking$12,506$8,871$7,215
Payments(a)6,2705,5605,842
Lending1,0011,1461,021
Total Banking19,77715,57714,078
Fixed Income Markets16,86520,87814,418
Equity Markets10,5298,6056,494
Securities Services4,3284,2534,154
Credit Adjustments & Other(b)250(29)121
Total Markets & Securities Services31,97233,70725,187
Total net revenue$51,749$49,284$39,265

(a)In the fourth quarter of 2021, the Wholesale Payments business was renamed Payments.

(b)Consists primarily of centrally managed credit valuation adjustments ("CVA"), funding valuation adjustments ("FVA") on derivatives, other valuation adjustments, and certain components of fair value option elected liabilities, which are primarily reported in principal transactions revenue. Results are presented net of associated hedging activities and net of CVA and FVA amounts allocated to Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets. Refer to Notes 2, 3 and 24 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K67

Management’s discussion and analysis

2021 compared with 2020

Net income was $21.1 billion, up 24%, largely driven by a net benefit in the provision for credit losses, compared to an expense in the prior year.

Net revenue was $51.7 billion, up 5%.

Banking revenue was $19.8 billion, up 27%.

•Investment Banking revenue was $12.5 billion, up 41%, driven by higher Investment Banking fees, reflecting higher fees across products. The Firm ranked #1 for Global Investment Banking fees, according to Dealogic.

–Advisory fees were $4.4 billion, up 85%, driven by increased M&A activity and wallet share gains.

–Equity underwriting fees were $4.0 billion, up 43%, driven by a strong IPO market and wallet share gains.

–Debt underwriting fees were $5.0 billion, up 15%, predominantly driven by an active leveraged loan market primarily related to acquisition financing.

•Payments revenue was $6.3 billion, up 13%, and included net gains on equity investments. Excluding these net gains, revenue was $5.8 billion, up 5%, driven by higher deposit balances and fees, largely offset by deposit margin compression.

•Lending revenue was $1.0 billion, down 13%, predominantly driven by lower net interest income, largely offset by lower fair value losses on hedges of accrual loans, and higher loan commitment fees.

Markets & Securities Services revenue was $32.0 billion, down 5%. Markets revenue was $27.4 billion, down 7%.

•Fixed Income Markets revenue was $16.9 billion, down 19%, driven by lower revenue in Rates, Currencies & Emerging Markets, Fixed Income Financing, Commodities and Credit compared to a strong prior year, partially offset by higher revenue in Securitized Products.

•Equity Markets revenue was $10.5 billion, up 22%, driven by strong performance across prime brokerage, derivatives and Cash Equities.

•Securities Services revenue was $4.3 billion, up 2%, driven by growth in fees and deposits, predominantly offset by deposit margin compression.

•Credit Adjustments & Other was a gain of $250 million predominantly driven by valuation adjustments related to derivatives.

Noninterest expense was $25.3 billion, up 8%, predominantly driven by higher compensation expense, including revenue-related compensation and investments, as well as higher volume-related brokerage expense, partially offset by lower legal expense.

The provision for credit losses was a net benefit of $1.2 billion, driven by a net reduction in the allowance for credit losses, compared with an expense of $2.7 billion in the prior year.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
68JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except headcount)
202120202019
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
Total assets(a)$1,259,896$1,095,926$913,803
Loans:
Loans retained(b)159,786133,296121,733
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(c)50,38639,58834,317
Total loans210,172172,884156,050
Equity83,00080,00080,000
Selected balance sheet data (average)
Total assets(a)$1,334,518$1,121,942$992,770
Trading assets-debt and equity instruments448,099425,060(e)376,182
Trading assets-derivative receivables68,20369,243(e)48,196
Loans:
Loans retained(b)145,137135,676122,371
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(c)51,07233,79232,884
Total loans196,209169,468155,255
Equity83,00080,00080,000
Headcount(d)67,54661,73360,013

(a)Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation. Refer to Note 25 for further information.

(b)Includes secured lending-related positions, credit portfolio loans, loans held by consolidated Firm-administered multi-seller conduits, trade finance loans, other held-for-investment loans and overdrafts.

(c)Primarily reflects lending-related positions originated and purchased in CIB Markets, including loans held for securitization.

(d)During the six months ended June 30, 2021, 1,155 technology and risk management employees were transferred from Corporate to CIB.

(e)Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)
202120202019
Credit data and quality statistics
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$6$370$183
Nonperforming assets:
Nonaccrual loans:
Nonaccrual loans retained(a)5841,008308
Nonaccrual loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(b)8441,662644
Total nonaccrual loans1,4282,670952
Derivative receivables3165630
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions918570
Total nonperforming assets1,8352,8111,052
Allowance for credit losses:
Allowance for loan losses1,3482,3661,202
Allowance for lending-related commitments1,3721,534848
Total allowance for credit losses2,7203,9002,050
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate(c)%0.27%0.15%
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained0.841.770.99
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained, excluding trade finance and conduits(d)1.122.541.31
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans retained(a)231235390
Nonaccrual loans to total period-end loans0.681.540.61

(a)Allowance for loan losses of $58 million, $278 million and $110 million were held against these nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(b)At December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, nonaccrual loans excluded mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies of $281 million, $316 million and $127 million, respectively. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee.

(c)Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were excluded when calculating the net charge-off/(recovery) rate.

(d)Management uses allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained, excluding trade finance and conduits, a non-GAAP financial measure, to provide a more meaningful assessment of CIB’s allowance coverage ratio.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K69

Management’s discussion and analysis

Investment banking fees
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)202120202019
Advisory$4,381$2,368$2,377
Equity underwriting3,9532,7581,666
Debt underwriting(a)5,0254,3513,532
Total investment banking fees$13,359$9,477$7,575

(a)Represents long-term debt and loan syndications.

League table results – wallet share
202120202019
Year ended December 31,RankShareRankShareRankShare
Based on fees(a)
M&A(b)
Global#210.2%#29.0%#29.0%
U.S.211.329.529.3
Equity and equity-related(c)
Global28.928.919.4
U.S.211.8212.0113.5
Long-term debt(d)
Global18.418.817.8
U.S.112.1112.8112.0
Loan syndications
Global110.9111.1110.1
U.S.112.6112.3112.4
Global investment banking fees(e)#19.5%#19.2%#18.9%

(a)Source: Dealogic as of January 3, 2022. Reflects the ranking of revenue wallet and market share.

(b)Global M&A excludes any withdrawn transactions. U.S. M&A revenue wallet represents wallet from client parents based in the U.S.

(c)Global equity and equity-related ranking includes rights offerings and Chinese A-Shares.

(d)Long-term debt rankings include investment-grade, high-yield, supranationals, sovereigns, agencies, covered bonds, asset-backed securities ("ABS") and mortgage-backed securities ("MBS"); and exclude money market, short-term debt, and U.S. municipal securities.

(e)Global investment banking fees exclude money market, short-term debt and shelf securities.

Markets revenue

The following table summarizes selected income statement data for the Markets businesses. Markets includes both Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets. Markets revenue consists of principal transactions, fees, commissions and other income, as well as net interest income. The Firm assesses its Markets business performance on a total revenue basis, as offsets may occur across revenue line items. For example, securities that generate net interest income may be risk-managed by derivatives that are reflected at fair value in principal transactions revenue. Refer to Notes 6 and 7 for a description of the composition of these income statement line items.

Principal transactions reflects revenue on financial instruments and commodities transactions that arise from client-driven market-making activity. Principal transactions revenue includes amounts recognized upon executing new transactions with market participants, as well as “inventory-related revenue”, which is revenue recognized from gains and losses on derivatives and other instruments that the Firm has been holding in anticipation of, or in response to, client demand, and changes in the fair value of instruments used by the Firm to actively manage the risk exposure arising from such inventory. Principal transactions revenue recognized upon executing new transactions with market participants is affected by many factors including the level of client activity, the bid-offer spread (which is the

difference between the price at which a market participant is willing and able to sell an instrument to the Firm and the price at which another market participant is willing and able to buy it from the Firm, and vice versa), market liquidity and volatility. These factors are interrelated and sensitive to the same factors that drive inventory-related revenue, which include general market conditions, such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and equity and commodity prices, as well as other macroeconomic conditions.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
70JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

For the periods presented below, the predominant source of principal transactions revenue was the amount recognized upon executing new transactions.

202120202019
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except where otherwise noted)Fixed Income MarketsEquity MarketsTotal MarketsFixed Income MarketsEquity MarketsTotal MarketsFixed Income MarketsEquity MarketsTotal Markets
Principal transactions$7,911$7,519$15,430$11,857$6,087$17,944$8,786$5,739$14,525
Lending- and deposit-related fees32117338226102361987205
Asset management, administration and commissions5451,9672,5124112,0872,4984071,7752,182
All other income972(101)871493(62)4318728880
Noninterest revenue9,7499,40219,15112,9878,12221,10910,2637,52917,792
Net interest income7,1161,1278,2437,8914838,3744,155(1,035)3,120
Total net revenue$16,865$10,529$27,394$20,878$8,605$29,483$14,418$6,494$20,912
Loss days(a)441

(a)Loss days represent the number of days for which CIB Markets, which consists of Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets, posted losses to total net revenue. The loss days determined under this measure differ from the measure used to determine backtesting gains and losses. Daily backtesting gains and losses include positions in the Firm’s Risk Management value-at-risk ("VaR") measure and exclude select components of total net revenue, which may more than offset backtesting gains or losses on a particular day. For more information on daily backtesting gains and losses, refer to the VaR discussion on pages 135-137.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except where otherwise noted)202120202019
Assets under custody ("AUC") by asset class (period-end) (in billions):
Fixed Income$16,098$15,840$13,498
Equity12,96211,48910,100
Other(a)4,1613,6513,233
Total AUC$33,221$30,980$26,831
Merchant processing volume (in billions)(b)$1,886.7$1,597.3$1,511.5
Client deposits and other third party liabilities (average)(c)$714,910$610,555$464,795

(a)Consists of mutual funds, unit investment trusts, currencies, annuities, insurance contracts, options and other contracts.

(b)Represents total merchant processing volume across CIB, CCB and CB.

(c)Client deposits and other third-party liabilities pertain to the Payments and Securities Services businesses.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K71

Management’s discussion and analysis

International metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except where otherwise noted)202120202019
Total net revenue(a)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$13,954$13,872$11,905
Asia-Pacific7,5557,5245,319
Latin America/Caribbean1,8331,9311,543
Total international net revenue23,34223,32718,767
North America28,40725,95720,498
Total net revenue$51,749$49,284$39,265
Loans retained (period-end)(a)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$33,084$27,659$26,067
Asia-Pacific14,47112,80214,759
Latin America/Caribbean7,0065,4256,173
Total international loans54,56145,88646,999
North America105,22587,41074,734
Total loans retained$159,786$133,296$121,733
Client deposits and other third-party liabilities (average)(b)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$243,867$211,592$174,477
Asia-Pacific132,241124,14590,364
Latin America/Caribbean46,04537,66429,024
Total international$422,153$373,401$293,865
North America292,757237,154170,930
Total client deposits and other third-party liabilities$714,910$610,555$464,795
AUC (period-end)(b) (in billions)
North America$21,655$20,028$16,855
All other regions11,56610,9529,976
Total AUC$33,221$30,980$26,831

(a)Total net revenue and loans retained (excluding loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value) are based on the location of the trading desk, booking location, or domicile of the client, as applicable.

(b)Client deposits and other third-party liabilities pertaining to the Payments and Securities Services businesses, and AUC, are based on the domicile of the client.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
72JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

COMMERCIAL BANKING

Commercial Banking provides comprehensive financial solutions, including lending, payments, investment banking and asset management products across three primary client segments: Middle Market Banking, Corporate Client Banking and Commercial Real Estate Banking. Other includes amounts not aligned with a primary client segment.Middle Market Banking covers small and midsized companies, local governments and nonprofit clients.Corporate Client Banking covers large corporations. Commercial Real Estate Banking covers investors, developers, and owners of multifamily, office, retail, industrial and affordable housing properties.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31, (in millions)202120202019
Revenue
Lending- and deposit-related fees$1,392$1,187$941
All other income2,5371,8801,769
Noninterest revenue3,9293,0672,710
Net interest income6,0796,2466,554
Total net revenue(a)10,0089,3139,264
Provision for credit losses(947)2,113296
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense1,9731,8541,785
Noncompensation expense2,0681,9441,950
Total noninterest expense4,0413,7983,735
Income before income tax expense6,9143,4025,233
Income tax expense1,6688241,275
Net income$5,246$2,578$3,958

(a)Total net revenue included tax-equivalent adjustments from income tax credits related to equity investments in designated community development entities and in entities established for rehabilitation of historic properties, as well as tax-exempt income related to municipal financing activities, of $330 million, $350 million and $460 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Prior-period tax-equivalent adjustment amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation. Refer to Note 25 for further information.

2021 compared with 2020

Net income was $5.2 billion, up $2.7 billion, predominantly driven by a net benefit in the provision for credit losses, compared to an expense in the prior year.

Net revenue was $10.0 billion, up 7%. Net interest income was $6.0 billion, down 3%, driven by the net impact of margin compression on higher deposits and a decrease in loans, largely offset by lower funding costs. Noninterest revenue was $3.9 billion, up 28%, predominantly driven by higher investment banking and payments revenue.

Noninterest expense was $4.0 billion, up 6%, predominantly driven by investments in the business, including higher compensation expense, and higher volume- and revenue-related expense.

The provision for credit losses was a net benefit of $947 million, driven by a net reduction in the allowance for credit losses, compared with an expense of $2.1 billion in the prior year.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K73

Management’s discussion and analysis

CB product revenue consists of the following:Lending includes a variety of financing alternatives, which are primarily provided on a secured basis; collateral includes receivables, inventory, equipment, real estate or other assets. Products include term loans, revolving lines of credit, bridge financing, asset-based structures, leases, and standby letters of credit.Payments includes revenue from a broad range of products and services that enable CB clients to manage payments and receipts, as well as invest and manage funds.Investment banking includes revenue from a range of products providing CB clients with sophisticated capital-raising alternatives, as well as balance sheet and risk management tools through advisory, equity underwriting, and loan syndications. Revenue from Fixed Income and Equity Markets products used by CB clients is also included. Other revenue primarily includes tax-equivalent adjustments generated from Community Development Banking and activity derived from principal transactions.

Selected income statement data (continued)
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)202120202019
Revenue by product
Lending$4,629$4,396$4,057
Payments3,6533,7154,200
Investment banking(a)1,6111,069919
Other11513388
Total Commercial Banking net revenue$10,008$9,313$9,264
Investment banking revenue, gross(b)$5,092$3,348$2,744
Revenue by client segment
Middle Market Banking$4,004$3,640$3,805
Corporate Client Banking3,5083,2033,119
Commercial Real Estate Banking2,4192,3132,169
Other77157171
Total Commercial Banking net revenue$10,008$9,313$9,264
Financial ratios
Return on equity21%11%17%
Overhead ratio404140

(a)Includes CB’s share of revenue from investment banking products sold to CB clients through the CIB.

(b)Refer to Business Segment Results page 61 for a discussion of revenue sharing.

Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except headcount)202120202019
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)
Total assets$230,776$228,911(b)$220,514
Loans:
Loans retained206,220207,880207,287
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value2,2232,2451,009
Total loans$208,443$210,125$208,296
Equity24,00022,00022,000
Period-end loans by client segment
Middle Market Banking(a)$61,159$61,115$54,188
Corporate Client Banking45,31547,42051,165
Commercial Real Estate Banking101,751101,146101,951
Other218444992
Total Commercial Banking loans(a)$208,443$210,125$208,296
Selected balance sheet data (average)
Total assets$225,548$233,156(b)$218,896
Loans:
Loans retained201,920217,767206,837
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value3,1221,1291,082
Total loans$205,042$218,896$207,919
Client deposits and other third-party liabilities301,502237,825172,734
Equity24,00022,00022,000
Average loans by client segment
Middle Market Banking$60,128$61,558$55,690
Corporate Client Banking44,36154,17250,360
Commercial Real Estate Banking100,331102,479100,884
Other222687985
Total Commercial Banking loans$205,042$218,896$207,919
Headcount12,90211,67511,629

(a)At December 31, 2021 and 2020, total loans included $1.2 billion and $6.6 billion of loans under the PPP, of which $1.1 billion and $6.4 billion were in Middle Market Banking, respectively. Refer to Credit Portfolio on pages 108-109 for a further discussion of the PPP.

(b)Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation. Refer to Note 25 for further information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
74JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)202120202019
Credit data and quality statistics
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$71$401$160
Nonperforming assets
Nonaccrual loans:
Nonaccrual loans retained(a)740(c)1,286498
Nonaccrual loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value120
Total nonaccrual loans7401,406498
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions172425
Total nonperforming assets7571,430523
Allowance for credit losses:
Allowance for loan losses2,2193,3352,780
Allowance for lending-related commitments749651293
Total allowance for credit losses2,9683,9863,073
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate(b)0.04%0.18%0.08%
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans retained1.081.601.34
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans retained(a)300259558
Nonaccrual loans to period-end total loans0.360.670.24

(a)Allowance for loan losses of $124 million, $273 million and $114 million was held against nonaccrual loans retained at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(b)Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were excluded when calculating the net charge-off/(recovery) rate.

(c)At December 31, 2021, nonaccrual loans excluded $114 million of PPP loans 90 or more days past due and guaranteed by the SBA.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K75

Management’s discussion and analysis

ASSET & WEALTH MANAGEMENT

Asset & Wealth Management, with client assets of $4.3 trillion, is a global leader in investment and wealth management. Asset Management Offers multi-asset investment management solutions across equities, fixed income, alternatives and money market funds to institutional and retail investors providing for a broad range of clients’ investment needs. Global Private BankProvides retirement products and services, brokerage, custody, trusts and estates, loans, mortgages, deposits and investment management to high net worth clients. The majority of AWM’s client assets are in actively managed portfolios.

Selected income statement data
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)202120202019
Revenue
Asset management, administration and commissions$12,333$10,610$9,818
All other income738212418
Noninterest revenue13,07110,82210,236
Net interest income3,8863,4183,355
Total net revenue16,95714,24013,591
Provision for credit losses(227)26359
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense5,6924,9595,028
Noncompensation expense5,2274,9984,719
Total noninterest expense10,9199,9579,747
Income before income tax expense6,2654,0203,785
Income tax expense1,5281,028918
Net income$4,737$2,992$2,867
Revenue by line of business
Asset Management$9,246$7,654$7,254
Global Private Bank(a)7,7116,5866,337
Total net revenue$16,957$14,240$13,591
Financial ratios
Return on equity33%28%26%
Overhead ratio647072
Pre-tax margin ratio:
Asset Management352926
Global Private Bank(a)392730
Asset & Wealth Management372828

(a)In the first quarter of 2021, the Wealth Management business was renamed Global Private Bank.

2021 compared with 2020

Net income was $4.7 billion, an increase of 58%.

Net revenue was $17.0 billion, an increase of 19%. Net interest income was $3.9 billion, up 14%. Noninterest revenue was $13.1 billion, up 21%.

Revenue from Asset Management was $9.2 billion, up 21%, predominantly driven by:

•higher asset management fees, net of liquidity fee waivers, on higher average market levels and strong cumulative net inflows into long-term and liquidity products,

•higher performance fees, and

•higher net investment valuation gains.

Revenue from Global Private Bank was $7.7 billion, up 17%, predominantly driven by:

•higher loans including the impact of lower funding costs, and higher asset management fees,

partially offset by

•the net impact of margin compression on higher deposits.

The provision for credit losses was a net benefit of $227 million, driven by a reduction in the allowance for credit losses, compared with an expense of $263 million in the prior year.

Noninterest expense was $10.9 billion, up 10%, driven by higher volume- and revenue-related compensation expense and distribution fees, higher structural expense, and higher investments in the business, partially offset by lower legal expense.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
76JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K
Asset Management has two high-level measures of its overall fund performance.
Effective September 2021, AWM changed the source for the peer group quartile rankings of its funds from Lipper to Morningstar for U.S.-domiciled funds (except for “Municipals” and “Investor” funds, for which the source remains Lipper) and Taiwan domiciled funds. AWM evaluates fund performance utilizing this peer group ranking and believes that it provides investors with comparability across the industry. This change resulted in both positive and negative impacts on the quartile rankings for prior periods, as compared to how they would have been ranked by Lipper. In addition, AWM has changed its selection of the “primary share class” for certain non- U.S. funds, as set forth below, in order to establish a more consistent approach across these products. Prior periods in the following table have been revised to conform to the current presentation.
• Percentage of mutual fund assets under management in funds rated 4- or 5-star: Mutual fund rating services rank funds based on their risk adjusted performance over various periods. A 5-star rating is the best rating and represents the top 10% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 4-star rating represents the next 22.5% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 3-star rating represents the next 35% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 2-star rating represents the next 22.5% of industry-wide ranked funds. A 1-star rating is the worst rating and represents the bottom 10% of industrywide ranked funds. An overall Morningstar rating is derived from a weighted average of the performance associated with a fund’s three-, five and ten- year (if applicable) Morningstar Rating metrics. For U.S.-domiciled funds, separate star ratings are provided at the individual shareclass level. The Nomura “star rating” is based on three-year risk-adjusted performance only. Funds with fewer than three years of history are not rated and hence excluded from these rankings. All ratings, the assigned peer categories and the asset values used to derive these rankings are sourced from the applicable fund rating provider. Where applicable, the fund rating providers redenominate asset values into U.S. dollars. The percentage of AUM is based on star ratings at the share class level for U.S.-domiciled funds, and at a “primary share class” level to represent the star rating of all other funds, except for Japan, for which Nomura provides ratings at the fund level. The performance data may have been different if all share classes had been included. Past performance is not indicative of future results.
• Percentage of mutual fund assets under management in funds ranked in the 1st or 2nd quartile (one, three and five years):All quartile rankings, the assigned peer categories and the asset values used to derive these rankings are sourced from the fund rating providers. Quartile rankings are based on the net-of-fee absolute return of each fund. Where applicable, the fund rating providers redenominate asset values into U.S. dollars. The percentage of AUM is based on fund performance and associated peer rankings at the share class level for U.S.-domiciled funds, at a “primary share class” level to represent the quartile ranking for U.K., Luxembourg and Hong Kong SAR funds and at the fund level for all other funds. The performance data may have been different if all share classes had been included. Past performance is not indicative of future results.
“Primary share class” means the C share class for European funds and Acc share class for Hong Kong SAR and Taiwan funds. If these share classes are not available, the oldest share class is used as the primary share class.
Selected metrics
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except ranking data, ratios and headcount)202120202019
% of JPM mutual fund assets rated as 4- or 5-star(a)69%63%66%
% of JPM mutual fund assets ranked in 1st or 2nd quartile:(b)
1 year536359
3 years726974
5 years807275
Selected balance sheet data (period-end)(c)
Total assets$234,425$203,384$173,175
Loans218,271186,608158,149
Deposits282,052198,755142,740
Equity14,00010,50010,500
Selected balance sheet data (average)(c)
Total assets$217,187$181,432$161,863
Loans198,487166,311147,404
Deposits230,296161,955135,265
Equity14,00010,50010,500
Headcount22,76220,68321,550
Number of Global Private Bank client advisors2,7382,4622,419
Credit data and quality statistics(c)
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$26$(14)$29
Nonaccrual loans708964(d)115
Allowance for credit losses:
Allowance for loan losses$365$598$350
Allowance for lending-related commitments183819
Total allowance for credit losses$383$636$369
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate0.01%(0.01)%0.02%
Allowance for loan losses to period-end loans0.170.320.22
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans5262(d)304
Nonaccrual loans to period-end loans0.320.52(d)0.07

(a)Represents the Morningstar Rating for all domiciled funds except for Japan domiciled funds which use Nomura. Includes only Asset Management retail open-ended mutual funds that have a rating. Excludes money market funds, Undiscovered Managers Fund, and Brazil domiciled funds. Prior-period amounts were revised to conform with the current period presentation.

(b)Quartile ranking sourced from Morningstar, Lipper and Nomura based on country of domicile. Includes only Asset Management retail open-ended mutual funds that are ranked by the aforementioned sources. Excludes money market funds, Undiscovered Managers Fund, and Brazil domiciled funds. Prior-period amounts were revised to conform with the current period presentation.

(c)Loans, deposits and related credit data and quality statistics relate to the Global Private Bank business.

(d)Prior-period amount has been revised to conform with the current presentation.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K77

Management’s discussion and analysis

Client assets

2021 compared with 2020

Client assets were $4.3 trillion, an increase of 18%. Assets under management were $3.1 trillion, an increase of 15% driven by cumulative net inflows and the impact of higher market levels.

Client assets
December 31, (in billions)202120202019
Assets by asset class
Liquidity$708$641$539
Fixed income693671591
Equity779595463
Multi-asset732656596
Alternatives201153139
Total assets under management3,1132,7162,328
Custody/brokerage/administration/deposits1,182936761
Total client assets(a)$4,295$3,652$3,089
Assets by client segment
Private Banking$805$689$628
Global Institutional(b)1,4301,2731,081
Global Funds(b)878754619
Total assets under management$3,113$2,716$2,328
Private Banking$1,931$1,581$1,359
Global Institutional(b)1,4791,3111,106
Global Funds(b)885760624
Total client assets(a)$4,295$3,652$3,089

(a)Includes CCB client investment assets invested in managed accounts and J.P. Morgan mutual funds where AWM is the investment manager.

(b)In the first quarter of 2021, Institutional and Retail client segments were renamed to Global Institutional and Global Funds, respectively. This did not result in a change to the clients within either client segment.

Client assets (continued)
Year ended December 31, (in billions)202120202019
Assets under management rollforward
Beginning balance$2,716$2,328$1,958
Net asset flows:
Liquidity6810461
Fixed income3648104
Equity8533(11)
Multi-asset1752
Alternatives2662
Market/performance/other impacts165192212
Ending balance, December 31$3,113$2,716$2,328
Client assets rollforward
Beginning balance$3,652$3,089$2,619
Net asset flows389276176
Market/performance/other impacts254287294
Ending balance, December 31$4,295$3,652$3,089
International metrics
Year ended December 31, (in billions, except where otherwise noted)202120202019
Total net revenue (in millions)(a)
Europe/Middle East/Africa$3,571$2,956$2,869
Asia-Pacific2,0171,6651,509
Latin America/Caribbean886782724
Total international net revenue6,4745,4035,102
North America10,4838,8378,489
Total net revenue$16,957$14,240$13,591
Assets under management
Europe/Middle East/Africa$561$517$428
Asia-Pacific254224192
Latin America/Caribbean797062
Total international assets under management894811682
North America2,2191,9051,646
Total assets under management$3,113$2,716$2,328
Client assets
Europe/Middle East/Africa$687$622$520
Asia-Pacific381330272
Latin America/Caribbean195166147
Total international client assets1,2631,118939
North America3,0322,5342,150
Total client assets$4,295$3,652$3,089

(a)Regional revenue is based on the domicile of the client.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
78JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

CORPORATE

The Corporate segment consists of Treasury and Chief Investment Office and Other Corporate, which includes corporate staff functions and expense that is centrally managed. Treasury and CIO is predominantly responsible for measuring, monitoring, reporting and managing the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks. The major Other Corporate functions include Real Estate, Technology, Legal, Corporate Finance, Human Resources, Internal Audit, Risk Management, Compliance, Control Management, Corporate Responsibility and various Other Corporate groups.

Selected income statement and balance sheet data
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except headcount)202120202019
Revenue
Principal transactions$187$245$(461)
Investment securities gains/(losses)(345)795258
All other income22615989
Noninterest revenue681,199(114)
Net interest income(3,551)(2,375)1,325
Total net revenue(a)(3,483)(1,176)1,211
Provision for credit losses8166(1)
Noninterest expense1,8021,3731,067
Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit)(5,366)(2,615)145
Income tax expense/(benefit)(1,653)(865)(966)
Net income/(loss)$(3,713)$(1,750)$1,111
Total net revenue
Treasury and CIO(3,464)(1,368)2,032
Other Corporate(19)192(821)
Total net revenue$(3,483)$(1,176)$1,211
Net income/(loss)
Treasury and CIO(3,057)(1,403)1,394
Other Corporate(656)(347)(283)
Total net income/(loss)$(3,713)$(1,750)$1,111
Total assets (period-end)$1,518,100$1,359,831$837,618
Loans (period-end)1,7701,6571,649
Headcount(b)38,95238,36638,033

(a)Included tax-equivalent adjustments, driven by tax-exempt income from municipal bonds, of $257 million, $241 million and $314 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(b)During the six months ended June 30, 2021, 1,155 technology and risk management employees were transferred from Corporate to CIB.

2021 compared with 2020

Net income was a loss of $3.7 billion compared with a loss of $1.8 billion in the prior year.

Net revenue was a loss of $3.5 billion, compared with a loss of $1.2 billion in the prior year.

Net interest income decreased primarily driven by:

•limited opportunities to deploy funds in response to significant deposit growth across the LOBs, and

•the impact of faster prepayments on mortgage-backed securities in the first half of 2021,

partially offset by

•higher net interest income on growth in investment securities.

Noninterest revenue decreased primarily due to:

•net investment securities losses related to repositioning the investment securities portfolio, compared with net gains in the prior year from sales of U.S. GSE and government agency MBS,

•lower net valuation gains on several legacy equity investments

partially offset by

•the absence of losses recorded in the prior year in Treasury and CIO related to cash deployment transactions, which were more than offset by the related net interest income earned on these transactions, also in the prior year, and

•the absence of losses recorded in the prior year related to the early termination of certain of the Firm's long-term debt in Treasury and CIO

Noninterest expense of $1.8 billion was up $429 million primarily due to a higher contribution to the Firm’s Foundation, investments related to the Firm’s international consumer expansion, technology initiatives, and higher legal expense, largely offset by the absence of an impairment on a legacy investment recorded in the prior year.

Refer to Note 10 and Note 13 for additional information on the investment securities portfolio and the allowance for credit losses.

The current period income tax benefit was driven by changes in the level and mix of income and expenses subject to U.S. federal and state and local taxes as well as other tax adjustments, partially offset by the resolutions of certain tax audits.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K79

Management’s discussion and analysis

Treasury and CIO overview

Treasury and CIO is predominantly responsible for measuring, monitoring, reporting and managing the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks. The risks managed by Treasury and CIO arise from the activities undertaken by the Firm’s four major reportable business segments to serve their respective client bases, which generate both on- and off-balance sheet assets and liabilities.

Treasury and CIO seek to achieve the Firm’s asset-liability management objectives generally by investing in high-quality securities that are managed for the longer-term as part of the Firm’s investment securities portfolio. Treasury and CIO also use derivatives to meet the Firm’s asset-liability management objectives. Refer to Note 5 for further information on derivatives. In addition, Treasury and CIO manage the Firm’s cash position primarily through deposits at central banks and investments in short-term instruments. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104 for further information on liquidity and funding risk. Refer to Market Risk Management on pages 133-140 for information on interest rate, foreign exchange and other risks.

The investment securities portfolio predominantly consists of U.S. GSE and government agency and nonagency mortgage-backed securities, U.S. and non-U.S. government securities, obligations of U.S. states and municipalities, other ABS and corporate debt securities. At December 31, 2021, the Treasury and CIO investment securities portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses, was $670.1 billion, and the average credit rating of the securities comprising the portfolio was AA+ (based upon external ratings where available and, where not available, based primarily upon internal risk ratings). Refer to Note 10 for further information on the Firm’s investment securities portfolio and internal risk ratings.

Selected income statement and balance sheet data
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions)202120202019
Investment securities gains/(losses)$(345)$795$258
Available-for-sale securities (average)$306,827$413,367$283,205
Held-to-maturity securities (average)(a)285,08694,56934,939
Investment securities portfolio (average)$591,913$507,936$318,144
Available-for-sale securities (period-end)$306,352$386,065$348,876
Held-to-maturity securities, net of allowance for credit losses (period–end)(a)363,707201,82147,540
Investment securities portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses (period–end)(b)$670,059$587,886$396,416

(a)During 2021 and 2020, the Firm transferred $104.5 billion and $164.2 billion of investment securities, respectively, from AFS to HTM for capital management purposes.

(b)At December 31, 2021, and 2020, the allowance for credit losses on investment securities was $42 million and $78 million, respectively.

Refer to Note 10 for further information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
80JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

FIRMWIDE RISK MANAGEMENT

Risk is an inherent part of JPMorgan Chase’s business activities. When the Firm extends a consumer or wholesale loan, advises customers and clients on their investment decisions, makes markets in securities, or offers other products or services, the Firm takes on some degree of risk. The Firm’s overall objective is to manage its businesses, and the associated risks, in a manner that balances serving the interests of its clients, customers and investors and protects the safety and soundness of the Firm.

The Firm believes that effective risk management requires, among other things:

•Acceptance of responsibility, including identification and escalation of risks by all individuals within the Firm;

•Ownership of risk identification, assessment, data and management within each of the LOBs and Corporate; and

•Firmwide structures for risk governance.

The Firm follows a disciplined and balanced compensation framework with strong internal governance and independent oversight by the Board of Directors (the “Board”). The impact of risk and control issues is carefully considered in the Firm’s performance evaluation and incentive compensation processes.

Risk governance and oversight framework

The Firm’s risk management governance and oversight framework involves understanding drivers of risks, types of risks, and impacts of risks.

Drivers of Risks are factors that cause a risk to exist. Drivers of risks include the economic environment, regulatory and government policy, competitor and market evolution, business decisions, process and judgment error, deliberate wrongdoing, dysfunctional markets, and natural disasters.

Types of Risks are categories by which risks manifest themselves. Risks are generally categorized in the following four risk types:

•Strategic risk is the risk to earnings, capital, liquidity or reputation associated with poorly designed or failed business plans or inadequate response to changes in the operating environment.

•Credit and investment risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer; or loss of principal or a reduction in expected returns on investments, including

consumer credit risk, wholesale credit risk, and investment portfolio risk.

•Market risk is the risk associated with the effect of changes in market factors, such as interest and foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices, credit spreads or implied volatilities, on the value of assets and liabilities held for both the short and long term.

•Operational risk is the risk associated with an adverse outcome resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems; human factors; or external events impacting the Firm’s processes or systems. It includes compliance, conduct, legal, and estimations and model risk.

Impacts of Risks are consequences of risks, both quantitative and qualitative. There may be many consequences of risks manifesting, including quantitative impacts such as a reduction in earnings and capital, liquidity outflows, and fines or penalties, or qualitative impacts such as reputation damage, loss of clients and customers, and regulatory and enforcement actions.

The Firm’s risk governance and oversight framework is managed on a Firmwide basis. The Firm has an Independent Risk Management (“IRM”) function, which consists of the Risk Management and Compliance organizations. The Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) appoints, subject to approval by the Risk Committee of the Board (“Board Risk Committee”), the Firm’s Chief Risk Officer (“CRO”) to lead the IRM organization and manage the risk governance structure of the Firm. The framework is subject to approval by the Board Risk Committee in the form of the Risk Governance and Oversight Policy. The Firm’s CRO oversees and delegates authorities to LOB CROs, Firmwide Risk Executives (“FREs”), and the Firm’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), who each establish Risk Management and Compliance organizations, set the Firm’s risk governance policies and standards, and define and oversee the implementation of the Firm’s risk governance. The LOB CROs are responsible for risks that arise in their LOBs, while FREs oversee risk areas that span across the individual LOBs, functions and regions.

Three lines of defense

The Firm relies upon each area of the Firm giving rise to risk to operate within the parameters identified by the IRM function, and within its own management-identified risk and control standards.

Each LOB and Treasury & CIO, including their aligned Operations, Technology and Control Management, are the Firm’s “first line of defense” and own the identification of risks, as well as the design and execution of controls to manage those risks. The first line of defense is responsible for adherence to applicable laws, rules and regulations and for the implementation of the risk management structure (which may include policy, standards, limits, thresholds and controls) established by IRM.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K81

Management’s discussion and analysis

The IRM function is independent of the businesses and is the Firm’s “second line of defense.” The IRM function independently assesses and challenges the first line of defense risk management practices. IRM is also responsible for its own adherence to applicable laws, rules and regulations and for the implementation of policies and standards established by IRM with respect to its own processes.

Internal Audit is an independent function that provides objective assessment on the adequacy and effectiveness of Firmwide processes, controls, governance and risk management as the “third line of defense.” The Internal Audit Function is headed by the General Auditor, who reports to the Audit Committee and administratively to the CEO.

In addition, there are other functions that contribute to the Firmwide control environment but are not considered part of a particular line of defense, including Finance, Human Resources and Legal, and are responsible for adherence to applicable laws, rules and regulations and policies and standards established by IRM with respect to their own processes.

Risk identification and ownership

Each LOB and Corporate owns the ongoing identification of risks, as well as the design and execution of controls, including IRM-specified controls, to manage those risks. To support this activity, the Firm has a formal Risk Identification framework designed to facilitate each LOB and Corporate’s responsibility to identify material risks inherent to the Firm, catalog them in a central repository and review the most material risks on a regular basis. The IRM function reviews and challenges the LOB and Corporate’s identified risks, maintains the central repository and provides the consolidated Firmwide results to the Firmwide Risk Committee (“FRC”) and Board Risk Committee.

Risk appetite

The Firm’s overall appetite for risk is governed by “Risk Appetite” frameworks for quantitative and qualitative risks. Periodically the Firm’s risk appetite is set and approved by senior management (including the CEO and CRO) and approved by the Board Risk Committee. Quantitative and qualitative risks are assessed to monitor and measure the Firm’s capacity to take risk consistent with its stated risk appetite. Risk appetite results are reported to the Board Risk Committee.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
82JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

Risk governance and oversight structure

The independent status of the IRM function is supported by a governance structure that provides for escalation of risk issues to senior management, the FRC, and the Board of Directors, as appropriate.

The chart below illustrates the committees of the Board of Directors and key senior management-level committees in the Firm’s risk governance structure. In addition, there are other committees, forums and paths of escalation that support the oversight of risk which are not shown in the chart below or described in this Form 10-K.

The Firm’s Operating Committee, which consists of the Firm’s CEO, CRO, CFO, General Counsel, CEOs of the LOBs and other senior executives, is accountable to and may refer matters to the Firm’s Board of Directors. The Operating Committee is responsible for escalating to the Board the information necessary to facilitate the Board’s exercise of its duties.

Board oversight

The Firm’s Board of Directors actively oversees the business and affairs of the Firm. This includes monitoring the Firm’s financial performance and condition and reviewing the strategic objectives and plans of the Firm. The Board carries out a significant portion of its oversight responsibilities through its independent, principal standing committees. The Board Risk Committee is the principal committee that oversees risk matters. The Audit Committee oversees the control environment, and the Compensation & Management Development Committee oversees compensation and other management-related matters. Each committee of the Board oversees reputational risks and conduct risks within its scope of responsibility.

The JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Board of Directors is responsible for the oversight of management of the bank. The JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Board accomplishes this function acting directly and through the principal standing committees of the Firm’s Board of Directors. Risk and control oversight on behalf of JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. is primarily the responsibility of the Risk Committee and the

Audit Committee, respectively, and, with respect to compensation and other management-related matters, the Compensation & Management Development Committee.

The Board Risk Committee assists the Board in its oversight of management’s responsibility to implement a global risk management framework reasonably designed to identify, assess and manage the Firm’s risks. The Board Risk Committee’s responsibilities include approval of applicable primary risk policies and review of certain associated frameworks, analysis and reporting established by management. Breaches in risk appetite and parameters, issues that may have a material adverse impact on the Firm, including capital and liquidity issues, and other significant risk-related matters are escalated to the Board Risk Committee, as appropriate.

The Audit Committee assists the Board in its oversight of management’s responsibility to ensure that there is an effective system of controls reasonably designed to safeguard the Firm’s assets and income, ensure the integrity of the Firm’s financial statements, and maintain compliance with the Firm’s ethical standards, policies, plans and procedures, and with laws and regulations. It also assists the Board in its oversight of the Firm’s independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance, and of the performance of the Firm’s Internal Audit function.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K83

Management’s discussion and analysis

The Compensation & Management Development Committee (“CMDC”) assists the Board in its oversight of the Firm’s compensation principles and practices. The CMDC reviews and approves the Firm’s compensation and qualified benefits programs. The Committee reviews the performance of Operating Committee members against their goals, and approves their compensation awards. In addition, the CEO’s award is subject to ratification by the independent directors of the Board. The CMDC also reviews the development of and succession for key executives. As part of the Board’s role of reinforcing, demonstrating and communicating the “tone at the top”, the CMDC provides oversight of the Firm’s culture, including reviewing updates from management regarding significant conduct issues and any related actions with respect to employees, including compensation actions.

The Public Responsibility Committee provides oversight and review of the Firm's positions and practices on public responsibility matters such as community investment, fair lending, sustainability, consumer practices and other public policy issues that reflect the Firm's values and character and could impact the Firm's reputation among its stakeholders. The Committee also provides guidance on these matters to management and the Board, as appropriate.

The Corporate Governance & Nominating Committee exercises general oversight with respect to the governance of the Board of Directors. It reviews the qualifications of and recommends to the Board of Directors proposed nominees for election to the Board. The Committee evaluates and recommends to the Board corporate governance practices applicable to the Firm. It also appraises the framework for assessing the Board’s performance and self-evaluation.

Management oversight

The Firm’s senior management-level committees that are primarily responsible for key risk-related functions include:

The Firmwide Risk Committee (“FRC”) is the Firm’s highest management-level risk committee. It provides oversight of the risks inherent in the Firm’s businesses and serves as an escalation point for risk topics and issues raised by underlying committees and/or FRC members.

The Firmwide Control Committee (“FCC”) is an escalation committee for senior management to review and discuss the Firmwide operational risk environment including identified issues, operational risk metrics and significant events that have been escalated.

Line of Business and Regional Risk Committees are responsible for providing oversight of the governance, limits, and controls that are in place within the scope of their respective activities. These committees review the ways in which the particular LOB or the business operating in a particular region could be exposed to adverse outcomes with a focus on identifying, accepting, escalating and/or requiring remediation of matters brought to these committees.

Line of Business and Corporate Function Control Committees oversee the operational risk and control environment of their respective business or function, inclusive of Operational Risk, Compliance and Conduct Risks. As part of that mandate, they are responsible for reviewing indicators of elevated or emerging risks and other data that may impact the level of operating risk in a business or function, addressing key operational risk issues, with an emphasis on processes with control concerns and overseeing control remediation.

The Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”) is responsible for overseeing the Firm’s asset and liability management (“ALM”), including the activities and frameworks supporting the management of liquidity risk, balance sheet, interest rate risk, and capital risk.

The Firmwide Valuation Governance Forum (“VGF”) is composed of senior finance and risk executives and is responsible for overseeing the management of risks arising from valuation activities conducted across the Firm.

Risk governance and oversight functions

The Firm manages its risk through risk governance and oversight functions. The scope of a particular function may include one or more drivers, types and/or impacts of risk. For example, Country Risk Management oversees country risk which may be a driver of risk or an aggregation of exposures that could give rise to multiple risk types such as credit or market risk.

The following sections discuss the risk governance and oversight functions in place to manage the risks inherent in the Firm’s business activities.

Risk governance and oversight functionsPage
Strategic Risk85
Capital risk86-96
Liquidity risk97-104
Reputation risk105
Consumer Credit Risk110-116
Wholesale credit risk117-128
Investment portfolio risk132
Market risk133-140
Country risk141-142
Operational risk143-149
Compliance Risk146
Conduct risk147
Legal risk148
Estimations and Model risk149
Column 1Column 2Column 3
84JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

STRATEGIC RISK MANAGEMENT

Strategic risk is the risk to earnings, capital, liquidity or reputation associated with poorly designed or failed business plans or inadequate response to changes in the operating environment.

Management and oversight

The Operating Committee and the senior leadership of each LOB and Corporate are responsible for managing the Firm’s most significant strategic risks. Strategic risks are overseen by IRM through participation in relevant business reviews, LOB and Corporate senior management meetings, risk and control committees and other relevant governance forums and ongoing discussions. The Board of Directors oversees management’s strategic decisions, and the Board Risk Committee oversees IRM and the Firm’s risk management framework.

In the process of developing business plans and strategic initiatives, LOB and Corporate senior management identify the associated risks that are incorporated into the Firmwide Risk Identification process and their impact on risk appetite.

In addition, IRM conducts a qualitative assessment of the LOB and Corporate strategic initiatives to assess their impact on the risk profile of the Firm.

The Firm’s strategic planning process, which includes the development and execution of strategic initiatives, is one component of managing the Firm’s strategic risk. Guided by the Firm’s How We Do Business Principles (the “Principles”), the Operating Committee and senior management teams in each LOB and Corporate review and update the strategic plan periodically. The process includes evaluating the high-level strategic framework and performance against prior-year initiatives, assessing the operating environment, refining existing strategies and developing new strategies.

These strategic initiatives, along with IRM’s assessment, are incorporated in the Firm’s budget and provided to the Board as part of its review and approval of the Firm’s strategic plan.

The Firm’s balance sheet strategy, which focuses on risk-adjusted returns, strong capital and robust liquidity, is also a component in the management of strategic risk. Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 86-96 for further information on capital risk. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104 for further information on liquidity risk. Refer to Reputation Risk Management on page 105 for further information on reputation risk.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K85

Management’s discussion and analysis

CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Capital risk is the risk the Firm has an insufficient level or composition of capital to support the Firm’s business activities and associated risks during normal economic environments and under stressed conditions.

A strong capital position is essential to the Firm’s business strategy and competitive position. Maintaining a strong balance sheet to manage through economic volatility is considered a strategic imperative of the Firm’s Board of Directors, CEO and Operating Committee. The Firm’s fortress balance sheet philosophy focuses on risk-adjusted returns, strong capital and robust liquidity. The Firm’s capital risk management strategy focuses on maintaining long-term stability to enable the Firm to build and invest in market-leading businesses, including in highly stressed environments. Senior management considers the implications on the Firm’s capital prior to making significant decisions that could impact future business activities. In addition to considering the Firm’s earnings outlook, senior management evaluates all sources and uses of capital with a view to ensuring the Firm’s capital strength.

Capital management oversight

The Firm has a Capital Management Oversight function whose primary objective is to provide independent oversight of capital risk across the Firm.

Capital Management Oversight’s responsibilities include:

•Defining, monitoring and reporting capital risk metrics;

•Establishing, calibrating and monitoring capital risk limits and indicators, including capital risk appetite;

•Developing a process to classify, monitor and report capital limit breaches;

•Performing an assessment of the Firm’s capital management activities, including changes made to the Contingency Capital Plan described below; and

•Conducting assessments of the Firm's regulatory capital framework intended to ensure compliance with applicable regulatory capital rules.

Capital management

Treasury & CIO is responsible for capital management.

The primary objectives of the Firm’s capital management are to:

•Maintain sufficient capital in order to continue to build and invest in the Firm’s businesses through the cycle and in stressed environments;

•Retain flexibility to take advantage of future investment opportunities;

•Promote the Firm’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiaries;

•Ensure the Firm operates above the minimum regulatory capital ratios as well as maintain “well-capitalized” status for the Firm and its insured depository institution (“IDI”) subsidiaries at all times under applicable regulatory capital requirements;

•Meet capital distribution objectives; and

•Maintain sufficient capital resources to operate throughout a resolution period in accordance with the Firm’s preferred resolution strategy.

The Firm addresses these objectives through:

•Establishing internal minimum capital requirements and maintaining a strong capital governance framework. The internal minimum capital levels consider the Firm’s regulatory capital requirements as well as an internal assessment of capital adequacy, in normal economic cycles and in stress events;

•Retaining flexibility in order to react to a range of potential events; and

•Regular monitoring of the Firm’s capital position and following prescribed escalation protocols, both at the Firm and material legal entity levels.

Governance

Committees responsible for overseeing the Firm’s capital management include the Capital Governance Committee, the ALCO as well as LOB and regional ALCOs, and the CIO, Treasury and Corporate (“CTC”) Risk Committee. In addition, the Board Risk Committee periodically reviews the Firm’s capital risk tolerance. Refer to Firmwide Risk Management on pages 81-84 for additional discussion on the ALCO and other risk-related committees.

Capital planning and stress testing

Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

The Federal Reserve requires large Bank Holding Companies (“BHCs”), including the Firm, to submit at least annually a capital plan that has been reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors. The Federal Reserve uses CCAR and other stress testing processes to ensure that large BHCs have sufficient capital during periods of economic and financial stress, and have robust, forward-looking capital assessment and planning processes in place that address each BHC’s unique risks to enable it to absorb losses under certain stress scenarios. Through CCAR, the Federal Reserve evaluates each BHC’s capital adequacy and internal capital adequacy assessment processes (“ICAAP”), as well as its plans to make capital distributions, such as dividend payments or stock repurchases. The Federal Reserve uses results under the severely adverse scenario from its supervisory stress test to determine each firm’s Stress Capital Buffer (“SCB”) requirement for the coming year.

On June 28, 2021, JPMorgan Chase announced that it had completed the 2021 CCAR stress test process. On August 5, 2021, the Federal Reserve affirmed the Firm's 2021 SCB requirement of 3.2% (down from 3.3%) and the Firm's Standardized CET1 capital ratio requirement including regulatory buffers, of 11.2% (down from 11.3%). The 2021 SCB requirement became effective on October 1, 2021 and will remain in effect until September 30, 2022.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
86JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

Refer to Capital actions on page 94 for information on actions taken by the Firm’s Board of Directors following the 2021 CCAR results.

Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process

Annually, the Firm prepares the ICAAP, which informs the Board of Directors of the ongoing assessment of the Firm’s processes for managing the sources and uses of capital as well as compliance with supervisory expectations for capital planning and capital adequacy. The Firm’s ICAAP integrates stress testing protocols with capital planning. The Firm’s Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving the capital stress testing control framework.

Stress testing assesses the potential impact of alternative economic and business scenarios on the Firm’s earnings and capital. Economic scenarios, and the parameters underlying those scenarios, are defined centrally and applied uniformly across the businesses. These scenarios are articulated in terms of macroeconomic factors, which are key drivers of business results; global market shocks, which generate short-term but severe trading losses; and idiosyncratic operational risk events. The scenarios are intended to capture and stress key vulnerabilities and idiosyncratic risks facing the Firm. In addition to CCAR and other periodic stress testing, management also considers tailored stress scenarios and sensitivity analyses, as necessary.

Contingency Capital Plan

The Firm’s Contingency Capital Plan establishes the capital management framework for the Firm and specifies the principles underlying the Firm’s approach towards capital management in normal economic conditions and during stress. The Contingency Capital Plan defines how the Firm calibrates its targeted capital levels and meets minimum capital requirements, monitors the ongoing appropriateness of planned capital distributions, and sets out the capital contingency actions that are expected to be taken or considered at various levels of capital depletion during a period of stress.

Regulatory capital

The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements, including well-capitalized standards, for the consolidated financial holding company. The OCC establishes similar minimum capital requirements and standards for the Firm’s IDI subsidiaries, including JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The U.S. capital requirements generally follow the Capital Accord of the Basel Committee, as amended from time to time.

Basel III Overview

The capital rules under Basel III establish minimum capital ratios and overall capital adequacy standards for large and internationally active U.S. BHCs and banks, including the Firm and its IDI subsidiaries, including JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The minimum amount of regulatory capital that must be held by BHCs and banks is determined by calculating risk-weighted assets (“RWA”), which are on-balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet exposures,

weighted according to risk. Two comprehensive approaches are prescribed for calculating RWA: a standardized approach (“Basel III Standardized”), and an advanced approach (“Basel III Advanced”). For each of the risk-based capital ratios, the capital adequacy of the Firm is evaluated against the lower of the Standardized or Advanced approaches compared to their respective regulatory capital ratio requirements. The Firm’s Basel III Standardized risk-based ratios are currently more binding than the Basel III Advanced risk-based ratios.

Basel III establishes capital requirements for calculating credit risk RWA and market risk RWA, and in the case of Basel III Advanced, operational risk RWA. Key differences in the calculation of credit risk RWA between the Standardized and Advanced approaches are that for Basel III Advanced, credit risk RWA is based on risk-sensitive approaches which largely rely on the use of internal credit models and parameters, whereas for Basel III Standardized, credit risk RWA is generally based on supervisory risk-weightings which vary primarily by counterparty type and asset class. Market risk RWA is calculated on a generally consistent basis between Basel III Standardized and Basel III Advanced. In addition to the RWA calculated under these approaches, the Firm may supplement such amounts to incorporate management judgment and feedback from its regulators.

Basel III also includes a requirement for Advanced Approaches banking organizations, including the Firm, to calculate the SLR. The Firm’s SLR is currently more binding than the Basel III Standardized-risk-based ratios. Refer to SLR on page 93 for additional information.

COVID-19 Pandemic

The Firm has been impacted by market events as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, but has remained well-capitalized.

Key Regulatory Developments

CECL regulatory capital transition. The Firm elected to apply the CECL capital transition provisions as permitted by the federal banking agencies which delayed the effects of CECL on regulatory capital for two years until January 1, 2022, followed by a three-year transition period (“CECL capital transition provisions”).

As of December 31, 2021, the capital metrics of the Firm reflected the benefit of the CECL capital transition provisions of $2.9 billion, which will be phased in at 25% per year beginning January 1, 2022.

The CECL capital transition provisions have also been incorporated into Tier 2 capital, adjusted average assets, and total leverage exposure and are also subject to the three-year transition period beginning January 1, 2022.

Refer to Note 1 for further information on the CECL accounting guidance.

Paycheck Protection Program. The federal banking agencies issued a final rule in September 2020 to neutralize the regulatory capital effects of participating in the PPP on risk-based capital ratios by applying a zero percent risk weight to loans originated under the program. The Firm does not

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K87

Management’s discussion and analysis

expect to realize material credit losses on PPP loans because the loans are guaranteed by the SBA. As of December 31, 2021, the Firm had $6.7 billion of loans remaining under the program.

Total leverage exposure for purposes of calculating the SLR includes PPP loans as the Firm did not participate in the Federal Reserve’s Paycheck Protection Program Lending Facility, which would have allowed the Firm to exclude them under the final rule.

TLAC Holdings rule. On October 20, 2020, the federal banking agencies issued a final rule prescribing the regulatory capital treatment for holdings of Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity (“TLAC”) debt instruments by certain large banking organizations, such as the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. This rule expanded the scope of the prior capital deductions rule relating to the holdings of capital instruments of financial institutions to also include TLAC debt instruments issued by systemically important banking organizations. The final rule became effective April 1, 2021 and did not have a material impact on the Firm’s risk-based capital metrics.

Standardized Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk. In November 2019, the U.S. banking regulators adopted a rule implementing “Standardized Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk” (“SA-CCR”), which replaced the current exposure method used to measure derivatives counterparty exposure under Standardized approach RWA, as well as leverage exposure used to calculate the SLR in the regulatory capital framework. The rule applies to Basel III Advanced Approaches banking organizations, such as the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., with a mandatory compliance date of January 1, 2022.

Based on the derivatives exposure as of December 31, 2021, the adoption of SA-CCR is estimated to increase the Firm’s Standardized RWA by approximately $40 billion and result in a modest decrease in its total leverage exposure. These estimates may differ from the actual impact based on the composition of the Firm’s derivatives exposure as of March 31, 2022.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
88JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

Risk-based Capital Regulatory Requirements

The following chart presents the Firm’s Basel III CET1 capital ratio requirements under the Basel III rules currently in effect.

All banking institutions are currently required to have a minimum CET1 capital ratio of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets.

Certain banking organizations, including the Firm, are required to hold additional levels of capital to serve as a “capital conservation buffer”. The capital conservation buffer incorporates a global systemically important bank (“GSIB”) surcharge, a discretionary countercyclical capital buffer and a fixed capital conservation buffer of 2.5% for Advanced regulatory capital requirements and a variable SCB requirement, floored at 2.5%, for Standardized regulatory capital requirements.

Under the Federal Reserve’s GSIB rule, the Firm is required to assess its GSIB surcharge on an annual basis under two separately prescribed methods based on data for the previous fiscal year-end, and is subject to the higher of the two. “Method 1”, reflects the GSIB surcharge as prescribed by the Basel Committee’s assessment methodology, and is calculated by the Financial Stability Board (“FSB”) across five criteria: size, cross-jurisdictional activity, interconnectedness, complexity and substitutability. “Method 2”, calculated by the Firm, modifies the Method 1 requirements to include a measure of short-term wholesale funding in place of substitutability, and introduces a GSIB score “multiplication factor”.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K89

Management’s discussion and analysis

The following table presents the Firm’s effective GSIB surcharge for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. For 2022, the Firm’s effective GSIB surcharge under both Method 1 and Method 2 remains unchanged at 2.0% and 3.5%, respectively.

202220212020
Method 12.0%2.0%2.5%
Method 23.5%3.5%3.5%

On November 23, 2021, the FSB released its annual GSIB list based upon data as of December 31, 2020, which announced the Firm’s Method 1 GSIB surcharge of 2.5% (up from 2.0%) effective January 1, 2023, unless the Firm’s Method 1 GSIB surcharge, as determined by the FSB, is lower based upon data as of December 31, 2021.

The Firm’s Method 2 surcharge calculated using data as of December 31, 2020 is 4.0%, which will be effective January 1, 2023. The Firm’s estimated Method 2 surcharge calculated using data as of December 31, 2021 is 4.5%. Accordingly, based on the GSIB rule currently in effect, the Firm’s effective GSIB surcharge is expected to increase to 4.5% on January 1, 2024 unless the Firm’s Method 2 GSIB surcharge calculation based upon data as of December 31, 2022 is lower.

The U.S. federal regulatory capital standards include a framework for setting a discretionary countercyclical capital buffer taking into account the macro financial environment in which large, internationally active banks function. As of December 31, 2021, the U.S. countercyclical capital buffer remained at 0%. The Federal Reserve will continue to review the buffer at least annually. The buffer can be increased if the Federal Reserve, FDIC and OCC determine that systemic risks are meaningfully above normal and can be calibrated up to an additional 2.5% of RWA subject to a 12-month implementation period.

Failure to maintain regulatory capital equal to or in excess of the risk-based regulatory capital minimum plus the capital conservation buffer (inclusive of the GSIB surcharge) and any countercyclical buffer will result in limitations to the amount of capital that the Firm may distribute, such as through dividends and common share repurchases, as well as certain executive discretionary bonus payments.

The Firm believes that it will operate with a Basel III Standardized CET1 capital ratio between 12.0% and 13.0% in the near term, based on the Basel III capital rules currently in effect, and with consideration for an increase in the GSIB surcharge in 2023.

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity

The Federal Reserve’s TLAC rule requires the U.S. GSIB top-tier holding companies, including the Firm, to maintain minimum levels of external TLAC and eligible long-term debt (“eligible LTD”). Refer to TLAC on page 95 for additional information.

Leverage-based Capital Regulatory Requirements

Supplementary leverage ratio

Banking organizations subject to the Basel III Advanced approach are currently required to have a minimum SLR of 3.0%. Certain banking organizations, including the Firm, are also required to hold an additional 2.0% leverage buffer.

The SLR is defined as Tier 1 capital under Basel III divided by the Firm’s total leverage exposure. Total leverage exposure is calculated by taking the Firm’s total average on-balance sheet assets, less amounts permitted to be deducted for Tier 1 capital, and adding certain off-balance sheet exposures, such as undrawn commitments and derivatives potential future exposure.

Failure to maintain an SLR equal to or greater than the regulatory requirement will result in limitations on the amount of capital that the Firm may distribute such as through dividends and common share repurchases, as well as on certain executive discretionary bonus payments.

Other regulatory capital

In addition to meeting the capital ratio requirements of Basel III, the Firm and its IDI subsidiaries must also maintain minimum capital and leverage ratios in order to be “well-capitalized” under the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve and the Prompt Corrective Action (“PCA”) requirements of the FDIC Improvement Act (“FDICIA”), respectively. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

Additional information regarding the Firm’s capital ratios, as well as the U.S. federal regulatory capital standards to which the Firm is subject, is presented in Note 27. Refer to the Firm’s Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for further information on the Firm’s Basel III measures.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
90JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

The following tables present the Firm’s risk-based capital metrics under both the Basel III Standardized and Advanced approaches and leverage-based capital metrics.

StandardizedAdvanced
(in millions, except ratios)December 31, 2021(a)December 31, 2020(a)Capital ratio requirements(b)December 31, 2021(a)December 31, 2020(a)Capital ratio requirements(b)
Risk-based capital metrics:
CET1 capital$213,942$205,078$213,942$205,078
Tier 1 capital246,162234,844246,162234,844
Total capital274,900269,923265,796257,228
Risk-weighted assets1,638,9001,560,6091,547,9201,484,431
CET1 capital ratio13.1%13.1%11.2%13.8%13.8%10.5%
Tier 1 capital ratio15.015.012.715.915.812.0
Total capital ratio16.817.314.717.217.314.0

(a)The capital metrics reflect the CECL capital transition provisions. Additionally, loans originated under the PPP receive a zero percent risk weight.

(b)Represents minimum requirements and regulatory buffers applicable to the Firm. For the period ended December 31, 2020, the Basel III Standardized CET1, Tier 1, and Total capital ratio requirements applicable to the Firm were 11.3%, 12.8%, and 14.8%, respectively. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

Three months ended (in millions, except ratios)December 31, 2021(b)December 31, 2020(b)(c)Capital ratio requirements(d)
Leverage-based capital metrics:
Adjusted average assets(a)$3,782,035$3,353,319
Tier 1 leverage ratio6.5%7.0%4.0%
Total leverage exposure$4,571,789$3,401,542
SLR5.4%6.9%5.0%

(a)Adjusted average assets, for purposes of calculating the leverage ratios, includes total quarterly average assets adjusted for on-balance sheet assets that are subject to deduction from Tier 1 capital, predominantly goodwill and other intangible assets.

(b)The capital metrics reflect the CECL capital transition provisions.

(c)Total leverage exposure for purposes of calculating the SLR excludes U.S. Treasury securities and deposits at Federal Reserve Banks, as provided by the rule issued by the Federal Reserve which became effective April 1, 2020 and remained in effect through March 31, 2021. The SLR excluding the relief was 5.8% for the period ended December 31, 2020.

(d)Represents minimum requirements and regulatory buffers applicable to the Firm. Refer to Note 27 for additional information.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K91

Management’s discussion and analysis

Capital components

The following table presents reconciliations of total stockholders’ equity to Basel III CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

(in millions)December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Total stockholders’ equity$294,127$279,354
Less: Preferred stock34,83830,063
Common stockholders’ equity259,289249,291
Add:
Certain deferred tax liabilities(a)2,4992,453
Other CET1 capital adjustments(b)3,3513,486
Less:
Goodwill50,31549,248
Other intangible assets882904
Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital213,942205,078
Preferred stock34,83830,063
Less: Other Tier 1 adjustments2,618(e)297
Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital$246,162$234,844
Long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2 capital$14,106$16,645
Qualifying allowance for credit losses(c)15,01218,372
Other(380)62
Standardized Tier 2 capital$28,738$35,079
Standardized Total capital$274,900$269,923
Adjustment in qualifying allowance for credit losses for Advanced Tier 2 capital(d)(9,104)(12,695)
Advanced Tier 2 capital$19,634$22,384
Advanced Total capital$265,796$257,228

(a)Represents deferred tax liabilities related to tax-deductible goodwill and to identifiable intangibles created in nontaxable transactions, which are netted against goodwill and other intangibles when calculating CET1 capital.

(b)As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the impact of the CECL capital transition provision was an increase in CET1 capital of $2.9 billion and $5.7 billion, respectively.

(c)Represents the allowance for credit losses eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 capital up to 1.25% of credit risk RWA, including the impact of the CECL capital transition provision with any excess deducted from RWA.

(d)Represents an adjustment to qualifying allowance for credit losses for the excess of eligible credit reserves over expected credit losses up to 0.6% of credit risk RWA, including the impact of the CECL capital transition provision with any excess deducted from RWA.

(e)Other Tier 1 Capital adjustments included $2.0 billion of Series Z preferred stock called for redemption on December 31, 2021 and subsequently redeemed on February 1, 2022.

Capital rollforward

The following table presents the changes in Basel III CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Year Ended December 31, (in millions)2021
Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital at December 31, 2020$205,078
Net income applicable to common equity46,734
Dividends declared on common stock(11,456)
Net purchase of treasury stock(17,231)
Changes in additional paid-in capital21
Changes related to AOCI(8,070)
Adjustment related to AOCI(a)2,972
Changes related to other CET1 capital adjustments(b)(4,106)
Change in Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital8,864
Standardized/Advanced CET1 capital at December 31, 2021$213,942
Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2020$234,844
Change in CET1 capital(b)8,864
Net issuance of noncumulative perpetual preferred stock2,775(c)
Other(321)
Change in Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital11,318
Standardized/Advanced Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2021$246,162
Standardized Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2020$35,079
Change in long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2(2,539)
Change in qualifying allowance for credit losses(b)(3,360)
Other(442)
Change in Standardized Tier 2 capital(6,341)
Standardized Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2021$28,738
Standardized Total capital at December 31, 2021$274,900
Advanced Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2020$22,384
Change in long-term debt and other instruments qualifying as Tier 2(2,539)
Change in qualifying allowance for credit losses(b)231
Other(442)
Change in Advanced Tier 2 capital(2,750)
Advanced Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2021$19,634
Advanced Total capital at December 31, 2021$265,796

(a)Includes cash flow hedges and debit valuation adjustment (“DVA”) related to structured notes recorded in AOCI.

(b)Includes the impact of the CECL capital transition provisions.

(c)Net issuance of noncumulative perpetual preferred stock included $2.0 billion of Series Z preferred stock called for redemption on December 31, 2021 and subsequently redeemed on February 1, 2022.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
92JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

RWA rollforward

The following table presents changes in the components of RWA under Basel III Standardized and Advanced approaches for the year ended December 31, 2021. The amounts in the rollforward categories are estimates, based on the predominant driver of the change.

StandardizedAdvanced
Year ended December 31, 2021 (in millions)Credit risk RWA(d)Market risk RWATotal RWACredit risk RWA(d)Market risk RWAOperational risk RWATotal RWA
December 31, 2020$1,464,219$96,390$1,560,609$1,002,330$96,910$385,191$1,484,431
Model & data changes(a)(2,586)(8,309)(10,895)(7,675)(8,309)(15,984)
Portfolio runoff(b)(5,300)(5,300)(3,640)(3,640)
Movement in portfolio levels(c)87,1197,36794,48656,0276,90520,18183,113
Changes in RWA79,233(942)78,29144,712(1,404)20,18163,489
December 31, 2021$1,543,452$95,448$1,638,900$1,047,042$95,506$405,372$1,547,920

(a)Model & data changes refer to material movements in levels of RWA as a result of revised methodologies and/or treatment per regulatory guidance (exclusive of rule changes).

(b)Portfolio runoff for Credit risk RWA primarily reflects reduced risk from position rolloffs in legacy portfolios in Home Lending.

(c)Movement in portfolio levels (inclusive of rule changes) refers to: for Credit risk RWA, changes in book size, composition and credit quality, market movements, and deductions for excess eligible credit reserves not eligible for inclusion in Tier 2 capital; for Market risk RWA, changes in position, market movements, and changes in the Firm’s regulatory multiplier from Regulatory VaR backtesting exceptions; and for Operational risk RWA, updates to cumulative losses and macroeconomic model inputs.

(d)As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Basel III Standardized Credit risk RWA included wholesale and retail off balance-sheet RWA of $218.5 billion and $204.3 billion, respectively; and the Basel III Advanced Credit risk RWA included wholesale and retail off balance-sheet RWA of $188.5 billion and $158.9 billion, respectively.

Refer to the Firm’s Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for further information on Credit risk RWA, Market risk RWA and Operational risk RWA.

Supplementary leverage ratio

The following table presents the components of the Firm’s SLR.

Three months ended(in millions, except ratio)December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Tier 1 capital$246,162$234,844
Total average assets3,831,6553,399,818
Less: Regulatory capital adjustments(a)49,62046,499
Total adjusted average assets(b)3,782,0353,353,319
Add: Off-balance sheet exposures(c)789,754729,978
Less: Exclusion for U.S. Treasuries and Federal Reserve Bank deposits681,755
Total leverage exposure$4,571,789$3,401,542
SLR5.4%6.9%(d)

(a)For purposes of calculating the SLR, includes total quarterly average assets adjusted for on-balance sheet assets that are subject to deduction from Tier 1 capital, predominantly goodwill, other intangible assets and adjustments for the CECL capital transition provisions.

(b)Adjusted average assets used for the calculation of Tier 1 leverage ratio.

(c)Off-balance sheet exposures are calculated as the average of the three month-end spot balances on applicable regulatory exposures during the reporting quarter. Refer to the Firm’s Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports for additional information.

(d)The SLR excluding the relief was 5.8% for the period ended December 31, 2020.

Refer to Note 27 for JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s SLR.

Line of business equity

Each business segment is allocated capital by taking into consideration a variety of factors including capital levels of similarly rated peers and applicable regulatory capital requirements. ROE is measured and internal targets for expected returns are established as key measures of a business segment’s performance.

The Firm’s allocation methodology incorporates Basel III Standardized RWA, Basel III Advanced RWA, the GSIB surcharge, and a simulation of capital in a severe stress environment. As of January 1, 2022, the Firm has changed its line of business capital allocations primarily as a result of changes in RWA for each LOB and to reflect an increase in the Firm’s GSIB surcharge to 4.0% that will be effective January 1, 2023. The assumptions and methodologies used to allocate capital are periodically reassessed and as a result, the capital allocated to the LOBs may change from time to time.

The following table presents the capital allocated to each business segment.

Line of business equity (Allocated capital)
December 31,
(in billions)January 1, 202220212020
Consumer & Community Banking$50.0$50.0$52.0
Corporate & Investment Bank103.083.080.0
Commercial Banking25.024.022.0
Asset & Wealth Management17.014.010.5
Corporate64.388.384.8
Total common stockholders’ equity$259.3$259.3$249.3
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K93

Management’s discussion and analysis

Capital actions

Common stock dividends

The Firm’s common stock dividends are planned as part of the Capital Management governance framework in line with the Firm’s capital management objectives.

The Firm’s quarterly common stock dividend is currently $1.00 per share. The Firm’s dividends are subject to approval by the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.

Refer to Note 21 and Note 26 for information regarding dividend restrictions.

The following table shows the common dividend payout ratio based on net income applicable to common equity.

Year ended December 31,202120202019
Common dividend payout ratio25%40%31%

Common stock

On December 18, 2020, the Federal Reserve announced that all large banks, including the Firm, could resume share repurchases commencing in the first quarter of 2021. Subsequently, the Firm announced that its Board of Directors authorized a new common share repurchase program for up to $30 billion. As directed by the Federal Reserve, total net repurchases and common stock dividends in the first and second quarters of 2021 were restricted and could not exceed the average of the Firm’s net income for the four preceding calendar quarters.

On June 24, 2021, the Federal Reserve announced that the temporary restrictions on capital distributions would expire on June 30, 2021 as a result of the Firm remaining above its minimum risk-based capital requirements under the 2021 CCAR stress test. Effective July 1, 2021, the Firm became subject to the normal capital distribution restrictions provided under the regulatory capital framework. The Firm continues to be authorized to repurchase common shares under its existing common share repurchase program previously approved by the Board of Directors.

Refer to capital planning and stress testing on pages 86-87 for additional information.

The following table sets forth the Firm’s repurchases of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)20212020(a)2019
Total number of shares of common stock repurchased119.750.0213.0
Aggregate purchase price of common stock repurchases$18,448$6,397$24,121

(a)On March 15, 2020, in response to the economic disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, the Firm temporarily suspended repurchases of its common stock. Subsequently, the Federal Reserve directed all large banks, including the Firm, to discontinue net share repurchases through the end of 2020.

The Board of Director’s authorization to repurchase common shares is utilized at management’s discretion, and the timing of purchases and the exact amount of common shares that may be repurchased is subject to various factors, including market conditions; legal and regulatory considerations affecting the amount and timing of repurchase activity; the Firm’s capital position (taking into account goodwill and intangibles); internal capital generation; and alternative investment opportunities. The repurchase program does not include specific price targets or timetables; may be suspended by management at any time; and may be executed through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, or utilizing Rule 10b5-1 plans, which are written trading plans that the Firm may enter into from time to time under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which allow the Firm to repurchase its common shares during periods when it may otherwise not be repurchasing common shares — for example, during internal trading blackout periods.

Refer to Part II, Item 5: Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities on page 35 of the 2021 Form 10-K for additional information regarding repurchases of the Firm’s equity securities.

Preferred stock

Preferred stock dividends declared were $1.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2021.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Firm issued and redeemed several series of non-cumulative preferred stock. Additionally, on December 31, 2021, the Firm announced the redemption of $2.0 billion of its fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative preferred stock, Series Z and subsequently redeemed those securities on February 1, 2022. Refer to Note 21 for additional information on the Firm’s preferred stock, including the issuance and redemption of preferred stock.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
94JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

Other capital requirements

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity

The Federal Reserve’s TLAC rule requires the U.S. GSIB top-tier holding companies, including the Firm, to maintain minimum levels of external TLAC and eligible long-term debt.

The external TLAC requirements and the minimum level of eligible long-term debt requirements are shown below:

(a)RWA is the greater of Standardized and Advanced compared to their respective regulatory capital ratio requirements.

Failure to maintain TLAC equal to or in excess of the regulatory minimum plus applicable buffers will result in limitations on the amount of capital that the Firm may distribute, such as through dividends and common share repurchases, as well as on certain executive discretionary bonus payments.

The following table presents the eligible external TLAC and eligible LTD amounts, as well as a representation of the amounts as a percentage of the Firm’s total RWA and total leverage exposure applying the impact of the CECL capital transition provisions as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020(a)
(in billions, except ratio)External TLACLTDExternal TLACLTD
Total eligible amount$464.6$210.4$421.0$181.4
% of RWA28.4%12.8%27.0%11.6%
Regulatory requirements22.59.523.09.5
Surplus/(shortfall)$95.9$54.7$62.1$33.1
% of total leverage exposure10.2%4.6%12.4%5.3%
Regulatory requirements9.54.59.54.5
Surplus/(shortfall)$30.3$4.6$97.9$28.3

(a)Total leverage exposure excludes U.S. Treasury securities and deposits at Federal Reserve Banks, as provided by the rule issued by the Federal Reserve which became effective April 1, 2020 and remained in effect through March 31, 2021.

Refer to Risk-based Capital Regulatory Requirements on pages 89-90 for further information on the GSIB surcharge.

Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104 for further information on long-term debt issued by the Parent Company.

Refer to Part I, Item 1A: Risk Factors on pages 9-33 of the 2021 Form 10-K for information on the financial consequences to holders of the Firm’s debt and equity securities in a resolution scenario.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K95

Management’s discussion and analysis

Broker-dealer regulatory capital

J.P. Morgan Securities

JPMorgan Chase’s principal U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary is J.P. Morgan Securities. J.P. Morgan Securities is subject to Rule 15c3-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Net Capital Rule”). J.P. Morgan Securities is also registered as a futures commission merchant and is subject to regulatory capital requirements, including those imposed by the SEC, Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and the National Futures Association (“NFA”).

J.P. Morgan Securities has elected to compute its minimum net capital requirements in accordance with the “Alternative Net Capital Requirements” of the Net Capital Rule.

The following table presents J.P. Morgan Securities’ net capital:

December 31, 2021
(in millions)ActualMinimum
Net Capital$24,581$5,968

J.P. Morgan Securities registered with the SEC as a security-based swap dealer effective November 1, 2021 and continues to be registered with the CFTC as a swap dealer. As a result of additional SEC and CFTC capital and financial reporting requirements for security-based swap dealers and swap dealers, J.P. Morgan Securities is subject to alternative minimum net capital requirements and required to hold “tentative net capital” in excess of $5.0 billion (up from $1.0 billion). J.P. Morgan Securities is also required to notify the SEC and CFTC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $6.0 billion (up from $5.0 billion). Tentative net capital is net capital before deducting market and credit risk charges as defined by the Net Capital Rule. As of December 31, 2021, J.P. Morgan Securities maintained tentative net capital in excess of the minimum

and notification requirements.

J.P. Morgan Securities plc

J.P. Morgan Securities plc is a wholly-owned subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and has authority to engage in banking, investment banking and broker-dealer activities. J.P. Morgan Securities plc is jointly regulated by the U.K. Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”) and the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”). J.P. Morgan Securities plc is subject to the European Union Capital Requirements Regulation, as adopted in the U.K., and the PRA capital rules, each of which have implemented Basel III and thereby subject J.P. Morgan Securities plc to its requirements.

The Bank of England requires that U.K. banks, including U.K. regulated subsidiaries of overseas groups, maintain a minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (“MREL”). The MREL requirements were subject to a phased implementation and became fully-phased in on January 1, 2022. As of December 31, 2021, J.P. Morgan Securities plc was compliant with the fully-phased in requirements of the MREL rule.

The following table presents J.P. Morgan Securities plc’s capital metrics:

December 31, 2021
(in millions, except ratios)EstimatedRegulatory Minimum ratios(a)
Total capital$54,818
CET1 ratio18.5%4.5%
Total capital ratio23.7%8.0%

(a)Represents minimum requirements excluding additional capital requirements (i.e. capital buffers) specified by the PRA. J.P. Morgan Securities plc's capital ratios as of December 31, 2021 exceeded the minimum requirements, including the additional capital requirements specified by the PRA.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
96JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Firm will be unable to meet its contractual and contingent financial obligations as they arise or that it does not have the appropriate amount, composition and tenor of funding and liquidity to support its assets and liabilities.

Liquidity risk oversight

The Firm has a Liquidity Risk Oversight function whose primary objective is to provide oversight of liquidity risk across the Firm. Liquidity Risk Oversight’s responsibilities include:

•Defining, monitoring and reporting liquidity risk metrics;

•Independently establishing and monitoring limits and indicators, including liquidity risk appetite;

•Developing a process to classify, monitor and report limit breaches;

•Performing an independent review of liquidity risk management processes;

•Monitoring and reporting internal Firmwide and legal entity liquidity stress tests, regulatory defined metrics, as well as liquidity positions, balance sheet variances and funding activities; and

•Approving or escalating for review new or updated liquidity stress assumptions.

Liquidity management

Treasury & CIO is responsible for liquidity management.

The primary objectives of the Firm’s liquidity management are to:

•Ensure that the Firm’s core businesses and material legal entities are able to operate in support of client needs and meet contractual and contingent financial obligations through normal economic cycles as well as during stress events, and

•Manage an optimal funding mix and availability of liquidity sources.

The Firm addresses these objectives through:

•Analyzing and understanding the liquidity characteristics of the assets and liabilities of the Firm, LOBs and legal entities, taking into account legal, regulatory, and operational restrictions;

•Developing internal liquidity stress testing assumptions;

•Defining and monitoring Firmwide and legal entity-specific liquidity strategies, policies, reporting and contingency funding plans;

•Managing liquidity within the Firm’s approved liquidity risk appetite tolerances and limits;

•Managing compliance with regulatory requirements related to funding and liquidity risk; and

•Setting FTP in accordance with underlying liquidity characteristics of balance sheet assets and liabilities as well as certain off-balance sheet items.

As part of the Firm’s overall liquidity management strategy, the Firm manages liquidity and funding using a centralized, global approach designed to:

•Optimize liquidity sources and uses;

•Monitor exposures;

•Identify constraints on the transfer of liquidity between the Firm’s legal entities; and

•Maintain the appropriate amount of surplus liquidity at a Firmwide and legal entity level, where relevant.

Governance

Committees responsible for liquidity governance include the Firmwide ALCO as well as LOB and regional ALCOs, the Treasurer Committee, and the CTC Risk Committee. In addition, the Board Risk Committee reviews and recommends to the Board of Directors, for formal approval, the Firm’s liquidity risk tolerances, liquidity strategy, and liquidity policy. Refer to Firmwide Risk Management on pages 81-84 for further discussion of ALCO and other risk-related committees.

Internal stress testing

Liquidity stress tests are intended to ensure that the Firm has sufficient liquidity under a variety of adverse scenarios, including scenarios analyzed as part of the Firm’s resolution and recovery planning. Stress scenarios are produced for JPMorgan Chase & Co. (“Parent Company”) and the Firm’s material legal entities on a regular basis, and other stress tests are performed in response to specific market events or concerns. Liquidity stress tests assume all of the Firm’s contractual financial obligations are met and take into consideration:

•Varying levels of access to unsecured and secured funding markets;

•Estimated non-contractual and contingent cash outflows; and

•Potential impediments to the availability and transferability of liquidity between jurisdictions and material legal entities such as regulatory, legal or other restrictions.

Liquidity outflow assumptions are modeled across a range of time horizons and currency dimensions and contemplate both market and idiosyncratic stresses.

Results of stress tests are considered in the formulation of the Firm’s funding plan and assessment of its liquidity position. The Parent Company acts as a source of funding for the Firm through equity and long-term debt issuances, and its intermediate holding company, JPMorgan Chase Holdings LLC (the “IHC”) provides funding support to the ongoing operations of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries. The Firm maintains liquidity at the Parent Company, IHC, and operating subsidiaries at levels sufficient to comply with liquidity risk tolerances and minimum liquidity requirements, and to manage through periods of

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K97

Management’s discussion and analysis

stress when access to normal funding sources may be disrupted.

Contingency funding plan

The Firm’s Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”) sets out the strategies for addressing and managing liquidity resource needs during a liquidity stress event and incorporates liquidity risk limits, indicators and risk appetite tolerances. The CFP also identifies the alternative contingent funding and liquidity resources available to the Firm and its legal entities in a period of stress.

Liquidity Coverage Ratio and HQLA

The LCR rule requires that the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. maintain an amount of eligible HQLA that is sufficient to meet its estimated total net cash outflows over a prospective 30 calendar-day period of significant stress. Eligible HQLA, for purposes of calculating the LCR, is the amount of unencumbered HQLA that satisfy certain operational considerations as defined in the LCR rule. HQLA primarily consist of cash and certain high-quality liquid securities as defined in the LCR rule.

Under the LCR rule, the amount of eligible HQLA held by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that is in excess of its stand-alone 100% minimum LCR requirement, and that is not transferable to non-bank affiliates, must be excluded from the Firm’s reported eligible HQLA.

Estimated net cash outflows are based on standardized stress outflow and inflow rates prescribed in the LCR rule, which are applied to the balances of the Firm’s assets, sources of funds, and obligations. The LCR for both the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. is required to be a minimum of 100%.

The following table summarizes the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s average LCR for the three months ended December 31, 2021, September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 based on the Firm’s interpretation of the LCR framework.

Three months ended
Average amount (in millions)December 31, 2021September 30, 2021December 31, 2020
JPMorgan Chase & Co.:
HQLA
Eligible cash(a)$703,384$690,013$455,612
Eligible securities(b)(c)34,73834,049241,447
Total HQLA(d)$738,122$724,062$697,059
Net cash outflows$664,801$645,557$634,037
LCR111%112%110%
Net excess eligible HQLA(d)$73,321$78,505$63,022
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.:
LCR178%174%160%
Net excess eligible HQLA$555,300$516,374$401,903

(a)Represents cash on deposit at central banks, primarily the Federal Reserve Banks.

(b)Predominantly U.S. Treasuries, U.S. GSE and government agency MBS, and sovereign bonds net of applicable haircuts under the LCR rule.

(c)Eligible HQLA securities may be reported in securities borrowed or purchased under resale agreements, trading assets, or investment securities on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets.

(d)Excludes average excess eligible HQLA at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that are not transferable to non-bank affiliates.

The Firm’s average LCR increased during the three months ended December 31, 2021, compared with the prior year period primarily due to long-term debt issuances.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s average LCR increased during the three months ended December 31, 2021, compared with both the three month periods ended September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 primarily due to growth in deposits. The increase in excess liquidity in JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. is excluded from the Firm’s reported LCR under the LCR rule.

The Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.'s average LCR fluctuates from period to period, due to changes in its eligible HQLA and estimated net cash outflows as a result of ongoing business activity. Refer to the Firm’s U.S. LCR Disclosure reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for a further discussion of the Firm’s LCR.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
98JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

Other liquidity sources

In addition to the assets reported in the Firm’s eligible HQLA discussed above, the Firm had unencumbered marketable securities, such as equity and debt securities, that the Firm believes would be available to raise liquidity. This includes excess eligible HQLA securities at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that are not transferable to non-bank affiliates. The fair value of these securities was approximately $914 billion and $740 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, although the amount of liquidity that could be raised at any particular time would be dependent on prevailing market conditions. The fair value increased compared to December 31, 2020, due to an increase in excess eligible HQLA at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. which was primarily a result of increased deposits.

The Firm also had available borrowing capacity at FHLBs and the discount window at the Federal Reserve Bank as a result of collateral pledged by the Firm to such banks of approximately $308 billion and $307 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. This borrowing capacity excludes the benefit of cash and securities reported in the Firm’s eligible HQLA or other unencumbered securities that are currently pledged at the Federal Reserve Bank discount window and other central banks. Although available, the Firm does not view this borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank discount window and the other central banks as a primary source of liquidity.

NSFR

The net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”) is a liquidity requirement for large banking organizations that is intended to measure the adequacy of “available” and “required” amounts of stable funding over a one-year horizon. On October 20, 2020, the federal banking agencies issued a final NSFR rule under which large banking organizations such as the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. are required to maintain an NSFR of at least 100% on an ongoing basis. The final NSFR rule became effective on July 1, 2021, and the Firm will be required to publicly disclose its quarterly average NSFR semi-annually beginning in 2023.

As of December 31, 2021, the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. were compliant with the 100% minimum NSFR, based on the Firm’s current understanding of the final rule.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K99

Management’s discussion and analysis

Funding

Sources of funds

Management believes that the Firm’s unsecured and secured funding capacity is sufficient to meet its on- and off-balance sheet obligations, which includes both short- and long-term cash requirements.

The Firm funds its global balance sheet through diverse sources of funding including stable deposits, secured and unsecured funding in the capital markets and stockholders’ equity. Deposits are the primary funding source for JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Additionally, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. may access funding through short- or long-term secured borrowings, through the issuance of unsecured

long-term debt, or from borrowings from the IHC. The Firm’s non-bank subsidiaries are primarily funded from long-term unsecured borrowings and short-term secured borrowings, primarily securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements. Excess funding is invested by Treasury and CIO in the Firm’s investment securities portfolio or deployed in cash or other short-term liquid investments based on their interest rate and liquidity risk characteristics.

Refer to Note 28 for additional information on off–balance sheet obligations.

Deposits

The table below summarizes, by LOB and Corporate, the period-end and average deposit balances as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

As of or for the year ended December 31,Average
(in millions)2021202020212020
Consumer & Community Banking$1,148,110$958,706$1,054,956$851,390
Corporate & Investment Bank707,791702,215760,048655,095
Commercial Banking323,954284,263301,343237,645
Asset & Wealth Management282,052198,755230,296161,955
Corporate396318511666
Total Firm$2,462,303$2,144,257$2,347,154$1,906,751

Deposits provide a stable source of funding and reduce the Firm’s reliance on the wholesale funding markets. A significant portion of the Firm’s deposits are consumer deposits and wholesale operating deposits, which are both considered to be stable sources of liquidity. Wholesale operating deposits are considered to be stable sources of liquidity because they are generated from customers that maintain operating service relationships with the Firm. Furthermore, certain deposits are covered by insurance protection that provides additional funding stability and results in a benefit to the LCR. Deposit insurance protection may be available to depositors in the countries in which the deposits are placed. For example, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) provides deposit insurance protection for deposits placed in a U.S. Depository Institution. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Firmwide estimated uninsured deposits were $1,489.6 billion and $1,275.9 billion, respectively, primarily reflecting wholesale operating deposits.

Total uninsured deposits include time deposits. The table below presents an estimate of uninsured U.S. and non-U.S. time deposits, and their remaining maturities. The Firm’s estimates of its uninsured U.S. time deposits are based on data that the Firm calculates periodically under applicable FDIC regulations. For purposes of this presentation, all non-U.S. time deposits are deemed to be uninsured.

(in millions)December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
U.S.Non-U.S.U.S.Non-U.S.
Three months or less$29,359$49,342$23,468$45,648
Over three months but within 6 months6,2352,1724,1151,887
Over six months but within 12 months9134593,158675
Over 12 months5262,5627382,566
Total$37,033$54,535$31,479$50,776

The table below shows the loan and deposit balances, the loans-to-deposits ratios, and deposits as a percentage of total liabilities, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

As of December 31, (in billions except ratios)
20212020
Deposits$2,462.3$2,144.3
Deposits as a % of total liabilities71%69%
Loans1,077.71,012.9
Loans-to-deposits ratio44%47%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
100JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

The Firm believes that average deposit balances are generally more representative of deposit trends than period-end deposit balances, over time. However, during periods of market disruption those trends could be affected.

Average deposits increased for the year ended December 31, 2021, reflecting significant inflows across the LOBs primarily driven by the effect of certain government actions in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

In CCB, the increase was also driven by growth from existing and new accounts across both consumer and small business customers.

Refer to the discussion of the Firm’s Business Segment Results and the Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis on pages 61-80 and pages 55-56, respectively, for further information on deposit and liability balance trends.

The following table provides a summary of the average balances and average interest rates of JPMorgan Chase’s deposits for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019.

(Unaudited) Year ended December 31,Average balancesAverage interest rates
(in millions, except interest rates)202120202019202120202019
U.S. offices
Noninterest-bearing$625,974$495,722$386,116NANANA
Interest-bearing
Demand(a)324,917269,888195,3500.06%0.25%1.42%
Savings(b)950,267739,916602,7280.060.130.46
Time48,62859,05352,4150.261.102.56
Total interest-bearing deposits1,323,8121,068,857850,4930.070.210.81
Total deposits in U.S. offices1,949,7861,564,5791,236,6090.050.150.56
Non-U.S. offices
Noninterest-bearing26,31521,80521,103NANANA
Interest-bearing
Demand313,304267,545217,979(0.10)0.59
Savings
Time57,74952,82247,376(0.09)0.131.64
Total interest-bearing deposits371,053320,367265,355(0.10)0.020.78
Total deposits in non-U.S. offices397,368342,172286,458(0.09)0.020.72
Total deposits$2,347,154$1,906,751$1,523,0670.02%0.12%0.59%

(a)Includes Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts, and certain trust accounts.

(b)Includes Money Market Deposit Accounts (“MMDAs”).

Refer to Note 17 for additional information on deposits.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K101

Management’s discussion and analysis

The following table summarizes short-term and long-term funding, excluding deposits, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and average balances for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Refer to the Consolidated Balance Sheets Analysis on pages 55-56 and Note 11 for additional information.

Sources of funds (excluding deposits)
As of or for the year ended December 31,Average
(in millions)2021202020212020
Commercial paper$15,108$12,031$12,285$12,129
Other borrowed funds9,9998,51012,9039,198
Federal funds purchased1,7692,446$2,1972,531
Total short-term unsecured funding$26,876$22,987$27,385$23,858
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(a)$189,806$207,877$250,229$246,354
Securities loaned(a)2,7654,8866,8766,536
Other borrowed funds28,48724,667(f)28,138(f)23,812(f)
Obligations of Firm-administered multi-seller conduits(b)6,19810,5239,28311,430
Total short-term secured funding$227,256$247,953$294,526$288,132
Senior notes$191,488$166,089$181,290$171,509
Subordinated debt20,53121,60820,87720,789
Structured notes(c)73,95675,32575,15273,056
Total long-term unsecured funding$285,975$263,022$277,319$265,354
Credit card securitization(b)$2,397$4,943$3,156$5,520
FHLB advances11,11014,12312,17427,076
Other long-term secured funding(d)3,9204,5404,3844,460
Total long-term secured funding$17,427$23,606$19,714$37,056
Preferred stock(e)$34,838$30,063$33,027$29,899
Common stockholders’ equity(e)$259,289$249,291$250,968$236,865

(a)Primarily consists of short-term securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase.

(b)Included in beneficial interests issued by consolidated variable interest entities on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets.

(c)Includes certain TLAC-eligible long-term unsecured debt issued by the Parent Company.

(d)Includes long-term structured notes which are secured.

(e)Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 86-96, Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity on page 163, Note 21 and Note 22 for additional information on preferred stock and common stockholders’ equity.

(f)Includes nonrecourse advances provided under the Money Market Mutual Fund Liquidity Facility.

Short-term funding

The Firm’s sources of short-term secured funding primarily consist of securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase. These instruments are secured predominantly by high-quality securities collateral, including government-issued debt and U.S. GSE and government agency MBS. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase decreased at December 31, 2021, compared with December 31, 2020, due to lower secured financing of AFS investment securities in Treasury and CIO, and trading assets in CIB Markets.

The balances associated with securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase fluctuate over time due to investment and financing activities of clients, the Firm’s demand for financing, the ongoing management of the mix of the Firm’s liabilities, including its secured and unsecured financing (for both the investment securities and market-making portfolios), and other market and portfolio factors.

The Firm’s sources of short-term unsecured funding primarily consist of issuances of wholesale commercial paper and other borrowed funds. The increase in commercial paper at December 31, 2021, from December 31, 2020 was due to higher net issuance primarily for short-term liquidity management.

The increase in unsecured other borrowed funds at December 31, 2021 from December 31, 2020, and for the average year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the prior year period, was primarily due to net issuances of structured notes.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
102JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

Long-term funding and issuance

Long-term funding provides an additional source of stable funding and liquidity for the Firm. The Firm’s long-term funding plan is driven primarily by expected client activity, liquidity considerations, and regulatory requirements, including TLAC. Long-term funding objectives include maintaining diversification, maximizing market access and optimizing funding costs. The Firm evaluates various funding markets, tenors and currencies in creating its optimal long-term funding plan.

The significant majority of the Firm’s long-term unsecured funding is issued by the Parent Company to provide flexibility in support of both bank and non-bank subsidiary funding needs. The Parent Company advances substantially all net funding proceeds to its subsidiary, the IHC. The IHC does not issue debt to external counterparties. The following table summarizes long-term unsecured issuance and maturities or redemptions for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Refer to Note 20 for additional information on the IHC and long-term debt.

Long-term unsecured funding
Year ended December 31,2021202020212020
(Notional in millions)Parent CompanySubsidiaries
Issuance
Senior notes issued in the U.S. market$39,500$25,500$$60
Senior notes issued in non-U.S. markets5,5811,355
Total senior notes45,08126,85560
Subordinated debt3,000
Structured notes(a)4,1137,59632,71424,185
Total long-term unsecured funding – issuance$49,194$37,451$32,714$24,245
Maturities/redemptions
Senior notes$10,840$28,719$65$7,701
Subordinated debt9135
Structured notes4,6945,34033,02330,002
Total long-term unsecured funding – maturities/redemptions$15,543$34,194$33,088$37,703

(a)Includes certain TLAC-eligible long-term unsecured debt issued by the Parent Company.

The Firm can also raise secured long-term funding through securitization of consumer credit card loans and FHLB advances. The following table summarizes the securitization issuance and FHLB advances and their respective maturities or redemptions for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Long-term secured funding
Year ended December 31,IssuanceMaturities/Redemptions
(in millions)2021202020212020
Credit card securitization$$1,000$2,550$2,525
FHLB advances15,0003,01129,509
Other long-term secured funding(a)5251,1307411,048
Total long-term secured funding$525$17,130$6,302$33,082

(a)Includes long-term structured notes which are secured.

The Firm’s wholesale businesses also securitize loans for client-driven transactions; those client-driven loan securitizations are not considered to be a source of funding for the Firm and are not included in the table above. Refer to Note 14 for a further description of client-driven loan securitizations.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K103

Management’s discussion and analysis

Credit ratings

The cost and availability of financing are influenced by credit ratings. Reductions in these ratings could have an adverse effect on the Firm’s access to liquidity sources, increase the cost of funds, trigger additional collateral or funding requirements and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend to the Firm. The nature and magnitude of the impact of ratings downgrades depends on numerous contractual and behavioral factors,

which the Firm believes are incorporated in its liquidity risk and stress testing metrics. The Firm believes that it

maintains sufficient liquidity to withstand a potential decrease in funding capacity due to ratings downgrades.

Additionally, the Firm’s funding requirements for VIEs and other third-party commitments may be adversely affected by a decline in credit ratings. Refer to liquidity risk and credit-related contingent features in Note 5 for additional information on the impact of a credit ratings downgrade on the funding requirements for VIEs, and on derivatives and collateral agreements.

The credit ratings of the Parent Company and the Firm’s principal bank and non-bank subsidiaries as of December 31, 2021 were as follows:

JPMorgan Chase & Co.JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.J.P. Morgan Securities LLC J.P. Morgan Securities plc
December 31, 2021Long-term issuerShort-term issuerOutlookLong-term issuerShort-term issuerOutlookLong-term issuerShort-term issuerOutlook
Moody’s Investors Service(a)A2P-1Positive/StableAa2P-1StableAa3P-1Stable
Standard & Poor’s(b)A-A-2PositiveA+A-1PositiveA+A-1Positive
Fitch Ratings(c)AA-F1+StableAAF1+StableAAF1+Stable

(a) On July 12, 2021, Moody’s revised the outlook of the Parent Company’s long-term issuer rating from stable to positive. The outlook for the Parent Company’s short-term issuer rating and the Firm's principal bank and non-bank subsidiaries remained unchanged at stable.

(b) On May 24, 2021, Standard & Poor's affirmed the credit ratings of the Parent Company and the Firm’s principal bank and non-bank subsidiaries, and revised the outlook from stable to positive.

(c) On April 23, 2021, Fitch affirmed the credit ratings of the Parent Company and the Firm’s principal bank and non-bank subsidiaries, and revised the outlook from negative to stable.

JPMorgan Chase’s unsecured debt does not contain requirements that would call for an acceleration of payments, maturities or changes in the structure of the existing debt, provide any limitations on future borrowings or require additional collateral, based on unfavorable changes in the Firm’s credit ratings, financial ratios, earnings, or stock price.

Critical factors in maintaining high credit ratings include a stable and diverse earnings stream, strong capital and liquidity ratios, strong credit quality and risk management controls, and diverse funding sources. Rating agencies continue to evaluate economic and geopolitical trends, regulatory developments, future profitability, risk management practices, and litigation matters, as well as their broader ratings methodologies. Changes in any of these factors could lead to changes in the Firm’s credit ratings.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
104JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

REPUTATION RISK MANAGEMENT

Reputation risk is the risk that an action or inaction may negatively impact perception of the Firm’s integrity and reduce confidence in the Firm’s competence by various constituents, including clients, counterparties, customers, investors, regulators, employees, communities or the broader public.

Organization and management

Reputation Risk Management establishes the governance framework for managing reputation risk across the Firm’s LOBs and Corporate. As reputation risk is inherently challenging to identify, manage, and quantify, a reputation risk management function is particularly important.

The Firm’s reputation risk management function includes the following activities:

•Maintaining a Firmwide Reputation Risk Governance policy and standard consistent with the reputation risk framework

•Overseeing the governance execution through processes and infrastructure that support consistent identification, escalation, management and monitoring of reputation risk issues Firmwide

The types of events that result in reputation risk are wide-ranging and may be introduced by the Firm’s employees and the clients, customers and counterparties with which the Firm does business. These events could result in financial losses, litigation and regulatory fines, as well as other harm to the Firm.

Governance and oversight

The Reputation Risk Governance policy establishes the principles for managing reputation risk for the Firm. It is the responsibility of employees in each LOB and Corporate to consider the reputation of the Firm when deciding whether to offer a new product, engage in a transaction or client relationship, enter a new jurisdiction, initiate a business process or consider any other activity. Sustainability, social responsibility and environmental impacts are important considerations in assessing the Firm’s reputation risk, and are a component of the Firm’s reputation risk governance.

Reputation risk issues deemed material are escalated as appropriate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K105

Management’s discussion and analysis

CREDIT AND INVESTMENT RISK MANAGEMENT

Credit and investment risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer; or loss of principal or a reduction in expected returns on investments, including consumer credit risk, wholesale credit risk, and investment portfolio risk.

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer. The Firm provides credit to a variety of customers, ranging from large corporate and institutional clients to individual consumers and small businesses. In its consumer businesses, the Firm is exposed to credit risk primarily through its home lending, credit card, auto, and business banking businesses. In its wholesale businesses, the Firm is exposed to credit risk through its underwriting, lending, market-making, and hedging activities with and for clients and counterparties, as well as through its operating services activities (such as cash management and clearing activities), and securities financing activities. The Firm is also exposed to credit risk through its investment securities portfolio and cash placed with banks.

Credit Risk Management monitors, measures and manages credit risk throughout the Firm and defines credit risk policies and procedures. The Firm’s credit risk management governance includes the following activities:

•Maintaining a credit risk policy framework

•Monitoring, measuring and managing credit risk across all portfolio segments, including transaction and exposure approval

•Setting industry and geographic concentration limits, as appropriate, and establishing underwriting guidelines

•Assigning and managing credit authorities in connection with the approval of credit exposure

•Managing criticized exposures and delinquent loans, and

•Estimating credit losses and supporting appropriate credit risk-based capital management

Risk identification and measurement

To measure credit risk, the Firm employs several methodologies for estimating the likelihood of obligor or counterparty default. Methodologies for measuring credit risk vary depending on several factors, including type of asset (e.g., consumer versus wholesale), risk measurement parameters (e.g., delinquency status and borrower’s credit score versus wholesale risk-rating) and risk management and collection processes (e.g., retail collection center versus centrally managed workout groups). Credit risk measurement is based on the probability of default of an obligor or counterparty, the loss severity given a default event and the exposure at default.

Based on these factors and the methodology and estimates described in Note 13 and Note 10, the Firm estimates credit losses for its exposures. The allowance for loan losses reflects estimated credit losses related to the consumer and wholesale held-for-investment loan portfolios, the allowance for lending-related commitments reflects estimated credit losses related to the Firm’s lending-related commitments and the allowance for investment securities reflects estimated credit losses related to the investment securities portfolio. Refer to Note 13, Note 10 and Critical Accounting Estimates used by the Firm on pages 150-153 for further information.

In addition, potential and unexpected credit losses are reflected in the allocation of credit risk capital and represent the potential volatility of actual losses relative to the established allowances for loan losses and lending-related commitments. The analyses for these losses include stress testing that considers alternative economic scenarios as described below.

Stress testing

Stress testing is important in measuring and managing credit risk in the Firm’s credit portfolio. The stress testing process assesses the potential impact of alternative economic and business scenarios on estimated credit losses for the Firm. Economic scenarios and the underlying parameters are defined centrally, articulated in terms of macroeconomic factors and applied across the businesses. The stress test results may indicate credit migration, changes in delinquency trends and potential losses in the credit portfolio. In addition to the periodic stress testing processes, management also considers additional stresses outside these scenarios, including industry and country- specific stress scenarios, as necessary. The Firm uses stress testing to inform decisions on setting risk appetite both at a Firm and LOB level, as well as to assess the impact of stress on individual counterparties.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
106JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

Risk monitoring and management

The Firm has developed policies and practices that are designed to preserve the independence and integrity of the approval and decision-making process for extending credit to ensure credit risks are assessed accurately, approved properly, monitored regularly and managed actively at both the transaction and portfolio levels. The policy framework establishes credit approval authorities, concentration limits, risk-rating methodologies, portfolio review parameters and guidelines for management of distressed exposures. In addition, certain models, assumptions and inputs used in evaluating and monitoring credit risk are independently validated by groups that are separate from the LOBs.

Consumer credit risk is monitored for delinquency and other trends, including any concentrations at the portfolio level, as certain of these trends can be addressed through changes in underwriting policies and portfolio guidelines. Consumer Risk Management evaluates delinquency and other trends against business expectations, current and forecasted economic conditions, and industry benchmarks. Historical and forecasted economic performance and trends are incorporated into the modeling of estimated consumer credit losses and are part of the monitoring of the credit risk profile of the portfolio.

Wholesale credit risk is monitored regularly at an aggregate portfolio, industry, and individual client and counterparty level with established concentration limits that are reviewed and revised periodically as deemed appropriate by management. Industry and counterparty limits, as measured in terms of exposure and economic risk appetite, are subject to stress-based loss constraints. Wrong-way risk is the risk that exposure to a counterparty is positively correlated with the impact of a default by the same counterparty, which could cause exposure to increase at the same time as the counterparty’s capacity to meet its obligations is decreasing.

Management of the Firm’s wholesale credit risk exposure is accomplished through a number of means, including:

•Loan underwriting and credit approval processes

•Loan syndications and participations

•Loan sales and securitizations

•Credit derivatives

•Master netting agreements, and

•Collateral and other risk-reduction techniques

In addition to Credit Risk Management, an independent Credit Review function is responsible for:

•Independently validating or changing the risk grades assigned to exposures in the Firm’s wholesale credit     portfolio, and assessing the timeliness of risk grade changes initiated by responsible business units; and

•Evaluating the effectiveness of the credit management processes of the LOBs and Corporate, including the adequacy of credit analyses and risk grading/loss given default (“LGD”) rationales, proper monitoring and management of credit exposures, and compliance with applicable grading policies and underwriting guidelines.

Refer to Note 12 for further discussion of consumer and wholesale loans.

Risk reporting

To enable monitoring of credit risk and effective decision-making, aggregate credit exposure, credit quality forecasts, concentration levels and risk profile changes are reported regularly to senior members of Credit Risk Management. Detailed portfolio reporting of industry, clients, counterparties and customers, product and geography are prepared, and the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses is reviewed by senior management at least on a quarterly basis. Through the risk reporting and governance structure, credit risk trends and limit exceptions are provided regularly to, and discussed with, risk committees, senior management and the Board of Directors.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K107

Management’s discussion and analysis

CREDIT PORTFOLIO

Credit risk is the risk associated with the default or change in credit profile of a client, counterparty or customer.

In the following tables, total loans include loans retained (i.e., held-for-investment); loans held-for-sale; and certain loans accounted for at fair value. The following tables do not include loans which the Firm accounts for at fair value and classifies as trading assets; refer to Notes 2 and 3 for further information regarding these loans. Refer to Notes 12, 28, and 5 for additional information on the Firm’s loans, lending-related commitments and derivative receivables, including the Firm’s related accounting policies.

Refer to Note 10 for information regarding the credit risk inherent in the Firm’s investment securities portfolio; and refer to Note 11 for information regarding credit risk inherent in the securities financing portfolio. Refer to Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 110-116 and Note 12 for further discussions of the consumer credit environment and consumer loans. Refer to Wholesale Credit Portfolio on pages 117-128 and Note 12 for further discussions of the wholesale credit environment and wholesale loans.

Total credit portfolio
December 31, (in millions)Credit exposureNonperforming(d)(e)
2021202020212020
Loans retained$1,010,206$960,506$6,932$8,782
Loans held-for-sale8,6887,87348284
Loans at fair value58,82044,4748151,507
Total loans1,077,7141,012,8537,79510,573
Derivative receivables57,08175,444(c)31656
Receivables from customers(a)59,64547,710
Total credit-related assets1,194,4401,136,0078,11110,629
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
Real estate ownedNANA213256
OtherNANA2221
Total assets acquired in loan satisfactionsNANA235277
Lending-related commitments1,262,3131,165,688764577
Total credit portfolio$2,456,753$2,301,695$9,110$11,483
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)(c)$(22,218)$(23,965)$$
Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(10,102)(14,806)NANA

(a)    Receivables from customers reflect held-for-investment margin loans to brokerage clients in CIB, CCB and AWM; these are reported within accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated balance sheets.

(b)    Represents the net notional amount of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage credit exposures.

(c) Prior-period amount has been revised to conform with the current presentation.

(d)    At December 31, 2021 and 2020, nonperforming assets excluded mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies of $623 million and $874 million, respectively, and real estate owned (“REO”) insured by U.S. government agencies of $5 million and $9 million, respectively. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.

(e) At December 31, 2021, nonaccrual loans excluded $633 million of PPP loans 90 or more days past due and guaranteed by the SBA.

The following table provides information on Firmwide nonaccrual loans to total loans.

December 31, (in millions, except ratios)20212020
Total nonaccrual loans$7,795$10,573
Total loans1,077,7141,012,853
Firmwide nonaccrual loans to total loans outstanding0.72%1.04%

The following table provides information about the Firm’s net charge-offs and recoveries.

Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)20212020
Net charge-offs$2,865$5,259
Average retained loans965,271958,303
Net charge-off rates0.30%0.55%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
108JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

Customer and client assistance

The Firm provided various forms of assistance to customers and clients impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, including payment deferrals and covenant modifications. The majority of the Firm’s COVID-19 related loan modifications have not been considered troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). Assistance provided in response to the COVID-19 pandemic could delay the recognition of delinquencies, nonaccrual status, and net charge-offs for those customers and clients who would have otherwise moved into past due or nonaccrual status. Refer to Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 110-116 and Wholesale Credit Portfolio on pages 117-128 for information on loan modifications as of December 31, 2021. Refer to Notes 12 and 13 for further information on the Firm’s accounting policies for loan modifications and the allowance for credit losses.

Paycheck Protection Program

The PPP, established by the CARES Act and implemented by the SBA, provided the Firm with delegated authority to process and originate PPP loans. When certain criteria are met, PPP loans are subject to forgiveness and the Firm will receive payment of the forgiveness amount from the SBA. PPP loans have a contractual term of two or five years and provide borrowers with an automatic payment deferral of principal and interest. The SBA will pay accrued interest through the payment deferral period and additional interest up to a maximum of 120 days past due. Based upon these servicing guidelines, the Firm continues to accrue interest for PPP loans 90 or more days past due until delinquency reaches 120 days past due. PPP processing fees are deferred and accreted into interest income over the contractual life of the loans, but may be accelerated upon forgiveness or prepayment.

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Firm had $6.7 billion and $27.2 billion, respectively, of PPP loans, including $5.4 billion and $19.2 billion, respectively, in consumer, and $1.3 billion and $8.0 billion, respectively, in wholesale. The PPP ended for new applications on May 31, 2021.

As of December 31, 2021, approximately $34 billion of PPP loans have been repaid through payments of forgiveness amounts to the Firm from the SBA. During the year ended December 31, 2021, this resulted in accelerated recognition in interest income of the associated deferred processing fees, primarily in CCB.

At December 31, 2021, $633 million of PPP loans 90 or more days past due have been excluded from the Firm’s nonaccrual loans as they are guaranteed by the SBA.

Refer to CCB segment results on pages 63-66 and Note 12 for a further discussion of the PPP.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K109

Management’s discussion and analysis

CONSUMER CREDIT PORTFOLIO

The Firm’s retained consumer portfolio consists primarily of residential real estate loans, credit card loans, scored auto and business banking loans, as well as associated lending-related commitments. The Firm’s focus is on serving primarily the prime segment of the consumer credit market. Originated mortgage loans are retained in the residential real estate portfolio, securitized or sold to U.S. government agencies and U.S. government-sponsored enterprises; other types of consumer loans are typically retained on the balance sheet. The credit performance of the consumer portfolio, including net charge-offs continued to benefit from the improvement in the macroeconomic environment during 2021. Refer to Note 12 for further information on the consumer loan portfolio. Refer to Note 28 for further information on lending-related commitments.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
110JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

The following tables present consumer credit-related information with respect to the scored credit portfolio held in CCB, AWM, CIB and Corporate.

Consumer credit portfolio
December 31, (in millions)Credit exposureNonaccrual loans(j)(k)(l)
2021202020212020
Consumer, excluding credit card
Residential real estate(a)$224,795$225,302$4,759$5,313
Auto and other(b)(c)(d)70,76176,825119151
Total loans - retained295,556302,1274,8785,464
Loans held-for-sale1,2871,305
Loans at fair value(e)26,46315,1474721,003
Total consumer, excluding credit card loans323,306318,5795,3506,467
Lending-related commitments(f)45,33457,319
Total consumer exposure, excluding credit card368,640375,898
Credit Card
Loans retained(g)154,296143,432NANA
Loans held-for-sale784NANA
Total credit card loans154,296144,216NANA
Lending-related commitments(f)(h)730,534658,506
Total credit card exposure(h)884,830802,722
Total consumer credit portfolio(h)$1,253,470$1,178,620$5,350$6,467
Credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(i)$(2,028)$(747)
Year ended December 31,
(in millions, except ratios)Net charge-offs/(recoveries)Average loans - retainedNet charge-off/(recovery) rate(m)
202120202021202020212020
Consumer, excluding credit card
Residential real estate$(275)$(164)$220,914$235,300(0.12)%(0.07)%
Auto and other28633877,90066,7050.370.51
Total consumer, excluding credit card - retained11174298,814302,0050.06
Credit card - retained2,7124,286139,900146,3911.942.93
Total consumer - retained$2,723$4,460$438,714$448,3960.62%0.99%

(a)Includes scored mortgage and home equity loans held in CCB and AWM, and scored mortgage loans held in Corporate.

(b)At December 31, 2021 and 2020, excluded operating lease assets of $17.1 billion and $20.6 billion, respectively. These operating lease assets are included in other assets on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets. Refer to Note 18 for further information.

(c)Includes scored auto and business banking loans and overdrafts.

(d)At December 31, 2021 and 2020, included $5.4 billion and $19.2 billion of loans, respectively, in Business Banking under the PPP. The Firm does not expect to realize material credit losses on PPP loans because the loans are guaranteed by the SBA. Refer to Credit Portfolio on pages 108-109 for a further discussion of the PPP.

(e)Includes scored mortgage loans held in CCB and CIB.

(f)Credit card, home equity and certain business banking lending-related commitments represent the total available lines of credit for these products. The Firm has not experienced, and does not anticipate, that all available lines of credit would be used at the same time. For credit card commitments, and if certain conditions are met, home equity commitments and certain business banking commitments, the Firm can reduce or cancel these lines of credit by providing the borrower notice or, in some cases as permitted by law, without notice. Refer to Note 28 for further information.

(g)Includes billed interest and fees.

(h)Also includes commercial card lending-related commitments primarily in CB and CIB.

(i)Represents the notional amount of protection obtained through the issuance of credit-related notes that reference certain pools of residential real estate and auto loans in the retained consumer portfolio.

(j)At December 31, 2021 and 2020, nonaccrual loans excluded mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies of $623 million and $874 million, respectively. These amounts have been excluded from nonaccrual loans based upon the government guarantee. In addition, the Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status, as permitted by regulatory guidance.

(k)Generally excludes loans under payment deferral programs offered in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Includes loans to customers that have exited COVID-19 related payment deferral programs and are 90 or more days past due, predominantly all of which were considered collateral-dependent at time of exit.

(l)At December 31, 2021, nonaccrual loans excluded $506 million of PPP loans 90 or more days past due and guaranteed by the SBA.

(m)Average consumer loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value were $29.1 billion and $18.3 billion for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. These amounts were excluded when calculating net charge-off/(recovery) rates.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K111

Management’s discussion and analysis

Maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates

The table below sets forth loan maturities and the distribution between fixed and floating interest rates based on the stated terms of the loan agreements.

December 31, 2021 (in millions)Within 1 year1-5 years5-15 yearsAfter 15 yearsTotal
Consumer, excluding credit card
Residential real estate$132$615$21,481$230,078$252,306
Auto and other3,819(b)42,37024,7714071,000
Total consumer, excluding credit card loans3,95142,98546,252230,118323,306
Total credit card loans153,354942(a)154,296
Total consumer loans$157,305$43,927$46,252$230,118$477,602
Loans due after one year at fixed interest rates
Residential real estate$388$10,991$155,510
Auto and other42,27524,37636
Credit card942
Loans due after one year at variable interest rates(a)
Residential real estate22710,49074,568
Auto and other953954
Total consumer loans$43,927$46,252$230,118

(a)Credit card loans with maturities greater than one year represent TDRs and are at fixed interest rates. There are no credit card loans due after one year at variable interest rates.

(b)Includes overdrafts.

Consumer assistance

In March 2020, the Firm began providing assistance to customers in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, predominantly in the form of payment deferrals.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Firm had approximately $1.3 billion and $10.7 billion, respectively, of retained consumer loans under payment deferral programs, predominantly in residential real estate, compared to approximately $28.3 billion at June 30, 2020. During the fourth quarter of 2021, there were approximately $386 million of new enrollments in consumer payment deferral programs. Predominantly all borrowers that exited payment deferral programs are current. The Firm continues to monitor the credit risk associated with loans subject to payment deferrals throughout the deferral period and on an ongoing basis after the borrowers are required to resume making regularly scheduled payments, and considers expected losses of principal and accrued interest on these loans in its allowance for credit losses.

Of the $1.3 billion of retained loans under payment deferral programs as of December 31, 2021, approximately $611 million were accounted for as TDRs prior to payment deferral and approximately $40 million were accounted for as TDRs because they did not qualify for or the Firm did not elect to suspend TDR accounting guidance under the option provided by the CARES Act, as extended by the Consolidated Appropriations Act and which expired on January 1, 2022. Borrowers that are unable to resume or continue making payments in accordance with the original or modified contractual terms of their agreements upon exit from deferral programs will be placed on nonaccrual status in line with the Firm’s nonaccrual policy, except for credit cards as permitted by regulatory guidance, and the loans charged off or down in accordance with the Firm’s charge-off policies. Refer to Note 12 for additional information on the Firm’s nonaccrual and charge-off policies.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
112JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

Consumer, excluding credit card

Portfolio analysis

Loans increased from December 31, 2020 driven by higher residential real estate loans at fair value, largely offset by lower auto and other loans.

The following discussions provide information concerning individual loan products. Refer to Note 12 for further information about this portfolio, including information about delinquencies, loan modifications and other credit quality indicators.

Residential real estate: The residential real estate portfolio, including loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value, predominantly consists of prime mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit.

Retained loans were relatively flat compared to December 31, 2020 as the decline in Home Lending driven by paydowns outpacing originations of prime mortgage loans was predominantly offset by growth in AWM. Retained nonaccrual loans decreased from December 31, 2020 reflecting improved credit performance. Net recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2021 were higher when compared with the prior year as the current year benefited from further improvement in HPI and higher reversals of prior write-downs due to prepayments as a result of the low rate environment.

Loans at fair value increased from December 31, 2020, reflecting loan purchase activity in CIB driven by higher client demand, as well as increased originations in Home Lending due to the continued low rate environment. Nonaccrual loans at fair value decreased from December 31, 2020 due to sales in CIB.

The carrying value of home equity lines of credit outstanding was $18.7 billion at December 31, 2021. This amount included $6.2 billion of HELOCs that have recast from interest-only to fully amortizing payments or have been modified and $6.0 billion of interest-only balloon HELOCs, which primarily mature after 2030. The Firm manages the risk of HELOCs during their revolving period by closing or reducing the undrawn line to the extent permitted by law when borrowers are exhibiting a material deterioration in their credit risk profile.

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the carrying value of interest-only residential mortgage loans were $30.0 billion and $25.6 billion, respectively. These loans have an interest-only payment period generally followed by an adjustable-rate or fixed-rate fully amortizing payment period to maturity and are typically originated as higher-balance loans to higher-income borrowers, predominantly in AWM. The interest-only residential mortgage loan portfolio reflected net recoveries for the year ended December 31, 2021, in line with the performance of the broader prime mortgage portfolio.

The following table provides a summary of the Firm’s

residential mortgage portfolio insured and/or guaranteed

by U.S. government agencies, predominantly loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value. The Firm monitors its exposure to certain potential unrecoverable claim payments related to government-insured loans and considers this exposure in estimating the allowance for loan losses.

(in millions)December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Current$689$669
30-89 days past due135235
90 or more days past due623874
Total government guaranteed loans$1,447$1,778

Geographic composition and current estimated loan-to-value ratio of residential real estate loans

At December 31, 2021, $145.5 billion, or 65% of the total retained residential real estate loan portfolio, excluding mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies, were concentrated in California, New York, Florida, Texas and Illinois, compared with $146.6 billion, or 65% at December 31, 2020.

Average current estimated loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios have declined consistent with recent improvements in home prices and customer pay-downs.

Refer to Note 12 for information on the geographic composition and current estimated LTVs of the Firm’s residential real estate loans.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K113

Management’s discussion and analysis

Modified residential real estate loans

The following table presents information relating to modified retained residential real estate loans for which concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, which include both TDRs and modified PCD loans not accounted for as TDRs. The following table does not include loans with short-term or other insignificant modifications that are not considered concessions and, therefore, are not TDRs, or loans for which the Firm has elected to suspend TDR accounting guidance under the option provided by the CARES Act. Refer to Note 12 for further information on modifications for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

(in millions)December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Retained loans$13,251$15,406
Nonaccrual retained loans(a)3,9383,899

(a)At December 31, 2021 and 2020, nonaccrual loans included $2.7 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively, of TDRs for which the borrowers were less than 90 days past due. Refer to Note 12 for additional information about loans modified in a TDR that are on nonaccrual status.

Auto and other: The auto and other loan portfolio, including loans at fair value, predominantly consists of prime-quality scored auto and business banking loans, as well as overdrafts. The portfolio decreased when compared with December 31, 2020 due to a decrease in business banking loans largely offset by growth in the scored auto portfolio. Business Banking loans declined predominantly due to PPP loan forgiveness, partially offset by originations. The increase in the scored auto portfolio was driven by loan originations predominantly offset by paydowns. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2021 decreased when compared to the prior year driven by lower scored auto charge-offs as the current year benefited from higher vehicle collateral values and elevated consumer cash balances, partially offset by higher overdraft charge-offs. The scored auto portfolio net charge-off rates were 0.04% and 0.25% for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Nonperforming assets

The following table presents information as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, about consumer, excluding credit card, nonperforming assets.

Nonperforming assets(a)
December 31, (in millions)20212020
Nonaccrual loans
Residential real estate(b)$5,231$6,316
Auto and other119(c)151
Total nonaccrual loans5,3506,467
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
Real estate owned112131
Other2221
Total assets acquired in loan satisfactions134152
Total nonperforming assets$5,484$6,619

(a)At December 31, 2021 and 2020, nonperforming assets excluded mortgage loans 90 or more days past due and insured by U.S. government agencies of $623 million and $874 million, respectively, and REO insured by U.S. government agencies of $5 million and $9 million, respectively. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee.

(b)Generally excludes loans under payment deferral programs offered in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Includes loans to customers that have exited COVID-19 related payment deferral programs and are 90 or more days past due, predominantly all of which were considered collateral-dependent at time of exit.

(c)At December 31, 2021, nonaccrual loans excluded $506 million of PPP loans 90 or more days past due and guaranteed by the SBA.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
114JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

Nonaccrual loans

The following table presents changes in consumer, excluding credit card, nonaccrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Nonaccrual loan activity
Year ended December 31,
(in millions)20212020
Beginning balance$6,467$3,366
Additions:
PCD loans, upon adoption of CECLNA708
Other additions2,9565,184(b)
Total additions2,9565,892
Reductions:
Principal payments and other(a)2,018983
Charge-offs229390
Returned to performing status1,7161,024
Foreclosures and other liquidations110394
Total reductions4,0732,791
Net changes(1,117)3,101
Ending balance$5,350$6,467

(a)Other reductions includes loan sales.

(b)Includes loans to customers that have exited COVID-19 related payment deferral programs and are 90 or more days past due, predominantly all of which were considered collateral-dependent at time of exit.

Refer to Note 12 for further information about the consumer credit portfolio, including information about delinquencies, other credit quality indicators, loan modifications and loans that were in the process of active or suspended foreclosure.

Purchased credit deteriorated (“PCD”) loans

The following tables provide credit-related information for PCD loans which are reported in residential real estate.

(in millions, except ratios)December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Loan delinquency(a)
Current$12,746$16,036
30-149 days past due331432
150 or more days past due664573
Total PCD loans$13,741$17,041
% of 30+ days past due to total retained PCD loans7.24%5.90%
Nonaccrual loans(b)$1,616$1,609
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)20212020
Net charge-offs$15$74
Net charge-off rate0.10%0.39%

(a)At December 31, 2021 and 2020, loans under payment deferral programs offered in response to the COVID-19 pandemic which are still within their deferral period and performing according to their modified terms are generally not considered delinquent.

(b)Includes loans to customers that have exited COVID-19 related payment deferral programs and are 90 or more days past due, predominantly all of which were considered collateral-dependent at time of exit.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K115

Management’s discussion and analysis

Credit card

Total credit card loans increased from December 31, 2020 reflecting strong sales volume predominantly offset by higher payments. The December 31, 2021 30+ and 90+ day delinquency rates of 1.04% and 0.50%, respectively, decreased compared to the December 31, 2020 30+ and 90+ day delinquency rates of 1.68% and 0.92%, respectively. The delinquency rates continue to benefit from the ongoing impact of government stimulus and support provided to borrowers who participated in payment assistance programs. Net charge-offs decreased for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with the prior year reflecting lower charge-offs and higher recoveries as consumer cash balances remained elevated.

Consistent with the Firm’s policy, all credit card loans typically remain on accrual status until charged off. However, the Firm’s allowance for loan losses includes the estimated uncollectible portion of accrued and billed interest and fee income. Refer to Note 12 for further information about this portfolio, including information about delinquencies.

Geographic and FICO composition of credit card loans

At December 31, 2021, $70.5 billion, or 46% of the total retained credit card loan portfolio, was concentrated in California, Texas, New York, Florida and Illinois, compared with $65.0 billion, or 45%, at December 31, 2020. Refer to Note 12 for additional information on the geographic and FICO composition of the Firm’s credit card loans.

Modifications of credit card loans

At December 31, 2021, the Firm had $1.0 billion of credit card loans outstanding that have been modified in TDRs, which does not include loans with short-term or other insignificant modifications that are not considered TDRs, compared to $1.4 billion at December 31, 2020. Refer to Note 12 for additional information about loan modification programs to borrowers.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
116JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

WHOLESALE CREDIT PORTFOLIO

In its wholesale businesses, the Firm is exposed to credit risk primarily through its underwriting, lending, market-making, and hedging activities with and for clients and counterparties, as well as through various operating services (such as cash management and clearing activities), securities financing activities and cash placed with banks. A portion of the loans originated or acquired by the Firm’s wholesale businesses is generally retained on the balance sheet. The Firm distributes a significant percentage of the loans that it originates into the market as part of its syndicated loan business and to manage portfolio concentrations and credit risk. The wholesale portfolio is actively managed, in part by conducting ongoing, in-depth reviews of client credit quality and transaction structure inclusive of collateral where applicable, and of industry, product and client concentrations. Refer to the industry discussion on pages 119-123 for further information.

The Firm’s wholesale credit portfolio includes exposure held in CIB, CB, AWM and Corporate, as well as risk-rated exposures held in CCB, including business banking and auto dealer exposure for which the wholesale methodology is applied when determining the allowance for credit losses.

In 2021 the credit environment continued to improve following the broad-based deterioration during the earlier stages of the COVID-19 pandemic.

As of December 31, 2021, retained loans increased $45.4 billion driven by CIB and AWM, partially offset by decreases in CCB. Lending-related commitments increased $36.6 billion, predominantly driven by net portfolio activity in CB and CIB, including an increase in held for sale commitments intended to be syndicated.

As of December 31, 2021, the investment-grade percentage of the portfolio remained relatively flat at 71%, while criticized exposure decreased $3.4 billion from $41.6 billion to $38.2 billion. The decrease in criticized exposure was driven by net portfolio activity and client-specific upgrades, primarily in Oil & Gas and Automotive, largely offset by client-specific downgrades. Nonperforming exposure decreased $1.2 billion driven by lower nonperforming loans, primarily in Oil & Gas and Individuals and Individual Entities, with net portfolio activity and client-specific upgrades partially offset by client-specific downgrades. The decrease in nonperforming loans was partially offset by increases in derivatives and lending-related commitments.

Wholesale credit portfolio
December 31, (in millions)Credit exposureNonperforming(d)
2021202020212020
Loans retained$560,354$514,947$2,054$3,318
Loans held-for-sale7,4015,78448284
Loans at fair value32,35729,327343504
Loans600,112550,0582,4454,106
Derivative receivables57,08175,444(c)31656
Receivables from customers(a)59,64547,710
Total wholesale credit-related assets716,838673,2122,7614,162
Assets acquired in loan satisfactions
Real estate ownedNANA101125
OtherNANA
Total assets acquired in loan satisfactionsNANA101125
Lending-related commitments486,445449,863764577
Total wholesale credit portfolio$1,203,283$1,123,075$3,626$4,864
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)$(20,190)$(23,218)(c)$$
Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(10,102)(14,806)NANA

(a)Receivables from customers reflect held-for-investment margin loans to brokerage clients in CIB, CCB and AWM; these are reported within accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated balance sheets.

(b)Represents the net notional amount of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage both performing and nonperforming wholesale credit exposures; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. Refer to Credit derivatives on page 128 and Note 5 for additional information.

(c)Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

(d)Loans that were modified in response to the COVID-19 pandemic continue to be risk-rated in accordance with the Firm’s overall credit risk management framework. As of December 31, 2021, predominantly all of these loans were considered performing.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K117

Management’s discussion and analysis

Wholesale assistance

In March 2020, the Firm began providing assistance to clients in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, predominantly in the form of payment deferrals and covenant modifications.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Firm had approximately $107 million and $1.6 billion, respectively, of retained loans under payment deferral programs, compared to $16.8 billion at June 30, 2020. Predominantly all clients that exited deferral are current or have paid down their loans. The Firm continues to monitor the credit risk associated with loans subject to deferrals throughout the deferral period and on an ongoing basis after the borrowers are required to resume making regularly scheduled payments, and considers expected losses of

principal and accrued interest on these loans in its allowance for credit losses.

In addition, the Firm granted assistance in the form of covenant modifications. These types of assistance, both payment deferrals and covenant modifications, are generally not reported as TDRs, either because the modifications were insignificant or they qualified to suspend TDR accounting guidance under the option provided by the CARES Act, as extended by the Consolidated Appropriations Act and which expired on January 1, 2022. Loans under assistance continue to be risk-rated in accordance with the Firm’s overall credit risk management framework. As of December 31, 2021, substantially all of these loans were considered performing.

Wholesale credit exposure – maturity and ratings profile

The following tables present the maturity and internal risk ratings profiles of the wholesale credit portfolio as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Firm generally considers internal ratings with qualitative characteristics equivalent to BBB-/Baa3 or higher as investment grade, and takes into consideration collateral and structural support when determining the internal risk rating for each credit facility. Refer to Note 12 for further information on internal risk ratings.

Maturity profile(e)Ratings profile
1 year or lessAfter 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 yearsTotalTotalTotal % of IG
December 31, 2021(in millions, except ratios)Investment-gradeNoninvestment-grade
Loans retained$214,064$218,176$128,114$560,354$410,011$150,343$560,35473%
Derivative receivables57,08157,081
Less: Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(10,102)(10,102)
Total derivative receivables, net of collateral13,64812,81420,51746,97931,93415,04546,97968
Lending-related commitments120,929340,30825,208486,445331,116155,329486,44568
Subtotal348,641571,298173,8391,093,778773,061320,7171,093,77871
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)39,75839,758
Receivables from customers59,64559,645
Total exposure – net of liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives$1,193,181$1,193,181
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)(c)(d)$(7,509)$(10,414)$(2,267)$(20,190)$(15,559)$(4,631)$(20,190)77%
Maturity profile(e)Ratings profile
1 year or lessAfter 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 yearsTotalTotalTotal % of IG
December 31, 2020 (in millions, except ratios)Investment-gradeNoninvestment-grade
Loans retained$183,969$197,905$133,073$514,947$379,273$135,674$514,94774%
Derivative receivables75,444(d)75,444(d)
Less: Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives(14,806)(14,806)
Total derivative receivables, net of collateral17,75014,47828,41060,63838,94121,69760,63864
Lending-related commitments116,950315,17917,734449,863312,694137,169449,86370
Subtotal318,669527,562179,2171,025,448730,908294,5401,025,44871
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value(a)35,11135,111
Receivables from customers47,71047,710
Total exposure – net of liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivatives$1,108,269$1,108,269
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities(b)(c)(d)$(6,765)$(13,627)$(2,826)$(23,218)$(18,164)$(5,054)$(23,218)78%

(a)Loans held-for-sale are primarily related to syndicated loans and loans transferred from the retained portfolio.

(b)These derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
118JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

(c)The notional amounts are presented on a net basis by underlying reference entity and the ratings profile shown is based on the ratings of the reference entity on which protection has been purchased. Predominantly all of the credit derivatives entered into by the Firm where it has purchased protection used in credit portfolio management activities are executed with investment-grade counterparties. In addition, the Firm obtains credit protection against certain loans in the retained loan portfolio through the issuance of credit-related notes.

(d)Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

(e)The maturity profile of retained loans, lending-related commitments and derivative receivables is generally based on remaining contractual maturity. Derivative contracts that are in a receivable position at December 31, 2021, may become payable prior to maturity based on their cash flow profile or changes in market conditions.

Wholesale credit exposure – industry exposures

The Firm focuses on the management and diversification of its industry exposures, and pays particular attention to industries with actual or potential credit concerns.

Exposures deemed criticized align with the U.S. banking regulators’ definition of criticized exposures, which consist of the special mention, substandard and doubtful

categories. Total criticized exposure, excluding loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value, was $38.2 billion at December 31, 2021 and $41.6 billion at December 31, 2020, representing approximately 3.5% and 4.0% of total wholesale credit exposure, respectively. The decrease in criticized exposure was driven by net portfolio activity and client-specific upgrades, primarily in Oil & Gas and Automotive, largely offset by client-specific downgrades. The $38.2 billion of criticized exposure at December 31, 2021 was largely undrawn and $35.0 billion was performing.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K119

Management’s discussion and analysis

The table below summarizes by industry the Firm’s exposures as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. The industry of risk category is generally based on the client or counterparty’s primary business activity. Refer to Note 4 for additional information on industry concentrations.

Wholesale credit exposure – industries(a)
Selected metrics
30 days or more past due and accruingloans(i)Net charge-offs/ (recoveries)Credit derivative hedges and credit-related notes(i)Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables
Noninvestment-grade
Creditexposure(f)(g)Investment- gradeNoncriticizedCriticized performingCriticized nonperforming
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2021(in millions)
Real Estate$155,069$120,174$29,642$4,636$617$394$6$(190)$
Individuals and Individual Entities(b)141,973122,60618,797994711,45032(1)
Consumer & Retail122,78959,62253,3179,4454052882(357)
Technology, Media & Telecommunications84,07049,61025,5408,59532558(1)(935)(12)
Asset Managers81,22868,59312,63058(3,900)
Industrials66,97436,95326,9572,89516942813(608)(1)
Healthcare59,01442,13315,1361,68659204(4)(490)(174)
Banks & Finance Cos54,68429,73223,8091,138599(553)(810)
Oil & Gas42,60620,69820,2221,558128460(582)
Automotive34,57324,6069,44639912295(3)(463)
State & Municipal Govt(c)33,21632,522586101774(14)
Utilities33,20325,0697,011914209116(382)(4)
Chemicals & Plastics17,66011,3195,81751867(67)
Metals & Mining16,6967,8488,49129463277(15)(4)
Transportation14,6356,0105,9832,4701722120(110)(24)
Insurance13,9269,9433,88796(25)(2,366)
Central Govt11,31711,067250(7,053)(72)
Financial Markets Infrastructure4,3773,987390
Securities Firms4,1802,5991,5783(47)(217)
All other(d)111,69097,53713,580205368242(5)(8,313)(2,503)
Subtotal$1,103,880$782,628$283,069$35,049$3,134$3,320$142$(20,190)$(10,102)
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value39,758
Receivables from customers59,645
Total(e)$1,203,283
Column 1Column 2Column 3
120JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K
Selected metrics
30 days or more past due and accruingloans(i)Net charge-offs/ (recoveries)Credit derivative hedges and credit-related notes (h)(j)Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables
Noninvestment-grade
Creditexposure(f)(g)Investment- gradeNoncriticizedCriticized performingCriticized nonperforming
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2020 (in millions)
Real Estate$148,498$116,124$27,576$4,294$504$374$94$(190)$
Individuals and Individual Entities(b)122,870107,26614,6882276891,570(17)
Consumer & Retail108,43757,58041,6248,85238120355(381)(5)
Technology, Media & Telecommunications72,15036,43527,7707,7382071073(984)(56)
Asset Managers66,57357,5828,8858521191(4,685)
Industrials66,47037,51226,8811,85222527870(658)(61)
Healthcare60,11844,90113,3561,68417796104(378)(191)
Banks & Finance Cos54,03235,11517,8201,045522013(659)(1,648)
Oil & Gas39,15918,45614,9694,95278211249(488)(4)
Automotive43,33125,54815,5752,1495915222(434)
State & Municipal Govt(c)38,28637,7055742541(41)
Utilities30,12422,4517,0485715414(7)(402)(1)
Chemicals & Plastics17,17610,6225,703822296(83)
Metals & Mining15,5425,9588,699704181816(141)(13)
Transportation16,2327,5496,3402,13720630117(83)(26)
Insurance13,14110,1772,960317(1,771)
Central Govt17,02516,652373(8,364)(982)
Financial Markets Infrastructure6,5156,44966(10)
Securities Firms8,0486,1161,9271418(49)(3,423)
All other(d)96,527(h)84,65010,999(h)50437483(9)(9,924)(1,889)
Subtotal$1,040,254$744,848$253,833$37,622$3,951$2,922$799$(23,218)$(14,806)
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value35,111
Receivables from customers47,710
Total(e)$1,123,075

(a)The industry rankings presented in the table as of December 31, 2020, are based on the industry rankings of the corresponding exposures at December 31, 2021, not actual rankings of such exposures at December 31, 2020.

(b)Individuals and Individual Entities predominantly consists of Global Private Bank clients within AWM and includes exposure to personal investment companies and personal and testamentary trusts.

(c)In addition to the credit risk exposure to states and municipal governments (both U.S. and non-U.S.) at December 31, 2021 and 2020, noted above, the Firm held: $7.1 billion and $7.2 billion, respectively, of trading assets; $15.9 billion and $20.4 billion, respectively, of AFS securities; and $14.0 billion and $12.8 billion, respectively, of HTM securities, issued by U.S. state and municipal governments. Refer to Note 2 and Note 10 for further information.

(d)All other includes: SPEs and Private education and civic organizations, representing approximately 94% and 6%, respectively, at December 31, 2021 and 92% and 8%, respectively, at December 31, 2020 .

(e)Excludes cash placed with banks of $729.6 billion and $516.9 billion, at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, which is predominantly placed with various central banks, primarily Federal Reserve Banks.

(f)Credit exposure is net of risk participations and excludes the benefit of credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities held against derivative receivables or loans and liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables.

(g)Credit exposure includes held-for-sale and fair value option elected lending-related commitments.

(h)Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

(i)Generally excludes loans under payment deferral programs offered in response to the COVID-19 pandemic.

(j)Represents the net notional amounts of protection purchased and sold through credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage the credit exposures; these derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. The All other category includes purchased credit protection on certain credit indices.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K121

Management’s discussion and analysis

Presented below is additional detail on certain of the Firm’s industry exposures.

Real Estate

Real Estate exposure was $155.1 billion as of December 31, 2021, of which $89.2 billion was multifamily lending as shown in the table below. Criticized exposure increased by $455 million from $4.8 billion at December 31, 2020 to $5.3 billion at December 31, 2021, driven by client-specific downgrades predominantly offset by client-specific upgrades and net portfolio activity.

December 31, 2021
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment-grade% Drawn(d)
Multifamily(a)$89,032$122$89,15484%89%
Office16,40923416,6437571
Other Income Producing Properties(b)13,01849813,5167755
Industrial11,5466611,6127564
Services and Non Income Producing11,5122411,5366350
Retail9,5801069,6866169
Lodging2,859632,922533
Total Real Estate Exposure(c)$153,956$1,113$155,06977%77%
December 31, 2020
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment- grade% Drawn(d)
Multifamily(a)$85,368$183$85,55185%92%
Office16,37247516,8477670
Other Income Producing Properties(b)13,43542113,8567655
Industrial9,039699,1087673
Services and Non Income Producing9,242229,2646247
Retail10,57319910,7726069
Lodging3,084163,1002457
Total Real Estate Exposure$147,113$1,385$148,49878%80%

(a)Multifamily exposure is largely in California.

(b)Other Income Producing Properties consists of clients with diversified property types or other property types outside of categories listed in the table above

(c)Real Estate exposure is approximately 78% secured; unsecured exposure is approximately 75% investment-grade.

(d)Represents drawn exposure as a percentage of credit exposure.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
122JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

Consumer & Retail

Consumer & Retail exposure was $122.8 billion as of December 31, 2021, and predominantly included Retail, Business and Consumer Services, and Food and Beverage as shown in the table below. Criticized exposure increased by $617 million from $9.2 billion at December 31, 2020 to $9.9 billion at December 31, 2021, driven by client-specific downgrades and net portfolio activity largely offset by client-specific upgrades.

December 31, 2021
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment-grade% Drawn(d)
Retail(a)$32,872$1,152$34,02450%31%
Business and Consumer Services32,15934732,5064633
Food and Beverage30,43495731,3915933
Consumer Hard Goods17,03511117,1464630
Leisure(b)7,6201027,7221734
Total Consumer & Retail(c)$120,120$2,669$122,78949%32%
December 31, 2020
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment- grade% Drawn(d)
Retail(a)$32,486$887$33,37352%33%
Business and Consumer Services24,76059925,3595241
Food and Beverage28,01289728,9096233
Consumer Hard Goods12,93717813,1155936
Leisure(b)7,4402417,6811843
Total Consumer & Retail$105,635$2,802$108,43753%36%

(a)Retail consists of Home Improvement & Specialty Retailers, Restaurants, Supermarkets, Discount & Drug Stores, Specialty Apparel and Department Stores.

(b)Leisure consists of Gaming, Arts & Culture, Travel Services and Sports & Recreation. As of December 31, 2021, approximately 81% of the noninvestment-grade Leisure portfolio is secured.

(c)Approximately 80% of the noninvestment-grade portfolio is secured.

(d)Represents drawn exposure as a percent of credit exposure.

Oil & Gas

Oil & Gas exposure was $42.6 billion as of December 31, 2021, including $23.1 billion of Exploration & Production and Oil field Services as shown in the table below. The increase in derivative receivables resulted from market movements related to Oil & Gas prices. Criticized exposure decreased by $4.0 billion from $5.7 billion at December 31, 2020 to $1.7 billion at December 31, 2021, driven by net portfolio activity and client-specific upgrades partially offset by client-specific downgrades.

December 31, 2021
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment-grade% Drawn(c)
Exploration & Production ("E&P") and Oil field Services$17,631$5,452$23,08339%26%
Other Oil & Gas(a)18,94158219,5236026
Total Oil & Gas(b)$36,572$6,034$42,60649%26%
December 31, 2020
(in millions, except ratios)Loans and Lending-related CommitmentsDerivative ReceivablesCredit exposure% Investment- grade% Drawn(c)
Exploration & Production ("E&P") and Oil field Services$18,228$1,048$19,27632%37%
Other Oil & Gas(a)19,28859519,8836221
Total Oil & Gas(b)$37,516$1,643$39,15947%29%

(a)Other Oil & Gas includes Integrated Oil & Gas companies, Midstream/Oil Pipeline companies and refineries.

(b)Secured exposure was $18.0 billion and $13.2 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, over half of which is reserve-based lending to the Exploration & Production sub-sector; unsecured exposure is largely investment-grade.

(c)Represents drawn exposure as a percent of credit exposure.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K123

Management’s discussion and analysis

Loans

In its wholesale businesses, the Firm provides loans to a variety of clients, ranging from large corporate and institutional clients to high-net-worth individuals. Refer to Note 12 for a further discussion on loans, including information about delinquencies, loan modifications and other credit quality indicators.

The following table presents the change in the nonaccrual loan portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Since December 31, 2020, nonaccrual loan exposure decreased $1.7 billion, largely in Oil & Gas and Individuals and Individual Entities, with net portfolio activity and client-specific upgrades partially offset by client-specific downgrades.

Wholesale nonaccrual loan activity
Year ended December 31, (in millions)20212020
Beginning balance$4,106$1,271
Additions2,9096,753
Reductions:
Paydowns and other2,6762,290
Gross charge-offs268922
Returned to performing status1,106569
Sales520137
Total reductions4,5703,918
Net changes(1,661)2,835
Ending balance$2,445$4,106

The following table presents net charge-offs/recoveries, which are defined as gross charge-offs less recoveries, for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The amounts in the table below do not include gains or losses from sales of nonaccrual loans recognized in noninterest revenue.

Wholesale net charge-offs/(recoveries)
Year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)20212020
Loans
Average loans retained$526,557$509,907
Gross charge-offs283954
Gross recoveries collected(141)(155)
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)142799
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate0.03%0.16%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
124JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

Maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates

The table below sets forth wholesale loan maturities and the distribution between fixed and floating interest rates based on the stated terms of the loan agreements by loan class. Refer to Note 12 for further information on loan classes.

December 31, 2021(in millions, except ratios)1 year or less(a)After 1 year through 5 yearsAfter 5 years through 15 yearsAfter 15 yearsTotal
Wholesale loans:
Secured by real estate$6,587$27,559$28,624$65,542$128,312
Commercial and industrial52,13295,68510,5231,105159,445
Other162,600117,88627,4274,442312,355
Total wholesale loans$221,319$241,130$66,574$71,089$600,112
Loans due after one year at fixed interest rates
Secured by real estate$3,762$9,454$2,258
Commercial and industrial9,1291,02519
Other18,20616,7783,311
Loans due after one year at variable interest rates
Secured by real estate$23,797$19,170$63,285
Commercial and industrial86,5579,4981,087
Other99,67910,6491,129
Total wholesale loans$241,130$66,574$71,089

(a)Includes demand loans and overdrafts.

The following table presents net charge-offs/recoveries, average retained loans and net charge-off/recovery rate by loan class for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Year ended December 31,
Secured by real estateCommercial and industrialOtherTotal
(in millions, except ratios)20212020202120202021202020212020
Net charge-offs/(recoveries)$13$10$105$737$24$52$142$799
Average retained loans118,417122,435138,015162,554270,125224,918526,557509,907
Net charge-off/(recovery) rate0.01%0.01%0.08%0.45%0.01%0.02%0.03%0.16%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K125

Management’s discussion and analysis

Lending-related commitments

The Firm uses lending-related financial instruments, such as commitments (including revolving credit facilities) and guarantees, to address the financing needs of its clients. The contractual amounts of these financial instruments represent the maximum possible credit risk should the clients draw down on these commitments or when the Firm fulfills its obligations under these guarantees, and the clients subsequently fail to perform according to the terms of these contracts. Most of these commitments and guarantees have historically been refinanced, extended, cancelled, or expired without being drawn upon or a default occurring. As a result, the Firm does not believe that the total contractual amount of these wholesale lending-related commitments is representative of the Firm’s expected future credit exposure or funding requirements. Refer to Note 28 for further information on wholesale lending-related commitments.

Receivables from customers

Receivables from customers reflect held-for-investment margin loans to brokerage clients in CIB, CCB and AWM that are collateralized by assets maintained in the clients’ brokerage accounts (e.g., cash on deposit, and liquid and readily marketable debt or equity securities). Because of this collateralization, no allowance for credit losses is generally held against these receivables. To manage its credit risk the Firm establishes margin requirements and monitors the required margin levels on an ongoing basis, and requires clients to deposit additional cash or other collateral, or to reduce positions, when appropriate. These receivables are reported within accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets.

Derivative contracts

Derivatives enable clients and counterparties to manage risk including credit risk and risks arising from fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange and equities and commodities prices. The Firm makes markets in derivatives in order to meet these needs and uses derivatives to manage certain risks associated with net open risk positions from its market-making activities, including the counterparty credit risk arising from derivative receivables. The Firm also uses derivative instruments to manage its own credit risk and other market risk exposure. The nature of the counterparty and the settlement mechanism of the derivative affect the credit risk to which the Firm is exposed. For OTC derivatives the Firm is exposed to the credit risk of the derivative counterparty. For exchange-traded derivatives (“ETD”), such as futures and options, and cleared over-the-counter (“OTC-cleared”) derivatives, the Firm can also be exposed to the credit risk of the relevant CCP. Where possible, the Firm seeks to mitigate its credit risk exposures arising from derivative contracts through the use of legally enforceable master netting arrangements and collateral agreements. The percentage of the Firm’s OTC derivative transactions subject to collateral agreements — excluding foreign exchange spot trades, which are not typically covered by collateral agreements due to their short

maturity and centrally cleared trades that are settled daily — was approximately 88% at both December 31, 2021 and 2020. Refer to Note 5 for additional information on the Firm’s use of collateral agreements. Refer to Note 5 for a further discussion of derivative contracts, counterparties and settlement types.

The fair value of derivative receivables reported on the Consolidated balance sheets were $57.1 billion and $75.4 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The decrease was primarily driven by market movements and maturities of certain trades in CIB, partially offset by an increase in commodity derivatives. Derivative receivables represent the fair value of the derivative contracts after giving effect to legally enforceable master netting agreements and the related cash collateral held by the Firm.

In addition, the Firm held liquid securities and other cash collateral that the Firm believes is legally enforceable and may be used as security when the fair value of the client’s exposure is in the Firm’s favor. For these purposes, the definition of liquid securities is consistent with the definition of high quality liquid assets as defined in the LCR rule.

In management’s view, the appropriate measure of current credit risk should also take into consideration other collateral, which generally represents securities that do not qualify as high quality liquid assets under the LCR rule, but that the Firm believes is legally enforceable. The collateral amounts for each counterparty are limited to the net derivative receivables for the counterparty.

The Firm also holds additional collateral (primarily cash, G7 government securities, other liquid government agency and guaranteed securities, and corporate debt and equity securities) delivered by clients at the initiation of transactions, as well as collateral related to contracts that have a non-daily call frequency and collateral that the Firm has agreed to return but has not yet settled as of the reporting date. Although this collateral does not reduce the balances and is not included in the tables below, it is available as security against potential exposure that could arise should the fair value of the client’s derivative contracts move in the Firm’s favor. Refer to Note 5 for additional information on the Firm’s use of collateral agreements.

The following tables summarize the net derivative receivables and the internal ratings profile for the periods presented.

Derivative receivables
December 31, (in millions)20212020
Total, net of cash collateral$57,081$75,444(a)
Liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables(10,102)(14,806)
Total, net of liquid securities and other cash collateral$46,979$60,638
Other collateralheld against derivative receivables(1,544)(1,836)(a)
Total, net of collateral$45,435$58,802

(a)Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
126JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K
Ratings profile of derivative receivables
20212020
December 31, (in millions, except ratios)Exposure net of collateral% of exposure net of collateralExposure net of collateral% of exposure net of collateral
Investment-grade$30,27867%$37,01363%
Noninvestment-grade15,1573321,78937
Total$45,435100%$58,802100%

While useful as a current view of credit exposure, the net fair value of the derivative receivables does not capture the potential future variability of that credit exposure. To capture the potential future variability of credit exposure, the Firm calculates, on a client-by-client basis, three measures of potential derivatives-related credit loss: Peak, Derivative Risk Equivalent (“DRE”), and Average exposure (“AVG”). These measures all incorporate netting and collateral benefits, where applicable.

Peak represents a conservative measure of potential derivative exposure, including the benefit of collateral, to a counterparty calculated in a manner that is broadly equivalent to a 97.5% confidence level over the life of the transaction. Peak is the primary measure used by the Firm for setting credit limits for derivative contracts, senior management reporting and derivatives exposure management.

DRE exposure is a measure that expresses the risk of derivative exposure, including the benefit of collateral, on a basis intended to be equivalent to the risk of loan exposures. DRE is a less extreme measure of potential credit loss than Peak and is used as an input for aggregating derivative credit risk exposures with loans and other credit risk.

Finally, AVG is a measure of the expected fair value of the Firm’s derivative exposure, including the benefit of collateral, at future time periods. AVG over the total life of the derivative contract is used as the primary metric for pricing purposes and is used to calculate credit risk capital and CVA, as further described below.

The fair value of the Firm’s derivative receivables incorporates CVA to reflect the credit quality of counterparties. CVA is based on the Firm’s AVG to a counterparty and the counterparty’s credit spread in the credit derivatives market. The Firm believes that active risk management is essential to controlling the dynamic credit risk in the derivatives portfolio. In addition, the Firm’s risk

management process for derivatives exposures takes into consideration the potential impact of wrong-way risk, which is broadly defined as the risk that exposure to a counterparty is positively correlated with the impact of a default by the same counterparty, which could cause exposure to increase at the same time as the counterparty’s capacity to meet its obligations is decreasing. Many factors may influence the nature and magnitude of these correlations over time. To the extent that these correlations are identified, the Firm may adjust the CVA associated with a particular counterparty’s AVG. The Firm risk manages exposure to changes in CVA by entering into credit derivative contracts, as well as interest rate, foreign exchange, equity and commodity derivative contracts.

The below graph shows exposure profiles to the Firm’s current derivatives portfolio over the next 10 years as calculated by the Peak, DRE and AVG metrics. The three measures generally show that exposure will decline after the first year, if no new trades are added to the portfolio.

Exposure profile of derivatives measures

December 31, 2021

(in billions)

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K127

Management’s discussion and analysis

Credit derivatives

The Firm uses credit derivatives for two primary purposes: first, in its capacity as a market-maker, and second, as an end-user, to manage the Firm’s own credit risk associated with various exposures.

Credit portfolio management activities

Included in the Firm’s end-user activities are credit derivatives used to mitigate the credit risk associated with traditional lending activities (loans and lending-related commitments) and derivatives counterparty exposure in the Firm’s wholesale businesses (collectively, “credit portfolio management activities”). Information on credit portfolio management activities is provided in the table below.

The Firm also uses credit derivatives as an end-user to manage other exposures, including credit risk arising from certain securities held in the Firm’s market-making businesses. These credit derivatives are not included in credit portfolio management activities.

Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities
Notional amount of protection purchased and sold(a)
December 31, (in millions)20212020
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used to manage:
Loans and lending-related commitments$4,138$4,856
Derivative receivables16,05218,362
Credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities$20,190$23,218

(a)Amounts are presented net, considering the Firm’s net protection purchased or sold with respect to each underlying reference entity or index. Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

The credit derivatives used in credit portfolio management activities do not qualify for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP; these derivatives are reported at fair value, with gains and losses recognized in principal transactions revenue. In contrast, the loans and lending-related commitments being risk-managed are accounted for on an accrual basis. This asymmetry in accounting treatment, between loans and lending-related commitments and the credit derivatives used in credit portfolio management activities, causes earnings volatility that is not representative, in the Firm’s view, of the true changes in value of the Firm’s overall credit exposure.

The effectiveness of credit default swaps (“CDS”) as a hedge against the Firm’s exposures may vary depending on a number of factors, including the named reference entity (i.e., the Firm may experience losses on specific exposures that are different than the named reference entities in the purchased CDS); the contractual terms of the CDS (which may have a defined credit event that does not align with an actual loss realized by the Firm); and the maturity of the Firm’s CDS protection (which in some cases may be shorter than the Firm’s exposures). However, the Firm generally seeks to purchase credit protection with a maturity date that is the same or similar to the maturity date of the exposure for which the protection was purchased, and remaining differences in maturity are actively monitored and managed by the Firm. Refer to Credit derivatives in Note 5 for further information on credit derivatives and derivatives used in credit portfolio management activities.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
128JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES

The Firm’s allowance for credit losses represents management's estimate of expected credit losses over the remaining expected life of the Firm's financial assets measured at amortized cost and certain off-balance sheet lending-related commitments. The Firm’s allowance for credit losses comprises:

•the allowance for loan losses, which covers the Firm’s retained loan portfolios (scored and risk-rated) and is presented separately on the Consolidated balance sheets,

•the allowance for lending-related commitments, which is presented on the Consolidated balance sheets in accounts payable and other liabilities, and

•the allowance for credit losses on investment securities, which is recognized within Investment Securities on the Consolidated balance sheets.

Discussion of changes in the allowance

The allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2021 was $18.7 billion, a decrease from $30.8 billion at December 31, 2020. The decrease in the allowance for credit losses was primarily driven by improvements in the macroeconomic environment, consisting of:

•a $9.5 billion reduction in consumer, predominantly in the credit card portfolio; and

•a $2.6 billion net reduction in wholesale, across the LOBs.

The Firm’s allowance for credit losses is estimated using a weighted average of five internally developed macroeconomic scenarios. As of December 31, 2021, the Firm assigned more balanced weightings to both its adverse and upside scenarios compared to the significant weighting that the Firm placed on its adverse scenarios as of December 31, 2020, reflecting the sustained improvement and resilience of the macroeconomic environment, despite the ongoing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, because the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and governmental actions taken in response to the pandemic caused a dislocation in certain historical relationships used for modeling credit loss estimates, the Firm continues to place reliance on management judgment and make adjustments specific to that dislocation, although to a lesser extent than in 2020. The allowance for credit losses of $18.7 billion reflects remaining uncertainties, including the potential impact that additional waves or variants of COVID-19 may have on the pace of economic growth and near-term supply chain disruptions.

The Firm’s central case assumptions reflected U.S. unemployment rates and year over year growth in U.S. real GDP as follows:

Assumptions at December 31, 2021
2Q224Q222Q23
U.S. unemployment rate(a)4.2%4.0%3.9%
YoY growth in U.S. real GDP(b)3.1%2.8%2.1%
Assumptions at December 31, 2020
2Q214Q212Q22
U.S. unemployment rate(a)6.8%5.7%5.1%
YoY growth in U.S. real GDP(b)9.2%3.5%3.9%

(a)Reflects quarterly average of forecasted U.S. unemployment rate.

(b)As of December 31, 2021, the year over year growth in U.S. real GDP in the forecast horizon of the central scenario is calculated as the percent change in U.S. real GDP levels from the prior year. This year over year growth rate replaces the previously disclosed pandemic-focused measure of the cumulative change in U.S. real GDP from pre-pandemic conditions at December 31, 2019. Prior periods have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

Subsequent changes to this forecast and related estimates

will be reflected in the provision for credit losses in future

periods.

Refer to Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 150-153 for further information on the allowance for credit losses and related management judgments.

Refer to Consumer Credit Portfolio on pages 110-116 , Wholesale Credit Portfolio on pages 117-128 for additional information on the consumer and wholesale credit portfolios.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K129

Management’s discussion and analysis

Allowance for credit losses and related information
20212020
Year ended December 31,Consumer, excluding credit cardCredit cardWholesaleTotalConsumer, excluding credit cardCredit cardWholesaleTotal
(in millions, except ratios)
Allowance for loan losses
Beginning balance at January 1,$3,636$17,800$6,892$28,328$2,538$5,683$4,902$13,123
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(a)NANANANA2975,517(1,642)4,172
Gross charge-offs6303,6512834,5648055,0779546,836
Gross recoveries collected(619)(939)(141)(1,699)(631)(791)(155)(1,577)
Net charge-offs112,7121422,8651744,2867995,259
Provision for loan losses(1,858)(4,838)(2,375)(9,071)97410,8864,43116,291
Other(2)(4)(6)11
Ending balance at December 31,$1,765$10,250$4,371$16,386$3,636$17,800$6,892$28,328
Allowance for lending-related commitments
Beginning balance at January 1,$187$$2,222$2,409$12$$1,179$1,191
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(a)NANANANA133(35)98
Provision for lending-related commitments(75)(74)(149)421,0791,121
Other11(1)(1)
Ending balance at December 31,$113$$2,148$2,261$187$$2,222$2,409
Impairment methodology
Asset-specific(b)$(665)$313$263$(89)$(7)$633$682$1,308
Portfolio-based2,4309,9374,10816,4753,64317,1676,21027,020
Total allowance for loan losses$1,765$10,250$4,371$16,386$3,636$17,800$6,892$28,328
Impairment methodology
Asset-specific$$$167$167$$$114$114
Portfolio-based1131,9812,0941872,1082,295
Total allowance for lending-related commitments$113$$2,148$2,261$187$$2,222$2,409
Total allowance for investment securitiesNANANA$42NANANA$78
Total allowance for credit losses$1,878$10,250$6,519$18,689$3,823$17,800$9,114$30,815
Memo:
Retained loans, end of period$295,556$154,296$560,354$1,010,206$302,127$143,432$514,947$960,506
Retained loans, average298,814139,900526,557965,271302,005146,391509,907958,303
Credit ratios
Allowance for loan losses to retained loans0.60%6.64%0.78%1.62%1.20%12.41%1.34%2.95%
Allowance for loan losses to retained nonaccrual loans(c)36NM21323667NM208323
Allowance for loan losses to retained nonaccrual loans excluding credit card36NM2138967NM208120
Net charge-off rates1.940.030.300.062.930.160.55

(a)Represents the impact to allowance for credit losses upon the adoption of CECL on January 1, 2020. Refer to Note 1 for further information.

(b)Includes collateral dependent loans, including those considered TDRs and those for which foreclosure is deemed probable, modified PCD loans, and non-collateral dependent loans that have been modified or are reasonably expected to be modified in a TDR. Also includes risk-rated loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status for the wholesale portfolio segment. The asset-specific credit card allowance for loan losses modified or reasonably expected to be modified in a TDR is calculated based on the loans’ original contractual interest rates and does not consider any incremental penalty rates.

(c)The Firm’s policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being placed on nonaccrual status as permitted by regulatory guidance.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
130JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

Allocation of allowance for loan losses

The table below presents a breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by loan class. Refer to Note 12 for further information on loan classes.

20212020
December 31, (in millions, except ratios)Allowance for loan lossesPercent of retained loans to total retained loansAllowance for loan lossesPercent of retained loans to total retained loans
Residential real estate$81722%$2,04723%
Auto and other94871,5898
Consumer, excluding credit card1,765293,63631
Credit card10,2501517,80015
Total consumer12,0154521,43646
Secured by real estate1,495122,11512
Commercial and industrial1,881143,64315
Other995291,13426
Total wholesale4,371556,89254
Total$16,386100%$28,328100%
Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K131

Management’s discussion and analysis

INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO RISK MANAGEMENT

Investment portfolio risk is the risk associated with the loss of principal or a reduction in expected returns on investments arising from the investment securities portfolio or from principal investments. The investment securities portfolio is predominantly held by Treasury and CIO in connection with the Firm's balance sheet and asset-liability management objectives. Principal investments are predominantly privately-held financial instruments and are managed in the LOBs and Corporate. Investments are typically intended to be held over extended periods and, accordingly, the Firm has no expectation for short-term realized gains with respect to these investments.

Investment securities risk

Investment securities risk includes the exposure associated with a default in the payment of principal and interest. This risk is mitigated given that the investment securities portfolio held by Treasury and CIO predominantly consists of high-quality securities. At December 31, 2021, the Treasury and CIO investment securities portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses, was $670.1 billion, and the average credit rating of the securities comprising the portfolio was AA+ (based upon external ratings where available, and where not available, based primarily upon internal risk ratings). Refer to Corporate segment results on pages 79-80 and Note 10 for further information on the investment securities portfolio and internal risk ratings. Refer to Market Risk Management on pages 133-140 for further information on the market risk inherent in the portfolio. Refer to Liquidity Risk Management on pages 97-104 for further information on related liquidity risk.

Governance and oversight

Investment securities risks are governed by the Firm’s Risk Appetite framework, and reviewed at the CTC Risk Committee with regular updates to the Board Risk Committee.

The Firm’s independent control functions are responsible for reviewing the appropriateness of the carrying value of investment securities in accordance with relevant policies. Approved levels for investment securities are established for each risk category, including capital and credit risks.

Principal investment risk

Principal investments are typically privately-held financial instruments representing ownership interests or other forms of junior capital. In general, principal investments include tax-oriented investments and investments made to enhance or accelerate the Firm’s business strategies and exclude those that are consolidated on the Firm's balance sheets. These investments are made by dedicated investing businesses or as part of a broader business strategy. The Firm’s principal investments are managed by the LOBs and Corporate and are reflected within their respective financial results. The Firm’s investments will continue to evolve in line with its strategies, including the Firm’s commitment to support underserved communities and minority-owned businesses. The aggregate carrying values of the principal investment portfolios have not been significantly affected by the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The table below presents the aggregate carrying values of the principal investment portfolios as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

(in billions)December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Tax-oriented investments, primarily in alternative energy and affordable housing(a)$23.2$20.0
Private equity, various debt and equity instruments, and real assets7.36.2
Total carrying value$30.5$26.2

(a)Prior-period amount has been revised to conform with the current presentation. Refer to Note 25 for further information.

Governance and oversight

The Firm’s approach to managing principal risk is consistent with the Firm’s risk governance structure. A Firmwide risk policy framework exists for all principal investing activities and includes approval by executives who are independent from the investing businesses, as appropriate.

The Firm’s independent control functions are responsible for reviewing the appropriateness of the carrying value of investments in accordance with relevant policies. As part of the risk governance structure, approved levels for investments are established and monitored for each relevant business or segment in order to manage the overall size of the portfolios. The Firm also conducts stress testing on these portfolios using specific scenarios that estimate losses based on significant market moves and/or other risk events.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
132JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT

Market risk is the risk associated with the effect of changes in market factors such as interest and foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices, credit spreads or implied volatilities, on the value of assets and liabilities held for both the short and long term.

Market Risk Management

Market Risk Management monitors market risks throughout the Firm and defines market risk policies and procedures.

Market Risk Management seeks to manage risk, facilitate efficient risk/return decisions, reduce volatility in operating performance and provide transparency into the Firm’s market risk profile for senior management, the Board of Directors and regulators. Market Risk Management is responsible for the following functions:

•Maintaining a market risk policy framework

•Independently measuring, monitoring and controlling LOB, Corporate, and Firmwide market risk

•Defining, approving and monitoring of limits

•Performing stress testing and qualitative risk assessments

Risk measurement

Measures used to capture market risk

There is no single measure to capture market risk and therefore Market Risk Management uses various metrics, both statistical and nonstatistical, to assess risk including:

•Value-at-risk (VaR)

•Stress testing

•Profit and loss drawdowns

•Earnings-at-risk

•Other sensitivity-based measures

Risk monitoring and control

Market risk exposure is managed primarily through a series of limits set in the context of the market environment and business strategy. In setting limits, Market Risk Management takes into consideration factors such as market volatility, product liquidity, accommodation of client business, and management judgment. Market Risk Management maintains different levels of limits. Firm level limits include VaR and stress limits. Similarly, LOB and Corporate limits include VaR and stress limits and may be supplemented by certain nonstatistical risk measures such as profit and loss drawdowns. Limits may also be set within the LOBs and Corporate, as well as at the legal entity level.

Market Risk Management sets limits and regularly reviews and updates them as appropriate. Senior management is responsible for reviewing and approving certain of these risk limits on an ongoing basis. Limits that have not been reviewed within specified time periods by Market Risk Management are reported to senior management. The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for adhering to established limits against which exposures are monitored and reported.

Limit breaches are required to be reported in a timely manner to limit approvers, which include Market Risk Management and senior management. In the event of a breach, Market Risk Management consults with senior members of appropriate groups within the Firm to determine the suitable course of action required to return the applicable positions to compliance, which may include a reduction in risk in order to remedy the breach or granting a temporary increase in limits to accommodate an expected increase in client activity and/or market volatility. Certain Firm, Corporate or LOB-level limit breaches are escalated as appropriate.

Market Risk Management continues to actively monitor the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on market risk exposures by leveraging existing risk measures and controls.

Models used to measure market risk are inherently imprecise and are limited in their ability to measure certain risks or to predict losses. This imprecision may be heightened when sudden or severe shifts in market conditions occur. For additional discussion on model uncertainty refer to Estimations and Model Risk Management on page 149.

Market Risk Management periodically reviews the Firm’s existing market risk measures to identify opportunities for enhancement, and to the extent appropriate, will calibrate those measures accordingly over time.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K133

Management’s discussion and analysis

The following table summarizes the predominant business activities and related market risks, as well as positions which give rise to market risk and certain measures used to capture those risks, for each LOB and Corporate.

In addition to the predominant business activities, each LOB and Corporate may engage in principal investing activities. To the extent principal investments are deemed market risk sensitive, they are reflected in relevant risk measures and captured in the table below. Refer to Investment Portfolio Risk Management on page 132 for additional discussion on principal investments.

LOBs and CorporatePredominant business activitiesRelated market risksPositions included in Risk Management VaRPositions included in earnings-at-riskPositions included in other sensitivity-based measures
CCB•Originates and services mortgage loans •Originates loans and takes deposits•Risk from changes in the probability of newly originated mortgage commitments closing•Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Mortgage commitments, classified as derivatives•Warehouse loans that are fair value option elected, classified as loans – debt instruments•MSRs•Hedges of mortgage commitments, warehouse loans and MSRs, classified as derivatives•Interest-only and mortgage-backed securities, classified as trading assets debt instruments, and related hedges, classified as derivatives•Fair value option elected liabilities(a)•Retained loan portfolio•Deposits•Fair value option elected liabilities DVA(a)
CIB•Makes markets and services clients across fixed income, foreign exchange, equities and commodities•Originates loans and takes deposits•Risk of loss from adverse movements in market prices and implied volatilities across interest rate, foreign exchange, credit, commodity and equity instruments•Basis and correlation risk from changes in the way asset values move relative to one another •Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Trading assets/liabilities – debt and marketable equity instruments, and derivatives, including hedges of the retained loan portfolio•Certain securities purchased, loaned or sold under resale agreements and securities borrowed•Fair value option elected liabilities(a)•Certain fair value option elected loans•Derivative CVA and associated hedges•Marketable equity investments•Retained loan portfolio•Deposits•Privately held equity and other investments measured at fair value; and certain real estate-related fair value option elected loans•Derivatives FVA and fair value option elected liabilities DVA(a)
CB•Originates loans and takes deposits•Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Marketable equity investments(b)•Retained loan portfolio•Deposits
AWM•Provides initial capital investments in products such as mutual funds and capital invested alongside third-party investors•Originates loans and takes deposits•Risk from adverse movements in market factors (e.g., market prices, rates and credit spreads)•Interest rate risk and prepayment risk•Debt securities held in advance of distribution to clients, classified as trading assets - debt instruments(b)•Retained loan portfolio•Deposits•Initial seed capital investments and related hedges, classified as derivatives•Certain deferred compensation and related hedges, classified as derivatives•Capital invested alongside third-party investors, typically in privately distributed collective vehicles managed by AWM (i.e., co-investments)
Corporate•Manages the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks•Structural interest rate risk from the Firm’s traditional banking activities•Structural non-USD foreign exchange risks•Derivative positions measured through noninterest revenue in earnings•Marketable equity investments•Deposits with banks•Investment securities portfolio and related interest rate hedges•Long-term debt and related interest rate hedges•Privately held equity and other investments measured at fair value•Foreign exchange exposure related to Firm-issued non-USD long-term debt (“LTD”) and related hedges

(a)Reflects structured notes in Risk Management VaR and the DVA on structured notes in other sensitivity-based measures.

(b)The AWM and CB contributions to Firmwide average VaR were not material for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
134JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

Value-at-risk

JPMorgan Chase utilizes value-at-risk (“VaR”), a statistical risk measure, to estimate the potential loss from adverse market moves in the current market environment. The Firm has a single VaR framework used as a basis for calculating Risk Management VaR and Regulatory VaR.

The framework is employed across the Firm using historical simulation based on data for the previous 12 months. The framework’s approach assumes that historical changes in market values are representative of the distribution of potential outcomes in the immediate future. The Firm believes the use of Risk Management VaR provides a daily measure of risk that is closely aligned to risk management decisions made by the LOBs and Corporate and, along with other market risk measures, provides the appropriate information needed to respond to risk events.

The Firm’s Risk Management VaR is calculated assuming a one-day holding period and an expected tail-loss methodology which approximates a 95% confidence level. Risk Management VaR provides a consistent framework to measure risk profiles and levels of diversification across product types and is used for aggregating risks and monitoring limits across businesses. VaR results are reported to senior management, the Board of Directors and regulators.

Underlying the overall VaR model framework are individual VaR models that simulate historical market returns for individual risk factors and/or product types. To capture material market risks as part of the Firm’s risk management framework, comprehensive VaR model calculations are performed daily for businesses whose activities give rise to market risk. These VaR models are granular and incorporate numerous risk factors and inputs to simulate daily changes in market values over the historical period; inputs are selected based on the risk profile of each portfolio, as sensitivities and historical time series used to generate daily market values may be different across product types or risk management systems. The VaR model results across all portfolios are aggregated at the Firm level.

As VaR is based on historical data, it is an imperfect measure of market risk exposure and potential future losses. In addition, based on their reliance on available historical data, limited time horizons, and other factors, VaR measures are inherently limited in their ability to measure certain risks and to predict losses, particularly those associated with market illiquidity and sudden or severe shifts in market conditions.

For certain products, specific risk parameters are not captured in VaR due to the lack of liquidity and availability of appropriate historical data. The Firm uses proxies to estimate the VaR for these and other products when daily time series are not available. It is likely that using an actual price-based time series for these products, if available, would affect the VaR results presented. The Firm therefore considers other nonstatistical measures such as stress

testing, in addition to VaR, to capture and manage its market risk positions.

The daily market data used in VaR models may be different than the independent third-party data collected for VCG price testing in its monthly valuation process. For example, in cases where market prices are not observable, or where proxies are used in VaR historical time series, the data sources may differ. Refer to Valuation process in Note 2 for further information on the Firm’s valuation process. As VaR model calculations require daily data and a consistent source for valuation, it may not be practical to use the data collected in the VCG monthly valuation process for VaR model calculations.

The Firm’s VaR model calculations are periodically evaluated and enhanced in response to changes in the composition of the Firm’s portfolios, changes in market conditions, improvements in the Firm’s modeling techniques and measurements, and other factors. Such changes may affect historical comparisons of VaR results. Refer to Estimations and Model Risk Management on page 149 for information regarding model reviews and approvals.

The Firm calculates separately a daily aggregated VaR in accordance with regulatory rules (“Regulatory VaR”), which is used to derive the Firm’s regulatory VaR-based capital requirements under Basel III capital rules. This Regulatory VaR model framework currently assumes a ten business-day holding period and an expected tail loss methodology which approximates a 99% confidence level. Regulatory VaR is applied to “covered” positions as defined by Basel III capital rules, which may be different than the positions included in the Firm’s Risk Management VaR. For example, credit derivative hedges of accrual loans are included in the Firm’s Risk Management VaR, while Regulatory VaR excludes these credit derivative hedges. In addition, in contrast to the Firm’s Risk Management VaR, Regulatory VaR currently excludes the diversification benefit for certain VaR models.

Refer to JPMorgan Chase’s Basel III Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are available on the Firm’s website, for additional information on Regulatory VaR and the other components of market risk regulatory capital for the Firm (e.g., VaR-based measure, stressed VaR-based measure and the respective backtesting).

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K135

Management’s discussion and analysis

The table below shows the results of the Firm’s Risk Management VaR measure using a 95% confidence level. VaR can vary significantly as positions change, market volatility fluctuates, and diversification benefits change.

Total VaR
As of or for the year ended December 31,20212020
(in millions)Avg.MinMaxAvg.MinMax
CIB trading VaR by risk type
Fixed income$60$30$153$98$35$156
Foreign exchange622710418
Equities16838241341
Commodities and other1994328747
Diversification benefit to CIB trading VaR(49)(a)NM(c)NM(c)(67)(a)NM(c)NM(c)
CIB trading VaR52221349332160
Credit portfolio VaR641216328
Diversification benefit to CIB VaR(6)(a)NM(c)NM(c)(17)(a)NM(c)NM(c)
CIB VaR52221339231162
CCB VaR53115112
Corporate and other LOB VaR24(b)1494(b)19(b)982(b)
Diversification benefit to other VaR(4)(a)NM(c)NM(c)(4)(a)NM(c)NM(c)
Other VaR251494201082
Diversification benefit to CIB and other VaR(22)(a)NM(c)NM(c)(17)(a)NM(c)NM(c)
Total VaR$55$24$153$95$32$164

(a)Diversification benefit represents the difference between the portfolio VaR and the sum of its individual components. This reflects the non-additive nature of VaR due to imperfect correlation across LOBs, Corporate, and risk types.

(b)Average and maximum Corporate and other LOB VaR were primarily driven by a private equity position that became publicly traded at the end of the third quarter of 2020. As of March 31, 2021 the Firm no longer held this position.

(c)The maximum and minimum VaR for each portfolio may have occurred on different trading days than the components and consequently diversification benefit is not meaningful.

Generally, average VaR across risk types and LOBs was lower due to volatility which occurred at the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic rolling out of the one-year historical look-back period, predominantly impacting exposures in fixed income and commodities. As a result, average Total VaR decreased by $40 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 when compared with the prior year.

In the current year, maximum VaR remained elevated relative to average VaR as the aforementioned volatility was still included in the historical look-back period in the first quarter of 2021.

Effective July 1, 2020, the Firm refined the scope of VaR to exclude certain real estate-related fair value option elected loans, and included them in other sensitivity-based measures to more effectively measure the risk from these loans. In the absence of this refinement, the average Total VaR and each of the components would have been higher by the amounts reported in the following table:

For the year ended December 31,Amount by which reported average VaR would have been higher
(in millions)20212020
CIB fixed income VaR$5$11
CIB trading VaR59
CIB VaR59
Total VaR49

The following graph presents daily Risk Management VaR for the four trailing quarters. As noted previously, average Total VaR decreased by $40 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, when compared with the prior year. Daily Risk Management VaR has also declined, returning to pre-pandemic levels, as the volatility which occurred in late March of 2020 at the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic has rolled out of the one-year historical look-back period.

Daily Risk Management VaR

Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4Column 5
First Quarter 2021Second Quarter 2021Third Quarter 2021Fourth Quarter 2021
Column 1Column 2Column 3
136JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

VaR backtesting

The Firm performs daily VaR model backtesting, which compares the daily Risk Management VaR results with the daily gains and losses that are utilized for VaR backtesting purposes. The gains and losses depicted in the chart below do not reflect the Firm’s reported revenue as they exclude select components of total net revenue, such as those associated with the execution of new transactions (i.e., intraday client-driven trading and intraday risk management activities), fees, commissions, certain valuation adjustments and net interest income. These excluded components of total net revenue may more than offset the backtesting gain or loss on a particular day. The definition of backtesting gains and losses above is consistent with the requirements for backtesting under Basel III capital rules.

A backtesting exception occurs when the daily backtesting loss exceeds the daily Risk Management VaR for the prior day. Under the Firm’s Risk Management VaR methodology, assuming current changes in market values are consistent with the historical changes used in the simulation, the Firm would expect to incur VaR backtesting exceptions on

average five times every 100 trading days. The number of VaR backtesting exceptions observed can differ from the statistically expected number of backtesting exceptions if the current level of market volatility is materially different from the level of market volatility during the 12 months of historical data used in the VaR calculation.

For the 12 months ended December 31, 2021, the Firm posted backtesting gains on 145 of the 260 days, and observed 20 VaR backtesting exceptions. Twelve of the backtesting exceptions were in the three months ended December 31, 2021 as market volatility, particularly related to interest rates, was materially higher than the market volatility in the 12 months of historical data used for the VaR calculation. Firmwide backtesting loss days can differ from the loss days for which Fixed Income Markets and Equity Markets posted losses, as disclosed in CIB Markets revenue, as the population of positions which compose each metric are different and due to the exclusion of select components of total net revenue in backtesting gains and losses as described above. For more information on CIB Markets revenue, refer to pages 70-71.

The following chart presents the distribution of Firmwide daily backtesting gains and losses for the trailing 12 months and three months ended December 31, 2021. The daily backtesting losses are displayed as a percentage of the corresponding daily Risk Management VaR. The count of days with backtesting losses are shown in aggregate, in fifty percentage point intervals. Backtesting exceptions are displayed within the intervals that are greater than one hundred percent. The results in the chart below differ from the results of backtesting disclosed in the Market Risk section of the Firm’s Basel III Pillar 3 Regulatory Capital Disclosures reports, which are based on Regulatory VaR applied to the Firm’s covered positions.

Distribution of Daily Backtesting Gains and Losses

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K137

Management’s discussion and analysis

Other risk measures

Stress testing

Along with VaR, stress testing is an important tool used to assess risk. While VaR reflects the risk of loss due to adverse changes in markets using recent historical market behavior, stress testing reflects the risk of loss from hypothetical changes in the value of market risk sensitive positions applied simultaneously. Stress testing measures the Firm’s vulnerability to losses under a range of stressed but possible economic and market scenarios. The results are used to understand the exposures responsible for those potential losses and are measured against limits.

The Firm’s stress framework covers market risk sensitive positions in the LOBs and Corporate. The framework is used to calculate multiple magnitudes of potential stress for both market rallies and market sell-offs, assuming significant changes in market factors such as credit spreads, equity prices, interest rates, currency rates and commodity prices, and combines them in multiple ways to capture an array of hypothetical economic and market scenarios.

The Firm generates a number of scenarios that focus on tail events in specific asset classes and geographies, including how the event may impact multiple market factors simultaneously. Scenarios also incorporate specific idiosyncratic risks and stress basis risk between different products. The flexibility in the stress framework allows the Firm to construct new scenarios that can test the outcomes against possible future stress events. Stress testing results are reported periodically to senior management of the Firm, as appropriate.

Stress scenarios are governed by the overall stress framework, under the oversight of Market Risk Management, and the models to calculate the stress results are subject to the Firm’s Estimations and Model Risk Management Policy. The Firmwide Market Risk Stress Methodology Committee reviews and approves changes to stress testing methodology and scenarios across the Firm. Significant changes to the framework are escalated to senior management, as appropriate.

The Firm’s stress testing framework is utilized in calculating the Firm’s CCAR and other stress test results, which are reported periodically to the Board of Directors. In addition, stress testing results are incorporated into the Firm’s Risk Appetite framework, and are reported periodically to the Board Risk Committee.

Profit and loss drawdowns

Profit and loss drawdowns are used to highlight trading losses above certain levels of risk tolerance. A profit and loss drawdown is a decline in revenue from its year-to-date peak level.

Earnings-at-risk

The effect of interest rate exposure on the Firm’s reported net income is important as interest rate risk represents one of the Firm’s significant market risks. Interest rate risk arises not only from trading activities but also from the

Firm’s traditional banking activities, which include extension of loans and credit facilities, taking deposits, issuing debt and the investment securities portfolio. Refer to the table on page 134 for a summary by LOB and Corporate, identifying positions included in earnings-at-risk.

The CTC Risk Committee establishes the Firm’s structural interest rate risk policy and related limits, which are subject to approval by the Board Risk Committee. Treasury and CIO, working in partnership with the LOBs, calculates the Firm’s structural interest rate risk profile and reviews it with senior management, including the CTC Risk Committee. In addition, oversight of structural interest rate risk is managed through a dedicated risk function reporting to the CTC CRO. This risk function is responsible for providing independent oversight and governance around assumptions and establishing and monitoring limits for structural interest rate risk. The Firm manages structural interest rate risk generally through its investment securities portfolio and interest rate derivatives.

Structural interest rate risk can occur due to a variety of factors, including:

•Differences in timing among the maturity or repricing of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments

•Differences in the amounts of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments that are maturing or repricing at the same time

•Differences in the amounts by which short-term and long-term market interest rates change (for example, changes in the slope of the yield curve)

•The impact of changes in the maturity of various assets, liabilities or off-balance sheet instruments as interest rates change

The Firm manages interest rate exposure related to its assets and liabilities on a consolidated, Firmwide basis. Business units transfer their interest rate risk to Treasury and CIO through funds transfer pricing, which takes into account the elements of interest rate exposure that can be risk-managed in financial markets. These elements include asset and liability balances and contractual rates of interest, contractual principal payment schedules, expected prepayment experience, interest rate reset dates and maturities, rate indices used for repricing, and any interest rate ceilings or floors for adjustable rate products.

One way the Firm evaluates its structural interest rate risk is through earnings-at-risk. Earnings-at-risk estimates the Firm’s interest rate exposure for a given interest rate scenario. It is presented as a sensitivity to a baseline, which includes net interest income and certain interest rate sensitive fees. The baseline uses market interest rates and in the case of deposits, pricing assumptions. The Firm conducts simulations of changes to this baseline for interest rate-sensitive assets and liabilities denominated in U.S. dollars and other currencies (“non-U.S. dollar” currencies). These simulations primarily include retained loans, deposits, deposits with banks, investment securities, long-

Column 1Column 2Column 3
138JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

term debt and any related interest rate hedges, and funds transfer pricing of other positions in risk management VaR and other sensitivity-based measures as described on page 134.

Earnings-at-risk scenarios estimate the potential change to a net interest income baseline, over the following 12 months utilizing multiple assumptions. These scenarios include a parallel shift involving changes to both short-term and long-term rates by an equal amount; a steeper yield curve involving holding short-term rates constant and increasing long-term rates; and a flatter yield curve involving increasing short-term rates and holding long-term rates constant. These scenarios consider many different factors, including:

•The impact on exposures as a result of instantaneous changes in interest rates from baseline rates.

•Forecasted balance sheet, as well as modeled prepayment and reinvestment behavior, but exclude assumptions about actions that could be taken by the Firm or its clients and customers in response to any such instantaneous rate changes. Mortgage prepayment assumptions are based on the interest rates used in the scenarios compared with underlying contractual rates, the time since origination, and other factors which are updated periodically based on historical experience. Deposit forecasts used in the baseline and scenarios do not include assumptions to account for the reversal of Quantitative Easing.

•The pricing sensitivity of deposits, known as deposit betas, represent the amount by which deposit rates paid could change upon a given change in market interest rates. The deposit rates paid in these scenarios differ from actual deposit rates paid, due to repricing lags and other factors.

The Firm’s earnings-at-risk scenarios are periodically evaluated and enhanced in response to changes in the composition of the Firm’s balance sheet, changes in market conditions, improvements in the Firm’s simulation and other factors. While a relevant measure of the Firm’s interest rate exposure, the earnings-at-risk analysis does not represent a forecast of the Firm’s net interest income (Refer to Outlook on page 49 for additional information).

The Firm’s U.S. dollar sensitivities are presented in the table below.

December 31, (in billions)20212020
Parallel shift:
+100 bps shift in rates$5.0$6.9
Steeper yield curve:
+100 bps shift in long-term rates1.82.4
Flatter yield curve:
+100 bps shift in short-term rates3.24.5

The change in the Firm’s U.S. dollar sensitivities as of December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020 reflected updates to the Firm’s baseline for higher rates as well as the impact of changes in the Firm’s balance sheet.

The Firm’s sensitivity to rates is primarily a result of assets repricing at a faster pace than deposits.

The Firm’s non-U.S. dollar sensitivities are presented in the table below.

December 31, (in billions)20212020
Parallel shift:
+100 bps shift in rates$0.8$0.9
Flatter yield curve:
+100 bps shift in short-term rates0.80.8

The results of the non-U.S. dollar interest rate scenario involving a steeper yield curve with long-term rates rising by 100 basis points and short-term rates staying at current levels were not material to the Firm’s earnings-at-risk at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K139

Management’s discussion and analysis

Non-U.S. dollar foreign exchange risk

Non-U.S. dollar FX risk is the risk that changes in foreign exchange rates affect the value of the Firm’s assets or liabilities or future results. The Firm has structural non-U.S. dollar FX exposures arising from capital investments, forecasted expense and revenue, the investment securities portfolio and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt issuance. Treasury and CIO, working in partnership with the LOBs, primarily manage these risks on behalf of the Firm. Treasury and CIO may hedge certain of these risks using derivatives.

Other sensitivity-based measures

The Firm quantifies the market risk of certain debt and equity and funding activities by assessing the potential impact on net revenue, other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and noninterest expense due to changes in relevant market variables. Refer to the predominant business activities that give rise to market risk on page 134 for additional information on the positions captured in other sensitivity-based measures.

The table below represents the potential impact to net revenue, OCI or noninterest expense for market risk sensitive instruments that are not included in VaR or earnings-at-risk. Where appropriate, instruments used for hedging purposes are reported net of the positions being hedged. The sensitivities disclosed in the table below may not be representative of the actual gain or loss that would have been realized at December 31, 2021 and 2020, as the movement in market parameters across maturities may vary and are not intended to imply management’s expectation of future changes in these sensitivities.

Year ended December 31,Gain/(loss) (in millions)
ActivityDescriptionSensitivity measure20212020
Debt and equity(a)
Asset Management activitiesConsists of seed capital and related hedges; fund co-investments(c); and certain deferred compensation and related hedges(d)10% decline in market value$(69)$(48)
Other debt and equityConsists of certain real estate-related fair value option elected loans, privately held equity and other investments held at fair value(c)10% decline in market value(971)(919)
Funding activities
Non-USD LTD cross-currency basisRepresents the basis risk on derivatives used to hedge the foreign exchange risk on the non-USD LTD(e)1 basis point parallel tightening of cross currency basis(16)(16)
Non-USD LTD hedges foreign currency (“FX”) exposurePrimarily represents the foreign exchange revaluation on the fair value of the derivative hedges(e)10% depreciation of currency1513
Derivatives – funding spread risk(b)Impact of changes in the spread related to derivatives FVA(c)1 basis point parallel increase in spread(7)(9)
Fair value option elected liabilities –funding spread risk(b)Impact of changes in the spread related to fair value option elected liabilities DVA(e)1 basis point parallel increase in spread4140
Fair value option elected liabilities –interest rate sensitivityInterest rate sensitivity on fair value option elected liabilities resulting from a change in the Firm’s own credit spread(e)1 basis point parallel increase in spread(3)(3)
Interest rate sensitivity related to risk management of changes in the Firm’s own credit spread on the fair value option elected liabilities noted above(c)1 basis point parallel increase in spread33

(a)Excludes equity securities without readily determinable fair values that are measured under the measurement alternative. Refer to Note 2 for additional information.

(b)Effective September 30, 2021, the Firm’s funding spread risk measure for both derivatives and fair value option elected liabilities represents the sensitivity to the Firm's FVA spread. Previously, these measures represented the sensitivity to the Firm’s credit spread observed in the market. The Firm believes the updated measure is more reflective of the Firm’s funding spread risk. Prior-period amounts have been revised to conform with the current presentation.

(c)Impact recognized through net revenue.

(d)Impact recognized through noninterest expense.

(e)Impact recognized through OCI.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
140JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

COUNTRY RISK MANAGEMENT

The Firm, through its LOBs and Corporate, may be exposed to country risk resulting from financial, economic, political or other significant developments which adversely affect the value of the Firm’s exposures related to a particular country or set of countries. The Country Risk Management group actively monitors the various portfolios which may be impacted by these developments and measures the extent to which the Firm’s exposures are diversified given the Firm’s strategy and risk tolerance relative to a country.

Organization and management

Country Risk Management is an independent risk management function that assesses, manages and monitors exposure to country risk across the Firm.

The Firm’s country risk management function includes the following activities:

•Maintaining policies, procedures and standards consistent with a comprehensive country risk framework

•Assigning sovereign ratings, assessing country risks and establishing risk tolerance relative to a country

•Measuring and monitoring country risk exposure and stress across the Firm

•Managing and approving country limits and reporting trends and limit breaches to senior management

•Developing surveillance tools, such as signaling models and ratings indicators, for early identification of potential country risk concerns

•Providing country risk scenario analysis

Sources and measurement

The Firm is exposed to country risk through its lending and deposits, investing, and market-making activities, whether cross-border or locally funded. Country exposure includes activity with both government and private-sector entities in a country.

Under the Firm’s internal country risk management approach, attribution of exposure to an individual country is based on the country where the largest proportion of the assets of the counterparty, issuer, obligor or guarantor are located or where the largest proportion of its revenue is derived, which may be different than the domicile (i.e. legal residence) or country of incorporation.

Individual country exposures reflect an aggregation of the Firm’s risk to an immediate default, with zero recovery, of the counterparties, issuers, obligors or guarantors attributed to that country. Activities which result in contingent or indirect exposure to a country are not included in the country exposure measure (for example, providing clearing services or secondary exposure to collateral on securities financing receivables).

Assumptions are sometimes required in determining the measurement and allocation of country exposure, particularly in the case of certain non-linear or index products, or where the nature of the counterparty, issuer, obligor or guarantor is not suitable for attribution to an

individual country. The use of different measurement approaches or assumptions could affect the amount of reported country exposure.

Under the Firm’s internal country risk measurement framework:

•Lending exposures are measured at the total committed amount (funded and unfunded), net of the allowance for credit losses and eligible cash and marketable securities collateral received

•Deposits are measured as the cash balances placed with central and commercial banks

•Securities financing exposures are measured at their receivable balance, net of eligible collateral received

•Debt and equity securities are measured at the fair value of all positions, including both long and short positions

•Counterparty exposure on derivative receivables is measured at the derivative’s fair value, net of the fair value of the eligible collateral received

•Credit derivatives protection purchased and sold is reported based on the underlying reference entity and is measured at the notional amount of protection purchased or sold, net of the fair value of the recognized derivative receivable or payable. Credit derivatives protection purchased and sold in the Firm’s market-making activities is measured on a net basis, as such activities often result in selling and purchasing protection related to the same underlying reference entity; this reflects the manner in which the Firm manages these exposures

The Firm’s internal country risk reporting differs from the reporting provided under the FFIEC bank regulatory requirements.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K141

Management’s discussion and analysis

Stress testing

Stress testing is an important component of the Firm’s country risk management framework, which aims to estimate and limit losses arising from a country crisis by measuring the impact of adverse asset price movements to a country based on market shocks combined with counterparty specific assumptions. Country Risk Management periodically designs and runs tailored stress scenarios to test vulnerabilities to individual countries or sets of countries in response to specific or potential market events, sector performance concerns, sovereign actions and geopolitical risks. These tailored stress results are used to inform potential risk reduction across the Firm, as necessary.

COVID-19 Pandemic

Country Risk Management continues to monitor the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on individual countries.

Risk reporting

Country exposure and stress are measured and reported regularly, and used by Country Risk Management to identify trends, and monitor high usages and breaches against limits.

For country risk management purposes, the Firm may report exposure to jurisdictions that are not fully autonomous, including Special Administrative Regions (“SAR”) and dependent territories, separately from the independent sovereign states with which they are associated.

The following table presents the Firm’s top 20 exposures by country (excluding the U.S.) as of December 31, 2021, and their comparative exposures as of December 31, 2020. The selection of countries represents the Firm’s largest total exposures by individual country, based on the Firm’s internal country risk management approach, and does not represent the Firm’s view of any existing or potentially adverse credit conditions. Country exposures may fluctuate from period to period due to client activity and market flows.

The decrease in exposure to Germany and the increase in exposure to the United Kingdom were primarily due to changes in cash placements with the central banks of those countries driven by balance sheet and liquidity management activities in the fourth quarter of 2021.

The increase in exposure to Australia was due to increased cash placements with the central bank of Australia, largely driven by client activity following monetary policy decisions in the country and growth in client deposits.

Top 20 country exposures (excluding the U.S.)(a)
December 31, (in billions)20212020(e)
Lending and deposits(b)Trading and investing(c)Other(d)Total exposureTotal exposure
United Kingdom$81.7$12.7$2.0$96.4$68.4
Germany65.3(4.2)0.661.7127.2
Japan38.86.40.345.545.6
Australia29.29.939.115.9
Switzerland14.71.44.820.918.7
China10.17.11.418.621.2
Canada14.72.00.216.914.5
India5.87.11.814.710.5
France11.02.01.014.018.8
Singapore6.84.60.912.38.7
Brazil5.36.712.010.8
Luxembourg10.11.411.512.4
Spain9.20.910.15.8
Saudi Arabia6.92.29.15.8
South Korea3.94.50.38.710.1
Italy6.21.80.48.49.7
Netherlands5.50.70.66.87.7
Belgium5.01.86.84.0
Hong Kong SAR3.62.00.35.96.2
Mexico4.30.64.94.9

(a)Country exposures presented in the table reflect 89% and 90% of total Firmwide non-U.S. exposure, where exposure is attributed to an individual country, at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

(b)Lending and deposits includes loans and accrued interest receivable, lending-related commitments (net of eligible collateral and the allowance for credit losses), deposits with banks (including central banks), acceptances, other monetary assets, and issued letters of credit net of risk participations. Excludes intra-day and operating exposures, such as those from settlement and clearing activities.

(c)Includes market-making inventory, Investment securities, and counterparty exposure on derivative and securities financings net of eligible collateral and hedging. Includes exposure from single reference entity (“single-name”), index and other multiple reference entity transactions for which one or more of the underlying reference entities is in a country listed in the above table.

(d)Predominantly includes physical commodity inventory.

(e)The country rankings presented in the table as of December 31, 2020, are based on the country rankings of the corresponding exposures at December 31, 2021, not actual rankings of such exposures at December 31, 2020.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
142JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

OPERATIONAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Operational risk is the risk of an adverse outcome resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes or systems; human factors; or external events impacting the Firm’s processes or systems. Operational Risk includes compliance, conduct, legal, and estimations and model risk. Operational risk is inherent in the Firm’s activities and can manifest itself in various ways, including fraudulent acts, business disruptions (including those caused by extraordinary events beyond the Firm's control) cyber attacks, inappropriate employee behavior, failure to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations or failure of vendors or other third party providers to perform in accordance with their agreements. Operational Risk Management attempts to manage operational risk at appropriate levels in light of the Firm’s financial position, the characteristics of its businesses, and the markets and regulatory environments in which it operates.

Operational Risk Management Framework

The Firm’s Compliance, Conduct, and Operational Risk (“CCOR”) Management Framework is designed to enable the Firm to govern, identify, measure, monitor and test, manage and report on the Firm’s operational risk.

Operational Risk Governance

The LOBs and Corporate are responsible for the management of operational risk. The Control Management Organization, which consists of control managers within each LOB and Corporate, is responsible for the day-to-day execution of the CCOR Framework and the evaluation of the effectiveness of their control environments to determine where targeted remediation efforts may be required.

The Firm’s Global Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite is responsible for defining the CCOR Management Framework and establishing minimum standards for its execution. The LOB and Corporate aligned CCOR Lead Officers report to the Global CCO and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite and are independent of the respective businesses or functions they oversee. The CCOR Management Framework is included in the Risk Governance and Oversight Policy that is reviewed and approved by the Board Risk Committee periodically.

Operational Risk Identification

The Firm utilizes a structured risk and control self-assessment process that is executed by the LOBs and Corporate. As part of this process, the LOBs and Corporate evaluate the effectiveness of their control environment to assess where controls have failed, and to determine where remediation efforts may be required. The Firm’s Operational Risk and Compliance organization (“Operational Risk and Compliance”) provides oversight of and challenge to these evaluations and may also perform independent assessments of significant operational risk events and areas of concentrated or emerging risk.

Operational Risk Measurement

Operational Risk and Compliance performs an independent assessment of the operational risks inherent within the LOBs and Corporate, which includes evaluating the effectiveness of the control environments and reporting the results to senior management.

In addition, Operational Risk and Compliance assesses operational risks through quantitative means, including operational risk-based capital and estimation of operational risk losses under both baseline and stressed conditions.

The primary component of the operational risk capital estimate is the Loss Distribution Approach (“LDA”) statistical model, which simulates the frequency and severity of future operational risk loss projections based on historical data. The LDA model is used to estimate an aggregate operational risk loss over a one-year time horizon, at a 99.9% confidence level. The LDA model incorporates actual internal operational risk losses in the quarter following the period in which those losses were realized, and the calculation generally continues to reflect such losses even after the issues or business activities giving rise to the losses have been remediated or reduced.

As required under the Basel III capital framework, the Firm’s operational risk-based capital methodology, which uses the Advanced Measurement Approach (“AMA”), incorporates internal and external losses as well as management’s view of tail risk captured through operational risk scenario analysis, and evaluation of key business environment and internal control metrics. The Firm does not reflect the impact of insurance in its AMA estimate of operational risk capital.

The Firm considers the impact of stressed economic conditions on operational risk losses and develops a forward looking view of material operational risk events that may occur in a stressed environment. The Firm’s operational risk stress testing framework is utilized in calculating results for the Firm’s CCAR and other stress testing processes.

Refer to Capital Risk Management on pages 86-96 for information related to operational risk RWA, and CCAR.

Operational Risk Monitoring and testing

The results of risk assessments performed by Operational Risk and Compliance are leveraged as one of the key criteria in the independent monitoring and testing of the LOBs and Corporate’s compliance with laws, rules and regulation. Through monitoring and testing, Operational Risk and Compliance independently identify areas of heightened operational risk and tests the effectiveness of controls within the LOBs and Corporate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K143

Management’s discussion and analysis

Management of Operational Risk

The operational risk areas or issues identified through monitoring and testing are escalated to the LOBs and Corporate to be remediated through action plans, as needed, to mitigate operational risk. Operational Risk and Compliance may advise the LOBs and Corporate in the development and implementation of action plans.

Operational Risk Reporting

Escalation of risks is a fundamental expectation for employees at the Firm. Risks identified by Operational Risk and Compliance are escalated to the appropriate LOB and Corporate Control Committees, as needed. Operational Risk and Compliance has established standards to ensure that consistent operational risk reporting and operational risk reports are produced on a Firmwide basis as well as by the LOBs and Corporate. Reporting includes the evaluation of key risk and performance indicators against established thresholds as well as the assessment of different types of operational risk against stated risk appetite. The standards reinforce escalation protocols to senior management and to the Board of Directors.

Subcategories and examples of operational risks

Operational risk can manifest itself in various ways. Operational risk subcategories such as Compliance risk, Conduct risk, Legal risk, and Estimations and Model risk as well as other operational risks, can lead to losses which are captured through the Firm’s operational risk measurement processes. Refer to pages 146, 147, 148 and 149, respectively for more information on Compliance, Conduct, Legal, and Estimations and Model risk. Details on other select examples of operational risks are provided below.

Cybersecurity risk

Cybersecurity risk is the risk of the Firm’s exposure to harm or loss resulting from misuse or abuse of technology by malicious actors. Cybersecurity risk is an important and continuously evolving focus for the Firm. Significant resources are devoted to protecting and enhancing the security of computer systems, software, networks, storage devices, and other technology assets. The Firm’s security efforts are designed to protect against, among other things, cybersecurity attacks by unauthorized parties attempting to obtain access to confidential information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or cause other damage.

Ongoing business expansions may expose the Firm to potential new threats as well as expanded regulatory scrutiny including the introduction of new cybersecurity requirements. The Firm continues to make significant investments in enhancing its cyber defense capabilities and to strengthen its partnerships with the appropriate government and law enforcement agencies and other businesses in order to understand the full spectrum of cybersecurity risks in the operating environment, enhance defenses and improve resiliency against cybersecurity threats. The Firm actively participates in discussions and simulations of cybersecurity risks both internally and with

law enforcement, government officials, peer and industry groups, and has significantly increased efforts to educate employees and certain clients on the topic of cybersecurity risks.

Third parties with which the Firm does business or that facilitate the Firm’s business activities (e.g., vendors, supply chain, exchanges, clearing houses, central depositories, and financial intermediaries) are also sources of cybersecurity risk to the Firm. Third party cybersecurity incidents such as system breakdowns or failures, misconduct by the employees of such parties, or cyberattacks, including ransomware and supply-chain compromises could affect their ability to deliver a product or service to the Firm or result in lost or compromised information of the Firm or its clients. Clients are also sources of cybersecurity risk to the Firm and its information assets, particularly when their activities and systems are beyond the Firm’s own security and control systems. As a result, the Firm engages in regular and ongoing discussions with certain vendors and clients regarding cybersecurity risks and opportunities to improve security. However, where cybersecurity incidents occur as a result of client failures to maintain the security of their own systems and processes, clients are responsible for losses incurred.

To protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of the Firm’s infrastructure, resources and information, the Firm maintains a cybersecurity program designed to prevent, detect, and respond to cyberattacks. The Audit Committee is periodically provided with updates on the Firm’s Information Security Program, recommended changes, cybersecurity policies and practices, ongoing efforts to improve security, as well as its efforts regarding significant cybersecurity events. In addition, the Firm has a cybersecurity incident response plan (“IRP”) designed to enable the Firm to respond to attempted cybersecurity incidents, coordinate such responses with law enforcement and other government agencies, and notify clients and customers, as applicable. Among other key focus areas, the IRP is designed to mitigate the risk of insider trading connected to a cybersecurity incident, and includes various escalation points.

Due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Firm increased the use of remote access and video conferencing solutions provided by third parties to facilitate remote work. As a result the Firm deployed additional precautionary measures and controls to mitigate cybersecurity risks and those measures and controls remain in place.

The Cybersecurity and Technology Control functions are responsible for governance and oversight of the Firm’s Information Security Program. In partnership with the Firm’s LOBs and Corporate, the Cybersecurity and Technology Control organization identifies information security risk issues and oversees programs for the technological protection of the Firm’s information resources including applications, infrastructure as well as confidential

Column 1Column 2Column 3
144JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

and personal information related to the Firm’s employees and customers. The Cybersecurity and Technology Controls organization consists of business aligned information security managers that are supported within the organization by the following products that execute the Information Security Program for the Firm:

•Cyber Operations

•Identity & Access Management

•Governance, Risk & Controls

•Global Technology Product Security

The Global Cybersecurity and Technology Control governance structure is designed to identify, escalate, and mitigate information security risks. This structure uses key governance forums to disseminate information and monitor technology efforts. These forums are established at multiple levels throughout the Firm and include representatives from each LOB and Corporate. The forums are used to escalate information security risks or other matters as appropriate.

The IRM function provides oversight of the activities designed to identify, assess, measure, and mitigate cybersecurity risk.

The Firm’s Security Awareness Program includes training that reinforces the Firm's Information Technology Risk and Security Management policies, standards and practices, as well as the expectation that employees comply with these policies. The Security Awareness Program engages personnel through training on how to identify potential cybersecurity risks and protect the Firm’s resources and information. This training is mandatory for all employees globally on a periodic basis, and it is supplemented by Firmwide testing initiatives, including periodic phishing tests. The Firm provides specialized security training for certain employee roles such as application developers. Finally, the Firm’s Global Privacy Program requires all employees to take periodic awareness training on data privacy. This privacy-focused training includes information about confidentiality and security, as well as responding to unauthorized access to or use of information.

Business and technology resiliency risk

Disruptions can occur due to forces beyond the Firm’s control such as the spread of infectious diseases or pandemics, severe weather, power or telecommunications loss, failure of a third party to provide expected services, cyberattacks and, terrorism. The Firmwide Business Resiliency Program is designed to enable the Firm to prepare for, adapt to, withstand and recover from business disruptions including occurrence of an extraordinary event beyond its control that may impact critical business functions and supporting assets (i.e., staff, technology, facilities and third parties). The program includes governance, awareness training, planning and testing of recovery strategies, as well as strategic and tactical initiatives to identify, assess, and manage business interruption and public safety risks.

Payment fraud risk

Payment fraud risk is the risk of external and internal parties unlawfully obtaining personal monetary benefit through misdirected or otherwise improper payment. The risk of payment fraud normalized in 2021 since the heightened levels experienced during earlier stages of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Firm continues to employ various controls for managing payment fraud risk as well as providing employee and client education and awareness trainings.

Third-party outsourcing risk

The Firm‘s Third-Party Oversight (“TPO”) and Inter-affiliates Oversight (“IAO”) frameworks assist the LOBs and Corporate in selecting, documenting, onboarding, monitoring and managing their supplier relationships including services provided by affiliates. The objectives of the TPO framework are to hold suppliers and other third parties to a high level of operational performance and to mitigate key risks, including data loss and business disruptions. The Corporate Third-Party Oversight group is responsible for Firmwide training, monitoring, reporting and standards.

Insurance

One of the ways in which operational risk may be mitigated is through insurance maintained by the Firm. The Firm purchases insurance from commercial insurers and maintains a wholly-owned captive insurer, Park Assurance Company. Insurance may also be required by third parties with whom the Firm does business.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K145

Management’s discussion and analysis

COMPLIANCE RISK MANAGEMENT

Compliance risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the risk of failing to comply with laws, rules, regulations or codes of conduct and standards of self-regulatory organizations.

Overview

Each of the LOBs and Corporate hold primary ownership of and accountability for managing their compliance risk. The Firm’s Operational Risk and Compliance Organization (“Operational Risk and Compliance”), which is independent of the LOBs and Corporate, provides independent review, monitoring and oversight of business operations with a focus on compliance with the laws, rules, and regulations applicable to the delivery of the Firm’s products and services to clients and customers.

These compliance risks relate to a wide variety of laws, rules and regulations varying across the LOBs and Corporate, and jurisdictions, and include risks related to financial products and services, relationships and interactions with clients and customers, and employee activities. For example, compliance risks include those associated with anti-money laundering compliance, trading activities, market conduct, and complying with the laws, rules, and regulations related to the offering of products and services across jurisdictional borders. Compliance risk is also inherent in the Firm’s fiduciary activities, including the failure to exercise the applicable standard of care (such as the duties of loyalty or care), to act in the best interest of clients and customers or to treat clients and customers fairly.

Other functions provide oversight of significant regulatory obligations that are specific to their respective areas of responsibility.

Operational Risk and Compliance implements policies and standards designed to govern, identify, measure, monitor and test, manage, and report on compliance risk.

Governance and oversight

Operational Risk and Compliance is led by the Firm’s Global CCO and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite.

The Firm maintains oversight and coordination of its compliance risk through the implementation of the CCOR Risk Management Framework. The Firm’s Global CCO and FRE for Operational Risk and Qualitative Risk Appetite also provides regular updates to the Board Risk Committee and the Audit Committee. In certain cases, Special Purpose Committees of the Board may be established to oversee the Firm’s compliance with regulatory Consent Orders.

Code of Conduct

The Firm has a Code of Conduct (the “Code”) that sets forth the Firm’s expectation that employees will conduct themselves with integrity at all times and provides the principles that govern employee conduct with clients, customers, shareholders and one another, as well as with the markets and communities in which the Firm does business. The Code requires employees to promptly report any potential or actual violation of the Code, any internal Firm policy, or any law or regulation applicable to the Firm’s business. It also requires employees to report any illegal conduct, or conduct that violates the underlying principles of the Code, by any of the Firm’s employees, clients, customers, suppliers, contract workers, business partners, or agents. Code training is assigned to newly hired employees upon joining the Firm, and to current employees periodically on an ongoing basis. Employees are required to affirm their compliance with the Code at least annually.

Employees can report any potential or actual violations of the Code through the Firm’s Conduct Hotline by phone or the internet. The Hotline is anonymous, except in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions where laws prohibit anonymous reporting, and is available at all times globally, with translation services. It is administered by an outside service provider. The Code prohibits retaliation against anyone who raises an issue or concern in good faith. Periodically, the Audit Committee receives reports on the Code of Conduct program.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
146JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

CONDUCT RISK MANAGEMENT

Conduct risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the risk that any action or inaction by an employee or employees could lead to unfair client or customer outcomes, impact the integrity of the markets in which the Firm operates, or compromise the Firm’s reputation.

Overview

Each LOB and Corporate is accountable for identifying and managing its conduct risk to provide appropriate engagement, ownership and sustainability of a culture consistent with the Firm’s How We Do Business Principles (the “Principles”). The Principles serve as a guide for how employees are expected to conduct themselves. With the Principles serving as a guide, the Firm’s Code sets out the Firm’s expectations for each employee and provides information and resources to help employees conduct business ethically and in compliance with the laws everywhere the Firm operates. Refer to Compliance Risk Management on page 146 for further discussion of the Code.

Governance and oversight

The Conduct Risk Program is governed by the CCOR Management policy, which establishes the framework for governance, identification, measurement, monitoring and testing, management and reporting conduct risk in the Firm.

The Firm has a senior forum that provides oversight of the Firm’s conduct initiatives to develop a more holistic view of conduct risks and to connect key programs across the Firm in order to identify opportunities and emerging areas of focus. This forum is responsible for setting overall program direction for strategic enhancements to the Firm's employee conduct framework and reviewing the consolidated Firmwide Conduct Risk Appetite Assessment.

Conduct risk management encompasses various aspects of people management practices throughout the employee life cycle, including recruiting, onboarding, training and development, performance management, promotion and compensation processes. Each LOB, Treasury and CIO, and each designated corporate function completes an assessment of conduct risk periodically, reviews metrics and issues which may involve conduct risk, and provides conduct education as appropriate.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K147

Management’s discussion and analysis

LEGAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Legal risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the risk of loss primarily caused by the actual or alleged failure to meet legal obligations that arise from the rule of law in jurisdictions in which the Firm operates, agreements with clients and customers, and products and services offered by the Firm.

Overview

The global Legal function (“Legal”) provides legal services and advice to the Firm. Legal is responsible for managing the Firm’s exposure to legal risk by:

•managing actual and potential litigation and enforcement matters, including internal reviews and investigations related to such matters

•advising on products and services, including contract negotiation and documentation

•advising on offering and marketing documents and new business initiatives

•managing dispute resolution

•interpreting existing laws, rules and regulations, and advising on changes to them

•advising on advocacy in connection with contemplated and proposed laws, rules and regulations, and

•providing legal advice to the LOBs, Corporate and the Board.

Legal selects, engages and manages outside counsel for the Firm on all matters in which outside counsel is engaged. In addition, Legal advises the Firm’s Conflicts Office which reviews the Firm’s wholesale transactions that may have the potential to create conflicts of interest for the Firm.

Governance and oversight

The Firm’s General Counsel reports to the CEO and is a member of the Operating Committee, the Firmwide Risk Committee and the Firmwide Control Committee. The Firm’s General Counsel and other members of Legal report on significant legal matters to the Firm’s Board of Directors and to the Audit Committee.

Legal serves on and advises various committees and advises the Firm’s LOBs and Corporate on potential reputation risk issues.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
148JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

ESTIMATIONS AND MODEL RISK MANAGEMENT

Estimations and Model risk, a subcategory of operational risk, is the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused estimation outputs.

The Firm uses models and other analytical and judgment-based estimations across various businesses and functions. The estimation methods are of varying levels of sophistication and are used for many purposes, such as the valuation of positions and measurement of risk, assessing regulatory capital requirements, conducting stress testing, evaluating the allowance for credit losses and making business decisions. A dedicated independent function, Model Risk Governance and Review (“MRGR”), defines and governs the Firm’s policies relating to the management of model risk and risks associated with certain analytical and judgment-based estimations, such as those used in risk management, budget forecasting and capital planning and analysis.

The governance of analytical and judgment-based estimations within MRGR’s scope follows a consistent approach which is used for models, as described in detail below.

Model risks are owned by the users of the models within the Firm based on the specific purposes of such models. Users and developers of models are responsible for developing, implementing and testing their models, as well as referring models to the MRGR for review and approval. Once models have been approved, model users and developers are responsible for maintaining a robust operating environment, and must monitor and evaluate the performance of the models on an ongoing basis. Model users and developers may seek to enhance models in response to changes in the portfolios and in product and market developments, as well as to capture improvements in available modeling techniques and systems capabilities.

Models are tiered based on an internal standard according to their complexity, the exposure associated with the model and the Firm’s reliance on the model. This tiering is subject to the approval of the MRGR. In its review of a model, the MRGR considers whether the model is suitable for the specific purposes for which it will be used. When reviewing a model, the MRGR analyzes and challenges the model methodology and the reasonableness of model assumptions, and may perform or require additional testing, including back-testing of model outcomes. Model reviews are approved by the appropriate level of management within the MRGR based on the relevant model tier.

Under the Firm’s Estimations and Model Risk Management Policy, the MRGR reviews and approves new models, as well as material changes to existing models, prior to their use. In certain circumstances exceptions may be granted to the Firm’s policy to allow a model to be used prior to review or approval. The MRGR may also require the user to take appropriate actions to mitigate the model risk if it is to be used in the interim. These actions will depend on the model and may include, for example, limitation of trading activity.

While models are inherently imprecise, the degree of imprecision or uncertainty can be heightened by the market or economic environment. This is particularly true when the current and forecasted environment is significantly different from the historical macroeconomic environments upon which the models were trained, as the Firm experienced during the early stages of the COVID-19 pandemic. This uncertainty may necessitate a greater degree of judgment and analytics to inform adjustments to model outputs than in typical periods.

Refer to Critical Accounting Estimates Used by the Firm on pages 150-153 and Note 2 for a summary of model-based valuations and other valuation techniques.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K149

Management’s discussion and analysis

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES USED BY THE FIRM

JPMorgan Chase’s accounting policies and use of estimates are integral to understanding its reported results. The Firm’s most complex accounting estimates require management’s judgment to ascertain the appropriate carrying value of assets and liabilities. The Firm has established policies and control procedures intended to ensure that estimation methods, including any judgments made as part of such methods, are well-controlled, independently reviewed and applied consistently from period to period. The methods used and judgments made reflect, among other factors, the nature of the assets or liabilities and the related business and risk management strategies, which may vary across the Firm’s businesses and portfolios. In addition, the policies and procedures are intended to ensure that the process for changing methodologies occurs in an appropriate manner. The Firm believes its estimates for determining the carrying value of its assets and liabilities are appropriate. The following is a brief description of the Firm’s critical accounting estimates involving significant judgments.

Allowance for credit losses

The Firm’s allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of expected credit losses over the remaining expected life of the Firm’s financial assets measured at amortized cost and certain off-balance sheet lending-related commitments. The allowance for credit losses comprises:

•The allowance for loan losses, which covers the Firm’s retained loan portfolios (scored and risk-rated),

•The allowance for lending-related commitments, and

•The allowance for credit losses on investment securities.

The allowance for credit losses involves significant judgment on a number of matters including development and weighting of macroeconomic forecasts, incorporation of historical loss experience, assessment of risk characteristics, assignment of risk ratings, valuation of collateral, and the determination of remaining expected life. Refer to Note 10 and Note 13 for further information on these judgments as well as the Firm’s policies and methodologies used to determine the Firm’s allowance for credit losses.

One of the most significant judgments involved in estimating the Firm’s allowance for credit losses relates to the macroeconomic forecasts used to estimate credit losses over the eight-quarter forecast period within the Firm’s methodology. The eight-quarter forecast incorporates hundreds of MEVs that are relevant for exposures across the Firm, with modeled credit losses being driven primarily by a subset of less than twenty variables. The specific variables that have the greatest effect on the modeled losses of each portfolio vary by portfolio and geography.

•Key MEVs for the consumer portfolio include U.S. unemployment, HPI and U.S. real GDP.

•Key MEVs for the wholesale portfolio include U.S. real GDP, U.S. unemployment, U.S. equity prices, corporate credit spreads, oil prices, commercial real estate prices and HPI.

Changes in the Firm’s assumptions and forecasts of economic conditions could significantly affect its estimate of expected credit losses in the portfolio at the balance sheet date or lead to significant changes in the estimate from one reporting period to the next.

The Firm’s allowance for credit losses is estimated using a weighted average of five internally developed macroeconomic scenarios. As of December 31, 2021, the Firm assigned more balanced weightings to both its adverse and upside scenarios compared to the significant weighting that the Firm placed on its adverse scenarios as of December 31, 2020, reflecting the sustained improvement and resilience of the macroeconomic environment, despite the ongoing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, because the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and governmental actions taken in response to the pandemic caused a dislocation in certain historical relationships used for modeling credit loss estimates, the Firm continues to place reliance on management judgment and make adjustments specific to that dislocation, although to a lesser extent than in 2020. The allowance for credit losses of $18.7 billion reflects remaining uncertainties, including the potential impact that additional waves or variants of COVID-19 may have on the pace of economic growth and near-term supply chain disruptions.

It is difficult to estimate how potential changes in any one factor or input might affect the overall allowance for credit losses because management considers a wide variety of factors and inputs in estimating the allowance for credit losses. Changes in the factors and inputs considered may not occur at the same rate and may not be consistent across all geographies or product types, and changes in factors and inputs may be directionally inconsistent, such that improvement in one factor or input may offset deterioration in others.

To consider the impact of a hypothetical alternate macroeconomic forecast, the Firm compared the modeled credit losses determined using its central and relative adverse macroeconomic scenarios, which are two of the five scenarios considered in estimating the allowances for loan losses and lending-related commitments. The central and relative adverse scenarios each included a full suite of MEVs, but differed in the levels, paths and peaks/troughs of those variables over the eight-quarter forecast period.

For example, compared to the Firm’s central scenario shown on page 129 and in Note 13, the Firm’s relative adverse scenario assumes a significantly elevated U.S. unemployment rate, averaging approximately 2.8% higher over the eight-quarter forecast, with a peak difference of approximately 4.4% in the second quarter of 2022; lower U.S. real GDP with a slower recovery, remaining nearly

Column 1Column 2Column 3
150JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

3.2% lower at the end of the eight-quarter forecast, with a peak difference of approximately 6.5% in the second quarter of 2022; and lower national HPI with a peak difference of nearly 15.8% in the second quarter of 2023.

This analysis is not intended to estimate expected future changes in the allowance for credit losses as the impacts of changes in many MEVs are both interrelated and nonlinear, so the results of this analysis cannot be simply extrapolated for more severe changes in macroeconomic variables. Additionally, expectations of future changes in portfolio composition and borrower behavior can significantly affect the allowance for credit losses.

To demonstrate the sensitivity of credit loss estimates to macroeconomic forecasts as of December 31, 2021, the Firm compared the modeled estimates under its relative adverse scenario to its central scenario. Without considering offsetting or correlated effects in other qualitative components of the Firm’s allowance for credit losses, the comparison between these two scenarios for the lending exposures below reflect the following differences:

•An increase of approximately $550 million for residential real estate loans and lending-related commitments

•An increase of approximately $2.6 billion for credit card loans

•An increase of approximately $3.0 billion for wholesale loans and lending-related commitments

This analysis relates only to the modeled credit loss estimates and is not intended to estimate changes in the overall allowance for credit losses as it does not reflect any potential changes in other adjustments to the quantitative calculation, which would also be influenced by the judgment management applies to the modeled lifetime loss estimates to reflect the uncertainty and imprecision of these modeled lifetime loss estimates based on then-current circumstances and conditions.

Recognizing that forecasts of macroeconomic conditions are inherently uncertain, particularly in light of the recent economic conditions, the Firm believes that its process to consider the available information and associated risks and uncertainties is appropriately governed and that its estimates of expected credit losses were reasonable and appropriate for the period ended December 31, 2021.

Fair value

JPMorgan Chase carries a portion of its assets and liabilities at fair value. The majority of such assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including, derivatives and structured note products. Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, including certain mortgage, home equity and other loans, where the carrying value is based on the fair value of the underlying collateral.

Assets measured at fair value

The following table includes the Firm’s assets measured at fair value and the portion of such assets that are classified

within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Refer to Note 2 for further information.

December 31, 2021 (in billions, except ratios)Total assets at fair valueTotal level 3 assets
Federal Funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements$252.7$
Securities borrowed81.5
Trading assets:
Trading debt and equity instruments376.42.3
Derivative receivables(a)57.17.3
Total trading assets433.59.6
AFS securities308.50.2
Loans58.81.9
MSRs5.55.5
Other14.00.3
Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis1,154.517.5
Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis3.52.5
Total assets measured at fair value$1,158.0$20.0
Total Firm assets$3,743.6
Level 3 assets at fair value as a percentage of total Firm assets(a)0.5%
Level 3 assets at fair value as a percentage of total Firm assets at fair value(a)1.7%

(a)For purposes of the table above, the derivative receivables total reflects the impact of netting adjustments; however, the $7.3 billion of derivative receivables classified as level 3 does not reflect the netting adjustment as such netting is not relevant to a presentation based on the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset. The level 3 balances would be reduced if netting were applied, including the netting benefit associated with cash collateral.

Valuation

Details of the Firm’s processes for determining fair value are set out in Note 2. Estimating fair value requires the application of judgment. The type and level of judgment required is largely dependent on the amount of observable market information available to the Firm. For instruments valued using internally developed valuation models and other valuation techniques that use significant unobservable inputs and are therefore classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, judgments used to estimate fair value are more significant than those required when estimating the fair value of instruments classified within levels 1 and 2.

In arriving at an estimate of fair value for an instrument within level 3, management must first determine the appropriate valuation model or other valuation technique to use. Second, the lack of observability of certain significant inputs requires management to assess relevant empirical data in deriving valuation inputs including, for example, transaction details, yield curves, interest rates, prepayment speed, default rates, volatilities, correlations, prices (such as commodity, equity or debt prices), valuations of comparable instruments, foreign exchange rates and credit curves. Refer to Note 2 for a further discussion of the valuation of level 3 instruments, including unobservable inputs used.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K151

Management’s discussion and analysis

For instruments classified in levels 2 and 3, management judgment must be applied to assess the appropriate level of valuation adjustments to reflect counterparty credit quality, the Firm’s creditworthiness, market funding rates, liquidity considerations, unobservable parameters, and for portfolios that meet specified criteria, the size of the net open risk position. The judgments made are typically affected by the type of product and its specific contractual terms, and the level of liquidity for the product or within the market as a whole. In periods of heightened market volatility and uncertainty judgments are further affected by the wider variation of reasonable valuation estimates, particularly for positions that are less liquid. Refer to Note 2 for a further discussion of valuation adjustments applied by the Firm.

Imprecision in estimating unobservable market inputs or other factors can affect the amount of gain or loss recorded for a particular position. Furthermore, while the Firm believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those of other market participants, the methods and assumptions used reflect management judgment and may vary across the Firm’s businesses and portfolios.

The Firm uses various methodologies and assumptions in the determination of fair value. The use of methodologies or assumptions different than those used by the Firm could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Refer to Note 2 for a detailed discussion of the Firm’s valuation process and hierarchy, and its determination of fair value for individual financial instruments.

Goodwill impairment

Under U.S. GAAP, goodwill must be allocated to reporting units and tested for impairment at least annually. The Firm’s process and methodology used to conduct goodwill impairment testing is described in Note 15.

Management applies significant judgment when testing goodwill for impairment. The goodwill associated with each business combination is allocated to the related reporting units for goodwill impairment testing.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Firm reviewed current economic conditions, including the potential impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on business performance, estimated market cost of equity, as well as actual business results and projections of business performance for its reporting units. The Firm has concluded that the goodwill allocated to its reporting units was not impaired as of December 31, 2021. For each of the reporting units, fair value exceeded carrying value by at least 10% and there was no indication of a significant risk of goodwill impairment based on current projections and valuations.

The projections for the Firm’s reporting units are consistent with management’s current business outlook assumptions in the short term, and the Firm’s best estimates of long-term growth and return on equity in the longer term. Where possible, the Firm uses third-party and peer data to benchmark its assumptions and estimates.

Refer to Note 15 for additional information on goodwill, including the goodwill impairment assessment as of December 31, 2021.

Credit card rewards liability

JPMorgan Chase offers credit cards with various rewards programs which allow cardholders to earn rewards points based on their account activity and the terms and conditions of the rewards program. Generally, there are no limits on the points that an eligible cardholder can earn, nor do the points expire, and the points can be redeemed for a variety of rewards, including cash (predominantly in the form of account credits), gift cards and travel. The Firm maintains a rewards liability which represents the estimated cost of rewards points earned and expected to be redeemed by cardholders. The liability is accrued as the cardholder earns the benefit and is reduced when the cardholder redeems points. This liability was $9.8 billion and $7.7 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and is recorded in accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheets. The increase in the liability was driven by continued growth in rewards points earned on increased spend and promotional offers outpacing redemptions throughout 2021, and to a lesser extent adjustments to redemption rate assumptions.

The rewards liability is sensitive to redemption rate (“RR”) and cost per point (“CPP”) assumptions. The RR assumption is used to estimate the number of points earned by customers that will be redeemed over the life of the account. The CPP assumption is used to estimate the cost of future point redemptions. These assumptions are evaluated periodically considering historical actuals, cardholder redemption behavior and management judgment. Updates to these assumptions will impact the rewards liability. As of December 31, 2021, a combined increase of 25 basis points in RR and 1 basis point in CPP would increase the rewards liability by approximately $265 million.

Income taxes

JPMorgan Chase is subject to the income tax laws of the various jurisdictions in which it operates, including U.S. federal, state and local, and non-U.S. jurisdictions. These laws are often complex and may be subject to different interpretations. To determine the financial statement impact of accounting for income taxes, including the provision for income tax expense and unrecognized tax benefits, JPMorgan Chase must make assumptions and judgments about how to interpret and apply these complex tax laws to numerous transactions and business events, as well as make judgments regarding the timing of when certain items may affect taxable income in the U.S. and non-U.S. tax jurisdictions.

JPMorgan Chase’s interpretations of tax laws around the world are subject to review and examination by the various taxing authorities in the jurisdictions where the Firm operates, and disputes may occur regarding its view on a tax position. These disputes over interpretations with the various taxing authorities may be settled by audit, administrative appeals or adjudication in the court systems

Column 1Column 2Column 3
152JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

of the tax jurisdictions in which the Firm operates. JPMorgan Chase regularly reviews whether it may be assessed additional income taxes as a result of the resolution of these matters, and the Firm records additional unrecognized tax benefits, as appropriate. In addition, the Firm may revise its estimate of income taxes due to changes in income tax laws, legal interpretations, and business strategies. It is possible that revisions in the Firm’s estimate of income taxes may materially affect the Firm’s results of operations in any reporting period.

Deferred taxes arise from differences between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting versus income tax return purposes. Deferred tax assets are recognized if, in management’s judgment, their realizability is determined to be more likely than not. Deferred taxes are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized within the provision for income taxes in the period enacted.

The Firm has also recognized deferred tax assets in connection with certain tax attributes, including net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and foreign tax credit (“FTC”) carryforwards. The Firm performs regular reviews to ascertain whether its deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income, including foreign source income, and may incorporate various tax planning strategies, including strategies that may be available to utilize NOLs and FTCs before they expire. In connection with these reviews, if it is determined that a deferred tax asset is not realizable, a valuation allowance is established. The valuation allowance may be reversed in a subsequent reporting period if the Firm determines that, based on revised estimates of future taxable income or changes in tax planning strategies, it is more likely than not that all or part of the deferred tax asset will become realizable. As of December 31, 2021, management has determined it is more likely than not that the Firm will realize its deferred tax assets, net of the existing valuation allowance.

The Firm adjusts its unrecognized tax benefits as necessary when new information becomes available, including changes in tax law and regulations, and interactions with taxing authorities. Uncertain tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize. An uncertain tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that management believes is more likely than not to be realized upon settlement. It is possible that the reassessment of JPMorgan Chase’s unrecognized tax benefits may have a material impact on its effective income tax rate in the period in which the reassessment occurs. Although the Firm believes that its estimates are reasonable, the final tax amount could be different from the amounts reflected in the Firm’s income tax provisions and accruals. To the extent that the final outcome of these

amounts is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will generally impact the Firm’s provision for income taxes in the period in which such a determination is made.

The Firm’s provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. The current and deferred tax provisions are calculated based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed during the subsequent year. Adjustments based on filed returns are generally recorded in the period when the tax returns are filed and the global tax implications are known, which could impact the Firm’s effective tax rate.

Refer to Note 25 for additional information on income taxes.

Litigation reserves

Refer to Note 30 for a description of the significant estimates and judgments associated with establishing litigation reserves.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K153

Management’s discussion and analysis

ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING DEVELOPMENTS

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Standards Adopted since January 1, 2021
StandardSummary of guidanceEffects on financial statements
Reference RateReform Issued March2020 and updated January 2021•Provides optional expedients and exceptions to current accounting guidance when financial instruments, hedge accounting relationships, and other transactions are amended due to reference rate reform.•Provides an election to account for certain contract amendments related to reference rate reform as modifications rather than extinguishments without the requirement to assess the significance of the amendments. •Allows for changes in critical terms of a hedge accounting relationship without automatic termination of that relationship. Provides various practical expedients and elections designed to allow hedge accounting to continue uninterrupted during the transition period. •Provides a one-time election to transfer securities out of the held-to-maturity classification if certain criteria are met.•The January 2021 update provides an election to account for derivatives modified to change the rate used for discounting, margining, or contract price alignment (collectively “discounting transition”) as modifications.•Issued and effective March 12, 2020. The January 7, 2021 update was effective when issued. •The Firm elected to apply certain of the practical expedients related to contract modifications and hedge accounting relationships, and discounting transition beginning in the third quarter of 2020. The discounting transition election was applied retrospectively. The main purpose of the practical expedients is to ease the administrative burden of accounting for contracts impacted by reference rate reform. These elections did not have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Column 1Column 2Column 3
154JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

From time to time, the Firm has made and will make forward-looking statements. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often use words such as “anticipate,” “target,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “goal,” “believe,” or other words of similar meaning. Forward-looking statements provide JPMorgan Chase’s current expectations or forecasts of future events, circumstances, results or aspirations. JPMorgan Chase’s disclosures in this 2021 Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The Firm also may make forward-looking statements in its other documents filed or furnished with the SEC. In addition, the Firm’s senior management may make forward-looking statements orally to investors, analysts, representatives of the media and others.

All forward-looking statements are, by their nature, subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Firm’s control. JPMorgan Chase’s actual future results may differ materially from those set forth in its forward-looking statements. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, below are certain factors which could cause actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements:

•Economic, financial, reputational and other impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic;

•Local, regional and global business, economic and political conditions and geopolitical events;

•Changes in laws, rules, and regulatory requirements, including capital and liquidity requirements affecting the Firm’s businesses, and the ability of the Firm to address those requirements;

•Heightened regulatory and governmental oversight and scrutiny of JPMorgan Chase’s business practices, including dealings with retail customers;

•Changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws;

•Changes in the level of inflation;

•Changes in income tax laws, rules, and regulations;

•Securities and capital markets behavior, including changes in market liquidity and volatility;

•Changes in investor sentiment or consumer spending or savings behavior;

•Ability of the Firm to manage effectively its capital and liquidity;

•Changes in credit ratings assigned to the Firm or its subsidiaries;

•Damage to the Firm’s reputation;

•Ability of the Firm to appropriately address social, environmental and sustainability concerns that may arise, including from its business activities;

•Ability of the Firm to deal effectively with an economic slowdown or other economic or market disruption, including, but not limited to, in the interest rate environment;

•Technology changes instituted by the Firm, its counterparties or competitors;

•The effectiveness of the Firm’s control agenda;

•Ability of the Firm to develop or discontinue products and services, and the extent to which products or services previously sold by the Firm require the Firm to incur liabilities or absorb losses not contemplated at their initiation or origination;

•Acceptance of the Firm’s new and existing products and services by the marketplace and the ability of the Firm to innovate and to increase market share;

•Ability of the Firm to attract and retain qualified and diverse employees;

•Ability of the Firm to control expenses;

•Competitive pressures;

•Changes in the credit quality of the Firm’s clients, customers and counterparties;

•Adequacy of the Firm’s risk management framework, disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

•Adverse judicial or regulatory proceedings;

•Changes in applicable accounting policies, including the introduction of new accounting standards;

•Ability of the Firm to determine accurate values of certain assets and liabilities;

•Occurrence of natural or man-made disasters or calamities, including health emergencies, the spread of infectious diseases, epidemics or pandemics, an outbreak or escalation of hostilities or other geopolitical instabilities, the effects of climate change or extraordinary events beyond the Firm’s control, and the Firm’s ability to deal effectively with disruptions caused by the foregoing;

•Ability of the Firm to maintain the security of its financial, accounting, technology, data processing and other operational systems and facilities;

•Ability of the Firm to withstand disruptions that may be caused by any failure of its operational systems or those of third parties;

•Ability of the Firm to effectively defend itself against cyber attacks and other attempts by unauthorized parties to access information of the Firm or its customers or to disrupt the Firm’s systems; and

•The other risks and uncertainties detailed in Part I, Item 1A: Risk Factors in JPMorgan Chase’s 2021 Form 10-K.

Any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Firm speak only as of the date they are made, and JPMorgan Chase does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements. The reader should, however, consult any further disclosures of a forward-looking nature the Firm may make in any subsequent Form 10-Ks, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Qs, or Current Reports on Form 8-K.

Column 1Column 2Column 3
JPMorgan Chase & Co./2021 Form 10-K155